vg&aay j? %.
MfS ,'«
lii&^m
SST 7/M' Jv
r X) *
■' A '^^SiSe" '
AV
t\
%' ’’ •£i:'* [j,
^;tka&ei%,
//^V-,f/ / \5l & S Al
liiir^MtsS]
'X?#
vvr.
■iS3^;.. C/
ll^s/:- ,rW
^$S§Nn
XIctSa^IX ' Vft
X #r®#? r% Xi
fe X #} .
■'W&JS$f# Xc
,<‘isg2?l
,b Ua'AffipT ,
X WMW X
' V)
r' s&R >-i\ '"X
!!££[$■ ^ &**» "
VllV/
.g^iriciag^pfgg j; gw ■
|S%' v*T i,fi
;]a;|?\ ,.1, 0!
\?.V. I a- fill', ’’“■■J-j 3.-;" Vn
Eh., rX l*r IT V? ^’Xji f
A
s
II
jj
II
fj[
;i ;
iff
1:
#*• \\
Wi?CC -Hill
iianJui
v w&m
vjl. 7 J..;
\ ,4^ /<0m\
• Vy /M #Y,P N> MA
luA a \ k«Ki,( ',»*4Nf.|\
®l k ljfcf$[> V ,«
fej iv 4,.
X+^'i4siS|
muj r vfpi
mi®
V ’Wm 4$
"M‘K ' i'“M
wp/if
iWRw ~’*P X”
. v>
'■'**' -C.asr ;.
Vi % i*
\y! ’i;
~—r- ■
il 5 a SiX*' ' '~’i' i i § of J
0^m
lgip-4Aj{S
(^3’^' „„ Vj^
J\ * ffy
Skm -A^
USfcIStS' ^?XJX4-Sl
^ ’’wr^ri
' 6'
'■^M-
■a,'
u.. •«.
p*»
'J'j 'A'
tMw vr xa
vf'W- y /M$ff
4
A>
^^^.Bfr^aSS^ &* ~V
*V Ot
i ( * g | X-i'-_ — ^■fX] '18 > g |J
~f, i'"'Xc#| a
\a#fXffy #
%, --cig^ ,,x
0
l/'n, P? .t4
^/.w sV’"
/A
4^^4j(pXi ^
6' ., «
■i. • 11aissBi“ii3i:ia:is,l,
*i, '*• y:">’ y;i<'X'V)i;1, |j>te
V *** y;^;-":l|i|imnllii!i^',:!llji::i||i!;
a 4, wr^M
A \Q X^-i-n^k
Journal
of the
New York
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Devoted to Entomology in General
VOLUME LXXIV
Published by the Society
New York, N. Y.
ALLEN PRESS, INC.
Lawrence, Kansas
INDEX OF AUTHORS
ALEXANDER, CHARLES P. Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya
Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), XII 66
ALEXANDER, CHARLES P. Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya
Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), XIII 180
BAHADUR, J. and B. B. L. SRIVASTAVA The Nerves of the Thoracic Segments of
the Larva of Prodenia litura (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) 168
BENNETT, FREDERICK D. Notes on the Biology of Stelis ( Odontostelis ) biline olata
(Spinola), a Parasite of Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea:
Megachilidae) 72
BROWN, F. MARTIN David Bruce (1833-1903) and Other Entomological Collectors
in Colorado 126
dos PASSOS, CYRIL F. Pieris narina oleracera (Harris) in New Jersey (Lepidoptera:
Pieridae) 222
FREDRICKSON, RICHARD W. An Apparent Association of Mites (Acarina) with
the Rock Barnacle Balanus 101
GUPTA, A. P. Further Studies on the Internal Anatomy of the Meloidae (Coleoptera) .
II. The Digestive and Reproductive Systems of the S. A. Blister Beetle, Picnoseus
nitidipennis Fairmaire and Germain (Coleoptera: Meloidae) 72
HUNG, AKEY C. F. and WILLIAM L. BROWN, Jr. Structure of Gastric Apex as
a Subfamily Character of the Formicinae (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) 198
IVIE, WILTON Two North American Spiders (Araneae: Linyphiidae) 224
KLOTS, ALEXANDER B. Melanism in Connecticut Panthea fur cilia (Packard) (Lep-
idoptera: Noctuidae) 95
KLOTS, ALEXANDER B. Life History Notes on Lagoa laceyi (Barnes and McDun-
nough) (Lepidoptera: Maegalpygidae) 140
KLOTS, ALEXANDER B. The Larva of Amblyscirtes samoset (Scudder) (Lepidop-
tera: Hesperiidae) 185
LUDWIG, DANIEL and MARGARET R. GALLAGHER Vitamin Synthesis by the
Symbionts in the Fat Body of the Cockroach, Periplaneta americana (L.) 134
MANISCHEWITZ, JACK R. Studies on Parasitic Mites of New Jersey 189
O’BRIEN, JAMES F. Origin and Structural Function of the Basal Cells of the Larval
Midgut in the Mosquito, Aedes aegypti Linnaeus 59
ROZEN, JEROME G., Jr. Taxonomic Descriptions of the Immature Stages of the
Parasitic Bee Stelis ( Odontostelis ) biline olata (Spinola) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea:
Megachilidae) 84
ROZEN, JEROME G., Jr. and BARBARA L. ROZEN Mature Larvae of the Old
World Bee Genus Panurgus (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) 92
iii
TREAT, ASHER E. A New Blattisocius (Acarina: Mesostigmata) from Noctuid
Moths 143
VASVARY, LOUIS M. Musculature and Nervous System of the Thorax, of the Sound
Mechanism, and of a Typical Pregenital Abdominal Segment of the Male of the Annual
Cicada, Tibicen chloromera (Walker) (Homoptera: Cicadidae) 2
VOGEL, BEATRICE R. Spiders from Powdermill Nature Reserve 55
WOOLLEY, TYLER A. and HAROLD G. HIGGINS Xenillidae, a New Family of
Oribatid Mites (Acari: Cryptostigmata) 201
NOTES
HOPF, ALICE L. Help for Ailing Caterpillars? 111
dos PASSOS, CYRIL F. The Discovery of Additional Journals of Frank E. Watson .... 188
BOOK REVIEWS
KLOTS, ELSIE B. Monarch Butterflies by Alice L. Hopf 64
and
Fireflies in Nature and the Laboratory by Lynn and Gray Poole 64
FREDRICKSON, RICHARD W. The Tarantula by William J. Baerg 109
ARNETT, ROSS H., Jr. The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest by Melville H. Hatch __ 109
MILLER, DAVID C. Wandering Through Winter by Edwin W. Teale 110
QUEDNAU, F. W. The Callaphidini of Canada by W. R. Richards 228
BROWN, F. M. A History of Entomology by O. E. Essig 229
VASVARY, L. M. Plant Galls and Gall Makers by E. P. Felt 230
RECENT PUBLICATIONS 58, 116, 164
PROCEEDINGS of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 117, 160
BYLAWS of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 103
MEMBERSHIP of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 112
NECROLOGY 122
IV
V
gf fjT 10 0 7 3
'j'fr 6 ^ 4 y ^
Vol. LXXIY
MARCH 1966
No. 1
Devoted to Entomology in General
W i-'v;
-v
s) y'^
K: A
A'
:c ,
FA
/y - /\
! i
/ H ■
I*
The
■fX
V , V|
\y
PX
y M bAA
New York Entomological Society
m
/ ^'A/HA
Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
■ •
7) ^ 'trW
A
Reincorporated February 17, 1943
'//AA
#:£ Vz:am /v^v^
,\
y
Jm
_ ' A' ' '
XvX'AA y y
Fib TaaI
Xj?" - y , ■ •/ : V 1 A ’■ ''V ''' ( x ' ,\( -1 ' y ■' 1 \ ' ^ ■ ■
The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural
History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.
A-v/
X7
Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.
Member
Treasurer.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the
7
w ;
%
■ tl
/
a
■ , —y ■?
y A i ■
IM iflpfp
■to h
i
vm
' P'Pr ’
Officers for the Year 1966
President, Dr. Richard Fredrickson 1 >. . f V A
College of the City of New York 1003 1(
x
A
f/
xs
Fzce President, Dr. Kumar Krishna a
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
[ ■ g-4 ft r ' J 1 ■
Secretary, Mrs. Lucy Heineman 115 Central Park West, New York 10023
■i a
Assistant Secretary, Mrs. Albert Poelzl
■;/ A X
: A
7 M
230 E. 78th Street, New York 10021
I ■ , • ‘ ' 1
Treasurer,* Mr. Raymond Brush
American Museum of Natural History^ New York 10024
' ~ \
Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
7
u
•rf -
■
mwm m
~\ vJr -axa'i mp4k<
V A
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
M
79
j.
I n
yr:
\ W ’/) -r'; A •- 'A] 7 7.
1 Year Term
Dr. Alexander Br Klots
2 Year Term
' ' I j - a^ ■
Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
>■ n
Trustees
r .7
MX
7/ - A; 1
;7
*
1m A . r yi X
Dr. John B. Schmitt
3 ' i ’ 0 fe- i
■ jXA 1
2
Mn Robert Buckbee
j •’ i a
Mailed March 3 b 1966
< rb Ab> „7,',y jb:vy( , .#-9 >: ; a,, \\ ; y.y.7,
The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Allen Press
Inc., 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas.
' A bbA ■ -/A iN': ■■
A)
/H
;v $
y m f;
yX (
xA-/..
i
XX
if:
xx r
ay ;ava
/ 7
A! ;yy
.
r.
/;
: /-X
A i! i'v \ ...
' 1 ' '
.
- K't- 1 . : \ . v>\,_
A j ■ -
y% • 1 j , : ! .
1 ■■ 1 )
/ -A
i / • As A • /. ^ ' < .i
Journal of the
New York Entomological Society
Volume LXXIV March 31, 1966
No. 1
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss
Editor Lucy W. Clausen
Columbia University College of Pharmacy
115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023
Associate Editor James Forbes
Fordham University, New York, N.Y. 10458
Publication Committee
Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky Dr. Asher Treat
Dr. David Miller
CONTENTS
Musculature and Nervous System of the Thorax, of the Sound Mechanism, and
of a Typical Pregenital Abdominal Segment of the Male of the Annual
Cicada, Tibicen ehloromera (Walker) (Homoptera: Cicadidae)
Louis M. Vasvary 2
Spiders from Powdermill Nature Reserve Beatrice R. Vogel 55
Origin and Structural Function of the Basal Cells of the Larval Midgut in the
Mosquito, Aedes aegypti Linnaeus James F. O’Brien 59
Recent Publications 58
Book Reviews 64
2
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Musculature and Nervous System of the Thorax, of the Sound
Mechanism, anti of a Typical Pregenital Abdominal Segment of
the Male of the Annual Cicada, Tibicen chloromera
( W alker ) ( Homoptera : Cicadidae ) 1
Louis M. Vasvary
Rutgers — The State University, New Brunswick, N. J.
Abstract: The musculature and innervation of the thorax, sound mechanism, and the
fourth abdominal segment of the male annual cicada, Tibicen chloromera (Walker) are
described.
The ventral nerve cord consists of a subesophageal ganglion, prothoracic ganglion, and a
thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. There are no ganglia present in any of the abdominal
segments. The prothoracic ganglion supplies innervation to some of the muscles of the cervical
area and the muscles of the prothorax. The thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass provides in-
nervation to the posterior tergo-sternal muscles of the prothorax, the muscles of the pro-
thorax, the muscles of the mesothorax, metathorax, and all of the abdominal segments. The
abdominal segments are innervated by lateral nerve branches which arise from a pair of
nerves that originate from the posterior portion of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass
located in the mesothorax. No median nerves are visible between the subesophageal ganglion,
prothoracic ganglion, and the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. The median nerves are
probably included within the interganglionic connectives.
The members of the family Cicadidae are among the largest insects classified
in the order Homoptera. Their periodic occurrences in large numbers and the
shrill “song” produced by the males have probably aroused the curiosity of man
since the beginning of time. Despite their large size and the interest they have
received by virtue of their sound-producing apparatus, cicadas have been some-
what neglected by morphologists. This study was undertaken as a contribution
to our knowledge of the musculature and innervation of the thorax, of the sound
mechanism, and of a typical pregenital abdominal segment of the male of the
annual cicada, Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
A study of the nerve patterns in insects may be approached with at least two
different objectives in mind. From a physiological or histological standpoint, a
knowledge of nerve and muscle arrangements is a necessary prerequisite for pre-
cise investigations. From a morphological standpoint, a knowledge of the
hexapod nervous system is essential in establishing nerve and muscle homologies
and thereby provide additional information on the course of phylogenetic devel-
opment. This paper is an attempt in the latter direction with the full understand-
ing that detailed investigations of many more forms are necessary in order to
establish the course of phylogenetic development.
1 Paper of the Jour. Series, N. J. Agric. Expt. Station, Rutgers-The State University of
New Jersey, Dept. Ent. and Econ. Zool.
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
3
13
Figure 1A
Fig. 1A. Lateral view of the subesophageal ganglion of the male annual cicada Tibicen
chloromera (Walker) .
The concept of an underlying homology of segmental musculature has pro-
vided important evidence on the evolution of the insect thorax and appendages.
This concept is based on the assumption that at sometime in the past history of
the Hexapoda, the abdominal somites, as leg-bearing segments, had essentially
the same structure as the primitive thoracic and gnathal segments. If we assume
that the innervation pattern as well as the musculature was homologous in each
ancestral segment then the nerve configuration manifested in insects today is
a variation of the ancestral pattern. Moreover, since the inherent purpose of
the nervous system is to transmit nerve impulses, selective pressure on the
nerve pattern would be less than on the structures innervated (Schmitt, 1959).
This assumption should not be interpreted to imply that the nervous systems of
insects have remained static in the course of phylogenetic development, but
rather that through investigations of the segmental innervation patterns of
insects and by establishing criteria of homology of nerves through the utilization
of primitive muscle groups and nerve junctions, a knowledge of the course of
the phylogenetic development of the nervous system should be possible.
Unfortunately, only a very few comparative morphological investigations
have been presented in the literature concerning the establishment of nerve
homologies in insects. The writer hopes that this paper will be a significant addi-
tion to the existing studies and serve to cultivate further interest regarding the
concept of a basic plan of segmental innervation.
4
New York Entomological Society
IVol. LXXIV
Fig. IB. Dorsal view of ventral muscles that cover the prothoracic ganglion and anterior
portion of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass of the male annual cicada Tibicen
chloromera (Walker).
OBJECTIVES
1. Determine the musculature of the thorax of the male of the annual cicada,
Tibicen chloromera (Walker) and compare this musculature to that of
Hnechys sanguinea var. philaemata as described by Maki (1938) and to
that of Cicada (= Tibicen ) plebeia as described by Berlese (1909).
2. Describe the ventral nerve cord of Tibicen and compare its configuration
to the ventral nerve cords previously described in the family Cicadidae.
3. Determine and describe the cervicothoracic nervous system of the male of
Tibicen chloromera (Walker) and, if feasible, to establish criteria of
homology.
4. Determine the musculature of the first abdominal segment of Tibicen
which contains the sound mechanism and compare this musculature to
that described by Maki (1938) for Huechys and to that of Cicada
(= Tibicen) plebeia as described by Berlese (1909).
5. Determine the innervation of the first abdominal segment of the male of
T ibicen chloromera ( W alker ) .
6. Determine the musculature of a typical pregenital abdominal segment of
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
5
Table 1. Ventral muscles covering the prothoracic and thoracic-abdominal ganglia of
Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
Muscle number
Origin
Insertion
1
Pleural arm of
prothorax
Zygomatic with muscles 2 and 3
over the prothoracic ganglion
and the anterior portion of
thoracic-abdominal ganglionic
mass.
2
Anterior margin of
episternum ventral
to tergo-pleural 40
Zygomatic with muscles 1 and 3
over the prothoracic ganglion
and the anterior portion of thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass.
3
Anterior mesofurcal
arm
Zygomatic with muscles 1 and 2
over the prothoracic ganglion and
the anterior portion of thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass.
Tibicen and compare this musculature to that described by Maki (1938)
for Huechys.
7. Determine the innervation of a typical pregenital abdominal segment of
Tibicen and, if feasible, to establish criteria of homology.
REVIEW OF LITERATURE
The literature will be reviewed under five major headings corresponding to
their order of presentation in this paper.
1 . THE VENTRAL NERVE CORD
Comparatively little is known concerning the general nerve configuration in
the families of the order Homoptera. The principal writers reporting on the
ventral nerve cord of cicadas are: Binet (1894), Dufour ( 1833), Hilton (1939),
and Myers (1928). It may be stated that within the family Cicadidae a high
degree of specialization has taken place as far as the nervous system is con-
cerned (Myers, 1928). The chief evidence of this specialization is the fact that
all abdominal ganglia have become consolidated within the large thoracic-ab-
dominal ganglionic mass located in the mesothorax.
Binet (1894) described the subintestinal nervous system of Cicada orni. By
microscopic sections of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass, Binet was able
to distinguish the abdominal ganglia by the absence of crural lobes correlated
with the absence of legs in corresponding segments (Myers, 1928).
Dufour (1833), in an earlier publication, described the ventral nerve cord in
Cicada orni as having a cephalic ganglion and two thoracic ganglia. The thoracic
ganglia are nearly fused, forming one oblong body which is covered dorsally by
a mass of muscles which occupy the lower wall of the thorax. Dufour states
that the anterior thoracic ganglion gives rise to four pairs of principal nerves,
while the posterior ganglion gives rise to six pairs of nerves. The nerve cords
6
New York Entomological Society
LVol. LXXIV
Fig. 2. First stage dissection showing muscles of the cervix, thorax, and first abdominal
segment and the ventral nerve cord in longitudinal section in the male annual cicada Tibicen
chloromera (Walker).
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
7
which innervate the abdominal segments are adherent at their origin but separate
before finally dividing in the abdominal cavity. Dufour did not describe the
subesophageal ganglion which, according to Myers (1928), may have been
mistaken for the brain.
Hilton (1939) described the central nervous system for both the immature
and adult stages of a cicada. Unfortunately, no mention is made of the species
studied. There were two ganglia in both the immature and mature cicada other
than the superesophageal ganglion. Hilton further stated that there are many
large, long nerves issuing from the caudal portion of the large thoracic-abdominal
ganglion.
Myers (1928) described the brain and ventral nerve cord of Melampsalta
sericea. The round subesophageal ganglion is connected to the first ganglionic
mass by a pair of long, stout, well-separated interganglionic connectives. The
first ganglionic mass lies largely in the prothorax. Two short, very stout inter-
ganglionic connectives join the first ganglionic mass to the second thoracic mass
which lies wholly within the mesothorax. Myers states that the second thoracic
mass is much longer than broad and displays signs of a two fold origin. However,
from the standpoint of gross anatomy, the abdominal ganglia cannot be dis-
tinguished. Nerves that innervate typical abdominal segments superficially ap-
pear to arise as a single cord as they leave the second thoracic mass. Later the
single cord splits into two nerves as it enters the abdomen.
2. THORACIC MUSCULATURE
The thoracic musculature of two species of cicadas have been described by
Berlese (1909) and Maki (1938). Berlese (1909) described in some detail
the thoracic musculature of Cicada ( — Tibicen ) plebeia . Muscles are identified
in figures by Roman or Arabic numerals while descriptions of muscle origins and
insertions are included in the text. An attempt is made to homologize the thoracic
musculature of several species of insects. Unfortunately, with respect to Cicada
(= Tibicen) plebeia , it appears many of the muscles that originate on the furcal
and pleural arms and attach to the coxae and trochantine are omitted.
Maki (1938) presents a very detailed description of the thoracic muscles of
Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata. Muscles are identified by their position and
function; however, in tables and figures, Arabic numerals are utilized for muscle
numbers. Muscle origins and insertions are described in the text.
In his study of Hemiptera, Maki presents the thoracic musculature of Eurostus
validus , Sigara substriata , Cicadella ferruginea , Macrohomotoma gladiatum , and
Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata . Maki includes in his tables the musculature
of Nezara viridula by Malouf (1933), Cicada plebeia by Berlese (1909), and
Psylla mali by Weber (1929).
Snodgrass ( 1927 and 1935), illustrates a portion of the thoracic musculature
of Tibicina (= Magicicada) septendecim as an example of indirect wing muscles.
8
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
Table 2. Prothoracic musculature of Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
Muscle Muscle 0rigin
number (or attachment)
Insertion
(or attachment)
Dorsal muscles
Median dorsal
4
Posterior edge of head
First phragma
Median dorsal
5
Dorsolaterally on middle
of tergum
First phragma
Lateral dorsal
6
Dorsolaterally on middle
of tergum
Anterolateral region of first
phragma
Lateral dorsal
7
Dorsolaterally on middle
of tergum
Anterior edge of first phragma
Anterior dorsal
8
Posterior edge of head
Dorsolateral midportion of
tergum
Ventral muscles
Internal ventral
9
Posterior tentorial arm
Sternal apophyses
External ventral
10
Posterior end of cervical
sclerite
Pleural arm of prothorax
Tergo-sternal muscles
Anterior intersegmental
11
Posterior edge of head
Ventrolateral cervical sclerite
Anterior intersegmental
12
Posterior edge of head
Ventrolateral cervical sclerite
Anterior intersegmental
13
Anterior dorsolateral region
of tergum
Posterior tentorial arm
Anterior intersegmental
14
Dorsolateral region of
tergum
Posterior tentorial arm
Anterior intersegmental
15
Anterior dorsolateral region
of tergum
Ventrolateral cervical sclerite
Anterior intersegmental
16
Dorsolateral region of
tergum
Base of tentorium
Posterior tergo-sternal
17
Anterolateral portion of
mesotergum
Pleural arm of prothorax
Tergo-pleural muscles
Anterior tergo-pleural
18
Dorsolateral portion of pos-
terior edge of head
Base of prothoracic pleural arm
Anterior tergo-pleural
19
Dorsolateral portion of pos-
terior edge of head
Base of prothoracic pleural arm
Ordinary tergo-pleural
20
Middle of lateral region of
tergum
Pleural arm of prothorax
Coxal muscles
Tergal promotor
21
Dorsolateral region of
tergum
Anterior rim of coxa
Tergal promotor
22
Lateral region of tergum
Apodeme of trochantin
Sternal promotor
23
Prof urea
Anterior basal rim of coxa
Tergal remotor
24
Middle dorsolateral region
of tergum
Remotor apodeme of coxa
Tergal remotor
25
Oblique ridge at middle of
lateral region of tergum
Remotor apodeme of coxa
Tergal remotor
26
Tergum external to 25
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Tergal remotor
27
Lateral region of tergum
beneath 26
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Sternal remotor
28
Profurca
| j 1
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Tergal abductor
29
Midportion of dorsolateral
region of tergum
Apodeme anterolateral basal
rim of coxa
Pleural abductor
30
Pleural arm of prothorax
Anterior basal rim of coxa
Pleural abductor
31
Pleural arm of prothorax
Anterior basal rim of coxa
Trochanteral muscles
Tergal depressor
32
Midlateral region of tergum
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
Pleural depressor
33
Pleural arm of prothorax
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
9
The muscles illustrated in the mesothorax are the longitudinal dorsal, oblique
dorsal, anterior tergo-sternal, and posterior tergo-sternal. The metathoracic de-
pressor muscles of the trochanter and the coxal part of the depressor muscle of
the trochanter are also included.
The above muscles are homologous to those of Cicada (= Tibicen ) plebeia
(Berlese, 1909), Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata (Maki, 1938), and Tibicen
chloromera with respect to their origins and insertions.
3. THE CERVICOTHORACIC NERVOUS SYSTEM
Detailed descriptions of the thoracic nervous system have not appeared in
the literature for any member of the family Cicadidae nor for any insect in the
order Homoptera. Moreover, the literature contains only a relatively few studies
regarding the thoracic nervous systems of insects. One reason for this lack of
information is due to the time-consuming nature and patience necessary for
such research. Therefore, the majority of nerve studies have been restricted to
anatomical facts and descriptions of nerve cord configurations. The principal
writers who have contributed detailed information on thoracic nervous systems of
insects are: Holste (1910) on Dytiscus marginalis , Johansson (1957) on
Oncopeltus fasciatus , Maki (1936) on Chauliodes formosanus, Marquardt
(1939) on Carausius morosus , Matsuda (1956) on Agulla adnixa and Blattella
germanica , Niiesch (1957) on Telea polyphemus , Pipa and Cook (1959) on
Periplaneta americana , Schmitt (1959) on Dissosteira Carolina , and Wittig
(1955) on Perla abdominalis.
Schmitt (1962 ) states that an additional reason for the lag of nerve topography
studies in insects is due to the difficulty in relating the findings on one group to
those on another group. Furthermore, Maki (1936) and Pipa and Cook (1959)
state that there exists a remarkable degree of variability in nerve distribution
patterns of different individuals of the same insect species. However, Pipa
and Cook (1959) also state that the existence of a fundamental plan in the
peripheral distribution of thoracic nerves in widely separated insects is evident.
Wittig (1955) describes the innervation pattern in the thorax of the larva and
adult of Perla abdominalis . She presents a comparison of the innervation fields
of the thoracic nerves of Perla abdominalis with those of Chauliodes formosanus
as reported by Maki (1936), Carausius morosus as reported by Marquardt
(1939), and Dytiscus marginalis as reported by Holste (1910) and establishes
the existence of nerve homologies in these widely separated insects.
Pipa and Cook (1959) state that the pattern of nerve distribution in Peri-
planeta americana essentially agrees with that found in other insects which have
been investigated. A similar indication in Periplaneta americana was made by
Nijenhuis and Dresden (1955).
Schmitt (1959) describes the cervicothoracic nervous system of Dissosteira
Carolina and presents several areas of nerve homology with respect to Chauliodes
trx
10
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 3. Second stage dissection showing muscles of the cervix, thorax, and first abdominal
segment in longitudinal section in the male annual cicada Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
11
formosanus as reported by Maki (1936). However, he states that the ptero-
thoracic dorsal nerves pass beneath the ventral longitudinal muscles and differ
in this respect from the prothoracic dorsal nerves of Dissosteira and all the
thoracic dorsal nerves of Chauliodes. Schmitt compared the nerves of the pro-
thoracic muscles of Dissosteira with those of the pterothorax and concluded that
there is evidence of a loss of anterior prothoracic musculature as a result of the
evolution of the cervix. The cephalic muscles of the cervical sclerites and the
ventral lateral neck muscles are derived from this anterior prothoracic muscula-
ture. Schmitt also includes a comparative study of the anterior ganglionic con-
nectives of the dorsal nerves of Dissosteira , Periplaneta , and Orchelimum and
indicates that the anterior ganglionic connectives of the dorsal nerves may have
a wider distribution than in Orthoptera but are not recognizable because of
juxtaposition with the connectives of the ventral nerve cord. Schmitt describes
the median nerves and the innervation of the spiracular muscles in Dissosteira
and mentions that the transverse nerves, dorsal nerves, and the innervation of
the spiracular muscles of Chauliodes as described by Maki (1936) present a
pattern identical with that in Dissosteira. There appears to be no essential dif-
ferences in the innervation pattern of the thoracic spiracles as compared with
the innervation pattern of the abdominal spiracles in both Chauliodes and
Dissosteira. Schmitt concludes that the nerves to the thoracic spiracles agree
sufficiently with the nerve pattern of the abdominal spiracles to indicate that
the thoracic spiracles may be homologous with the abdominal spiracles.
Schmitt (1962), in a later paper, despite unfortunate differences in nomen-
clature applied by different workers, presents additional information establishing
the presence of nerve homologies in several insects. Schmitt utilizes the dorsal
longitudinal muscles as a starting point since these muscles are homologous both
in the thorax and abdomen of insects. Usually, from a descriptive standpoint it
is quite simple to identify the dorsal nerves to these muscles. Schmitt arranges in
tabular form the names and designations used by various authors for the nerves
to the thoracic dorsal longitudinal muscles, designations of the anterior ganglionic
connectives, designations of the subesophageal nerves to the protergal muscles,
and a comparison of thoracic nerve designations used by various authors with
those utilized by Maki for Chauliodes. The wing nerves, median and transverse
nerves, innervation of the ventral muscles and spinosternal musculature, and a
discussion of the prothoracic nervous system in various insects is also presented.
4. THE MUSCULATURE AND INNERVATION OF THE SOUND MECHANISM
The majority of investigations appearing in the literature concerning the
sound mechanism of cicadas describes the construction of the sound apparatus
and the mechanics of sound production. Myers (1928) presents a summary of
the studies pertaining to the sound-producing apparatus as well as including his
12
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 3. Mesothoracic musculature of Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
Muscle
Muscle
Origin
Insertion
number
(or attachment)
(or attachment)
Dorsal muscles
Median dorsal
34
Anterior median portion of
tergum
Median area of second phragma
Lateral dorsal
35
Middle of dorsolateral por-
tion of tergum
Lateral portion of second
phragma
Ventral muscles
Longitudinal ventral
36
Profurcal arm
xMiterior mesofurcal arm
Tergo-Sternal muscles
Anterior tergo-sternal
37
Anterior portion of dorso-
lateral region of tergum
Ventrolateral sternal region
Posterior tergo-sternal
38
Ventral portion of second
phragma
Posterior mesofurcal arm
Tergo-Pleural muscles
Tergo-pleural
39
Anterolateral margin of
tergum
Anterior margin of episternum
Tergo-pleural
40
Lateral margin of tergum
Anterior margin of episternum
Tergo-pleural
41
Lateral margin of tergum
Mesothoracic pleural arm
Tergo-pleural
42
Lateral margin of tergum
Prothoracic pleural arm
Tergo-pleural
43
Lateral margin of tergum
Wing process
Tergo-pleural
44
Lateral margin of tergum
Base of mesothoracic pleural arm
Pleural-axillary
45
Episternum
Third axillary sclerite
Pleural-axillary
46
Episternum
Third axillary sclerite
Pleuro-subalar
47
Posterior margin of
epimeron
Subalar sclerite
Sterno-Pleural muscles
Sterno-basalar
48
Anterodorsal portion of epi-
sternum
Ventrolateral sternal region
Furco-entopleural
49
Furcal arm of mesothorax
Pleural arm of mesothorax
Coxal muscles
Tergal promotor
50
Anterolateral region of
tergum
Trochantin
Trochantino-basalar
51
Laterodorsal margin of epi-
sternum
Trochantin
Trochantino-basalar
52
Anterolateral margin of epi-
sternum
Trochantin
Sternal promotor
53
Base of mesofurcal arm
Anterior basal rim of coxa
Tergal remotor
54
Anterolateral region of
tergum
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Tergal remotor
55
Posterior dorsolateral region
of tergum
By a tendon to posterior basal
rim of coxa
Coxo-subalar
56
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Subalar sclerite
Sternal remotor
57
Posterior mesofurcal arm
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Sternal remotor
58
Mesofurcal arm
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Sternal adductor
59
Mesofurca
Mesal basal edge of coxa
Coxo-basalar
60
Dorsal margin of episternum Anterolateral basal rim of coxa
Troehanteral muscles
Tergal depressor
61
Anterolateral portion of
tergum
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
Trochantero-basalar
62
Dorsal margin of episternum
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
Sternal depressor
63
Mesofurcal arm
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
Muscles of the spiracle
Occlusor
64
Subspiracularum
Ventral portion of atrial chamber
March, 19661
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
13
own findings based on M damp salt a sericea and M damp salt a muta , two species
of cicadas found in New Zealand.
Complete studies regarding the musculature of the first abdominal segment
which contains the sound-producing apparatus have been described for Cicada
(— Tibicen) plebeia by Berlese (1909) and for Huechys sanguinea var. philae-
mata by Maki (1938). Berlese utilizes both Roman and Arabic numerals for
muscle identification in his figures while descriptions of muscle attachments are
included in the text. Berlese (1909) shows the structure of the sound mechanism
in his figures 879 to 882. Berlese considers the sclerotized V-shaped structure,
yAd2 in his figure 880, as the furca of the second abdominal sternite. However,
Carlet (1876), Vogel (1923) and Myers (1928) who have given this structure
the most attention, ascribe it to the first abdominal segment. Maki (1938)
shows the musculature of the sound mechanism in his figure 24 and utilizes
Arabic numerals for muscle numbers. Maki presents in tabular form the muscles
of the first six abdominal segments with their muscle numbers. Descriptions
of the muscle attachments are not included in the text.
A complete presentation of the innervation pattern of the first abdominal seg-
ment of cicadas has not appeared in the literature. However, the auditory or
tymbal nerves which innervate the large tymbal muscles have been mentioned by
various writers since Binet (1894). Swinton (1880) traced the auditory nerve
from the thoracic ganglionic mass, presumably in the mesothorax, to the abdomen
and around the tymbal muscle. The auditory nerve then forms a ganglion which
enters a groove. According to Vogel (1923) the auditory nerve arises in the
ventral nerve strands and rises, running parallel with the body wall, in a
sclerotized groove and passes dorsally to the sense organ, where its fibers run
into the base of each sense cell. Myers (1928), in poorly preserved material,
found a distinct nerve emerging on each side of the last thoracic-ganglionic mass
and running parallel to a sclerotized ridge leading up to the auditory capsule.
Myers (1928) states that it is very improbable that the auditory nerve should
arise from the abdominal strands, as Vogel ( 1923) states.
Investigations utilizing electric stimulation of the auditory or tymbal nerve
and the sympathetic nerve have appeared in the literature. Pringle (1954)
concluded that the frequency of tymbal movements resulting from the contrac-
tions of the tymbal muscle exceeds the rhythm of tymbal nerve stimulation.
Pringle also reported that an isolated tymbal muscle does not give multiplied
rhythmic reactions when stimulated but functions the same as a common skeletal
muscle. Hagiwara and Watanabe (1956) found that at a certain intensity and
frequency of nerve stimulation, repetitive potentials up to ten or more resulted
from each stimulus in the tymbal muscle, tymbal nerve, and motor neuron.
Voskresenskaya and Svidersky (1960) investigated the electrical activity of
the tymbal muscle, the tymbal nerve, and the sympathetic nerve during and
14
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 4. Third stage dissection showing muscles of cervix, thorax, and first abdominal seg-
ment in longitudinal section in the male annual cicada Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology or Annual Cicada
15
after electric stimulation and concluded that the sympathetic nervous system is
essential to normal sound production in cicadas.
5. THE MUSCULATURE AND INNERVATION OF THE FOURTH ABDOMINAL SEGMENT
The musculature of the pregenital abdominal segments of male cicadas have
been described by Maki (1938) for Huechys sanguined var. philaemata and by
Berlese (1909) for Cicada (= Tibicen) plebeia. Maki in his figure 24 shows the
musculature of the first three abdominal segments and utilizes Arabic numerals
for muscle numbers. Maki presents the muscles of the first six abdominal seg-
ments and their muscle numbers in a table on page 168 where he compares the
musculature of Erostus validus , Sigara sub striata , Huechys sanguined var.
philaemata, Cicadella ferruginea, and Macrohomotoma gladiatum. Maki does
not describe the muscle attachments for Huechys in his text; however, they are
clearly shown in his figure 24. Berlese (1909) describes the musculature of the
first three abdominal segments in Cicada (= Tibicen) plebeia and utilizes both
Roman and Arabic numerals for muscle identification. Descriptions of the
muscle attachments are included in the text.
No studies dealing with the innervation of a pregenital abdominal segment of
a male cicada have been found in the literature. Moreover, the literature con-
tains only a few studies on the abdominal nervous system of insects.
In recent years some interest has been shown regarding the establishment of
basic segmental nerve pattern within the Hexapoda. Schmitt ( 1954) describes
the nervous system of the pregenital abdominal segments of Dissosteira Carolina ,
Acheta assimilis, Periplaneta americana , and Diapheromera femorata. Schmitt
utilizes various points of nerve homology or “landmarks” in presenting the in-
nervation pattern of the above insects. The innervation of the ventral diaphragm
in Dissosteira is also described. Libby (1959) describes the musculature and
innervation of the second and third abdominal segments of the cecropia larva
and concludes that the dorsal, ventral, and transverse nerve roots arising from
each segmental ganglion of the cecropia larva seem homologous with those de-
scribed by Schmitt (1954) for the pregenital segments of certain Orthoptera.
Libby concludes, by utilizing the points of nerve homology set forth by Schmitt,
that the homogeneity of the innervation pattern in such widely separated orders
as Orthoptera and Lepidoptera lend further support to the concept of a basic
segmental nerve pattern within the Hexapoda. Libby (1961) describes the mus-
culature and innervation in the fourth abdominal segment of the adult male
cecropia moth Hyalophora cecropia and compares his finding with the pregenital
abdominal segments of Chauliodes formosanus , as described by Maki (1936),
Acheta assimilis , as described by Schmitt (1954), and the larva of Hyalophora ,
as described by Libby ( 1959).
Schmitt (1963) describes the abdominal nervous system in the nymph of
Pteronarcys proteus and the adult of Pteronarcys calif ornica and concludes that
16
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
"7
>
u
Fig. 5. Fourth stage dissection showing muscles of the cervix, thorax, and first abdominal
segment in longitudinal section in the male annual cicada Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
March, 19661
Vasvary: Morphology or Annual Cicada
17
the ganglia of segments 3 and 4 have coalesced and only the first three segments
contain both dorsal and ventral nerves. The transverse nerves of segments 4,
5, and 6 arise from the ganglia of the immediately following segments. No
occlusor or dilator muscles of the spiracles could be found in the two above-men-
tioned species of Pteronarcys. Schmitt also describes the muscles and nerves of
the genital segments.
Schmitt (1964) describes the nerve pattern of the pregenital abdominal seg-
ments of N eoconocephaiis exiliscanorus and Cento philus gracilipes gracilipes,
two Orthoptera classified in the family Tettigoniidae. The segmental nerve
patterns of these two insects were comparable and conformed to the patterns
described in the Acrididae, the Gryllidae, and the Blattidae, as described by
Schmitt (1954), and in Carausius (Phasmidae) as described by Marquardt
(1939). Similarities in the nerve patterns to Hyalophora cecropia as described
by Libby (1959 and 1961) and by Beckel (1958) and in some degree to the
Plecoptera and the Megaloptera were noted. No innervation to the alary muscles
could be found in N eoconocephalus or Ceutophilus.
Schmitt (1965) presents a comparative study on the transverse nerves of
the pregenital abdominal segments of insects. By comparing the segmental
innervation patterns of Peri planet a, N eoconocephalus, Hyalophora, Chauliodes ,
Pteronarycs, Acroneurai, Apis, and Tibicen, Schmitt concludes that, in those
insects which apparently lack median and transverse nerves, these nerves are in-
corporated in the longitudinal connectives and lateral segmental nerves.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Insect Material Used in the This Study. — The male of the annual cicada, Tibicen
chloromera (Walker), was selected for this study in order to provide information
concerning the musculature and nervous system of the thorax, sound mechanism,
and a typical pregenital abdominal segment. The annual cicada’s large size and
ready availability make them especially attractive subjects for such investigation.
N omenclature. — Nomenclature used in this study involve primarily the muscula-
ture and nervous system. Various methods of nomenclature have been devised
for each of these organ systems.
Nomenclature of the musculature is based on the general outline set forth by
Maki (1938) in his work on Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata. Muscles are
named according to their position, attachment, or function and are assigned
Arabic numerals which serve as muscle numbers in figures.
Effective nerve nomenclature requires not only that it describe the nerves in
question, but also that it can be applied or adapted to as many nervous systems
as possible in order to demonstrate nerve homologies. However, before a stan-
dard terminology can be devised, it is essential to have a relatively thorough
knowledge of the musculature and nervous systems of manj^ different insect
18
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 4. Metathoracic Musculature of Tibicen chloromera (Walker)
| Muscle Origin
Number (or attachment)
Insertion
(or attachment)
Dorsal muscles
Median dorsal
65
Dorsal portion of second
phragma
Dorsal portion of third phragma
Ventral muscles
Longitudinal ventral
66
Posterior mesothoracic
furcal arm
Metafurcal arm
Tergo-Sternal muscles
Anterior tergo-sternal
67
Anterior dorsolateral region
of tergum
Ventrolateral sternal region
Posterior tergo-sternal
68
Anterolateral edge of first
abdominal tergum
Metafurcal arm
Tergo-Pleural muscles
Tergo-pleural
69
Lateral portion of tergum
Pleural arm of metathorax
Tergo-pleural
70
Lateral portion of tergum
Dorsal border of episternum
Pleuro-axillary
71
Pleural ridge
Third axillary sclerite
Pleuro-axillary
72
Pleural ridge
Third axillary sclerite
Sterno-Pleural muscles
Sterno-pleural
73
Mesofurcal arm
Anterior end of metathoracic
episternum
Furco-entopleural
74
Metafurcal arm
Pleural arm of metathorax
Coxal muscles
Tergal promotor
75
Anterior dorsolateral region
of tergum
Trochantin
Pleural promotor
76
Anterior portion of epi-
sternum
Anterior basal rim of coxa
Sternal promotor
77
Metafurcal arm
Anterior basal rim of coxa
Tergal remotor
78
Mid dorsolateral region of
tergum
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Tergal remotor
79
Posterior dorsolateral region
of tergum
Posterior basal rim of coxa by a
tendon
Coxo-subalar
80
Lateral basal rim of coxa
Subalare
Sternal remotor
81
Metafurcal arm
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Sternal remotor
82
Metafurcal arm
Posterior basal rim of coxa
Pleural abductor
83
Anterior region of epi-
sternum lateral to 75
Anterolateral basal rim of coxa
Trochanteral muscles
Tergal depressor
84
Second phragma
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
Tergal depressor
85
Anterior portion of dorso-
lateral region of tergum
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
Pleural depressor
86
Episternum
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
Sternal depressor
87
Metafurcal arm
Depressor apodeme of trochanter
Muscles of the spiracle
Occlusor
88
Ridge between mesothorax
and metathorax
Ventral end of spiracle
species. Several systematic methods of nerve terminology have been devised and
each have their advantages and disadvantages.
The method of nerve designation utilized in this paper is similar to that used
by Whittig (1955) in her work on Perla abdominalis Burm. Ganglia, except for
the subesophageal ganglion, are assigned Roman numerals. Nerve roots arising
from each ganglion are designated by the Roman numeral of the ganglion followed
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology op Annual Cicada
19
by the letter N and an Arabic numeral. Lower case letters following Arabic
numerals are used to identify nerve branches. Prime (') and double prime (")
designations are utilized where it appears necessary for better understanding of
nerve branch description.
Methods of Illustration. — Illustrations in this paper representing nerves and
muscles are of two types. One type, the semiperspective illustration, is an at-
tempt to represent as clearly as possible the various stages of dissection. Each
stage is illustrated separately and in series beginning with the median muscle
groups and progressing to the body wall. In illustrations that combine two
consecutive stages of dissection, the lower half of the figure represents the earlier
stage.
The second type of illustration used in this study are diagrams indicating the
spatial relationships of nerves. The right side of the insect is illustrated and
viewed in a laterad aspect. Muscle innervations are designated by Arabic nu-
merals which represent muscle numbers. Where two nerves cross, the laterad
nerve is interrupted. Nerves which terminate in the integument are indicated by
a short line drawn across the nerve.
An explanation of abbreviated designations may be found under “Abbrevia-
tions used in the Figures” at the conclusion of this paper.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
1. THE VENTRAL NERVE CORD
General: The ventral nerve cord of insects is the postcephalic portion of the
nervous system which lies beneath the alimentary canal and extends posteriorly
through the thorax and abdomen. This portion of the central nervous system
contains the subesophageal ganglion, thoracic ganglia, and abdominal ganglia
arranged metamerically and joined by paired longitudinal connectives. However,
modifications of the above generalized ventral nerve cord exists in a number of
insect orders and is evidenced by the reduction in number or complete absence
of ganglia in abdominal segments. Snodgrass (1935) states that there is a
tendency for the ganglia of the ventral nerve cord to migrate anteriorly and
unite with each other. This process is referred to as condensation. The forward
migration and fusion of ganglia results in the shortening and external disap-
pearance of connectives and commissures.
A dorsal view of the ventral nerve cord in the male cicada, Tibicen chloromera
(Walker) is illustrated in Fig. 9 and consists of a subesophageal ganglion, pro-
thoracic ganglion, and a thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. There are no
ganglia in any of the abdominal segments. All abdominal segments are innervated
by nerves originating from the posterior portion of the thoracic-abdominal
ganglionic mass located in the mesothorax.
The subesophageal ganglion is the anterior ganglion of the ventral nerve cord.
20
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 5. Comparison of prothoracic musculature of Tibicen chloromera , Huechys
sanguined var. philaemata (Maki, 1938), and Cicada (— Tibicen) plebeia (Berlese, 1909).
Muscle groups
Tibicen
chloromera
Huechys sanguined
var. philaemata
(Maki, 1938)
Cicada (= Tibicen)
plebeia
(Berlese, 1909)
Dorsal muscles
Median dorsal
4
1
140
Median dorsal
5
2
CIX
Lateral dorsal
6
3
110
Lateral dorsal
7
—
CXII
Anterior dorsal
8
4
CXXXVI
Anterior dorsal
-
-
cxxxv
Ventral muscles
Internal ventral
9
5
136
External ventral
10
6
CXXXI
Tergo-Sternal muscles
Anterior intersegmental
11
7
147
Anterior internal tergo-sternal
12
—
-
Anterior internal tergo-sternal
13
8
CXXXV
Anterior internal tergo-sternal
14
—
—
Anterior internal tergo-sternal
15
9
CXXXVa
Anterior internal tergo-sternal
—
10
144
Anterior internal tergo-sternal
16
11
—
Posterior tergo-sternal
17
12
112
Tergo-Pleural muscles
Anterior tergo-pleural
18
13
-
Anterior tergo-pleural
19
-
-
Ordinary tergo-pleural
20
14
-
Coxal muscles
Tergal promotor
21
15
113
Tergal promotor
22
16
-
Sternal promotor
23
17
-
Tergal remotor
24
18
116
Tergal remotor
25
19
-
Tergal remotor
26
20
-
Tergal remotor
27
21
—
Sternal remotor
28
—
—
Tergal abductor
29
22
-
Pleural abductor
30
23
—
Pleural abductor
31
24
-
Troehanteral muscles
Tergal depressor
32
25
115
Pleural depressor
33
26
—
In Tibicen chloromera eight pairs of nerves arise from the ganglion and innervate
the salivary glands and lateral salivary gland ducts, muscles associated with'
the feeding apparatus, and some muscles of the cervical area.
The prothoracic ganglion and the anterior portion of the thoracic-abdominal
ganglionic mass are covered dorsally by ventral muscles (Fig. IB). Dufour
( 1833) mentions similar ventral muscles in Cicada orni.
An invagination of the first abdominal sternite serves as a muscle attachment
for the large tympanal muscles. A sternal canal is located within this invagina-
tion. Two pairs of nerves, IIN8 and IIN9, pass through the sternal canal.
March, 19661
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
21
Fig. 6. Fifth stage dissection showing muscles of the cervix, thorax, and first abdominal
segment in longitudinal section in the male annual cicada Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
22
New York Entomological Society
[ Vol. LXXIV
One pair of nerves, IIN8, innervates the posterior muscles of the first abdominal
segment while the other pair of nerves, IIN9, innervates the remaining abdominal
segments.
No median nerve is visible between the subesophageal ganglion, prothoracic
ganglion, and thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. However, the median nerve
is probably included within the interganglionic connectives.
Spiracular muscles in the thoracic segments are innervated by nerves which
arise from the dorsolateral portion of the prothoracic ganglion and thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass. Spiracular muscles in pregenital abdominal seg-
ments are innervated by a nerve branch from the dorsal nerve.
The ventral nerve cord of the male Tibicen chloromera (Walker) is not re-
stricted to a definitive positional relationship in the thorax by spinae or muscles
that attach to these structures. Schmitt (1959) described an opposite situation
in the thorax of Dissosteira , where possible future evolution of the ventral nerve
cord towards condensation will require drastic skeletal and muscle system
changes.
Subesophageal Ganglion: The anterior portion of the subesophageal gan-
glion is covered by the tentorial bridge (TB, Fig. 9). A pair of short, stout cir-
cumesophageal connectives link the subesophageal ganglion to the brain.
A lateral view of the subesophageal ganglion is shown in Fig. 1A. Eight pairs
of nerves arise from the ganglion, five pairs of nerves from the lateroventral
surface, and three pairs from the ventral area.
The first pair of nerves, SN1, arise from the anterior medioventral surface of
the ganglion in close association with the ventral portions of the circumesopha-
geal connectives. SN1 nerves divide into labral nerves (LmNv) and nerves which
innervate the protractor muscles of the mandibular bristles (pmdb).
The second pair of nerves, SN2, are mandibular nerves and arise from the
anterior lateroventral surface of the ganglion. The SN2 nerve divides soon
after leaving the ganglion into a dorsal branch that innervates the retractor
muscle of the mandibular bristle (rmdb) and a ventral branch that innervates the
protractor muscles of the mandibular bristles.
The third pair of nerves, SN3, are maxillary nerves and arise from the latero-
ventral surface of the ganglion. The SN3 nerve bifurcates into anterior and
posterior nerve branches. The anterior branches innervate the internal (rmxbi)
and the external (rmxb2) retractor muscles of the maxillary bristles. Posterior
nerve branches innervate both internal and external retractor muscles of the
maxillary bristles, protractor muscles of the maxillary bristles (lpmxb and
2pmxb), and provide nerve branches which enter the base of the maxillary
bristles, mxb (Fig. 1A).
The fourth, SN4, and fifth, SN5, pairs of nerves arise from the mediolateral
and posterolateral areas, respectively, of the subesophageal ganglion and co-
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
23
g
o
*-4->
CJ
<L>
C3
C
3
4->
•
bu
g
o
in
O
-C
<u
rG
J-H
0>
13
p
a
Ui
c
£ ?
-si
<o
O
</}
c
o
•3 ^
% :S
T3
<U T3
w> rt
03 c_)
-*-> ..-c
m u
rG
■*->
c7)
o
M
c3
3
C
C
<3
OJ
13
a
OJ
-C
alesce to form the first cervical nerve SN4 + SN5. The SN4 + SN5 nerves ex-
tend dorsally and innervate the anterior internal tergo-sternal muscle 13.
The sixth pair of nerves, SN6, arises from the posterior lateroventral surface
of the ganglion and innervates the salivary glands (S1G1) and the anterior in-
ternal tergo-sternal muscle 16. The latter nerves are the second cervical nerves.
A nerve branch from SN6, and SN6a, proceeds in a posterior direction and
coalesces with the SN9 + INI nerve.
The seventh pair of nerves, SN7, are the labial nerves and arise from the
posterior medioventral surface of the ganglion ventrad to SN6. Nerve SN7 pro-
24
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
vides nerve branches to the dilator muscles of the salivary syringe (dlSyr) and
the lateral muscles of the sclerotized rod (mr) before entering the labium.
Johansson ( 1957) shows a similar innervation pattern for the labial nerve in
the milkweed bug One o pelt us fasciatus (Dallas). The labial nerves innervate
the dilator muscles of the salivary syringe before entering the base of the
labium.
The eighth pair of nerves, SN8, arises from the posterior medioventral sur-
faces of the ganglion in close association with the interganglionic connectives and
innervates the salivary ducts (SID).
A pair of large nerves, SN9, arises laterally from each interganglionic connec-
tive and coalesce with the IN 1 nerves which arise from the anterior surface of the
prothoracic ganglion. INI nerves can easily be separated from the intergangli-
onic connectives to their origin on the prothoracic ganglion.
A pair of long, sturdy, well-separated interganglionic connectives link the
subesophageal ganglion to the prothoracic ganglion. The interganglionic con-
nectives pass laterally around the muscles of the sclerotized rod. The sclerotized
rod is an extension of the labium and appears to have a stronger association with
the prothorax than with the head since it hangs freely from the cervical mem-
brane.
Prothoracic Ganglion: The prothoracic ganglion lies wholly within the pro-
thorax and is situated between the sternal apophyses. Three pairs of ventral
muscles (1, 2, and 3) cover the entire ganglion dorsally (Fig. IB).
Four pairs of nerves arise from the anterior portion of the prothoracic ganglion
(Fig. 9). The anterior pair of nerves (INI) proceed anteriorly and join nerves
SN9 which branch from the interganglionic connectives. Nerves IN2, IN3, and
IN4 pass under the internal ventral longitudinal muscles (9) and innervate
muscles of the cervix, prothorax, and prothoracic leg muscles. (A detailed de-
scription of the innervation pattern is presented under the section entitled “The
Cervicothoracic Nervous System.”)
A pair of large nerves, IIN1, issues from the interganglionic connectives be-
tween the prothoracic ganglion and thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass (Fig.
9). The IIN1 nerves pass over the IIN2 nerves originating from the thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass and then pass under the longitudinal ventral muscles
36 of the mesothorax. Nerve IINl innervates the longitudinal ventral muscles
36, median dorsal muscles 34, and lateral dorsal muscles 35 of the mesothorax.
A pair of fine, short nerves, IN5, arise on each side of the middorsal portion
of the prothoracic ganglion and innervates the ventral muscles 1 which cover the
ganglion.
Two pairs of fine nerves, IN6 and IN 7, arise from the middorsal area of the
prothoracic ganglion and coalesce with nerve INS arising from the dorsal surface
of the interganglionic connective between the prothoracic ganglion and thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass.
March, 1966 1
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
25
A pair of very short, stout interganglionic connectives links the prothoracic
ganglion to the large thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass.
Thoracic— Abdominal Ganglionic Mass: The thoracic-abdominal gangli-
onic mass is the terminal ganglion of the ventral nerve cord and is located above
the basisternum of the mesothorax. With the exception of the XIN2a nerves
which innervate the posterior tergo-sternal muscles 17 of the prothorax, nerves
originating from the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass innervate muscles of
the mesothorax, metathorax, sound mechanism, and abdominal segments.
Eight pairs of lateral nerve roots arise from the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic
mass: one pair anteriorly, IIN2; two pairs laterally, TIN3 and IIN4; and five
pairs posteriorly, IIN5, 1 1X6. IIN7, IIN8, and TIN9 (Fig. 9). Nerves IIN2,
IIN3, and IIN4 pass under the longitudinal ventral muscles 36 while the remain-
ing nerve roots extend posteriorly and pass over the mesofurca. IIN2 is the
anterior wing nerve while IIN3 and IIN4 innervate muscles in the mesothorax.
Nerves IIN5 and IIN6 pass under the posterior arms of the mesofurca and inner-
vate muscles of the metathoracic segment with the exception of nerve branch
IIN6a' which innervates the posterior tergo-pleural muscle 38 of the mesothorax.
The 1 1 N 5 nerve is the dorsal nerve since it innervates the dorsal muscles 65.
Ventral muscles are innervated by a nerve branch from IIN10 + IIN11. Nerve
IIN6 provides a nerve branch IIN6a which is the posterior wing nerve. Nerves
IIN7 supply innervation to the muscles located in the anterior portion of the
first abdominal segment and the membrane forming the large abdominal air
chamber. Nerves IIN8 provide nerve branches IIN8a to the large tympanal
muscles before passing through the sternal canal to innervate the muscles located
in the posterior portion of the first abdominal segment. The IIN9 nerves pass
through the sternal canal and innervate muscles of the remaining pregenital
abdominal segments by providing a lateral nerve branch to each consecutive
segment. Two pairs of fine nerves (IIN10 and IIN11) arise dorsolaterally from
the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass (Fig. 9). The IIN11 nerve divides
soon after leaving the ganglion and provides a fine nerve branch IINlla which
coalesces with nerve IIN5. Nerves IIN10 and XIN11 are connected by a fine
nerve designated as XIN10 + IIN11. It appears that both the IIN10 and IIN11
nerves are responsible for innervation of the occlusor muscle (88) of the meta-
thoracic spiracle and ventral muscle 3.
Discussion: Unfortunately, only the gross anatomy of the central nervous sys-
tem of cicadas has been described in the literature. Therefore, comparisons of
ventral nerve cords in order to establish areas of homology are limited to their
general configuration.
Hilton (1939) in his Figure 190-1 presents an unlabeled drawing of the cen-
tral nervous system of an unnamed adult cicada showing the brain and two gan-
glia of the ventral nerve cord. If it is assumed that the anterior ganglion is the
26
New York Entomological Society
rVoL. LXXIV
Table 6. Comparison of mesothoracic musculature of Tibicen chloromera, Huechys san-
guined var. philaemata (Maki, 1938), and Cicada {— Tibicen ) plebeia (Berlese, 1909).
Muscle groups
Tibicen
chloromera
Huechys sanguined
var. philaemata
(Maki, 1938)
Cicada (— Tibicen )
plebeia
(Berlese, 1909)
Dorsal muscles
Median dorsal
34
27
70
Median dorsal
—
—
69
Lateral dorsal
35
28
71
Ventral muscles
Longitudinal ventral
36
29
105 + 106
Spino-furcal ventrals
-
-
104
Tergo-Sternal muscles
Anterior tergo-sternal
37
30
LXXVIII
Posterior tergo-sternal
38
31
73
Tergo-PIeural muscles
Tergo-pleural
39
32
XCI
Tergo -pleural
40
33
86
Tergo-pleural
41
34
-
Tergo-pleural
42
-
-
Tergo-pleural
43
-
-
Tergo-pleural
44
-
-
Pleuro-axillary
45
35
XC1II
Pleuro-axillary
46
36
XCII
Pleuro-subalar
47
37
-
Sterno-Pleural muscles
Sterno-basalar
48
38
91
Furco-entopleural
49
39
100
Coxal muscles
Tergal promotor
50
40
74?
Trochantino-basalar
51
-
79 + SO
Trochantino-basalar
52
-
-
Sternal promotor
53
41
-
Tergal remotor
54
42
LXXXII
Tergal remotor
55
43
75
Coxo-subalar
56
44
84
Sternal remotor
57
45
-
Sternal remotor
58
-
-
Sternal adductor
59
-
-
Pleural abductor
-
46
-
Coxo-basalar
60
47
82
Trocha literal muscles
Tergal depressor
61
48
76
Trochantero-basalar
62
49
81
Sternal depressor
63
50
-
Muscles of the spiracle
Occlusor
64
51
—
subesophageal ganglion, then the remaining ganglionic mass contains all of
the thoracic and abdominal ganglia.
Dufour (1833), describing the ventral nerve cord in Cicada orni , states that
the central nervous system consists of a cephalic ganglion and two thoracic
ganglia. No mention is made of the subesophageal ganglion, which, according
to Myers (1928), Dufour may have confused with the brain. Dufour does
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
27
mention that the cephalic ganglion is produced by a fusion of two hemispheroid
lobes and the cleft which separates the two lobes is only superficial. Dufour
continues by describing the thoracic ganglia as not being separate and distinct
but nearly fused into one. However, with difficulty, a light demarcation of an
anterior ganglion can be observed.
Myers (1928) states that the ventral nerve cord in Melampsalta sericea
consists of a subesophageal ganglion, prothoracic ganglion, and thoracic-ab-
dominal ganglionic mass, each separated by visible interganglionic connectives.
Berlese (1909), in his Figure 697, presents a diagram of the brain and the
subesophageal ganglion of Cicada (= Tibicen) plebeia , and shows that the
subesophageal ganglion is separated from the brain by a pair of stout circum-
esophageal connectives. The remainder of the ventral nerve cord is not described.
Snodgrass (1935), in his Figure 237, presents a longitudinal section of
Tibicina (— Magicicada) septendecim showing two thoracic ganglia, one in the
prothorax and the other in the mesothorax. The subesophageal ganglion is
not illustrated.
If the above investigations are correct, then there appears to be some diversity
in the family Cicadidae regarding the number of ganglia in the ventral nerve
cord. Cicada orni is the most specialized with a central nervous system composed
of a cephalic ganglion and two very closely associated thoracic ganglia while in
Melampsalta sericea and Tibicen chloromera there is a subesophageal ganglion
and two separate thoracic ganglia.
There also appears to be a diversity in the number of principal lateral nerve
roots arising from the thoracic ganglia. Dufour (1833) mentions that the an-
terior thoracic ganglion in Cicada orni gives rise to four pairs of principal nerves
while six pairs of nerves issue from the posterior thoracic ganglion. Hilton
(1939), in his Figure 190-1, of the central nervous systems of an unnamed
species of cicada, shows three principal nerves arising from the anterior lobe
of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass while the posterior lobe possesses
three pairs of lateral nerves and a single caudal nerve.
Tibicen chloromera has three pairs of principal lateral nerve roots (not count-
ing the INI nerve which adheres to the interganglionic connective) arising from
the prothoracic ganglion. One nerve, IIN1, appears to arise from the intergan-
glionic connective between the prothoracic ganglion and thoracic-abdominal
ganglionic mass, and eight principal pairs of nerves arise from the thoracic-ab-
dominal ganglionic mass.
2. THORACIC MUSCULATURE
General: The thoracic musculature of the male cicada, Tibicen chloromera
(Walker) is illustrated in Figs. IB to 8. Figs. 2 to 8 represent stage dissections
which proceed from the interior muscle groups to the exterior muscle groups on
the body wall. Arabic numerals are utilized for muscle numbers. Thoracic
28
New York Entomological Society
| V ol. LXXIV
Table 7. Comparison of metathoracic musculature of Tibicen chloromera, Huechys san-
guined var. philaemata (Maki, 1938), and Cicada {— Tibicen) plebeia (Berlese, 1909).
Muscle groups
Tibicen
chloromera
Huechys sanguined
var. philaemata
(Maki, 1938)
Cicada (= Tibicen)
plebeia
(Berlese, 1909)
Dorsal muscles
Median dorsal
65
52
37
Ventral muscles
Longitudinal ventral
66
53
68
Tergo-Sterual muscles
Anterior tergo-sternal
67
54
XXXVI
Posterior tergo-sternal
68
55
XXXVII
Tergo-Pleural muscles
Tergo-pleural
69
56
-
Tergo-pleural
70
-
-
Pleuro-axillarv
71
57
56
Pleuro-axillary
72
58
-
Sterno-Pleural muscles
Sterno-pleural
73
59
-
Furco-entopleural
74
60
65
Coxal muscles
Tergal promotor
75
61
42?
Pleural promotor
76
62
48 + 49
Sternal promotor
77
63
-
Tergal remotor
78
64
44
Tergal remotor
79
65
43
Coxo-subalar
SO
66
XLIX
Sternal remotor
81
67
61
Sternal remotor
82
—
—
Pleural abductor
83
68
-
Trochauteral muscles
Tergal depressor
84
69
XLV
Tergal depressor
85
70
46
Pleural depressor
86
71
-
Sternal depressor
87
72
-
Muscles of the spiracle
Occlusor
88
73
—
muscles are listed with their muscle numbers, origins, and insertions in Tables 1
to 4. A comparison of the thoracic musculature of Tibicen chloromera , Huechys
sanguinea var. philaemata described by Maki ( 1938) and Cicada (= Tibicen)
plebeia described by Berlese (1909) is presented in Tables 5 to 7.
Ventral Muscles Which Cover the Thoracic Ganglia: The prothoracic
ganglion and the anterior portion of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass
are covered dorsally by three pairs of muscles (Fig. IB). The muscle numbers,
origins, and insertions of the three muscles groups are described in Table 1.
Ventral muscles 1,2, and 3 are mutually joined by zygomatic connections. Mus-
cles 1 and 3 are quite sturdy, while muscle 2 is broad at its zygomatic junction
and compressed dorsoventrally. Muscle 3 is joined laterally to ventral longi-
tudinal muscle 36 for a portion of its length.
Prothoracic Musculature: The prothoracic muscles in Tibicen chloromera
are fundamentally homologous to Huechys sanguined var. philaemata (Table 5).
The lateral dorsal 7, anterior internal tergo-sternals 12 and 14, anterior tergo-
pleural 19, and sternal remotor 28 muscles in Tibicen chloromera were not re-
ported in Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata .
The anterior internal tergo-sternal muscle 10 reported by Maki (1938) and
muscle 144 by Berlese (1909) are absent in Tibicen chloromera. This muscle
arises on the tergum and attaches to the ventrolateral cervical sclerite. However,
the anterior tergo-sternal muscles 12 in Tibicen chloromera , which has its origin
30
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
on the posterior end of the head and attaches to the ventrolateral cervical
sclerite, is probably the homologue.
Berlese (1909) did not report the presence of tergo-pleural, sternal promotor,
sternal remotor, tergal abductor, pleural abductor or pleural depressor muscles
in the prothorax of Cicada { — Tibicen) plebeia. The anterior internal tergo-
sternal 14, anterior tergo-pleural 19, and sternal remotor 28 muscles in Tibicen
chloromera do not have counterparts in the other two species of cicadas.
Mesothoracic Musculature: The mesothorax is the largest division of the
thorax and necessarily so, since it contains the very large dorsal longitudinal
(34) and oblique dorsal (35) muscles. The dorsal longitudinal muscles serve as
depressors of the wings while the oblique dorsal muscles are probably wing ele-
vators (Snodgrass, 1927 and 1935).
The tergo-pleurals 42, 43, and 44, trochantino-basalar 52, sternal remotor 58,
and sternal adductor 59 muscles in Tibicen chloromera have not been reported
in Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata by Maki ( 1938) or in Cicada (= Tibicen)
plebeia by Berlese (1909). The trochantino-basalar muscle 51 in Tibicen
chloromera is present in Cicada {—Tibicen) plebeia (79 + 80) but not in
Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata. The pleural abductor of the coxa, Maki’s
muscle number 46 in Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata , was not described by
Berlese (1909) in Cicada {—Tibicen) plebeia nor is it present in Tibicen
chloromera.
Berlese (1909) includes median dorsal 69 and spino-furcal ventral 104 muscles
in Cicada { — Tibicen) plebeia. Both of the above muscles are not present in
the two other species of cicadas (Table 6). Berlese (1909) did not report the
presence of pleural-subalar, sternal promotor, sternal remotor, sternal adductor,
sternal depressor, or spiracular muscles.
Metathoracic Musculature: The metathorax is extremely short, especially
dorsally, where the entire notum is reduced to a narrow band behind the scutel-
lum of the mesonotum.
The metathoracic musculature in Tibicen chloromera is homologous to that of
Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata , with the exception of the tergo-pleural
muscle 70 and the sternal remotor muscle 82. Berlese (1909) did not report the
presence of tergo-pleural, sternal-pleural, sternal promotor, pleural abductor,
pleural depressor, sternal depressor, and spiracular muscles. However, all of
the above mentioned muscles were reported by Maki (1938) in Huechys san-
guinea var. philaemata and are present in Tibicen chloromera.
3. THE CERVICOTHORACIC NERVOUS SYSTEM
General: A dorsal view of the ventral nerve cord in the male of Tibicen chloro-
mera (Walker) is shown in Fig. 9. A general description of the thoracic nervous
system is presented under the section entitled “The Ventral Nerve Cord.”
March, 1966] Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada 31
Fig. 9. Dorsal view of the ventral nerve cord of the male annual cicada Tibicen chloromera
(Walker) from the head to the first abdominal segment.
32
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
The Cervix and the Prothorax: The narrowed membranous region between
the head and prothorax of insects is called the cervix or neck and is pre-
sumably derived from portions of both the labial and prothoracic segments.
Muscles contained within the cervical region are believed to have evolved from
both the labial and prothoracic segments. Therefore, the concept that the
muscles of a segment are innervated from the ganglion of that segment suggests
that each muscle of the cervix can be assigned either to the labial or prothoracic
segment by determining the segment of innervation.
Three pairs of nerves from the subesophageal ganglion innervate muscles
located in the cervical region: SN4 + SN5, SN6 (Fig. 9), and SN7 (Fig. 1A).
Nerve SN4 + SN5 innervates the anterior intersegmental muscle 13 and
nerve SN6 innervates the anterior intersegmental muscle 16. The SN7 nerve
innervates the muscles of the sclerotized rod, mr, and muscles within the
labium, mlb (Fig. 1A). The sclerotized rod is an extension of the labium and
hangs freely from the cervical membrane.
A nerve branch from SN6, designated as SN6a in figs. 1A and 9, may be
associated with the innervation of the anterior intersegmental muscle 15 and
possibly other muscles in the cervicoprothoracic area. A precise determination
could not be made since the SN6a nerve joins with a nerve formed by the
coalescence of nerves SN9 and INI. The resulting nerve, INI + SN9 + SN6a,
then coalesces with the IN2 nerve to form nerve IN2 + INI +SN9 +SN6a
which innervates muscles associated with the cervical sclerites, dorsal muscles,
and muscles located in the anterior portion of the prothorax.
The SN9 nerves issue from the interganglionic connectives between the
subesophageal ganglion and prothoracic ganglion. Nerve branch SN9a inner-
vates the internal ventral muscle 9 and external ventral muscle 10 before joining
the IIN10 + IIN11 nerve originating from the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic
mass (Fig. 9). Nerve SN9 then coalesces with nerve INI and later receives
the SN6a nerve before joining nerve IN2 originating from the prothoracic
ganglion.
The INI nerves arise from the anterior portions of the prothoracic ganglion
adjacent to the interganglionic connectives. Nerves INI proceed anteriorly in
close association with the interganglionic connectives before coalescing with the
SN9 nerves.
The IN2 nerves issue from the anterolateral area of the prothoracic ganglion
and pass under the internal ventral muscles 9. The first nerve branch, IIN2a,
provides two sensory nerve branches to the integument, then passes around the
tergal promotor muscle of the coxa 21 and over the anterior basal rim of the
prothoracic coxa into the leg. After IN2 coalesces with nerve INI + SN9 +
SN6a to produce nerve IN2 + INI + SN9 + SN6a, a nerve branch is formed
which combines with nerve branches from nerve IIN10 + IIN11 to innervate
the anterior intersegmental muscle 15. Nerve IN2 + INI + SN9 + SN6a then
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
33
Fig. 10. Dorsal view of the ventral nerve cord of the male annual cicada, Tibicen chloro-
mera (Walker), from nerve root IIN3 of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass to the
second abdominal segment and showing the innervation pattern of the first abdominal
segment.
ramifies into three nerve branches. One nerve branch proceeds anteriorly and
innervates the anterior intersegmental muscles 11 and 12, the ordinary tergo-
pleural muscle 20, and the anterior tergo-pleural muscles 18 and 19. The
lateral nerve branch bifurcates into a ventral branch which innervates the pleural
abductors 30 and 31 and a dorsal branch which innervates the tergal abductor
34
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
muscle 29 and the tergal promotor muscles 21 and 22. The remaining nerve
branch proceeds dorsally and innervates the anterior intersegmental muscle 14,
anterior dorsal muscle 8, median dorsal muscle 5, lateral dorsal muscles 6 and 7,
and median dorsal muscle 4.
The IN3 nerves arise from the anterolateral portion of the prothoracic gan-
glion, pass under the anterior edge of the prothoracic pleural apophysis, and
innervate the sternal promotor 23, pleural depressor 33, and sternal remotor 28
muscles.
Nerve IN4 arises from the anterolateral portion of the prothoracic ganglion
posterior to IN3 and proceeds in a lateral direction passing under the prothoracic
pleural apophysis. IN4 provides a nerve branch into the leg before dividing
into nerve branches IN4a and IN4b. IN4a is a sensory nerve and provides
nerve branches to the posterolateral protergal area. Nerve IN4a innervates
tergal remotor muscles 24, 25, 26, and 27 and the tergal depressor muscle 32.
Nerve IN5 is very short and issues from the mediodorsal area of the pro-
thoracic ganglion and innervates ventral muscle 1.
Nerves IN6 and IN 7 arise from the mediodorsal portion of the ganglion pos-
terior to nerve IN5 and coalesce with nerve IN8 which arises from the dorsal
area of the interganglionic connective between the prothoracic ganglion and
thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass (Fig. 9). It appears that nerves IN6, IN7,
and INS are responsible for the innervation of ventral muscle 2 and the occlusor
muscle 64 of the mesothorax.
The posterior tergo-sternal muscle 17 of the prothorax is innervated by
nerve branch IIN2a which arises from the anterolateral area of the thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass. Nerve IIN2a passes under nerve IINl and proceeds
lateral to the longitudinal ventral muscle 36 and along the posterior edge of the
prothoracic pleural arm to the posterior tergo-sternal muscle 17.
Mesothorax: The mesothorax is the largest thoracic segment in the male of
the annual cicada, Tibicen chloromera (Walker). Innervation of the meso-
thoracic segment, with the exception of the posterior tergo-sternal muscle 38
and the occlusor muscle 64, is achieved by five pairs of nerves: IINl, IIN2,
IIN3, IIN4, and IIN10 + IIN11.
The large IINl nerves arise from the short interganglionic connectives between
the prothoracic ganglion and thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass GII (Fig. 9).
Nerve IINl passes over nerve IIN2 and provides nerve branch IINl a to the
longitudinal ventral muscle 36.
Nerve IINla bifurcates into two nerve branches. One nerve branch enters
muscle 36 along its mesal surface while the remaining nerve branch enters the
lateral surface of the muscle 36. The IIN2 nerve passes laterad to the longi-
tudinal ventral muscle 36 and ramifies into six nerve branches along the ventral
edge of the median dorsal muscle 34. The large median dorsal muscle 34
is innervated by three nerve branches while the lateral dorsal muscle 35 is in-
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
35
Fig. 11. Posterolateral view of the nerves and muscles of the right side of the fourth
abdominal segment of the male of Tibicen chloromera (Walker). First stage of dissection.
36
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
nervated by a single nerve branch which passes between the median dorsal
muscle 35 and the anterior tergo-sternal muscle 37. The remaining nerve
branches (IINlb, IINlc, and IINld) are sensory nerves and terminate in the
integument of the mesotergum (Fig. 9). Nerve branch IINlb passes obliquely
between the anterior tergo-sternal muscle 37 and the median dorsal muscle 34
and continues nresad to the furco-entopleural muscle 49 and tergal remotor
muscle 54. Nerve IINlb provides a nerve branch to the trachea between
muscle 54 and 55 before terminating in the integument in the posterior portion
of the mesotergum. IINlc passes mesad to median dorsal muscle 34 and
divides into two nerve branches. One nerve branch continues dorsally and
terminates in the middorsal region of the mesotergum while the other nerve
branch passes between the latter nerve and muscle 34 and terminates in the
integument in the anterodorsal region of the mesotergum. Nerve IINld passes
obliquely over the anterior tergo-sternal muscle 37 then proceeds along the
posterior edge of muscle 37 and terminates in the integument of the middorsal
region of the mesotergum.
Nerve IIN2 arises from the anterolateral surface of the thoracic-abdominal
ganglionic mass. Two nerve branches, IIN2a and IIN2b, issue from the base
of nerve IIN2. The IIN2 nerve passes under the ventral longitudinal muscle 36,
and provides a nerve branch IIN2c to nerve IIN3 (Fig. 9). Nerve IIN2 pro-
ceeds anterodorsally along the posterior edge of the profurcal arm and then
passes laterad to the anterior tergo-sternal muscle 37. The IIN2 nerve divides
into three nerve branches, IIN2d, IIN2e, and IIN2f, prior to entering the
forewing. Nerve branch IIN2d enters the integument below the tegula of the
mesothorax. Nerve branch IIN2e terminates in the integument in the region
of the third axillary sclerites and nerve branch IIN2f enters the mesothoracic
tegula. Nerve IIN2 is the anterior wing nerve (AWN, Fig. 9) and enters the
base of the mesothoracic wing. Nerve branch IIN2a innervates the posterior
tergo-sternal muscle 17 of the prothorax. Nerve branch IIN2b passes under
the ventral longitudinal muscle 36, proceeds around the posterior edge of the
anterior tergo-sternal muscle 37, and innervates the furco-entopleural muscle
49 and the tergal remotor muscle 54, before terminating in the integument along
the lateral edge of the mesotergum.
Nerve IIN3 is a large nerve and arises from the lateral surface of the thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass. The first nerve branch passes under the nerve IIN4
and bifurcates into two nerve branches. One nerve branch enters the integument
while the remaining nerve branch passes over the anterior basal aim of the
mesothoracic coxa and enters the leg. Nerve branch IIN3a innervates the sternal
promotor of the coxa 53, sternal remotor of the coxa 58, sternal adductor of the
coxa 59, tergal depressor 61, trochantero-basalar 62, and the tergal promotor of
the coxa 50. Nerve IIN3 is then connected to IIN2 by way of nerve branch
IIN2c. The next nerve branch, IIN3b, innervates the sterno-basalar muscle 48,
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
37
the trochantero-basalar muscle 62, the trochantino-basalar muscles 51 and 52,
and the coxo-basalar muscle 60.
Nerve IIN3 then ramifies into three nerve branches, one innervating the
anterior tergo-sternal muscle 37, another which innervates the tergal promotor
muscle 50, and a nerve branch designated as IIN3c (Fig. 9). Nerve branch
IIN3c innervates the anterior tergo-sternal muscle 37 and the tergo-pleural
muscles 39, 40, 42, and 43.
Nerve IIN4 issues from the lateral surface of the thoracic-abdominal gangli-
onic mass posterior to IIN3 and proceeds posteriorly and ramifies into three
nerve branches (Fig. 9). One nerve branch innervates the sternal depressor
muscle of the coxa 63 before passing over the posterior basal rim of the coxa
and into the mesothoracic leg. Nerve branch IIN4a innervates the furco-ento-
pleural muscle 49 and the sternal remotor muscle 57. Nerve IIN4 passes
around the posterior edge of the sternal remotor muscle 57 and provides a nerve
branch to the coxo-subalar muscle 56. Nerve IIN4 continues dorsally and
innervates the tergo-pleural muscles 41 and 44, the pleuro-axillary muscles 45
and 46, and the tergal remotor muscles 54 and 55.
The posterior tergo-sternal muscle 38 of the mesothorax is innervated by
nerve branch IIN6a'. Nerve branch IIN6a is the posterior wing nerve (PWN,
Fig. 9). It is noteworthy that the posterior tergo-sternal muscle 17 of the
prothorax is innervated by a nerve branch IIN2a of the anterior wing nerve
IIN2.
The pleuro-subalar muscle 47 is innervated by a nerve branch formed by the
coalescence of IIN10 + IIN11 and nerve branch IIN6a//r.
Ventral muscle 3 is innervated by a nerve branch from the IIN10 + IIN11
nerve (Fig. 9).
Metathorax: The metathorax is the shortest thoracic segment in the male of
the annual cicada, Tibicen chloromera (Walker). The entire notum is reduced
to a narrow band behind the scutellum of the mesonotum (Fig. 2). Innervation
of the metathoracic segment is achieved by three pairs of nerves: IIN5, IIN6,
and IIN1Q + IIN11 (Fig. 9).
Nerve IIN5 arises from the lateroposterior surface of the thoracic-abdominal
ganglionic mass and passes mesad to the mesofurca. After receiving nerve
branch IINlla, nerve IIN5 continues posteriorly and ramifies into five nerve
branches (Fig. 9). The anterior nerve branch, IIN5, is the dorsal nerve and
innervates the tergal promotor muscle 75, the anterior tergo-sternal muscle 67,
and terminates in the median dorsal muscles 65. The next nerve branch origi-
nates at the base of IIN5 and bifurcates into a nerve branch which enters the
integument and nerve branch IIN5a which innervates the pleural promotor
muscle 76 and the pleural abductor muscle 83. A nerve branch originating
between IIN5 and IIN5b provides a nerve to the integument before passing
over the anterior basal rim of the metathoracic coxa and into the leg. Nerve
38
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
IN9
Fig. 12. Posterolateral view of the nerves and muscles of the right side of the fourth
abdominal segment of the male of Tibicen chloromera (Walker). Second stage of dissection.
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology or Annual Cicada
39
branch IIN5b passes under the posterior mesof ureal arm and provides a nerve
branch to the pleural depressor muscle 86 before innervating the tergal depressor
muscles 84 and 85. The remaining nerve branch innervates the sternal promotor
muscle 77, the sternal depressor muscle 87, and the sternal remotor muscle 81.
Nerve IIN6 passes under the posterior mesofurcal arm and forms nerve
branch IIN6a which passes around the posterior tergo-sternal muscle 38 of the
mesothorax providing the nerve branch, IIN6a' to muscle 38. Nerve branch
IIN6a" passes around the tergal depressor muscle 84 and proceeds along the
posterior edge of the second phragma (2 Ph) and provides a nerve branch to
the membranous sac of the abdominal air chamber (MS) before terminating in
the integument along the posterolateral edge of the metatergum (Fig. 9).
Nerve branch IIN6ar// coalesces with nerve IIN10 + IIN11. Nerve IIN6a is
the posterior wing nerve and passes along the anterior edge of the second
phragma and enters the base of the metathoracic wing. Nerve IIN6 passes under
the posterior metafurcal arm and proceeds dorsally along the posterior edge of
the tergal remotor muscle 79. Nerve IIN6 provides a nerve branch which enters
the integument of the epimeron before innervating the following muscles: coxo-
subalar 80, posterior tergo-sternal 68, tergal remotors 78 and 79, tergo-pleural
69 and 70, and the pleural-axillary muscles 71 and 72. Nerve IIN6b provides a
nerve branch to the metathoracic leg before innervating the sternal remotor
muscles 82 and the coxo-subalar muscle 80. Nerve branch IIN6c innervates
the furco-entopleural muscle 74.
Nerves IIN10 and IIN11 arise from the posterior dorsolateral surface of the
thoracic abdominal ganglionic mass and coalesce to form nerve IIN10 + IIN11.
The anterior branch of nerve I1N10 + IIN11 passes mesad to the ventral muscle
3 and provides a nerve branch to muscle 3 prior to passing mesad to the pro-
furcal arm and the posterior tergo-sternal muscle 17 of the prothorax. Nerve
IIN10 + IIN11 continues anteriorly passing over the large trachea of the
mesothoracic spiracle and provides two nerve branches which coalesce with a
nerve branch from IN 2 + INI + SN9 + SN6a that innervates the anterior
internal tergo-sternal muscle 15 of the prothorax. A nerve branch from SN9a
also joins nerve IIN10 + IIN11. The pattern of axon distribution resulting
from this fusion requires histological clarification. However, it appears that
the anterior intersegmental muscle 15, which attaches to the anterior dorso-
lateral region of the protergum and the ventrolateral cervical sclerite, does, in
part, receive its innervation from nerve IIN10 + IIN11. The IIN10 + IIN11
nerve continues anteriorly and passes under the tentorial bridge.
Nerve IIN11 provides a short nerve branch, IINlla, that coalesces with nerve
IIN5.
The posterior branch of IIN10 + IIN11 passes dorsally over the caudal
portion of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass and bifurcates into a
dorsal branch and ventral branch. The dorsal branch divides forming two
40
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
nerve branches. One nerve branch passes mesad to IIN6a' and enters
the large trachea originating from the metathoracic spiracle. The second
nerve branch passes laterad to IIN6a' and coalesces with IIN6a/r/ to innervate
the sterno-pleural muscle 7 3, the pleuro-subalar muscle 47 of the meso thorax,
and the occlusor muscle 88 of the metathoracic spiracle. The ventral branch,
IIN10 + IIN11, continues posteriorly and innervates the longitudinal ventral
muscle 66, then forms a loop which proceeds anteriorly and provides a nerve
branch which coalesces with nerve IIN7. The IIN10 + IIN11 nerve proceeds
in a posterior direction and enters the first abdominal segment which contains
the sound mechanism. Further description of the innervation pattern of the
IIN10 + IIN11 nerve is presented under the section entitled “The Musculature
and Innervation of the Sound Mechanism.”
Nerve IIN7 innervates the muscles located in the anterior portion of the
first abdominal segment while nerve IIN8 innervates the muscles located in
the posterior portion of the first abdominal segment. The IIN9 nerves innervate
the remaining pregenital abdominal segments by providing a pair of lateral
nerve roots to each consecutive segment.
Discussion: The thoracic nervous system in the male of the annual cicada,
Tibicen chloromera (Walker), presents a perplexing enigma regarding the
determination of nerve homologies. This problem is due to the coalescence of
the mesothoracic, metathoracic, and abdominal ganglia into a single ganglionic
mass located in the mesothorax. Condensation of the ventral nerve cord has
presumably resulted in the coalescence of lateral nerve branches thereby produc-
ing apparent variations in the nerve distribution pattern in Tibicen when com-
pared to nerve patterns described in other insects.
Schmitt (1962) suggests utilization of the dorsal longitudinal muscles as a
starting point in establishing nerve homologies. The dorsal longitudinal muscles
are innervated by the dorsal nerves of each consecutive segment. Therefore,
from a descriptive standpoint, it is usually easy to identify the dorsal nerve
as it issues from its ganglion. However, Niiesch (1954) has shown that some
of the axons which supply the dorsal longitudinal muscles also originate from
the immediately anterior ganglion.
The dorsal muscles of the prothorax in Tibicen is innervated by nerve IN2 +
INI + SN9 + SN6a. Nerve SN9 may be the anterior ganglionic connective of
the dorsal nerve and has adhered to the interganglionic connective. However, it
cannot be determined without recourse to histological examination if nerve INI
or nerve IN2 is the prothoracic dorsal nerve.
The dorsal longitudinal muscles of the mesothorax are innervated by the
I INI nerves which arise from the very short interganglionic connectives between
the prothoracic ganglion and the thoracic-abdominal ganglion mass. Anterior
ganglionic connectives are not visible in Tibicen. Niiesch (1954) has demon-
strated in Telea that motor axons from the prothoracic ganglion pass through
March, 1966] Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada 41
the anterior ganglionic connectives to the mesothoracic dorsal nerve. Anterior
ganglionic connectives are not visible in Chauliodes , as described by Maki (1936),
nor in Agulla , as described by Matsuda (1956). However, Schmitt (1962)
proposes that if the findings of Niiesch regarding the innervation of the dorsal
longitudinal muscles are applicable to other Neopterygota, it is probable that the
fibers of the anterior ganglionic connectives are also present in Chauliodes and
Agulla , but are incorporated in the interganglionic connectives to their connec-
tion with the dorsal nerves.
Nerve IIN5 in Tibicen is the dorsal nerve of the metathorax and provides in-
nervation to muscles located in the anterior portion of this segment and the
dorsal longitudinal muscles.
In the Neopterygota, wing nerves may also be useful in establishing nerve
homologies. The wing nerve enters the wing cavity and is associated with
sensory structures at the base of the wing. In Tibicen there are two wing nerves.
The anterior wing nerve IIN2 arises from the anterolateral surface of the
thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. Two nerve branches arise from the base
of the anterior wing nerve (IIN2a and IIN2b) and a third nerve branch IIN2c
coalesces with nerve IIN3 (Fig. 9). Nerve IIN2 then continues as a completely
independent nerve providing sensory nerve branches to the integument below
the tegula, the tegula, and the integument in the region of the third axillary
sclerites before entering the wing cavity. Maki (1936) describes a similar
condition in Chauliodes , where a separate nerve which he labeled “fourth root”
arises from the mesothoracic ganglion and passes directly into the wing. In
Dissosteira , Schmitt (1959) found that in addition to innervating the dorsal
muscles of the mesothorax, the dorsal nerve also provides an anterior nerve
branch which enters the tegmen anteriorly and a posterior branch, entering
the same wing posteriorly. In Agulla , Matsuda (1956) also found that a
branch of the dorsal nerve enters the wing. It appears that the wing nerves of
Tibicen and Chauliodes are homologous to the wing nerves of Dissosteira and
Agulla despite their association with dorsal nerves in the latter two insects.
The posterior wing nerve in Tibicen arises as a nerve branch, IIN6a, from nerve
IIN6 (Fig. 9). Nerve IIN6a provides three nerve branches, IIN6a', IIN6a",
IIN6a"', before continuing as a separate nerve and passing directly into the
metathoracic wing cavity.
It is interesting to note that the thoracic legs receive their innervation from
two pairs of nerves, one entering the coxae anteriorly and the other posteriorly.
The prothoracic legs are innervated by nerve branches from nerves IN2 and
IN4 and the mesothoracic legs by nerve branches from IIN3 and IIN4 while
nerve branches from IIN5 and IIN6 enter the metathoracic legs.
In Tibicen no median nerves are visible between the subesophageal ganglion
and the prothoracic ganglion nor between the prothoracic ganglion and the
thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. However, the median nerves may be
42
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
included within the interganglionic connectives. The transverse or lateral nerves
to the occlusor muscles of the mesothoracic spiracles arise from the dorsal
surface of the prothoracic ganglion. The mesothoracic occlusor muscle 64 is
innervated by a nerve resulting from the coalescence of nerves IN6, IN 7, and
IN8 (Fig. 9). Case ( 1957) has shown that in the cockroach the axons to muscles
of a thoracic spiracle leave the anterior ganglion by way of the median nerve,
passing to the transverse nerve and then to the muscles. Hoyle (1959) has
reported a similar axon path in the thorax of Schistocerca gregaria. It appears
then that the nerve formed by the coalescence of IN6, IN7, and INS is in part
the transverse nerve since it terminates in the occlusor muscle of the mesothoracic
spiracle. In many instances the transverse nerves from the prothoracic ganglion
coalesce with the mesothoracic dorsal nerves. This was found to be true in
Agulla and Blattella by Matsuda, in Carausiaus by Marquardt (1939), in
Chauliodes by Maki (1936), in Dissosteira by Schmitt (1959), in Periplaneta
by Pipa and Cook (1959), in Perla by Wittig ( 1955), and in Telea by Niiesch
(1957). Schmitt (1962) mentions that no explanation has been offered for
the coalescence of dorsal nerves to the transverse nerves and presumably the
transverse nerves provide other functions in addition to exercising control
over the spiracles.
The IIN10 + IIN11 nerves may contain axons of a transverse nerve, since a
nerve branch from IIN10 + IIN11 coalesces with nerve branch IIN6a//r and
the resulting nerve terminates in the occlusor muscle 88 of the metathoracic
spiracle.
4. THE MUSCULATURE AND INNERVATION OF THE SOUND MECHANISM
General: The musculature of the sound mechanism of Tibicen chloromera
(Walker) is shown in Figs. 2 to 4 and a list of these muscles with their muscle
numbers and attachments is presented in Table 8. Fig. 10 shows that the
innervation of the first abdominal segment is achieved by nerves IIN7, IIN8, and
IIN10 + IIN11. Nerve branch IIN8a is the auditory or tymbal nerve since it
innervates the large tergo-sternal muscle 94 or tymbal muscle of the sound
mechanism. Nerve IIN10 + IIN11 provides nerve branches to IIN8a and the
tymbal muscle.
The Musculature of the Sound Mechanism: The musculature of the sound
mechanism of Tibicen chloromera (Walker) is contained within the first ab-
dominal segment. The tergo-sternal muscle 94 (Fig. 2), or tymbal muscle, is the
largest muscle of the sound mechanism and has its attachments on the basal
portion of the first abdominal sternum and a sclerotized terminal plate which
attaches to the tymbal by a tendon. The tymbal muscles and the tymbals are
the essential elements of the sound-producing apparatus (Myers, 1928).
The first abdominal sternite has become modified into a sclerotized V-shaped
structure which provides attachments and support for the large tymbal muscles.
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
43
dim
Fig. 13. Diagram of the nerve pattern of the right side of the fourth abdominal segment
of the male of Tibicen chloromera (Walker) viewed mesally.
Carlet (1876), Vogel (1923), and Myers (1928) have established that this
sclerotized V-shaped structure is a modification of the first abdominal sternum.
A sternal canal is present within the base of this structure and provides a
passageway for two pairs of nerves, IIN8 and IIN9. The “wings” or “arms”
44
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
Table 8. Musculature of the sound mechanism of Tibicen chloromera (Walker).
Muscle
Muscle Origin
number (or attachment)
Insertion
(or attachment)
Dorsal muscle
89
Anterior intersegmental fold Tergal ridge
Dorsal muscle
90
Tergal ridge
Posterior intersegmental fold
Ventral muscle
91
Metafurca
Anterior edge of first abdominal
sternite
Ventral muscle
92
Metafurca
Lateral apodemal arm of anterior
edge of sternum
Ventral muscle
93
Posterior edge of first ab-
dominal sternum
Posterior intersegmental fold
Tergo-sternal muscle
(Tvmbal muscles)
94
Basal portion of first ab-
dominal sternum
Terminal plate which attaches to
tymbal by a tendon
Tergo-sternal muscle
95
Anterolateral edge of ter-
gum
Lateral apodemal arm of ante-
rior edge of sternum
Tergo-sternal muscle
96
Anterolateral edge of ter-
gum ventrad to 95
Lateral apodemal arm of ante-
rior edge of sternum
Tergo-sternal muscle
97
Anterolateral edge of ter-
gum ventrad to 96
Lateral apodemal arm of ante-
rior edge of sternum
Tergo-sternal muscle
98
Anteroventral edge of tym-
bal
Lateral apodemal arm of ante-
rior edge of sternum
Tergo-sternal muscle
99
Tergum along lateral edge
of mirror
Lateral apodemal arm of poste-
rior edge of sternum
Tergo-sternal muscle
100
Posterior intersegmental
fold
Lateral apodemal arm of poste-
rior edge of sternum
Occlusor of spiracle
101
Lateral apodemal arm of
posterior edge of sternum
Ventral end of spiracle
Occlusor of spiracle
102
Lateral apodemal arm of
posterior edge of sternum
Base of spiracle
of the sclerotized V-shaped structure attach to the tergal ridge of the first
abdominal segment.
A comparison of the musculature of the sound mechanism of Tibicen chloro-
mera with Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata described by Maki (1938) and
Cicada {— Tibicen ) plebeia described by Berlese (1909) is presented in Table
9. The musculature of Tibicen differs from that found in the two other species
of cicadas compared in Table 9 by the presence of tergo-sternal muscles 96, 97,
and 98. Maki’s ventral muscle 76 in Huechys was not described by Berlese
(1909) in Cicada (= Tibicen) plebeia ; however, it is present in Tibicen chloro-
mera. In Tibicen , the dorsal muscles 89 and 90 have attachments on the tergal
ridge (tr) of the first abdominal segment (Fig. 2). Berlese (1909) shows in his
figure 542 similar points of attachments for the dorsal muscles 37 and 28-29 in
Cicada (= Tibicen) plebeia. However, the dorsal muscle 74 of Huechys san-
guinea var. philaemata , as shown by Maki (1938) in his figure 24, has its
attachment on the anterior and posterior intersegmental folds of the first
abdominal segment.
Innervation of the Sound Mechanism: The innervation of the sound mech-
anism is shown in Fig. 10. Nerves IIN7, IIN8, and IIN10 + IIN11 provide
innervation to the muscles of the first abdominal segment which contains the
March, 19661
Vasvary: Morphology or Annual Cicada
45
sound mechanism. Nerve IIN7 issues from the posterior portion of the thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass and proceeds posteriorly and passes over the meso-
furca. Nerve IIN7 receives a nerve branch from the IIN10 + IIN11 nerve
before forming the nerve branch IIN7a. Branch IIN7a provides innervation to
the ventral muscle 92, the membranous sac of the abdominal air chamber, and
occlusor muscle of the first abdominal spiracle 101 before coalescing with the
dorsal nerve IIN7. Nerve IIN7 is the anterior dorsal nerve of the first abdomi-
nal segment since it terminates in the dorsal muscles 89. Nerve IIN7 provides a
nerve branch to the ventral muscle 91 and passes under muscle 91, around the
posterior arm of the metafurca, and continues along the anterior edge of the
first abdominal segment. Nerve IIN7 provides a sensory nerve branch to the
integument and coalesces with nerve IIN10 + IIN11 before innervating the
tergo-sternal muscles 95, 96, and 97. Nerve IIN7 then provides a nerve branch
to the membranous sac surrounding the tymbal muscle 94 and coalesces with
nerve branch IIN7a before providing a nerve branch to the tergo-sternal muscle
98 and dorsal muscle 89 (Fig. 10).
Nerve IIN8 issues from the posterior portion of the thoracic-abdominal gan-
glionic mass and proceeds posteriorly over the mesofurca. Nerve IIN8 then
divides into a dorsal nerve branch IIN8a which terminates in the tergo-sternal
muscle 94, and a ventral nerve IIN8 which passes between the ventral muscles
91 and enters the sternal canal. Nerve branch IIN8a is the auditory nerve and
proceeds dorsally and for a portion of its length adheres to the IIN8a nerve
from the opposite side. Nerve branch IIN8a then receives a nerve branch from
the IIN10 + IIN11 nerve and proceeds in a dorso-oblique path over the mesal
surface of the large tergo-sternal muscle 94. Nerve IIN8a then passes around
the dorso-posterior edge of muscle 94 and enters this muscle along its lateral
surface. Nerve IIN8 passes through the sternal canal and provides nerve
branches to the integument and ventral muscle 93. Nerve IIN8 then passes
along the posterior edge of the first abdominal segment and provides nerve
branches to the occlusor muscle of the spiracle 102, tergo-sternal muscles 99 and
100, and the dorsal muscle 90. Nerve IIN8 is the posterior dorsal nerve since
it terminates in the dorsal muscle 90 located in the posterior portion of the first
abdominal segment.
The IIN10 + IIN11 nerve enters the first abdominal segment after supplying
a nerve branch to nerve IIN7 and proceeds posteriorly in a dorso-oblique path
and provides a nerve branch which coalesces with nerve IIN8a. The IIN10 +
IIN11 nerve continues dorsolaterally and provides a short nerve branch to
the tymbal muscle 94 before it loops in an anterior direction and coalesces with
nerve IIN7 (Fig. 10). The IIN10 + IIN11 nerve is the sympathetic nerve of
Voskresenskaya and Svidersky (1960), who report that without the innervation
of the sympathetic nerve the sound-producing system cannot function normally.
Therefore, both the auditory nerve, IIN8a, and the sympathetic unpaired nerve,
46
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 9. Comparison of the musculature of the sound mechanism of Tibicen chloromera,
with Huechys sanguined var. philaemata (Maki, 1938) and Cicada (— Tibicen) plebeia
(Berlese, 1909) .
Muscles
Tibicen
chloromera
Huechys
sanguined
var. philaemata
(Maki, 1938)
Cicada
( = Tibicen )
plebeia
(Berlese, 1909)
Dorsal muscles
89
37
Dorsal muscles
90
—
28-29
Dorsal muscle
—
74
—
Ventral muscle
91
75
35
Ventral muscle
92
76
—
Ventral muscle
93
—
14 + 15
Tergo-sternal muscle
94
77
XXVI
Tergo-sternal muscle
95
78
—
Tergo-sternal muscle
96
—
—
Tergo-sternal muscle
97
—
—
Tergo-sternal muscle
98
—
—
Tergo-sternal muscle
99
—
XVII
Tergo-sternal muscle
100
83
XVII
First interpleural muscle
—
—
LIII
Occlusor of spiracle
101
79
—
Occlusor of spiracle
102
85
-
IIN10 + IIN11, are necessary for the rhythmic “singing” of the cicada. It is
interesting to note that Hagiwara and Watanabe (1956) concluded that the
paired tymbal muscles receive alternate impulses from the ganglion, and this
alternate activity of the two tymbals may give a double sound vibration
frequency.
5. THE MUSCULATURE AND INNERVATION OF THE FOURTH ABDOMINAL SEGMENT
General: The abdominal musculature of adult and larval insects conforms to
a simple fundamental pattern which is repeated with only minor variations in
each of the pregenital segments (Snodgrass, 1935). The major groups of ab-
dominal muscles found in insects are the dorsal muscles, ventral muscles, lateral
muscles, transverse muscles, and spiracular muscles. The dorsal and ventral
muscles in most insects occur in two layers and thereby form dorsal internal and
external muscles and ventral internal and external muscles. In the male of
Tibicen chloromera (Walker) the dorsal external and ventral external muscles
are absent. The writer observed a similar condition in all of the typical pre-
genital abdominal segments. Another common form of diversification affecting
dorsal and ventral muscles includes a more or less distinguishable grouping of
the muscles into median and lateral sets (Snodgrass, 1935). In Tibicen the
dorsal muscles can be classified into dorsal internal median and dorsal internal
lateral muscle groups; however, the ventral internal muscles cannot be classified
into median and lateral sets since there are no ventral transverse muscles or a
wide separation between the ventral internal muscles.
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
47
The musculature of the fourth abdominal segment of the male of the annual
cicada, Tibicen chloromera (Walker) is shown in Figs. 11 and 12 and a list
of the muscles with their muscle numbers and attachments is presented in
Table 10.
The innervation of the abdominal musculature with the exception of the
muscles of the first abdominal segment is achieved by nerves IIN9. The IIN9
nerves provide a pair of lateral nerve branches to each consecutive pregenital
abdominal segment. Figs. 11 and 12 show the innervation of the fourth abdomi-
nal segment.
The Musculature of the Fourth Abdominal Segment: The musculature
of the fourth abdominal segment of the male of Tibicen chloromera (Walker)
can be classified into dorsal, ventral, lateral, and spiracular muscles (Table 10).
The dorsal muscles are subdivided into dorsal internal median (103) and dorsal
internal lateral (104) muscles, dorsal (105) and ventral (106) muscles of the
apodeme, and dorsal transverse muscles (107). The dorsal internal median and
dorsal internal lateral muscles have their attachments on the anterior and pos-
terior intersegmental folds while the dorsal and ventral muscles of the apodeme
have their attachments on the anterior edge of the apodeme and the posterior in-
tersegmental fold. It is interesting to note that there is a complete absence
of dorsal external muscles in the pregenital abdominal segments. The usual
location of the dorsal external muscles is the posterior portion of the abdominal
segment with their attachments on the posterior margin of the tergunr and the
posterior intersegmental fold. In this position the dorsal external muscles serve
as protractors of the abdomen. It appears that the protraction of the abdomen
in Tibicen is achieved by the contraction of the dorsal and ventral muscles of the
tergal apodeme. The dorsal transverse muscle, 107, has its attachments along
the lateral edge of the dorsal vessel and the anterolateral intersegmental fold
of the tergum.
Eight closely associated sets of ventral internal muscles, 108, are present in
Tibicen. The ventral internal muscles cannot be grouped into specific median
and lateral muscle sets.
Four pairs of lateral muscles are present in Tibicen : lateral internal 109,
lateral external 110, lateral intrasegmental 111, and the dilator of the abdomen
112 (Figs. 11 and 12). The lateral internal and external muscles are tergo-sternal
muscles and have their attachments on the anterior intersegmental fold of the
tergum and the internal surface of the anterior sternal apodeme. The lateral
intrasegmental muscle is tergo-sternal in its attachments and is located in the
posterior portion of the segment. The dilator of the abdomen is attached to the
anterolateral edge of the tergum and the external surface of the anterior sternal
apodeme.
The spiracle of the fourth abdominal segment is located in the anterolateral
corner of the sternum. The occlusor muscle of the spiracle has its attachments
48
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
on the anterolateral portion of the sternum adjacent to the sternal apodeme and
to the ventral edge of the spiracle.
Maki (1938) in his figure 24 shows the musculature of the third abdominal
segment of Huechys sanguined var. philaemata. The musculature of the fourth
abdominal segment of Tibicen chloromera (Walker) is homologous to the third
segment of Huechys sanguinea var. philaemata with the exception of the dorsal
internal lateral muscles 104, the lateral intrasegmental muscle 111, and the
dilator of the abdomen 112 of Tibicen (Table 11).
The Innervation of the Fourth Abdominal Segment: The innervation of
the fourth abdominal segment is achieved by a pair of lateral nerve branches
which arise from the IIN9 nerves. The IIN9 nerves issue from the posterior end
of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass and pass over the mesofurca and meta-
furca and between the ventral muscles into the sternal canal. After the IIN9
nerves pass through the sternal canal they provide a pair of lateral nerve
branches to the second and remaining pregenital abdominal segments. The
lateral nerve branch from nerve IIN9 divides into a dorsal nerve and ventral
nerve prior to passing under the ventral internal muscles of the fourth abdominal
segment. The innervation of the fourth abdominal segment is shown in Figs. 1 1
and 12. The ventral nerve (VNv) passes under the dorsal nerve (DNv) and
terminates in the integument beneath the ventral internal muscles 108 (Fig. 12).
The dorsal nerve provides a nerve branch to the ventral internal muscles which
are innervated along their external surface.
The dorsal nerve proceeds laterally and provides a nerve (TNv) to the
occlusor muscle of the spiracle 113 (Fig. 13). Case (1957) presents experi-
mental evidence that the median and transverse nerves provide a neural pathway
connecting the spiracular mechanism with the central nervous system. Schmitt
(1965) presents a comparative morphological study on the transverse nerves
in the abdominal nervous system of insects and concludes that, in insects which
apparently lack median and transverse nerves, these nerves have become in-
corporated in the longitudinal connectives and lateral segmental nerves. In the
majority of insects reviewed by Schmitt, the transverse nerve also innervates the
alary muscles. In Tibicen chloromera (Walker) the writer could not determine
the innervation of the alary muscles; however, it appears reasonable to con-
clude that the innervation of the occlusor muscle of the spiracle of Tibicen is
accomplished by fibers of the transverse nerve which have become incorporated
in the dorsal nerve.
After providing a nerve branch to the occlusor muscle of the spiracle, the
dorsal nerve ramifies into three nerve branches. The anterior nerve branch in-
nervates the lateral internal muscle 109, lateral external muscle 110, and the
dilator of the abdomen 112. The posterior nerve branch divides into a sensory
nerve which terminates in the integument and a nerve branch which innervates
the lateral intrasegmental muscle 111 (Figs. 11 and 12).
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
49
Table 10. The musculature of the fourth abdominal segment of Tibicen chloromera
(Walker).
Muscle
Muscle
number
Origin
(or attachment)
Insertion
(or attachment)
Dorsal muscles
Dorsal internal median muscles
103
Anterior intersegmental
fold
Posterior intersegmental fold
Dorsal internal lateral muscles
104
Anterior intersegmental
fold
Posterior intersegmental fold
Dorsal muscle of apodeme
105
Anterior edge of tergal
apodeme
Posterior intersegmental fold
Ventral muscle of apodeme
106
Anterior edge of tergal
apodeme
Posterior intersegmental fold
Dorsal transverse muscle
107
Anterior intersegmental
fold
Lateral edge of the dorsal
vessel
Ventral muscles
Ventral internal muscles
108
Anterior intersegmental
fold
Posterior intersegmental fold
Lateral muscles
Lateral internal muscle
109
Anterior intersegmental
fold of tergum
Internal surface of sternal
apodeme
Lateral external muscle
110
Anterior intersegmental
fold of tergum
Internal surface of sternal
apodeme
Lateral intrasegmental muscle
111
Posterolateral portion
of tergum
Lateral edge of sternum
Dilator of the abdomen
112
Lateral edge of tergum
External surface of sternal
apodeme
Muscles of the spiracle
Occlusor
113
Anterolateral portion of
sternum adjacent to the
sternal apodeme.
Ventral edge of spiracle
The dorsal nerve proceeds dorsally in an oblique-posterior direction over the
tergal apodeme and supplies a nerve branch to the dorsal and ventral muscles
(104 and 105) of the apodeme (Figs. 11 and 12). The dorsal nerve continues
dorsally along the posterior portion of the tergum and passes over the dorsal
internal lateral muscles 104 and provides nerve branches to these muscles. The
dorsal nerve then divides into three nerve branches; two nerve branches pass
laterally under the dorsal internal median muscles and terminate in the integu-
ment while the dorsal nerve passes mesally over the dorsal internal median
muscles supplying these muscles with nerve branches. The dorsal nerve termi-
nates in the first set of dorsal internal median muscles (Fig. 11).
The segmental nerve pattern in the male cicada, Tibicen chloromera (Walker),
is notably abbreviated when compared to the innervation pattern of some
families of Orthoptera, as described by Schmitt (1954), Chauliodes jormosanus
as described by Maki (1936), the larva and adult of Hyalophora cecropa as
described by Libby (1959 and 1961), and in Pteronarchys as described by
Schmitt (1963). The abbreviated nerve pattern in Tibicen is largely due to
the absence of the dorsal and ventral external muscles and by the condensation
50
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 11. A comparison of the musculature of the fourth abdominal segment of Tibicen
chloromera (Walker) to the musculature of the third abdominal segment of Huechys
sanguined var. philaemata described by Maki (1938).
Muscle groups
Tibicen
chloromera
Huechys
sanguinea
var. philaemata
(Maki, 1938)
Dorsal muscles
Dorsal internal median muscles
103
86
Dorsal internal lateral muscles
104
—
Dorsal muscle of apodeme
105
S7
Ventral muscle of apodeme
106
88
Dorsal transverse muscle
107
89
Ventral muscles
Ventral internal muscles
108
90
Lateral muscles
Lateral internal muscle
109
91
Lateral external muscle
110
92
Lateral intrasegmental muscle
111
—
Dilator of the abdomen
112
-
Muscles of the spiracle
Occlusors of the spiracle
113
93
of the ventral nerve cord which has resulted in the formation of a thoracic-
abdominal ganglionic mass located in the mesothorax. With the condensation of
the ventral nerve cord, the motor axons which supply the innervation to the
typical pregenital abdominal segments have become incorporated within a
single pair of nerves, IIN9. The IIN9 nerves supply a pair of lateral nerve
branches to each consecutive abdominal segment after which there are no nerve
connections between segments.
The innervation pattern of the fourth abdominal segment of Tibicen is shown
in Fig. 13. The dorsal nerve supplies innervation to the dorsal and ventral
internal longitudinal muscles which are considered primitive muscle groups of
the segmental musculature and are therefore useful in the establishment of a
criteria of nerve homology. Schmitt (1954) shows that the dorsal and ventral
internal muscles of Dissosteira , Acheta , and Periplaneta are innervated by nerve
branches from the dorsal nerve. Libby (1959 and 1961) shows a similar innerva-
tion of the same muscle groups in the larva and adult of Hyalophora.
Further investigations of insects possessing a thoracic-abdominal ganglionic
mass located in the thorax must be conducted before significant comparisons
can be made with the segmental nerve pattern of Tibicen.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
The musculature and innervation of the thorax, of the sound mechanism, and
of a typical pregenital abdominal segment of the male of the annual cicada,
Tibicen chloromera (Walker) are described. The musculature of the thorax and
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
51
abdominal segments of Tibicen is essentially homologous to the musculature of
the male cicada Heuchys sanguined var. philaemata as described by Maki
(1938).
The ventral nerve cord consists of a subesophageal ganglion, prothoracic
ganglion, and a thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. There are no ganglia pres-
ent in any of the abdominal segments. The abdominal segments are innervated
by lateral nerve branches arising from a pair of nerves that originate from the
posterior portion of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass located in the meso-
thorax. Eight pairs of nerves arise from the subesophageal ganglion and supply
innervation to the muscles associated with the feeding apparatus, the salivary
glands, the lateral ducts of the salivary glands, and some of the muscles of the
cervical area.
The prothoracic ganglion and the anterior portion of the thoracic-abdominal
ganglionic mass are covered dorsally by ventral muscles. The prothoracic
ganglion supplies innervation to some of the muscles of the cervical area and
the muscles of the prothorax. The thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass provides
innervation to the posterior tergo-sternal muscles of the prothorax, the muscles
of the mesothorax, metathorax, and all the abdominal segments. No median
nerves are visible between the subesophageal ganglion, prothoracic ganglion, and
the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. However, the median nerves are prob-
ably included within the interganglionic connectives. Spiracular muscles of the
thoracic segments are innervated by nerves which arise from the dorsolateral area
of the prothoracic ganglion and the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass. The
nerves to the spiracular muscles are apparently the transverse nerves of the
“ventral sympathetic nervous system.”
The sound mechanism is contained within the first abdominal segment. An
invagination of the first abdominal sternite serves as an area for attachment
and support for the large tymbal muscles. A sternal canal is located within the
sternal invagination and permits the passage of two pairs of nerves. One pair
of nerves innervates the muscles in the posterior portion of the first abdominal
segment while the remaining pair of nerves provides innervation to the remain-
ing abdominal segments.
Each typical pregenital abdominal segment is innervated by a pair of lateral
nerve branches which arises from a single pair of nerves originating from the
posterior end of the thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass and pass through the
sternal canal. There are no nerve connections between the typical pregenital
abdominal segments once the lateral nerves enter their respective segments. A
single nerve branch from the dorsal nerve innervates the occlusor muscle of the
spiracle of the fourth abdominal segment. It appears that the innervation of
the occlusor muscle of the spiracle is achieved by fibers of the transverse nerve
which have become incorporated in the lateral nerve branches to the abdominal
segments.
52
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Acknowledgments
I wish to express my gratitude to Dr. J. B. Schmitt of the Department of Entomology
and Economic Zoology, Rutgers-The State University, for his assistance and guidance in
the selection and suggestions for carrying out this morphological study. This paper is a
portion of a thesis submitted to the Graduate School of Rutgers-The State University in
partial fulfillment of requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
Literature Cited
Beckel, W. E. 1958. The morphology, histology and physiology of the spiracular regu-
lating apparatus of Hyalophora cecropia (L.) Proc. Intern. Congr. Entomol. 10th
Meeting, Montreal, Que. 1956, 2: 87-115.
Berlese, A. 1909. Gli Insetti. Vol. I. Milan.
Binet, A. 1894. Contribution a l’etude du systeme nerveux sous intestinal des Insects.
Journ. de l’Amat. de la Phys. 30 Ann., Nr. 5: 449-543.
Brandt, E. 1878. Vergleichend-anatomische Untersuchungen fiber das Nervensystem der
Hemipteren. Horae Soc. Ent. Ross., Tom. 14: 496-505.
Carlet, G. 1876. Sur Panatome de l’appareil musical de la Cigale. C. R. Acad. d. Sc., T.
86.
Case, J. F. 1957. The median nerves and cockroach spiracular function. J. Insect Physiol.,
1 : 85-94.
Dufour, L. 1833. Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur les Hemipteres. Mem. d.
savant, etrang. a l’Acad. d. Sc. Tom. 4: 129-462.
Hagiwara, S., and A. Watanabe. 1956. Discharges in motoneurons of Cicada. Journ. Cell.
Comp. Physiol., 47: 415-428.
Hilton, W. A. 1939. The nervous system of Homoptera and Hemiptera. Journ. Ent. and
Zool., 31 : 36-38.
Holste, G. 1910. Das Nervensystem von Dytiscus marginalis. Z. Wiss. Zool., 96: 419-
476.
Hoyle, G. 1959. The neuromuscular mechanism of an insect spiracular muscle. J. Insect
Physiol., 3: 378-394.
Johansson, A. S. 1957. The nervous system of the milkweed bug, Oncopeltus jasciatus
(Dallas) (Heteroptera, Lygaeidae). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 83: 119-183.
Libby, J. L. 1959. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments in the cecropia larva.
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 52: 469-480.
— . 1961. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments and the innervation of
the male reproductive system and genitalia in Hyalophora cecropia. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer., 54: 887-896.
Maki, T. 1936. Studies on the skeletal structure, musculature and nervous system of
the alder fly, Chauliodes formosanus Peterson. Mem. Fac. Sci. and Agric., Taihoku
Imp. Univ., 16 (3): 117-253.
— . 1938. Studies on the thoracic musculature of insects. Mem. Faculty Sci. and Agric.,
Taihoku Imp. Univ., Formosa, Vol. 24, No. 1. Entomol. No. 10.
Malouf, N. S. R. 1933. The skeletal motor mechanism of the “Stink bug”, Nezara
viridula L. Bull. Soc. ent Egypte, Cairo, xvi (1932). 161-203.
Marquardt, F. 1939. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Muskulatur und peripheren Nerven von
Carausius ( Dixippus ) morosns Br. Zool. Jahrb. Anat., 66: 63-128.
Matsuda, R. 1956. The comparative morphology of the thorax of two species of insects.
Microentomology, 21: 1-63.
Myers, J. G. 1928. Morphology of the Cicadidae (Homoptera). Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
25: 365-472, 74 figs.
March, 1966]
Vasvary: Morphology of Annual Cicada
53
Nijenhuis, E. D., and D. Dresden. 1955. On the topographical anatomy of the nervous
system of the mesothoracic leg of the American cockroach ( Periplaneta americana) .
Konikl. Ned. Akad. Wetenschap. Proc. Ser. C., 58: 121-136.
Nuescil, H. 1954. Segmentierung und Muskelinnervation bei Telea polyphemus Cr. Rev.
Suisse Zook, 61 : 420-428.
— . 1957. Die Morphologie des Thorax von Telea polyphemus Cr. II. Nervensystem.
Zool. Jahrb. Anat., 75: 615-642.
Pipa, R. L., and E. F. Cook. 1959. Studies on the hexapod nervous system. I. The
peripheral distribution of the thoracic nerves of the adult cockroach, Periplaneta
americana. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am., 52: 695-710.
Pringel, J. W. S. 1954. A physiological analysis of Cicada song. Journ. Exp. Biol., 31:
255-560.
Schmitt, J. B. 1954. The nervous system of the pregenital abdominal segments of some
Orthoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 47: 677-682.
. 1959. The cervicothoracic nervous system of a grasshopper. Smithsonian Inst.
Pubis. Misc. Collections, 137: 307-329.
. 1962. The comparative anatomy of the insect nervous system. Ann. Rev. of
Entomol., 7: 137-156.
. 1963. The abdominal nervous system in Pteronarcys. Jour. N. Y. Entomol. Soc.,
71: 202-217.
. 1965. Variations in the transverse nerve in the abdominal nervous system of
insects. Jour. N. Y. Entomol. Soc. 73: 144-150.
Snodgrass, R. E. 1927. Morphology and mechanism of the insect thorax. Smithsonian
Misc. Coll., 80: No. 1, 108 pp., 44 figs.
. 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, N. Y.
Swinton, A. H. 1880. Insect Variety: its propagation, and distribution, treating of
odours, dances, colours, and music in all grasshoppers, cicadae and moths. London.
Vogel, R. 1923. Uber ein tympanales Sinnesorgan, das mutmalsliche Hororgan der
Singzikaden. Zeitschr f. wissensch. Zook, 120: 190-231.
Voskresenskaya, A. K., and V. L. Svidersky. 1960. The role of the central and sympa-
thetic nervous system in the function of the tymbal muscles of cicadas. Journ. Ins.
Physiol., 6: 26-35.
Weber, H. 1929. Kopf and Thorax von Psylla Mali Schmids. (Hemiptera-Homoptera) .
Z. Morph. Oekol. Tiere, xiv, 59-165.
Wittig, G. 1955. Untersuchungen am Thorax von Perla abdominalis Burm. (Larve und
Imago). Zook Jahrb. Anat., 74: 491-570.
Received for publication September 20, 1965
ABBREVIATIONS USED ON THE FIGURES
AT — Anterior tentorial arm
AWN — Anterior wing nerve
Ba:i — Metathoracic basalare
bp — Bristle plate
CoeCon — Circumesophageal connective
Con — Connective
Cv — Cervix
cv — Cervical sclerite
Cxi — Coxa of the prothoracic leg
Cx^ — Coxa of the mesothoracic leg
Cx:; — Coxa of the metathoracic leg
54
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
dil — Dorsal internal lateral muscle
dim — Dorsal internal median muscle
dlra — Dilator muscle of the abdomen
dlSyr — Dilator muscle of the salivary syringe
dma — Dorsal muscle of the tergal apodeme
DNv — Dorsal nerve
Ful — Mesofurca
F u3 — Metafurca
GI — Prothoracic ganglion
GII — Thoracic-abdominal ganglionic mass
L— Leg
Lb — Labium
le — Lateral external muscle
li — Lateral internal muscle
lis — Lateral intrasegmental muscle
LmNv — Labral nerve
M — Mirror of the sound mechanism
mlb — Muscles of labium
mr — Muscles of the rod
MS — Membranous sac of the sound mechanism
mxb — Maxillary bristle
Op — Operculum
osp — Occlusor muscle of the spiracle
pi — Tymbal muscle plate
PlAi — Prothoracic pleural arm
PlAs — Mesothoracic pleural arm
PlAs — Metathoracic pleural arm
pmdb — Protractor muscle of the mandibular bristle
PT — Posterior tentorial arm
PWN — Posterior wing nerve
r — Rod
rmdb — Retractor muscle of the mandibular bristle
rmxbi — Internal retractor muscle of the maxillary bristle
rmxbs — External retractor muscle of the maxillary bristle
Sai — Subalare of the mesothorax
Sa;! — Subalare of the metathorax
SLD — Salivary duct
SLGL — Salivary gland
SoeGng — Subesophageal ganglion
Sp2 — Mesothoracic spiracle
Spy — Metathoracic spiracle
sp — Fourth abdominal spiracle
Ti — Prothoracic tergum
To — Mesothoracic tergum
Ty — Metathoracic tergum
tapd — Tergal apodeme
TB — Tentorial bridge
tg — Tegula
tn — Tendon between tymbal plate and tymbal
TNv — Transverse nerve
March, 1966 |
Vogel: Spiders from Pennsylvania
55
Tr — Trachea
tr — Tergal ridge
TYM — Tymbal
Vi — Ventral internal muscles
Vma — -Ventral muscle of the tergal apodeme
Vnv — Ventral nerve
wg — Wing of sclerotized V-shaped structure of first abdominal segment
lPh — First phragma
2Ph — Second phragma
I — First abdominal segment
ISp — First abdominal spiracle
II — Second abdominal segment
lpmxb — Protractor muscle of the maxillary bristle
2pmxb — Protractor muscle of the maxillary bristle
Spiders from Powdermill Nature Reserve
Beatrice R. Vogel
Biology Department, Yale University
Abstract: This paper is a list of 150 species of spiders collected during a 2 -week study of
the fauna of Powdermill Nature Reserve in Pennsylvania.
Local and regional faunal lists are the backbone of ecological and zoogeograph-
ical studies. Such lists provide the detailed information on local faunas necessary
for syntheses of a broader scope. The spider fauna of Pennsylvania has been
sadly neglected. Distribution maps in recent taxonomic revisions almost invari-
ably show a lack of locality records from this state. There has been only one
list of Pennsylvania spiders published during the last half century (Truman,
1942): a list of spiders from Presque Isle, Erie County. This present paper is
also a local faunal list.
The Powdermill Nature Reserve of Carnegie Museum is an area of about
1,500 acres in the Ligonier Valley of Westmoreland County, Pennsylvania. The
reserve includes a variety of woodland and open (chiefly old field) habitats.
This collection was primarily made during a 2 -week study in June and July,
1965, with a few additional specimens collected at other times of the year. This
list must, of necessity, be regarded as preliminary. With the exception of
duplicates retained by the author, the specimens are deposited in Carnegie
Museum.
The collection consists of over 1,000 specimens of mature spiders, representing
about 150 species. The list from Presque Isle also includes about 150 species,
but the two lists have only half their species in common. These lists, along with
scattered reports, bring the published number of Pennsylvania species between
200 and 250. Judging by the fauna of New York state, there should eventually
be more than 500 species of Pennsylvania spiders.
56
New York Entomological Society
LVol. LXXIV
I wish to thank C. J. Goodnight, of Western Michigan University, for identifi-
cation of the opilionids; W. Ivie, of the American Museum of Natural History,
for identification of the erigonids; and W. J. Gertsch, Curator of Spiders at the
American Museum of Natural History, for identification of Clubiona and for
help with some of the difficult species. I am also indebted to M. Graham
Netting, Director of Carnegie Museum, for making my fieldwork at Powdermill
Nature Reserve possible.
ORDER ARANEIDA
Suborder MY GALOMORPHAE
ANTRODIAETIDAE
Antrodiaetus unicolor (Hentz)
Suborder ARANEAMORPHAE
AMAUROBIIDAE
Amaurobius bennetti (Blackwall)
DICTYNIDAE
Dictyna cruciata Emerton
Dictyna joliacea (Hentz)
Dictyna frondea (Hentz)
Dictyna sublata (Hentz)
Lathy s foxi Marx
ULOBORIDAE
Hyptiotes sp. (immature)
SEGESTERIIDAE
Ariadna bicolor (Hentz)
TETRAGNATHIDAE
Leucauge venusta (Walckenaer)
Mimognatha foxi (McCook)
Pachygnatha autumnalis Keyserling
T etragnatha elongata Walckenaer
T etragnatha straminea Emerton
T etragnatha versicolor Walckenaer
THERIDIIDAE
Achaearanea globosum (Hentz)
Achaearanea tepidariorum (Koch)
Ancylorrhanis hirsutum (Emerton)
Asagena americana Emerton
Crustulina altera Gertsch and Archer
Ctenium frontata (Banks)
Ctenium pumilis (Emerton)
Dipoena nigra (Emerton)
Enoplognatha tecta (Keyserling)
Euryopis funebris (Hentz)
Steatoda borealis (Hentz)
Teutana triangulosa (Walckenaer)
Theridion albidum Banks
Theridion differens Emerton
Theridion frondeum Emerton
Theridion lyricum Walckenaer
Theridion murarium Emerton
Theridion sexpunctatum Emerton
Theridion spirale Emerton
Theridula opulent a Walckenaer
ERIGONIDAE
Ceraticelus bulbosus (Emerton)
Ceraticelus fissiceps (Cambridge)
Ceraticelus laetabilis (Cambridge)
Ceratinopsidis formosa (Banks)
Ceratinopsis inter pres (Cambridge)
Ceratinopsis nigriceps Emerton
Collinsia oxypaederotipus (Crosby)
Cornicularia minuatus Emerton
Cornicularia vigilax (Blackwall)
Eperigone macndat a (Banks)
Erigone autumnalis Emerton
Grammonota trivittata ? Banks
Hypselisthes florens (Cambridge)
Maso sarcocuom (Crosby and Bishop)
Maso sundevalli (Westring)
Origanates rostratus (Emerton)
Scylaceus pallida (Emerton)
LINYPHIIDAE
Bathyphantes albiventris (Banks)
Lepthy phantes subalpina (Emerton)
Linyphia waldea Chamberlin and Ivie
Meioneta fabra (Keyserling)
Pity ohy phantes costatus Hentz
Tennesseellum formica (Emerton)
ARANEIDAE
Araneinae
Acacesia hamata (Hentz)
Acanthepeira stellata (Walckenaer)
March, 1966
Vogel: Spiders from Pennsylvania
57
Araneus attestor Petrunkevitch
Araneus cornutus Clerck
Araneus marmoreus Clerck
Araneus solitarius (Emerton)
Araneus trifolium (Hentz)
Araniella displicata (Hentz)
Cyclosa conica (Pallos)
Cyclosa turbinata (Walckenaer)
East ala anastera (Walckenaer)
M angora gibber osa (Hentz)
Mastophora bisaccata ? (Emerton) (imma-
ture)
Neoscona arabesca (Walckenaer)
Singa praetensis Emerton
Singa sp. aff. variabilis
Argiopinae
Argiope trifasciata (Forskal)
Gea heptagon (Hentz)
Gasteracanthinae
Micrathena gracilis (Walckenaer)
Micrathena sagittata (Walckenaer)
Theridiosomatinae
Theridiosomma radiosum McCook
AGELENIDAE
Agelenopsis pennsylvanica (Koch)
Cicurina arcuata Keyserling
Cicurina brevis (Emerton)
Cicurina idahoana Chamberlin
Cicurina pallida Keyserling
Coras medicinalis (Hentz)
Wadotes sp. (immature)
HAHNIIDAE
Antistea brunnea ? (Emerton) (immature)
Hahnia cinerea Emerton
OXYOPIDAE
Oxyopes salticus (Hentz)
PISAURIDAE
Dolomedes scriptus Hentz
Dolomedes tenebrosus Hentz
Dolomedes triton sexpunctatus Hentz
Dolomedes urinator Walckenaer
Dolomedes vittatus Walckenaer
Pisaurina brevipes (Emerton)
Pisaurina mira (Walckenaer)
Pisaurina mira var. subinflata
LYCOSIDAE
Arc.tosa virgo (Chamberlin)
Lycosa frondicola Emerton
Lycosa gulosa Walckenaer
Lycosa helluo Walckenaer
Lycosa rabida Walckenaer
Pardosa distinct a (Blackwall)
Pardosa lapidicina Emerton
Pardosa milvina Hentz
Pardosa moesta Banks
Pardosa saxatilis (Hentz)
Pirata insularis Emerton
Pirata maculatus Emerton
Pirata minutus Emerton
Pirata montanus Emerton
Schizocosa avida (Walckenaer)
Schizocosa crassipes (Walckenaer)
Schizocosa saltatrix (Hentz)
GNAPHOSIDAE
Drassyllus fallens Chamberlin
Sosticus insularis (Banks)
Zelotes duplex Chamberlin
ANYPHAENIDAE
Any phaenella saltabunda (Hentz)
CLUBIONIDAE
Castianeira sp. (immature)
Chiracanthium inc.lusum (Hentz)
Clubiona abboti Koch
Clubiona kastoni Gertsch
Clubiona obesa Hentz
Clubionoides pallens (Hentz)
THOMISIDAE
Misuminae
Misumenoides formosipes (Walckenaer)
Misumenops asperatus (Hentz)
Misumenops oblongus (Keyserling)
X ysticus elegans Keyserling
Xysticus ferox (Hentz)
X ysticus f rat emus Banks
Xysticus funestus (Keyserling)
Xysticus triguttatus Keyserling
Philodrominae
Philodromus placidus Banks
Philodromus rufus Walckenaer
Thanatus sp. (immature)
58
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Tibellus maritimus (Menge)
Tibellus oblongus (Walckenaer)
SALTICIDAE
Evarcha hoyi (Peckham)
Habrocestum pulex (Hentz)
Habronattus decorus (Balckwall)
Hasarius adansoni (Audouin)
lcius harti Emerton
Maevia incle mens (Walckenaer)
Marpissa lineata (Koch)
Marpissa undata (DeGeer)
Metaphidippus galathea (Walckenaer)
Neon nelli Peckham
Paraphidippus marginata (Walckenaer)
Peckhamia scorpiona (Hentz)
Phidippus clams Keyserling
Phi dip pus prince ps (Peckham)
Phlegra fasciata (Hahn)
Salticus scenicus (Linnaeus)
Sittacus jloridanus Gertsch and Mulaik
Synemosyna formica Hentz
Zygoballus bettini Peckham
ORDER OPILIONIDA
Leiobunum nigropalpi Wood
Leiobunum ventricosum Wood
Leiobunum verrucosum Wood
Literature Cited
Included is a brief list of works for studying Pennsylvania spiders. Many of these con-
tain bibliographies of more specialized papers. Kaston is probably the most useful single
work for identifying species.
Bonnet, P. 1945-1959. Bibliographia Araneorum. Toulouse, 1, 2: i-xvi, 1-832; 1-5058.
Crosby, C. R., and S. C. Bishop. 1928. Araneae. In A list of the Insects of New York.
Cornell Univ. Agr. Exper. Sta., Mem. 101 : 1034-1074.
Kaston, B. J. 1948. Spiders of Connecticut. State Geological and Natural History Survey,
Bull. 70: 1-874.
Levi, H. W. 1957. The spider Genera Enoplognatha , Theridion and Paidisca in America
north of Mexico (Araneae:Theridiidae) . Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 112 (1): 1-123.
Truman, L. C. 1942. A list of spiders collected in western Pennsylvania. Proc. Penn.
Acad. Sci., 16: 25-28.
Received for Publication November 29, 1965
Recent Publications
The Natural History of Mosquitoes. Marston Bates, Harper and Row, New York, $2.45
(paper) 378 pp., 1965.
A Systematic Revision of the Amenidae (Diptera: Calliphoridae) , R. W. Crosskey,
Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Entomology, 16: 2, about $5.00, 107 pp., 1965.
The Culicoides of New York State (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) , Bull. # 399. Hugo Jamn-
back, New York State Museum and Science, $1.00, 154 pp., 24 plates, 1965.
Mierolepidoptera of Juan Fernandez Island. J. F. Gates Clarke, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mu-
seum 117 No. 3508, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C., 106 pp., 1965.
A Revision of the Nodini and A Key to the Genera of Eumolpidae of Africa (Cole-
optera: Eumolidae), B. J. Selman, Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Entomology, 16,
No. 2, about $1.90 (paper), 31 pp., 1965.
Review of the Genus Cerceris in America North of Mexico (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae),
Herman A. Scullen, Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, 116, No. 3506, Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, D. C., 2121 pp., 1965.
Defensive Secretion of a Caterpillar (Papilio). Thomas Eisener, and Yvonne C. Mein-
wald, Science, 150, Dec. 1965, pp. 1733-1738, illus.
March, 1966]
O’Brien: Aedes aegypti
59
Origin and Structural Function of the Basal Cells of the Larval Midgut
in the Mosquito, Aedes aegypti Linnaeus1
James F. O’Brien2
Biological Laboratories, Fordham University, Bronx, New York 10458
Abstract: This study of a series of midgut whole mounts of larval and pupal Aedes aegypti
shows that basal or regenerative cells first appear as a distinct cell type in the mosquito
midgut at about the ninth hour of larval life. These cells seldom take part in forming the
epithelial lining of the larval midgut. After their appearance, frequent mitotic divisions
occur in the basal cells throughout the larval instars resulting in the presence of a large
number of these cells in the prepupal midgut. During metamorphosis in the pupal stage,
the basal cells remain to form the epithelial layer of the imaginal midgut.
Relatively little is known about the cytological development of the midgut in
the mosquito, Aedes aegypti Linnaeus. Christophers’ (1960) description of the
Aedes digestive tract indicates that the midgut has received little attention from
cytologists. Among the three types of cells comprising the larval midgut of Aedes ,
the regenerative or basal cells remained somewhat of a mystery as to their origin.
Christophers stated that the origin of the basal cells is unknown. Berger (1938)
reported finding regenerative cells in the larval midgut of the mosquito Culex
pipiens but offered no explanation as to their origin. The fairly constant size,
active divisions, and increasingly larger numbers of these cells during the larval
stages indicate that they must perform some function other than to replace
epithelial cells in the larval midgut. The question regarding the origin of the
basal cells as well as the fact that such a large number of these cells is present
in the later larval instars indicated the need for further cytological study of the
midgut of A. aegypti. While the investigation is principally concerned with the
larval midgut, pupal and adult midguts were also studied to determine the
origin and structural function of the basal or regenerative cells.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The Aedes larvae used in this study were obtained from the colony main-
tained in this laboratory (O’Brien, 1965). Beginning about 6 hours after hatch-
ing and at intervals of from 1 to 4 hours throughout the larval and pupal stages,
the midguts were dissected from the specimens. They were then prepared as
whole mounts, stained with the Feulgen reaction and counterstained with Orange
G. The dissections, the fixation, and the staining procedure were performed on
depression slides to eliminate loss or damage to the tissue (O’Brien, 1965).
1 A portion of the author’s dissertation submitted in partial fulfillment of the require-
ments for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at Fordham University. The author wishes
to acknowledge the assistance and encouragement given him during this study by Prof.
C. A. Berger, S.J., of the Fordham Biological Laboratory. This work was supported in
part by an Educational Assistance Grant from the Arthur J. Schmitt Foundation.
-Present address: Regis College, Willowdale, Ontario, Canada.
60
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 1. Photomicrograph of portion of stomach area of 17-hour larva showing three
potential regenerative cells (arrows). X 1,290.
RESULTS
In 6-hour larval midguts, only two cell types are present, the longitudinal
and circular rows of muscle cells and larger cells forming the epithelial lining
of the midgut. At about the twelfth hour of larval life, growth of the midgut
has resulted in an increase in size of the epithelial cells, making the epithelial
cells easily distinguishable from the smaller regenerative cells which have ap-
peared by this time. Examination of whole mounts of midguts between 6 and
12 hours old shows that at about 9 hours, some of the original midgut epithelial
cells are undergoing mitotic division. Such a division gives rise to two cells
that are smaller than the neighboring cells. These smaller cells are regenerative
cells. Up to this time, the midgut wall is only two cell layers thick, the outer
cells being the rows of muscle cells and the inner layer the epithelial cells. The
division of some of the initial epithelial cells results in the formation of the
smaller cells that lie on the basement membrane, at the bases of the epithelial
cells — hence the term “basal” cells.
Study of the cells of the midguts obtained from larvae between 6 and 9 hours
old reveals the presence of large, uniformly sized epithelial cells resting on the
basement membrane. A few of these cells exhibit nuclei that appear to be in
early prophase of mitotic division, while the neighboring cells contain normal
“resting” nuclei. Since all the cells are of about the same size, the cells appear-
ing to be in early prophase must be the potential basal cells (Fig. 1). The origin
of the basal cells from epithelial cells was confirmed when mitosis was observed
March, 1966]
O’Brien: Aedes ciegypti
61
Fig. 2. Photomicrograph of portion of a pouch of gastric ceca of 24-hour larva showing
one of the primordial epithelial cells in mitotic prophase. X 1,290.
in epithelial cells of the gastric ceca (Fig. 2) where regenerative cells appear at
a later stage and in fewer numbers than in the stomach area of the midgut.
All divisions of the basal cells are normal mitotic divisions, exhibiting the
somatic pairing of homologous chromosomes characteristic of dipteran cells
(Figs. 2, 3, 4).
After the basal cells appear in the midgut, their number increases rapidly by
repeated divisions. These cells lie at the bases of the large primordial epithelial
cells which continue to grow larger during the larval instars and never divide
after about 24 hours of larval life. By the fourth instar, the regenerative cells
form almost a complete layer of cells, intermediate in size between the large
primordial epithelial cells and the smaller muscle cells, against the basement
membrane. The number of basal cells found in the gastric ceca is considerably
smaller than in the stomach area of the midgut.
Examination of the pupal midgut shows that the regenerative cells form the
new epithelial lining of the imaginal midgut. During the larval instars, few
of the basal cells help to form the epithelial layer of the midgut. But, after the
onset of pupation, the primordial epithelial cells quickly separate from the
basement membrane, are sloughed off into the lumen of the midgut, and begin
to disintegrate. The basal cells that have been increasing in number throughout
larval life continue their divisions and soon form the epithelial lining of the
imaginal midgut. Since the adult midgut contains no structure similar to the
pouches of the larval gastric ceca, the basal cells that formed in the region of
62
New York Entomological Society
[ Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 3. Photomicrograph of portion of gastric ceca of 17-hour larva showing a large
epithelial cell in mitotic prophase. X 1,290.
the gastric ceca during the larval instars combine with the cells of the cardiac
region and those of the anterior portion of the stomach area to form the epithe-
lium of the anterior region of the adult midgut.
DISCUSSION
The results of this study indicate the need for revising some statements based
upon earlier findings. Berger ( 1938) reported that the cells comprising the
epithelial lining of the larval mosquito midgut (the “primordial” epithelial cells)
never undergo mitotic division but rather only increase in size during larval life.
The basal cells were thought to function primarily as replacement cells for the
worn-out epithelial cells in the larval midgut. But the findings here presented
show that the early first-instar midgut contains only muscle cells and primordial
epithelial cells and that very few of the basal cells function as replacement cells
in the larval instars. Therefore, it seems that some of the primordial epithelial
cells in the young larva become potential basal or regenerative cells soon after
hatching. Once larval feeding and growth begin, these potential basal cells
cease functioning as epithelial cells, undergo mitotic division, and become basal
cells. In the process of this transformation, their places in the epithelial layer
are taken by the nearby primordial epithelial cells which do not divide, but
rather enlarge to fill the space left in the epithelial lining. Thus, some of the
primordial epithelial cells do undergo division, but only during the early hours
of larval life. The factor determining the time of transformation from primordial
epithelial cells to potential basal cells is not known.
Since so few of the basal cells in the larval midgut function as replacement
March, 1966]
O’Brien: Aedes aegypti
63
Fig. 4. Photomicrograph of portion of stomach area of 24-hour larva showing a basal
cell in mitotic prophase. X 1,290.
cells in the epithelial coat, the main role of these cells must be to form the
epithelial lining of the imaginal midgut. Therefore, the formation of the adult
midgut does not take place principally in the pupa. Both the muscular coat
for the midgut, basically that present in the prepupa (O’Brien, 1965), and the
epithelial lining of the imaginal midgut, derived from the basal cells of the
larval midgut, have been steadily developing throughout the larval stages.
SUMMARY
Regenerative or basal cells in the larval midgut of A. aegypti first appear
about 9 hours after hatching.
The basal cells generally take no part in forming the epithelial lining of the
larval midgut.
After their appearance in the early larval midgut, the basal cells undergo
frequent mitotic divisions, resulting in the presence of a large number of basal
cells in the prepupa.
Early in the pupal stage, the primordial epithelial cells of the larval midgut
are sloughed off into the midgut lumen and the basal cells remain to form the
epithelial lining of the imaginal midgut.
Literature Cited
Berger, C. A. 1938. Multiplication and reduction of somatic chromosome groups as a
regular developmental process in the mosquito, Culex pipiens. Pub. 496. Carnegie
Institution of Washington.
Christophers, S. R. 1960. Aedes aegypti (L.). Cambridge Univ. Press.
O’Brien, J. F. 1965. Development of the muscular network of the midgut in the larval
stages of the mosquito Aedes aegypti Linnaeus. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 73(4): 226-231.
64
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
BOOK REVIEWS
TWO BOOKS FOR YOUNG NATURALISTS
Monarch Butterflies. Alice L. Hopf. Illustrated by Peter Burchard. Thomas Y. Crowell
Company, 1965, 135 pp., price $3.75.
Fireflies in Nature and the Laboratory. Lynn and Gray Poole. Illustrated by Christine
Sapieha. Thomas Y. Crowell Company, 1965, 149 pp., price $3.95.
These two little books are valuable additions to the young naturalist’s library. Mrs. Hopf’s
book will have greater appeal, probably, since it is based on personal experiences and trans-
mits the author’s enthusiasm for field work and dedication to the Monarch Butterfly. The
Poole book brings together a large amount of information about luminescence which might
be difficult for the young person to ferret out by himself. It is of broader scope than its
title implies. Both books will arouse the reader’s interest in getting outdoors and “swinging a
net.”
Monarch Butterflies describes the work that has been done in tagging butterflies for
the purpose of gathering information on flight and migration and offers practical suggestions
for the young collector who would like to cooperate in this scientific study. It discusses
the collecting, rearing, and photographing of Monarchs and gives detailed and practical
suggestions which are applicable to many other species of insects. In touching briefly upon
the studies that have been made to test the Monarch’s protection against predation it
shows the reader how he, too, may make observations which might be of value.
Fireflies includes a discussion of the vocabulary of luminescence and describes luminous
dinoflagellates, annelid worms, molluscs, mycetophilids, bacteria, and fungi. The chapters
about the early research on luminous organisms, and the various authors’ accounts of them,
may not hold the readers’ interest, but those on recent and current work and on the
methods of collecting fireflies, shipping them to scientists, and exchanging them with other
young collectors for natural history specimens from their particular area will certainly elicit
an enthusiastic response. The black and white illustrations are enchanting. Unfortunately
the book is marred by poor editing: scientific names are sometimes italicized, sometimes not;
genus names are sometimes capitalized, sometimes not; and the arachnid daddylonglegs is
called an insect.
The price of these books seems high for text that is scarcely more than magazine article
length. But the books are attractive; they are printed in large, clear type; and they seem to
have been written not just to give information but to encourage young people to be active.
Elsie B. Klots
/ V tt-*
J ■ V
-(■-{
'
C; 7 4%;'’^
a ;c. '
f ] :. )
A a A- 1 vy
1 a : ,
, 1 x , \ 1 "' / ■
■/ ;• r ^ yy: <■( ’ ^
L ); ‘rx-
1
A A A/ Ai|4:,
t'V'4 A-y
4'as A "4 a vV'y!
,) • 4 /
4 ;a 4'
Vol. LXXIV
JUNE 1966
No. 2
yt
KC) j
- " | Sr ;)• t > ■ ' f m vv,
, y • ■■ I M ' . | ; f?; • y
i ; | mmwmMmm
!\
4
. I
,
Vy " j -A ! T\4 I rr .4-.' . \ '\K„. /,'
i ||
‘
i m
iXS\TV ’Tt'/-;
Lwtt^'v i \ ivv- V .
u1
-
m w
^X 'X' :a r,x&i
;4'^At -fiy^ y 4.444*1
i m -f- 1 /■ *
,
■ ' A ■ .,\ A 4T4A . v , 4 - V
■M 14
l/ f 4
■4 4; ' . A f /A., 7
'■•■ 4 o , 444 ni i- \ ■ ■
i .
44:4
1.4 :if , A •
; ■% ' ' (fj.
4 >
, . )' /
M r
;-t 4A4
1 v,(
\ tl~
' 1 1 V •■’r ('
V 'J
■' ■
Devoted to Entomology in General
'4 ' f.
44
3$ 7 1 M)
AN-
1 ■ A 'vft \V' A ■ 4\v
i . i
li 4-4
yyu
A
A /v>V
,'i '.N I f
44- ..4 tl '4 (,4
4... ' ,/w-4
A\ t :
Imm u m
i
ii
■ \ . \i
ii~ .
4
4tl!i 4A r.!ir\ ;< r-W :;v ; 4 7: a ay, 4 v
' r: . a r.Ai-i , 4.- • > /f . -4 4 ,a- • 4
-v '*<•• x-r } ■ y i-,0- o Ay Hy. A. .-X .1 V>
'V P> v,. / .V /. A ) • S$\ \; } .fK.1 .:
44
4a
> The
New York Entomological Society
Organized June 29, 1892- — Incorporated February 25, 1893
/ ' ' . ; y ^ ■
Reincorporated February 17, 1943
-r-
tj)
\W'x
The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural
History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.
\
Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the
Treasurer. V , ,v 77
7 '7
Officers for the Year 1966
President , Dr. Richard Fredrickson
College of the City of New York 10031
Vice President, Dr. Kumar Krishna
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
£
Secretary, Mrs. Lucy Heineman 115 Central Park West, New York 10023
Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl
230 E. 78th Street, New York 10021
Treasurer , Mr. Raymond Brush
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
Assistant Treasurer , Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
4- z'-' r - £
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
>
Trustees
A- X ■ y v* /Xj . N\; .. ' y i/7 j- Iv \ ■ " X/ • »‘i(y ✓ / \
1 Year Term
Dr. Alexander B. Klots Dr. John B. Schmitt
2 Year Term
Mr. Robert Buckbee 1
\
Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
V,
'-V -V- S'
7;
Mailed June 29, 1966
r
The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Allen Press
Inc., 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, /Kansas.
\ -
7 X
Journal of the
New York Entomological Society
Volume LXXIV June 29, 1966
No. 2
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss
Editor Lucy W. Clausen
Columbia University College of Pharmacy
115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023
Associate Editor James Forbes
Fordham University, New York, N.Y. 10458
Publication Committee
Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky Dr. Asher Treat
Dr. David Miller
CONTENTS
Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Diptera:
Tipulidae), XII Charles P. Alexander 66
Notes on the Biology of Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola), a Parasite
of Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus) (Hymenoptera : Apoidea: Megachilidae)
Frederick D. Bennett 72
Further Studies on the Internal Anatomy of the Meloidae (Coleoptera) . II.
The Digestive and Reproductive Systems of the S.A. Blister Beetle, Picnoseus
nitidipennis Fairmaire and Germain (Coleoptera: Meloidae) A. P. Gupta 80
Taxonomic Descriptions of the Immature Stages of the Parasitic Bee Stelis
( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Megachilidae)
Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. 84
Mature Larvae of the Old World Bee Genus Panurgus (Hymenoptera: Apoidea)
Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. and Barbara L. Rozen 92
Melanism in Connecticut Panthea furcilla (Packard) (Lepidoptera : Noctuidae)
Alexander B. Klots 95
An Apparent Association of Mites (Acarina) with the Rock Barnacle Balanus
Richard W. Fredrickson 101
Bylaws of the New York Entomological Society
Book Reviews
Notes — Help for Ailing Caterpillars?
Membership of the New York Entomological Society
Recent Publications
Proceedings
Necrology
Invitation to Membership
103
109
Alice L. Hopf 111
112
116
117
122
123
66
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
Undescribetl Species of Crane Flies From the Himalaya Mountains
(Diptera: Tipulidae) , XII1
Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts
Abstract: Six new species of the Eriopterine genera Ormosia and Erioptera are described,
including Ormosia ( Oreophila ) licina n. sp., from Kashmir and Kumaon, and Ormosia
( Par ormosia ) atrotibialis n. sp., Ormosia ( Ormosia ) subpulehra n. sp., and 0. (0.) um-
bripennis n. sp., from Sikkim: Erioptera ( llisia ) diadexia n. sp. and E. (I.) epicharis
n. sp., from Sikkim.
Part XI of this series of papers was published in the Journal of the New York
Entomological Society, 73: 163-167, 1965. The materials upon which the new
species are based were collected by Dr. Fernand Schmid, of Ottawa, to whom
1 express my deepest appreciation for this outstanding series of Asiatic Tipulidae.
Doctor Schmid collected insect specimens in India and adjoining countries
between 1953 and 1961 as a member of the Swiss Zoological Expedition. His
insect collections were restricted to certain groups, where they proved to be of
paramount importance in making known the exceedingly rich fauna of the
region. A summary of the stations visited, as they pertain to the crane flies, is
given in a paper by the writer (Philippine Jour. Sci., 90: 163; 1961), covering
the period between 1953 and 1960. Between February and October, 1961,
still further collections were made by Doctor Schmid in the Kameng Frontier
Division of the North East Frontier Agency (NEFA), Assam.
In the crane fly materials several hundred new species were included that
have been discussed and presently are being described in a long series of papers
that are summarized herewith in order to assist other students of the subject:
Philippine Jour. Sci. (chiefly Tipulinae and Limoniini)
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (London) (chiefly Tipulinae and Eriopterini)
Proc. Royal Ent. Soc. London (Pediciini)
Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. London (Hexatomini; Phyllolabis)
Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. (Tanyderidae, Ptychopteridae, Trichoceridae)
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. (chiefly Eriopterini)
Ent. News (Hexatomini)
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. (Eriopterini)
Ormosia ( Oreophila ) licina n. sp.
General coloration of mesonotum light brown, sparsely pruinose, pleura yellow; antennae
moderately long; wings yellowed, very restrictedly patterned with pale brown, vein 2nd A
sinuous; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle black, coarsely spinulose; lateral margins
of gonapophyses produced into two or three acute points.
1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts.
June, 1966 I
Alexander: Himalayan Crane Flies, XII
67
male: Length about 4.8-5 mm; wing 5.8-6 mm; antenna about 1.5-1 .6 mm.
female: Length about 5 mm; wing 6 mm.
Rostrum light yellow; palpi pale brown. Antennae of male moderately long, scape obscure
yellow, the remainder black; flagellar segments oval to long-oval, shorter than their verticils.
Head light gray.
Thorax light brown, sparsely pruinose, pronotum more yellowed, pretergites clear yellow.
Pleura and lateral prescutal borders light yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs with coxae and
trochanters yellow; remainder of legs yellowish brown, femora more yellowed basally,
tarsi brownish black. Wings yellowed, very restrictedly patterned with pale brown, includ-
ing the stigma, cord, outer end of cell 1st M2 , and small spots at Sc2 and origin of Rs. Vena-
tion: Sci ending nearly opposite the fork of R2+ s+i, Sc2 far retracted, about opposite one-third
to two-fifths Rs ; vein R» close to fork of R2+-m', cell 1st M» elongate, subequal to distal
section of M ]+2; vein 2nd A sinuous. One wing of the holotype has cell M2 open by atrophy
of the basal section of Ms.
Abdominal tergites brown, basal sternites paler. Male hypopygium with the dististyles
slightly subterminal, broadly united basally; outer style blackened, relatively short and
stout, the outer half with numerous strong spinules; inner style pale, relatively short, the
outer margin with a strong lobe before midlength. Phallosome with lateral margins of
outer apophyses produced into two or three acute points; aedeagus short, black.
holotype 3, Dakwani, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 9,300-11,000 feet, August 5,
1958 (Schmid). Allotopotype, 9, pinned with type. Paratypes, 8 9, Gangrea,
Pauri Garhwal, 7,500-10,000 feet, June 12, 1958; 13, Tales, Kashmir, August
13, 1954 (Schmid).
Ormosia ( Oreophila ) licina is most similar to O. (O.) hutchinsonae Alex-
ander, which differs in the coloration, venation, as the short straight vein 2nd A,
and in the structure of the hypopygium, especially the phallosome and the
elongate dististyle.
Ormosia ( Parormosia ) atrotibialis n. sp.
Generally similar and closely allied to Ormosia ( Parormosia ) leucoplagia Alexander,
differing in the coloration of the legs in the male.
male: Length about 4.5-5 mm; wing 5. 2-5. 6 mm.
female: Length about 5 mm; wing 5.8 mm.
Antennae light yellow, in cases with the intermediate flagellar segments bicolored, their
bases narrowly dark brown, the outer two-thirds to three-fourths yellow. Mesonotal
prescutum obscure yellow with a more or less distinct capillary brownish black median line ;
scutum brown, scutellum and postnotum darker. Legs black in both sexes, the tips of the
femora narrowly yellow, including about the outer tenth of segment, extreme tibial bases
more narrowly yellowed. In leucoplagia the tibiae and basitarsi of male yellow, of the
female black, as in the present fly.
holotype 8, Lachen, Sikkim, 8,900 feet, June 13, 1959 (Schmid). Allotopotype,
9 . Paratopotypes, 48 9; paratypes, 1 8, 2 9 9 , Lachung Sikkim, 8,610 feet, July
2, 1959 (Schmid).
Ormosia ( Ormosia ) subpulolira n. sp.
Allied to puchra ; general coloration of thorax gray, prescutum with a broad brown
68
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
central stripe, humeral region yellowed; femora yellow with two subequal broad brownish
black rings, the outer one nearly apical ; wings whitened, with conspicuous pale brown
clouds; male hypopygium with both dististvles extended into acute blackened points; gona-
pophvses appearing as a massive black triangular head, its outer margin with three strong
spines.
male: Length about 4.5 mm; wing 5.3 mm.
Head broken. Pronotal scutum dark brownish gray, scutellum testaceous yellow. Mesonotal
prescutum gray, with a broad brown central stripe that is narrowly darker medially ; humeral
region, including the pseudosutural foveae, yellow, tuberculate pits very reduced; posterior
sclerites of notum dark brown, sparsely pruinose. Pleura dark gray, the yellow setae of the
posterior pteropleurite very long. Halteres broken. Legs with coxae dark brown; trochanters
obscure yellow; femora yellow, each with two subequal broad brownish black rings that
are about equal to the pale base or intervening interspace, the tip narrowly yellow; re-
mainder of legs light brown. Wings with the ground color whitened, with conspicuous pale
brown clouds chiefly in the outer three-fourths, stigma darker; whitened marginal spots in
cells R>, R,, and Ri, less evident in cells R5 and 2nd Mz, larger in cells Ms, Cu and the anals;
cells basad of cord more extensively whitened; veins brown, prearcular field and Sc, R, and
Cu more yellowed. Venation: R2 at fork of R2+ 3+4; cell 2nd M2 square at base; vein 2nd A
strongly sinuous, close to border on outer end.
Abdomen, including hypopygium, brownish black. Male hypopygium with apical end
of tergite short and broad, the lobes low. Both dististyles extended into acute blackened
points. Gonapophysis appearing as a massive blackened triangular head, the basal stem
relatively slender, outer margin with three strong spines, with a further series of about four
microscopic denticles on lower margin near the stem.
holotype a broken S , mounted on microscope slide, Zema, Sikkim, 9,100 feet,
June 14, 1959 (Schmid).
Ormosia ( Ormosia ) siibpulchra is related to O. (O.) kashrniri Alexander and
O. (O.) pulchra (Brunetti), all three species differing among themselves chiefly
in important characters of the male hypopygium.
Ormosia ( Ormosia ) umbripennis n. sp.
General coloration of head and thorax brownish black; palpi, antennae, halteres, and legs
black; wings strongly infuscated; Sc2 beyond midlength of Rs, cell 1st M2 shorter than vein
Mi, vein 2nd A gently sinuous.
female: Length about 6 mm; wing 6.5 mm; antenna about 1.6 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black throughout ; flagellar segments long-oval, with
dense white setae, the verticils longer than the segments. Head brownish black.
Thorax uniformly very dark brown to brownish black, the surface of mesonotum subniti-
dous; prescutum and scutellum with a few long setae. Halteres brownish black, base of
stem obscure yellow. Legs black. Wings strongly infuscated, especially the prearcular and
costal fields and the stigma; veins brown. Venation: ending opposite the oblique R2,
Sc2 moderately retracted, about opposite three-fifths the long Rs; R2+ 3+i shorter than basal
section of R:,; cell 1st M-> shorter than vein Ah; m-cu at fork of M, perpendicular and
slightly sinuous; vein 2nd A gently wavy.
Abdomen brown, the outer segments more blackened. Ovipositor with cerci horn yellow,
long and slender, gently upcurved to the acute tips.
June, 1966]
Alexander: Himalayan Crane Flies, XII
69
holotype 9, Namnasa, Sikkim, 10,000 feet, July 1, 1959 (Schmid).
The only other generally similar regional species is Ormosia ( Ormosia ) nyc-
topoda Alexander, of Pakistan, which similarly has the legs black but with the
wings pale and having the venational details distinct.
Erioptera ( Ilisia ) diadexia n. sp.
Allied to asymmetrical general coloration of thorax gray, the prescutum with two diffuse
brown stripes; antennae black; femora brownish yellow, tips brownish black; wings brownish
yellow, conspicuously patterned with brown spots and dots, the latter on all veins excepting
Sc and Cu ; male hypopygium with the outer dististyle bilobed, inner style broad, yellow,
and the tip very obtuse; gonapophyses with the two arms virtually identical, appearing as
straight blackened rods, the tip microscopically toothed.
male: Length about 5-6.5 mm; wing 5.8-8 mm.
Rostrum gray, palpi black. Antennae relatively long, black; flagellar segments long-oval
to fusiform, basal segments with long verticils, all with further dense pale setulae. Head
brownish gray.
Prothorax brownish gray; anterior pretergites obscure yellow. Mesonotal prescutum
brownish gray, the interspaces more infuscated to form two diffuse stripes; posterior
sclerites of notum brownish gray, central area of scutum narrowly brown. Pleura brownish
gray. Halteres with stem yellow, knob weakly infuscated. Legs with coxae brownish gray ;
trochanters brownish yellow ; femoral and tibiae brownish yellow, tips brownish black, the
tibiae slightly enlarged and darkened beyond bases; basitarsi light brown, remainder of
tarsi black. Wings brownish yellow, conspicuously patterned with brown spots and dots,
the former including about five costal areas, the second over Sc2, the third largest, over tip
of Sci and R2, fourth area at tip of i?i+2; smaller marginal spots at ends of all longitudinal
veins; narrow brown seams over cord, m, arculus, and at near midlength of Cu\ ; paler brown
spots on all longitudinal veins excepting Sc and Cu, those basad of cord paler; veins yellow
in the ground areas, brown in the patterned markings. Venation: R>+ 3+<t about twice
R ’+s, Ri+2 nearly as long as Rs ; m-cu far before fork of M ; vein 2nd A straight.
Abdomen brownish black. Male hypopygium with inner apical angle of basistyle pro-
duced, with very long setae. Dististyles subterminal, the outer style blackened, bilobed, the
outer lobe a slender paddlelike blade, its tip obtuse, outer end with delicate setae, inner arm
a shorter blade that is dilated outwardly, apex broadly obtuse to truncate ; inner style pale,
broadly flattened, apex very obtuse to bluntly triangular, surface with long yellow setae.
Gonapophysis with the two arms virtually identical in length and diameter, appearing as
straight blackened rods, the tips microscopically toothed.
holotype $ , Chachu, Sikkim, 11,500 feet, June 29, 1959 (Schmid). Paratype,
S , Darkot, Kashmir, 8,900 feet, August 17, 1954 (Schmid).
The most similar described regional species is Erioptera ( Ilisia ) jansta
Alexander, which is generally similar in coloration of the body and wings, dif-
fering most evidently in the hypopygial structure, including the trilobed outer
dististyle, slender arcuated inner style, and the unequal arms of the gonapophysis.
The paratype from Kashmir is much smaller (the smallest measurements given)
but the hypopygium is so similar to that of the type that I regard it as being
conspecific.
70
New York Entomological Society
[ Vol. LXXIV
Erioptera ( Ilisia ) epicharis n. sp.
Allied to a symmetrica] general coloration of thorax brownish gray, the prescutum faintly
patterned with darker; halteres yellow; femora darkened, tips brownish black, preceded
by a yellow ring; wings whitish yellow with a conspicuous brown pattern, including large
costal darkenings and paler brown areas in the anal field, the discal areas restricted; male
hypopygium with the outer dististyle trilobed, the inner oval blade with a blackened spur
at base, inner dististyle extended into a point at apex; gonapophysis unequally bifid.
male: Length about 6.5 mm; wing 7.5 mm.
female: Length about 6.5 mm; wing 8 mm.
Rostrum brownish gray; palpi black. Antennae relatively long, brownish black, the bases
of proximal flagellar segments narrowly paler; segments elongate, a little shorter than the
verticils. Head brownish gray.
Pronotum brownish gray, scutum darker laterally, sides of scutellum yellow. Mesonotum
brownish gray, the prescutum with a poorly indicated pale brown stripe, narrowly darkened
in front and on the sides behind; pseudosutural foveae and tuberculate pits black, shiny.
Pleura gray. Halteres pale yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters pale brown; femora
light brown to brownish black, tips broadly brownish black, preceded by a broad yellow
ring; tibiae and tarsi pale brown. Wings very pale whitish yellow, clearer yellow in the
costal interspaces; a conspicuous brown pattern that is chiefly marginal in distribution,
including six darker costal areas that are more extensive than the interspaces, the larger
markings at origin of Rs and over tip of Sci, the last area at the wing tip; cubital and anal
fields with comparable large paler brown markings, most extensive in the anal cells, small
brown marginal spots on veins M» through Mi narrow darker brown seams over cord, outer
end of cell 1st M2, and isolated at near midlength of vein Cu, with small dots along vein R5]
veins light yellow in the ground, dark brown in the patterned areas, in cases including series
of four or five dashes. Venation: Sci ending shortly beyond R2] m transverse, about one-
third to one-half the basal section of Ms] m-cu before fork of M; vein 2nd A nearly
straight.
Abdomen dark brown, including the hypopygium. Ovipositor with valves light horn yellow.
Male hypopygium with posterior border of tergite nearly truncate, at midregion with two
small paired darkened lobes, separated by a tiny V-shaped emargination, densely set with
microscopic spicules. Apex of basistyle produced beyond insertion of the dististyles. Outer
dististyle trilobed, the outer blade longer, pale yellow, with abundant very delicate pale
setae, those at apex longer; inner arm including an oval to subcircular darkened blade with
a blackened spur at its base; inner style yellow, the lower apical angle produced into a
point, surface with pale setae, some of the outer ones very long. Phallosome including
bifid gonapophyses, the lateral arm an erect blackened rod, its margin nearly smooth in the
holotype, microscopically roughened in the Kumaon paratype; inner arm much smaller,
at apex dilated into a triangular head ; aedeagus appearing as two short slightly divergent
spines.
holotype 3, Yagtang, Sikkim, in Rhododendron association, 11,200 feet, May
28, 1959 (Schmid). Allotopotype, 9. Paratopotype, 9, with the types, 11,600
feet, June 17, 1959; paratypes, 8 9, Chachu, Sikkim, 11,500 feet, June 29, 1959;
Chamiteng, Sikkim, 9,900 feet, August 24, 1959; Gey, Sikkim, in Rhododendron
association, May 18, 1959; Lachung, 8,610 feet, July 10, 1959; Namnasa,
Sikkim, 9,500 feet, July 13, 1959; Talam, Sikkim, in Rhododendron association,
11,300 feet, June 16, 1959; Tsomgo, Sikkim, in Rhododendron association,
June, 1966]
Alexander: Himalayan Crane Flies, XII
71
12,500 feet, August 26, 1959; Dakwani, Pauri GarhVval, Kumaon, 9,300-11,000
feet, August 5, 1959; Kanol, Pauri Garhwal, 8,530 feet, August 19, 1958;
Kulara, Pauri Garhwal, 12,000 feet, August 4, 1958 (Schmid).
Erioptera ( Ilisia ) epicharis is quite distinct from the other known regional
species of the subgenus, including E. (/.) asymmetrica Alexander ( indica Senior-
White), E. (/.) diadexia n. sp., and E. (I.) jausta Alexander, especially in the
wing pattern and hypopygial structure. One male paratype from Tsomgo is
smaller (length about 5 mm; wing 5.2 mm) and has the femora almost uniformly
darkened but from the wing pattern and hypopygium evidently pertains to
this species.
Received for Publication October 7, 1965
72
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Notes on the Biology of Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata
(Spinola), a Parasite of Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus)
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Megacliilidae)
Frederick D. Bennett1
Abstract: The activities of the parasitic bee Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola) in
specially constructed box nests of its host Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus) are reported. The
female enters the nest, forces the attendant Euglossa female to abandon the nest, and remains
in the nest for several days. She opens those cells containing eggs or small larvae, seals, re-
moves, and destroys them and after depositing her own egg reseals the cell. Cells with older
stages of Euglossa are not opened but the larva or pupa contained therein is killed. Feeding
behavior of the small and large larvae and construction of the cocoon are described.
During studies on the biology of Euglossa spp. in Trinidad some of the obser-
vation nests were invaded by the parasitic bee Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata
(Spinola). It is planned to publish the results of the Euglossa studies separately
when they are completed but it seems advisable at this time to publish a note
on the activities of its parasite as a companion paper to one on the morphology
of the immature stages by Rozen (1966).
nesting habits of Euglossa cordata
To explain the behavior of S. bilineolata it is necessary to describe briefly the
nesting habits of Euglossa. Two species of this genus, E. cordata and E. vari-
abilis (Friese),2 which are solitary species, have been induced to nest in small
wooden boxes (inside dimensions 10 X 6 X 4.5 cm) with a 10-mm circular
entrance hole on one side. Once a nest is occupied and cell construction started
the wooden top can be replaced by a pane of glass through which activities within
the nest can be readily observed.
The bee cements the glass lid to the wood with a brown resinlike plant material
which is used to seal all cracks and joints on the inside of the box and also
to close the entrance hole. When leaving the nest the female opens a smaller
circular hole in the resin just large enough for passage. She never closes the
entrance when leaving the nest, even when leaving for the last time, but always
seals it in the evening and frequently during the day while working inside. Cells
of the same resinlike material are constructed either on the floor of the box or
on the side, usually each cell being provisioned and sealed before another is
started.
1 Entomologist-in-Charge, W. I. Station, Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control,
Curepe, Trinidad, West Indies.
2 Although all observations were in nests of E. cordata the parasite has also been reared
from nests of E. variabilis .
June, 1966]
Bennett: Stelis and Euglossa
73
OBSERVATIONS ON THE BEHAVIOR OF Stelis
When a Stelis adult was first noted in observation box No. 33 on July 12, 1964
neither its identity nor the significance of its presence was immediately appre-
ciated. This nest which had been first occupied by Euglossa in April contained
nine cells, some with immature stages, others from which adults had emerged,
and a tenth cell only partially constructed and partially provisioned. Work on
this cell stopped about July 4. It is probable that the bee was attacked by a
conopid and, although still capable of flight, her ovaries had ceased to function.
She was present in the nest with the intruder and on the bottom of the box there
was also a small Euglossa larva. The Stelis frequently approached and nudged
the Euglossa female with her mandibles; the latter kept turning away and
finally retreated to a corner of the box. During the next 20 minutes the Stelis
female spent most of the time examining the cell mass.
At 6:45 A.M. the following morning both adults were in the nest, the Euglossa
in a corner and the Stelis on the cell mass. By 7:45 A.M. the Euglossa went
out and the Stelis began to close the entrance from the inside. The larva on
the floor was dead and partially covered with wax.
The box was examined from time to time on succeeding days and the presence
or absence of the two bees noted. This information is summarized in Table 1.
Although the Stelis female was frequently on the cell mass she did not open any
of the cells during the periods of observation. The walls of two cells from
which Euglossa adults had emerged a few days earlier were partially broken
down by the Euglossa while the Stelis was either resting on the the side of the
box or absent from the nest.
No further activity occurred in this nest when (due to my absence from
Trinidad) observations were suspended on October 3. When I next examined the
nest on December 6 a Stelis adult had emerged from one cell. The other cells
when opened later contained dead pupae and mature larvae of Euglossa.
When observations on the box nests were continued in December it was evident
that a number of other nests had been attacked, i.e., sealed cells present, no
attendant Euglossa adult but the entrance sealed. This was confirmed later
when Stelis adults emerged from one or more cells in these boxes.
On December 6, nest 12, which was started on September 30 but still retained
its wooden cover, contained a dead Euglossa adult (parasitized by a conopid) ;
a Stelis adult; three sealed cells with somewhat flattened walls, and a fourth
partially completed cell. When examined on December 8 the Stelis was absent
(an adult, possibly the same one, was present in nest 13) but was in again on
December 9 and 10. On December 11 the wooden top was replaced by a sheet of
glass and by December 12 the Stelis utilizing bits of resin present in the box
had sealed the glass in place in a manner similar to Euglossa. Although out
The boxes were numbered serially as they were occupied by Euglossa.
74
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 1. Records of the presence of Euglossa and Stelis in the nest during periods of
observation.
Date and time of
observation
Euglossa
Stelis
Entrance hole
July 12
7:30
A.M.
In
In
Closed
July 13
6:45
ft
tr
tr
ft
7:45
ft
Out
tt
Being closed
12:10
P.M.
In
Out
Closed
1:20
ft
tr
In
tt
5:45
ft
tr
tr
tt
July 14
7:20
A.M.
tr
tr
tt
1:05
P.M.
tt
tt
tt
4:05
tr
tr
tt
tr
July 15
7:30
A.M.
tt
tr
Open
5:15
P.M.
tt
tt
Closed
July 16
7:45
A.M.
tr
tt
tt
12:15
P.M.
tr
Out
tt
5:05
tr
tt
tr
tr
July 17
7:30
A.M.
tt
tt
tr
11:45
ft
Out
Out
tt
12:45
P.M.
tt
tt
tt
4:45
ft
tt
tt
tt
July 19
7:45
A.M.
tt
tt
tt
2:45
P.M.
Out1
In
tr
3:20
ft
ft
Out2
tt
July 20
10:45
A.M.
In
tt
tt
1:30
P.M.
Out
In
tr
4:45
ft
tt
tt
tt
July 21
7:50
A.M.
Out8
tt
tt
1:40
P.M.
Out
Out4
tt
1 The Euglossa female, readily recognized by markings of enamel paint coding, was in
a nearby nest abandoned a few days earlier by another female.
2 The Stelis completing the closing of the entrance from the outside.
Observed in an adjacent nest.
4 Sealing the nest from the outside.
of the nest at 11:40 A.M. on the 12th (an adult was in nest 6 at this time)
she returned on October 13 but was not seen thereafter. A week later the
entrance of the nest was corked and on February 4 a Stelis adult emerged. The
other two cells when opened later contained immature dead Euglossa pupae.
As far as could be determined the cells had not beeen opened and the death of
the occupants was apparently attributable to the actions of Stelis , i.e., killed
either by mandibular crushing of the cell walls or by stinging.
Although a Stelis female was noted in a few other nests no further observations
of consequence were made until January 24, when a female was observed in nest
9. First occupied by Euglossa in August, activity in this nest was suspended
three times by the action of conopids: the original female, a succeeding daughter,
and finally a parasitized granddaughter that died in the nest. The progeny of
the last female emerged between December 9, 1964 and January 3, 1965. A
June, 1966]
Bennett: Stelis and Euglossa
75
Fig. 1. Nest 9 of Euglossa cordata viewed from top. (Cells were opened for observations.)
(Photo by J. Rozen.)
female emerging on December 26 remained in the nest. She reconditioned, pro-
visioned, and sealed her first cell on December 31. By January 24 she had
provisioned and sealed 12 cells and partially provisioned another when the
nest was invaded by Stelis on the following day. When examined at 12:35 P.M.
the Euglossa and a Stelis female were in the nest and the entrance closed. Dur-
ing the next 20 minutes the Stelis chased and grabbed the Euglossa in her
mandibles and attempted to sting her on three occasions; each time the Euglossa
broke free and retreated to a corner of the box. At 12:55 P.M. the Euglossa
attempted to escape from the nest but before she could open the entrance was
chased away by the Stelis. The Stelis then spent several minutes resealing the
entrance. Further pursuit with repeated capture and apparent stinging occurred
until finally at 1:09 P.M. the Euglossa managed to open the entrance and
escape. Less than a minute later the Stelis was reclosing the opening. She then
explored the walls of the box and approached the cell mass. When observations
were resumed at 1:25 P.M., Stelis was opening the top of a cell which had been
sealed 8 days earlier. By 1:30 P.M. the hole was enlarged enough to permit
insertion of her head. She grasped the Euglossa larva contained therein (less
than one-third grown), tugged it out of the cell, carried it to the front of the
box, and dropped it on the floor. After biting and stinging it several times she
returned to the cell, inspected it for a few seconds and for several minutes
wandered about the box encountering and stinging the larva a number of
76
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 2. Record of oviposition by Euglossa and Stelis female in nest 9.
Cell
number
Date egg deposited
by Euglossa
(a)
(b)
Date egg deposited by Odontostelis
Contents of cell when opened on February 4
10
December 31
b
Dead pupa (E)1
11
January 5
b
Postdefecating larva (E)
12
" 7
b
Prepupa (alive) (E)
13
" 10
b
Postdefecating larva (E)
14
" 11
b
" " " (E)
IS
" 13
b
Predefecating larva (E)
16
" 14
b
Defecating larva (E)
17
" 17
a
January 26
18
" 18
a
" 262
19
" 20
a
" 27
20
" 22
a
" 282
21
" 24
a
" 29
22
Provisioned only
a
" 28
1 E = Euglossa
2 Date arrived at by comparative size of larva when examined February 4 and 5.
times. Despite these attacks the larva was still capable of movement. When
next examined at 6:20 P.M. the larva was immobile and partially covered with
dark wax; the Stelis was motionless on the side of the box. The cell from which
the larva had been removed was still open at 7:10 A.M. the following morning
but was being closed at 12:15 P.M. During the morning she opened another
cell (sealed 6 days earlier) and removed and destroyed the tiny larva. This cell
was still unsealed in the evening but was closed by 7:15 A.M. the following day
(January 27). At midday no change was noted but at 4:15 P.M. a cell sealed
on January 24 was opened and the egg removed; by 7:00 P.M. it was resealed.
During the night the partially provisioned cell was sealed by Stelis , with material
obtained from the tops of other cells. Whereas the other cells when resealed by
the Stelis were nearly identical in appearance to unopened ones, the walls of this
cell were shorter but the cell top was similar in shape to the others. All of the
newer cells were near one end of the cell mass. During the next few days Stelis
added wax to their tops, some of it obtained from the older cells and some
from the wax seal along the edges of the box. No other cells were open during
periodic inspection over the next several days. The female was present in the
Fig. 2. Diagram of nest 9. Numbers refer to the order in which cells were provisioned by
Euglossa female. Unnumbered cell was abandoned and capped by an earlier female. Table 2
provides pertinent data on the activities of the Euglossa and Stelis females.
June, 1966]
Bennett: Stelis and Euglossa
77
Fig. 3. First-stage larva of Stelis bilineolata on provision mass in cell of Euglossa cor data.
(Photo by J. Rozen.)
Fig. 4. Cocoon of Stelis bilineolata. (Photo by J. Rozen.)
box every morning and evening but was out at midday on January 28, 29, and
February 1, returning before 1:15 P.M. each day. She was removed from the
nest on February 4 when the cells were opened for observation of the feeding
habits of the larvae.
Seven cells when opened contained fully fed larvae, prepupae, and pupae of
Euglossa ; all were dead except one prepupa (Table 2 and Figs. 1 and 2). Each
of the other six, including the one which had not been completed by Euglossa ,
contained a single developing larva of Stelis.
DEVELOPMENT OF THE IMMATURE STAGES OF Stelis
The number of observations are inadequate for specific information on the
duration of all of the immature stages. The egg which is laid on top of the
cell provisions hatches 3 to 4 days after deposition; larval feeding is completed
in 9 to 12 days; construction of the cocoon which commences shortly thereafter
requires at least 3 days. The duration of the postfeeding larval and pupal
stages was not recorded but the period from oviposition to adult emergence is
approximately 60 days, i.e., about 7 to 10 days longer than that for Euglossa.
The feeding activities of larvae of varying ages were observed. The small
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
first-stage larva (Fig. 3) appears to be almost sedentary, moving only slightly on
the surface of the viscous pollen-nectar mass. The body is only slightly curved
dorsoventrally with its ventral surface in contact with the food. Half-grown
and larger larvae lie on their backs while feeding, i.e., the dorsal part of the
head and succeeding segments in contact with the food and with the posterior of
the body towards the top of cell.
Defecation commences at least 48 hours before the provision mass is entirely
consumed. The feces are in the form of elongate pellets narrowed at either end.
They are from eight to ten times as long as broad with the first pellets smaller
and attached lightly to the upper cell wall. Although the pellets are usually
flattened by subsequent movements of the larva, the outline of many of the
individual pellets can be readily seen in old cells. The feces are deposited in a
broad belt on the upper part of the cell wall, some of them adhering to the cell
top or dropping to the lower part of the cell. Defecation is completed before
construction of the cocoon begins.
The completed cocoon (Fig. 4) is cylindrical with rounded bottom and a
top that ends in an extruding nipple. It consists of several layers. First, a
number of fine silken strands attached to the cell wall and feces are formed;
this is followed by a parchment-like layer which follows the inner contours of
the cell except at the top. The nipple protrudes into a depression at the top
of the cell, the outer silken threads being more abundant than in the main section
of the cell. Although the tip of the nipple normally adheres to the cell top, it is
formed even if the top of the cell is removed prior to construction of the cocoon.
The outer parchment is followed by a layer of loosely packed silken threads some-
what lighter in color; a further parchment layer which is a lighter golden brown
and very smooth on its inner surface completes the cocoon. The inner surface of
the top of the cocoon is rounded and quite smooth with no internal indication of
the nipple. The silk of the cocoon is pale, almost transparent, as it leaves the
salivary opening but later darkens to a golden brown.
The emerging adult chews an irregular, somewhat circular hole through the
upper wall of the cocoon and cell.
The cocoon in shape and texture is strikingly similar to that of a small uniden-
tified Trinidadian anthidiine and has a similar nipple-like protrusion. Further-
more, defecation in this species occurs before the cocoon is completed, suggesting
that these activities among the parasitic group have not changed markedly from
the nonparasitic anthidiines.
DISCUSSION
Although the association of the subgenus Odontostelis and Euglossa has been
known for some time (Friese, 1925), details of the activities of the Stelis female
in the host nest, particularly the opening of cells and the removal of the Euglossa
eggs and larvae, have not been reported previously.
June, 1966]
Bennett: Stelis and Euglossa
79
The behavior in the latter nest from which the host was driven out and did
not return is the more usual because in four other nests which Stelis invaded
the Euglossa adult when driven out never returned. Therefore, the behavior of
the bee in the first nest may be considered uncharacteristic; her actions prior to
the invasion of Stelis suggests parasitism by a conopid. As adults attacked by
this parasite usually remain in the nests this would explain her “atypical”
behavior in the presence of Stelis.
The habit of closing the entrance when entering and leaving the hosts’ nest
must also be relatively rare among parasitic bees. Also the behavior of the
female in the nest, leaving and returning on several successive days, indicates
that Stelis has retained many of the habits of the nonparasitic species.
Observations indicate that the Stelis female without opening a cell can detect
whether it is suitable for the development of its young. The dissection of unpara-
sitized cells shows no evidence of having been opened and reclosed when found
unsuitable. This is evidence that the Stelis female is able to kill the large larvae,
pupae, and even unemerged adults either by stinging or by squeezing the cell
walls because in none of the nests attacked by Stelis did adults of Euglossa
emerge subsequently. Furthermore, dissection of cells which failed to emerge
revealed dead large larvae, prepupae, pupae, or adults of Euglossa. Although
one live prepupa was found when the cells of nest 9 were examined the Stelis had
not yet abandoned the nest.
Destruction of mature larvae and pupae in cells unsuitable for the develop-
ment of her own progeny represents the destruction of potential hosts for
successive generations which, on the basis of present observations, appears to
be an undesirable trait. However, we do not know the reaction of an emerging
Euglossa female towards parasitized cells; it is possible that she would sense their
presence and either open the cells and destroy their contents or effectively block
their emergence by the addition of more wax. If either were likely to occur
then the destruction of Euglossa pupae and mature larvae would be of definite
survival value to her own progeny and to the species.
Acknowledgments
I am indebted to Prof. Pe. J. J. Moure who determined specimens of Euglossa cordata
and Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata. The photographs were taken by Dr. Jerome G.
Rozen, Jr., who also reviewed the manuscript and made many useful suggestions for its
improvement.
Literature Cited
Friese, H. 1925. Neue neotropische Bienenarten Zugleich II. Nachtrag zur Bienenfauna
von Costa Rica (Hym.) Stettin, ent Ztg, 86: 1-41.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1966. Taxonomic description of the immature stages of the parasitic bee,
Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., 74: 84-91.
Received for Publication December 9, 1965.
80
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Further Studies on the Internal Anatomy of the
Meloidae ( Coleoptera ) .
II. The Digestive and Reproduetive Systems of the S. A.
Blister Beetle, Picnoseus nitidipennis Fairmaire and Germain1
(Coleoptera: Meloidae)
A. P. Gupta
Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology, Rutgers-The State University,
New Brunswick, N. J.
Abstract: The digestive and reproductive systems of the South American blister beetle,
Picnoseus nitidipennis, Fairmaire and Germain has been described, and on the basis of
some of the internal anatomical features, this genus has been tentatively placed in the
tribe Lyttini.
This paper is a continuation of the study of internal anatomy of blister beetles
of the world. In two earlier works (Gupta, 1965, 1966), digestive and reproduc-
tive systems of several species of blister beetles have been described and dis-
cussed. P. nitidipennis , described in this paper, was made available to the
author through the courtesy of Mr. L. E. Pena, Santiago, Chile, and was
determined by Dr. Antonio Martinez, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
For details on the techniques, etc., the reader is referred to the earlier work
(Gupta, 1965). It must be restated, however, that the descriptions in the
present paper in general serve to supplement diagrams and point out important
features. In the description of the digestive systems terms “external” and “in-
ternal” have been used for convenience of description. The drawing of the
stomodaeal intima is slightly diagrammatic and should not be considered bi-
laterally symmetrical. In the drawings of the reproductive systems, only the
organs of one side have been shown. In the drawing of the male reproductive
system, the second pair of accessory glands has been stippled to distinguish it
from the others, and the extent and the nature of the convolutions of the third
pair are not indicated.
DESCRIPTIONS
Digestive System: external (Fig. 1): Esophagus much broadened posteri-
orly; ventriculus with anterior half lightly wrinkled transversely, remainder
rather smooth; lobes of pyloric valve visible externally; six malpighian tubules
1 Paper of the Journal Series, Agricultural Experiment Station, Rutgers-The State Univer-
sity, New Brunswick, New Jersey.
June, 19661
Gupta: Meloidae Anatomy
81
ductive system, ventral view.
arising separately, their posterior attachment at inner bend of posterior flexure.
internal (Figs. 2 and 3) : Stomodaeal intima with six primary, eight secondary,
and two tertiary folds, median ventral and ventrolateral primary folds with
serrate margins, transverse corrugations irregular and indistinct beyond two
lateral primary folds and also in region anterior to proventriculus ; serrate
margins of primary folds with dense, stout spines, remainder of primary folds
82
New York Entomological Society
[VOL. LXXIV
and secondary and tertiary folds with long, dense spines, remainder of stomo-
daeal intima very rarely with minute spines; proventricular region without any
distinct pattern. Stomodaeal valve with three well-developed conical primary
lobes and three less-developed conical primary and eight secondary lobes, and
two poorly developed tertiary lobes.
Reproductive System: female (Fig. 4): Spermathecal capsule elongate with
slight basal swelling, broader and rounded distally, spermathecal duct short,
accessory gland vesicular, slightly bent apically and with a short duct, male
(Fig. 5): Testes small, spherical, vas deferens narrow near testis, vesicula
seminalis rather narrow; first pair of accessory glands ovally or spherically
coiled, tips of two glands in contact, second pair recurved, recurved portion
shorter than basal portion, third pair largest and lightly convoluted; ejaculatory
duct slightly broader beyond middle and strongly bowed.
Material Examined: Three specimens (in 10% formaldehyde), Atacama
Desert, Chile, IX-22-63 (L. E. Pena).
SYSTEMATIC CONSIDERATIONS
Kaszab (1959) included Picnosens in the tribe Lyttini on the basis of its wing
venation. Earlier, Denier ( 1935) grouped Picnoseus with Lytta and Borchmann
( 1907) considered this genus as a subgenus of Tetraonyx, and included it in the
tribe Lyttini. The writer (Gupta, 1965) characterized the tribe Lyttini by
such internal anatomical features as a rather poorly developed stomodaeal valve,
absence of V-shaped folds, and the presence of well-developed spermathecal
diverticulum. Of these three characters the last one was considered to be an
important tribal character. On the basis of this character, and by the presence
of such features as a slight basal swelling in the spermathecal capsule and a
ventrally recurved second pair of male accessory glands, inclusion of Picnoseus
in the tribe Lyttini seems to be uncertain although it will be retained in this
tribe tentatively. In the earlier work (Gupta, 1965) a basal swelling in the
spermathecal capsule and a recurved second pair of male accessory glands were
considered to be the tribal features of the Epicautini. However, the absence of
V-shaped folds in Picnoseus precludes its inclusion in the Epicautini. Borch-
mann’s (1907) consideration of Picnoseus as a subgenus of Tetraonyx is not
supported by the internal anatomical features, inasmuch as Picnoseus lacks such
tribal characters of Tetraonychini as four V-shaped folds, tubular spermathecal
diverticulum, a tubular female accessory gland, and an enlarged vas deferens
near testes. It seems to the author that the tribe Lyttini perhaps includes some
representatives which have secondarily lost the spermathecal diverticulum
( Cabalia and Sybaris). As more genera belonging to this tribe would be avail-
able for study, it would perhaps be necessary to establish two or more subtribes
according to the presence or absence of spermathecal diverticulum and other
features.
June, 1966]
Gupta: Meloidae Anatomy
83
ABBREVIATIONS USED IN FIGURES
CO — colon
EJDU — -ejaculatory duct
FAG — female accessory gland
1MAG — first pair of male accessory glands
3MAG — third pair of male accessory glands
OE — esophagus
PFL — lateral primary fold
PFMD — median dorsal primary fold
PFMV — median ventral primary fold
PFVL — ventrolateral primary fold
POFL — posterior flexure
POIN — posterior intestine or rectum
PY — pylorus
PYL — lobes of pyloric valve
SFDL — dorsolateral secondary fold
SFL — lateral secondary fold
SFMV — median ventral secondary fold
SFVL — ventrolateral secondary fold
SPCA — spermathecal capsule
TE — testis
TFMV — median ventral tertiary fold
TRCP — transverse corrugated pattern
TRW — transverse wrinkles
VS — vesicula seminalis
Literature Cited
Borchmann, F. 1917. Meloidae, Cephaloidae. In Coleopterorum Catalogus, 69: 1-208.
W. Junk, Berlin.
Gupta, A. P. 1965. The digestive and reproductive systems of the Meloidae (Coleoptera)
and their significance in the classification of the family. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.,
59(4): 442-474.
. 1966. Further studies on the internal anatomy of the Meloidae (Coleoptera). I
The digestive and reproductive systems of Rusadiria ( Coryna auct.), Oenas, Lagorina ,
Sitaris and Zonitis. (In press.)
Kaszab, Z. 1959. Phylogenetische Beziehungen des Flugelgeaders der Meloiden (Col.), nebst
Beschreibung neuer Gattungen und Arten. Acta Zool. Acad. Sci. Hungaricae, 5: 67-
114.
Received for Publication November 16, 1965
84
New York Entomological Society
[ Vol. LXXIV
Taxonomic Descriptions of the Immature Stages of
the Parasitic Bee, Stelis ( Odontostelis )
bilineolata ( Spinola )
(Hyinenoptera : Apoidea: Megachilidae)
Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.1 2
Abstract: This paper describes taxonomically the first and last larval instars and the pupa
of this species. It compares the mature larva with that of other known Stelis, and although
there is considerable intrageneric variation, the larvae of Stelis cannot be distinguished
as a group from those of other Megachilidae. The pupa of this species agrees in most
respects with those of other megachilid bees.
The purpose of this paper is to record details of the anatomy of the first and
last larval instars and of the pupa of Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola)
for future taxonomic and evolutionary consideration. Although the mature
larvae of a number of species of Stelis have been described before, this is
believed to be the first account of the mature larva of the Neotropical subgenus
Odontostelis and to be the first formal description of the pupa and first instar of
any Stelis r In an accompanying paper Bennett (1966) discusses the biology
of this parasitic bee which depredates the nest of the brilliant green apid bee,
Euglossa cor data (Linnaeus).
Acknowledgment
I would like to thank Dr. Fred D. Bennett, Entomologist-in-Charge, West Indian Station,
Commonwealth Institute of Biological Control, Curepe, Trinidad, the West Indies, for the
gift of specimens used in this study. Because of his energetic efforts in collecting the immature
stages of Trinidadian bees, we are at long last gaining an understanding of the larvae and
pupae of many Neotropical apoids.
MATURE LARVA
(Figs. 1-8)
length: 10.0 mm.
head (Figs. 4, 5): Integument with numerous scattered long setae but without spicules
except for faint ones on dorsal surface of maxilla; labrum, dorsal mandibular articulation,
mandibular apex, hypostomal ridge, cardo, and stipes pigmented; prementum with narrow
pigmented sclerite extending from below level of palpus dorsad and laterad of palpus above
salivary lips and down other side, thereby circumscribing arc of approximately 270 degrees;
antennal papillae and palpi also somewhat pigmented. Tentorium well developed except
dorsal arms very short ; posterior pits conspicuous and normal in position, i.e., at junctures
of posterior thickening and hypostomal ridges; posterior thickening of head capsule and
1 Chairman and Curator, Dept. Ent., Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
2 The literature search for this project was accomplished with the assistance of the Bibliog-
raphy of Apoid Biology which is under the direction of Dr. C. D. Michener, University of
Kansas, Lawrence.
June, 1966]
Rozen: Immature Stages or Parasitic Bee
85
Figs. 1-8. Last larval instar of Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola). 1. Part of
abdominal dorsum, lateral view. 2. Postdefecating larva, lateral view. 3. Spiracle. 4-5.
Head, frontal and lateral views. 6-8. Mandible, dorsal, adoral, and ventral views. Scale
refers to Figs 1 and 2.
86
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
hypostomal ridge well developed; pleurostomal ridge moderately wide but fairly thin; epi-
stomal ridge well developed laterad of anterior tentorial pits and extending dorsomedially
short distance mesiad of pits before disappearing; longitudinal thickening of head capsule,
cleavage lines, and parietal bands not evident. Antennal papilla elongate, being approximately
twice as long as basal diameter; papilla arising from only very low prominence. Labral
apex broadly emarginate apicallv and without tubercles. Mandible (Figs. 6-8) apically
bidentate with ventral tooth longer; margin between teeth finely but sharply dentate; man-
dible with apical concavity limited basally by transverse ridge; dorsal apical inner edge
finely but sharply dentate; ventral edge smooth; cusp not dentate. Maxilla with apex pro-
duced adorallv ; galea absent ; palpus elongate, being as long as but slightly thinner than
antennal papilla; cardo and stipes sclerotic. Labrum projecting, divided into prementum
and postmentum, and bearing salivary opening at apex; salivary opening a transverse slit
with projecting lips; labial palpi as long as maxillary palpi; hypopharynx with prominent
lobe on each side next to maxilla.
body: Form (Fig. 2) of postdefecating larva robust and with most segments having distinct
intrasegmental lines; low middorsal tubercles present on posterior margin of abdominal
segments II to IV; tubercles not evident when these segments telescoped (Fig. 1); ventro-
lateral tubercles present but not pronounced. Integument of postdefecating form soft;
dorsal surface more or less evenly covered with fine light setae (not shown in illustrations) ;
ventral surface with setae sparser. Spiracular atrium (Fig. 3) with short dentate ridges;
atrium projecting above body wall and with rim ; peritreme present ; primary tracheal
opening with collar; subatrium moderately short. Tenth abdominal segment short; anus
situated dorsally.
material studied: Two postdefecating larvae, Curepe, Trinidad, West Indies,
February 10, 1965, from cells of Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus) (F. D. Bennett).
While preparing the preceding description, I compared in detail the larva of
bilineolata with the mature larva of Stelis ( Micro stelis ) lateralis Cresson, kindly
loaned by Dr. Charles D. Michener. Drawings of the head of lateralis (Figs. 9,
10) are presented here to supplement those provided by Michener (1953) with
his description of the last instar. The larva of lateralis differs from that of
bilineolata in a number of ways: S. lateralis is much smaller, being only 6.0
mm long. Its head is somewhat differently shaped as seen in lateral view, and
there is a strong indentation along the median line of the head capsule. The
labrum is not so distinctly emarginate apically, and there are two low labral
tubercles. The mandibles are remarkably different, as discussed below. The
labiomaxillary region is much more strongly produced. Each maxilla is strongly
constricted below the base of the mandible whereas in bilineolata there is no such
modification. The sclerites of the prementum appear to be quite different from
those of bilineolata ; there is no dorsal sclerotic bridge above the salivary opening
but the sclerites are joined ventrally behind the palpi and form a wide, faint
plate occupying most of the ventral surface of the prementum. The prementum
in frontal view is narrower, and the two lobes of the hypopharynx are more pro-
nounced. The middorsal tubercles (Michener, 1953, fig. 114) of the body are
more conspicuous and the body setae less numerous. The spiracle (Michener,
June, 1966]
Rozen: Immature Stages of Parasitic Bee
87
Figs. 9-10. Head of mature larva of Stelis ( Microstelis ) lateralis Cresson, frontal and
lateral views.
1953, fig. 118) apparently possesses longer atrial spines and a relatively longer
subatrium.
Comparisons can also be made, in a general way, with the larvae of a number
of other Stelis on the basis of the following descriptions in the literature: Stelis
( Stelidomorpha ) nasuta (Latreille) (Maneval, 1937), ( Stelis ) minuta Lepeletier
and Serville (Enslin, 1925), ( Stelis ) ornatula (Klug) (Micheli, 1935). The
resulting conclusions are that the known larvae of Stelis possess the megachilid
characters presented by Michener (1953), and that no feature or set of features
is evident at this time that will enable Stelis, as a group, to be distinguished from
other Megachilidae.3
It seems evident from all studies of Stelis larvae that the species differ one
from the other to a considerable extent. However, an examination of bilineolata
reveals that a few apparent dissimilarities may not be so pronounced as previ-
ously judged. The extent of expression of the middorsal tubercles seems to
depend at least to some degree on whether the body is contracted (Fig. 1)
or expanded (Fig 2) at the time of fixation. Also the degree of expression of
the intrasegmental lines and of the ventrolateral protuberances depends upon
the proper preservation of the larva. Because the larva of lateralis studied by
Michener ( 1953) was rather poorly preserved, it is believed that these features
3 Dr. Robbin W. Thorp has kindly sent me the manuscript of his synopsis of the genus
Heterostelis, in which he briefly describes the larva of a new species. Its mandible is
apically bidentate with the lower tooth longer, but lacks an apical concavity. In other
respects, it seems to have the general features of megachilid larvae.
88
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
Figs. 11-18. Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola). 11. First instar, lateral view.
12-13. Head of first instar, frontal and lateral views. 14-16. Mandible of first instar, dorsal,
adoral, and ventral views. 17-18. Pupa, lateral and dorsal views. Scales refer to Fig. 11
and to Figs. 17 and 18.
would be more pronounced in a fresh specimen and therefore would agree more
closely with comparable structures of other known Stelis larvae.
On the other hand, the dissimilarities of the mandibles in Stelis larvae are
striking. The mandibles (Figs. 6-8) are apically bidentate, have serrated apical
edges, and an apical concavity in bilineolata , nasuta , and presumably ornatula\
they (Michener, 1953, figs. 115, 116) are apically simple and without serrations
June, 1966]
Rozen: Immature Stages of Parasitic Bee
89
or an apical inner concavity in lateralis and minuta .4 I know of no other case
in bees where two such radically different types of mandibles are encountered in
the same genus, and this condition, therefore, suggests the possibility of a poly-
phyletic origin of the genus.
It is tempting to postulate that the bidentate mandible is associated with a
life history in which the parasitic larva does not assassinate the host larva;
in this case, the Stelis larvae would not require specialized modifications of the
mandible to eliminate the host larvae. Consequently, the primitive anthidiine
type of mandible persists. On the other hand, as specialized apically simple
mandibles have evolved several times in those parasitic anthophorids where the
cuckoo bee larva destroys the host egg or larva, we might conclude that this
sharp-pointed mandible is similarly employed by these Stelis.
There is a certain amount of evidence to support this hypothesis. The larvae
of bilineolata and nasuta do not kill their hosts. The adult of bilineolata removes
the host larva from the cell (Bennett, 1966) and the larvae of nasuta , two to
12 of which occupy a single host cell, apparently efficiently consume the food
of the much larger host larva so that it starves (Fabre, 1914). Furthermore, the
larvae of both lateralis (Graenicher, 1905; Michener, 1955) and minuta (Enslin,
1925) (though apparently not as first-stage forms) destroy their host larva with
the sharp-pointed mandible.
However, this hypothesis seems to break down when ornatula is considered.
Both Enslin (1925) and Hoppner (1904) have seen its larva attack that of
the host and yet Micheli (1935) shows it to have a bidentate mandible with
a dorsal serrated edge. The hypothesis should not, however, be totally discarded
because it is not clear from Micheli ’s drawings whether ornatula' s mandible is
like that of bilineolata or whether it is perhaps somewhat intermediate between
the two extreme types. It should also be pointed out that Enslin (1925) also
examined the larva of ornatula and stated that the mature larvae of minuta ,
which has a pointed mandible, and of ornatula are “quite similar,” a statement
which reflects doubt on the correct identification of Micheli’s specimen.
FIRST INSTAR
(Figs. 11-16)
length: Approximately 2.5 mm.
head (Figs. 12, 13): Integument without setae, apparently without sensilla, and nonpig-
mented. Tentorium complete, including thin dorsal arm; posterior thickening of head
capsule and hypostomal ridge moderately developed; gena projecting downward so as to
cover hypostomal ridge anteriorly; pleurostomal ridge weak but evident; epistomal ridge
weak laterad of anterior tentorial pits and absent between them ; longitudinal thickening
of head capsule, cleavage lines, and parietal bands not evident. Antennal papillae scarcely
4 This same type of mandible was found on a larva questionably identified as Stelis
punctulatissima (Kirby) (as aterrima (Panzer)) (Hofeneder, 1947). Additional recorded
details of the larva are not adequate for comparison with other larvae treated here.
90
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
produced. Labral apex emarginate and without tubercles. Mandible (Figs. 14-16) apically
bidentate, with scattered minute indistinct denticles along apical edges; apical concavity
not defined. Maxilla with apex produced adorally; galea and palpus not evident; cardo
and stipes faintly sclerotic. Labium recessed, not divided into prementum and postmentum;
salivary opening small and inconspicuous; palpi absent.
body: Form (Fig. 11) robust and straight, thickest in posterior half; most segments bearing
distinct intrasegmental lines; middorsal tubercles apparently absent; body projecting some-
what on either side below spiracles (in the region of the ventrolateral tubercles of mature
larva). Integument without setae but with numerous spicules over most of surface. Spiracles
moderately small; atrium apparently without spines or ridges and apparently not projecting
above body wall; peritreme distinct; primary tracheal opening with slight collar. Anus dorsal
in position.
material studied : One larva, Curepe, Trinidad, West Indies, egg deposited
February 1-2, larva emerged February 4-5, 1965, in nest of Euglossa cordata
(Linnaeus) (F. D. Bennett).
Michener ( 1955) provided some details of the first instar of Stelis lateralis.
Both species agree in that the straight, robust body protrudes laterally and
lacks dorsolateral tubercles. The head is normal in size and the mandibles are
not enlarged. Further, there is less difference in the anatomy of the head and
mouthparts between the first and last instars of these species than there normally
is with parasitic bees.
However, the first-stage forms of the two Stelis presumably differ signifi-
cantly. Whereas the first instar of bilineolata has antennal papillae that are
much shorter than those of the mature larva, the antennae of the first-stage
lateralis are longer than those of the last stage. Although setae are not evident
on bilineolata , setae of lateralis are even longer than those of the last larval
instar of the same species. As pointed out above, mandibles of the first
and last instars of lateralis are simple apically and sharp-pointed whereas those
of the same stages of bilineolata are bidentate.
PUPA
(Figs. 17, 18)
head: Vertex with three small tubercles in position of ocelli; these tubercles about as pro-
nounced as ocelli of adults; vertex and, to lesser extent, frons and clypeus with pigmented
setae.
mesosoma: Mesoscutum, mesoscutellum, and axillae with pigmented setae. Coxae and
trochanters without spines.
metasoma: Terga I-VI with bands of pigmented setae.
material studied: Four males, Curepe, Trinidad, West Indies, February, 1965,
from nest of Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus) (F. D. Bennett).
Because the basal mandibular tooth of the female Odontostelis is much larger
than that of the male, female pupae presumably have a correspondingly larger
mandibular tubercle than do male pupae.
June, 1966]
Rozen: Immature Stages of Parasitic Bee
91
The pupa of this species lacks the various tubercles commonly encountered in
other bee groups. In this respect it agrees with the pupae of Megachile described
by Michener (1954) and with the pupa of an unidentified Dianthidium kindly
loaned by Dr. Paul D. Hurd, Jr., from the California Insect Survey. The pupae
of all these megachilids share the apparently unique feature of extensive patches
of setae on the head, thoracic nota, and metasomal terga. It would seem, there-
fore, that the pupae of megachilids, like the larvae (Michener, 1953), are very
homogeneous.5
Literature Cited
Bennett, F. D. 1966. Notes on the biology of Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola),
a parasite of Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Jour. New
York Ent. Soc., 00:
Enslin, E. 1925. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hymenopteren IV. 7. Die Rubus-bewohnen-
den Osmien Deutschlands. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., (3): 177-210.
Fabre, J. H. 1918. The Mason-Bees. New York, Dodd, Mead and Company, [4] -f- viii -f-
315 pp.
Graenicher, S. 1905. Some observations on the life history and habits of parasitic bees.
Bull. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soc., 3: 153-167.
Hofeneder, K. 1947. Ueber den Bau einer Wollbiene ( Anthidium sp.). Zeitschr. Wiener
Ent. Gesell., 32: 25-28.
Hoppner, H. 1904. Zur Biologie der Rubus-Bewohner. III. Eurytoma rubicola Gir. und
ihre Wirte. Allg. Zeitschr. Ent., 9: 161-171.
Maneval, H. 1937. Notes sur les hymenopteres (5e serie). Sur 1’endoparasitisme des larves
de certaines Chrysis. Rev. Francaise Ent., 4: 162-181.
Micheli, L. 1935. Note biologiche e morfologiche sugli imenotteri (VII serie). Boll. Soc.
Veneziana Stor. Nat. 1: 126-134.
Michener, C. D. 1953. Comparative morphological and systematic studies of bee larvae
with a key to the families of hymenopterous larvae. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 35:
987-1102.
. 1954. Observations on the pupae of bees (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Pan-Pacific
Ent., 30: 63-70.
. 1955. Some biological observations on Hoplitis pilosifrons and Stelis lateralis
(Hymenoptera, Megachilidae) . Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 28: 81-87.
5 Dr. Robbin Thorp’s manuscript account of the pupa of a new species of Heterostelis
is an exception to this statement in that the pupa is “apparently without long setae on
vertex, mesoscutum, and metasomal terga.” In contrast with Odontostelis , Heterostelis
possesses only a pair of rounded tubercles on the vertex and a spine on the inner apex of
each coxa and on the inner base of each trochanter.
Received for Publication December 9, 1965
92
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Mature Larvae of the Old World Bee Genus Panurgus
(Hymenoptera, Apoidea)
Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.1 and Barbara L. Rozen
Abstract: This paper describes the mature larva of Panurgus dentipes Latreille and com-
pares it with the previously published accounts of other species in the genus.
The purpose of this paper is to describe the mature larva of Panurgus dentipes
Latreille (Andrenidae, Panurginae) and to compare it with the other known
larvae of Panurgus , so that these data can be referred to in a study of the larvae
of North American Panurginae (Rozen, in press). Larvae of dentipes were
kindly made available by Siavosh Tirgari, Ahwaz Agricultural College, Iran.
Two other species of Panurgus have been described and illustrated: banksi-
anus (Kirby) (Micheli, 1931) and calcaratus (Scopoli) (Micheli, 1936).
Although Micheli’s written accounts provide little specific information that
can be compared with the following description of dentipes, his illustrations sug-
gest that the three species probably agree in most major respects. All have
an elongate clypeus and reduced body tubercles. The somewhat more pronounced
segmental annulations of the species studied by Micheli presumably can be ex-
plained by the fact that his specimens were postdefecating forms whereas ours are
predefecating. No known North American panurgine ( N omadopsis , Calliopsis,
Perdita, Pseudo panurgus, and Panurginus) possesses an elongate clypeus and
only Panurginus is known to have reduced dorsal body tubercles. The European
Melitturga clavicornis (Latreille) (Rozen, 1965) lacks both these features of
Panurgus.
Mature P. banksianus larvae are larger than those of the other two species
and Micheli stated there were some differences between the mandibles of
banksianus and calcaratus. At the present time we do not know if larval cal-
caratus and dentipes can be distinguished from one another.
body length 7.5 mm.
Panurgus dentipes Latreille
(Figs. 1-7)
head (Figs. 3-4): Integument with scattered sensilla but without setae; antennae, palpi, and
labral tubercles scarcely pigmented; vertex moderately produced on each side above antenna;
antennae arising from low prominences; clypeal area abnormally elongate compared with
that of other known Panurginae ( Perdita , Panurginus , Pseudo panurgus, Melitturga, Cal-
liopsis, and N omadopsis). Tentorium complete; posterior thickening of head capsule
moderately well developed; hypostomal ridge well developed; pleurostomal ridge moderately
developed; epistomal ridge distinct below anterior tentorial pits, absent mesiad of pits;
parietal bands evident. Antenna a low convexity with few (2-3 on specimen examined)
sensilla. Labrum bearing two moderately small tubercles. Mandible (Figs. 5-7) moderately
1 Chairman and Curator, Dept. Ent., Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
June, 1966] Rozen and Rozen: Mature Larvae or Old World Bee
93
Figs. 1-7. Mature larva of Panurgus dentipes Latreille.
Fig. 1. Predefecating larva, lateral view. Fig. 2. Spiracle. Fig. 3. Head, frontal view.
Fig. 4. Head, lateral view. Figs. 5-7. Left mandible, dorsal, inner, and ventral views. Scale
refers to Fig. 1.
94
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
slender, curved as seen in inner view (Fig. 6), narrowing to single point; upper apical margin
with conspicuous serrations; lower margin not serrate; cusp strongly produced with numer-
ous teeth, but without large tooth like that of Melitturga. Maxilla, as seen in lateral view
(Fig. 4), projecting only to apex of labium; palpus fairly slender, directed downward some-
what as in Panurginus ; integument of maxilla spiculate on dorsal surface but, unlike that of
Panurginus, palpus not spiculate. Hypopharynx spiculate; hypopharyngeal groove absent,
as in most Perdita. Labium projecting nearly as far as maxillae as seen in lateral view,
but labiomaxillary region recessed in comparison with labroclypeal region ; labium indis-
tinctly divided into prementum and postmentum ; lateral spiculate areas on labiomaxillary
region probably corresponding to maxillary conjunctiva; labial palpus evident, but smaller
than maxillary palpus. Salivary opening a gently curved slit.
body: Color whitish, spiculate in various areas; tenth abdominal segment spiculate ven-
trally. Anterior dorsal tubercles (Fig. 1) conical, nonspiculate apically, moderately low
and rounded; tubercles becoming less pronounced and perhaps somewhat transverse on pos-
terior body segments; terminal segment not produced dorsally. Spiracles (Fig. 2) moder-
ately small; atrium projecting slightly above body wall; atrial wall smooth; peritreme pres-
ent; primary tracheal opening with collar; subatrium moderate in length, not elongate as
compared with that of Panurginus , Melitturga , Perdita , Calliopsis, and Nomadopsis.
material studied: Five mature predefecating larvae, Lusignan and Usson,
department of Vienne, France, mid-September, 1963 (S. Tirgari). Associated
adults identified by collector.
Literature Cited
Micheli, L. 1931. Note biologiche e morfologiche sugli imenotteri (Contributo 3°).
Atti Soc. Italiana Sci. Nat. e Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat., 70: 19-28, figs.
. 1936. Note biologiche e morfologiche sugli imenotteri (VI Serie). Ibid., 75: 5-16,
figs.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1965. The biology and immature stages of Melitturga clavicornis (La-
treille) and of Sphecodes albilabris (Kirby) and the recognition of the Oxaeidae at the
family level (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 2224, pp. 1-18,
figs. 1-22.
— . Systematics of the larvae of North American panurgine bees (Hymenoptera,
Apoidea). Amer. Mus. Novitates. (In press.)
Received for Publication November 8, 1965
June, 1966]
Klots: Melanism
95
Melanism in Connecticut Panthea furcilla (Packard)
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)
Alexander B. Klots*
Abstract: Counts are given of mclanic, melanistic, and normal individuals in the total
catch of this moth in Connecticut in 1962-1965. Counts of these types are also given in
families reared from wild-caught melanic, melanistic, and normal females. Larval melanism
occurs, not linked to adult melanism. Adult melanism is dominant and apparently multi-
factorial. Environmental effects on the polymorphism are discussed.
In a previous article (1964, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 72: 142-144) I recorded
the counts of my total catch (unbiased by collector selection) of Panthea
furcilla and other moths at Putnam, Windham County, Connecticut. In the
summers of 1962-1965 similar catches were made at the same spot. In 1964
and 1965 six batches of eggs were obtained from wild-caught females, and
from these 95 adults were reared which show several degrees of melanism.
Panthea furcilla was chosen for special work because of the large numbers
of this species that come to an ultraviolet “black light,” the same described in
the previous article, from a nearby grove of white pine ( Pinus strobus), the
food plant. It may be noted that this is the true P. furcilla Packard, and not
the more southern, “hard” pine feeder that some authors have confused with
this species.
WILD-CAUGHT SERIES
In the wild-caught series the partially melanic, or “melanistic,” individuals
form a nearly continuous spectrum of variation from almost totally melanic
to very close to the normal, light grey, so that dividing them into a small
number of groups is somewhat arbitrary. However, the series is here classified
in four groups instead of the three used in sorting the 1961 catch. The category
of “melanistic” is divided into: “slightly to strongly melanistic” and “very
strongly melanistic.” Admittedly, there are many borderline specimens that
might as well be sorted one way as another. How much of the variation is
genetically based will certainly never be known without a great deal of con-
trolled, experimental work. Probably a number of factors are involved.
The wholly melanic individuals are not all black, the hairs and scales that in
the normal form are light grey or white being a very dark, sooty brown against
which the normal black markings are discernible. The vestiture of the head
and thorax is perhaps as useful as the wing scales for deciding which moths
are to be classified as very strongly melanistic, all of these having this vestiture
* Professor of Biology, City College of New York; Research Associate, Department of
Entomology, The American Museum of Natural History.
96
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
extremely dark with only a slight mixture of light hairs and scales. Within
the very strongly melanistic group are numerous specimens that have the
white scale hairs of the thorax sharply limited to the tips of the tegulae and
the area posterad to these, forming sharp, transverse white bars. The wings
of such specimens are almost wholly dark except for the white lines that out-
wardly margin the transverse black markings; these are sharp and clear. Per-
haps these sharply and contrastingly marked individuals represent something
genetically distinct from the more common, rather smudgy melanistic ones.
Only 13 females were caught at the light, compared with 273 males, al-
though this sex flies strongly enough at times. In 95 reared individuals there
were 52 females.
Wild-caught Moths, 1962-1965 inclusive
Wholly melanic 51 = 17.8%
Very strongly melanistic 120 = 42.0%
Slightly to strongly melanistic 56 = 19.6%
Normal 59 = 20.6%
Total 286
For combination with the 1961 catch, which was sorted in only three
categories (all melanistics being grouped together), the same is done for the
1962-1965 catch. The 1961 figures are given in parentheses.
Wild-caught Moths, 1961-1965 inclusive
Melanic
51
+
(19)
= 70 =
18.8%
Melanistic
176
+
(47)
= 223 =
60.0%
Normal
59
+
(20)
= 79 =
21.2%
Totals
286
+
(86)
= 372
REARINGS
1964, $ Pf N-I, a normal, light grey mother. A total of 49 pupae was obtained, of
which 16 died during hibernation. The 33 adults obtained were as follows: strongly mela-
nistic, 11; normal, 22. The larvae showed strong dimorphism; 16 were melanic, with the
long hair pencils white; 17 were normal, i.e., dull brown to bright orange-brown, with the
long hair pencils black. These larvae developed into moths as follows:
16 melanic larvae: strongly melanistic moths, 4; normal moths, 12.
17 normal larvae: strongly melanistic moths, 7; normal moths, 10.
1964, 9 Pf N-2, a normal, light grey mother. All larvae were normal. A total of 61 pupae
was obtained, of which 38 died during hibernation. The 23 adults obtained were as follows:
slightly melanistic, 11 ; normal, 12.
1964, 9 Pf Ms-1, a strongly melanistic mother. All larvae were normal. A total of 56
pupae was obtained, of which 50 died during hibernation. The 6 adults obtained were as
follows: fully melanic, 4; slightly melanistic, 1; normal, 1.
June, 1966]
Klots: Melanism
97
1964, $ Pf M-2, a fully melanic mother. All larvae were normal. A total of 40 pupae
was obtained, of which 35 died during hibernation. The 5 adults obtained were as follows:
fully melanic, 1 ; slightly melanistic, 3; normal, 1.
1964, 9 Pf Ms-3, a strongly melanistic mother. All larvae were normal. A total of 83
pupae was obtained, of which 71 died during hibernation. The 12 adults obtained were
as follows: fully melanic, 8; strongly melanistic, 3; normal, 1.
1965, $ Pf M-l, a fully melanic mother. A total of 22 pupae was obtained, of which
6 died during hibernation. All larvae were normal. The 16 adults obtained were as fol-
lows: fully melanic, 5 (all $ $); slightly melanistic, 11 (all $ $).
Totals of Reared Moths, 1964-1965
Melanic
Very strongly melanistic
Slightly melanistic
Total of melanistics
Normal
Total
18 (11 $ , 7 $ ) = 18.9%
14 (10 S, 4 9)= 14.7%
26 ( 3 $, 23 2 ) = 27.4%
40 (13 S , 27 9 ) = 42.1%
37 (19 $ , 18 9 ) = 39.0%
95 (43 <5 , 52 9 )
DISCUSSION
The total wild-caught series of 1961-1965 shows an approximate proportion
of 1 melanic to 3 melanistic to 1 normal. This is indicative of a condition of
dominance of melanism with the probability of melanistics being heterozygotes.
The wide spectrum of variation in the melanistics suggests that there is more
than one gene controlling this. The sharpness and contrast of the markings of
some very strong melanistics, compared with the diffuse, smudgy appearance
of others equally dark, may be the result of a different gene, perhaps even at
a different locus, or may result from some modifying factor expressing itself
differently in different environments or under different physiological conditions.
Although their numbers are small the melanistics of the reared series buttress
the idea of the melanistic condition in general being multifactorial, since 14.7%
(n = 95) were strongly melanistic and 27.4% were slightly melanistic; but
there were none of the wide range of intermediate melanistics that form the
majority of the wild-caught individuals.
It may be noted here that a population sample such as this, no matter how
extensive, cannot be regarded as representative of the wild population as a
whole. It is probably safe to assume that the differences in coloration ranging
from normal, light grey to wholly melanic have different survival values with
respect to bird predation, although admittedly this remains to be shown for P.
jurcilla. The population that arrives at the collecting light ranges from very
freshly emerged individuals to ones that have evidently been flying for several
nights. Many have probably been subjected to the attention of predators, but
escaped. Many others probably did not escape, and so never came to the light.
The caught series, then, represents a probably biased sample of an original
population from which more of the less cryptic individuals may have been
98
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
eliminated than of the more cryptic ones. We would expect it to show a higher
proportion of cryptic or otherwise protected individuals than the entire, un-
selected population.
It may also be noted that P. jurcilla flies in a wide range of local environ-
ments, as a result of which there is probably a strong selection for the more
or less intermediate, presumably heterozgous, melanistics. Immediately ad-
jacent to my collecting light is a dense and heavily shaded grove of white
pine about 30 years old, the trees having very dark bark free from lichens.
Here the wholly melanic moths can enjoy the full advantage of their crypsis,
while the lighter melanistic and normal ones must be at a strong disadvantage.
But within a quarter of a mile are far greater areas of mixed pine-deciduous
and mixed deciduous forests, as well as of fields and pastures being invaded
by trees and shrubs, many of which are young pines. There are also a number
of very old pines, with rough, grey-brown bark, that have lost their lower limbs
and have well-lit trunks. The area shows little, if any, sign of industrial pollu-
tion; corticolous lichens are still abundant. In this highly mixed environment
there are plenty of areas within the flight range of even a heavy female P.
jurcilla where any phenotype shown by the species can be benefited by its
crypsis. In the heavily shaded pine groves the melanics would be favored;
and in areas predominantly occupied by grey-barked ashes, American elm, and
white oak, selection would favor the normal, light grey moths. Such an en-
vironment occurs very widely in much of the northeast today where there has
not been industrial pollution. Where there has been such pollution, of course,
everything is much darker and duller.
Yet, this highly mixed environment is changing. In the relatively stabilized
pre-Columbian forest P. jurcilla must have evolved a relatively stable, balanced
polymorphism. Very likely it had a rather dark population; it may be, in
fact, that what we call “normal” today was, at least in many areas, a relatively
rare thing. In the 17th century man began removing the dense, almost unbroken
forest and continued to do so at an ever accelerating rate until by the late 19th
century little of the original forest remained and most forest areas had been
cut over more than once. Agricultural land was then at its maximum. In this
open environment P. jurcilla must have responded by greatly decreasing its
melanism, the light grey form becoming the “normal.”
By the beginning of the 20th century, however, a reversal had set in as
eastern agriculture, especially in New England, began a rapid decline. Fields
and pastures were abandoned to the encroachment of the forest, which was
far less cut for fuel. Small, but dense, groves of white pine sprang up every-
where. That on the edge of which the present P. jurcilla work is being done
was open, grassy meadow in 1939. Even local, small lumbering operations
declined, as lumber was shipped in from the West; most sawmills were aban-
doned (many because of the loss of the American chestnut) and old stone
June, 1966]
Klots: Melanism
99
walls, marking former field boundaries, can be found everywhere running
through young, but dense, forest. This reforestation is likely to continue. In
much of its range, therefore, P. jurcilla must again be in a transient state,
responding, in a reversal of what it did three centuries ago, to the again chang-
ing environment.
The above, of course, deals with what for lack of a better term we call
“nonindustrial melanism.” Certainly this is largely what now occurs at Putnam.
In and about the great industrial areas of eastern North America, however,
where atmospheric pollution is extremely heavy, P. jurcilla is undoubtedly
“industrially melanic” although we have no proof of this. Selection pressures
in polluted areas, however, are far from identical with those in an unpolluted
forest area; for not only are the larvae, which must feed on polluted foliage,
subject to selection by physiological factors (which may be melanism-linked)
that very seasonally as pollution builds up, but also in the environment there
is a general darkening of everything that causes selection for dull, smudgy
melanistic phenotypes, and against more contrastingly marked ones. Quite
different genes or gene combinations may thus be selected for in industrially
polluted and nonpolluted areas, even though in both the apparent general effect
is one of environmental darkening. In addition, in many areas where little or
no industrial pollution exists there may well be something of an inflow of
genes from nearby industrially polluted areas.
DISCUSSION OF REARINGS
The rearings were highly disappointing because of an accidental mortality
of pupae during the winter of 1964-1965. Consequently, relatively few adults
were secured, and the ratios are mathematically unreliable. Furthermore, since
nearly all of the adults that were secured were ones that emerged during
October, not going into diapause, there is the strong possibility that, represent-
ing a physiologically selected group, they may also be melanically selected.
The uniformity of the rearing conditions (in screen cages indoors) may also
have biased the results by eliminating varying factors that affect wild-reared
individuals. Of course, the lack of knowledge of male parents is a great handi-
cap, and the possibility of multiple insemination of wild-caught females by
more than one male is something that can never be entirely ignored. Despite
such shortcomings, however, the rearings give some valuable information.
The breakdown into phenotypic groups of the reared individuals is interest-
ing when compared with that of the wild-caught ones. The proportions of
wholly melanic individuals agree very closely (reared 18 = 18.9%; wild-caught
51 = 18.8%). In the melanistics, however, the figures for the reared and wild-
caught groups differ greatly, being: 40 = 42.1% for the reared moths, but
223 = 60% for the wild-caught. Breaking these figures down further: only
14 = 14.7% of the reared moths are very strongly melanistic, compared with
100
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
120 = 42% of the wild-caught ones (1962-1965). Furthermore, the reared
series contains no intermediately melanistic individuals, having a great hiatus
between very strongly and slightly melanistic. This may have resulted from
the absence of the proper genetic factors for the intermediate conditions, due
to the inadequacy of the sample represented by the parents of the reared
group; but it could also result from the rearing conditions or the differential
pupal mortality.
The offspring of 1964 Pf N-l are significant in showing the genetic nature
of the larval dimorphism, and in the apparent independence of this from the
adult melanism. This is quite in line with findings in many moths in England
where larval melanism is scarcely ever linked to adult melanism. Exceptions
are Arctia caja j. fumosa, in which black larvae always produce black moths;
and Lasiocampa quercus subsp. callunae, in which a high proportion of black
larvae produce black moths, indicating linkage (H. B. D. Kettlewell, in litt.).
The numbers of adults secured are too small to have significance, but the fact
that of the offspring of 1964 Pf Ms-1 all 5 wholly melanics are males, and all 11
slightly melanistics are females, suggests a possible sex linkage. Also bearing
on this is the fact that of the total of 32 reared melanic and strongly melanistic
moths (from 5 different mothers) 21 = 66% are males and 11 = 34% are
females. A vast preponderance of the slightly melanistic moths (23/26) are
females, while the normals run nearly even (19 3 3 / 1 8 9 $ ) and for the entire
reared group the proportions are 43 3 3/52 9$. As noted before, the sex
ratio of wild-caught moths means nothing here, since very few females come
to the collecting light.
One additional feature deserves mention. In some of the reared groups a
definite dimorphism of silk color was noted, the silk of some larvae being dark
brown while that of others was white. Unfortunately, this was not noticed
until too late for full records. However, it occurred only among the offspring
of the two very strongly melanistic mothers, 1964 Pf Ms-1 and 1964 Pf Ms-3;
all larvae from all other mothers spun brown silk. One larva of 1964 Pf Ms-3
that spun white silk developed into a very strongly melanistic male. At least
10 larvae of 1964 Pf Ms-1 spun white silk; of these 4 developed into wholly
melanic moths (1 3 and 3 9 9 ) and the others died in pupa; the single slightly
melanistic female and the single normal male of this group developed from
larvae that spun brown silk. These data merely suggest future observation.
There was no observable correlation between either larval or adult melanism
and the rate of larval development or of adult eclosion.
These rearings point beyond this only to the dominance of melanism, and
suggest that it is multifactorial. It is hoped, however, that the data here
recorded may be of some use as a background, and perhaps a stimulus, for
badly needed work on moth melanism in North America.
Received for Publication February 16, 1966
June, 1966]
Fredrickson: Association of Mites with Barnacles
101
An Apparent Association of Mites (Aearina) with the Rock
Barnacle, Balanus
Richard W. Fredrickson
College of the City of New York
Abstract: An apparent association of an oribatoid mite, Hygroribates marinus (Banks),
with rock barnacles ( Balanus , spp.) is reported. The mites regularly hide in crevices of
the barnacle shell plates. The occurrence of large encrustations of barnacles may favor the
spread of these sluggishly moving, ovoviviparous mites.
While collecting Aearina in the littoral region of New York City and vicinity,
I have found vast numbers of mites of the suborders Mesostigmata, Trom-
bidiformes, and Sarcoptiformes (Oribatei), evidently restricted to the intertidal
zone. All belong to families known to occur in this zone, though most such
families consist mainly of terrestrial species. Exceptions to the rule of pri-
marily terrestrial groups with one or a few littoral species are the Halacaridae
(Trombidi formes), a truly marine, often pelagic assemblage, and the Amer-
onothridae (Oribatei), which, as currently defined, consists of two essentially
Old World genera each with a small number of described species, which are
intertidal or at least strictly littoral. One of the latter family I have found
consistently in association with barnacles of the genus Balanus ( Balanus
balanoides (Linnaeus), B. eburneus Gould, and B. crenatus Brugiere) in the
New York City area. It is closely allied but not certainly identical to the
mite described by Banks as Nothrus marinus (1896) {—Hygroribates marinus
(Jacot), 1934). However, owing to the primitive state of knowledge of the
ameronothroid genera and species, it can only be provisionally referred to H .
marinus.
H. marinus was found by Banks on intertidal rock outcrops near Sea Cliff,
Long Island, New York. Jacot (1934) rediscovered it in a number of re-
stricted localities along the coast in the vicinity of New York City and near
Greenwich, Connecticut, but no farther east. Grandjean ( 1947) reported what
he considered to be this species on the coast of France (two other species are
known in Eurasia). It has otherwise seldom been reported. All have found it
confined to the surfaces of rough rocks, e.g., schist, coated with small algae,
clinging to the surface in small fissures, or occasionally crawling over the rock
or among the algae. Little is known of the life history or ecology of this or
any others of the family Ameronothridae, except that they are ovoviviparous
and that the immature stages are found in the same habitat. It has been pointed
out (Jacot, 1934) that owing to the lack of an egg stage, dispersal by water
currents is unlikely, as all stages appear to cling tenaciously to the substrate
when submerged, and neither swim nor crawl far from convenient crevices.
102
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
I have rarely collected H . marinus on stones as such or in algae, though
other mites, particularly Mesostigmata, and even Oribatei of the family Her-
manniidae are common. Instead, they do occur in numbers on the shells of
Balanus, which encrust rocks in great numbers in the intertidal zone. The
mites are invariably found clinging to the shells in the crevices between the
mural and other shell plates, and in the vertical grooves of the plates them-
selves. I occasionally find individuals on the inside of the scutal or tergal
plates which cover the living barnacle.
At high tide the barnacles are covered with water to a depth of 2 or 3 feet
on some outcrops, and at low tide may be fully exposed for hours. Mites were
observed to cling more or less quiescent during the hours of exposure, to be-
come somewhat more active while the incoming tide covered them, and then
to become relatively inactive again in the crevices after submergence. I was
able to observe them to a depth of several inches. Collecting of barnacles
from rocks at depths of up to approximately 2 feet revealed mites, which con-
tinued to seek crevices and become quiet after the disturbance jarred some
from their hiding places.
Barnacles were kept alive for several days in the laboratory. During this
time, mites were inactive by day. Though they were completely submerged
during this time, since they do not swim and crawl only sluggishly, they re-
mained alive and on the barnacles even after the latter died. I kept several
individuals thus for 6 days. Death of the barnacles and consequent contamina-
tion of the water may have contributed to the eventual death of the mites.
No close symbiotic association of Hygroribates with Balanus is implied.
It is suggested the encrustation of rocks with large colonies of barnacles pro-
vides a continuous habitat for the mites not furnished by bare, smooth rocks,
and that therefore the loose association is advantageous for the spread of the
mite. Studies are planned to learn more about the ecology of H. marinus and
to review the systematics of the Ameronothridae.
Literature Cited
Banks, N. 1896. New North American spiders and mites. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 23: 77.
Jacot, A. P. 1934. An intertidal moss mite in America. Jour. New York Ent. Soc.
42: 329-337.
Grandjean, F. 1947. Observations sur les Oribates (I7e serie). Bull. d’Hist. Nat. Ser. 2,
19(2): 165-172.
Received for Publication April 28, 1966
June, 1966]
Bylaws
103
BYLAWS OF THE NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Revision date: December 7, 1965.1
Organized June 29, 1892
Incorporated June 7, 1893
Reincorporated Feb. 17, 1943
Article I
Members
The Society shall consist of active, sustaining, student, life, and honorary members.
1. Active members shall be persons interested in entomology. They shall be entitled to
vote and hold office.
2. Sustaining members shall be active members who elect to become sustaining members by
paying annual dues of Twenty-five Dollars ($25).
3. Student members shall be persons interested in entomology who have not reached 21
years of age, or who are currently enrolled as students in a curriculum leading to a
bachelor’s degree or a higher degree in some field of biology.
4. Life members shall be active members who shall have reached the age of 45 years
and who shall have paid the sum of One Hundred Dollars ($100) at any one time in lieu of
further annual dues. They shall be entitled to vote and hold office.
5. Honorary members shall be eminent entomologists elected in recognition of their
service to science. There shall not be more than twelve (12) honorary members at any one
time.
Article II
Election of Members
All candidates for membership must be proposed by an active member of the Society
at a regular or annual meeting. They shall be voted upon individually at the following
meeting, and the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the members present (given by
voice, or by ballot if demanded) is required for election.
Article III
Officers and Committees
1. Elective officers of the Society shall consist of a President, a Vice President, a Secretary,
an Assistant Secretary, a Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, and four Trustees.
2. Elective Committees of the Society shall consist of an Executive Committee, and a
Publications Committee. The Executive Committee shall be composed of the President
(Chairman) and four Trustees all entitled to vote. The Editor, Vice President, Associate
Editor, Secretary, and Treasurer shall also be members of the Executive Committee but
not entitled to vote. The Publications Committee shall be composed of three active members
who shall elect their own chairman. An Editor or Associate Editor shall be ineligible for
membership on the Publications Committee.
3. The President, after consultation with the Publications Committee, and with the
advice and consent of the Executive Committee, shall appoint an Editor and Associate Editor
for each publication of the Society. The Editor and Associate Editor shall serve for one
104
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
year or for such portion thereof as may be designated by the Executive Committee, and
shall be eligible for reappointment.
4. Standing Committees of the Society, to be appointed by the President, shall consist of
an Auditing Committee composed of three active members; a Program Committee composed
of two active members; and a Field Committee composed of two active members and the
Director of the Junior Entomological Society who shall be a member ex-officio without vote.
5. Temporary committees may be appointed by the President at his discretion to perform
special duties which he shall define. The President also shall appoint a Nominating Commit-
tee, consisting of three active members, to nominate a full slate of officers and elective
committees at the annual meeting.
Article IV
Election of Officers and Committees
1. Officers and members of elective committees shall be elected at the annual meeting of
the Society by a majority vote of the members present or voting by proxy.
2. Trustees shall be elected for a two-year term, two being elected each year. A member
who has served for two consecutive terms as trustee shall be ineligible for reelection as
trustee for one year after completion of his term of office. If the office of a trustee shall
become vacant before the expiration of his term the vacancy may be filled by appointment
by the President, but the fraction of the term shall be counted as a full term in determining
eligibility for election or reelection.
3. All other officers and members of elective committees shall hold office for one year,
or until the next annual election.
4. Any vacancy that may occur among the officers or elective committees, except as
elsewhere herein provided, shall be filled by appointment by the Executive Committee. The
person appointed to fill the vacancy shall hold office until the next annual meeting.
Article V
Dut ies of Officers and Committees
1. The President shall preside at all meetings. He shall appoint all committees except
the elective committees, and shall make such other appointments as are elsewhere herein
provided; he shall be chairman of the Executive Committee and a member ex-officio, without
vote, of all other committees.
2. The Vice President shall assume the duties of the President in case of the death, resig-
nation, absence, or disability of the President. In case both the President and Vice President
are absent at a meeting, a temporary chairman may be chosen by the members present to
preside at the meeting.
3. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the Society for publication in
the Journal, and shall keep the minutes of the Executive Committee. He shall give notice
of the meetings of the Society when not otherwise herein provided for; advise members, in
writing, of their election and send their names to the Treasurer ; keep all records and files of
the Society and generally perform such services as may be delegated to him by the Society.
At the expiration of his term of office the Secretary shall deliver to his successor all papers,
books, and other records belonging to the Society.
4. The Assistant Secretary shall act in case of the death, resignation, absence, or disability
of the Secretary and shall assist the Secretary as need be.
5. The Treasurer shall receive all moneys for the Society and deposit them in the name
of the Society in such banking institutions as the Executive Committee may direct; he shall
June, 1966]
Bylaws
105
pay therefrom by draft or check all bills and obligations not exceeding Twenty-five Dollars
($25) and all others when approved by the President or Editor(s). He shall keep an
account of all monetary transactions and shall exhibit a statement of them when called for
by the President, Editor, Executive Committee, or Auditing Committee, and shall make a
full report for the preceding calendar year at the annual meeting. He shall notify members
respecting payment of dues within ten days after their election and thereafter when
annual dues become payable, and shall send out membership cards on receipt of dues. At
the expiration of his term of office, the Treasurer shall deliver to his successor all funds,
papers, books, and vouchers belonging to the Society.
6. The Assistant Treasurer shall act in case of the death, resignation, absence, or disability
of the Treasurer and shall assist the Treasurer as need be.
7. An Editor shall have general charge, management, and supervision of the publication
to which he has been appointed.
8. An Associate Editor shall assist the Editor as need be.
9. The Executive Committee shall meet at the call of the President. It is empowered to
call for a report from any of the officers or committees of the Society at its discretion.
It shall keep minutes of its proceedings which shall be available to any member of the
Society and which may be read to the Society upon request. It shall have general charge
of the funds, investments, and property of the Society. It shall decide on the status of
members in arrears of dues. With the advice of the Publications Committee it shall determine
the subscription price of all publications and discounts allowed in connection with their
sale. The Executive Committee shall be the policy-making organ of the Society.
10. The Publications Committee shall make recommendations to the Executive Committee
regarding policies relating to publications and shall assist the Editor, or Editors, in carrying
out the policies established by the Executive Committee.
11. The Auditing Committee shall examine the accounts and reports of the Treasurer and
shall report to the Society thereon at the annual meeting or at some date specified by the
President.
12. The Program Committee shall plan and arrange for the programs of the meetings.
13. The Field Committee shall arrange for and manage the excursions and outings of the
Society, and shall assist the Director of the junior Entomological Society.
Article VI
Publication Funds
All funds subscribed or donated for the Journal or other publications of the Society shall
be used for no other purpose than those specified.
Article VII
Dues
1. Dues for active membership shall be Four Dollars ($4) per annum.
2. Dues for sustaining membership shall be Twenty-five Dollars ($25) per annum.
3. Dues for student membership shall be Two Dollars ($2) per annum.
Payment of Dues
All dues are payable in advance on the first day of January of each year. New mem-
bers, if elected on or after October 1, shall pay no dues for the year of their election.
Honorary members shall be exempt from the payment of dues.
106
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Article VIII
Members in Arrears
All members in arrears in the payment of clues for one year are subject to the loss of
the privilege of voting or holding office. Before the annual meeting the Treasurer shall pre-
sent a list of the members in arrears in the payment of dues to the Executive Committee,
which shall decide upon appropriate action.
Article IX
Subscription to Publications
1. The subscription price of all publications, the price of single numbers to active members,
student members and non-members, as well as the price of sets, shall be determined by the
Executive Committee on the recommendation of the Publications Committee.
2. Subscriptions shall be payable in advance of the first of January of each year.
3. The Journal shall be sent gratis to all Sustaining, Life, and Honorary members.
Article X
Meetings
1. Regular meetings of the Society shall be held at The American Museum of Natural
History (or at such other place as the membership shall determine) on the first and third
Tuesdays of each month at 8:00 P.M. No regular meetings will be held during the months
of June through September or upon a legal holiday or upon the first Tuesday of January.
2. The annual meeting of the Society shall be held at The American Museum of Natural
History (or at such other place as the membership shall determine) on the first Tuesday in
January of each year at 8:00 P.M., if not a legal holiday, otherwise on the third Tuesday.
3. Special meetings of the Society may be called by the Secretary upon a written request
of the President or 10 active members. Such a request shall state the purpose for which
the meeting is to be called. The Secretary shall notify the membership of such a meeting,
stating its purpose and the time and place at which it is to be held. No other business except
that specified in the call shall be transacted.
4. Eleven (11) members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
5. At any special meeting members in good standing may vote or be represented by proxy.
6. Whenever notice of any meeting is required by the bylaws, it shall be deemed suf-
ficient if given by postal card and addressed to each member of the Society at his last known
postal address at least ten (10) days and not more than twenty (20) days before the meeting,
or if given as required by the General Corporation Law of the State of New York. If the
need for a special meeting, under the provisions of Sec. 3 of this Article, be deemed an
emergency by the President or Secretary, the membership may be notified by any practi-
cable means.
Article XI
The Order of Business
The order of business of regular meetings shall be as follows:
1. Reading of minutes.
2. Reports of officers.
3. Reports of committees.
4. Election of members.
June, 1966]
Bylaws
107
5. Proposals for membership.
6. Miscellaneous business
7. New business
8. Reading of papers and scientific discussion.
9. Adjournment.
The order of business of the annual meeting shall be as follows:
1. Reading of minutes.
2. Roll call, verification of proxies.
3. Annual reports of officers.
4. Reports of committees.
5. Election of officers and elective committees.
6. Miscellaneous business.
7. Proposals and elections for membership.
8. Reading of papers and scientific discussion.
9. Adjournment.
The order of business may be changed or suspended at any meeting with consent of two-
thirds or more of the members present.
Article XII
Auxiliary Organizations
1. The Society shall sponsor an auxiliary organization to be known as The Junior Ento-
mological Society having its own officers and constitution. It shall be organized solely for
educational and scientific purposes and shall conform to the requirements set forth in
Article XIII.
2. The Junior Entomological Society shall be under the direction of an active member of
the New York Entomological Society, appointed to that capacity by the President and
responsible to the Executive Committee. He shall be known as The Director of the Junior
Entomological Society. He shall be a member ex-officio, without vote, of the Field
Committee.
Article XIII
General Prohibitions
1. The Society shall be organized and operated for scientific and educational purposes.
No part of the receipts of the Society shall, under any circumstances, inure to the benefit
of any private individual.
2. No substantial part of the activities of the Society shall consist of carrying on propa-
ganda, or otherwise attempting to influence legislation. The Society shall not participate in,
or intervene in any political campaign on behalf of any candidate for public office; nor
shall it publish or distribute statements on behalf of such candidates.
3. The Society shall not be organized or operated for profit.
4. The Society shall not transact any business with any officer or member of the Society
or any substantial contributor to the Society which shall result in gain to that individual
(or corporate body) which shall represent more than a proper consideration for services
rendered or goods or material sold to the Society.
Article XIV
Distribution on Dissolution
In the event of the dissolution of the Society and after payment of all expenses and
108
New York Entomological Society
[ Vol. LXXIV
liabilities, all assets remaining will be transferred to an entomological organization to be
chosen by the Society which shall have been organized for scientific and educational pur-
poses within the meaning of Section 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.
Article XV
Amendments
These bylaws may be amended at any regular meeting, or at a special meeting of the
Society called for that purpose, by the vote of two-thirds or more of the members present,
provided that the proposed amendment or amendments shall have been approved by the
Executive Committee, submitted in writing to all members by mail at least thirty days in
advance, and presented at a previous meeting of the Society, due notice thereof having been
given in conformity with the provisions of Article X.
Date of revision: Dec. 7, 1965
June, 1966]
Book Reviews
109
BOOK REVIEWS
The Tarantula. William J. Baerg. University of Kansas Press, Lawrence, 88 pp., photo-
graphs and figs. 1958., price $3.00.
The recent reprinting of this pleasantly unpretentious little book justifies a belated
review. Originally published by the University of Kansas Press nearly a decade ago, it
stands as a reminder to a rather more than modest host of lay readers — and not a few
of us who are professional arachnologists — that the scope and depth of Dr. Baerg’s long
acquaintance with this fascinating group of spiders is still unsurpassed in America. It is
not a monograph on the family Aviculariidae, a surprisingly great assemblage of species
(some 600 according to a still rather primitive taxonomy), nor would the author make
claim to its being an exhaustive treatment of the life history and habits of any one of
the modest fraction of the American species known personally to him. In fact, he seems
to avoid pedantic terminology, for example, to the extent that it is often difficult to
determine just what species he is talking about. Occasionally one senses a superficiality
and wishes for further details or more precise documentation. However, this is to quibble
out of proportion to the scope and intent of this book, which, like a thin volume of poems,
invites light browsing — or careful study.
The casual browser’s eye is caught by the striking photograph on the dust jacket of
the big golden-banded Mexican Aphonopelma, and he is likely soon to be caught up in
the author’s unabashed enthusiasm for tarantulas. It is to be hoped that more than a
few such readers will be left with some appreciation of a grossly misunderstood group of
animals.
Richard W. Fredrickson
The Beetles of the Pacific Northwest. Part IV: Macrodactyles, Palpicornes, and Hetero-
mera. Melville H. Hatch, with David V. (sic) Miller, David V. McCorkle, Floyd Werner
and Dennis W. Boddy. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Univ. of Washington
Publ. in Biol., 16, viii -f- 268, 1965.
The fourth volume of Professor Hatch’s series on the beetle fauna of the Pacific Northwest
(Idaho, Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia) covers a variety of the smaller families,
including the polyphagous water beetles, the semi-aquatic beetles, and all of the heteromera,
including the large family Tenebrionidae, in all, about 520 species. He has had the help
of several collaborators to the extent that about half of the species are covered by others.
The work continues to be a set of keys to the families, subfamilies, tribes, genera, and species
of the area covered. The keys to the species also contain brief descriptions and notes on the
distribution and habitats of the species. The book utilizes tvpwriter composition and is
offset. It may be obtained either paper bound or with a cloth binding.
There are twenty-eight plates of illustrations, most of which are very well done. This
should be very helpful to all who use this work. The technique of showing the deflected
head detached is especially useful. Unfortunately, many of the new species are not illustrated.
A monumental task such as this cannot be free of errors. It is regrettable that Dr. Hatch
has not referred to the more recent literature. His main concern has been to catalog the
fauna of the area involved. This may have resulted in the description of species recently
described elsewhere (e.g., the omission of reference to the recent monograph of the
Heteroceridae, yet the description of two new species and the overlooking of two species
recorded from the Pacific Northwest). It is too bad that some of the innovations in the
work were not more carefully checked. For instance, his comments on the color forms of
110
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
Ditylus are not correct and need to be reviewed, as does the statement about the protibial
spurs of Xanthochroa. I am sure that Dr. Hatch would have found the specialists on the
various families more than willing to check his manuscript before publication.
There remain many groups to be covered before this work is complete. We hope that Dr.
Hatch will continue to give it his enthusiastic attention and that he will enlist the help of
others to detect the errors noticeable only by the specialists. We look forward to the comple-
tion of this badly needed work and hope that it will encourage others to write beetle faunas
for other areas.
Ross H. Arnett, Jr.
Wandering Through Winter. Edwin Way Teale. Photographs by the author. Dodd,
Mead, 1965, price $5.95.
The American landscape and its natural history have been written about hundreds of
times, by dozens of authors, but seldom with the skill commanded by Edwin Way Teale.
For the past twenty years Teale and his wife have been exploring and chronicling the chang-
ing character of America through the four seasons. Their record of this experience began
with North With the Spring (1951) now presents their song of praise to Winter. This book,
like each of the three previous volumes of the “American Seasons” series, is really an
account of a trip across North America; a winding trek of roughly 20,000 miles from the
California coast near San Diego to North of Caribou, Maine, entirely in Winter. The sights,
sounds, smells, and friendships of the journey are recorded, and this reader kept wishing
he were along.
The book contains a good deal of ornithology, but there are also tales for those particularly
interested in botany, or mammals, or insects, or simply in scenery. I particularly enjoyed
the sections about riding in a small boat near migrating whales off the California coast,
the white squirrels of Olney, Illinois, and the hibernating poorwill, and those about people
such as Dr. Edmund C. Jaeger, dean of American desert naturalists, bird watcher Connie
Hagar, and “the snowflake man,” Wilson Bentley. The photographs are superb, meeting
Teale’s usual high standard.
Counter strains of enjoyment and regret run through the narrative; enjoyment of the
natural beauty of America, and regret at what is being done to it. We are reminded of
the fate of the American eagle and the whooping crane, and Teale writes of the ambivalence
of trying to escape to a natural, unspoiled world while riding in an automobile which is de-
pendent on conveniently spaced gas stations. Let us hope that there will still be many
seasons in which travelers such as the Teales will be able to take a trip like this one and
find as much natural beauty to delight them.
David C. Miller
June, 1966]
Notes
111
notes—
Help for Ailing Caterpillars?
Anyone who raises Lepidoptera has probably had the experience of losing a large number
to disease. This can be frustrating and disappointing if an ambitious program is interrupted
by such mischance. This method, which I tried one summer with a few saturnid moths,
is reported in the hope that it may be helpful to others.
In June, 1961 I had received about two dozen cecropia eggs and was raising the cater-
pillars in sleeves on wild cherry trees at my summer cottage in Bucks County, Pennsylvania.
In this method, a bag is made of lightweight muslin or netting. The eggs are placed in the
bag and the bag is arranged around a terminal branch of a tree with the mouth of the bag
tied tightly around the branch. In this way, the hatching larvae have a supply of fresh
leaves without the chance of escaping and they are protected from predators. Since I am
only at the cottage on weekends, I could care for the larvae only 2 days a week. The
larvae were just beginning to hatch in the middle of June when our family departed on
a 2-week vacation trip. The larvae were given to a friend, who continued their care in
Connecticut while I was away.
When I returned and my friend gave me back the larvae on July 7, I was appalled to
find that they had become infected with a disease. During this period, my friend had
them all in a large container and had fed them on oak, willow, maple, and wild cherry
leaves, all of which they ate interchangeably. Presumably they had picked up the disease
from the leaves, or from the fecal contamination of their food. More than half were dead
and most of the rest dying. The remaining half dozen I took back to Pennsylvania the
following weekend. However, I decided to try an antibiotic treatment before returning
them to the sleeves on the wild cherry trees.
Most department stores or pet shops carry an antibiotic, “petmycin,” for use with small
birds; about a half dozen pellets to a package. The resulting solution disintegrates quickly,
so it is necessary to prepare a fresh solution for each treatment. I took one pellet and
dissolved it in water according to the directions. I then immersed a few leaves of wild
cherry in the solution until their surfaces were entirely covered by the fluid. The leaves
were removed from the antibiotic solution, and the excess fluid was shaken off. The larvae
were put to feed on these antibiotic-treated leaves, one larvae each in a round, plastic,
pint-size food container.
Deciding that I should have a control, I gave untreated leaves to the healthiest, biggest
larva, which as yet showed no sign of the disease. The other five larvae received only the
leaves which had been immersed in the antibiotic during the 2 days of the weekend. Late
Sunday afternoon, before leaving the cottage for 5 days in the city, all larvae were put
back in sleeves on the wild cherry trees. Two of these larvae were so far gone that they
refused to eat at all, and they died. The other three sick larvae recovered, grew to pupation,
and were put away for the winter. The control, the larva fed untreated leaves, also pupated,
and it was kept separately for the winter. The following spring the three larvae, which
had received the leaves soaked in the antibiotic, emerged as moths, while the “healthy”
control larva did not emerge. When I broke open the pupal case, there was nothing inside.
It would be interesting to know of similar or different techniques which others have used
to help ailing caterpillars.
Alice L. Hopf
112
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
MEMBERSHIP OF
NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The names are arranged alphabetically. The class of membership, other than regular
member, is designated by the letter in parentheses: H — Honorary, L — Life, S — Sustaining,
St — Student.
(January 1, 1966)
Abeson, Alice, 46 West 83rd Street, New York, N. Y. 10024
Alexander, Charles P., 39 Old Town Road, Amherst, Mass. 01002
Barcant, Malcolm, 19 San Diego Park, Diego Martin, Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, W. I.
(St) Bayne, Donald, 112 Park Avenue, Dumont, N. J.
(L) Bequaert, Joseph C., Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cam-
bridge, Mass. 02138
Birdsey, Anne Marie, 1000 Washington Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. 11225
(St) Bordes, Arthur L., 4524 Barnes Avenue, Bronx, N. Y. 10466
Borg, Jacob, 9111 Church Avenue, New York, N. Y. 11236
Boyd, William, 1 7 1 Millerick Avenue, Trenton, N. J.
Boyle, W. Wayne, Frear Laboratories, Pennsylvania State University, LTniversity
Park, Pa. 16802
Brown, Cornelius, 737 Althouse Street, Woodmere, N. Y. 11598
Brown, F. Martin, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 80907
(S) Brush, Raymond, 175 West 12th Street, New York, N. Y. 10011
Brush, Mrs. Raymond, 175 West 12th Street, New York, N. Y. 10011
Buckbee, Robert L., 45 Christopher Street, New York, N. Y. 10014
(St) Castaldo, Pat, 4074 Ely Avenue, Bronx, N. Y. 10466
Church, Frederic E., 655 Park Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10021
Clausen, Lucy W., Columbia University College of Pharmacy, 115 West 68th Street,
New York, N. Y. 10023
Crane, Jocelyn, Simla Arima Valley, Trinidad, W. I.
(St) Cutler, Bruce, Department of Entomology, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minn.
55102
(S) Desmond, Thomas C., 94 Broadway, Box 672, Newburgh, N. Y. 12553
(L) Detjen, Gustav, Skidmore Road, Freedom Plains, R.D. 1, Pleasant Valley, N. Y. 12569
Deur, Iona F., 7 Morton Street, New York, N. Y. 10014
Dietrich, Henry, Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850
Dix, Peter H., 525 West 113th Street, New York, N. Y. 10025
(S) dos Passos, Cyril F., Washington Corners, Mendham, N. J. 07945
Doyle, B., 210 West 78th Street, New York, N. Y. 11024
Durden, Beatrice, 20 Academy Street, New Haven, Conn.
Farrelly, James P., Jr., 1507 Popham Avenue, Bronx, N. Y.
Ferguson, George, 21 Hadden Road, Scarsdale, N. Y. 10584
Flemings, Milton B., 32 Treeview Drive, Melville, N. Y. 11749
Forbes, James, Biological Laboratory, Fordham LTniversity, Bronx, N. Y. 10458
Forbes, William T. M., Hotel Commander, Cambridge, Mass. 02138
Foss, Glenn, 434 Lafayette Street, New York, N. Y. 10003
Franclemont, John C., Comstock Hall, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. 14850
Fredrickson, Richard W., Department of Biology, City College, 139th Street and
Convent Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10031
June, 1966]
Membership
113
Froeschner, Robert C., Department of Entomology, U. S. National Museum, Wash-
ington, D. C. 20560
Frost, Stuart W., Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pa. 16802
Gemmell, Louis, 36 Fremont Road, Sleepy Hollow Manor, North Tarrytown, N. Y.
10593
Gertsch, Willis J., Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History,
77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
Goldentyre, Leonard B., 4535 North 11th Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19140
Goldin, Augusta, 590 Bard Avenue, Staten Island, N. Y.
Granek, Irving, 100 President Street, Lynbrook, N. Y. 11563
Granett, Philip, 627 Mountain Avenue, Bound Brook, N. J. 08805
Gray, Alice, Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History,
77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
Green, Gerard A., 352 Riverside Drive, New York, N. Y. 10025
(St) Gross, Bernard L., 72-31 139th Street, Flushing, N. Y. 11367
(St) Grossfield, Joseph, 2615 Homecrest Avenue, Brooklyn, N. Y. 11235
Harriot, Samuel C., 200 West 58th Street, New York, N. Y. 10019
Hartzell, Albert, 257 Odell Avenue, Yonkers, N. Y. 10703
Haskins, Caryl P., Carnegie Institute, 1530 P Street, N.W., Washington, D. C. 20005
(S) Heineman, Bernard, 115 Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10023
Heineman, Bernard, Jr., 15 Bank Street, New York, N. Y. 10014
Heineman, Lucy, 115 Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10023
(St) Heppner, John B., 9125 Heathervale Street, Santee, Calif. 92071
(S) Hessel, Sidney A., Nettleton Hollow, Washington, Conn. 06793
(St) Hlavac, Tom, Department of Entomology, Michigan State University, East Lansing,
Mich. 48823
Hopf, Alice, 136 West 16th Street, New York, N. Y. 10011
Huberman, Jacob, 1886 Harrison Avenue, Bronx, N. Y.
Huckett, H. C., R.F.D. Box 38, Riverhead, N. Y. 11901
Indenbaum, Mark, 444 Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10025
Ivie, Wilton, Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History,
77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
Ivie, Mrs. Wilton, Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural His-
tory, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
(S) Janvrin, E. R. P., 38 East 85th Street, New York, N. Y. 10028
Johansson, Toge, Department of Biology, Box 193, Queens College, Flushing, N. Y.
11367
(St) Johnson, Barbara, 76 Willow Street, Brooklyn, N. Y. 11201
Kenedy, Rosemary, Cutler Road, R.D. 3, Greenwich, Conn. 06833
King, James C., Department of Medicine, NYU Medical Center, 550 First Avenue,
New York, N. Y. 10016
Klots, Alexander B., 215 Young Avenue, Pelham, N. Y. 10803
Klots, Elsie B., 215 Young Avenue, Pelham, N. Y. 10803
Kormilev, Nicholas A., 365 Lincoln Place, Brooklyn, N. Y. 11238
Krishna, Kumar, Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History,
77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
(St) Lambertus, Jose Perdomo, 548 West 164th Street, New York, N. Y. 10032
(St) La Mell, Howard, 39 Prospect Avenue, Westwood, N. J. 07675
Lau, Norman E., 9139 Griffin Avenue, Niagara Falls, N. Y. 14304
Lewis, C. Bernard, Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica, W. I.
114
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
(St) Lipton, Gary R., 127 Osborn Lane, Piscataway, N. J. 08854
Lowing, Mrs. C., 370 Columbus Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10024
Ludwig, Daniel, Biological Laboratory, Fordham University, Bronx, N .Y. 10458
Marks, Louis S., 65 Park Circle, White Plains, N. Y. 10603
(St) Mazurkiewicz, Michael, 1228 West 4th Street, Plainfield, N. J. 07063
McLaughlin, Eugene, 230 Cedar Grove Road, Little Falls, N. J. 07424
Medoff, John, 445 63rd Street, West New York, N. J. 07093
Medoff, Mrs. John, 445 63rd Street, West New York, N. J. 07093
Miller, A. C., Gulf Research and Development, P.O. Drawer 2038, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15230
Miller, David C., Department of Biology, City College, 139th Street and Convent
Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10031
Mullen, James A., 135 Siwanoy Boulevard, Bronxville Manor, Eastchester, N. Y. 10707
Muller, Joseph, R.F.D. 1, Lebanon, N. J. 08833
(St) Munz, Brenda, 4395 Broadway, New York, N. Y. 10040
Neto, Paulo Nogueira, Caixa Postal 832, Sao Paulo, Brazil
Niedenman, Leah, 229 West Tremont Avenue, Bronx, N. Y. 10453
(St) Oakes, Nancy, 339 Summit Avenue, Norwood, N. J. 07648
O’Brian, Dennis, Biology Department, Seton Hall University, South Orange, N. J. 07079
(St) Olish, George, 145 Locust Road, Brookhaven, N. Y. 11719
Pallister, John C., Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural His-
tory, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
(L) Payne, Nellie M., Velsicol Chemical Corporation, 330 East Grand Avenue, Chicago,
111. 60611
Poelzl, Albert, 230 East 78th Street, New York, N. Y. 10021
Pohl, Lucien, 311 East 72nd Street, New York, N. Y. 10021
Pomerantz, Charles, 20 Hudson Street, New York, N. Y. 10013
Procaccini, Donald, Biological Laboratory, Fordham University, Bronx, N. Y. 10458
Quirsfeld, E. D., 67 Patterson Street, Hillsdale, N. J. 07642
(St) Ralin, Dennis, University Nelson House, 407 West 27, Austin, Texas 78705
Reed, John T., Department of Entomology, Rutgers-The State University, New
Brunswick, N. J. 08902
Riley, Robert, Department of Entomology, Rutgers-The State University, New
Brunswick, N. J. 08902
Rindge, Frederick E., Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural
History, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y .10024
Ristich, Samuel, E. R. Squibb Research Laboratory, New Brunswick, N. J.
(St) Roberts, Tony, 3 Blackstone Place, Riverdale, N. Y. 10471
Rozen, Jerome, Jr., Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural His-
tory, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
Rumpp, N. L., 704 Saratoga Avenue, China Lake, Calif. 93556
Rutkowski, Frank, 153 Center Street, New York, N. Y. 10013
(L) Sanford, Leonard J., 378 West End Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10024
Schmitt, John B., Department of Entomology, Rutgers-The State University, New
Brunswick, N. J. 08902
Schneirla, Theodore C., Department of Animal Behavior, American Museum of Natural
History, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
(St) Schorr, Ronald W. W., Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence,
Kansas 66045
(St) Schweitzer, Daniel, 790 Riverside Drive, New York, N. Y. 10032
Shanks, Elizabeth, 180 Franklin Avenue, Staten Island, N. Y.
June, 1966]
Membership
115
Shoumatoff, Nicholas, 57 Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7, England
Simon, Louis J., 62 West 48th Street, New York, N. Y. 10036
Soraci, Frank A., New Jersey Department of Agriculture, Trenton, N. J. 08625
Spieth, Herman T., Department of Zoology, University of California, Davis, Calif.
95616
Stamatov, John, Annadale Street, Armonk, N. Y. 10504
Sutherland, Donald J., Department of Entomology, Rutgers-The State University,
New Brunswick, N. J. 08902
(H) Swain, SuZan, 24 Willow Street, Chatham, N. J. 07928
Taabor, Henry T., Santa Maria Hospital, Park View Avenue, Santa Maria, Calif.
(L) Teale, Edwin Way, Hampton, Conn. 06247
Townes, George F., Box 10128 Federal Station, Greenville, S. C. 29603
Toyama, Noriyuki, 627 Izumi-cho, Suginami-ku, Tokyo, Japan
Treat, Asher, 51 Colonial Parkway, Dumont, N. J.
(St) Treat, Bryan G., 51 Colonial Parkway, Dumont, N. J.
Vasvary, Louis, Department of Entomology, Rutgers-The State University, New
Brunswick, N. J. 08902
Vaurie, Patricia, 333 East 75th Street, New York, N. Y. 10021
Vishniac, Roman, 219 West 81st Street, New York, N. Y. 10024
Watsky, Paul, Sproul Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif.
(H) Weiss, Harry B., 492 Riverside Avenue, Trenton, N. J. 08618
Wheatley, Arabelle, 45 Christopher Street, New York, N. Y. 10014
Wheldon, Roy M., P.O. Box 46, New Durham, N. H. 03855
White, Betty, 235 East 50th Street, New York, N. Y. 10022
Whitehead, Donald R., Department of Entomology, University of Alberta, Edmonton,
Canada
Williamson, Mary, 308 West 105th Street, New York, N. Y. 10025
Wilson, Kent H., 10015 Vinton Court, Seattle, Wash. 98177
Woolman, Lenore, 143-29 Barclay Avenue, New York, N. Y. 11355
Wygodzinsky, Pedro, Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural
History, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N. Y. 10024
Yrizarry, John C., 22 Chester Court, Brooklyn, N. Y. 11225
116
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Recent Publications
Basic Arthropodon Slock: With Special Reference to Insects. A. G. Sharov, Pergamon,
New York, 283 pp., illus., $12.50. International Series of Monographs in Pure and
Applied Biology, 1966.
Annual Review of Entomology. Ray F. Smith and Thomas E. Mittler, Eds. Annual Re-
views, Palo Alto, Calif., 11: 404 pp., illus., $8.50, 20 papers, 1966.
The Physiology of Insects. Vol. II, edited by Morris Rockstein. Academic Press, Inc., New
York and London, 905 pp., illus., 1965.
Insect Sex Attraetants. Martin Jacobson. Interscience Publishers, New York, $7.75, 154
pp., 1965.
Courtship in Spiders Without Prior Sperm Induction. H. H. Hess and H. S. Ladd. Sci-
ence, 152: 543-545, illus., 1966.
The Crab Spiders of California (Araneida : Thomisidae) , Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
129, No. 1. Robert X. Schick. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, (paper) $3.00, 150 pp., 1965.
Advances in Acarology. John A. Naegele, Ed. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, New York,
$9.75, 184 pp., illus. Six papers, 1965.
Tanning of Grasshopper Eggs by Exocrine Secretion. Thomas Eisner, Julian Shepherd,
and G. M. Harp. Science, 152: 95-97, illus., 1966.
Grasshoppers and Locusts: A Handbook of General Acridology. 1, Anatomy, Physiology,
Development, Phase Polymorphisms, Introduction to Taxonomy. Sir Boris Uvarov.
Published for the Anti-Locust Research Centre, Cambridge Univ. Press, New York,
$18.50, 493 pp., illus., 1966.
The African Genera Acridoidea. V. M. Dirsh, Cambridge Univ. Press, New York, $17.50,
579 pp., 1965.
Revision of the Family Pneumoridae (Orthoptera : Acridoidea) . Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat.
Hist.): Entomology, 15, No. 10, Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., London, about $3.64, 73 pp., 1965.
Catalogue of the Type Specimens of Microlepidoptera in the British Museum (Nat.
Hist.) Described by Edward Meyrick, 5, J. F. Gates Clarke, Brit. Mus. London, 581
pp., 1965.
A Revision of the Nearctic Species of the Genus Glena (Lepidoptera : Geometridae) ,
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 129, No. 3, Frederick Rindge, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., New
York, $1.00 (paper), 39 pp., 1965.
Chromosomes from Testicular Preparations of Lepidoptera. Lee D. Miller and Susan
M. Miller. Science, 152: 529-630, illus., 1966.
Pteridines of the Fat Body of a Mutant of Drosophila melanogaster. C. P. Wright
and E. W. Hanly. Science, 152: 533-535, 1966.
Lacebugs of the World. A Catalog (Hemiptera: Tingidae), Bull. 243. Carl j. Drake and
Florence A. Ruhoff, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C., 634 pp., 1965.
Drosophila melanogaster : Inheritance of a Deficiency of Alkaline Phosphatase in
Larvae. F. M. Johnson. Science, 152: 361-362, 1966.
Myiasis in Man and Animals in the Old World, A Textbook for Physicians, Veterinarians,
and Zoologists. F. Zumpt, Butterworths, Washington and London, $26.00, 267 pp., 1965.
Scolytid Beetles Associated with Douglas Fir: Response to Terpenes. J. A. Rudinsky,
Science, 152: 218-219, 1966.
All About Ants. Peggy P. Larson and Mervin W. Larson. World, Cleveland, Ohio, $5.95,
illus., 1966.
The Accessory Burrows of Digger Wasps. Howard E. Evans. Science, 152: 465-471,
illus., 1966.
June, 1966]
Proceedings
117
Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society
(Meetings held in Room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History
unless otherwise indicated)
Editor’s note: The following is the abstract of the talk of the same title which was given
at the May 4, 1965 meeting. It was received too late for the Proceedings published in 73(3) :
188, the September, 1965 issue of the Journal.
The Biology of Parasitic Copepods
In both Lernaea cyprinacea, a freshwater species, and Lernaeenicus polyceraus, a marine spe-
cies, the parasitic females are anchored in the host’s tissues. These two morphologically similar
species are placed in the same order (Caligidae) as Caligus rapax. Both sexes of the latter are
parasitic, but are capable of moving freely over the surface of their marine hosts. Although
C. rapax is morphologically distinctly different than either of the other species, life history
studies indicate marked similarities with that of Lernaeenicus polyceraus.
Both of the marine species have as a part of their cycles a larval stage, the chalimus, attached
to the host by a secreted frontal filament. Such a structure is absent in the freshwater form,
the larvae adhering to the host only by means of the maxillipeds. This allows movement about
the host and transfer to new hosts. Transfer between hosts is facilitated by the low degree of
host specificity shown by the larvae of Lernaea cyprinacea. In contrast, the larvae of both
of the marine species are highly specific. Only a single host species is known to be capable
of supporting development of Lernaeenicus polyceraus. All three species are capable of com-
pleting the life history on a single host, but the involvement of more than one host is probably
common. Also, the three species pass through the same free-swimming stages, but the marine
forms develop in a third of the time necessary for the freshwater parasite.
Thus, the life histories of parasitic copepods seem to be adaptations to particular habitats.
While morphology may indicate relationship between species, life histories may vary con-
siderably.
Robert Shields
Meeting of October 5, 1965
President Jerome Rozen presided; 21 members and 3 guests were present. Dr. Dennis O’Brian
of Seton Hall University in New Jersey, proposed for membership at the last meeting, was
elected and Mrs. Beatrice Vogel, a student at Yale University working on the systematics of
spiders, was proposed for membership. Dr. Rozen complimented the Committee on the
Bylaws Revision on its work and announced that copies were ready for mailing to the mem-
bers for discussion at a forthcoming meeting.
Program. Summer Activities of Members. Dr. Rozen opened the program by exhibiting
living specimens of euglossinid bees from Trinidad. He discussed a recent article in Life mag-
azine on an African subspecies of the common honey bee which had been introduced into
South America and is causing havoc there. Miss Alice Gray announced that the Junior Society
went on an overnight trip in June, primarily to do black-light collecting. They have now had
their first meeting of the fall, and have 10 active members, 1 candidate, and 4 prospective
members. She showed a “railroad worm” or luminous larviform female of a phengoid beetle,
and a children’s insect book in Japanese. Miss Iona Deur showed some drawings of insects.
Mr. Albert Poelzl has been tape recording some insect sounds. Dr. Stanislaus Bleszynski, a
Polish lepidopterist specializing in the Crambinae, was introduced by Dr. Alexander Klots.
Dr. Bleszynski spent part of the summer in Ontario collecting Lepidoptera and Trichoptera
118
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
and found Cicada bipunctulata, not previously recorded from North America. He is the
author of a section in the Microlepidoptera Palaeartica which was exhibited. Dr. Asher Treat
invited members to attend the Biology Colloquium of the City College for this fall semester
which is on The Sensory Physiology of Arthropods. Dr. Edwin W. Teale gave some
observations on the wildlife near his home, including 52 species of birds sighted this summer.
His latest book, Wandering Through Winter, was exhibited. Mr. Bernard Heineman col-
lected moths in light traps for part of the summer. Mrs. Patricia Vaurie did some collecting in
Pennsylvania, but reported poor results. Dr. Klots showed some caterpillars of Dasychira
(Lymantriidae) which are apparently larvae at the wrong part of the season. He mentioned
that Mrs. Alice Hopf has published a book on the Monarch butterfly. Dr. John Schmitt told
of his current interest in the maritime earwig. Mr. Rutkowski observed local colonies of
butterflies. Mr. Arthur Bordes showed material collected in the tropics. Dr. David Miller
commented on 2 weeks spent in Jamaica. Dr. Richard Fredrickson told of his hike along
the Appalachian Trail from Bear Mountain to central Pennsylvania. Mr. John Stamatov
made observations on Cicindela olivacea in the Florida Keys. This insect is a recent arrival
from Cuba. The Robert Buckbees took a trip to Hawk Mountain, and they have recently
reared some Romalea , a lycosid spider, and some Hydro philus from Florida.
David C. Miller, Secretary
Meeting of October 19, 1965
President Rozen presided; 25 members and 13 guests were present. Mrs. Beatrice Vogel was
elected and Mr. Pat Bartolone was proposed for membership. Dr. Roman Vishniac exhibited
an entomological book published in 1557. Dr. John Schmitt noted the passing of Dr. Paul
Mueller at Basil, Switzerland, who was the discoverer of the insect killing properties of DDT
and the Nobel Laureate in 1948 for medicine and physiology. Mr. Lucien Pohl introduced
Dr. Claude Lemaire, a lepidopterist from Paris, France, who is visiting at the Museum.
Program. New Findings on Legionary Ant Research. Dr. Theodore C. Schneirla of the
Department of Animal Behavior of the Museum compared the behavior of the Eciton, Nei-
vamyrmex, Aenictus genera, in which the cyclic alternation between statory and nomadic
phases is regular, and Anomma, Labidus, and others in which this alternation is irregular and
the stimulus to the change of phase is the condition of the brood. The talk was illustrated
with slides.
David C. Miller, Secretary
November 2, 1965, no meeting — Election Day
Meeting of November 16, 1965
Doctor Rozen convened the meeting; 31 members and 4 guests were present. Mr. Pat Barto-
lone was unanimously elected to membership. Dr. Elsie Klots presented the proposed revised
Bylaws which had been previously mailed to the members. These were discussed section by
section and some small changes in wording was made. Voting for the acceptance of the
Bylaws will take place at the meeting of December 7. Dr. Rozen spoke of the recent work of
the Executive Committee of the Society; in addition to approving the proposed new Bylaws,
it has been considering details of a proposed merger with the Brooklyn Entomological Society.
Program. Tropical Biology and Passalid Beetles as Ecological Indicators. Dr. Janus
Roze of the Universidad Central de Venezuela in Caracas described many of the ecologically
different areas found in Venezuela and indicated the presence of different species of Passalidae
in these areas. His talk was illustrated with slides.
David C. Miller, Secretary
June, 1966]
Proceedings
119
Meeting of December 7, 1965
President Rozen called the meeting to order in Room 319. Although 25 members and 33
guests signed the attendance book, there were over 100 people present. Mr. J. N. L. Stibick of
the Catholic University of America, Washington, D. C., was proposed for membership. Dr.
Elsie Klots of the Bylaws Revision Committee reported on the rewording of Article X, Sec-
tions 3 and 6. It was then moved by Dr. Ruckes and generally seconded that these proposed
Bylaws be accepted as the Official Bylaws of the Society. The motion was unanimously
passed. A vote of thanks was made to this Committee, which consisted of Mr. Bernard Heine-
man, Dr. Asher Treat, and Dr. Elsie Klots, the chairman. Some guests were introduced: Miss
Ragna Tischler, daughter of a Professor of Entomology at Kiel, Germany; Mr. William Howe
of Ottawa, Kansas, who showed several paintings of Lepidoptera which he had done; Mr.
Hobart Van Deusen of the Department of Mammals at the Museum.
Program. 20,000 Miles Through Winter. Dr. Edwin Way Teale, the noted natural history
author and long-time member of the Society illustrated his talk with excellent color slides.
He took us on a trip through North America from the Southern California coast to New
England during the winter season. This was the material-gathering trip for his recently pub-
lished book Wandering Through Winter. The talk was excellently received.
David C. Miller, Secretary
Meeting of December 21, 1965
In the absence of the President, Vice-President Richard Fredrickson presided; 20 members
and 6 guests were present. Mr. J . N. L. Stibick was unanimously elected to membership. Dr.
Elsie Klots introduced Professor James C. Bradley of Cornell University as a guest. Dr. Fred-
rickson announced the appointment by President Rozen of the following Committees: Audit-
ing— Mr. John Pallister and Dr. Fredrickson; Nominating — Dr. Asher Treat, Mr. Bernard
Heineman, and Dr. David Miller.
Program. My Favorite Inseet. This consisted of short discussions of insects by the mem-
bers. Dr. Fredrickson began by showing a few slides of mites in the hvpopal stage, and he
commented on the biology of this stage. Dr. Miller discussed the biology of mites of the
genus Sennertia , which live a hypopodes on carpenter bees and spend the remainder of the
life history in the nests of these bees. Mr. Michael Orlove discussed observations on the biology
of the carpenter bee, Xylocopa virginica. Dr. A. B. Klots commented on the increase in
melanism in recent years in the moth, Panthea furcilla (Grote) in the eastern United States.
Mr. Daniel Schweitzer showed some attractive Riker mounts of insects.
David C. Miller, Secretary
Meeting of January 4, 1966 cancelled because of the New York City transit strike
Meeting or January 18, 1966
President Rozen called the Annual Meeting to order in Room 319; 27 members and 25 guests
were present. Dr. Lucy Clausen, in her report as Editor of the Journal, stated that the first
full year with the new printer, the Allen Press, has resulted in a substantial reduction of the
publication costs. The printer uses a billing system based on a flat page charge. This makes it
possible to readily allocate costs for illustrations and tabular material if charges to authors are
necessary. Several authors have paid for the publication of their papers from grant money,
and a commercial firm has contributed to the costs of one of the longer papers. The Journal
for this past year has contained 248 pages, representing 33 papers, book reviews, proceedings,
etc. The papers include eight orders of insects and a few general papers. Waiting time for
publication is now 3 to 6 months after receipt of the paper. Manuscripts are solicited. Dr.
120
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Asher Treat reported for the Nominating Committee. He explained that the provisions in the
new Bylaws concerning trustees required the election this year of four to serve staggered terms.
The following slate of officers was nominated and elected:
President — Dr. Richard Fredrickson
Vice-President — Dr. Kumar Krishna
Secretary — Mrs. Lucy Heineman
Assistant Secretary — Mr. Albert Poelzl
Treasurer — Mr. Raymond Brush
Assistant Treasurer — Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
Trustees — One-year term, Dr. Alexander B. Klots
Dr. John B. Schmitt
Two-year term, Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
Mr. Robert Buckbee
Dr. Asher Treat
Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky
Dr. Richard Fredrickson, the newly elected President, took over the meeting. The outgoing
officers were accorded a vote of thanks for their very fine services rendered to the Society.
Dr. George Steyskal of the U. S. Department of Agriculture was introduced as a guest along
with several plant quarantine inspectors who were in New York taking courses in inspection
procedures.
Miss Margaret Poganv of the Washington Square Press was nominated for membership.
The following memorial resolution for Dr. Herbert Ruckes, prepared by Dr. Asher Treat, was
read :
The death of Herbert Ruckes on December twenty-third, nineteen sixty-five, leaves
the New York Entomological Society both saddened at the personal loss of a dear
friend, and dismayed at the unfillable vacancy created in our councils by his pass-
ing. We recall with pride and gratitude the many distinguished papers that he con-
tributed to our Journal, the rich humor and experience with which he enlivened so
many of our meetings, and the years of devoted service that he gave us both in the
offices that he filled and in his unfailing helpful relations with his fellow members.
Few can reckon or remember all that he did for us, but all of us know how much we
shall miss his wisdom and companionship. We have been honored and strengthened
by his long association with us, and we shall always remember him with thankful-
ness and with affection.
Be it resolved, therefore, that the Society rise in tribute to the memory of Dr.
Ruckes, that this resolution be spread upon the minutes, and that a copy be sent to
the surviving members of his family.
The members stood for a moment of silence in his memory.
Program. Secular Genetic Changes in Natural Populations of Drosophila pseudo-
obscure by Dr. Theodosius Dobzhansky of the Rockefeller University. (An abstract follows.)
David C. Miller, Secretary
Secular Genetic Changes in Natural Populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura.
Populations of D. pseudoobscura were sampled during the summers of 1964 and 1965 in 17
localities in British Columbia, Washington, Oregon, Utah, Colorado, Arizona, New Mexico,
and Texas. The variation in the gene arrangement in the third chromosome was studied. The
data so obtained are compared with those for California and Nevada populations sampled in
1963, and with older samples taken in 1957 and in 1940 or thereabouts.
With few exceptions, the populations of the Pacific Coast states underwent similar changes
June, 1966]
Proceedings
121
between 1940 and 1963-1965, certain gene arrangements having grown more and others less
frequent. No such systematic changes occurred in the populations living further to the east.
In some localities the genetic composition of the populations remained unchanged; in other
localities considerable changes were observed, but these changes were different in kind in
different populations.
The causation of the genetic changes observed remains problematic.
Theodosius Dobzhansky
122
New York Entomological Society
[ Vol. LXXIV
Necrology
HERBERT RUCKES (1895-1965)
The New York Entomological Society records with regret the death of Dr.
Herbert Ruckes on December 23, 1965, at the age of 70.
Born in New York City, Herbert Ruckes attended the city public schools.
He received the degrees of Bachelor of Science and Master of Arts from Cornell
University in 1917, and that of Doctor of Philosophy from Columbia Uni-
versity in 1929. He served as Instructor in Biology at Grove City College,
Pennsylvania from 1917-1919. In 1920 he was appointed to the staff of The
City College; upon his retirement in 1954 he was appointed Professor Emeritus.
Professor Ruckes’ research was in the widely divergent fields of chelonian
osteology and the systematics of the Pentatomidae, a worldwide family of
hemipterous insects. A major work on chelonian osteology was awarded the
A. Cressy Morrison prize of the New York Academy of Sciences in 1928, and
was published by the Academy. He was for many years a Research Associate
in the Department of Entomology of the American Museum of Natural His-
tory, and was a National Research Foundation Fellow from 1959 through 1961.
He worked steadily and faithfully at the museum until his last illness. In his
research on the pentatomids, he did fieldwork in Central America and the
Rocky Mountains, and visited the major museums of Europe studying the
collections and the types of pioneer entomologists.
In our own Society, Doctor Ruckes had served on many committees and in
many capacities: Vice-President — 1935, President — 1936, many times a mem-
ber of the Executive Committee, at the time of his death he was on the
Publications Committee. He was an active member and had served in offices
of a number of other scientific societies.
He is survived by his widow, the former Frances Anna Nillo, and a son,
Herbert Ruckes, Jr.
By his keen interest and accomplishments in biological research, his broad
knowledge, his cheerful disposition, and his ready cooperation, Herbert Ruckes
set an inspiring example for his colleagues and associates in the New York
Entomological Society.
June, 1966]
Invitation to Membership
123
INVITATION TO MEMBERSHIP
The New York Entomological Society was founded in 1892 and incorporated the following
year. It holds a distinguished position among scientific and cultural organizations. The
Society’s Journal is one of the oldest of the leading entomological periodicals in the
United States. Members and subscribers are drawn from all parts of the world, and they
include distinguished professional naturalists, enthusiastic amateurs, and laymen for whom
insects are only one among many interests.
You are cordially invited to apply for membership in the Society or to subscribe to its
Journal which is published quarterly. Regular meetings are held at 8:00 P.M. on the first
and third Tuesdays of each month from October through May at the American Museum of
Natural History, the headquarters of the Society. A subject of general interest is discussed
at each meeting by an invited speaker. No special training in biology or entomology is
necessary for the enjoyment of these talks, most of which are illustrated. Candidates for
membership are proposed at a regular meeting and are voted upon at the following meeting.
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP AND YEARLY DUES
Active member : Full membership in the Society, entitled to vote and hold office;
with Journal subscription $9.00
Active member without Journal subscription 4.00
Sustaining member : Active member who voluntarily elects to pay $25.00 per year
in lieu of regular annual dues.
Life member : Active member who has attained age 45 and who pays the sum of
$100.00 in lieu of further annual dues.
Student member: Person interested in entomology who is still attending school ;
with Journal subscription 5.00
(Student members are not entitled to vote or to hold office.)
Student member without Journal subscription 2.00
Subscription to Journal without membership 8.00
APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Date
I wish to apply for membership (see classes above) .
My entomological interests are:
If this is a student membership, please indicate school attending and present level.
Name
Address
(Zip Code must be included)
— Send application to Secretary
/
Vol. LXXIV
SEPTEMBER 1966
No. 3
'i
I; >y
P - " i ' :
T\ Y r
y( ,
* 1 , ’/ '
The
New York Entomological Society
Y;Ky l 'YY
Y ^
- ; ir /
yj: J ' vYY
Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943
%
r - rt&'N''
V:w’
^
\-f{- vr
, v
The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural
History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.
Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the
Treasurer.
y V y -■
sir.
President, Dr. Richard Fredrickson
Officers for the Year 1966
' ■ ■- -fA
College of the City of New York 10031
Vice President, Dr. Kumar Krishna
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
Secretary, Mrs. Lucy Heineman 115 Central Park West, New York 10023
Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl
230 E. 78th Street, New York 10021
Treasurer, Mr. Raymond Brush
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
I V.
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
C?
Yx
•4/.,-
sf
1 Year Term
Dr. Alexander B. Klots
2 Year Term
Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
Trustees
* P 0 C:&
Dr. John B. Schmitt
0
Mr. Robert Buckbee
Mailed September IS, 1966
The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Allen Press
Inc., 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas.
ii -■ r
\ : " V';J.
Journal of the
New York Entomological Society
Volume LXXIV September 15, 1966
No. 3
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss
Editor Lucy W. Clausen
Columbia University College of Pharmacy
115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023
Associate Editor James Forbes
Fordham University, New York, N.Y. 10458
Publication Committee
Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky Dr. Asher Treat
Dr. David Miller
CONTENTS
David Bruce (1833—1903) and Other Entomological Collectors in Colorado
F. Martin Brown 126
Vitamin Synthesis by the Symbionts in the Fat Body of the Cockroach, Peri-
planeta americana (L.) Daniel Ludwig and Margaret R. Gallagher 134
Life History Notes on Lagoa laceyi (Barnes and McDunnough) (Lepidoptera :
Maegalpygidae) Alexander B. Klots 140
A New Blattisocius (Acarina: Mesostigmata) from Noctuid Moths Asher E. Treat 143
Proceedings 160
Recent Publications
164
126
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
David Bruce (1833—1903)
and Other Entomological Collectors in Colorado*
F. Martin Brown
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo.
Abstract: Brief comments upon the men who collected insects before Bruce: W. S. Wood,
Jr., W. J. Howard, Jas. Ridings, A. A. Allen, Lt. MacCauley, and T. L. Mead preface a
biographical sketch of David Bruce, well-known as a collector of Colorado insects from
1883 to 1897. The information about Bruce was garnered from letters written by him to
Herman Strecker and newspaper articles published at the time of his death in Brockport,
New York. He is best known for his cooperation with W. H. Edwards in studies of the
life histories of high altitude butterflies.
Thirty-five years ago, when my interest in the butterflies of Colorado was
aroused, two names were prominent as early collectors of specimens for the
students of these insects. These were Theodore Lutrell Mead and David Bruce.
Mead had spent the summer of 1871 in the mountains of central Colorado as a
quasi-member of the Wheeler Survey party. Later he prepared the text for
the portion of Volume 5 of the reports of that Survey that is devoted to
Lepidoptera. In 1934 and again in 1956 I published notes about Mead’s work
in Colorado, including a fairly detailed itinerary of his travels based upon his
collection. In my continuous search for information about the early naturalists
who worked in Colorado I failed to discover much that was useful about David
Bruce. I did find bits and pieces about other early naturalist-explorers — William
S. Wood, Jr. who visited this part of Kansas Territory in 1859 (Brown 1957a) ;
Winslow J. Howard, a jeweler-naturalist who followed the mining camps of the
west and lived in Denver City and Central City during the early 1860’s (Brown
1957a); James Ridings who was here in the summer of 1865; A. A. Allen in
1871 (Brown 1957b); and Lt. McCauley who performed a reconnaisance of the
extreme southwestern portion of the state in 1877 (Brown 1958). There are
others about whom I have gathered a few notes, but not enough to say more than
that they visited the state.
Wood was a youngster when he was commissioned by the Entomological
Society of Philadelphia to explore and collect in the Rocky Mountains, and his
insects are so-labeled, “Rocky Mts.” It was through examination of his bird-
skins and their documentation that I discovered where in the Rocky Mountains
he had spent the summer of 1859. He ranged perhaps no more than thirty or
thirty-five miles from Denver spending much of his time in the foothills to the
west and southwest of the budding city. He collected insects for the Society’s
* This study was supported by N.S.F. Grant GS-969. The original paper was presented
to the Ghost Town Club of Colorado Springs on 28 January 1966.
September, 1966 I
Brown: David Bruce
127
cabinet and members and bird-skins for the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia.
Howard had been employed by Tiffany in New York as a jeweler and watch-
maker. In 1860 he appeared in Denver. In the Western Mountaineer for
July 19 of that year appeared this notice: “Watches and Jewelry — We solicit
your special attention to the advertisement of W. J. Howard, Esq., which appears
in this issue. Mr. Howard was formerly in the leading establishment in his line
on the continent — that of Messers Tiffany & Co., New York City — and we are
able to assure our readers from personal knowledge that any work entrusted to
him will be skillfully and properly done. He has a rare collection of the natural
curiosities of the Rocky Mountains, which will be found very entertaining to
those interested in natural science. Give Mr. Howard a call, and if you have
any interesting specimens of the mineral wealth of the country, take them with
you.”
Howard’s place of business was on the east corner of Larimer and F. Streets
in Denver. He probably moved to Central City in late 1861. He gave that city
as his address in his application for membership in the Entomological Society of
Philadelphia in March of 1862. In Central City he established the firm of How-
ard and Colony, manufacturing jewelers. Apparently Howard returned to the
East in 1865. A note in the Rocky Mountain News of February 25, 1866,
stated that he was living in Brooklyn and had married. In the fall of that year,
according to the News for October 15, Howard passed through Denver on the
way to Montana. Then I lose him until the 1870’s when he was established in
Prescott, Arizona. Recently I came across a lead to him in Leadville at a later
date, 1879, but as yet have not been able to pin down his activities.
Ridings was a member of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, an
Englishman who by vocation was a house builder and cabinet maker. Apparently
he was successful. In Cresson’s history of the society this appears: “rapid in-
crease . . . made it necessary to procure more convenient and commodious
quarters . . . This need was promptly supplied by James Ridings, who generously
erected for the sole use of the society, a two story brick building on the northwest
corner of 13th and Rodman Streets. . . .” There is no evidence in the treasurer’s
accounts that the Society paid anything for the erection of the building or for
rent of it.
The journey into Colorado was made by stage up the Platte River. Ridings
was passenger in one of the fewT coaches that passed through unmolested by the
Indians in 1864. By the time that he returned to the East the troops had the
Indians in control along the Platte. While in Colorado Ridings’ activities took
him west to Empire City and north to Burlington, as Longmont then was called.
One result of Ridings’ collecting in Colorado was the first published summary
of knowledge of the butterflies of Colorado written by Tryon Reakirt and
published in 1865.
128
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
The first collector to venture deeply into the mountains was Theodore Mead
in 1871. At the expense of his family and of his future father-in-law, W. H.
Edwards, Mead joined the Colorado party of the Wheeler Survey. His wander-
ings carried him west to the Independence Pass area, north through Middle Park
and south to Canyon City. The result of his work about doubled our knowledge
of the butterflies of Colorado, if not of all of the Rocky Mountain Region.
Outside of Colorado, only Constantin Drexler, a taxidermist from the Smith-
sonian, had previously done any collecting in southwestern Wyoming; and John
Pearceall, a member of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, who had
accompained the Mullen Expedition in the Bitterroot Mountain region, had con-
tributed to our knowledge of these insects. The two had spent time in the late
1850’s collecting everything that they could lay their hands upon from minerals
and fossils to plants and animals.
Lt. Charles McCauley was dispatched in the summer of 1877 to make a
survey of the roads in southewestern Colorado. At S. F. Baird’s suggestion that
“natural history collections made would be of interest” he sampled the area from
Tierra Amarilla to the site of Durango travelling via the old Spanish road.
It will be noticed that none of these naturalists spent more than a few months
in Colorado. It was not until David Bruce arrived on the scene in 1883 that we
find a man who, year after year, searched the state for moths and butterflies.
This he did until the turn of the century. It is only in the last few months that
I have found any thing about Bruce except that he had collected this or that
specimen. In the “Strecker hoard” in Chicago, which I am studying for the
Chicago Natural History Museum with National Science Foundation support,
I found 103 letters written by Bruce to Herman Strecker. What I retail from
now on has been gleaned from those letters and odds and ends that I have picked
up elsewhere.
Bruce wrote “newsy” letters to Strecker, although he had never met the man.
The correspondence between the two started in 1882 and ended in 1897. David
Bruce was born in Perth, Scotland, on June 13th, 1833; this he told Strecker in a
letter dated January 30, 1883. In it he stated “my family removed to the City of
Norwich, Norfolk, England, when I was less than a year old. I have since been
knocking about in different parts of the world for 49 years.” He early developed
an interest in birds and butterflies and painting. In 1861, he fortuitously met
one of the “greats” of English entomology, William C. Hewitson, noted for his
beautiful precise illustrations of insects. Hewitson urged Bruce to develope his
art and to devote his life to scientific illustration. Bruce did not wholly follow
the advice. Later in 1861 Bruce set off for New Zealand. Let me quote him
(10iv83) in reply to Strecker’s query about the insects of those islands: “I am
sorry to say I never captured any insects except fleas and bedbugs. I have no
pleasurable recollections connected with my journey there. I went there first
simply because my girl and her people went, but after being in the same vessel
September, 1966]
Brown: David Bruce
129
with her for three months I came to the conclusion I didn’t want her, so went
to Australia where I didn’t stay long for I was anxious to get back.” “My
second voyage was just after the death of my first wife. My brother was located
in New Zealand. I collected birds only and done a little Agency in fine colors
and paperhangings.” Later on there appears another tid-bit linking Bruce to New
Zealand. “I perhaps mentioned I had a son in New Zealand. My brother there
had seven daughters (his second wife went in for twins) he implored me to send
him one of my boys, he would send two girls for it in the way of trade. As my
eldest son was willing I sent him but as I had some of my own declined the girls.
Well, the luck of the family clung to poor Teddy. The vessel was lost and
nothing heard of him for 15 months when he was brought back to London,
having been picked up by another ship and been around the world. His passage
was renewed without additional expense and he went out without any other
adventures.”
Bruce married Rachel Marshall at Graves End, England, in 1871 and was in
Paris at the time of the Seige. When he arrived in this country I do not yet
know. I suspect about 1880. He settled in Brockport, New York, and estab-
lished a business in which his sons joined him. Bruce put to work his painting
ability and journeyed around western New York painting frescoes for churches,
hotels and mansions. He was a good business man, and did not object to doing
just straight interior house painting. He was successful enough in this area to be
financially free to take annual trips to Colorado to study and collect. The first
of these trips was in 1883. His ticket, first class, from Rochester to Denver
on the Rochester & Pittsburg and the Burlington cost $50 for the round trip.
He was able to stay only 8 days since he was called back early in July to do the
interior of the Brockport Episcopal Church. In that short time he prepared 200
bird skins and caught several hundred butterflies and moths. This short first
stay was made at Buffalo Creek in the Platte Canyon where he lived with an
English family summering there. They were the W. G. Smith family. En route
to Colorado Bruce had stayed a short time in Red Cloud, Nebraska. He had
been injured falling from a scaffold about a month before his departure from
the East and needed to rest en route. He made a similar stop on his hurried trip
home. In late July he was again at Buffalo Creek! This time he stayed through
August. In the family were young son and daughter who went with Bruce on his
collecting trips. He left collecting gear with the teen-agers when he finally
returned to the east.
During the winter Bruce bought a copy of Mead’s report on the butterflies he
had collected in Colorado in 1871. This provided him with information that he
had previously lacked and he began making plans to return to our state. In
mid-July, 1884, he wrote from Denver, “I returned to Denver yesterday after a
sojourn of a couple of weeks in the hills. The season is very backward this year.
The roads in the mountains are impassible from deep snows, yet on the whole
130
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
I don’t think I have much to grumble about with my success in collecting
Lepidoptera. My business venture in Colorado is at present at zero or so near
a failure that I can hardly hope much of it, in fact everything here is very dull,
the mining prospects are poor and nothing goes down with the monied men but
the cattle business ... 1 go up to the mines again on Thursday and shall stay
probably two or three weeks at a high elevation (10 to 12,000 feet) and shall
put in all the time 1 can collecting.”
He returned from the high country on July 28. He had been on the summits
of the Hayden Mountains at 12,000 feet. Now he planned to work the lower
country at about 8,000 feet, to the west of Denver. On the 19th of August, just
before he set out for home, he wrote Strecker, “I had the most cursed luck last
week imaginable, for I and a friend borrowed a horse and wagon for a few days
to go off on an exploring expedition for about 25 miles. On the second day out
we drowned the horse and almost ourselves in crossing a stream. Had to walk 7
miles in wet clothes over the most devilish road in an awful storm of thunder,
lightning, wind and hail. Had to pay 80 dollars for the horse.” The return
address for this letter was “c/o H. Tammen, Rocky Mountain Museum, 454
Larimer Street, Denver, Colo.” During this stay Bruce’s base was “two miles
from Denver, right by the foothills.”
On this trip Bruce had met with a rancher operating on the Cache la Poudre
who was a kindred soul in loving the out-of-doors and collecting specimens. He
quoted part of a letter from this cattleman-nimrod, “My friend is one of the
best and most fearless hunters living and would run himself nearly to death to
catch a good butterfly or shoot a rare bird for me, but he cannot get hold of the
names — he tells me he shot a splendid ‘White Pilgrim’ the other day. That
is as near as he gets to Pelican. But as long as he lets me have them he can
call them what he likes.”
During the summer of 1884 when in the high country Bruce made his head-
quarters at or near the Whale Mine in Hall Valley. When writing about plans
for the next summer he told Strecker “The proprietor of the silver mine there
refers in glowing terms to my visit and hopes to see me again early next summer
when he will try “and make things pleasant.” I visited Bruce’s cabin above the
Whale Mine several times in the 1930’s and caught there many of the species
first described from those barren highlands from Bruce’s specimens.
On March 16th, 1885, Bruce wrote to Strecker, “My son in Cheyenne has a
contract that will oblige him to visit all of the Forts on the Mexican and Cana-
dian borders during the next two summers. He has invited me to go with him
which I have made up my mind to do as I shall get lots of free riding and liesure
to entomoligize. . . . We start in middle April.” Bruce’s wonderful summer was
doomed. In a letter of November 10 we read, “This year to me has been an utter
blank entomologically and worse than that personally and financially. My son
died June 13 of pneumonia. T returned from Cheyenne to find my wife had
September, 1966]
Brown: David Bruce
131
fallen down the cellar stairs from stumbling on a kitten and hurt herself
severely.”
Shortly after this Bruce and Strecker had a set-to, as appears usual with all of
Strecker ’s correspondents. From here on there no longer are gossipy and newsy
letters. Bruce collected in Colorado during 1886 and 1887, principally for W. H.
Edwards who quoted Bruce extensively in “Butterflies of North America,” a
sumptuous three-volume work. Bruce had been so successful collecting in the
high country of Colorado that his material now is found in the principal museums
of the world. For Edwards he collected eggs and larvae and between the two of
them we know more about high altitude butterflies of Colorado than of any other
high country in the world. In 1888 Bruce did not visit the state but stayed at
home busy at his decorating business.
In 1889 and through the 1890’s Bruce’s letter-drop in Denver was George
Eastwood at Taylor’s Free Museum on Larimer Street. He wandered all over
the western half of the State. Dr. Alexander Shaw of Denver and with interests
in the D & RG Railroad saw to it that Bruce had 1,000-mile passes to carry him
about in Colorado and Utah. In return Bruce built “pictures” composed of
tropical butterflies mounted behind glass for Shaw. In 1892 Bruce was com-
missioned to gather an exhibit of moths and butterflies of the State to be part
of the Colorado State exhibit at the Chicago World Fair. This he did, being
given free travel and a good salary for his work. The World Fair committee
paid half of these costs and Colorado Agricultural and Mechanical College at
Fort Collins the other half.
One letter written March 26, 1891, gives us a verbal picture of Bruce. Strecker
had written to him asking for a photograph. Bruce replied “have not had my
‘picter’ taken in America at all — but soon will- — I am old and grey (56) but
very active, eyes and teeth as good as ever — 5 Vh — weigh 200 pounds — fresh
ruddy complection yet long grey beard — now you ought to know me when I drop
on you as I shall one day.” Bruce never did visit Strecker.
During 1892 and 1893 while working at Glenwood Springs Bruce became very
much interested in what he believed to be natural hybrids that he was catching.
This was a biologically moot point that many naturalists denied occurring. Later,
in 1894, his patron W. H. Edwards joined him in this study at Glenwood Springs
and the facts were proven conclusively. In connection with these studies Bruce
wrote Strecker, who questioned natural hybridism, “I am afraid hybridism is
common in Colorado. Whoring is a recognized institution in all mining districts
and the insects have taken to it as well as the genus Homo.”
Early in 1893 Bruce sold his private collection to the University of Wisconsin
at $100 per thousand specimens. This was Bruce’s going price to all comers.
The size of the Wisconsin purchase made no difference. Material poured from
Brockport to Madison until in late 1895 the University called a halt. They
had run out of room in the museum! Two families were yet to be shipped, the
132
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
smaller Noctuids and all of the Geometrids. I wrote to Dr. Shenefelt at Wisconsin
to learn more about this collection and to find out whether or not they had
received the rest of it. He had the University archivist, Mr. J. E. Boell, look
into the matter. His reply to Dr. Shenefelt was, “We have searched high and low
for information on this collection, but the only thing that we could find was that
the Regents authorized expenditure of funds for a wire partition up in Science
Hall to hold the butterfly collection. We could find nothing in the financial rec-
ords that indicated a payment to Bruce for this collection. We have no letters
between Bruce and Owen.” From the forgoing it sems probable that Owen him-
self was paying for the collection and that it rests, unmarked, among the Owen
Collection.
The Owen Collection no longer is at the University of Wisconsin. A recent
letter from Mr. William Sieker, of Madison, Wisconsin, reads in part “When I
came to school here in 1931, Owens Collection was being shipped to the U. S.
National Museum. I was hired (at about 50^ an hour) to pin the insects more
securely into the boxes. I was pretty green then, and was overwhelmed with
the size of his collection. It was big — but lacked labels by the thousands, as
Owen, I guess, was not too particular about data. This I gathered from what
others have said and what short opportunity I had to observe his collection.”
Owen probably used a collection method that was in vogue during the late 19th
Century. This was to put all of the data on a general label at the head of each
series and none on the specimens themselves. A variant of this was to label
the first specimen of a series with a pin-label containing the locality data and
follow this specimen with the rest of the series without labels. Once such a
collection is disturbed it is hopeless to try to label the specimens correctly.
Bruce was now in his sixties. He did not take to the field in 1895 nor in 1896.
He did return to Colorado in the following year and joined forces with John T.
Mason. This proved unsatisfactory to Bruce in many ways. He did not get
on well with Mason in the field and the two men had totally different ideas about
how to split the monetary rewards for the work. The Mason Collection is in the
Denver Museum of Natural History.
I know little of Bruce from this time on until his death on September 24, 1903.
Fifty years after that event Mr. A. E. Elwell, well on in his eighties, wrote about
Bruce for the Brockport Republic-Democrat of November 25, 1954. This
article stresses Bruce’s ability as a taxidermist and artist. From it I gather that
the now almost universally used “habitat group” method for exhibiting specimens
in Museums was a creation of Bruce, not Ackley. Bruce’s death was a sudden
one. The Brockport Republic for October 1, 1903, published, “Soon after
entering the yard of Mrs. John Sheplar on the Moscow Road in Hamlin,
Thursday afternoon, David Bruce fell to the earth and expired before being
found. He was seen to enter the yard and a moment later when the family looked
September, 1966]
Brown: David Bruce
133
out, Mr. Bruce was discovered on the ground and examination showed that he
had died.” Bruce is buried in the Lake View Cemetery in Brockport, N. Y.
Literature Cited
Brown, F. Martin 1934. “The localities of T. L. Mead’s collection of butterflies from
Colorado in 1871.” j. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 42: 155-162.
. 1956. “Itineraries of the Wheeler Survey Naturalists, 1871 — Theodore L. Mead.”
Lepidopterists’ News, 9: 185-190, map.
. 1957a. “Two Early entomological collectors in Colorado.” Ent. News 68: 41-47.
. 1957b. “J. A. Allen’s trip to Colorado, etc, in 1871.” Lepidopterists’ News 10:
209-212.
. 1958. “The McCauley Expedition to the San Juan region.” J. N. Y. Ent. Soc.
55: 139-146.
Through the courtesy of Mrs. Willis Knapp, Chairman of the Brockport Museum Com-
mittee, I received typed copies of the obituary for Bruce and of Mr. Elwell's article cited in
the text.
Received for publication May 23, 1966
134
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Vitamin Synthesis by the Symbionts in the Fat Body of the Cockroach,
Periplaneta americana (L. )
Daniel Ludwig and Margaret R. Gallagher
Department of Biological Sciences, Fordham University
Abstract: Determinations were made on the vitamin content of the fat bodies of normal
and aposymbiotic cockroaches. Of the 10 vitamins studied (ascorbic, folic, nicotinic and
pantathenic acids, biotin, cvanocabalamin, inositol, pyridoxine, riboflavin and thiamine),
only 3 (ascorbic, folic and pantathenic acids) were present in considerably larger amounts
in the normal fat body. Cultured symbionts were able to synthesize them. The lighter
cuticular color, sluggishness and reduced reproductive ability of the aposymbiotic insect may
be explained by the absence of these vitamins.
Blochmann (1888), working with the cockroach, Blatta orientalis , was prob-
ably the first to observe intracellular bacteroids in the fat body of an insect.
Glaser (1920, 1930) isolated the organisms, successfully cultured them and
classified them as bacteria belonging to the genus Corynebacterium. Trager
( 1952), Peklo (1953), Brooks and Richards (1955a, b and 1956) all agreed
that the bacteroids are intracellular symbionts.
Wigglesworth (1929) suggested that the role of the symbionts may be the
synthesis of vitamins. He thought that the intracellular microorganisms in the
fat body of the tsetse fly, Glossina , may synthesize vitamins necessary for
growth. Evidence to support this view was given by Fraenkel and Blewett ( 1943a
and b), Blewett and Fraenkel (1944), Pant and Fraenkel (1950, 1954) and
Keller ( 1950), when they showed that insects with intracellular microorganisms
did not, and those without them did, require most of the B vitamins in their
diet. In addition to the B vitamins, there is evidence that the symbionts might
be responsible for the synthesis of ascorbic acid. Filosa ( 1955) and Cordero
(1956) demonstrated that homogenates of the cockroach, Periplaneta americana,
can synthesize ascorbic acid using most of the D-sugars as substrates. Lisa
(1958) observed that homogenates of the cockroach, Leucophaea maderae ,
synthesized ascorbic acid from D-mannose, and Pierre ( 1962), that the
symbionts present in the fat body of this insect are responsible for this synthesis.
Noland, Lilly and Baumann (1949) reported that the symbionts in the fat body
of the cockroach, Blatella germanica, are largely responsible for the production
of folic acid.
The present investigations, which consist of a comparison of the vitamin con-
tent of fat bodies of normal and aposymbiotic insects, were undertaken to
determine whether vitamins are synthesized by the symbionts of the cockroach,
P. americana.
September, 1966 1 Ludwig and Gallagher: Vitamin Synthesis in Cockroach
135
Table 1. Methods used for the quantitative determination of vitamins in the fat bodies
of normal and aposymbiotic cockroaches.
Vitamin
Methods of assay
Ascorbic acid
Spectrophotometric method of Roe and Kuether (1942, 1943) with modi-
fications of Lowry, Lopez and Bessey (1945) and by Mills and Roe
(1947).
Biotin
Microbiological method of Pennington, Snell and Williams (1940), modi-
fied by the use of Lactobacillus arabinosus as given by Strohecker and
Henning ( 1965) .
Paper chromatographic method of Radhakrishnamurthy and Sarma
(1953).
Cyanocobalamin
Microbiological method using Lactobacillus leichmanii ATCC 7830, out-
lined by Strohecker and Henning (1965).
Folic acid
Microbiological method of Capps, Hobbs and Fox (1948).
Inositol
Microbiological method of Stokes, Larsen, Woodward and Foster (1943).
Paper chromatographic method of Hough, Jones and Wadman (1948).
Nicotinic acid
Microbiological method of Snell and Wright (1941).
Paper chromatographic method of Kodicek and Reddi (1951).
Pantothenic acid
Microbiological method of Pennington, Snell and Williams (1940).
Pyridoxine
Microbiological method of Stokes, Larsen, Woodward and Foster (1943).
Paper chromatographic method of Snyder and Wender (1953).
Riboflavin
Microbiological method of Snell and Strong (1939).
Chemical method of Scott, Hill, Norris and Hensen (1946).
Thiamine
Microbiological method of Sarett and Cheldelin (1944).
Chemical method of Hennessy and Cerecedo (1939).
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The technique employed for rendering the cockroaches aposymbiotic was that
of Brooks and Richards ( 1955a), except that they used a 0.1% antibiotic diet
and the insects became aposymbiotic in the second generation; whereas in the
present experiments, a 10% antibiotic diet was fed and they became aposymbiotic
120 days from the beginning of treatment. The diet consisted of 80% Gaines’
dog pellets, 5% Brewer’s yeast, 5% dextrose and 10% of a mixture of aureo-
mycin and terramycin in a 1:1 ratio. The dog pellets were powdered and then
mixed with the other ingredients. This food preparation was changed every 5
days to insure the freshness of the antibiotics. Controls were maintained on
a diet of Gaines’ dog pellets and water. Sub-groups of insects were cultured
on diets which were deficient in the specific vitamin to be tested. Histo-
logical sections of the fat body were prepared at the end of 60, 90, 100 and 120
days to determine aposymbiosis.
Cultures of symbionts were obtained from the fat body according to the
techniques of Begg and Sang (1950) and of Pant, Nayar and Gupta ( 1957).
These cultures were maintained in lactose broth at 30° C.
136
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 2. Amount of different vitamins found in the normal and aposymbiotic fat bodies of
the cockroach. Values are given as amount/gram of fat body. Each is an average
of 10 determinations.
Vitamin
Normal
Aposymbiotic
Micro- ,
, . , . i Chemical
biological ,, j
, method
method
Chromato-
graphic
method
Micro-
biological
method
Chemical
method
Chromato-
grraphic
method
Ascorbic acid
0.2 mg.
0.03 mg.
Biotin
48.0 nifig.
42.0 mMg.
45.0 niMg-
39.0 mMg.
Cyanocobalamin
28.0 m/rg.
26.0 mMg.
Folic acid
62.0 Mg-
9.6 Mg-
Inositol
126.8 Mg.
120.0 Mg-
159.0 Mg-
131.0 Mg.
Niacin
408.0 Mg-
305.0 Mg-
528.0 Mg-
420.0 Mg-
Pantothenic acid
74.0 Mg-
0.0 Mg-
Pvridoxine
67.6 mg.
61.0 mg.
61.0 mg.
62.0 mg.
Riboflavin
70.0 Mg- 70.0 Mg-
68.0 Mg-
68.0 Mg-
Thiamine
66.0 Mg- 71.0 Mg-
62.0 Mg-
69.0 Mg-
All analytical procedures were carried out on homogenates of fat bodies from
normal and aposymbiotic nymphs. Five per cent homogenates were made in
0.2 molar phosphate buffer at a pH of 6.8, except for the determinations of
riboflavin, nicotinic acid and thiamine, in which cases the fat bodies were
homogenized in sterile distilled water. The various methods used to assay each
vitamin are given in Table 1. Details of each are given by Gallagher (1962),
and descriptions of the various methods for vitamin assays by Strohecker and
Henning (1965).
OBSERVATIONS
Organisms fed an antibiotic diet did not become completely aposymbiotic
until 120 days of treatment. One manifestation of aposymbiosis was a change
in the color of the cuticle from mahogany to a light tan. This change began
approximately 80 days after the insect was placed on antibiotics. They also
appeared less active, demonstrated a slower response on exposure to light and
less speed in avoiding capture as compared to normal insects. They were also
of smaller size and molted less frequently than normal insects.
The results of the vitamin assays are summarized in Table 2. The table
shows that in all cases there is a close agreement in the results obtained by
different methods for each of the vitamins. Of the 10 vitamins assayed, only
3 were present in smaller amounts in the fat bodies of the aposymbiotic than in
those of the normal insect. They are ascorbic, folic and pantothenic acids.
It appears that these vitamins are synthesized by the symbionts. Additional
experiments, using cultures of isolated symbionts, verified this conclusion.
September, 1966] Ludwig and Gallagher: Vitamin Synthesis in Cockroach
137
DISCUSSION
The fading of the cuticular color in the aposymbiotic insect may be associated
with the absence of ascorbic acid. In the normal insect, melanin is formed from
the oxidation of tyrosine by tyrosinases. Ascorbic and pantothenic acids are
activators of tyrosinase (Levine, Dann and Marples, 1943). In vertebrates, de-
fective tyrosine metabolism can be corrected by the administration of either
folic or ascorbic acids (Rodney, Swendseed and Swanson, 1947). If the reactions
involving ascorbic, folic and pantothenic acids are similar in insects to those
in vertebrates, a deficiency of any or all of them could produce a fading of
the cuticular color. The present experiments demonstrate that they are all
produced by the symbionts cultured from the fat body and are absent from the
fat body of the aposymbiotic cockroaches. Henry (1962) reported that another
deficiency of the aposymbiotic cockroach, Blatella germanica , is the inability
to synthesize certain amino acids, including tyrosine, from glucose. Thus in
insects without symbionts, the substrate from which melanins are formed is also
lacking.
The decrease in reproductive capacity noted in the aposymbiotic insect may
be caused by a deficiency of folic acid. Berger (1944) gave the first cytological
evidence of the necessity of this vitamin for cell division when he showed that
sulfanilamide, a folic acid antagonist, caused metaphase arrest in onion roots.
Hindmarsh (1949) found that this inhibition of mitosis could be reversed with
p-aminobenzoic acid, a precursor of folic acid. Goldsmith and Grank (1952)
induced sterility in the vinegar fly, Drosophila melanogaster , by inhibiting
mitosis in the germ cells with aminopterin, a folic acid antagonist. Mitlin, Butt
and Shortino ( 1957) prevented oviposition in the house fly, Musca domestica,
by feeding aminopterin. A microscopic examination of the ovaries showed
inhibited ovarian growth and the eggs contained much less yolk than those of
normal flies. Gersdorff and Mitlin ( 1954) showed that the addition of folic
acid to the rearing medium reversed the antagonism of aminopterin in house
fly larvae.
Literature Cited
Begg, M. and J. H. Sang. 1950. A method of collecting and sterilizing large numbers of
Drosophila eggs. Science, 112: 11-12.
Berger, C. A. 1944. Experimental studies on the cytology of Allium. Torreya, 44: 41.
Blewett, M. and G. Fraenkel. 1944. Intracellular symbionts and vitamin requirements
in insects. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, 132: 212-222.
Blochmann, F. 1888. Uber des regelmassige Vorkommen von bakterienahnlichen Gebilden
in den Geweben und Eieren verscheidener Insekten. Zeitschr. f. Biol., 24: 204-224.
Brooks, M. A., and A. G. Richards. 1955a. Intracellular symbiosis in cockroaches. I.
Production of aposymbiotic cockroaches. Biol. Bulk, 109: 22-39.
. 1955b. Intracellular symbiosis in cockroaches. II. Mitotic division of the
mycetocytes. Science, 122: 242.
— — — . 1956. Intracellular symbiosis in cockroaches. III. Reinfection of aposymbiotic
cockroaches with symbionts. J. Exp. Zook, 132: 447-465.
138
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Capps, B. F., N. L. Hobbs and S. H. Fox. 1948. A dehydrated experimental medium for
the microbiological assay of folic acid. J. Bact., 55: 869-870.
Cordero, S. M. 1956. The synthesis of ascorbic acid in the cockroach, Periplaneta americana
(Linnaeus). M. S. Dissertation, Fordham University, New York.
Filosa, M. 1955. A synthesis of ascorbic acid by nymphs of the cockroach, Periplaneta
americana (Linnaeus). M. S. Dissertation, Fordham University, New York.
Fraenkel, G. and M. Blewett. 1943a. Vitamins of the B group required by insects.
Nature, 151: 703.
. 1943b. Intracellular symbionts of insects as a source of vitamins. Nature, 152: 506.
Gallagher, M. R. 1962. Vitamin synthesis by the symbionts in the fat body of the
cockroach Periplaneta americana. Ph.D. Dissertation, Fordham University, New York.
Gersdorff, W. A. and N. Mitlin. 1954. The relative toxicity to house flies of the methyl
and ethyl analogs of allethin. J. Econ. Ent., 46: 945-948.
Glaser, R. W. 1920. Biological studies on intracellular bacteria. Biol. Bull., 39: 133-144.
. 1930. On the isolation, cultivation and classification of the so-called intracellular
“symbiont” or “rickettsia” of Periplaneta americana. J. Exp. Med., 51: 59-81.
Goldsmith, R. D. and I. Grank. 1952. Sterility in the female fruit fly, Drosophila
melanogaster, produced by the feeding of a folic acid antagonist. Amer. J. Physiol.,
171: 726-729.
Hennessy, D. and L. R. Cerecedo. 1939. The determination of free and phosphorylated
thiamine by a modified thiochrome assay. J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 61: 179-183.
Henry, S. M. 1962. The significance of microorganisms in the nutrition of insects. Trans.
N. Y. Acad. Sci., Ser. II, 24: 676-683.
Hindmarsh, M. M. 1949. Effects of sulphanilamide and p-aminobenzoic acid on mitosis.
Nature, 163: 610.
Hough, L., J. K. N. Jones and VV. H. Wadman. 1948. Applications of paper chroma-
tography to the separation of the sugars and their derivatives on a column of powered
cellulose. Nature, 162: 448-449.
Keller, H. 1950. Die Kultur der intrazellularen Symbioten von Periplaneta orientalis.
Zeitschr. f. Naturforsch., 56: 269-273.
Kodicek, E. and K. K. Reddi. 1951. Paper chromatographic determination of nicotinic
acid and its derivatives. Nature, 168: 475-477.
Levine, S. Z., M. Dann and E. Marples. 1943. A defect in the metabolism of tyrosine and
phenylalanine in premature infants. III. Demonstration of the irreversible conversion
of phenylalanine to tyrosine in human organisms. J. Clin. Invest., 22: 551-552.
Lisa, J. D. 1958. Enzymes of the fat body of the cockroach, Leucophaea maderae
(Fabricius). Ph.D. Dissertation, Fordham University, New York.
Lowry, O. D., H. A. Lopez and O. A. Bf.ssey. 1945. The determination of ascorbic acid in
small amounts in blood serum. J. Biol. Chem., 160: 609-612.
Mills, M. B. and J. H. Roe. 1947. A critical study of proposed modifications of the Roe
and Kuether method for the determination of ascorbic acid, with further contributions
to the chemistry of this procedure, j. Biol. Chem., 170: 159-163.
Mitlin, N., C. Butt and J. Shortino. 1957. Effect of mitotic poisons on house fly
oviposition. Physiol. Zook, 30: 133-136.
Noland, J. L., J. H. Lilly and C. A. Baumann. 1949. Vitamin requirements of the
cockroach Blatella germanica (L.). Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer,, 42: 154-164.
Pant, N. C. and G. Fraenkel. 1950. The function of symbiotic yeasts of two species of
insects, Lasioderma serricorne and Stegohium ( Sitodrepa ) paniceum. Science, 112: 498.
. 1954. On the functions of intracellular symbionts of Oryzaephilus surinamensis. J.
Zool. Soc. India, 6: 191-192.
September, 1966] Ludwig and Gallagher: Vitamin Synthesis in Cockroach
139
, J. K. Nayar and P. Gupta. 1957. On the isolation and cultivation of the intra-
cellur symbionts of Oryzaephilus surinamensis. Experimentia, 13: 241.
Peklo, J. 1953. Microorganisms or mitochondria? Science, 118: 202.
Pennington, D., E. E. Snell and R. J. Williams. 1940. Effect of diet on pantothenic
acid content of chick tissues, j. Biol. Chem., 135: 212-222.
Pierre, L. L. 1962. Synthesis of ascorbic acid by the normal fat body of the cockroach,
Leucophaea maderae (F.), and by its symbionts. Nature, 193: 904-905.
Radhakrishnamltrthy, R. and P. S. Sarma. 1953. Symposium on chromatography. 11:
10-46.
Rodney, G., M. E. Swendseed and A. L. Swanson. 1947. Tyrosine oxidation by livers in
rats with sulfasuxidine-induced pteroylglutamine acid deficiency. J. Biol. Chem., 168:
395-396.
Roe, J. H. and C. A. Kuether. 1942. A color reaction for dehvdroascorbic acid useful in
the determination of vitamin C. Science, 95: 77-84.
. 1943. The determination of ascorbic acid in whole blood and urine through the
2, 4-dinitrophenylhydrazine derivative of dehvdroascorbic acid. J. Biol. Chem., 150:
609-613.
Sarett, H. P. and V. H. Cheldelin. 1944. Use of Lactobacillus fermentum 36 for thiamine
assay. J. Biol. Chem., 155: 153-160.
Scott, M. L., F. W. Hill, L. C. Norris and G. F. Hensen. 1946. Clinical determination of
riboflavin. J. Biol. Chem., 165: 65—7 1
Snell, E. E. and G. Strong. 1939. Microbiological assay of riboflavin. Indust. Engin.
Anal., 11: 346-348.
and L. D. Wright. 1941. A microbiological method for the determination of
nicotinic acid. J. Biol. Chem., 139: 675-686.
Snyder, J. W. and S. H. Wender. 1953. Separation and determination of pyridoxine,
pyridoxal and pyridoxamine by paper chromatography. Arch. Biochem. Biophys.,
46: 465-469.
Stokes, E., A. Larsen, H. G. Woodward and R. Foster. 1943. Neurospora assay for
pyridoxine. J. Biol. Chem., 150: 17-24.
Strohecker, R. and H. M. Henning. 1965. Vitamin Assay. The Chemical Rubber Co.,
Cleveland.
Trager, W. 1952. Mitochondria or microorganisms? Science, 116: 332.
Wiggles worth, V. B. 1929. Digestion in the tse-tse fly. Parasit., 21: 316.
Received for publication May 17, 1966
140
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Life History Notes on Lagoa laceyi (Barnes & McDunnough)
(Lepidoptera: Megalopygidae)
Alexander B. Klots*
Abstract: Descriptions are given of the egg and larvae. The mature larva is figured. The
mature larva is strongly aposematic in coloration.
On 24 July 1959 a number of small larvae were collected in Big Canyon,
Guadalupe Mts., Eddy Co., New Mexico, feeding on a scrubby oak, probably
Quercus gambeli. Big Canyon, just north of the Texas-New Mexico border, runs
from extremely arid, creosote bush and mesquite desert up into the timbered
interior of the mountain range. The larvae were found at about 5500 ft. elevation
in a zone characterized by alligator-barked juniper (J uni perns deppeana ) and the
lower fringes of yellow pine ( Pinus scopulorum) . During the summer’s field
work they were taken to the Southwest Research Station of the American
Museum of Natural History near Portal, Arizona, where they fed freely on
Quercus emoryi ; and eventually to Connecticut, where they fed freely on Q.
ilici folia and coccinea. By early September they had entered the last instar,
and by the end of September had all enclosed themselves in cocoons. Twelve
adults (6 3 3 and 6 $ $) emerged 14-29 April 1960.
After being bred to one of the males, one of the females laid about 180 eggs,
nearly all of which hatched. The larvae of this Fi generation were reared on
various species of eastern Quercus, at first by the author and then, while he was
out of the country, by Miss Alice Gray of the American Museum of Natural
History. Considerable material of various larval instars, cocoons and adults has
been preserved and is in the American Museum of Natural History and the
United States National Museum.
Three 3 S and three 2 $ , one of each with the genitalia dissected, were
compared with the type material of Logoa laceyi (Barnes and McDunnough) in
the U. S. National Museum by Dr. Don Davis, and later by the author. Both
Dr. Davis and the author consider them identifiable as laceyi. However, in the
absence of any modern systematic work on the group it would be unwise to say
what laceyi (type locality Texas) is — a distinct species or a subspecies or form of
something else, especially since neither the genitalia nor the color and pattern
show clear-cut distinguishing characters, and adequate material is lacking. At
present, therefore, it seems best merely to record the characteristics of this
material for the benefit of some future student.
* Department of Biology, The City College of New York, and Department of Entomology,
American Museum of Natural History.
September, 1966]
Klots: Lagoa laceyi Notes
141
Fig. 1. Lagoa laceyi (Barnes & McDunnough) mature larva, lateral aspect (bead to left)
X 3.
eggs Length 2.2-2 .5 mm., width about 1 mm. Bluntly ovoid, somewhat flattened. Laid in
rows, with the sides contiguous, and thickly covered with hairs and hair-like scales of the
female’s vestiture. Hatching period: 7-9 days.
immature larva Vestiture, except in color, as described below for mature larva; almost
wholly white, only the urticating setae being brownish and, in penultimate instar, some of
the medium length plumose setae being faintly brownish.
mature larva (Fig. 1) Length 20-30 mm. Skin creamy to slightly pinkish white.
Prothorax greatly expanded cephalad and ventrad, forming a hood enclosing head; largely
naked, with a fringe of hairlike setae around cephaloventral margin. Remainder of body
with short, inconspicuous hairs arising from small patches around and above leg and
proleg bases, and corresponding regions in legless segments; but prominent vestiture arising in
tufts from flat, only slightly projecting verrucae. Vestiture of each verruca as follows:
centrally a group of short, stiff, sharply pointed, smooth, brownish urticating setae; in a
zone around these many very long, finely plumose, delicate hairlike setae; in a zone around
these many shorter, stiffer, finely plumose setae. The urticating setae are more or less
brownish. The very long plumose setae are white on the meso- and metathorax and
abdominal segments 1-7, but brick red on abdominal segments 8-10. The shorter plumose
setae are mostly dark to blackish except that on the mesothorax they tend to be paler brown,
or even in part whitish.
On the mesothorax there are four verrucae on each side. The most ventral, and largest, is
just posterior and slightly ventral to the prothoracic spiracle. The other three, somewhat
smaller and nearly equal to each other, lie farther caudad on the segment, and extend in a
line dorsad. On the metathorax and abdominal segments 1-8 there are only 3 verrucae on
each side, forming 3 longitudinal series, subdorsal, supraspiracular and subspiracular ; of
142
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
these the supraspiracular ones arc the largest. On the 9th abdominal segment on each side the
verrucae of the subdorsal and supraspiracular series are like those of these series anterior to
them; but the most ventral one is much smaller and only slightly ventrad and considerably
posterad of the one above it. The last segment is largely naked dorsally, with a fringe of
long, plumose setae around the caudal margin and a tuft above each proleg.
In the mature larva many of the very long, white setae of the thorax tend to droop
cephalad and ventrad; the more dorsal ones of the anterior abdominal segments stand up
almost straight dorsad, forming a conspicuous crest. There is a similar, but less conspicuous
middorsal crest on the posterior abdominal segments. The shorter plumose setae vary con-
siderably in individuals from a medium brown to almost black; these are most conspicuous
laterally, especially those of the subspiracular verrucae. In the immature larvae the long setae
show no such arrangement, protruding randomly.
cocoon Length 18-22 mm. Parchment-like, formed of brown silk and other secretions,
in which are intermingled most of the soft, red, white and black larval setae but few, if any
of the urticating ones. Near the anterior end is a dorso-ventrally diagonal, flat, very hard
and stiff partition. Anterior to this the cocoon is very thin and delicate, with an especially
abundant mass of the larval setae filling the anterior space. During eclosion the pupa pushes
against the hard partition and is led by its slant to the surface of the cocoon away from
the solid object to which the cocoon is fastened; this corresponds to the ventral surface of the
pupa. The edge of the stiff partition here breaks easily away from the wall of the cocoon,
forming a subterminal slit through which the pupa emerges for at least the length of its
head and thorax.
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE LARVAL APPEARANCE
It is perfectly possible that the all-white, fluffy appearance of the smaller
larvae has a protective function, making them resemble the tangled masses of
cottonwood ( Populus ) down that is almost omnipresent in the Southwest at this
stage of the larval life, floating thickly in the air and accumulating in masses on
nearly everything. The similarity of the larvae to this down was, in fact, noted
when they were collected. The mature larvae must be regarded as definitely
aposematic, their black, white and red coloration making a distinctive recognition
pattern. They are, of course, well protected by their urticating setae.
Another point of interest is the similarity to these and other protected
megalopygid larvae of the larvae of some of the metalmark butterflies (Rio-
dinidae), occurring in the same environments, which also have long, drooping
white hairlike setae. The metalmark larvae may benefit from their resemblance
to cottonwood down, and may also benefit, as Batesian mimics, from their re-
semblance to the megalopygid larvae. The author, in fact, thought that the very
small laceyi larvae were metalmarks when he first saw them.
The author is greatly indebted to Mr. Bruce Harris of the New Mexico
Department of Game and Fish for information and aid about collecting places
in the Guadalupe Mts.; to Dr. Don Davis of the U. S. National Museum for
comparing specimens with the type of L. laceyi ; and to Miss Alice Gray of the
American Museum of Natural History for rearing the Ft generation when the
author was unable to do so.
Received for publication June 20, 1966
September, 1966] Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
143
A New Blattisocius (Acarina: Mesostigmata) from Noctuid Moths
Asher E. Treat
The City University of New York and The American Museum of Natural History
Abstract: Blattisocius patagiorum is distinguishable from previously described species by
the slender, edentate form of the movable cheliceral digit in nymphs and females. Males
possess an accessory organ lateral to each peritreme. Behavior suggests facultative parasitism
upon noctuid moths.
The six previously known species of the ascid genus Blattisocius have been
recorded (Chant, 1963) from a great variety of habitats, including association
with insects in stored grains. Evans ( 1958) reported B. dentriticus (Berlese)
from the thorax of a noctuid moth, Caradrina morpheus (Hiifn.), taken in
Darlington, Yorkshire, England, but he gave no details regarding its relationship
to the host. The species here described has been found on several noctuids under
circumstances that provided an unusual opportunity for detailed observations
on certain aspects of its behavior and reproduction.
Genus Blattisocius Keegan, 1944
Blattisocius patagiorum n. sp.
This species differs from others of the genus in the slender, wholly edentate form of the
movable digits of the chelicerae in nymphs and females. The peritremes of the female are a
little longer than those of B. keegani Fox, but shorter that those of B. tar salis (Berlese). The
length of the fixed cheliceral digits is also intermediate as between these species, being longer
than that of B. tarsalis, but shorter than that of B. keegani.
female In the six specimens at hand, the length of the dorsal shield varies from 530 to
570 u, averaging 546. Its variation in width is from 258 to 280, with an average of 267 /x.
It is lightly reticulated in all areas, and bears 33 pairs of setae. The average length of seta
]6, which is typical of the dorsocentral series, is 48 ix. Setae J4, J5, and Z5 are very finely
serrate; the others are simple. Dorsally, the soft integument bears 19 pairs of setae (Fig. la).
The tritosternum (Fig. 2a) is about 72 fx long and is undivided in its basal three fourths;
the laciniae are finely plumose. The sternal shield is lightly reticulate. The fourth sternal
setae are on the membrane. Anteromedial to them are minute metasternal plates bearing
pores. The genital shield is about as wide as the sternal shield. Its side margins are concave
and its rear margin truncate. The genital setae are on the edges of the shield, the
paragenital “pores” in small plates at its sides. There are two pairs of elongate metapodal
plates. The ventrianal shield is roughly rectangular and lightly reticulate. It bears three
pairs of preanal setae. Five pairs of setae are based upon the soft ventral integument. The
peritremes extend to about the middle of coxae III. The peritremal shields are broadly joined
to the exopodal plates embracing coxae IV. There are prominent expodal plates flanking
coxae II and III, but endopodal plates are lacking. The spermathecae are as shown in Fig. 2b.
The tectum or epistome is smooth and convex anteriorly (Fig. lb). The movable digits
of the chelicerae taper smoothly to their pointed tips, and are without teeth (Fig. 2c). They
average 33 /x in length. The fixed digits are about three fifths this length, smooth, and
provided with a pilus dentilis. The corniculi (Fig. 2d) are slender and approximated.
144
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
b
Fig. 1. Blattisocius patagiorum n. sp.; a, dorsal surface of idiosoma of holotype female;
b, epistome (tectum), showing variation in form.
Deutosternal denticles form a narrow series of seven “rows,” with a single denticle in each
except the sixth, which may have two. The palpi are normal for the genus.
Average leg lengths in microns are: I, 528; II, 422; III, 412; IV, 535. Setation conforms
to that given for the genus by Lindquist and Evans (1965). Macrosetae are not present.
September, 1966] Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
145
The legs turn somewhat brown with age, but do not become so conspicuously tanned as in
B. tarsalis.
male In the five specimens studied the dorsal shield varies in length from 408 to 452 /x,
and in width from 22 7 to 250. Average length and width are 430 and 236 ix. The reticular
pattern resembles that of the female. There are 33 or 34 pairs of setae on the shield and
11 or 12 pairs on the soft dorsal integument. Setae J 3 , J4, J5, and Z5 are very slightly
serrate (Fig. 3a).
The tritosternum (Fig. 3b) is about 60 /x long, and is divided for about half its length.
The sternogenital shield is elongate, with lateral projections anterior and posterior to coxae
II. It bears four pairs of setae and is flanked by the genital pair near its posterior end.
The ventrianal shield is broadly triangular and lightly reticulate. In some specimens it bears
five, in others six pairs of preanal setae.
The exopodal and peritremal shields are similar to those of the female, but dorsolateral and
slightly anterior to each peritreme is a structure which I shall refer to as an accessory organ
(Fig. 3c). In the most favorably oriented specimen, this appears to lie beneath or within a
cuticular fold or pouch (Fig. 4a). The accessory organ is surrounded by a broadly oval plate
with tapering anterior and posterior extensions that run parallel to and may join the peritremal
plate toward their extremities. Enclosed by this plate is a cigar-shaped, transparent tube or
trough with fine transverse ridges or folds projecting into its interior from its median border
(Fig. 4b). It is about equal to the peritreme in length and width. Such a structure was men-
tioned and figured by Oudemans (1929) and is figured, from Oudemans’ Plate 104, by Nesbitt
(1951) in his drawing of the male of B. tarsalis (as tineivorus Oud.). Oudemans compares it
to a piece of a peritreme, and says that he has never seen anything like it. Keegan (1944) also
figured this part of the organ in his description of B. tarsalis (as trio dons) , but mentioned it
no further than to say that in the male the “peritremal plate differs from that of the female.”
In B. patagiorum, however, the transverse ridges produce a distinctly striated and not
punctate appearance as figured in Nesbitt and by Keegan. The accessory organ differs in
this respect from the peritreme, which does indeed appear punctate. As one focuses on the
deeper, more dorsally situated parts of the organ, the ridges disappear, and the outlines
change to a form which curiously resembles that of a canoe or gondola with elevated and
projecting prow and stern (Fig. 4c). The “prow” and “stern” projections taper to blunt
points, or in some specimens to apparently open ends, with the tapered portion at the
anterior end occasionally showing some suggestion of coiling. The accessory organ seems to
have no connection to the peritreme other than that of proximity. Its restriction to the
male suggests a sexual function, possibly as a sensory organ or as a scent releaser. It occurs
in the males of B. keegani, as well as in those of B. tarsalis, but is not found in B. dentriticus.
I have not seen males of the other species of Blattisocius.
The gnathosoma of the male resembles that of the female except for being relatively
shorter and broader, and for having the corniculi more widely separated at their bases. The
spermatodactyl is as shown in Fig. 3d, e. Leg lengths average 434, 343, 335, and 437 /x for
legs I to IV respectively. Leg setation is like that of the female.
early stages The eggs are laid singly and adhere only lightly to the substrate. They
are smooth, firm, pearly white, and subcylindrical, measuring about 254 by 188 fx . Empty
egg cuticula retain the shape of the egg. Larvae and nymphs are in most respects typical for
the genus as described by Lindquist and Evans (1965). The larval cuticle is unstriated. The
area corresponding roughly with that of the future peritremal shields is covered with coarse
granulations or cuticular bosses (Fig. 5a, b). The movable digits of the larval chelicerae are
short and broad based, but as in all subsequent stages, without teeth. There is a pair of
trumpet-shaped organs in the ventral integument posterior to the third pair of sternal setae
[Vol. LXXIV
146
New York Entomological Society
lO/A.
Fig. 2. Blattisocius patagiorum n. sp. ; a, ventral surface of idiosoma of holotype female;
b, spermathecae, showing variations in form, that in the lower figure partly collapsed;
c, right chelicera of female ; d, gnathosoma of female.
September, 19661 Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
147
Fig. 3. Blattisocius patagiorum n. sp.; a, dorsal surface of idiosoma of allotype male;
b, ventral surface of idiosoma of male; c, left peritreme and accessory organ of allotype
male (compare Fig. 4); d, tip of right chelicera of allotype male; e, spermatodactyl of
another male at lower magnification and positioned so as to show ventral projection near
tip.
148
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 4. Blattisocius palagiorum n. sp.; dark phase contrast photographs of left accessory
organ of allotype male at different focal levels; a, ventralmost level: the arc at the lower
border of the striated integument in the upper part of the figure appears to be the lateral
lip of a fold or pouch covering the deeper portions of the organ; b, intermediate level,
showing fusiform portion of organ with transverse ridges or folds; c, deepest level, showing
the canoe-shaped portion. The finger-shaped object below the accessory organ in a and
b is the left peritreme.
September, 1966] Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
149
Fig. 5. Blattisocius patagiorum n. sp.; a, dorsal surface of idiosoma of larva; b, ventral
surface of idiosoma of larva; c, tip of right chelicera of larva; d, dorsal surface of idiosoma
of protonymph; e, ventral surface of idiosoma of protonvmph.
150
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 6. Blattisocius patagiorum n. sp.; a, dorsal surface of idiosoma of deutonymph ;
b, ventral surface of idiosoma of deutonymph; c, right chelicera of deutonymph.
September, 1966] Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
151
%
m
Jm
i
mm ;
. ••
-
m
mm-
wmm
m
M
H
IB
Fig. 7. Blattisocius patagiorum n. sp. ; chromosomes from aceto-orcein squash of an
embryo of undetermined age.
152
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
(Fig. 5b). The protonymph (Fig. 5d, e) has the two setae typical of the genus on the palpal
trochanter. The soft cuticle is striated in the nymphal and adult stages, and does not show
the coarse granulations seen in the larvae. In the deutonymph (Fig. 6) the dorsal shields
are united, but with some indication of the line of fusion.
type material The above description is based upon 6 females, 5 males, 1
deutonymph, 12 protonymphs, 2 larvae, and 6 eggs, all collected or reared from
moths taken in Tyringham, Berkshire County, Massachusetts. One male was
found on 24 July, 1958, the other specimens during July, August, and September,
1965. Additional specimens have been taken from pinned moths collected in
Giles County, Virginia, in 1956 and now in The American Museum of Natural
History. These comprise 2 males, 2 deutonymphs, and 1 protonymph. Moths of
the following species, all noctuids, have been found infested: 4 females and 1
male of Spaelotis clandestina Harris; 1 male and 1 female of Pseudospaelotis
hams pica (Grote); 1 male of Amphipyra pyramidoides Guenee; 1 female of
Septis lignicolora (Guenee). The number of mites per host varied from one to
eight. The holotype is from a female of Pseudospaelotis hams pic a found among
porch sweepings in Tyringham, Massachusetts, on 31 July, 1965. The allotype
male is from the same host; it was observed in copula with a female (not the
holotype) on 4 August, 1965. Both holotype and allotype are in The American
Museum of Natural History. Paratypes well be sent to the United States
National Museum, the Canadian National Collection in Ottawa, and the
Institute of Acarology at Columbus Ohio.
appearance and behavior The mites were found on the thorax of their hosts,
typically facing forward and head down among the hairs and scales on or just
behind the patagia. It was this that suggested the specific name patagiorum.
As each mite pushes its way down among the hair and scale bases, it creates a
temporary, funnel-shaped burrow, at the mouth of which the rear end of the
mite can be seen. Adults and deutonymphs are yellow, as is the hemolymph of
the host; the earlier stages, at least until feeding begins, are transparently white.
The females are somewhat glossy when engorged. The dorsal shield is nearly flat,
giving the living mites a rectangular profile in side view. In contrast to more
heavily sclerotized ascids, these mites succumb quickly when placed in alcohol or
lactic acid.
One of the hosts, a female Spaelotis clandestina, survived for more than two
months after its capture on the 19th of August, while its mites completed one
whole reproductive cycle. This moth was kept at room temperature in a 9 cm
plastic petri dish with about six square cm of bibulous paper, moistened occasion-
ally to prevent excessive drying. Although I offered the moth a soaked raisin
from time to time, I never saw it drink or take any food. It was active only when
disturbed, and was probably uninseminated. Two other host moths oviposited
during captivity, and in one instance the eggs proved viable.
September, 19661 Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
153
The mites, as a rule, moved about but little, spending many hours or days
in a single “burrow.” At intervals ranging from a few seconds to a minute or
more, there was a moment of activity for which I can think of no better term
than “bustling.” It was impossible to see exactly what the mite was doing at
such moments, because its fore parts were always hidden among the hairs of the
host. There were leg movements and slight shifts of stance without any resulting
change of location. I got the impression that the bustling mite was trying to
push more deeply among the hair bases, perhaps seeking closer contact of the
mouthparts with the host’s surface. At no time, however, did there appear to be
any fixed attachment of the mite to the moth.
When removed from its burrow and transferred to a glass observation tube,
a mite would wander at random in a way somewhat similar to that of a moth ear
mite, Dicrocheles phalaenodectes (Treat, 1965), but with slower and more
deliberate gait. The forelegs were kept low and were used to palpate the
substrate, only occassionally being lifted into the antennal position. A mite ex-
perimentally transferred to a fresh host would soon start to burrow among the
thoracic hairs, often with jerky, thrusting movements reminiscent of Dicrocheles.
occasionally a mite would leave its burrow spontaneously and wander about the
thorax for a time before making another burrow, usually not far from the first.
Both sides of the moth were used freely.
The act of defecation resembled that in the moth ear mite except that the anus
being ventral or subventral rather than terminal, the fecal droplets were left
on the floor of the burrow rather than upon objects directly rearward. Spherical
white or pale yellow fecal pellets sometimes accumulated about the mouth of a
burrow. These were dry and powdery after dehydration, not waxy or gummy
as are those of the moth ear mite. Eventually these pellets disappeared, perhaps
being dislodged by movements of the mite. A burrow that had been occupied
for several days had its flooring hairs or scales lightly stuck together, though not
matted or tangled. It may be some component of the feces that causes this stick-
ing. Examined microscopically, the feces were seen to comprise a yellow, water
soluble component and globular or twined guanine granules averaging about
1.5 [x in diameter.
Although no controlled experiments were performed, the mites showed no
obvious sensitivity to light. Bustling continued in bright light from a microscope
illuminator as well as in the dimmest window light that would allow the mites
to be seen. Heat and moisture sensitivity were not tested. On one occasion,
within a period of less than eight hours, a mite that had been transferred to a
fresh host in a separate petri dish found its way back to the original host.
During this time the two dishes had been stacked in a dark box, with their
covers raised at one edge by the thickness of a single sheet of bibulous paper.
A surprising observation was that at times adult mites in their burrows
reacted repeatedly and consistently to ultrasounds. This was first noted while I
154
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
was testing a host moth with a Galton whistle. The moth showed no reaction, but
at each blast of the whistle the mite lurched forward and then made several leg
movements. The reaction occurred regularly in tests made at various intervals
over a period of several days. It was also tested and confirmed by another
observer experienced in insect acoustics, Dr. K. D. Roeder of Tufts University.
In one instance the mites continued responding to the sounds for several hours
after the death of their host, thus eliminating the possibility that the response of
the mites was secondary to some unobserved reaction on the part of the moth.
Air turbulence as a possible artefact stimulus was ruled out by substituting an
electrically driven Rochelle salt crystal for the Galton whistle. This produced
pure ultrasound with no air blast or audible component. In the rated range of
32 to 44 Herz it proved an effective stimulus, while outside that range it evoked
no response. It was not possible at the time to monitor this sound source or to
check its intensity. No reaction was seen in mites that were already active at
the time of stimulation, or in mites that had been placed upon a smooth sub-
strate. In the absence of any known or suspected auditory organ, and with no
obvious advantage to the mites in possessing such an organ, it seems reason-
able to speculate that the effective stimulus for the observed responses was the
acoustic displacement of some of the host’s setae in contact with the mite, and
that the apparently auditory reactions were in fact mediated by primarily tactile
receptors, possibly by the mites’ own setae. No such responses have seen, though
often sought, in the moth ear mite.
reproduction Living males are not easily distinguishable from females except
under high magnification. Their general behavior is similar except that the males
move from place to place a little oftener than the females. Encounters between
one mite and another did not ordinarily evoke much observable reaction. Even
mites of other species ( Dicrocheles phalaenodectes and Lasioseius sp.), when
placed experimentally upon a moth infested with B. patagiorum, were allowed
to enter a burrow and to climb over the occupant without opposition. I witnessed
copulation three times: once (15 September) from its beginning, and twice (4
August and 13 September) when already in progress. A few apparent but un-
successful attempts were also observed, in which a male climbed upon the back
of a female but then dismounted and went elsewhere. On 15 September a male
that had already been in copula with a mite on another moth was transferred to a
second host carrying two mites, both probably virgin females though one might
still have been a deutonymph at this time. The male approached a burrow on the
left patagium, containing one of the mites, but then turned away to wander over
the moth’s left tegula and forewing. He soon returned to the same burrow, but
again left without entering. At 5:15 PM, five minutes after his transfer to the
second host, the male found and entered a burrow on the right patagium, con-
taining the second female. He immediately crept under her. embracing her
September, 1966] Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
155
opisthosoma with legs III and IV, his mouthparts at the level of her genital
region. Except for slight movements the mites remained quietly in this position
for at least three and a half hours. It was not possible to see whether or not a
spermatophore was transferred. At 10:20 pm the male was seen leaving the
dorsal side of the female, after which he wandered over the moth for a few
minutes and was then transferred to alcohol. Five days later his mate, then fully
engorged, had left the moth and was lost. She had laid no eggs.
The previous mating of the same male with another female on the earlier host
had been followed by oviposition within 36 hours. In this case the female had
been the only occupant of the moth from its discovery on 19 August until 12
September, when the male was transferred to it from a moth of another species
(Aniphipyra pyramidoides) . On the following day the mites were seen in copula,
and on 15 September the female laid the first of about 30 eggs. The last egg was
laid on 28 September, but the female survived until the death of the host, three
weeks later, at which time the mite was mounted for study. Intervals between
successive eggs varied from about four to more than twelve hours, the average
being probably about eight hours. The temperature varied considerably during
the period of oviposition; at the time of four-hour intervals it was about 30° C.
On 18 September I watched, under 42. 5X magnification, the laying of the
tenth egg, and made the following notes. uAt 3:30 pm bustling movements were
occurring every three or four seconds, but they became less frequent until by
3:50 the mite was quiet for a minute or more at a time. She was well engorged,
with no depression of the ventrianal plate. Her white, nodular malpighian tubules
showed intermittent undulations, some beginning proximally (nearest the rectum,
which was full of white matter) and some distally, the former being the more
frequent. There were also elongations and shortenings of the malpighian
tubules, but no translational movements of the nodes. At intervals of a minute
or more the ventrianal plate was deeply depressed, most markedly on the left
side, where also, a large ovoid white mass could be seen through the dorsal sur-
face. I thought at first that this mass was the tenth egg, but this proved incorrect,
for it was still there after the tenth egg had been laid. It may have been the
eleventh. Twice there were movements that suggested compressional straining.
At 4:10 pm the gnathosomal end of the mite was slowly lifted up as the egg was
passed forward. This egg emerged more slowly than a Dicroc heles egg but was
free within about five seconds after the movement began. The ventrianal plate
was deeply depressed at this time, and remained so until about 4:30, when the
opisthosoma was regaining its distended form through re-engorgement or other-
wise. Immediately after the egg was free, the mite caressed it a few times with
her forelegs and palpi, but then moved aside slightly and began a series of jerky,
thrusting movements toward the depths of the burrow, which had the effect of
shifting the egg rearward along her left side. She then probed deeply into the
156
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
burrow and became quiet, possibly feeding, until about 4:30 pm, at which time
the usual bustling was resumed.”
The eggs adhered only lightly to the host, and if not removed experimentally
were lost from the moth within a few hours. Their surface was dry, and they
were often electrostatically repelled by the needle when I tried to pick them up.
They hatched in from one to three and a half days, probably depending upon
the temperature. The last four shrivelled and failed to hatch.
I squashed ten of the eggs in aceto-orcein, but although the chromosomes
stained fairly well I could not determine the chromosome number unequivocally.
In many of the cells there were two short, straight chromosomes, two straight
ones of intermediate length, and two long V- or C-shaped bodies, which, if these
last were single units, would give a chromosome total of six, but if double (i.e.,
actually two chromosomes each), a total of eight. I think six is the more likely
number. Some cells, however, appeared to have only three, and some four
chromosomes, while others seemed to be polyploid. All of the embryos yielded
similar squashes; there was no sign of ‘‘commas” or sex chromatin masses as in
males of Dicrocheles (Treat, 1965).
The larvae were water white. They moved with a rhythmic, swinging gait,
with legs I in the antennal position. When placed on a moth, some larvae, after
a momentary freeze of ten seconds or more, began to wander superficially over
the scale tips. These were soon brushed or flicked off by sudden movements of
the moth. Other larvae burrowed among the scales much as do the adults, but
farther back on the thoracic disc. These remained on the host and within a
few hours transformed into protonymphs, leaving their exuviae on the floor of
their burrows. Evidently feeding is not necessary in the larval stage, because
protonymphs were produced from larvae kept in glass vials without food.
The protonymphal stage varied in duration from a few hours to two days,
and in the longer period at least, involved some feeding. The deutonymphs be-
came yellow and engorged, and in this condition were not easily distinguished
from adults. In one instance, transformation to the adult occurred after a
deutonymphal stage of four days, the total time from egg to adult in this case
being ten days. Molting was not observed directly, but in all instances the cast
skins were left on the floor of the burrow.
DISCUSSION
The details given above raise questions with regard to the relationship between
these mites and their noctuid hosts. Are the mites to be considered parasites, or
are they not? And if not, what then? Certainly the association involves something
more than phoresy. The long survival period, the ability of the female to
produce many viable eggs, and of the offspring to reach adulthood on the original
host, all indicate a source of food either in or on the host itself, although the
September, 1966] Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
157
failure of the eggs to adhere to the host suggests that in nature the earliest stages,
at least, may be passed elsewhere.
For the instars actually associated with moths, whether regularly or only
occasionally, commensalism in the strict sense is unlikely, since the moths under
observation took no food and were not dusted with pollen. The remaining
possibilities are parasitism and phagophily — the use of other symbionts as food.
If these mites were phagophiles, they certainly did not feed upon other mites,
since none was present except when one or two were placed upon the moths ex-
perimentally, and these were ignored by the Blattisocius. Conceivably the food
was some kind of microorganism. To be sure, the long-surviving host (numbered
85 for identification) occasionally had small patches of white mycelial growth
upon its thorax. The hyphae were septate and bore spores of various sizes on
short conidiophores. But this bloom was apparently ignored by the mites, and it
disappeared when the humidity was reduced. The patagia of some arctiid moths
give out a repugnatorial secretion, but no such secretion has been seen or
described in the noctuids with which we are concerned.
Some months after moth number 85 had been injected with alcoholic Bouin’s
solution, I denuded the patagia and examined them microscopically. Along their
dorsal margins, in places previously occupied by the mites, were several minute,
dark brown discolorations. Under high magnification these appeared to be
limited to the goblet-like bases of individual scale sockets. The bustling activities
of the mites, the stylet-like shape of their movable chelae, and the appearance
of their midgut and rectal contents suggest that the food is hemolymph which
exudes from minute punctures in the host’s cuticle, possibly through the scale
bases. The bustling movements might be concerned with removing plugs of
coagula and releasing a fresh supply of the liquid. This notion is, of course,
wholly speculative and may prove quite incorrect. According to Lindquist and
Evans (1965), “No ascid mites are known to be truly parasitic.”
If B. patagiorum were shown to be a true parasite, the questions would still
remain whether its parasitism is facultative or obligate, and whether the choice
of hosts is restricted to moths. Other species of the genus have been reported
from many different hosts and habitats including lizards, birds1 nests, mammals,
and various kinds of moths and other insects, particularly those infesting stored
grains (Hughes, 1961). I have found B. dentriticus on the noctuid Pseudaletia
adult era (Schaus) from Pelotas, Brazil, and also on a notodontid, Datana
ministra (Drury) from New Jersey. I have found B. keegani on this same
species of notodontid, on the noctuids Folia contigua (Schiff.) from Kyoto,
Japan, and Zale lunata (Drury) from Charleston, South Carolina, and on a
tineid, Tineola biselliella (Hum.) from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. I have taken
B. tarsalis from the noctuids Crymodes devastator (Brace) from Salt Lake City,
Utah, and Epizeuxis aemula (Hbn.) from Tyringham, Massachusetts. In several
158
New York Entomological Society
[ Vol. LXXIV
instances (e.g., Rivard, 1960) Blattisocius species have been shown to be
predators on other mites, though capable of living also upon molds.
It is noteworthy that the hosts of B. patagiorum as recorded on page 152,
though representing two more or less divergent noctuid subfamilies, have this in
common — that they characteristically rest by day in crevices under the bark of
dead trees or in dead wood, often in the joints and crevices of buildings. Such
situations favor mite populations of various kinds, and could be expected to
yield occasional examples of disjunctive or facultative association between some
of the regular occupants and casually intruding moths. I have come across other
instances of such association, involving various gamasines, particularly ascids of
the genera Proctolaelaps and Lasioseius , which I hope to report elsewhere. It
is interesting to note that notwithstanding the latitude in the selection of host
species suggested by these records, there is considerable restriction in a given
species of mites with regard to the part of the host’s body that is occupied.
Blattisocius patagiorum, for example, is recorded only from the thorax of
the host, and usually from its dorsal surface. My specimens of Proctolaelaps
and Lasioseius , by contrast, regardless of the moth species on which they
were discovered, have almost invariably been found between the palpi, under
the base of the proboscis. This consistency in site selection might argue some
degree of regularity in the association of the mites with moths, but it could
also be merely the result of inherent differences in responsiveness to tactile
or other stimuli, which, though perhaps adaptive in some other context, might
lead to relatively meaningless differences in the sites occupied on casually or
accidentally boarded hosts. Many more collection records and behavioral studies
will be needed to resolve such problems. In any event, it seems unlikely that the
mites in question significantly reduce the life span or population density of
their noctuid associates.
acknowledgments: I thank Dr. Evert E. Lindquist of the Canada Department of
Agriculture for critically examining both specimens and manuscript, and for calling my
attention to details that I should otherwise have overlooked.
Literature Cited
Chant, D. A. 1963. The subfamily Blattisocinae Garman ... in North America, with
descriptions of new species. Canadian Jour. Zook, 41: 243-305.
Evans, G. O. 1958. A revision of the British Aceosejinae (Acarina: Mesostigmata) . Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 131: 177-229.
Hughes, A. M. 1961. The mites of stored food. Technical Bulk No. 9, Ministry of
Agriculture, Fisheries and Food. London: Her Majesty’s Stationery Office.
Keegan, H. L. 1944. On a new genus and species of parasitid mite. Jour. Parasitok, 30:
181-183.
Lindquist, E. E., and G. O. Evans. 1965. Taxonomic concepts in the Ascidae, with a
modified setal nomenclature for the idiosoma of the Gamasina (Acarina: Mesostig-
mata). Mem. Entom. Soc. Canada, No. 47.
September, 1966] Treat: A New Blattisocius from Noctuid Moths
159
Nesbitt, H. H. J. 1951. A taxonomic study of the Phytoseiinae (family Laelaptidae)
predaceous upon Tetranychidae of economic importance. Zool. Verhandel. (Leiden),
12: 1-64.
Oudemans, A. C. 1929. Acarologische Aanteekeningen, C. Entom Ber. Amsterdam, 8(170):
28-36.
Rivard, I. 1960. A technique for individual rearing of the predacious mite Melichares
dentriticus (Berl.) (Acarina: Aceosejidae) , with notes on its life history and be-
haviour. Canadian Entomologist, 92: 834-839.
Treat, A. E. 1954. A new gamasid . . . inhabiting the tympanic organs of phalaenid moths.
Jour. Parasitol., 40: 619-631.
. 1965. Sex-distinctive chromatin and the frequency of males in the moth ear mite.
Jour. New York Entom. Soc., 73: 12-18.
Received for publication June 20, 1966
160
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXIV
Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society
(Meetings held in Room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History
unless otherwise indicated)
Meeting of February 1, 1966
President Richard Fredrickson presided; 14 members and 2 guests were present. Miss
Margaret Pogany was elected to membership and Mr. Howard Topoff, a graduate student
at the City University, was proposed for student membership. Dr. Rozen introduced Dr.
Herbert Ruckes, Jr., the son of our recently deseased Dr. Ruckes. He is a specialist in the
Anobiidae (Coleoptera) . Dr. Asher Treat proposed him for membership.
program. Blackflies of Western South America. Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky of the Museum
staff discussed the biogeography of blackflies and the attempts by others and himself to find
primitive genera in Western South America. Available evidence indicates that the more
primitive forms are limited to the Northern Hemisphere. Thus, either the group originated
in the Northern Hemisphere and radiated southward, or the primitive forms have died out in
South America; this latter explanation does not seem likely. The talk was illustrated with
specimens and slides.
David C. Miller, Sec. pro tem.
Meeting of February 15, 1966
Dr. Fredrickson presided; 25 members and 4 guests were present. Mr. John Pallister
presented the report of the Auditing Committee for the year 1965 and stated that the
Society’s financial records are in proper order. Dr. Herbert Ruckes, Jr., and Mr. Howard
Topoff were unanimously elected to full and student membership respectively. Mr. Aaron
Nadler, a specialist in the Psocoptera who has done a great deal of collecting for the Museum,
was proposed for membership. A note from Mrs. Herbert Ruckes, Sr. was read thanking the
Society for the memorial resolution and the expression of sympathy which was sent to her
on her husband’s death. Miss Joan Todd, a grade school Biology teacher, was introduced as a
guest.
program. A World Without Butterflies, and One Man’s Fight to Delay It. Dr. Kurt
Gohla, Professor of German, Fordham University was the speaker of the evening. (An
abstract follows.)
David C. Miller, Sec. pro tem.
A World Without Butterflies, and One Man’s Fight to Delay It
On a visit to Germany during the summer of 1965, a collecting trip to Tegernsee, a mountain
resort in the foothills of the Bavarian Alps, was made expressly to obtain the Black Apollo
butterfly, Parnassius mnemosyne L. In spite of fertile mountain meadows, neither this
species nor any other Lepidoptera were seen. An effort to explain the diminishing of butter-
flies and moths in this area is offered in a pamphlet issued by the Society for the Protection
of Alpine Flowers and Animals. Three possible causes are under consideration by Doctor
Max Dingier, Professor of Zoology at the University of Munich:
Atomic contamination by radioactive dust in the atmosphere which may have a sterilizing
effect upon the reproductive organs of insects in general;
Electromagnetic sound waves which may interfere with the fine system of sense organs
located in the antennae of the Lepidoptera;
September, 19661
Proceedings
161
The use of artificial fertilizers which have caused some wild flowering plants, preferred by
butterflies, to disappear.
The disappearance of Lepidoptera from their customary mountain meadows and haunts
constitutes a loss of ethical and esthetic values and would be an impoverishment of our
entire social way of living.
Color slides were shown demonstrating the work of an amateur lepidopterist, Mr. Walther
Ender of Lage, Westphalia, who breeds Lepidoptera in great numbers and releases them in
order to repopulate the area of the Teutoburg Forest in the northwestern part of West
Germany.
Kurt Gohla
Meeting of March 1, 1966
President Fredrickson called the meeting to order; 28 members and 10 guests were present.
Mr. Aaron Nadler was elected to membership. Dr. Edwin W. Teale read excerpts from
a letter he had received from Mr. Roy Latham, now 85 years old, telling of his experiences
with lights to attract moths at Orient Point, Long Island. Almost none came to the lights
and those that did were common ones; only very few oher insects, such as Japanese beetles,
are collected at lights. Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky told of weevils from New Guinea that are
covered with lichens and mosses in which mites are found.
program. Zoological Collecting in New Guinea. Mr. Hobart M. Van Deusen, a curator
in the Museum’s Department of Mammology and in charge of the Archbold Collections,
opened his talk by showing the pelts of some of the few mammals that are found in New
Guinea: a bat with a wing spread of five feet; an arboreal, giant rat, the largest specimen
which is a trifle short of three feet; a spiny anteater, and a tree-climbing kangaroo. All of the
animals are nocturnal which makes collecting rather difficult. Since 1933 the Archbold ex-
peditions have returned to New Guinea every 3 or 4 years. The last one in 1964 explored
the Huon Peninsula were rift valleys separate mountain peaks into what are virtually islands.
Remarkable slides were shown which gave excellent views of the terrain, mountain peaks,
plateaus, and caves, as well as the mammals, including one of a kangaroo with young in its
pouch.
Lucy M. Heineman, Sec.
Meeting of March 15, 1966
Doctor Fredrickson presided ; 17 members and 9 guests were present. Mr. John A. Novak was
proposed for student membership. Miss Alice Gray exhibited specimens of wingless scorpion
flies collected by a former student now at Ithaca. Dr. Asher Treat questioned a statement in
a story on Brachymeria intermedia , a parasite of the Gypsy Moth (New York Times, Sun-
day, March 13, 1966), that these parasitic wasps do not sting humans. He reported having
been stung several times by ichneumon wasps. Dr. Elsie Klots recounted a similar experience.
The stings were painful but did not produce swellings or after-effects. He also called attention
to an account by H. E. Hinton and M. S. Blum of the University of Bristol, England (New
Scientist, Oct. 28, 1965, pp. 2 70-1) summarizing Hinton’s experience with the larvae of the
chironomid fly, Polypedilum vanderplanki (Hint.) which is able to produce apparently
normal adults when restored to water after total dehydration and exposure, in the dry state,
to temperatures as low as -270 degrees and as high as 104 degrees centigrade. The ability to
survive alternate hydration and dehydration in this and in many more primitive organisms
has suggested to the authors that life may have originated not in the sea, as is generally
supposed, but in rock crevices or similar situations on land.
162
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
program. The Importation of Foreign Plant Material. Mr. Charles A. Andrews of the
Plant Quarantine Division of the U.S. Dept, of Agriculture discussed the need for restrictions
on imported plants and plant materials, and he traced the history of our present regulations.
He stressed the point that the Division has attempted to develop a plant pest protection
program which will give us the maximum interference with commerce. The steps used
in making inspections and the procedures in processing plants which enter our country from
foreign propagators were outlined. Mr. Andrews showed slides depicting the carrying out of
the restrictive provisions of the Division in the handling of tulip bulbs in Holland. Some
showed the pests in bulbs and nuts, others were microscopic sections to explain how the
identification of the pests are made.
Lucy M. Heineman, Sec.
Meeting of April 5, 1966
President Fredrickson called the meeting to order; 14 members and 4 guests were present.
Mr. John A. Novak was elected to student membership and Mr. Robert Mesibov was
proposed for membership. Miss Alice Gray demonstrated a fossil arthropod which showed
up well when illuminated with ultra-violet black light.
program. Fossil Roaeh-like Insects from the Carboniferous. Mr. Christopher Durden
of the Biology Department of Yale University discussed the distribution and the classifica-
tion of the numerous roach-like fossils which are now available. Wing venation and their
manner of folding are important features. Some had wing margins that might have been used
for stridulation. Most of the Carboniferous roach fossils are about as large as our present
roaches. The talk was illustrated with slides.
Albert J. Poelzl, Assistant Secretary
Meeting of April 19, 1966
President Fredrickson presided; 31 members and 7 guests were present. Mr. Robert Mesibov
was elected to student membership, and Miss Alice Gray proposed Mr. Kenneth Friedman and
Mr. David F. Kanter for student memberships. Dr. Alexander Klots introduced Dr. and Mrs.
Traub of Bethesda, Maryland. Dr. Traub, a former student at C.C.N.Y., a retired Army
colonel, is an authority on fleas as typhus carriers. Miss Anne Birdsey called attention to an
article on the science page of the Sunday New York Times written by Norton T. Novitt, a
Denver, Colorado amateur scientist, which proposed that flying saucers may be electrified
flying ants. She also showed a paperback copy of “1001 Answers About Insects” by
Alexander and Elsie Klots. Dr. Klots announced that the Honorable Miriam Rothschild
is now in the United States. Unfortunately, she was not able to stay in New York for
tonight’s meeting. She is currently engaged in a project concerning repellant insecticides
which necessitates her using many specimens of the moth, Diacrisia virginica. She would
appreciate having egg masses of this moth air-mailed to her at Elsfield Manor, Oxford,
England. Miss Alice Hopf is anxious to obtain specimens of the viceroy butterfly in any
of its stages.
Program. Termites and Evolutionary Processes. Dr. Alfred E. Emerson, Professor
Emeritus of the University of Chicago, a Research Associate in the Dept, of Insects of the
Museum for many year, discussed regressive evolution, recapitulation, convergent evolution,
and the evolution of behavior as illustrated by termites. He stressed that the unit of
natural selection in these insects is the entire colony rather than the indivdual. The king
and the queen are the only individuals in the colony capable of reproducing, and the genes
controlling structural and adaptive characteristics which are manifested in the sterile castes,
September, 1966]
Proceedings
163
the workers and the soldiers, are transferred through these reproductives ; though they,
themselves, do not manifest these characteristics. The talk was illustrated with slides.
Lucy M. Heineman, Sec.
Meeting of May 3, 1966
Dr. Fredrickson called the meeting to order; 15 members and 9 guests were present. Several
guests were introduced: Mr. Harry Steen; Mrs. Michal Emsley of the New York Zoological
Society Research Station, “Simla,” in Trinidad; Dr. and Mrs. Leon Cahen who are active
members of the Explorers Club. Mr. Kenneth Friedman and Mr. David Kanter were elected
to student membership. Mr. Kennith Watson, Mr. H. Steen, and Dr. Philip Spear were pro-
posed for membership. Dr. Fredrickson mentioned that progress is being made on the pro-
posed merger of the N.Y. and the Brooklyn Entomological Society. The lawyers for the two
societies are in consultation and an agreement has been drawn up . The members will be kept
informed about future developments and will be required to vot on the agreement after it has
been approved by the Executive Committee of our Society. The President, also, announced
that our member, Dr. Edwin Way Teale, received a Pulitzer Prize for his book, “Wandering
Through Winter,” the final volume of his history of the four seasons in America. The
Secretary was instructed to convey to Dr. Teale the hearty congratulations of the Society
on the receipt of this well-deserved honor.
Program. Entomology and the National Pest Control Operators. Dr. Philip Spear,
Technical Director for the National Pest Control Association, explained that Pest Control
operators are concerned with pests in and around structures, within the contents of the
structures, and with the use and the problems of pesticides. Insects occupy a large part
of the time and energy of the operators. Thus, entomology in all its phases is an important
study in this industry. About 5,000 firms are members of the Association, and approxi-
mately 30,000 workers are employed in the field. They deal, usually, with emergency
situations, but they do prefer to operate on a preventative basis. His talk was illustrated
with many slides which showed the scope of work done in structures, the damages done
by various pests, and the pests.
Lucy M. Heineman, Sec.
Meeting of May 17, 1966
President Fredrickson presided; 27 members and 21 guests were present. One of the guests
present was Dr. John Vandenburg of the New York University Medical School, Dept, of
Preventive Medicine. Mr. Kennith Watson, Mr. Harry Steen, and Dr. Philip Spear were
elected to membership. Dr. James Forbes, Associate Editor of the Journal, reported on
the 10th Annual Meeting of the Council of Biological Editors which was held May 3-4
in the Center for Continuing Education on the campus of Notre Dame University. Dr.
Forbes represented the Society at this meeting. Dr. Klots read a letter from the Edwin W.
Teales in which he thanked the Society for its good wishes and described happenings on
their trip through England. Dr. Fredrickson reported that on the proposed merger of
our Society with the Brooklyn Entomological Society it will probably be necessary to call
for a special meeting in order to vote on the final agreement. Notices will inform the
membership.
Program. National Geographic Society Motion Picture on the work being done by Dr.
L. S. B. Leaky in finding human fossil remains in the Oldvai Gorge in Africa; filmed by
Baron Hugo van Lavick. This was accompanied by a recorded, running commentary by
Dr. Leaky. It was a fascinating film showing the work camps, the terrain, and how the
fossils were found. It supported Dr. Leaky’s theory that there were two contemporary
164
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
types of man, herbivorous and carnivorous. The film demonstrated differences between
the mouthparts and the feeding of these two types of animals. The photography of insects
and the feeding of the different forms was superb.
Lucy M. Heineman, Sec.
Recent Publications
Aspects of Insect Biochemistry. 1965. Biochemical Society Symposium (London), T. W.
Goodwin, Ed. Academic Press, New York, 119 pp., illus., $6.00. Seven papers: “Active
Transport in Insects” by J. E. Treherne; “Formation of the Specific Structural and En-
zymic Pattern of the Insect Flight Muscle” by Th. Bucher; “Some Distinctive Features of
Insect Metabolism” by F. P. W. Winteringham ; “Intermediary Metabolism and the Insect
Fat Body” by B. A. Kilby; “The Metabolism of Aromatic Compounds” by P. C. J.
Brunet; “Hormones Controlling Growth and Development in Insects” by V. B. Wiggles-
worth; and “Skeletal Structure in Insects” by K. M. Rudall.
Pesticides in Clinical Practice, Identification, Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 1966.
Royal L. Brown. Charles C. Thomas, 504 pp., $15.75.
The Entomology of Radiation Disinfection of Grain. 1966. Edited by P. B. Cornwall.
Pergamon Press, Long Island City, New York, 256 pp., $9.50.
Ticks of the Genus Ixodes in Africa. 1966. Don R. Arthur. University of London
Press, London: Oxford University Press, New York, 365 pp., $11.20. Reviewed in Science
152: No. 3723, p. 750.
Polymorphism in Some Nearctic Halictine Bees. 1966. G. Knerer and C. E. Atwood.
Science 152: 1262-1263.
Classification of the Bees of the Australian and South Pacific Regions. 1965.
Charles D. Michener. American Museum of Natural History Bulletin, 130: 1-362, $10.00.
Termites (Isoptera) of Thailand. 1965. Muzaffer Ahmad. American Museum of
Natural History Bulletin, 131: 1-114, $2.00.
Insect Aerodynamics: Vertical Sustaining Force in Near Hovering Flight. 1966.
Leon Bennet. Science, 152: 1263-1266.
A Revision of the Neotropical Genus Metamasius (Coleoptera: Curculionidae, Rhyn-
chophorinae) : Species Groups I and II. 1966. Patricia Vaurie. American Museum
of Natural History Bulletin, 131 : 211-338, $5.00.
Contributions Towards a Revision of Myrsidea Waterson I (Mallophaga: Menoponi-
dae). T. Clay. British Museum (Natural History) Bulletin: Entomology, 17: 327-395,
1£ 10s.
A Revision of the British Aleyrodidae (Hemiptera: Homoptera). L. A. Mound.
British Museum (Natural History) Bulletin: Entomology, 17: 397-428, (14s).
The Interrelationships of Three Gall Makers and Their Natural Enemies, on Hack-
berry ( Celtis occidentalis L.). John Conrad Moser. 95 pp., $1.00.
A Handbook for the Identification of Insects of Medical Importance. 1965. John
Smart with chapters by Karl Jordon and R. J. Whittick. British Museum (Natural
History), London, 4th ed., 340 pp., <£3. Reviewed in Science, 152: 748-749.
INVITATION TO MEMBERSHIP
The New York Entomological Society was founded in 1892 and incorporated the following
year. It holds a distinguished position among scientific and cultural organizations. The
Society’s Journal is one of the oldest of the leading entomological periodicals in the
United States. Members and subscribers are drawn from all parts of the world, and they
include distinguished professional naturalists, enthusiastic amateurs, and laymen for whom
insects are only one among many interests.
You are cordially invited to apply for membership in the Society or to subscribe to its
Journal which is published quarterly. Regular meetings are held at 8:00 P.M. on the first
and third Tuesdays of each month from October through May at the American Museum of
Natural History, the headquarters of the Society. A subject of general interest is discussed
at each meeting by an invited speaker. No special training in biology or entomology is
necessary for the enjoyment of these talks, most of which are illustrated. Candidates for
membership are proposed at a regular meeting and are voted upon at the following meeting.
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP AND YEARLY DUES
Active member: Full membership in the Society, entitled to vote and hold office;
with Journal subscription $9.00
Active member without Journal subscription 4.00
Sustaining member: Active member who voluntarily elects to pay $25.00 per year
in lieu of regular annual dues.
Life member: Active member who has attained age 45 and who pays the sum of
$100.00 in lieu of further annual dues.
Student member: Person interested in entomology who is still attending school;
with Journal subscription 5.00
(Student members are not entitled to vote or to hold office.)
Student member without Journal subscription 2.00
Subscription to Journal without membership 8.00
APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Date
I wish to apply for membership (see classes above).
My entomological interests are:
If this is a student membership, please indicate school attending and present level.
Name
Address
(Zip Code must be included)
— Send application to Secretary —
p
Vol. LXXIV
DECEMBER 1966
? I
Devoted to Entomology in General
i
■f
C-|f
r
'5
, r.
The
X 1
' ~'\ '
f ■ Jr(
, 'S <ii
/' '
y/ v
' - V
- f:
% 1 m
/ x kJ
S_N\XV- C,\ '
j-\ Vs
V\ ’ Jr
• s' % \
• S'' V
, \ .. >f
' ' \ J
New York Entomological Society
ifk
" h
Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943
■{
r
X'
A,
The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural
History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.
■>
Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the
Treasurer.
r
4 , v*
Officers for the Year 1966
.P
President , Dr. Richard Fredrickson
College of the City of New York 10031
Vice President , Dr. Kumar Krishna
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
Secretary , Mrs. Lucy Heineman 115 Central Park West, New York 10023
4V,
Assistant Secretary , Mr. Albert Poelzl
T'
230 E. 78th Street, New York 10021
Treasurer , Mr. Raymond Brush
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
&
Assistant Treasurer , Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
Trustees
1 YearTerm
■ , . .
Dr. Alexander B. Klots
2 Year Term
Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
Dr. John B. Schmitt
Mr. Robert Buckbee
‘ u
Mailed December 29, 1966
nological Society is published q
Inc., 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas.
The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Allen Press
:1a
Journal of the
New York Entomological Society
Volume LXXIV December 29, 1966 No. 4
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss
Editor Lucy W. Clausen
Columbia University College of Pharmacy
115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y. 10023
Associate Editor James Forbes
Fordham University, New York, N.Y. 10458
Publication Committee
Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky Dr, Asher Treat
Dr. David Miller
CONTENTS
The Nerves of the Thoracic Segments of the Larva of Prodenia litura
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) J. Bahadur and B. B. L. Srivastava 168
Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya Mountains
(Diptera: Tipulidae), XIII Charles P. Alexander 180
The Larva of Amblyscirtes samoset (Scudder) (Lepidoptera: Hesperii-
dae) Alexander B. Klots 185
Studies on Parasitic Mites of New Jersey Jack R. Manischewitz 189
Structure of Gastric Apex as a Subfamily Character of the Formicinae
(Hymenoptera: Formicidae) __ Akev C. F. Hung and William L. Brown, Jr. 198
Xenillidae, A New Family of Oribatid Mites (Acari: Cryptostigmata)
Tyler A. Woolley and Harold G. Higgins 201
Pieris narina oleracern (Harris) in New Jersey (Lepidoptera: Pieridae)
Cyril F. dos Passos 222
Two North American Spiders (Araneae: Linyphiidae) Wilton Ivie 224
Notes 188
Book Reviews 228
Index of Scientific Names, Volume LXXIV 231
Index of Authors, Volume LXXIV iii
168
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
The Nerves of the Thoracic Segments of the Larva of Prodenia litura
(Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)
J. Bahadur and B. B. L. Srivastava
School of Studies in Zoology, Vikram University, Ujjain (India)
Abstract. The nervous system of the thoracic segments of the larva of Prodenia litura is
described. The dorsal and transverse nerves remain connected to each other at three points
through three connectives. But in the prothoracic segment, there is no transverse nerve,
so that the dorsal nerve establishes a connection with subconnective nerve by a plexus.
Ordinarily no connection is found between the dorsal and ventral nerve but in the pro-
thoracic segment, such a connection is established at one point.
INTRODUCTION
The studies on the nervous system started with the work of Lyonet ( 1762).
Since then many aspects of it have been dealt with. Du Porte (1915) described
the nervous system in Sphida and Ruckes (1919) studied the innervation of
the male genital organs in certain lepidopterans. However, the real work on
the nerve pattern started with Maki (1936) who described it in the alderfly,
Chauliodes jormosanus. Nesbitt (1941) studied the nerve patterns in Orthop-
tera and other related orders. Schmitt ( 1954, 1959) studied the nervous system
of cervicothoracic and the pregenital abdominal segments in some orthopterans.
With these studies it was realized that there exists a basic segmental nerve
pattern in insects. Whether such a homology can be traced in widely separated
orders as Orthoptera and Lepidoptera, is yet to be seen. Libby (1959, 1961),
however, investigated the nerve pattern of certain abdominal segments of the
larva and adult of the moth, Hyalophora cecropia and tried to establish homol-
ogy with other insect nerve patterns. The short review shows that the thorax
has not been tackled so far in detail. To fill up this lacuna and to establish
how far there exists a basic homology with the thorax of other insect orders,
the authors undertook a very detailed study of the nerves of the thoracic seg-
ments of the larva of Prodenia litura.
MATERIAL AND TECHNIQUES
The full grown larvae were directly collected from the cabbage fields and
kept in the laboratory. For the studies on the distribution of the nerves, 1%
methylene blue in normal salt solution was injected into the body cavity of
the larva. After a few hours, the insect was etherized and dissected in normal
saline (0.65%). Sometimes, instead of injecting the solution into the body
cavity, the dye was directly poured over the dissected animal and allowed to
stay for 2 to 4 hours to secure better staining of finest motor nerves. Further
dissection was done in normal saline. To destain the adjoining tissues, acid
water was sometimes used. Normally, all the nerves of a particular segment
December, 1966] Bahadur and Srivastava: Lepidopteran Nerves (Prodenia)
169
could not be traced in one day and hence the dissection used to be kept in
normal saline with a few drops of formalin. In such preservation, the blue
colour of the nerves disappears but they remain quite distinct because of the
milky white appearance which they attain. All the dissections were carried
out under the stereoscopic binocular microscope in artificial light. The diagrams
are purely diagrammatic.
OBSERVATIONS
The thorax is composed of three segments with their ganglia. The prothoracic
ganglion remains connected to the suboesophageal ganglion by a pair of stout
but short connectives which lie free throughout their entire length. The con-
nectives between the other ganglia lie united anteriorly for about one fifth
of the distance and then diverge gradually, continuing their course separately
until they enter the anterior border of the succeeding ganglion. The two sepa-
rated connectives enclose between them some space within which the diagonal
muscles cross each other near their point of insertion. The enclosed space is
smaller in the prothoracic segment but larger in the other two segments.
NERVES OF THE PROTHORACIC GANGLION (Fig. 1)
The prothoracic ganglion gives rise to two pairs of lateral nerves and a pair
of subconnective nerves. The lateral nerves are designed as the dorsal and the
ventral nerves. From the median portion of the ganglion arises a pair of sub-
connective nerves. The Dorsal Nerve : The dorsal nerve (DN) leaves the
ganglion and runs obliquely outwards and upwards over the ventral median
muscles and ventral internal lateral muscles to reach the subconnective nerve
(SN) with which it forms a plexus (px). It then sharply bends downwards,
passes over the ventral internal muscles and extends to a considerable distance,
giving branches at intervals. The first branch (ID) arises over the ventral
internal longitudinal muscle and divides into two branches; the inner branch
(a) passes downwards and curves slightly inwards and bifurcates to innervate
the tracheae and the tracheoles. The outer branch (b) curves and bifurcates
into b' and b". Whereas the former innervates the ventral internal lateral
longitudinal muscle, the latter meets the longitudinal nerve of the dorsum
(LND) which extends from the head up to the intersegmental fold of this
segment. The main dorsal nerve proceeds further and after a short distance,
besides receiving the sixth branch (6V) of the ventral nerve, itself gives rise
to the second branch (2D). This branch divides into a number of branches
to innervate the adjoining neck muscles and the tracheae. The third branch
(3D) proceeds dorsally and gives rise to a number of branches which again
innervate the various muscles and integument of the neck region. The fourth
branch (4D) innervates the tergosternal muscle. The main dorsal nerve ulti-
170
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 1.
litura.
Diagram of the nerve pattern of the prothoracic segment of the larva
of Prodenia
mately terminates into fine branches supplying the dorsal longitudinal muscles.
the ventral nerve: The ventral nerve (VN) leaves the ganglion at the middle
of the lateral margin and passes posteriorly below the ventral median muscle
group and over the ventral external oblique muscles. It gives rise to a number
of branches. The first branch (IV) runs obliquely downwards and bifurcates
into a and b. The former passes deep into the prothoracic leg to innervate
its muscles whereas the latter innervates the ventral internal and external oblique
muscles. The second branch (2V) gives rise to a fine branch (a) which supplies
the muscles of the leg and the other branch (b) innervates the ventral median
muscle. The third branch of the ventral nerve (3V) subdivides into a number
of fine branches to innervate the tracheae and ventral internal lateral muscles.
The main ventral nerve after proceeding ahead for a short distance, curves
anteriorly above the ventral internal lateral muscle and flattens. From the
proximal part of this arises a small fourth branch (4V) which innervates the
tracheae. The fifth branch (5V) innervates the tracheae and the ventral internal
lateral muscles. The sixth branch (6V) extends to join the main dorsal nerve.
Whereas the seventh branch (7V) proceeds as far as the prothoracic ganglion
and innervates the ventral external oblique muscles, the eighth nerve (8V)
December, 1966] Bahadur and Srivastava: Lepidopteran Nerves (Prodenia)
171
extends into the head to supply the tracheae and muscles of that region. The
ninth nerve (9V) gives origin to a number of minute nerves which innervate
the various ventral longitudinal and oblique muscles and tracheae of the neck
and adjoining regions.
the subconnective nerve : There is no median nerve in this ganglion so
that the transverse nerves are also absent. From the mid antero-dorsal side
of the prothoracic ganglion arises a single nerve which may be taken as the
median nerve. It proceeds anteriorly for a very short distance and then bi-
furcates above the suboesophageal ganglion to give rise to a pair of the so-
called subconnective nerves (SN). Each nerve passes laterally to innervate
the various muscles of the head but before taking a curve, a plexus (px) is
formed between it and the adjoining dorsal nerve.
NERVES OF THE MESOTHORACIC GANGLION (Fig. 2)
the dorsal nerve: This nerve (DN) arises from the outer margin of the
interganglionic connective, just a few millimeters above the mesothoracic
ganglion. It passes laterally over the external and internal median muscles
and after a short distance extends its first branch (ID) which passes over the
ventral internal lateral longitudinal muscles and fuses with the transverse
nerve. It, however, gives rise to a branch (a) which extends another three
small branches to innervate the tracheae, ventral internal lateral muscles and
the lateral internal oblique muscle.
The main dorsal nerve proceeds ahead and gives rise to another connective
branch (2D) which also fuses with the transverse nerve, just posterior to the
spiracle. But before fusion, it gives rise to a branch at the point c' which
proceeds antero-dorsally and divides into a number of minute branches. The
branch cl extends posteriorly to innervate the two pleurosternal oblique muscles,
the branch c2 innervates the tergosternal muscle and the branches of the lateral
tracheal trunk and the branches c 3 and c4 proceed to innervate the dilator and
occlusor muscles of the spiracle respectively. In addition to these, the branch
2D gives rise to two small branches (a and b) which innervate the lateral internal
oblique and ventral external oblique muscles respectively.
The main dorsal nerve passes dorsally above the lateral longitudinal tracheal
trunk and gives rise to a connective (3D) which runs to fuse with the trans-
verse nerve. The connective gives off two minute branches posteriorly and
they innervate the dorsal and lateral external oblique muscles and tracheae.
The fourth branch (4D) innervates the integument and the dorsal internal
lateral muscle. The main nerve, by now, becomes thin and extends ahead into
the dorsal region, giving off small branches. The branches 5D, 6D and 7D
innervate the dorsal external oblique muscle and dorsal internal lateral muscle
group. The main nerve ultimately terminates into a number of very fine
branches which innervate the tracheae and the dorsal internal median and
172
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 2
Fig. 2. Diagram of the mesothoracic nerve pattern of the larva of P. litura.
oblique muscles. The longitudinal nerve of the dorsum (LND) is also present
in between the intersegmental folds. It has its anterior attachment with the
integument at the base of the dorsal internal lateral longitudinal muscles and
its posterior attachment with the posterior intersegmental fold, beneath the
insertion of the lateral internal oblique muscles. It remains connected to the
dorsal nerve by a fine terminal branch of the dorsal nerve.
the ventral nerve: The ventral nerve (VN) arises from the ganglion about
the middle of its lateral margin and passes obliquely posteriorly over the ventral
external oblique muscles. It gives rise to three branches, amongst which, the
first branch (IV) extends two branches (a and b) to innervate the ventral
external and lateral oblique muscles, tergosternal muscle and tracheae. The
second branch (2V) bifurcates so that one branch (a) innervates the meso-
December, 1966] Bahadur and Srivastava: Lepidopteran Nerves (Prodenia)
173
thoracic leg, ventral external oblique muscle and the integument, and the other
branch (b) innervates the mesothoracic leg. Very near to the second branch,
originates the third branch (3V) which innervates the ventral external and
internal oblique muscles and tracheae. The fourth branch (4V) directly runs
into the mesothoracic leg to innervate its muscles. The main nerve itself passes
posteriorly to innervate the ventral external and internal oblique muscles.
the transverse nerve i The unpaired median nerve (MN) of the mesothoracic
segment arises from the fused intersegmental ganglionic connectives at the
point where the connectives separate, that is, a very short distance posterior
to the prothoracic ganglion. The median nerve travels about two thirds of the
distance in between the interganglionic connectives and then gives off a pair
of transverse nerves (TN). The transverse nerve receives three connective
branches from the dorsal nerve as already stated. The two lateral connectives
lie on the two sides of the lateral longitudinal tracheal trunk. The main trans-
verse nerve which runs over this tracheal trunk, above the dorsal internal
lateral muscles, terminates into the aorta to innervate it.
postmedian nerve: A pair of fine nerves which may be designated as the
postmedian nerves (PMN) arise from the transverse nerves, very near to the
point of bifurcation of the median nerve. They proceed posteriorly and meet
the interganglionic connectives at two points, a little above the mesothoracic
ganglion. The two nerves communicate with each other by a pair of very
short connectives.
NERVES OF THE METATHORACIC GANGLION (Fig. 3)
the dorsal nerve: The dorsal nerve (DN) arises from the outer margin of
the interganglionic connective and passes over the ventral external oblique
muscles for a short distance and then penetrates to run beneath the ventral
internal lateral muscles. The first branch (ID) of the dorsal nerve extends
to meet the transverse nerve but in addition gives rise to a branch (a) which
subdivides into a number of minute branches to innervate the ventral external
and internal oblique muscles and the ventral internal lateral longitudinal mus-
cles. The main dorsal nerve subsequently sends off another connective branch
(2D) which proceeds antero-laterally and fuses with the transverse nerve.
But just near the fusion point, the branch 2D extends a branch anteriorly
which innervates certain sternopleural muscles and tracheae. In addition, the
branch 2D gives rise to two small branches (a and b) which innervate the
lateral internal oblique and ventral external oblique muscles respectively. The
third connective branch (3D) of the dorsal nerve again fuses with the trans-
verse nerve. A side branch (a) from this nerve bifurcates to innervate the
sternopleural muscles, tracheae and integument.
The main dorsal nerve then passes towards the mid-dorsal region and extends
the fourth branch (4D) which passes anteriorly and then curves sharply
174
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 3. Diagram of the metathoracic nerve pattern of the larva of P. litura.
postero-dorsally, giving origin to a number of minute branches at intervals.
Its first minute branch (a) innervates the paratergal muscle, the second, third
and fourth branches (b, c, d) innervate the lateral internal oblique muscles
and the dorsal internal lateral longitudinal muscle. The other branches inner-
vate the various median and lateral longitudinal muscles of the dorsal region.
The fifth branch (5D) of the dorsal nerve is short and fuses with the longi-
tudinal nerve of the dorsum (LND) at the point x. The main dorsal nerve
by now becomes extremely thin and fine and bifurcates into two branches
which innervate the integument, dorsal internal median and dorsal external
muscles.
the ventral nerve: This nerve (VN) leaves the ganglion from the middle
of its lateral margin and passes obliquely posteriorly beneath the crossed
diagonal muscles and over the ventral external oblique muscles. It is com-
December, 1966] Bahadur and Srivastava: Lepidopteran Nerves (Prodenia)
175
paratively shorter and extends into the metathoracic leg to innervate its muscles.
It, however, gives rise to a number of branches during its course. The first
branch (IV) runs below the ventral internal lateral muscles and gives rise to
a small branch which immediately subdivides into four minute branches. Among
these, the first three branches (a, b, c) innervate the integument whereas the
other branch (d) passes over the lateral longitudinal tracheal trunk and bi-
furcates to innervate the sternopleural muscle and the integument of the dorsal
region. The main branch (IV) extends further ahead over the lateral longi-
tudinal tracheal trunk and gives rise to several small branches which innervate
the lateral external oblique and tergosternal muscles and the integument.
The second branch (2V) of the ventral nerve runs anteriorly and bifurcates.
Whereas one branch (a) innervates the metathoracic leg, the other (b) inner-
vates the integument. The third branch (3V) arises near the origin of the
second branch and while it proceeds laterally, it gives rise to a number of
minute branches which innervate the ventral external and internal oblique
muscles, sternopleural and tergopleural muscles and the integument of that
region. The fourth branch (4V) penetrates into the leg to innervate it whereas
the fifth branch (5V) divides into three branches. The first branch (a) inner-
vates the leg muscles, the second (b) innervates the ventral internal median
muscle, the integument and tracheae and the last branch (c) runs posteriorly
to innervate the two ventral external oblique muscles.
the transverse nerve: A pair of transverse nerves (TN) arises by the
bifurcation of a median nerve. Each transverse nerve passes over the dorsal
and ventral internal longitudinal muscles and receives three connections from
the dorsal nerve as already stated. During its course, it gives rise to two very
minute branches (a and b) which innervate the tracheae. Before terminating,
the transverse nerve divides into three minute branches. The first two branches
(c and d) pass inwards to supply certain small muscles, integument and
tracheae whereas the third branch (e) passes towards the mid-dorsal region
to innervate the aorta.
DISCUSSION
In the Prodenia larva, the thorax bears three distinct ganglia. The dorsal
nerve arises directly from the prothoracic ganglion but in the meso and meta-
thoracic segments it arises from the interganglionic connectives. Nesbitt (1941)
in Orthoptera described an anterior ganglionic connective extending from one
ganglion to the other. He has shown that the anterior part of the nerve may
adhere to or even become incorporated in the adjoining interganglionic con-
nective. This nerve has been termed as intercalary nerve by Pipa and Cook
(1959) and Matsuda (1956) whereas dorsal nerve connective or anterior gan-
glionic connective by Schmitt (1959). In Dissosteira, Acheta, Periplaneta and
Orchelimum, Schmitt found varying degrees of adherence to or fuse with the
176
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
adjoining interganglionic connective so that with the adherence of the anterior
ganglionic connective too, the dorsal nerve seems to emerge from the connective.
This condition is seen in the metathorax of Orchelimum. In Prodenia larva
also the dorsal nerves in the meso and metathorax arise from the interganglionic
connectives, as already stated and as such the case appears to be parallel with
that of Orchelimum . In Chauliodes (Neuroptera) also Maki (1936) found a
similar condition and Schmitt thinks that it is possible that the dorsal nerve
in this insect is simply adhering to the nerve cord and does not lack an anterior
connective but the resemblance with Orchelimum suggests that a dorsal nerve
connective occurs in Chauliodes too. It must, therefore, be taken as fused. In
the prothoracic segment of the Prodenia larva, however, the dorsal nerve arises
directly from the ganglion. It appears that the proximal part of the dorsal
nerve in this case has not fused with the interganglionic connective but the
anterior ganglionic connective has fused with the interganglionic connective.
Among other lepidopterans, Weber (1954) found an anterior connective of
the dorsal nerve but Du Porte (1915) did not observe it in Sphida and has
shown the dorsal nerve to arise from the interganglionic connective similar to
the condition seen in Prodenia larva.
The median or unpaired nerve in the larva is a short nerve which bifurcates
to form two transverse nerves of a segment. Exceptions were noted in the
larva of Papilio by Hillemann (1933) who figured a continuous median nerve
between the second and third thoracic ganglia, and the same was observed by
Marquardt (1939) in Carausius. The origin of the prothoracic median and
transverse nerves is different in the larva so that the latter have been named
as the subconnective nerves. Each nerve meets the dorsal nerve through a
plexus and hence on this basis it can be conveniently presumed that these
nerves are actually the transverse nerves. Peterson (1912) also reported the
presence of subconnective nerves in the larva of tomato worm. In Prodenia
larva, fusion of the transverse nerve from the prothoracic ganglion with meso-
thoracic dorsal nerve and of the transverse nerve from the mesothoracic ganglion
with the metathoracic dorsal nerve has been observed. Such fusions have also
been reported in Chauliodes, Aqulla, Perla, Carausius, Blattella, Periplaneta,
Telea, Dissosteira and Papilio. Most writers have designated the transverse
nerve by that name but Pipa and Cook (1959) identified it simply as “nerve 8.”
Whereas in the prothoracic segment, the subconnective nerve joins the dorsal
nerve through a plexus, in the meso and metathoracic segments the connection
between the transverse and dorsal nerves is maintained by three connectives.
Du Porte (1915) also reported three such connections in Sphida larva but
Swaine (1920) observed two or three in Sthenopis larva. Hillemann (1933)
found two connections in the Papilio larva. Nothing appears to be known
regarding the function of the axons which presumably pass from the transverse
or subconnective nerve to the prothoracic dorsal nerve. Wittig (1955) found
December, 1966] Bahadur and Srivastava: Lepidopteran Nerves (Prodenia)
177
that in Perla these transverse nerves pass to certain small dorsal longitudinal
muscles and have no contact with the dorsal nerves but Schmitt (1959) re-
ported that in Dissosteira the transverse nerves join the second cervical nerves
and that somewhat distad of the junction, there is a connection from the second
cervical nerve to the prothoracic dorsal nerve by means of which presumably
axons from the transverse nerve could reach the same destination as in Carausius
and Chauliodes and perhaps Perla also. In Prodenia larva the case too appears
to be similar though the connection between the subconnective and prothoracic
dorsal nerves is through a plexus. In the larva the transverse nerve actually
terminates in the dorsal vessel and the same innervation was described by Libby
(1961) in the abdomen of Hyalophora. In the abdomen of Orthoptera, how-
ever, Alexandrovicz (1913), Nesbitt (1941) and Schmitt (1959) found the
innervation of the dorsal vessel from the dorsal nerves. The question whether
there is a real difference in the innervation of the dorsal vessel in Lepidoptera
and Orthoptera or the same axons are involved but follow different nerve paths
appear problematic. The fact that the transverse nerve directly innervates the
dorsal vessel but receives three connective branches from the dorsal nerve
suggests that the dorsal vessel is innervated not only by the axons of the trans-
verse nerve exclusively but by those of the dorsal nerve, also. This interpreta-
tion reconciles the views of orthopteran and lepidopteran workers.
In the larva of Prodenia , there is only one pair of thoracic spiracles lying
in the prothorax. Each is innervated by a branch from the second connective
joining the transverse and dorsal nerves of the mesothoracic segment. Case
(1957) has shown that in the cockroach the axons to the spiracular muscle
actually issue from the transverse nerve and the same was demonstrated by
Hoyle (1959) in Schistocerca gregaria. On the basis of their findings it can be
presumed that here also the axons from the transverse nerve travel into the
connective branch and then into the spiracular muscle through another minor
branch. The spiracular muscle also receives axons from the dorsal nerve,
travelling by the same path.
It has already been pointed out that the thoracic spiracle is innervated by
a branch from the connective 2D so that it may be considered to be homologous
to the A-B connection present in the abdomen in Orthoptera, Plecoptera
(Schmitt 1954, 1962, 1963), Lepidoptera (Libby 1959), and Neuroptera (Maki
1936).
The ventral nerve usually innervates the leg muscles, the various ventral
oblique muscles and the integument. In the meso and metathorax of Prodenia
larva there is a pair of ventral nerves in each segment. In other lepidopterous
larvae also the same arrangement and number has been observed (Swaine,
1920; Hillemann, 1933; Du Porte, 1915 and Peterson, 1912). In the pro-
thorax of the larva, the ventral nerve not only innervates the leg muscles and
oblique muscles but also the muscles lying at the base of the head. In Dis-
178
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
sostera, Schmitt found a prothoracic nerve to join one of the cervical or ventral
nerves. He further considered this prothoracic nerve to be the counter part
of the dorsal nerve of the meso and metathorax. In the present case though
there is no connection between the prothoracic nerve and the ventral nerve,
yet there exists a connection (6V) between the dorsal and the ventral nerves.
On the basis of Schmitt’s interpretation, it may be concluded that it is through
this connective that the axons from the dorsal nerve travel to the muscles at
the base of the head.
The concept that in ancestral insect, there was a common ancestral pattern
of musculature as well as innervation in each segment of the body, gets support
in the present study that the nerve patterns in thorax as well as in abdomen
(unpublished) of Prodenia larva are practically identical especially with refer-
ence to the 2D or A-B connection. This connection has been described in
the abdomen of widely separated orders of insects like Orthoptera, Plecoptera
(Schmitt 1954, 1962, 1963), Neuroptera (Maki, 1936), and Lepidoptera
(Libby, 1959). The presence of this connection in different insect groups
suggests the existence of a basic segmental nerve plan.
SUMMARY
The nerves of the thoracic segments of the larva of Prodenia litura have
been described in detail. The thorax bears three distinct ganglia, each giving
rise to three pairs of nerves which are dorsal, ventral and transverse. The
dorsal nerve mainly innervates the dorsal muscles whereas the ventral nerve
innervates the leg and ventral muscles. The transverse nerve mainly supplies
the dorsal vessel. The dorsal nerve of the prothoracic ganglion remains con-
nected by a plexus to the subconnective nerve which has been considered to
be a transverse nerve. In the other two segments, the dorsal nerve fuses with
the transverse nerve at three points by means of three connectives. In con-
trast to this, the ventral nerve does not fuse with the transverse nerve. The
spiracular muscles are innervated from the connective lying in between the
dorsal and transverse nerves. The pattern of the nerves is the same as found
in other lepidopterous and orthopterous insects and that supports the concept
that a basic segmental nerve pattern exists within the insects.
Acknowledgement
The authors thank Professor H. Swarup, Head of the School of Studies in Zoology,
Vikram University, Ujjain for providing all necessary facilities during the course of this work.
Literature Cited
Alexandrovicz, J. S. 1913. The innervation of the heart of the cockroach. J. Comp.
Neurol, 41: 291-309.
Case, J. F. 1957. The median nerves and cockroach spiracular function. J. Insect Physiol.,
1: 85-94.
December, 1966] Bahadur and Srivastava: Lepidopteran Nerves (Prodenia)
179
Du Porte, E. M. 1915. On the nervous system of the larva of Sphida obliqua. Trans. R.
Soc. Canada, 8: 225-253.
Hillemann, H. H. 1933. Contributions to the morphology of the nervous system of the
mature larva of Papilio polyxenes. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 26: 575-583.
Hoyle, G. 1959. The neuromuscular mechanism of an insect spiracular muscle. J. Insect.
Physiol., 3: 378-394.
Libby, J. L. 1959. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments of the Cecropia
larva. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 52: 469-480.
. 1961. The nervous system of certain abdominal segments and the male re-
productive system and genitalia of Hyalophora cecropia. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer.,
54: 887-896.
Lyonet, P. 1762. Traite anatomique de la chenille qui ronge le bois de saule (La Haye,
Amsterdam), 616 pp.
Maki, T. 1936. Studies on the skeletal structure, muscuLature and nervous system of the
alderfly, Chauliodes formosanus. Mem. Fac. Sci. & Agric., Taihoku Imp. Univ.,
16(3) : 117-243.
Marquardt, F. 1939. Beitrage zur Anatomie der Muskulatur and periphern Nerven von
Carausius ( Dixippus ) morosus. Br. Zool. Jahr. Anat., 66: 63-128.
Matsuda, R. 1956. The comparative morphology of the thorax of two species of insects.
Microentomology, 21 : 1-63.
Nesbitt, H. H. J. 1941. A comparative morphological study of the nervous system of the
Orthoptera and related orders. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 34: 51-81.
Peterson, A. 1912. Anatomy of the tomato worm larva, Protoparce Carolina. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer., 5: 246-269.
Pipa, R. L. and Cook, E. F. 1959. Studies on the hexapod nervous system. I. The pe-
ripheral distribution of the thoracic nerves of the adult cockroach, Periplaneta ameri-
cana. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 52: 695-710
Ruckes, H. 1919. Notes on the male genital system in certain Lepidoptera. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer., 12: 192-209.
Schmitt, J. B. 1954. The nervous system of the pregenital abdominal segments of some
Orthoptera. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 47: 677-682.
. 1959. The cervicothoracic nervous system of a grasshopper. Smithsonian Inst.
Pubis. Misc. Collections, 137: 307-329.
Swaine, J. M. 1920. The nervous system of the larva of Sthenopis thule. Can. Entomol-
ogist, 52: 275-283.
Weber, H. 1954. Grundriss der Insektenkunde, Stuttgart, 428 pp.
Wittig, G. 1955. Untersuchungen am thorax von Perla abdominalis (Larve und Imago).
Zool. Jahrb. Anat., 74: 491-570.
Received for Publication August 10, 1966
KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS
DN = Dorsal nerve, LND = Longitudinal nerve of the dorsum, MN = Median nerve,
PMN = Post median nerve, px = plexus, SG = Suboesophageal ganglion, SN = Subcon-
nective nerve, TN = Transverse nerve, Th.G = Thoracic ganglion, VN = Ventral nerve.
180
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya Mountains
(Diptera: Tipulidae), XIII1
Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts
Abstract: Six new species of Eriopterine crane flies are described, these being Neolimnophila
citribasis n. sp., from Assam; N. daedalea n. sp., Sikkim; Lipsothrix decurvata n. sp., Sik-
kim; Styringomyia subobseura n. sp., Assam; S. tarsatra n. sp., Nepal; and Toxorhina
( Ceratocheilus ) tuberifera n. sp., Sikkim.
Part XII of this series of papers was published in the Journal of the New
York Entomological Society, 74: 66-71, 1966. As before, the materials dis-
cussed were collected by Dr. Fernand Schmid and Dr. Edward I. Coher, to whom
my sincere thanks are extended.
Neolimnophila citribasis n. sp.
General coloration of body brown, the praescutum with four darker brown stripes, the
intermediate pair narrowly separated; antennae 16-segmented ; wings brownish yellow, the
basal third, including the veins, clear orange-yellow, narrow brown seams over cord and
outer veins; R2 about twice its length before fork of RM.
female: Length about 7 mm; wing 7.8 mm; antenna about 1.4 mm.
Rostrum dark brown; palpi black. Antennae 16-segmented, black, the scape more
pruinose; proximal two flagellar segments barely connate, the separating suture narrow
but complete, outer segments progressively more slender, the outer pair shorter; longest
verticils subequal to the segments. Head brownish gray; vestiture black, from small dark
punctures.
Pronotum dark brown. Mesonotal praescutum yellowish brown with four dark brown
stripes, the intermediate pair separated only on posterior two-thirds; pseudosutural foveae
and tuberculate pits black; posterior sclerites of notum brownish black. Pleura dark gray,
dorsopleural membrane brown. Halteres elongate, clear light yellow. Legs with coxae
black, gray pruinose; trochanters obscure yellow; femora brownish black, bases yellowed,
broadly on the posterior pair, remainder of legs brownish black; tibial spur of fore leg
lacking, present on hind pair (middle legs lacking). Wings brownish yellow, the basal fifth
clear orange yellow, including the veins; narrow brown seams over cord, outer end of cell
1st M2, origin of Rs, and the outer forks, more diffuse and paler on Cu and the outer
veins; veins light brown, the yellow bases extended outwardly to include all of Sc and less
evidently on other primary veins. Venation: Sci ending opposite fork of Rs; R» about
twice its length before the fork of R:i+i; origin of vein Rt angulated and short-spurred;
cell M\ subequal to its petiole; m-cu just beyond the fork of M.
Abdomen black, the genital segment intensely so ; valves of ovipositor horn yellow.
Holotype $, Jhum La, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 7,800
feet, May 13, 1961 (Schmid).
In its general appearance Neolimnophila citribasis is most similar to N.
1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts.
December, 1966]
Alexander: Himalayan Crane Flies, XIII
181
daedalea n. sp., of Sikkim, being readily told by the extensive brightening
of the wing base and the more restricted darkened pattern of the disk.
The lack of a distinct flagellar fusion-segment is especially noteworthy.
Both N . daedalea and N . fuscinervis Edwards, of Yunnan, have the basal seg-
ment of the flagellum elongate, resulting from four fused segments, with ten free
segments beyond.
Neolimnophila daedalea n. sp.
General coloration of thorax blackened, the praescutum with four darker stripes, the
intermediate pair vaguely separated; wings light yellow, most of the veins heavily seamed
with brown, cells C and Sc conspicuously brownish yellow; a darkened cloud in outer half
of cell R behind Rs.
male: Length about 5.5 mm; wing 8 mm; antenna about 1.2 mm.
female: Length about 6-6.5 mm; wing 8-8.2 mm; antenna about 1.4 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae black, scape pruinose; fusion-segment of flagellum
involving four segments, with ten free segments beyond. Head brownish gray; anterior
vertex broad.
Pronotum blackish gray. Mesonotal praescutum with four blackened stripes, the inter-
mediate pair only vaguely separated, the lateral stripes poorly indicated, lateral margins of
segment light gray ; posterior sclerites of notum black, very sparsely pruinose. Pleura gray.
Halteres light yellow. Legs with coxae black, pruinose; trochanters brown; remainder of
legs brownish black, femoral bases very narrowly paler. Wings strongly light yellow, the
prearcular field bright yellow; a heavy brown pattern over the cord, outer end of cell
1st M-2 and vein Cu, narrower but still conspicuous on veins beyond cord with the excep-
tion of M i+2, Mi and Ms+i; no darkenings on M or 1st A; a conspicuous marking in outer
half of cell R behind Rs; cells C and Sc brownish yellow. Venation: R2 some distance
before fork of Rs+i, subequal to R 3; position of r-m slightly variable, in cases at or just
before the fork of Rs.
Abdomen dull black. Valves of ovipositor long and straight, tips of cerci with coarse
yellow setae.
Holotype 2, Kalep, Sikkim, in Rhododendron association, 12,100 feet, June
18, 1959 (Schmid). Allotype, 8, Yumtang, Sikkim, in Rhododendron associa-
tion, 12,140 feet, June 27, 1959. Paratypes, 38 8, with the allotype; 1 $,
Chachu, Sikkim, 11,500 feet, June 29, 1959 (Schmid).
Other Himalayan species include Neolimnophila genitalis (Brunetti), with
unpatterned wings, together with N. bijusca Alexander and N . citribasis n. sp.,
previously described in the present report. In the higher mountains of western
China still other species are found, including N. fuscinervis Edwards, N.
perreducta Alexander and N. picturata Alexander, all with the details of wing
pattern and venation distinct.
Lipsothrix decurvata n. sp.
Pronotum and anterior end of praescutum brownish black, the remainder of the prae-
scutal stripes paler, pleura light yellow ; femora yellow, tips conspicuously brownish black ;
wings faintly darkened, prearcular and costal fields more brownish yellow; Rs relatively
long, nearly twice R2+ 3+4, vein R± very strongly decurved outwardly, its tip at or beyond
the wing apex, cell 1st M2 short-rectangular.
182
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
male: Length about 7-7.2 mm; wing 7. 5-7. 8 mm; antenna about 2. 7-2. 8 mm.
Rostrum brownish yellow; palpi black. Antennae relatively long, as shown by the
measurements; scape and pedicel brownish yellow, flagellum brownish black; segments long-
subcylindrical, verticils short and sparse. Head light brown.
Cervical region and pronotum brownish black. Mesonotal praescutum extensively obscure
yellow, with a light brown central stripe, anterior half more brownish black, this being a
continuation of the pronotal darkening, region of the suture yellowed; scutal lobes and
posterior sclerites darkened, including the pleurotergite. Pleura light yellow. Halteres with
stem pale, knob darkened. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; femora yellow, tips
conspicuously brownish black; tibiae obscure yellow, tips more narrowly darkened; tarsi
obscure yellow; claws long, with a major subbasal spine and two or three smaller more
proximal denticles. Wings faintly darkened, prearcular and costal regions more brownish
yellow, stigma still darker; veins brown, more yellowish brown in the brightened fields.
Macrotrichia of veins very long. Venation: Sc i ending just beyond fork of the long Rs,
Sc2 near its tip; R2 faint, subequal to or shorter than R1+2) vein Ri very strongly decurved
outwardly, ending at or beyond the wing tip, cell at margin slightly more extensive
than cell R>; cell 1st M* short-rectangular, less than one-half the veins beyond it; m-cu
about one-third its length beyond the fork of M, in cases close to the fork.
Abdomen including hypopygium, dark brown. Male hypopygium with the interbase
slender; phallosome strongly developed, about as in malla.
holotype S , Chateng, Sikkim, 8,700 feet, June 12, 1959 (Schmidt). Paratopo-
types, 4 8 S , on two pins.
Lipsothrix decurvata is close to L. malla Alexander, of Nepal, differing in
details of body coloration and in the venation, especially cell 1st Mo and the
radial field, including the more decurved vein R±.
Styringomyia subobscura n. sp.
Allied to obscurer, general coloration of body black; legs blackened, middle and hind
femora each with a narrow yellow subterminal ring, posterior tarsi whitened; wings slightly
suffused, virtually unpatterned; male hypopygium with a long sinuous rodlike spine near
base of inner arm of dististyle; apex of phallosome bilobed.
male: Length about 6.5 mm; wing 4.6.
female: Length about 6 mm; wing 4.5.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with proximal five or six segments black, the outer
ones brownish yellow; flagellar segments oval. Head brownish black.
Thorax black, sparsely gray pruinose to appear dull; central region of sternum some-
what paler. Halteres with stem dark brown, knob brownish black. Legs with coxae light
brown; trochanters brownish yellow; remainder of fore legs uniformly blackened; middle
femora restrictedly obscure yellow at base, remainder brownish black with a narrow obscure
yellow ring some distance before tip, tibiae brownish black, the extreme base pale, tarsi
brownish black, the extreme bases vaguely paler ; posterior legs chiefly black, femur with
a conspicuous pale yellow subterminal ring, the darkened tip nearly three times as extensive,
tibiae brownish black, tarsi whitened, the extreme tips of the individual segments pale brown,
terminal segment uniformly darkened. Wings beyond cord with a slight darkened suffusion,
basal cells more whitened; a dusky seam along vein Cu involving both cells; veins dark
brown. Venation: Anterior branch of Rs more nearly erect than in obscura.
Abdomen black. Male hypopygium generally as in obscura, differing in all details,
especially of the dististyle and phallosome. Outer rod of dististyle without basal setae;
outer arm large, its surface with numerous scattered setae; margin with an unbroken
December, 1966]
Alexander: Himalayan Crane Flies, XIII
183
comb of strong spinoid setae, those at either end of row slightly longer; inner arm of style
more slender, with two terminal combs, two strong similar spines near base, and a long
sinuous rodlike spine on outer margin near base ; origin of dististyle with a blackened rod,
its apex dilated into a head. Phallosome on either side with a recurved or pendant lobe,
the obtuse apex blackened; in obscura this represented by a single powerful terminal spine.
holotype 8, Chapai, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 700 feet,
February 26, 1961 (Schmid). Allotype 2, Bhairabkunda, Kameng, 700-1,000
feet, March 5, 1961 (Schmid).
The closest relatives of the present fly are Styringomyia obscura Brunetti and
S. schmidiana Alexander, both with the hypopygial structure quite distinct. The
male hypopygium of obscura has been described and figured by the writer
(Philippine Jour. Sei. 86: 447-448, pi. 4, fig. 56; 1957).
Styringomyia tarsatra n. sp.
Size small (wing 4.5 mm or less) ; general coloration of mesonotum dark gray and black,
ventral half of thoracic pleura abruptly yellow ; halteres black ; femora black, bases and a
narrow subterminal ring yellow, all tibiae and tarsi black ; wings with a weak brownish
tinge, the basal third more whitened; abdomen black; male hypopygium with the modified
sternal setae apical in position ; outer lobe of basistyle with a single modified seta ; inter-
mediate and inner arms of dististyle with rows of blackened pegs; phallosome unusually
small and inconspicuous, the blackened apex rounded.
male: Length about 6. 2-6. 5 mm; wing 4-4.5 mm.
female: Length about 6 mm; wing 4.2 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with scape, pedicel and proximal flagellar segments
black, intermediate segments paler, the outer ones again blackened; pedicel enlarged,
flagellar segments oval. Head dark brown to brownish black, sparsely pruinose.
Pronotum dark brown, obscure yellow medially. Mesonotum gray, patterned with black
including sublateral praescutal stripes and margins to the scutal lobes; scutellum with a
central pale yellow spot. Pleura conspicuously blackened above, including the dorsopleural
membrane, lower half abruptly yellow, including also the coxae of all legs. Halteres black.
Legs with trochanters yellow, femora black, the bases restrictedly paler, with a narrow
obscure yellow subterminal ring at about twice its length from the tip; tibiae and tarsi of
all legs black. Wings with a weak brownish tinge, the basal third or more whitened; veins
brown. Venation: Anterior branch of Rs oblique; cell 2nd M 2 narrowly to more broadly
sessile.
Abdomen black, hypopygium brownish black. Male hypopygium with the tergite nar-
rowed outwardly, apical lobe provided with dense retrorse setae ; sternite long and narrow,
the two modified setae terminal, placed at outer apical angles of sternal lobe, surface
microscopically setulose. Basistyle with a single modified seta, subequal in length to its
basal tubercle. Dististyle with outer arm bearing a single weak seta at near one-third the
length; intermediate and inner arms provided with blackened pegs; inner arm with a
slender pale rod on outer margin, the inner edge near base with a group of about 10 to
12 very long setae. Phallosome unusually small and inconspicuous, the outer end rounded
and blackened.
holotype 8, Parewavir, Nepal, March 28, 1957 (Coher). Allotype 2, Am-
lekhgang, Nepal, 520 meters, July 26, 1957 (Coher). Paratopotypes, 6 8 8,
with the type, March 15-28, 1957 (Coher).
184
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Other somewhat similar regional species include Styringomyia obscura Bru-
netti, S. schmidiana Alexander, and S. subobscura n. sp., from which the
present fly differs in the small size, details of coloration, including the uni-
formly blackened tarsi of all legs, and in the details of hypopygial structure,
including particularly the dististyle and phallosome.
Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) tuberifera n. sp.
General coloration of head and thorax gray, the praescutum with three virtually con-
fluent brown stripes; halteres and legs black, the femoral bases restrictedly yellow; wings
subhayaline, base more yellowed, anterior branch of Rs sinuous, cell Rx narrowed at
margin ; abdomen brownish black ; male hypopygium with a strong tubercle near proximal
end of basistyle ; dististyle terminal, the marginal tubercle small ; arms of aedeagus very
short.
male: Length, excluding rostrum, about 5 mm; wing 5 mm; rostrum alone about 3 mm.
female: Length, excluding rostrum, about 5.5 mm; wing 5 mm; rostrum about 3 mm.
Rostrum black, more than one-half the length of wing. Antennae black. Head black,
sparsely pruinose, without a corniculus ; anterior vertex relatively narrow, slightly wider
than the diameter of the scape.
Cervical region and pronotum blackened. Mesonotal praescutum with three virtually
confluent brown stripes, the median extension darker in front, lateral praescutal borders
gray ; posterior sclerites of notum black, gray pruinose, scutal lobes more infuscated. Pleura
black, sparsely pruinose to appear plumbeous. Halteres black throughout. Legs with coxae
brownish black, trochanters brownish yellow; remainder of legs black, femoral bases re-
strictedly yellowed. Wings subhyaline, the base more yellowed; veins brown, those at
wing base more brownish yellow. Certain veins beyond cord with sparse trichia, including
both sections of R5 and distal section of M i+2; a single trichium near outer end of vein Ms.
Venation: Sci ending just beyond origin of Rs, Sc» before the origin; anterior branch of
Rs sinuous but more erect than in mesorhyncha, cell R\ narrowed at margin; Rs nearly as
long as basal section of R5; m-cu before fork of M. In the allotype female both wings
have cell Ms open by the atrophy of m.
Abdomen, including hypopygium, brownish black. Male hypopygium with a strong
tubercle on mesal face of basistyle near proximal end, provided with several strong black
setae. Dististyle single, terminal in position, extended into a long slender beak bearing a
low lateral flange, outer margin shortly before midlength with a small tubercle. Interbases
appearing as narrow blades. Arms of aedeagus unusually short, less than the distance
separating them at bases.
holotype $ , Lathong, Sikkim, 6,560 feet, July 26, 1959 (Schmid). Allotopo-
type, 9.
The closest relative is Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) mesorhyncha Alexander
which differs in the venation of the radial field and in the hypopygial struc-
ture, especially the dististyle and aedeagus.
Received for Publication August 5, 1966
December, 1966]
Klots: Amblyscirtes samoset Larva
185
The Larva of Amblyscirtes samoset (Scudder)
(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae)
Alexander B. Klots1
Abstract: The mature larva is described, figured and compared with that of the largely
sympatric A. vialis (W. H. Edwards). Some larval characters of the genus Amblyscirtes
Scudder are discussed.
A female Amblyscirtes samoset (Scudder) was observed, by Cyril dos Passos
and the writer, ovipositing on Poa pratensis L. near West Bridgewater, Vermont,
on 9 June 1956. A single egg was found, from which the larva was reared to
maturity by Dr. dos Passos. The larva was then photographed, studied and
preserved by the writer. It is in the American Museum of Natural History.
The larva of this species is relatively unknown, almost the only published data
on it being those of Scudder (1889, p. 1589-1592, pi. 77, fig. 29). Scudder,
however, merely copied one of Abbot’s pictures; and his description and figure
are quite inadequate.
DESCRIPTION OE MATURE LARVA
length at rest: 22.5 mm. Head rounded and only very slightly emarginate dorsally at
epicranial suture (Fig. 3), from anterior aspect as wide as high; and with very little taper
dorsad; covered with fine, ridgelike reticulations; very sparsely and finely setose. Face
(including the central triangular sclerite, the narrow sclerites bordering this laterally, and
the anterior edges of the epicrania2) dark brown, forming a triangle that narrows toward
vertex, and behind vertex joins the dark posterior region of the head; laterad of this on
either side a broad, very pale brown band running dorsad almost to vertex (Figs. 1 & 2) ;
posterad of this on either side a dark brown band, ventrally including the anterior 4
stemmata, running dorsad to vertex; posterad of this on either side a broad, pale band
running dorsad almost to vertex; vertex and posterior region of head dark brown. Labrum
shallowly emarginate. A strong, projecting, slightly recurved spine (here called the
paraclypeal spine ) arising laterad of each ventro-lateral angle of clypeus, protruding forward
and ventrad. Stemmata: Nos. 1-4 forming an anterior curving group; of these, 4 is the
largest, 3 is slightly smaller than 4, 1 is slightly smaller than 3, and 2 is slightly smaller
than 1. No. 6 is almost directly caudad of 4 and about as far from it as 1 is from 3.
1 Professor of Biology, The City College of New York; and Research Associate, American
Museum of Natural History.
2 The nomenclature of the anterior surface of the head of lepidopterous larvae is some-
what confused. Most recent systematists call the large, triangular, central sclerite the frons ,
the narrow sclerites along each side of this the adfrontals, and the transverse area ventrad
of the so-called frons the clypeus. However, as shown by Snodgrass (1935, p. 121, fig. 64)
the triangular central sclerite is really the clypeus; most of the true frons is invaginated
within the so-called epicranial suture dorsad of the true clypeus; and the narrow, lateral
sclerites are the ventral remnants of the true frons, separated by the dorsad extension be-
tween them of the true clypeus. Scudder (loc. cit ., I, p. 8) calls the whole complex the
“facial triangle, or clypeus.”
186
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Figs. 1 & 2. Mature larva, Amblyscirtes samoset (Scudder), from life. Fig. 1: lateral
aspect. Fig. 2: dorsal aspect.
No. 5 is ventrad and slightly cauaad of 6, just above and slightly caudad of base of
antenna and directed ventrad. Prothoracic shield heavily sclerotized, black, shining, its
ventral margins somewhat undulate. Prothoracic spiracle very large, broadly and sym-
metrically oval.
Ground color of body very pale whitish green with darker dull green markings (Figs.
1 & 2). Meso- and metathorax fairly thickly covered with short setae arising from circular,
well-sclerotized bases ; remainder of body with shorter, much sparser setae, nearly all of
which arise from almost unsclerotized bases. A distinct narrow, mid-dorsal, dark line
from anterior end of mesothorax to posterior end of abdomen, weakening posteriorly; a
more diffuse, dark, lateral, supraspiracular line from thorax to posterior end of abdomen,
weakening posteriorly. A pale whitish, subspiracular line along the edge of a distinct,
folded, lateral ridge from anterior edge of prothorax to posterior end of abdomen. Meso-
thorax almost completely dark, metathorax lighter, abdominal segments progressively lighter.
On the posterior part (somewhat more than half) of each abdominal segment are 4 or 5
very narrow, somewhat irregular transverse dark lines between which are transverse rows
December, 1966]
Klots: Amblyscirtes samoset Larva
187
Figs. 3 & 4. Head of mature larva, Amblyscirtes samoset (Scudder). Fig. 3: anterior
aspect; the shading shows pigmentation, not contour. Fig. 4: lateral aspect, showing also
prothoracic shield and spiracle.
of dark dots; and on the anterior part (somewhat less than half) of each segment a number
of dark dots, sometimes more or less in transverse rows, sometimes irregularly located.
DISCUSSION
Scudder’s description and figures of the larvae of A. vialis (loc. cit., p. 157 5—
1588, PI. 77, fig. 24 and PI. 80, figs. 46-50) show it differing from that of
A. samoset in a number of features. A. vialis has the head narrower and more
emarginate and tapering dorsally; the frontal triangle is more largely pale;
on either side of it is a narrow, vertical dark stripe that does not run dorsad
to join the other dark areas; and the body is paler and more thickly setose
and lacks the dark middorsal line and most of the other dark markings of
samoset. Scudder cites the dorsally tapering, emarginate head and the pro-
truding paraclypeal spines as generic characters for Amblyscirtes. Heitzman
(“1964” 1 1965] and 1965) has described and figured in detail the larvae of
A. nysa W. H. Edwards and A. belli A. Freeman. Each has a dark middorsal
line, a dorsally tapering, emarginate head, and a distinctive dark and light
banded head pattern generically like those of A. vialis and samoset. Paraclypeal
spines are figured for the larva of A. belli but not mentioned; but are not men-
tioned or figured for the larva of A. nysa. In the latter case they may have been
overlooked. The stemmata and prothoracic spiracle are not shown in detail. It
seems probable that the paraclypeal spines and the banded head pattern may
be regarded as characters for Amblyscirtes, but that the dorsally broader and
non-emarginate head is peculiar to A. samoset. Details of the body pattern
188
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
and the surface sculpturing of the head may well prove to be characters of
specific value when the larvae of more species are known.
Literature Cited
Heitzman, J. R. “1964” [1965]. The habits and life history of Amblyscirtes nysa (Hes-
periidae) in Missouri. Jour. Res. Lep., 3: 154-156.
. 1965. The life history of Amblyscirtes belli in Missouri. Jour. Res. Lep.,
4: 75-78.
Scudder, S. H. 1889. The butterflies of the eastern United States and Canada with special
reference to New England. Cambridge, Massachusetts.
Snodgrass, R. E. 1935. The principles of insect morphology. McGraw-Hill, New York.
Received for Publication August 10, 1966
The Discovery of Additional Journals of Frank E. Watson
In an obituary of Frank Edward Watson, 1877-1947, published in the Journal of the
New York Entomological Society (1958, 66: 1-6) the finding of some of his loose-leaf
journals covering the years 1904 in part, 1906-1910, 1911 in part, 1912-1913, 1915 and
1923-1925 was reported. During Watson’s last years he made his home with William
Friedle of Ozone Park, Long Island, New York. With the death of William Friedle a few
months ago his step nephew, Mr. Bruce Friedle, discovered a number of additional volumes
of Watson’s journals that had not been delivered to the undersigned when he purchased
Watson’s butterfly collection and library from Friedle after the former’s death.
These additional journals have been kindly given by Mr. Friedle to the Department of
Entomology of the American Museum of Natural History and are as follows: 1896-1905,
1914-1922, 1926-1931, 1934-1947. Thus the American Museum now has all of Watson’s
diaries in the Department of Entomology with the exception of those covering the years
1932 and 1933. These must be assumed to have been lost.
The Watson journals, as before observed, are extremely interesting and important as
showing his activities in the field from day to day and in rearing Lepidoptera. Further
details of these matters will be found on page 3 of the aforementioned paper. They also
fix definitely his collecting localities which are only indicated on his specimens by code
letters.
Cyril F. dos Passos
December, 19661 Manischewitz: Parasitic Mites of New Jersey
189
Studies on Parasitic Mites of New Jersey1
Jack R. Manischewitz
Rutgers — The State University, New Brunswick, N.J.
Abstract: A study of mites of the Trombiculidae, Myobiidae, Pyemotidae, Tetranychidae,
and Acarinae collected from mammals in New Jersey included 26 recognized species and 3
probable new species. New records for the state and host and date-locality records are
included.
INTRODUCTION
In view of the scarcity of New Jersey ectoparasite records, a survey was
undertaken from 1951 to 1953 by the New Jersey Agricultural Experiment
Station with cooperation from the New Jersey Department of Agriculture, and
the New Jersey Division of Fish and Game. During this survey, about 4,000
mammals of twenty-nine species were collected.
This paper summarizes information on the Trombiculidae, Myobiidae,
Pyemotidae, Tetranychidae, and Acarinae which were taken from mammals
and are new collection and/or host records for New Jersey.
Most of the small mammals other than rats were collected with Sherman
live traps or snap mousetraps. Rats were usually collected from municipal
dumps by use of cyanide gas. All mites were mounted in Hoyer’s medium.
RESULTS
New records for the state are listed below together with information on hosts
and comments on species where warranted. In the records abbreviations are
as follows: L indicates larva, N indicates nymph, T indicates tritonymph, F
indicates female, and M indicates male. Specimens without letter designations
are adults. Numbers appearing after the word “plus” indicate specimens not
mounted and not identified by the author, but which were thought at the
time of mounting to be identical with those mounted. All mites of the same
species found on the same day on the same host species in the same locality
are dealt with as one record.
TROMBICULIDAE
Wharton and Fuller (1952) summarize much general information pertaining
to the biology and ecology of chiggers. They also present keys to genera, and
list all species and all references. Brennan and Jones (1959) present keys in-
cluding all North American species of chiggers.
1 Paper of the Journal Series, New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station. From a thesis
submitted to the Graduate Faculty, Rutgers — The State University in partial fulfillment of
the requirements for the M.S. degree.
190
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Table 1. Mites and hosts found in the present study.
<0
8
8
53
Co
8
q
8
*8
8
Co
•
8
•
V
#co
<s»
53
,<o
-O
tuo
§
8
8
«o
8
<o
Co
O
co
8
CO
Co
*>»
CO
Co
V
o
CO
8
• 5S*
<8
Co
8
<s*
CO
Co
<s>
CO
• 5S*
&0
CO
p
s
rs*
«
53
8
53
8
53
8
•p*
-+8i
Co
8
•^1
8
►si
O
§
5S>
*>>*
<s*
£►
CO
Q
►2
CQ
O
§
CO
ft.
•+8i
• 58*
ft*
Co
8
*
8
Le ptotr ombidium myotis
2
1*
Miyatrombicula cynos
1*
N eotrombicula whartoni
20*
11
3*
1*
Euschongastia peromysci
9 6
41
6
1*
Euschongastia marmot ae
23
Euschongastia blarinae
5
Euschongastia setosa
1
Protomyobia claparedei
1
1*
Blarinobia simplex
88
1*
Radfordia subuliger
1*
Radjordia lemnina
2
3*
Radfordia affinis
7
Radfordia ensifera
1*
3*
5*
1*
7716
Myobia musculi
1
Bryobia praetiosa
4
2*
1*
1*
3*
Pygmephorus erlangensis
8*
554*
Pygmephorus sp.
1*
569*
Pygmephorus sp.
5*
Pediculaster mesembrinae
1*
Pseudo pygmephorus sellnicki
26*
Pseudo pygmephorus tarsalis
3*
Neo pygmephorus bavaric us
2*
11*
2*
N eo pygmephorus lithobii
1*
N eo pygmephorus sp.
1*
18*
159*
Acarus siro
73
Acarus immobilis
5*
Tyrophagus similis
1*
Tyrophagus palmarum
2*
Tyrophagus putrescentiae
38
Total hosts examined
13
88
2 152
156
146
44
2795 3
* No previous records on this host.
Keys including all species of the N eotrombicula, detailed descriptions, and
many diagrams, are presented by Brennan and Wharton (1950). Complete
records of United States N eotrombicula are also presented.
The most important work dealing with the genus Euschongastia is that of
Farrell (1956) which includes a key to species, complete descriptions and much
ecological information.
Le ptotr ombidium myotis (Ewing)
Seabrook, 22 Sept. 52, ex Peromyscus leucopus, 2L; Seabrook, 22 Sept. 52, ex Pitymys
pinetorum, 1L.
December, 1966] Manischewitz: Parasitic Mites of New Jersey
191
Miyatrombicula cynos (Ewing)
Vernon, 7 Feb. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, 1L.
N eotrombicula whartoni (Ewing)
Eldora, 9 Apr. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, 1L; Moorestown, 18 Mar. 53, ex Pitymys
pinetorum, 1L; Riverton, 21 Apr. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, 1L; Barnegat, 19 Nov. 53;
ex Microtus pennsylvanicus, 10L; Clayton, 16 Dec. 52, ex Microtus pennsylvanicus , 1L;
Clinton, 29 Oct. 51, ex Didelphis virginiana, 20L; Riverton, 15 Feb. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus,
1L.
Euschongastia peromysci (Ewing)
Bamber, 10 Nov. 53, ex Peromyscus leucopus, 4L; Monroeville, 13 Feb. 53, ex Peromyscus
leucopus, 2L; New Brunswick, 4 Feb. 53, ex Peromyscus leucopus , 1L; New Brunswick,
9 Mar. 53, ex Peromyscus leucopus , 7L; New Brunswick, 10 Mar. 53, ex Peromyscus
leucopus, 3L; New Brunswick, 23 Mar. 53, ex Peromyscus leucopus , 1L; Seabrook, 22
Sept. 52, ex Peromyscus leucopus , 23L; Clayton, 16 Dec. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, 1L;
Lakehurst, 12 May 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, 1L; New Brunswick, 4 Feb. 53, ex Pitymys
pinetorum, 1L; Seabrook, 22 Sept. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum, 3L; Chester, 17 Dec. 52, ex
Microtus pennsylvanicus, 1L; Clayton, 16 Dec. 52, ex Microtus pennsylvanicus, 1L; New
Brunswick, 5 Feb. 53, ex Microtus pennsylvanicus, 4L; Seabrook, 22 Sept. 52, ex Clethrion-
omys gapperi, 9L; Pedricktown, 10 Mar. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, 1L.
Euschongastia marmotae Farrell
Clinton, 1 Oct. 51, ex Marmota monax, 23L.
Euschongastia blarinae (Ewing)
Clinton, 30 Sept. 51, ex Blarina brevicauda, 5L.
Euschongastia setosa (Ewing)
Seabrook, 22 Sept. 52, ex Peromyscus leucopus, 1L.
MYOBIIDAE
Ewing (1938) described all known North American Myobiidae, and included
host, date, and locality records. Jameson (1955) taxonomically and ecologically
summarized the genera of the Myobiidae. A key to genera is presented, as well
as phylogentic relationships of genera. With respect to Radfordia, an excellent
key is presented by Howell and Elzinga (1962).
Protomyobia claparedei (Poppe)
Fligh Bridge, 11 Feb. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda , IF; Barnegat, 19 Nov. 53, ex Microtus
pennsylvanicus, IF.
Blarinobia simplex (Ewing)
Allentown, 20 Jan. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda, IF plus 60; Clinton, 30 Sept. 53, ex Blarina
brevicauda, 3F ; Eldora, 10 Apr. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda , 2F ; Port Republic, 16 Apr. 53,
ex Blarina brevicauda, IF plus 8; Riverton, 21 Apr. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda, 3F plus 4;
Robinsville, 15 Jan. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda, IF ; Somerset County, 5 Apr. 52, ex Blarina
brevicauda, IF, 2FN ; Trenton, 21 Apr. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda, IF; Yardville, 30 Nov.
53, ex Blarina brevicauda , IF ; Trenton, 22 Jan. 53, ex Mus musculus, IF.
Radfordia subuliger Ewing
New Brunswick, 3 Feb. 53, ex Peromyscus leucopus , IF.
Radfordia lemnina (Koch)
Princeton, 22 Jan. 53, ex Microtus pennsylvanicus, 1M; Morris County, 6 Feb. 53, ex
Microtus pennsylvanicus, IF ; Seabrook, 15 Dec. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum, IF plus 1 ;
Clayton, 16 Dec. 52, ex Pitmymys pinetorum, 1M.
192
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Radfordia ajfinis (Poppe)
Trenton, 24 Jan. 53, ex Mus musculus, IF plus 5; Trenton, 26 Jan. 53, ex Mus musculus,
IF.
Radfordia ensifera (Poppe)
Bridgeton, 19 Dec. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum, IF; Robbinsville, 14 Jan. 53, ex Pitymys
pinetorum , IF; Vincentown, 23 Jan. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum , 2M, IF; Fortescue, 20 Jan.
53, ex Blarina brevicauda, 1M; Princeton, 22 Jan. 53, ex Microtus pennsylvanicus, 1M plus
2; Princeton, 22 Jan. 53, ex Mus musculus , 1M.
Over 7,000 Radfordia ensifera were collected from Rattus norvegicus. The localities of
these collections are presented in Figure 1.
Radfordia ensifera is common on New Jersey rats; 34% of those examined were found
to possess Radfordia ensifera. The per cent infestation appeared to be constant throughout
the year, although the average number of mites per infested rat was not. An average of 8.1
specimens of Radfordia ensifera was found per infested rat. No significant difference was
found between the average number of Radfordia ensifera per rat in the various sections of
New Jersey.
Radfordia ensifera may be found on New Jersey rats throughout the year. The seasonal
fluctuations are the same throughout the state. In summer this myobiid is about two and
one-half times as abundant as during the rest of the year.
Myobia musculi Schrank
Trenton, 9 Feb. 53, ex Mus musculus, IF.
PYEMOTIDAE
Cross (1962) deals with many pyemotids found throughout the country.
Krczal (1959) describes many new European pyemotids.
Pediculaster mesembrinae (Canestrini)
Woodbury, 27 Aug. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, IF.
Pygmephorus erlangensis Krczal
Dividing Creek, 15 Jan. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda, IF; Franklin Township, 5 Apr. 52,
ex Blarina brevicauda , 2F ; Robbinsville, 15 Jan. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda , IF plus 1;
Yardville, 29 Nov. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda, IF plus 2.
The following records are all ex Rattus norvegicus:
Atlantic City, 6 Feb. 52, 2F plus 94; Audubon, 1 Feb. 52, IF; Barrington, 4 Feb. 52,
2F ; Bernardsville, 7 Dec. 51, IF; Bloomingdale, 16 May 52, IF; Bridgeton, 11 Feb. 52,
IF; Burlington, 28 Feb. 52, 3F plus 12; Cranbury, 7 Apr. 52, 7F plus 26; Elizabeth, 30 Jan.
52, 2F plus 14; Fairview, 9 May 52, IF plus 8; 11 Aug. 52, IF plus 18; Flemington, 10
Dec. 51, 3F ; Gibbstown, 12 Mar. 52, 2F plus 13; Hackensack, 20 May 51, IF; Hacketts-
town, 26 Mar. 52, 4F ; Hightstown, 21 Apr. 52, 6F plus 7; Jersey City, 14 Nov. 51, IF;
25 Feb. 52, 6F plus 9; 28 Feb. 52, 3F plus 12; Lyndhurst, 8 May 52, IF plus 73; McAfee,
7 Feb. 52, 2F ; 13 Feb. 52, 2F ; National Park, 2 Apr. 52, IF; Newark, 28 Feb. 52, IF;
North Arlington, 25 Feb. 52, 2F plus 7; Palmyra, 27 Mar. 52, 2F plus 1; Pedricktown,
10 Mar. 52, 4F plus 16; Pennsauken Township, 26 Feb. 52, 3F plus 12; Pennsgrove, 6 Mar.
52, 2F plus 10; Perth Amboy, 20 May 51, 2F ; 16 Mar. 52, 4F plus 2; Phillipsburg, 21
Mar. 52, 2F plus 7; Pine Brook, 9 June 52, 2F ; Rahway, 8 Jan. 52, IF; 30 Jan. 52, IF;
23 Apr. 52, 2F ; Raritan, 6 Dec. 51, IF plus 19; 15 May 52, IF; Riverside, 27 Feb. 52, IF;
28 Mar. 52, 4F plus 2; Riverton, 15 Feb. 52, 3F plus 3; Roebling, 28 Feb. 52, IF plus 7;
Rutherford, 13 June 52, 5F plus 6; Salem, 30 Nov. 51, 2F ; 5 Mar. 52, IF; Seabrook, 7 Feb.
52, 6F plus 5; Secaucus, 26 Feb. 52, 2F ; South Camden, 14 Mar. 52, 3F plus 7; South
December, 1966] Manischewitz: Parasitic Mites of New Jersey
193
Fig. 1. Distribution of Radfordia ensifera.
194
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
River, 27 Feb. 52, 4F plus 12; 22 Apr. 52, IF; Trenton, 20 Feb. 52, 4F plus 7; Union City,
31 Aug. 51, 2F ; Westville, 5 Feb. 52, 4F plus 3; Wildwood, 20 Feb. 52, IF plus 8; Wood-
bury, 15 Feb. 52, 5F plus 14.
Pygmephorus erlangensis was found throughout the year, being most abundant during
winter and early spring.
Pygmephorus sp.
Eldora, 10 Apr. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda (dead), IF.
The following records are all ex Rattus norvegicus :
Allentown, 20 Aug. 52, IF; Belvidere, 13 May 52, IF plus 12; Cranbury, 7 Apr. 52, 3F
plus 7; Fairview, 28 Aug. 51, 2F ; Hackensack, 20 May 51, 2F plus 1; North Arlington,
25 Feb. 52, 3F plus 6; Phillipsburg, 21 Mar. 52, IF; Rahway, 23 Apr. 52, 3F plus 5;
Raritan, 15 May 52, IF plus 3; Riverside, 27 Feb. 52, 2F ; Riverton, 15 Feb. 52, IF; Secaucus,
19 Feb. 52, 2F ; 26 Feb. 52, IF; 7 May 52, 2F plus 483; Somers Point, 13 Feb. 52, IF;
South River, 22 Apr. 52, IF plus 5; Trenton, 20 Feb. 52, IF; Union City, 6 May 52, IF
plus 10; Woodbury, 15 Feb. 52, IF plus 7.
This species is similar to Pygmephorus sp. of Cross (1962) as well as to
Pygmephorus spinosus Kramer. It differs from the former in the following
respects: (1) The caudal setae are only about half as long as in the diagram
of Cross. (2) The lengths of dorsal setae I and II relative to the length of the
hysterosome are similar to those of Pygmephorus spinosus. (3) The lateral
setae I are but slightly longer than dorsal setae I. (4) The stigmatal setae of
the propodosoma are about twice as long as in the diagram of Cross. (5) The
distance between the base of a stigmatal setae and the base of the anterior
pseudostigmatal seta on the same side is about two-thirds as great as the dis-
tance between the base of the anterior pseudostigmatal seta and the base of
the posterior pseudostigmatal seta on the same side.
No intermediates between Pygmephorus erlangensis and the undescribed
Pygmephorus sp. were found. This Pygmephorus sp. differs from Pygmephorus
erlangensis in the following respects : ( 1 ) Stigmatal setae are only about sixty
percent as long as those of Pygmephorus erlangensis. (2) External ventral
setae II barely reach the bases of the internal presternal setae, whereas in
Pygmephorus erlangensis they almost reach the bases of the external presternal
setae. (3) All three pairs of caudal setae are the same length, whereas in
Pygmephorus erlangensis the most lateral pair is slightly more than twice as
long as the others. (4) The distance between internal caudal setae and external
caudal setae I is only one-half as great as the distance between external caudal
setae I and external caudal setae II, whereas in Pygmephorus erlangensis the
two distances are equal.
The specimen taken from Blarina brevicauda , the same host with which
Cross’s specimen was associated, differs slightly from the others and may be
another species. In this specimen the relative lengths of lateral setae I and
dorsal setae I are as diagrammed by Cross. However, the other differences
noted above remain.
December, 1966] Manischewitz: Parasitic Mites of New Jersey
195
Pygmephorus sp.
Fellowship, 22 Jan. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, 3F (questionable record) ; Jamesburg, 14
Nov. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum , IF; New Brunswick, 4 Feb. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, IF.
This species is somewhat similar to Pygmephorus microti Krczal, known only from Europe
on Microtus arvalis and Sorex araneus. Pygmephorus sp. differs from Pygmephorus microti
in the following respects: (1) The bases of lateral setae III are slightly anterior to the bases
of dorsal setae III. (2) The caudal setae are almost as wide as the dorsal setae. (3) The
external caudal setae II are about half as long as the dorsal setae IV. (4) The external
caudal setae I are about half as long as the external caudal setae II. (5) The internal
caudal setae are about two-thirds as long as the external caudal setae I.
Pseudo pygmephorus sellnicki (Krczal)
Dover, 28 May 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, IF; Jersey City, 8 July 52, ex Rattus norvegicus,
IF; Kearny, 8 July 52, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF; Lyndhurst, 12 June 51, ex Rattus nor-
vegicus, IF; New Brunswick, 23 Apr. 51, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF; Perth Amboy, 20 May
51, ex Rattus norvegicus , 2F ; Rahway, 12 June 51, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF; Rahway, 5
July 51, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF; Union City, 7 Aug. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF plus
15; Woodbury, 27 Aug. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, IF.
Pseudo pygmephorus tarsalis (Hirst)
Kearny, 8 July 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, IF; Lyndhurst, 21 June 51, ex Rattus norvegicus,
IF; Perth Amboy, 10 Sept. 51, ex Rattus norvegicus, IF.
Neo pygmephorus bavaricus (Krczal)
Clayton, 16 Dec. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum , IF; Haddonfield, 22 Jan. 53, ex Pitymys
pinetorum, IF; Jamesburg, 12 Nov. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum, IF; Jamesburg, 14 Nov.
52, ex Pitymys pinetorum, IF; Riverton, 21 Apr. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum , IF plus 1;
Vincentown, 23 Jan. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum. , 2F plus 3; Bridgeton, 22 Apr. 52, ex
Rattus norvegicus, IF ; South Camden, 14 Mar. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, IF ; Franklin
Township, 5 Apr. 52, ex Blarina brevicauda, 2F.
Neo pygmephorus lithobii (Krczal)
Seabrook, 22 Sept. 52, ex Peromyscus leucopus, IF.
N eo pygmephorus sp.
Clayton, 16 Dec. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum , IF plus 1; Glassboro, 17 Dec. 52, ex Pitymys
pinetorum , IF plus 2; Haddonfield, 22 Jan. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, 2F ; Jamesburg,
14 Nov. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum , 2F ; Manalapan, 23 Apr. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, IF ;
Penns Neck, 24 Apr. 53, ex Pitymys pinetorum, IF plus 1; Princeton, 9 Feb. 53, ex Pitymys
pinetorum, 3F plus 1; Seabrook, 15 Dec. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum , 3F plus 7; Seabrook,
18 Dec. 52, ex Pitymys pinetorum, 9F plus 85; Vincentown, 23 Jan. 53, ex Pitymys pine-
torum, 13F plus 27; Dividing Creek, 15 Jan. 53, ex Microtus pennsylvanicus , IF plus 1;
Jamesburg, 12 Nov. 53, ex Microtus pennsylvanicus , IF plus 12; Princeton, 20 Feb. 53,
ex Microtus pennsylvanicus, IF plus 1; Robbinsville, 16 Jan. 53, ex Microtus pennsylvanicus,
IF ; Flemington, 21 Jan. 53, ex Blarina brevicauda, IF.
In most respects, the present specimens resemble the Neo pygmephorus sp.
found in a rodent cache and diagrammed by Cross (1962). However, the
present species differs from that diagrammed by Cross in that lateral setae IV
are longer than dorsal setae IV by about an eighth, and the presternal and
posternal setae have relative lengths and positions resembling those of N eo-
pygmephorus blumentritti (Krczal).
196
New York Entomological Society
IVol. LXXIV
TETRANYCHIDAE
This family is entirely phytophagous, and its presence on mammals found
during the ectoparasite survey is believed accidental.
Bryobia praetiosa Koch
Passaic County, 10 Feb. S3, ex Blarina brevicauda (dead), IF; Somerville, 22 Apr. S3,
ex Blarina brevicauda (dead), IF; Clinton, 29 Oct. 51, ex Didelphis virginiana , 4F ; Flem-
ington, 9 Oct. SI, ex Rattus norvegicus , 3F ; Camden County, 22 Jan. 53, ex Microtus
pennsylvanicus (dead), IF; Vincentown, 23 Jan. S3, ex Pitymys pinetorum (dead).
ACARINAE
The Acarinae, a subfamily of Acaridae, are not parasitic but specimens were
taken from some mammals.
Acarus siro L.
Belvidere (feed mill), 1 Feb. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF; Elizabeth (feed company),
30 Jan. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, 2M, 4F ; North Brunswick (farm), 29 Apr. 52, ex Rattus
norvegicus, IF; Springfield (farm supply store), 30 Jan. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus, 13M,
22F ; Vineland (warehouse), 10 Jan. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus , 2M, 3F plus 10; Vineland
(warehouse), 11 Jan. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus , 1M, 3F plus 11.
Acarus siro feeds on dry farinaceous products (Hughes, 1961). All the above
records are from places where such products probably occurred.
Acarus immobilis (Griffiths)
Flemington, 4 Jan. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF; Long Branch, 21 Aug. 52, ex Rattus
norvegicus , IF; Westville, 5 Feb. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF plus 2.
Tyrophagus similis (Volgin)
Secaucus, 26 Feb. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF.
Tyrophagus palmarum Oudemans
Salem, 29 Nov. 51, ex Rattus norvegicus , IF; Seabrook, 7 Feb. 52, ex Rattus norvegicus ,
IF.
Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank)
All records below are ex Rattus norvegicus :
Atlantic City, 30 Jan. 52, 1FT ; Bernardsville, 13 Aug. 52, 2F ; Bloomingdale, 6 Sept. 51,
IF, 1M; 5 Sept. 52, IF; Flemington, 15 Aug. 52, IF; Hightstown, 19 Aug. 52, IF, 1M;
Jersey City, 19 Dec. 51, 1M, 2F ; 6 Aug. 52, IF; Long Branch, 23 July 52, 3F ; Newark,
3 June 52, 1M; Newton, 7 Feb. 52, 1M, 3F ; North Arlington, 20 Nov. 51, IF; Palisades
Park, 2 Aug. 51, IF; 7 Aug. 51, IF, 1FT, plus 1; 22 Aug. 51, 1M, IF, plus 1; 30 Aug. 51,
IF; Perth Amboy, 10 Sept. 51, IF; Phillipsburg, 18 Aug. 52, 1FT ; Rahway, 25 July 51,
IF; 4 Sept. 51, 1M, 1FT; 30 Jan. 52, 2F ; Woodbury, 27 Aug. 52, IF.
Table 1 summarizes the present study, listing the species found, the hosts, and the
number found on each host.
Acknowledgment
I would like to express my appreciation to Dr. Elton J. Hansens for his advice and
guidance throughout the course of this study.
December, 1966] Manischewitz: Parasitic Mites of New Jersey
197
Literature Cited
Brennan, J. M. and E. K. Jones. 1959. Keys to the chiggers of North America with
synonymic notes and descriptions of two new genera (Acarina: Trombiculidae) .
Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 52: 7-16.
Brennan, J. M. and G. W. Wharton. 1950. Studies on North American chiggers. No. 3.
the subgenus Neotrombicula. Amer. Midi. Nat. 44(1): 153-197.
Cross, E. A. 1962. The generic relationships of the family Pyemotidae (Acarina: Trom-
bidiformes). Doctorate thesis, University of Kansas. 338 pp.
Ewing, H. E. 1938. North American mites of the subfamily Myobiinae, new subfamily
(Arachnida). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 40: 180-197.
Farrell, C. E. 1956. Chiggers of the genus Euschongastia (Acarina: Trombiculidae) in
North America. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 106: 85-235.
Griffiths, D. A. 1962. The flour mite, Acarus siro L. 1958, as a species complex.
Nature 196: 908.
Howell, J. F. and R. J. Elzinga. 1962. A new Radfordia (Acarina: Myobiidae) from
the kangaroo rat and a key to the known species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 55: 547-555.
Hughes, A. M. 1961. The Mites of Stored Food. Her Majesty’s Stationery Office, Lon-
don, England. 287 pp.
Jameson, E. W. 1955. A summary of the genera of Myobiidae (Acarina). Jour. Parasitol.
41(4) : 407-416.
Krczal, H. 1959. Systematik und Okologie der Pyemotiden. Beitrage zur Systematik und
Okologie Mitteleuropaischer Acarina, Band I: Tyroglyphidae und Tarsonemini, Teil 2,
pp. 385-625.
Wharton, G. W. and H. S. Fuller. 1952. A Manual of the Chiggers. Ent. Soc. Wash.,
Washington, D. C. 185 p.
Received for Publication August 1, 1966
198
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Structure of Gastric Apex as a Subfamily Character of the Formicinae
( Hymenoptera : F ormicidae )
Akey C. F. Hung1 2 and William L. Brown, Jr.
Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14850
Traditionally, the shape of the “cloacal orifice” in ants has been used as a
taxonomic character to separate subfamilies Dolichoderinae and Formicinae.
In Formicinae, the orifice is said to be circular, while in Dolichoderinae it is
described as “slit-shaped.” This nomenclature is as inexact as it is persistent.
Despite a clarification by Emery (1922) and re-emphasis of Emery’s findings
by Buren (1944) and Brown (1954; also in key in Brues et al, 1954), most
recent keys to the subfamilies preserve the error.
Emery showed that in the Formicinae, the outlet called “cloacal orifice” is
in fact the opening of the poison spray duct to the outside, framed in the in-
rolled apex of abdominal sternum VII, and that the true anus is situated
dorsal to, and separate from, this opening. In order to render discussion easier
and more exact, we here introduce the new term acidopore for the actual open-
ing of the duct from the poison glands to the outside, as found in Formicinae.
In his paper, Emery showed the acidopore as lying completely within the
heavily sclerotized part of the hypopygium (= sternite VII). Our investigation
shows that the hypopygium in Formicinae always has thin, flexible, normally
concealed extensions of its free lateral edges; we here call these extensions
apicolateral phragmata (stippled areas in the figures). The phragmata are
normally covered by the pygidium (tergum VII) in live specimens of formicine
ants examined. We have found that the acidopore, at least in the Camponotini,
is partly formed by the phragmata. This is true even of Camponotus gigas,
the species illustrated by Emery (his figure II). We have redrawn Emery’s
figure to illustrate the difference in interpretation (Fig. 2).
Usually the hypopygium of formicines projects noticeably from the ventral
apex of the gaster, forming a small nozzle-like piece, and the rim of the
acidopore is commonly furnished with a funnel-shaped ring or tuft of short,
fine setae, situated so as to keep the poison spray directed outward, away from
the ant’s body. This setal ring is called the coronula. Exceptions to this plan
occur in tribe Camponotini, which has many species that lack the coronula,
and others in which the hypopygium is more or less reduced, or at least not
nozzle-like and projecting. In these species, the pygidium (tergite VII) is
narrowly rounded at its apex, and may even have a somewhat beak-like free
margin; in such cases, the functional acidopore is formed as much by the
1 Hung’s present address is: Department of Biology, University of North Dakota, Grand
Forks, N.D.
2 This paper is a contribution toward “A reclassification of the Formicidae,” supported
by National Science Foundation Grant GB-2175. This support is gratefuly acknowledged.
December, 1966]
Hung and Brown: Formicinae Subfamily Character
199
Figures 1-3, ventral views of gastric apex of workers of certain camponotine Formicinae
to illustrate form of hypopygium and its phragmata as seen when the vent is open; phrag-
mata stippled. Fig. 1, Polyrhachis pyrrhus (s-g. Campomyrma) . Fig. 2, Camponotus gigas ,
hypopygium only, redrawn in reversed position after Emery, 1922. Fig. 3, Polyrhachis
rastellata (s-g. Cyrtomyrma) .
pygidium as by the hypopygium, and the outline of the opening remains more
or less circular even when the phragmata are covered by the pygidium.
In the extreme of modification, the acidopore is formed virtually entirely
within the phragmata, while the body of the hypopygium forms a subtriangular
shield with narrowly rounded apex that fits snugly against the free margin of
the pygidium in the resting position. Thus, in species with this arrangement
(particularly Polyrhachis species of the schang, porcata, armata and rastellata
groups), the gastric apex may appear to have a curved, slit-like orifice when
the pygidium and hypopygium are closed together, completely covering the
phragmata and contained acidopore. Such specimens can easily be mistaken
for Dolichoderinae if other characters are not noted; indeed, misinterpretation
of this key character has more than once led to genera being described as new
in the wrong subfamily. Of course, if some specimens have the gastric apex
open, or are dissected, the phragmata and circular acidopore will be found
present in Formicinae, and absent in Dolichoderinae.
We have already mentioned the variable development of the acidopore in
the Camponotini. One of us (Hung) has studied this variation in the various
groups (erstwhile “subgenera”) of genus Polyrhachis, and it is summarized as
follows :
clypeata group (=s-g. Campomyrma). Acidopore formed by body and
phragmata of hypopygium; coronula present or absent (worn off?)
(Fig. 1).
200
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
thrinax group (= s-g. Myromothrinax) . Acidopore border heavily sclero-
tized, but without coronula.
schang group (= s-g. Myramatopa) . Acidopore formed within phragmata;
body of hypopygium a narrowly-rounded shield-like platform.
ammon group (= s-g. Hagiomyrma), ornata group (= smg. Hedomyrma ),
and guerini group (= smg. Chariomyrma) . All have acidopore partly in
body of hypopygium and partly in phragmata, but coronula hairs present
on body of hypopygium only.
porcata group (= s-g. Aulacomyrma) , armata group (=s-g. Myrmhopla) ,
and rastellata group (= s-g. Cyrtomyrma). As in schang group, but
with a tuft of hairs on each side of the narrowly-rounded apex of the
hypopygial body (Fig. 3).
militaris group (= s-g. Myrma), parabiotica group (= s-g. Anoplomyrma) ,
and bihamata group (= s-g. Polyrhachis) . Acidopore formed in phrag-
mata; tip of body of hypopygium rounded, without hairs.
The situation in the revoili group (= Pseudo cyrtomyrma) remains unknown.
Literature Cited
Brown, W. L., Jr. 1954. Remarks on the internal phylogeny and subfamily classification
of the family Formicidae. Insectes Sociaux 1: 21-31. p. 29.
Brues, C. T., A. L. Melander and F. M. Carpenter. 1954. Classification of Insects.
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 108. p. 640.
Buren, W. F. 1944. A list of Iowa ants. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 18: 277-312. p. 279.
Emery, C. 1922. L’ouverture cloacale des Formicinae ouvrieres et femelles. Bull. Soc.
Ent. Belg. 4: 62-65.
Received for Publication August 12, 1966
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
201
Xenillidae, A New Family of Oribatid Mites
( Aeari : Cryptostigmata) * *
Tyler A. Woolley* 1 and Harold G. Higgins2
Abstract The taxonomic placement of X enillus is reviewed as a basis for the establishment
and characterization of the new family, Xenillidae. The family is differentiated from Lia-
caridae primarily by the rugose or pitted integument, relatively broad, rugose lamellae with
or without cusps and mucro, types and numbers of notogastral and ventral setae. The
distinctive traits of the type genus and species, X. clypeator, and X. latus , A", tegeocranus,
X. splendens , X. sculptrus are summarized and illustrated. Four new species are described
and figured, X. gelasinus from Utah, X . anasillus from Lebanon, X. phryxothrixus from
North Carolina, and X. ionthadosus from Georgia, Louisiana, Utah, and North Carolina.
Stenoxenillus atraktus, n. gen., n. sp., from North Carolina is described and illustrated.
Three new species of the new genus Stonyxenillus are described, S. spilotus from North
Carolina, S. anakolosus from North Carolina, Tennessee, and Alabama, and S. akidosus
from Virginia. Another new genus and species, Leuroxenillus triehionus from Oregon, is
also described. A key to the genera and species is included.
The taxonomic placement of the genus X enillus Rob.-Desv., 1839, has changed
over the years. Willmann (1931) included X enillus in the family Carabodidae
with many of the genera indicated for that family by Sellnick (1928). Baker
and Wharton (1952) followed Willman’s arrangement and explained the
synonymy of Xenillus with Cepheus and Banksia. Sellnick (1928) placed the
synonym Banksia in the family Tegeocranidae with several other carabodid
genera. His placement of X. castaneus and X. pectinatus was changed to
Oribella by Willmann (1931) since the two species were not Xenillus. Balogh
(1961) erected the superfamily Liacaroidea and included Xenillus in the family
Liacaridae with the genera Liacarus Michael, 1898, and Adoristes Hull, 1916.
Balogh’s other papers (1963, 1965) followed this scheme.
After a review of the literature and a comparative study of several species of
mites similar to Xenillus, it appears to us that the genus belongs neither in Lia-
caridae nor Carabodidae, although the mites are definitely liacaroid. We propose
a new family for this complex of mites, the bases of which are discussed below
in addition to distinctive features of existing species, and descriptions of new
genera and species disclosed by this research.
XENILLIDAE, new family
This new family is characterized by an unnotched or slightly notched rostrum;
broad, blade-like lamellae, with or without cusps or a mucro; surface of pro-
dorsum and lamellae pitted, tuberculous, or rugose; translamella usually present;
** Research supported by NSF Grant GB 3872.
1 Department of Zoology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins.
2 Participant in NSF Research Participation for High School Teachers Program, Colorado
State University, Summer, 1965.
202
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
with two pairs of humeral setae at shoulders of hysterosoma; dorsal and ventral
integument pitted, tuberculous or rough (as contrasted to the smooth integument
of Liacaridae) ; sensillus clavate, spindleform, lanceolate, or setiform; usually
twelve pairs of notogastral hairs; seven to nine pairs of coxisternal setae;
usually six pairs (five pairs may be present) of genital setae; fissure iad ante-
rior to ada:3 as in other Liacaroidea; two pairs of anal setae, usually inserted
near medial margin of cover; legs heterotridactylous; trochanteral fossae II,
III with tubercles.
From the comparisons made we have decided that the genus Xenillus should
be restricted to those mites of this complex with a clavate sensillus (pseudostig-
matic organ). We have concluded that the sensillus is of generic significance in
this complex and is a more consistent feature at the generic level than other
structures. New genera described below are distinguished by spindleform
sensilli. Others yet to be described exhibit setiform sensilli.
As previously designated by Willmann (1931) for the genus the established
species Xenillus clypeator Rob.-Desv., 1839, represents the new family as type.
We have summarized below the main descriptive characters of the type and each
of the current species from the literature. The immature stages of X. clypeator
and X. tegeocranus have been described by Costeseque and Taberly (1961). Our
study involved preserved adults only.
Xenillus clypeator Rob.-Desv., 1839
(— N otaspis tegeocranus Herm.) Willmann (1931), p. 145; Jacot (1929), p. 128
(Fig. 1)
Large, arched mites with wide, converging lamellae; with a small mucro; noto-
gastral setae slightly decurved.
Specimens of the next two species were obtained for study from the Regens-
burg collections of Jacot through the assistance of Dr. H. W. Levi and the
auspices of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard.
Xenillus latus (Nic., 1855), Michael 1883, p. 295
(Fig. 2)
Lamellae wide, horizontal, approaching anteriorly; lamellar hairs long, thick,
curved, and rough; interlamellar hairs twice as long as lamellar hairs; clavate
sensillus short, pyriform, recurved.
Xenillus tegeocranus (Herm., 1804), Michael 1883, p. 292
(Fig. 3)
Lamellae with sharp, medial dens; lamellar hairs inserted near outer angles of
lamellae; interlamellar hairs rod-like; hysterosoma with pitted surface, margins
of pits running together (Michael says: “coarsely reticulated on both upper
and lower surfaces”); sensillus elongated, clavate.
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
Fig. 1. Xenillus clypeator from the dorsal aspect (After Balogh, 1943).
Fig. 2. Xenillus latus from the dorsal aspect (After Michael, 1883).
Fig. 3. Xenillus tegeocranus from the dorsal aspect (After Michael, 1883).
Fig. 4. Xenillus splendens from the dorsal aspect (After Balogh, 1943).
Fig. 5. Xenillus sculptrus from the dorsal aspect (After Kuliev, 1963).
204
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Xenillus splendens (Coggi, 1898), Balogh, 1943, p. 132
(Fig. 4)
Lamellae broadly curved, with truncated anterior cusp; with translamella;
rostral, lamellar, and interlamellar hairs barbed; lamellar hairs inserted in
ends of lamellae; interlamellar hairs as long as lamellae, setose; sensillus
clavate, with tiny barbs; notogaster with pitted surface.
Xenillus sculptrus Kuliev, 1963
(Fig. 5)
Lamellae with blunt medial dens; rostral, lamellar, interlamellar hairs barbed;
translamella narrow, a deep cleft between cusps of lamellae; sensillus clavate,
barbed, slightly recurved; anterior humeral bristle much shorter than posterior.
Xenillus gelasiims, n. sp.
(Figs. 6, 7, 8)
diagnosis: Lamellae convergent and with two sharp dentes, lateral dens longer than medial;
surface of notogaster with elongated pits; differing from other species of the genus in the
lamellae and the sculpturing of the notogaster.
The specific name indicates the dimpled nature of the integument of the prodorsum,
lamellae, and notogaster.
description: Color dark rust-brown; prodorsum broadly triangular, rostrum rounded;
rostral hairs barbed, longer than sensilli, inserted in notch at anterolateral margin of rostrum
about one of their lengths apart; lamellae as wide as pedotecta I as seen from dorsal aspect,
not reaching end of rostrum, of equal width throughout, surface dimpled with elongated pits,
anterior end cusped, notched, with short, sharp lateral dens, smaller medial dens; lamellar
hairs stout, but broken off in type specimen; translamella with a short, rounded mucro ; inter-
lamellar hairs simple, erect, nearly as long as lamellae, inserted in front of dorsosejugal
suture near medial margin of lamellae ; pseudostigmata mostly beneath anterior margin of
hysterosoma, cup-shaped; sensillus clavate, slightly curved, with tiny barbs; pedotecta I
blunt, rounded (Fig. 6).
Hysterosoma nearly round, anterior margin of dorsosejugal suture nearly straight; suture
with a roughened edge; two pairs of simple setae at shoulders, ten other pairs of notogastral
setae visible; fissure im lateral; dorsal surface dimpled with large, elongated pits, and fine
granulations (Fig. 6).
Camerostome oval; mental, genal, rutellar, and ventral setae as seen in Fig. 7; genital
aperture between levels of coxae III, IV, trapezoidal, about two and one-half times its length
anterior to anal aperture; each genital cover with six setae, g: 1 , g:2, g:3, g:4 close together
in anterior half of cover near medial edge, g:5, g:6 diagonally placed in posterior half of
cover, g:5 more lateral than g : 6 ; aggenital setae about twice their lengths directly posterior
to genital aperture ; ventral plate anterior of genital opening less sclerotized than posteriorly,
dimpled with large pits between genital and anal openings (Fig. 7) ; anal opening squarish but
with rounded corners, close to posterior margin; each anal cover with two simple setae;
fissure iad anterolaterad of anal opening; two pairs of adanal setae visible in type specimen,
ada:3 near anterolateral corner of anal opening, ada:2 laterad, between levels of a:l and
a:2; ada:l not visible (probably due to overlapped margin of hysterosoma).
legs: Heterotridactylous, median claw longer, but not moderately heavier than lateral
claws; setal complex of tarsus and tibia I as seen in Fig. 8.
length: 1,008 q, hysterosoma 750 /q prodorsum 258 q; width: 714 q.
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
205
Fig. 6. Xenillus gelasinus, n. sp., from the dorsal aspect; A, free-hand sketch of sensillus.
Fig. 7. Xenillus gelasinus, n. sp., from the ventral aspect.
Fig. 8. Tibia and tarsus I of X. gelasinus, n. sp., from the lateral aspect.
[Vol. LXXIV
206 New York Entomological Society
Fig. 9. Xenillus anasillus, n. sp., from the dorsal aspect, cerotegument in place on prodor-
sum; 9A, dissected specimen from The Cedars, cerotegument removed, prodorsum.
Fig. 10. Xenillus anasillus, n. sp., from the ventral aspect; 10A, dissected specimen from
The Cedars, genital area; 10B, same, infracapitulum ; IOC, same, palp tarsus; 10D, same,
chelicera.
Fig. 11. Tibia and tarsus I of X. anasillus, n. sp., from the lateral aspect, some setae
missing.
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
207
The type, a single specimen, was collected at Soapstone, Wasatch Co., Utah,
4 September 1955, by H. and M. Higgins.
?Xenillus anasillus, n. sp.
(Figs. 9, 10, 11)
The specimens of this species from Lebanon are newly emerged adults with a cerotegument
or nymphal skin attached. The characters appear to be definitive, however, so the species
is described below with a slight reservation concerning the maturity of the specimens.
diagnosis: Differs from other known species of Xenillus in the setose hairs on the prodorsum
and notogaster. This is indicated in the specific name, anasillos, implying bristled hairs.
description: Color yellow; prodorsum broadly triangular with a squarish, truncated
rostrum; rostral hairs setose, about half as long as lamellar hairs, inserted on either side of
truncated rostral tip in broad notches; lamellae wide, flat blades with wide, medially
pointed cusps (Fig. 9) ; lamellar hairs setose, about as long as interlamellar hairs, inserted
in lateral corners of lamellar cusps; a small mucro on translamella at base of lamellar cusps;
pseudostigmata cornuate, at bases of lamellae; sensillus clavate, slightly setose (Figs. 9, 9A).
Hysterosoma with wrinkled margins, integument pitted; dorsosejugal suture nearly straight;
twelve pairs of setose, slightly curved notogastral setae; two pairs of humeral setae at
shoulders, others as in Fig. 9.
Camerostome, mentum, mental hairs, gena, genal hairs, rutella, chelicerae, and palps
as seen in Figs. 10, 10B, 10C, 10D; palps with a bent, finger-like solenidion near tip of
tarsus (Figs. 10B, 10C); rutella with roughened molar surface on dorsal face; ventral
plate pitted, ventral setae and apodemata as in Fig. 10; apodemata III interrupted, medial
and remote from genital opening; genital aperture closer to level of insertion of legs III than
to IV, about two and one-half times its length anterior to anal opening; each genital cover
with five setose setae (Figs. 10, 10A) ; aggenital setae setose, short, posterolaterad of genital
opening; anal opening squarish, about three times larger than genital, each anal cover with
two slightly barbed setae inserted nearer medial margin than lateral; fissure iad near antero-
lateral corner of opening; three pairs of adanal setae, ada:3 lateral to anal opening between
levels of a:l and a: 2; ada:2, ada:l posterior to anal opening.
legs: Heterotridactylous; tibia and tarsus I as seen in Fig. 11.
length: Prodorsum 174 /x, hysterosoma 552 fi ; width: 456 /x.
The type is one of four specimens taken from Syni Latakia, Lebanon, 2 August
1953 by K. A. Christiansen; one specimen was collected at The Cedars, Lebanon,
2 May 1953, by K. A. Christiansen; two specimens were collected at Chamlane,
Lebanon (277b) in 1953, and one nymph was collected at Ain Zahlte, Lebanon,
28 November 1953, by K. A. Christiansen.
discussion: One of the most striking features of this species is the barbed,
setose hairs of the prodorsum and notogaster. This is characteristic of most of
the ventral setae as well. Another apparently diagnostic feature is the finger-like
solenidion of the palp tarsus, although a similar arrangement has been observed
in other Liacaroidea.
Most of the traits of this species place it in the genus Xenillus without question,
but one disjunct characteristic is the number of genital hairs. We have indicated
this slight disparity, which may be due to the relative maturity of the specimens,
by the question mark preceding the name.
208
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Fig. 12. Xenillus pliryxotlirixus, n. sp., from the dorsal aspect; A, sensillus, enlarged free-
hand sketch; B, notogastral hair, enlarged free-hand sketch.
Fig. 13. Xenillus pliryxotlirixus, n. sp., from the ventral aspect.
Fig. 14. Xenillus ionthadosus, n. sp., from the dorsal aspect.
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
209
Xenillus phryxothrixus, n. sp.
(Figs. 12, 13)
diagnosis: The most distinctive feature of this new species is the bristling, barbed hairs of
the prodorsum and notogaster, as implied in the trivial name. The lamellae are similar to
X. clypeator, but have pointed, subequal dentes and a more prominent mucro. The elongated
pits of notogaster are similar to X. gelasinus, n. sp., but again, the lamellae are much
different. The new species differs from X. anasillus, n. sp. in the lamellar cusps and shorter
length of prodorsal hairs, although in both species the hairs are barbed.
description: Color yellow-brown; prodorsum broadly triangular, surface pitted; rostral
hairs with fine bristles, shorter than lamellar hairs inserted in short prominences at distal
ends of tutorium ; lamellae broad, pitted, covering most of lateral and anterior surface of
prodorsum, with cusps about as long as rostral hairs, each cusp with an excavated anterior
margin forming two sharp, subequal dentes; lamellar hairs beset with fine bristles, about a
fourth longer than rostral hairs, inserted in distal excavation of lamellar cusps; translamella
consisting of a short bar and bluntly pointed mucro; interlamellar hairs with fine bristles,
longer than rostral or lamellar hairs, inserted near dorsosejugal suture mediad of lamellae;
pseudostigmata cornuate, protruding slightly from beneath anterior margin of hysterosoma;
sensillus clavate, with fine spines on surface; pedotecta I robust, anterolaterad of pseudo-
stigmata.
Hysterosoma broadly oval in outline, with somewhat roughened, straight dorsosejugal
suture, surface with elongated pits, pits slightly longer than width of notogastral setal in-
sertions ; notogastral hairs somewhat robust, beset with fine bristles, claviform ; fissure ini
and glandular opening as seen in Fig. 12.
Infracapitulum with pitted mentum; setae, ventral plate, apodemes as seen in Fig. 13;
surface of venter with elongated pits similar to those of notogaster, pits extended in different
directions, with fine stippling between pits; genital opening trapezoidal, each genital cover
with five setae; g:4, g:5 closer to posterior margin; aggenital setae simple, closer to genital
opening than to anal; anal opening more than twice as large as genital, each anal cover with
elongated pits and two finely barbed anal setae; fissure iad at anterolateral corner of anal
opening; adanal setae finely barbed, ada:3, ada:2 laterad of anal opening, ada:l posterior.
legs: Heterotridactylous.
length: 528 /x, hysterosoma 372 \x\ width 312 /x.
The type was collected at Durham, N. C., 10 March 1963, by Louis J. Metz
(RT-S-1, 231-D) and will be deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Six ad-
ditional specimens were collected by Dr. Metz from the same locality, but on
different dates, two specimens on 11 May 1963, three specimens on 8 November
1962, and one specimen on 14 November 1963. Another specimen of this species
was collected from floor debris at Dismal Gardens, Franklin Co., Alabama, 4
September 1961 by J. Wagner and W. Suter.
discussion: Like X. anasillus, n. sp., from Lebanon, X. phryxothrixus, n.
sp., has barbed, bristling hairs, but differs markedly in the cuspal features of the
lamellae, the insertions of the lamellar hairs, and the pitted integument. In the
Fig. 15. Xenillus ionthadosus, n. sp., from the ventral aspect; A, ventral view of infra-
capitulum without palp; B, anal aperture of paratype showing preanal piece and anal
membranes.
Fig. 16. Tibia and tarsus I of X. ionthadosus, n. sp., from the lateral aspect.
210
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
specimens available only five genital setae were observed on each genital cover,
which is common to both of these species. Dissections of additional specimens may
demonstrate more setae, especially if the specimens observed of X. anasillus
prove to be subadult.
X enillus ionthadosus, n. sp.
(Figs. 14, 15)
diagnosis: This new species differs from other species of the genus in the distinctively
long, finely barbed notogastral setae as implied in the trivial name. The lamellae are similar
to X. gelasinus, n. sp., but have longer medial dentes and a more pointed mucro; the inter-
lamellar hairs of the new species are longer than the prodorsum, another distinguishing
characteristic.
description: Color reddish-brown; prodorsum pitted, broadly triangular in outline, with
blunt, truncated rostrum ; rostral hairs slightly shorter than lamellar hairs, finely barbed,
inserted in angled prominences at anterolateral margins of prodorsum, behind rostrum;
lamellae about as wide as width of rostral tip, pitted, with two dentes at ends of cusps,
medial dens longer than lateral, a pointed mucro between cusps; lamellar hairs slightly longer
than rostral hairs, finely barbed, inserted in distal ends of lamellae between cusps; trans-
lamella present; interlamellar hairs finely barbed, about three times as long as rostral hairs,
curved outward, inserted near base of lamellae at margin of dorsosejugal suture; pseudo-
stigmata partly extended beyond margin of hysterosoma; sensillus clavate, finely barbed;
pedotecta I as in Fig. 14.
Notogaster oval in outline, with nearly straight, roughened dorsosejugal suture; eleven
pairs of notogastral setae; two pairs of simple, short, humeral setae; remaining dorsal setae
longer than lamellar pairs, finely barbed, slightly curved; surface of notogaster pitted;
fissure im and glandular opening as in Fig. 14.
Camerostome oval; infracapitulum with rounded pits on ventral surface (Fig. 15A) ; each
rutellum with a rutellar brush and spinose area on dorsal surface, two setose hairs on
dorsomedial margin ; surface of ventral plate pitted, pits rounded, larger than on notogaster ;
ventral setae, apodemes as in Fig. 15; trochanteral fossae of legs II, III with small tubercles;
genital opening nearly round, surface of each genital cover finely stippled; six pairs of
genital setae; a prominent transverse suture dividing ventral plate between genital opening
and legs IV ; aggenital setae simple, inserted slightly closer to genital opening than to anal ;
fissure iad remote from anterolateral corner of squarish anal opening; surface of each anal
cover with rounded pits, smaller than pits of venter, anal setae simple; adanal setae finely
barbed, ada:3 behind level of a:l laterad of anal opening, ada:2 posterolaterad of corner
of opening, ada:l behind anal opening, closer to corner than to medial edge of cover.
legs: Heterotridactylous ; tibia and tarsus I as in Fig. 16.
length: 936 ^, prodorsum 222 ft, hysterosoma 714 n; width: 564 /x.
The type and 48 specimens were taken from debris at log, Cloudland State
Park, Trenton, Dade Co., Georgia, 3 September 1961, by J. Wagner and W. Suter.
One specimen was collected at Soapstone, Wasatch Co., Utah, 4 September 1955,
by H. and M. Higgins. One specimen was obtained at Whitesides Cove, High-
lands, North Carolina, 28 July 1957 by S. and D. Mulaik. Three specimens were
collected from leaf litter at E. Baton Rouge Parish, Louisiana, 6 October 1962,
by C. L. Rockett. The type and some paratypes will be deposited in the U. S.
National Museum.
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins:
211
New Family of Oribatid Mites
Fig. 17. Stenoxenillus atraktus, n. gen., n. sp., from the dorsal aspect.
Fig. 18. Stenoxenillus atraktus, n. gen., n. sp., from the ventral aspect.
Fig. 19. Leg I of Stenoxenillus atraktus, n. gen., n. sp., from the lateral aspect, some
setae missing.
212
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
discussion: The long notogastral hairs comprise the most distinctive feature
of this species and differentiate it from all other species in the genus. The trans-
verse suture extending from the genital opening and dividing the ventral plate
may also be distinctive, but similar sclerotization occurs in at least one other
example of the family, Stonyxenillus akidosus, n. gen., n. sp. Further com-
parisons of this feature will have to be made.
New Genera and Species
The following new genera and species are characterized by a spindleform
sensillus that is barbed or smooth, and are differentiated principally by this type
of organ from Xenillus with its claviform sensillus. One species in the literature,
Xenillus alpestris Willmann, 1929, also has a spindleform sensillus, but the
lamellae are extremely narrow, and only one humeral bristle is present. We
conclude that X. alpestris is not a Xenillus , nor does it fit within any of the new
genera, although it appears to be in the Liacaroidea. Since its placement is
uncertain, we have omitted it temporarily from consideration within this complex.
Stenoxenillus atraktus, n. gen., n. sp.
(Figs. 17, 18, 19)
diagnosis: Lamellae narrow and straight with a small lateral dens at distal end, medial
margin rough, with small cornicles along medial edge; sensillus elliptical and spindle-shaped;
surface of notogaster with elongate pits. The generic name applies to the narrow and straight
lamellae without a translamella, contrasting with Xenillus ; the trivial name implies a spindle-
like sensillus.
description: Color dark brown; rostrum triangular, rounded anteriorly; rostral hairs
missing in type specimen (in another specimen these hairs are finely barbed, shorter than
lamellar hairs) ; surface of prodorsum finely pitted; lamellae long, narrow blades, a lateral
dens at end of cusp, medial margin of lamellae roughened with small cornicles, other surface
finely pitted; lamellar hairs about half as long as lamellae, extended upward, finely barbed,
inserted posterior to cusp; interlamellar hairs absent in type (in another specimen more than
twice as long as lamellar hairs, finely barbed), insertions anterior to dorsosejugal suture;
pseudostigmata at posterolateral corners of prodorsum ; sensillus spindle-shaped, a narrow
pedicel, swollen mid-part and spine-like distal tip, finely barbed.
Surface of notogaster with very tiny pits; twelve pairs of simple notogastral setae (Fig.
17) ; fissure im lateral.
Camerostome oval; infracapitulum, ventral setae, and apodemata as seen in Fig. 18;
genital aperture trapezoidal, about twice its length anterior to anal opening; each genital
cover with six setae, g:l, g:2, g:3, g:4 in a slightly diagonal line, closer together than g:5,
g : 6 ; g:5 more laterally placed than any of the genital setae; aggenital setae about twice
their length from genital aperture ; anal opening nearly twice as large as genital opening,
nearly square, adjacent to posterior margin of ventral plate; each anal cover with two
simple setae ; fissure iad at anterolateral corner of anal opening, remote from margin of
opening by about twice its length; three pairs of anal setae, ada:3 at level of middle of
cover, ada:2, ada:l posterior to anal opening; other features of venter as seen in Fig. 18.
legs: Heterotridactylous ; part of leg I as seen in Fig. 19.
length: 1,050 /x; width: 636 /m.
December, 1966] Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites 213
Fig. 20. Stonyxenillus spilotus, n. gen., n. sp., from the dorsal aspect; A, enlarged sketch
of prodorsum, lamellae, and rostrum.
Fig. 21. Stonyxenillus spilotus, n. gen., n. sp., from the ventral aspect; A, infracapit-
ulum from ventral view; B, chelicerae; C, anal plate from ventral view.
Fig. 22. Tarsus I of Stonyxenillus spilotus, n. gen., n. sp., from the lateral aspect.
214
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
A single specimen of this species was collected at Duke Forest, Durham, N. C.,
August 1952 by S. Mulaik. This type specimen will be deposited in the U. S.
National Museum. Another specimen was taken from a floor debris pocket,
Dismal Gardens, Franklin Co., Alabama, 4 September 1961 by W. Suter and
J. Wagner.
discussion: This new species, Stenoxenillus atraktus, differs from other
species and some genera in the family by the narrow, straight lamellae and the
absence of a translamella or a mucro. It is further differentiated by the cor-
niculated medial margin and finely pitted surface of the lamellae. Since the
type and only one other specimen were found, it is not possible to discuss varia-
tions of form, but we consider this species is distinct from any others of the
family that we have observed so far.
Stonyxenillus, n. gen.
diagnosis: The genus is characterized by a barbed, spindleform sensillus and
broad lamellae that may cover the prodorsum and have one or two dentes. The
name is from the Greek, stonyx , indicating a sharp point for both the sensillus
and the cuspal dentes of the lamellae, but the name is tied to Xenillus to indicate
familial and generic relationships.
Stonyxenillus spilotus, n. sp.
(Figs. 20-22)
diagnosis: Differs from other species in the genus by the broad lamellae covering nearly
all of the prodorsum, the long, pointed medial lamellar dentes, and the long lamellar hairs.
description: Color dark brown; rostrum truncated anteriorly, with Lateral notches for
insertions of rostral hairs, pitted surface (Figs. 20, 20A) ; rostral hairs about as long as dens
of lamella, slightly barbed, decurved, inserted in notches posterior to truncated rostral tip;
lamellae broader than prodorsum, pitted dorsally, with prominent anterior medial dens,
deeply cleft to level of short translamella ; lamellar hairs nearly straight, as long as width of
lamella at level of translamella, with small barbs, inserted posterior to anterior margin of
lamella in a broad cleft, closer to medial margin than to lateral (Figs. 20, 20A) ; translamella
short, heavily sclerotized, located at base of cleft between lamellae, closer to dorsosejugal
suture than to anterior tips of lamellae; interlamellar hairs about same length as rostral
hairs, decurved, inserted beneath anterior margin of hysterosoma, approximately in middle of
width of lamella; pseudostigmata under anterolateral margins of hysterosoma; sensillus
spindleform, with tiny barbs on surface (Figs. 20, 20A).
Notogaster oval in outline except for slightly invaginated anterior margin, surface pitted;
twelve pairs of notogastral setae, the two pairs of simple humeral bristles in clear margin
adjacent to pseudostigmata and sensillus (Figs. 18, 20).
Camerostome truncate posteriorly, heavily pitted laterad of opening; infracapitulum,
chelicerae, mentum, rutella as seen in Figs. 21 A, B; ventral surface of mentum pitted,
with two squarish, articulating condyles; ventral setae, apodemata as seen in Fig. 21;
genital opening between levels of legs III and IV, trapezoidal in outline; each genital cover
with six simple, short setae, g:l, g:2, g:3, g:4 close together in straight line near medial margin
of cover, g:5, g:6 nearer posterolateral margin of cover; aggenital setae about three times
their lengths posterior to genital opening; anal aperture nearly square, in posterior end of
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
215
Fig. 23. Stonyxenillus anakolosus, n. gen., n. sp., from the dorsal aspect; A, enlarged
free-hand sketch of sensillus; B, enlarged sketch of prodorsum and lamellae.
Fig. 24. Stonyxenillus anakolosus, n. gen., n. sp., from the ventral aspect; A, infra-
capitulum; B, chelicerae.
Fig. 25. Tibia and tarsus I of Stonyxenillus anakolosus, n. gen., n. sp., from the lateral
aspect.
216
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
ventral plate ; each cover with two simple setae near medial margin of cover and nearer
center of length of cover than ends (Figs. 21, 2 1 C) ; fissure iad near anterolateral corner of
anal opening; adanal setae as seen in Fig. 21, ada:l posterior to cover, ada:2 at postero-
lateral corner of opening, ada:3 lateral to anal opening at level of a:l.
legs: Heterotridactylous (Fig. 22).
length: Hysterosoma 454 /x ; prodorsum 138 /x ; width: 318 /x.
The specific name from the Greek, spilotos, implies a spotted appearance
based on the pitted integument of the lamellae and notogaster.
Four specimens of this species were collected seven miles from Highlands
Biological Station, Whiteside Cove, Jackson Co., North Carolina, elevation
3,300', 5 July 1961, by S. and D. Mulaik. The type will be deposited in the U. S.
National Museum.
Stonyxenillus anakolosus, n. sp.
(Figs. 23-25)
diagnosis: The broad lamellae of this species are similar to those of S. spilotus, n. sp.,
but have two short, subequal dentes and a small mucro on the translamella ; the lamellar hairs
are inserted in the tips of the lamellae between the dentes; the new species is also smaller and
more rotund than S. spilotus, n. sp.
description: With characters of the genus; color dark brown; prodorsum nearly covered
by lamellae, rostrum truncate anteriorly, with pitted surface, lateral notches for insertions of
rostral hairs; rostral hairs simple, about as long as width of lamellar cusp, inserted in flat
notches lateral to anterior tip of rostrum ; lamellae of about equal width throughout length,
with pitted surface and prominent, wide cusps, cusps slightly excavated anteriorly producing
two short dentes, a deep cleft between cusps; lamellar hairs fairly straight, slightly longer
than rostral hairs, inserted in anterior margins of lamellar cusps; translamellar present, with
a short, blunt mucro in cleft between lamellar cusps; insertions of interlamellar hairs
beneath margin of dorsosejugal suture; surface of prodorsum with larger pits than on
lamellae; pseudostigmata under humeral margins of hysterosoma; sensillus spindleform,
with fine barbs on surface (Fig. 23A).
Hysterosoma nearly round in outline, with slightly excavated anterior margin, surface
pitted with small pits (Fig. 23) ; twelve pairs of slightly barbed notogastral setae, two pairs
humeral in position (in the type specimen three humeral setae are present on the left side, two
on the right) ; fissure im inserted near lateral margin nearly midway the length of the dorsum.
Camerostome elongated and oval, with sclerotized, pitted margins; infracapitulum, che-
licerae, mentum, rutella as seen in Figs. 24A, B ; rutella with diagonal roughened surface,
the rutellar brush , posterior to distal toothed margin on dorsal surface; ventral setae,
apodemata as seen in Fig. 24 ; genital aperture a third as large as anal, located between
levels of legs III, IV, trapezoidal in outline, with a perigenital ring formed of the confluence
of apodemata III, IV; each genital cover with six setae, g: 1 , g:2, g:3, g:4 inserted close
together in a diagonal line, g: 5, g:6 in middle of width of cover nearer posterior margin (Fig.
24) ; aggenital setae simple, about three times their lengths posterior to genital opening; anal
opening nearly square ; each anal cover with two setae inserted nearer medial margin of cover
than lateral; fissure iad near anterolateral corner of anal opening; adanal seta ada:l
posterior to anal aperture, ada:2, ada:3 laterad of anal opening, nearly at levels of a: 2 and a:l
respectively.
legs: Heterotridactylous; tibia and tarsus I as seen in Fig. 25.
lengtli: Prodorsum 126 /x, hysterosoma 354 /a; width: 294 /x.
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
217
A single specimen of this species, the type, was collected four miles north of
Cherokee, N. C., 28 May 1957, by W. Mason; one specimen from Newfound
Gap, Great Smoky National Park, N. C., 10 July 1957, by S. and D. Mulaik; one
specimen from Murphy, N. C., 19 July 1957, by S. and D. Mulaik; eight speci-
mens from between boulders, Smoky Mountain Nat. Park, Sevier Co., Tenn.,
25 July 1956, by H. Dybas (CNHM 56-28); one specimen from debris, Dismal
Gardens, Franklin Co., Alabama, 4 September 1961, by J. Wagner and W. Suter.
The specimens from Tennessee were found in company with Liacarus spiniger
Jacot, 1937, and a new species of Liacarus to be described. The type specimen
will be deposited in the U. S. National Museum.
discussion: This species is of smaller size than others previously described.
It differs from S. spilotos, n. sp., in the two sharp dentes at the ends of the
lamellar cusps, in the variations of the sizes of pits on the lamellae, prodorsum,
and notogaster, and in the minute details of the barbed sensillus.
The trivial name is taken from the Greek, anakolosos, which implies docked
or shortened, and has particular reference to the smaller, stocky form that
typifies this mite.
Stonyxenillus akidosus, n. sp.
(Figs. 26, 27)
diagnosis: This new species differs from S. spilotus and S. anakolosus, n. spp., in the
narrower lamellae and the barbed notogastral hairs, the latter indicated in the trivial name.
The generic character of the barbed, spindleform sensillus is characteristic of all three species.
The humeral bristles of S. akidosus, n. sp., are longer, more robust, and finely barbed
rather than simple and short as in other species in the family.
description: Color yellowish-brown; rostrum truncated, slightly notched; rostral hairs
straight, finely barbed, about same length as lamellar hairs, inserted in distal tips of
tutorium ; lamellae flattened, a fourth as wide as prodorsum, with pitted surface, cusps short,
with two subequal dentes; lamellar hairs straight, about same length as rostral hairs, finely
barbed, inserted in distal tips of lamellar cusps between dentes; translamella short, with a
pointed mucro about same length as medial cuspal dens; interlamellar hairs slightly longer
than lamellar hairs, finely barbed, inserted near dorsosejugal suture at medial edge of
lamellae; pseudostigmata posterior to pedotecta I; sensillus spindleform, finely barbed (Fig.
26) ; pedotecta I about a third as long as prodorsum, rectangular.
Surface of hysterosoma with fine pits (Fig. 26) ; dorsosejugal suture nearly straight,
hysterosoma nearly round in outline; eleven pairs of finely barbed notogastral setae; humeral
bristles more robust than in other species, barbed; fissure ini, other details of dorsum as
in Fig. 26.
Infracapitulum, chelicerae, ventral plate, ventral setae, and apodemata as seen in Fig. 27;
trochanteral fossae II, III with small tubercles; genital opening trapezoidal, each cover
with six genital setae, g:l in anterior margin of cover near medial corner, g:2-5 inserted in
diagonal line posterolaterally, g:6 near medioposterior corner of cover; aggenital setae
inserted nearly equidistant between genital and anal openings, but slightly closer to genital;
squarish anal aperture about twice as large as genital, each anal cover with two setae; fissure
iad posterolaterad of anal opening, at level of a:l; adanal setae finely barbed, ada:3 inserted
laterad of anal opening at level of middle of cover, ada:2 near posterolateral corner of cover;
ada:l posterior to each anal cover.
218
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
legs: Heterotridactylous, femora II, III, IV keeled.
length: 618ft, prodorsum 132ft, hysterosoma 486 ft; width: 396 ft.
The type and five paratypes were collected from mixed forest floor northeast
of Fentress, Norfolk Co., Virginia, 5 June 1965, by W. Suter. The type will be
deposited in the U. S. National Museum.
discussion: Compared to other species of Stonyxenillus, S. akidosus, n. sp.,
has the longest notogastral hairs of any, and the humeral bristles are the
longest of any in the family. Conversely, the lamellae in this species are narrower
and less extensive than in the other species of the genus.
Leuroxenillus trichionus, n. gen., n. sp.
(Figs. 28, 29, 30)
diagnosis: The distinctive generic features of this mite are the smooth, spindleform, nar-
rowly lanceolate sensillus, which contrasts to other currently known genera, and the
smooth rostral, lamellar, and interlamellar hairs. The species is distinguished by these
features as well as the elongated lamellar cusps with a prominent mucro. No other genera or
species currently have these characteristics in this combination. The generic name refers
to the smooth sensillus, the trivial name to the relatively short notogastral hairs.
description: Color yellowish-brown; surface of prodorsum with fine pits; rostrum
slightly notched, rostral hairs smooth, straight, shorter than lamellar hairs, inserted in distal
tips of tutorium; lamellae narrowed, tuberculous, with elongated cusps about a third the
length of prodorsum, cusps with small, subequal dentes; lamellar hairs longer than rostral
hairs, straight, smooth, inserted in distal tips of lamellar cusps; lamellae joined medially in
a broad translamella with a narrowed median mucro about half as long as length of
lamellar cusps; interlamellar hairs setiform, smooth, curved, slightly longer than lamellar
hairs, inserted near medial edges of lamellae close to dorsosejugal suture; pseudostigmata
projected slightly beyond margin of hysterosoma, cornuate beneath surface ; sensillus
spindleform, narrowly lanceolate, smooth, slightly longer than lamellar hairs; pedotecta I
as seen in Fig. 28.
Hysterosoma ovoid, dorsosejugal suture slightly arched anteriorly; eleven pairs of noto-
gastral setae visible; two pairs of humeral setae shorter than other dorsal hairs, remaining
pairs simple, curved, about as long as rostral hairs (Fig. 27).
Infracapitulum, ventral plate, ventral setae, and apodemes as seen in Fig. 29 ; trochanteral
fossae II, III with small tubercles; genital opening rounded, between legs III, IV,
each genital cover with six setae, g: 1 inserted in anterior edge of cover near medial corner,
g:2-4 inserted in diagonal line posterolaterad, g:5 inserted laterally on cover, g:6 inserted
more medially; aggenital setae inserted closer to genital opening than to anal; fissure iad
near anterolateral corner of anal opening; anal aperture about three times larger than
genital aperture, each anal cover with pair of long setae; three pairs of simple adanal
setae, ada:3, ada:2 laterad of opening, ada:l posterior to opening.
4
Fig. 26. StonyxenilJus akidosus, n. gen., n. sp., from the dorsal aspect.
Fig. 27. Stonyxenillus akidosus, n. gen., n. sp., from the ventral aspect.
Fig. 28. Leuroxenillus trichionus, n. gen., n. sp., from the dorsal aspect; A, enlarged
sketch of prodorsum, rostrum, and lamellae.
Fig. 29. Leuroxenillus trichionus, n. gen., n. sp., from the ventral aspect.
Fig. 30. Tibia and tarsus I of Leuroxenillus trichionus, n. gen., n. sp., from the lateral
aspect.
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
219
220
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
legs: Heterotridactylous ; tibia and tarsus I as seen in Fig. 30.
length: 1,060 fi, prodorsum 240 /x, hysterosoma 820 n ; width: 708 /i.
The type and four paratypes were collected from moss, four miles south of
Waldport, Lincoln Co., Oregon, 2 February 1960, by G. W. Krantz and Mr.
Lattin. The type will be deposited in the U. S. National Museum.
The drawing of the dorsum of this new species is a composite of several of the
specimens.
discussion: The new family, Xenillidae, has a number of distinctive char-
acteristics that have been mentioned previously. Other characteristics common
to many liacaroids and not exclusive to genera and species of this new family are
also important to note. The rutellar brush and spinose area posterior to it (Fig.
15 A) on the dorsal surface of the rutellum are found in most of the Xenillidae
examined, as well as in a number of species of liacarids that are under study.
These rutellar features may be more extensively exhibited in other families
also, as the Galumnidae have at least the rutellar brush. We infer that the brush
and spinose area are common to the Liacaroidea. We also infer that many of the
Liacaroidea exhibit tubercles on the ventral surface of the trochanteral fossae of
legs II, III anterior to pedotecta II and behind pedotecta I. These tubercles
are prominent in xenillids, but have also been found in some Liacaridae, though
they may be less conspicuous. Research in progress should help to elucidate these
characteristics at the familial and superfamilial levels.
Xenillidae, new family
Liacaroid mites with pitted or rugose integument and lamellae, claviform or spindleform
sensilli, two humeral notogastral bristles, five or six pairs of genital setae, tuberculous tro-
chanteral fossae II, III.
Key to the Genera and Species of Xenillidae
1. Sensillus clavate, barbed Genus Xenillus 6
Sensillus spindleform, barbed or smooth 2
2. Spindleform sensillus narrowly lanceolate, smooth; rostral, lamellar, interlamellar
hairs smooth ; lamellar cusps narrower than lamellae ; mucro half as long as
lamellar cusp Leuroxenillus trichionus, n. gen., n. sp. (Fig. 28)
Spindleform sensillus swollen, barbed; rostral, lamellar, interlamellar hairs usually
barbed; lamellar cusps usually as broad as lamellae 3
3. Lamellae narrow, without translamella or mucro
Stenoxenillus atraktus, n. gen., n. sp. (Fig. 17)
Lamellae relatively broad, with translamella Stonyxenillus, n. gen. 4
4. Lamellae with single, long, medial dens at end of cusp; without a mucro
S. spilotus, n. sp. (Fig. 14)
Lamellae with two subequal dentes at ends of cusps; with a mucro 5
5. Lamellar hairs about as long as width of cusp, mucro much shorter than length of
cusps S. anakolosus, n. sp. (Fig. 23)
Lamellar hairs three times longer than width of lamellar cusp, mucro subequal in
length to lamellar cusps and dentes S. akidosus, n. sp. (Fig. 26)
6. Translamella absent 7
Translamella present 8
December, 1966]
Woolley and Higgins: New Family of Oribatid Mites
221
8.
9.
7. Sensillus pyriform; lamellae without cuspal dentes; lamellar hairs inserted laterally
X. latus (Fig. 2)
Sensillus elongate-claviform ; lamellae with sharp median cuspal dens ; lamellar hairs
inserted in distal end of cusp X. tegeocranus (Fig. 3)
Translamella without a mucro 9
Translamella with a mucro 10
Lamellar hairs inserted in distal tips of conical cusps ; interlamellar hairs barbed,
about as long as lamellae X. splendens (Fig. 4)
Lamellar hairs inserted posterolaterad of median dens; interlamellar hairs shorter
than lamellae X. sculptrus (Fig. 5)
10. Lamellae with one median cuspal dens 11
Lamellae with two subequal cuspal dentes 12
11. Lamellar hairs inserted in center of distal tip of lamellar cusp Ar. clypeator (Fig. 1)
Lamellar hairs inserted laterally in lamellar cusp behind distal tip
X. anasillus, n. sp. (Fig. 9)
12. Mucro, cuspal dentes subequal in length; notogastral hairs simple
X. gelasinus, n. sp. (Fig. 6)
Mucro much shorter than cusps; notogastral hairs erect, bristling, barbed
X. phvrxothrixus, n. sp. (Fig. 12)
Literature Cited
Baker, E. W., and G. W. Wharton. 1952. An Introduction to Acarology. Macmillan Co.,
N. Y.
Balogh, J. 1943. Conspectus Oribateorum Hungariae. Magyar Tudomanyos Akademia
Kiadasa 1-202.
. 1961. Identification Keys of World Oribatid Families and Genera. Acta Zoo-
logica 7 (3/4) : 243-344.
. 1963. Identification Keys of Holarctic Oribatid Mites Families and Genera.
Acta Zoologica 9 (1/2): 1-60.
. 1965. A Synopsis of World Oribatid Genera. Acta Zoologica 11 (1/2): 5-99.
Costeseque, R., and G. Taberly. 1961. Sur les Stases Immature de Xenillus clypeator et
Xenillus tegeocranus. Bull. Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Toulouse 96 (3/4): 191-198.
Hull, J. E. 1916. Terrestrial Acari of the Tyne Province. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. North-
umberland, Durham, and Newcastle-Upon-Tyne. New Series. 4 (2): 381-410.
Jacot, A. P. 1929. Xenillus clypeator Robineau-Desvoidy and Its Identity. Psyche 36
(2): 125-128.
. 1937. Journal of North American Moss Mites. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 45 (3/4):
353-371.
Kuliev, K. A. 1963. Systematics of Liacaridae — Fauna Azerbaijan. Proc. Acad. Sci.
Azerbaijan CCP. 19 (11): 71-74.
Michael, A. D. 1883. British Oribatidae. Vol. I. Ray Society, London.
. 1898. Oribatidae. Das Tierreich. Deutschen Zool. Gesellschaft 3: 1-93.
Robineau-Desvoidy, A. J. B. 1839. Memoire sur Xenillus clypeator. Ann. Soc. Ent. de
France 8: 455-467.
Sellnick, Max. 1928. Formenkreis: Hornmilben, Oribatei. In Die Tierwelt Mitteleuropas
3: 1-42.
Willmann, C. 1929. Neue Oribatiden II. Zool. Anz. 80 (1/2): 43-46.
. 1931. Moosmilben oder Oribatiden. In Tierwelt Deutschlands 22: 79-200.
Received for Publication October 2, 1966.
222
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Pieris nctrina oleracera (Harris) in New Jersey
( Lepidoptera : Pieridae )
Cyril F. dos Passos1
Abstract: The occurrence in New Jersey of Pieris narina oleracera recorded by earlier
entomologists but ignored by later authors as misdeterminations has been verified by the
capture of a male specimen near Springdale, Sussex County, New Jersey on July 8, 1966.
Pontia oleracera was described by Harris in 1829. The specimens before
Harris when writing his original description were taken in New Hampshire
and Massachusetts. Possibly there is no type in existence. The type locality
does not appear to have been further restricted. For the purposes of this paper
it is not necessary to solve these problems. This insect which is double brooded
is common throughout the Northeastern United States, Eastern Canada, and
extends at least as far south as New Jersey. Originally described as a species
it is now considered the spring brood of Pieris narina occurring in the north-
eastern part of the United States and Canada (dos Passos 1965, p. 136).
In Smith’s List of the Insects of New Jersey (1909, p. 417) published in
the Report of the New Jersey Museum two records are given for the capture
of oleracera , the first on May 5 by John A. Grossbeck at Paterson and the
second without date by John P. R. Carney at Camden. Smith states that
this butterfly . . occurs occasionally throughout the State but more fre-
quently in the northern portion. It is our native cabbage butterfly, which
has been almost exterminated and driven out by the imported species. Only
occasionally examples are now found by collectors; in some years none at all.”
In Comstock’s Butterflies of New Jersey (1940, p. 69) oleracera is not listed
as occurring in that State but is referred to under Pieris virginiensis when he
says, “Records of oleracera (Smith’s ‘List’) probably refer to this species.”
However, oleracera and virginiensis are, in my opinion, distinct species although
the later was listed by me (1965, p. 136) as a subspecies of narina. Reference
to one does not necessarily apply to the other.
Klots (1951, p. 201) ignores the references to the occurrence of oleracera
in New Jersey with the statement it is “Not recorded s.[outh] of the Catskill
Mountains in New York.”
In the forenoon of July 8, a hot, clear day while collecting near Springdale,
Sussex County, New Jersey, Mrs. dos Passos captured a male oleracera , which
was not seen by me until the following afternoon when our captures were
being papered and spread. This specimen was not badly worn and was taken
in a grassy meadow in an open cut below a power line. Doubtless it was a
1 Research Associate, Dept, of Ent., The American Museum of Natural History: Research
Associate, Section of Insects and Spiders, Carnegie Museum.
December, 1966]
dos Passos: Pieris narina oleracera
223
stray from the nearby woods. This capture on July 8 was a late emergence
for oleracera , but it must be remembered that 1966 was a very late season,
about 2 to 3 weeks late according to the writer’s observations and those of
other collectors in New Jersey.
Thus the capture of oleracera on July 8, 1966 after a lapse of 60 years not
only establishes the occurrence of the species in New Jersey during the inter-
vening years but points out the danger of ignoring old records. Certainly
oleracera was just as well known to Professor John B. Smith, State Entomol-
ogists in 1909 and his colleagues as it is to today’s entomologists.
The specimen of Pieris narina oleracera captured by Mrs. dos Passos has
been given to the American Museum of Natural History.
Literature Cited
Comstock, William Phillips. 1940. Butterflies of New Jersey; a list of the Lepidoptera
suborder Rhopalocera occurring in the State of New Jersey; giving time of flight,
food plants, records of capture with locality and date. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 48: pp.
47-84.
dos Passos, Cyril Franklin. 1965. Review of the Nearctic species of Pieris “napi” as
classified by androconial scales and description of a new seasonal form (Lepidoptera:
Pieridae). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 73: pp. 135-137.
Harris, Thaddeus Mason. 1829. American Turnip Butterfly. New Engl. Fmr., 7: p. 402.
Klots, Alexander Barrett. 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America,
East of the Great Plains. Houghton, Mifflin Co., Boston, The Riverside Press, Cam-
bridge. XVI -f- 350 pp., 16 pis. colored, 24 pis. black & white, 8 figs.
Smith, John Bernhardt. 1909. In Shiles Morse, Curator, Annual Report of the New
Jersey State Museum including a report of the insects of New Jersey. MacCrellish &
Quigley, State Printers, Trenton, N. J., 888 pp., 1 portrait.
Received for Publication September 2, 1966
224
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Two New North American Spiders
(Araneae: Linypliiidae) 1 2
Wilton Ivie
Abstract: Two species of Linyphiidae are described and figured: Taranucnus durdenae,
n. sp., and Troglohyphantes kokoko, n. sp. Both are from eastern North America and
are first records of their respective genera for this continent.
Two new species of linyphiid spiders from eastern North America are described
here. Both represent genera which are not listed for this continent, but are known
in Europe. The types are deposited in the American Museum of Natural History.
Family Linyphiidae
Sub-family Linyphiinae
Genus TANANUCNUS Simon, 1884
Taranucnus durdenae, new species
Figs. 1-5
diagnosis: Resembling T. setosus (Cambridge) in arrangement of eyes, long legs, spination
of legs, and general color and shape of body, but with distinctive palpus and epigynum.
color: Carapace light yellowish brown, faintly shaded with dusky gray; eyes ringed with
black. Chelicerae, legs, palpi, endites, and spinnerets brownish yellow, shaded unevenly with
gray but without distinct markings; tarsus of male palpus dusky brown. Sternum and
labium dark dusky brown. Abdomen dark gray on sides and venter; pale gray on dorsum
with a pattern of dark gray as shown in Fig. 5.
measurements: male: Length 2.25 mm; carapace, 1.3 mm long, 1.0 mm wide; tibia-
patella I, 3.1 mm, IV, 2.7 mm. female: Length 2.25 mm; carapace, 1.1 mm long, 0.8 mm
wide; tibia-patella I, 2.65 mm, IV, 2.2 mm.
structure: male: Carapace low and broadly rounded on thoracic part, more elevated
and narrower on cephalic part, with clvpeus rounded across front. Height of clypeus, 2.7
diameters of anterior lateral eye. Anterior median eyes much smaller than other eyes, 0.4
diameter apart, 0.7 diameter from anterior lateral eyes. Posterior eye row slightly recurved;
posterior median eyes 0.65 diameter apart, 0.4 diameter from posterior lateral eyes. Chelicerae
vertical, moderately long and slender, length of exposed portion greater than width of both
of them ; fang simple ; anterior margin of fang groove with three widely separated teeth,
center one largest. Legs long, femur I being about twice as long as carapace; order of
length I, IV, II, III. Femora I, II, and III each with spine above on basal half; femur
I with additional spine on prolateral face near middle ; all femora with many long setae on
under side, more prominent distally, and one long conspicuous ventral seta at base. Patellae
with long spine at distal end above, very small one at base. Tibiae with two spines above;
tibia I with additional spine on each side distally and one on ventral side near middle ;
tibia II with one spine on retrolateral side distally. Metatarsi with small spine above near
base. Palpus moderately large; patella and tibia short and simple, patella bearing a large
spine more than twice length of segment. Base of cymbium complexly modified, including
secondary ‘paracymbium’ above. Embolus very long, slender, and compoundly looped;
supported for much of its length by large conductor (Figs. 3 and 4).
1 Research Fellow, Department of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History,
New York.
2 This work was done as a phase of a project supported by a grant from the National
Science Foundation (GB-3880).
December, 1966]
Ivie: New North American Spiders
225
Figs. 1-5. Tarcmucnus durdenae, new species. 1. Epigynum, posterior view. 2. Epigynum,
ventral view. 3. Left palpus, ectal view. 4. Left palpus, dorsal view. 5. Abdomen, dorsum.
female allotype: Somewhat teneral and smaller than male in most structural
details. Epigynum large, bilobed, transverse swelling, with pair of large open-
ings on posterior aspect (Figs. 1 and 2).
type data: Male holotype and female allotype from Pennsylvania: three miles
south of Rector; July 4, 1965 (C. and B. Durden).
226
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Figs. 6-7. Troglohyphantes kokoko, new species. 6. Epigynum, ventral view. 7. Epigy-
num, lateral view.
This species is named for Beatrice Vogel Durden, who helped obtain the
type specimens.
Genus Troglohyphantes Joseph, 1882
Troglohyphantes kokoko, new species
Figs. 6 and 7
diagnosis: Resembles T. jurcifer (Simon) in most features; distinguishable by the form
of the epigynum.
color: Carapace, chelicerae, and appendages yellowish brown, with shading on side mar-
gins of carapace and on tibiae of legs and palpi. Sternum and labium dusky. Abdomen
medium gray, with pattern of light gray cross-bands above. Spinnerets pale yellowish.
measurements: female: Length 2.8 mm; carapace, 1.3 mm long, 1.1 mm wide; tibia-
patella I, 2.8 mm, IV, 2.25 mm.
structure: Carapace broad and low behind, narrowed and rounded in front. Height of
clypeus two diameters of anterior lateral eye. Eye area about 0.75 width of head at
posterior eye row. Three rows of setae on head, converging at middle of carapace. Anterior
eye row straight; small anterior median eyes about half radius apart, diameter from anterior
lateral eyes. Posterior eye row very slightly recurved; posterior median eyes 0.7 diameter
apart, 0.5 diameter from posterior lateral eyes. Median ocular quadrangle slightly wider
than long, wider behind than in front. Chelicerae vertical; length of exposed portion greater
than combined width of both; fang groove with three large teeth on front margin, three
denticles on hind margin. Sternum broadly chordate, a little wider than long; hind coxae
separated by one of their diameters. Legs long, very slender distally. Femora I, II, and
III with spine above on basal half, femur I with additional spine on prolateral face. One
spine on each patella above at distal end. All tibiae with two spines above; in addition,
tibia I with one spine on prolateral face distally, two spines on retrolateral face distally,
and three spines on ventral side; tibia II with one spine on prolateral face distally, and
one long spine on ventral side near middle. One dorsal spine on each metatarsus, near base.
Epigynum projecting posteriorly and ventrally (Figs. 6 and 7).
December, 1966]
Ivie: New North American Spiders
227
type data: Female holotype and female paratype from Ontario: Ko-ko-ko
Bay, Lake Temagami; August 15-25, 1946 (W. J. Gertsch, W. Ivie, and T.
Kurata).
other locality: New York: Beaver River Flow; August 8, 1931 (Crosby
and Davis), one female. (American Museum Collection.)
The name is derived from the type locality and is a noun in apposition.
Received for Publication July 5, 1966
228
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
BOOK REVIEWS
The Callaphidini of Canada. W. R. Richards. Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada No. 44, 1965, 149
pp., 189 figs., 40 maps.
This remarkable piece of work on the Canadian fauna of the Callaphidini (Homoptera:
Aphidoidea) comprises forty species in sixteen genera. An interesting theory on apparent
structural intersexuality of the viviparous forms and apparent sex reversal in other morphs
is presented, and progressive neoteny is assumed to be the basic trend in the phylogeny of
all groups. Several new criteria are introduced as distinguishing characters, e.g. anterior
and posterior discals on head and prothorax and the separation of the cornicle from the
lateral sclerite. The keys are provided with mostly only one differential in the couplets.
They would be easier to use if they included several features for both adult and immature
forms. Illustrations are of good quality, but it would have been better to show also part
of the ventral side of the specimens so that the coxae and the rostrum would be seen. Also,
the antennae, with distribution of setae and rhinaria, are not represented. The drawings of
first instar larvae are lacking detail since antennae, cornicles and setation of the anal seg-
ment are not shown. The setal pattern of the first instar of Patchia and Lachnochaitophorus
are evidently incorrect because important hairs have been omitted. Distribution maps
reveal that little collecting has been done so far in the vast area of Canada. Perhaps dis-
tribution of the species on the whole North American continent would have been more
instructive, since very few species are strictly Canadian.
The paper excels in clearness of presentation, however certain aspects have been treated
superficially. Some of the newly described species may not be valid because of insignificance
of characters to distinguish them from related species. Tuber culatus Mordvilko seems not
congeneric with Pacificallis n. subg. Tuberculatus ( Pacijicallis ) columbiae n. sp. appears
to be identical with Tuberculoides calif ornicus (Baker). Monellia caryella (Fitch) should,
according to embryonic chaetotaxy, be placed in Monelliopsis n. g. Monellia micro setosa
Richards seems to intergrade with M. costalis (Fitch). Monelliopsis pleurialis n. sp. is
evidently Monellia nigro punctata Granovsky. It was not mentioned that both Monellia
and M elanocallis hold their wings horizontally on the abdomen. Therefore, Tinocallis
ulmifolii (Monell) should not be placed in M elanocallis.
The phylogeny of the Callaphidini has been traced and conclusions on relationships were
drawn mainly from studies of the setal patterns. Apparently too much emphasis was laid
on this aspect, while others, such as the development of the fore legs into a leaping mecha-
nism, the specialization of the rhinaria and certain differentiations in the ovipara have not
been evaluated. It cannot always be agreed as to what has been considered advanced or
primitive. The semicircular shape of the cauda may be primitive and not neotenic. The
author’s view that preservation of a “protopattern” in setation (the term is misleading,
since practically all first instar larvae examined are caenogenetical) indicates advanced
neoteny is basically sound. The trend in phylogeny of certain groups is well described as
a struggle for dominance between the adult pattern and the protopattern. The proposed
grouping of the diagram on p. 178 does, however, not satisfy, because closely related genera
like Myzocallis and Tuberculoides are separated, while others without apparent relationship
are brought together (e.g. Pterocallis and Protopterocallis, Takecallis and Ctenocallis) . It
appears sufficiently established from the author’s findings that Appendisetines, Therio-
aphides and Tinocallidines are the most highly evolved groups of the tribe. Tuberculoides
should not be placed with the Appendisetines, since the lateral abdominal setae of the sixth
segment are well separated from the cornicle.
December, 1966]
Book Reviews
229
Examples of parallelism and convergence in the tribe are discussed and its origin and
dispersal elucidated. It is hypothesized that the modern genera became established by the
end of the Cretaceous period, and that they reached their present distribution at that time.
A nearctic origin for this group of aphids is suggested.
F. W. Quednau (Quebec).
A History of Entomology. O. E. Essig. A facsimile of the original 1931 edition, The Mac-
millan Company, by Hafner Publishing Co., New York and London, $16.50.
It is gratifying to see that the enterprising Hafner Publishing Company has brought out
a facsimile edition of Essig’s great History of Entomology . There is no other single volume
that presents as much information about economic entomology and its development in
California, the first western state to realize the importance of pest control. After an 80-page
introduction to entomology in that state from the time of the Indian tribes to 1930, 450
pages are devoted to the details of what has been done to make the fields and orchards of
California more productive and the cities and towns safer and more comfortable for humans.
No student of economic entomology, or of insects that have economic importance anywhere,
can safely overlook this most authoritative and fully documented story of the ceaseless
battle between man and pests. Although the introduction of modern organic pesticides
makes this 35-year-old book dated so far as control measures are concerned, it is a volume
that modern control agencies must study carefully in light of the destructive side-effects of
many of the new pesticides. It is quite possible that future legislation to safeguard humans
and the environment will force control agencies to turn back to earlier methods of combat.
The long chapter upon biological control, 125 pages, is an acute summary of what has
been done, and can supply direction to what can be done with this “natural” method.
For me the most valuable part of the entire volume is Chapter IX, a small book in
itself, over 250 pages of biographical data about the men whose force has been felt in
Californian entomology. There are several hundred sketches, each supported with a
bibliography. They treat of taxonomists and field collectors, economic entomologists, ex-
ploring entomologists, professionals and amateurs. It is a treasurehouse of information
about the great founders of entomology from Linnaeus onward, those who established the
study of insects in North America and those who have fostered it in the West. Not all
that Essig wrote is true today, but his errors are few and rarely serious. The discovery
in archives and libraries during the past three decades of the personal papers and corre-
spondence of many 19th Century, and earlier, American entomologists has brought to light
information that was not available to Essig.
Chapter X is equally important to the entomological historian. It is a chronological
table “Showing the development and progress of Entomology in relation to History and
other Sciences.” There are 142 pages of this table, written in three columns, “Births,”
“Events” and “Deaths.” The first entries are the birth of Columbus and Gutenberg’s
invention of printing with movable type. One lead to the discovery of America, the other
to the rapid dissemination of knowledge. The earliest entomological event noted is the
printing of Conrad von Megenberg’s Buck der Natur in 1475. The last year contained in
the calendar is 1929 with 19 entomologically important events and the deaths of H. G.
Dyar, F. H. Chittenden, W. T. Clarke and C. R. Orcutt reported. A continuation of this
calendar by someone well versed in the total field of entomology is a task that should be
done.
F. Martin Brown
230
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Plant Galls and Gall Makers. Ephraim Porter Felt. Hafner Publishing Company, 364
pp., photographs and figs. 1965, price $10.75.
This book is a facsimile of the edition published in 1940 which is a modified version of
Dr. Felt’s “Key to American Insect Galls” which appeared in the New York State Bulletin
#2 00 in 1917. The primary intention of this book is to facilitate the identification of many
plant galls common to North America. However, information is presented on the biology,
distribution, and plants that are favored by gall producers as well as the collection and
study of plant galls.
The major portion of this book is devoted to a key of the various plant galls. The key
is first arranged according to the families of plants, after which the galls are grouped in a
manner to identify them within the different plant families. A brief summation of galls is
presented in the introduction to the more important plant families.
Excellent illustrations are included in the text and serve as an aid in the identification of
plant galls. However, some photographs presented in the plates did not lend themselves to
a clear reproduction.
Dr. Felt’s book is a very substantial contribution with regard to the identification of plant
galls and will undoubtedly serve as a useful reference to entomologists, ecologists, and
students of nature.
Louis M. Vasvary
December, 1966]
Index to Volume LXXIV
231
INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF
ANIMALS AND PLANTS
VOLUME LXXIV
Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subgenera, species, and varieties
are printed in italics. This index does not include the ISO species of “Spiders from Powdermill
Nature Reserve,” pp. 55-58.
Acarus immobilis, 190
siro, 190
Acheta, 175
assimilis, 15
Acroneurai, 17
Adoristes, 201
Aedes aegypti, 59
Aenictus, 118
Agulla adnixa, 9
Amblyscirtes samoset, 185
vialis, 185
Amphipyra pyramidoides, 152
Anomma, 118
Apis, 17
Aqulla, 176
Arctia caja f. fumosa, 100
Balanus balanoides, 101
crenatus, 101
eburneus, 101
Banksia, 201
Blarina brevicauda, 190
Blarinobia simplex, 190
Blatta orientalis, 134
Blattella, 176
germanica, 9, 134
Blattisocius dentriticus, 143
keegani, 143
patagiorum, 143
tarsalis, 143
tineivorus, 145
triodons, 145
Brachymeria intermedia, 161
Bryobia praetiosa, 190
Caligus rapax, 117
Calliopsis, 92
Camponotus gigas, 198
Caradrina morpheus, 143
Carausius, 176
morosus, 9
Cepheus, 201
Ceutophilus g. gracilipes, 17
Chauliodes formosanus, 9, 168
Cicada bipunctulata, 118
orni, 5
plebeia, 4
Cicadella ferruginea, 7
Cicindela olivacea, 118
Clethrionomys gapperi, 190
Corynebacterium, 134
Crymodes devastator, 157
Culex pipiens, 59
Dasychira, 118
Datana ministra, 157
Diacrisia virginica, 162
Dianthidium, 91
Diapheromera femorata, 15
Dicrocheles phalaenodectes, 153
Didelphis virginiana, 190
Dissosteira, 175
Carolina, 9
Drosophila melanogaster, 137
pseudoobscura, 120
Dytiscus marginalis, 9
Eciton, 118
Epizeuxis aemula, 157
Erioptera (Ilisia) asymmetrica, 71
diadexia, 66
e pi char is, 66
fausta, 69
indica, 71
Euglossa cordata, 72, 84
variabilis, 72
Eurostus validus, 7
Euschongastia blarinae, 190
marmotae, 190
peromysci, 190
setosa, 190
Glossina, 134
232
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
Heterostelis, 91
Huechys sanguinea philaemata, 4
Hyalophora cecropia, 15, 168
Hydrophilus, 118
Hygroribates marinus, 101
Juniperus deppeana, 140
Labidus, 118
Lactobacillus arabinosus, 135
leichmanii, 135
Lagoa laceyi, 140
Lasiocampa quercus callunae, 100
Lasioseius, 154
Leptotrombidium myotis, 190
Lernaea cyprinacea, 117
Lernaeenicus polyceraus, 117
Leucophaea maderae, 134
Leuroxenillus trichionus , 201
Liacarus, 201
spiniger, 217
Lipsothrix decurvata , 180
malla, 182
Lytta, 82
Macrohomotoma gladiatum, 7
Marmota monax, 190
Megachile, 91
Melampsalta muta, 13
sericea, 7
Melitturga clavicornis, 92
Microtus arvalis, 195
pennsylvanicus, 190
Miyatrombicula cynos, 190
Mus musculus, 190
Musca domestica, 137
Myobia musculi, 190
Neivamyrmex, 118
Neoconocephalis exiliscanorus, 17
Neolimnophila bifusca, 181
citribasis , 180
daedalea , 180
fuscinervis, 181
genitalis, 181
perreducta, 181
picturata, 181
Neopygmephorus bavaricus, 190
blumentritti, 195
lithobii, 190
Neotrombicula whartoni, 190
Nezara viridula, 7
Nomadopsis, 92
Nothrus marinus, 101
Oncopeltus fasciatus, 9
Orchelimum, 11, 175
Oribella, 201
Ormosia (Oreophila) hutchinsonae, 67
liana , 66
sub pule hra, 66
umbripennis, 66
(Ormosia) kashmiri, 68
nyctopoda, 69
pulchra, 68
(Parormosia) atrotibialis, 66
leucoplagia, 67
Panthea furcilla, 95, 119
Panurginus, 92
Panurgus banksianus, 92
calcaratus, 92
dentipes, 92
Papilio, 176
Parnassius mnemosyne, 160
Pediculaster mesembrinae, 190
Perdita, 92
Periplaneta, 175
americana, 9, 134
Perla, 176
abdominalis, 9
Peromyscus leucopus, 190
Phyllolabis, 66
Picnoseus nitidipennis, 80
Pieris narina, 222
oleracera, 222
virginiensis, 222
Pinus scopulorum, 140
strobus, 95
Pitymys pinetorum, 190
Poa pratensis, 185
Polia contigua, 157
Polypedilum vanderplanki, 161
Polyrhachis (Anoplomyrma) parabiotica, 200
(Aulacomyrma) porcata, 200
(Campomyrma) clypeata, 199
pyrrhus, 199
(Chariomyrma) guerini, 200
(Cyrtomyrma) rastellata, 199
December, 1966]
Index to Volume LXXIV
233
(Hagiomyrma) ammon, 200
(Hedomyrma) ornata, 200
(Myramatopa) schang, 200
(Myrma) militaris, 200
(Myrmhopla) armata, 200
(Myromothrinax) thrinax, 200
(Polyrhachis) bihamata, 200
(Pseudocyrtomyrma) revoili, 200
Pontia oleracera, 222
Populus, 142
Proctolaelaps, 158
Prodenia litura, 168
Protomyobia claparedei, 190
Pseudaletia adultera, 157
Pseudopanurgus, 92
Pseudopygmephorus sellnicki, 190
tarsalis, 190
Pseudospaelotis haruspica, 152
Psylla mali, 7
Pteronarcys californica, 15
proteus, 15
Pygmephorus erlangensis, 190
microti, 195
spinosus, 194
Quercus coccinea, 140
emoryi, 140
gambeli, 140
ilicifolia, 140
Radfordia affinis, 190
ensifera, 190
lemnina, 190
subuliger, 190
Rattus norvegicus, 190
Rhododendron, 70, 181
Romalea, 118
Schistocerca gregaria, 42, 177
Sennertia, 119
Septis lignicolora, 152
Sigara substriata, 7
Sorex araneus, 195
Spaelotis clandestina, 152
Sphida, 168
Stelis aterrima, 89
punctulatissima, 89
(Microstelis) lateralis, 86
(Odontostelis) bilineolata, 72, 84
(Stelidomorpha) nasuta, 87
(Stelis) minuta, 87
ornatula, 87
Stenoxenillus akidosus, 201
anakolosus, 201
atraktus, 201
spilotus , 201
Sthenopis, 176
Styringomyia obscura, 182
schmidiana, 183
subobscura, 180
tarsatra, 180
Taranucnus durdenae, 224
setosus, 224
Telea, 176
polyphemus, 9
Tetraonyx, 82
Tibicen chloromera, 2
Tibicina septendecim, 7
Tineola biselliella, 157
Toxorhina (Ceratocheilus) tuberifera, 180
mesorhyncha, 184
Troglohyphantes furcifer, 226
kokoko, 224
Tyrophagus palmarum, 190
putrescentiae, 190
similis, 190
Xenillus alpestris, 212
anasillus , 201
castaneus, 201
clypeator, 201
gelasinus, 201
ionthadosus, 201
latus, 201
pectinatus, 201
phryxothrixus, 201
sculptrus, 201
splendens, 201
tegeocranus, 201
Xylocopa virginica, 119
Zale lunata, 157
234
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXIV
INVITATION TO MEMBERSHIP
The New York Entomological Society was founded in 1892 and incorporated the following
year. It holds a distinguished position among scientific and cultural organizations. The
Society’s Journal is one of the oldest of the leading entomological periodicals in the
United States. Members and subscribers are drawn from all parts of the world, and they
include distinguished professional naturalists, enthusiastic amateurs, and laymen for whom
insects are only one among many interests.
You are cordially invited to apply for membership in the Society or to subscribe to its
Journal which is published quarterly. Regular meetings are held at 8:00 P.M. on the first
and third Tuesdays of each month from October through May at the American Museum of
Natural History, the headquarters of the Society. A subject of general interest is discussed
at each meeting by an invited speaker. No special training in biology or entomology is
necessary for the enjoyment of these talks, most of which are illustrated. Candidates for
membership are proposed at a regular meeting and are voted upon at the following meeting.
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP AND YEARLY DUES
Active member : Full membership in the Society, entitled to vote and hold office;
with Journal subscription $9.00
Active member without Journal subscription 4.00
Sustaining member : Active member who voluntarily elects to pay $25.00 per year
in lieu of regular annual dues.
Life member: Active member who has attained age 45 and who pays the sum of
$100.00 in lieu of further annual dues.
Student member: Person interested in entomology who is still attending school;
with Journal subscription 5.00
(Student members are not entitled to vote or to hold office.)
Student member without Journal subscription 2.00
Subscription to Journal without membership 8.00
APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Date
I wish to apply for membership (see classes above).
My entomological interests are:
If this is a student membership, please indicate school attending and present level.
Name
Address
(Zip Code must be included)
— Send application to Secretary —
Y
AAA i -t /YV 'v:
' . ;• • >... / r iA //. K ( .As. /• A
Os , • ' if- - ' . > \ / ^
JOURNAL of the
NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
The JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY is de-
voted to the advancement and dissemination of knowledge pertaining to insects
and their related forms.
INSTRUCTION TO AUTHORS
CORRESPONDENCE Submit manuscript in duplicate (original and one car-
bon) to Dr. L. W. Clausen, Editor, 115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y.
10023. Send material by registered mail in flat form. The JOURNAL cannot
assume responsibility for manuscripts lost in transit.
: f Y '% . ■
GENERAL POLICY Manuscript submitted must be unpublished, original
research not being considered for publication elsewhere. Upon acceptance and
publication by the JOURNAL it must not be published again in any form with-
out the consent of the Author and the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed
by one or more referees whose anonymity is preserved so that criticism may be
frank and objective.
Y y€
Manuscript, if accepted, will be published in order of receipt unless the cost of
printing is borne by the author, in which case publication can be scheduled for
the next issue.
b
\
A
FORM OF MANUSCRIPT Manuscripts (text, figures, footnotes, etc.) must
be typewritten, double or triple spaced with wide margins and on paper &V2 X 11
inches suitable for ink correction. Proofread manuscripts carefully before they
are submitted. Consult the STYLE MANUAL FOR BIOLOGICAL JOUR-
NALS for details concerning acceptable form. The JOURNAL reserves the
privilege of editing manuscripts to make them conform or of returning them to
authors for revision. y w
/ A
A
-YV
a, \
f - lA
. '. '.-Vi 7 !r(
7%
' i\/.-
J-' i 7 - ■
{ ft
/ h i
l '
m
a:
ABSTRACT Each manuscript must be accompanied by an abstract, type-
written on a separate sheet. This abstract may replace the author’s summary.
It should be brief (not more than 3% of the original) and written in complete
sentences. A copy of a gtiide is obtainable from the Editor.
jj ; : ■ - p 1 $ - Ht i H v ; m , ' 4 l ... V ^
.. /. I , *- v y v i . 0- , , 1- - ' j. ' • ' ' ' » . ' \ • 'i ■ ^ » v
ILLUSTRATIONS These must be clear and suitable for reproduction. Photo-
graphs must be glossy prints. Indicate the magnification on the illustrations or
state it in the legends. All lines and figures must be able to withstand reduction
if reduction is necessary. When published, illustrations may not exceed 4%" X
6 The legend is not part of the illustration; these are to be arranged and
typed on a separate sheet and each identified by the figure number. Illustra-
tions, charts and tables will be charged to the author. Pack all illustrations care-
fully with stiff cardboard to prevent damage in transit.
REPRINTS of articles will be furnished contributors when ordered in advance.
A table showing cost of reprints and an order blank will be sent with the
proof. All subscriptions and orders for back issues should be sent to the N. Y.
Entomological Society, The American Museum of Natural History, New York,
N. Y. 10024. The SOCIETY has a complete file of back issues in stock. The
SOCIETY will not be responsible for lost Journals unless immediately notified
of change of address. We do not exchange publications.
Terms for subscriptions — $8.00 per year, net to the Society, in advance.
Single copies, as issued — $2.00 each. ^
: '
Please make all checks, money-orders or drafts payable to the NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
■\i : 7 r T „r / 4/11
/ V.
i/zO \ . rx
x /\
kt’t
i !1'
in’
■
y
>6
1 \
Journal
of the
New York
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
Devoted to Entomology in General
VOLUME LXXV
Published by the Society
New York, N. Y.
ALLEN PRESS, INC
Lawrence, Kansas
INDEX OF AUTHORS
ALEXANDER, CHARLES P. Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya
Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), XIV 24
ALEXANDER, CHARLES P. Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya
Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), XV 183
BENTON, ALLEN H. A Case of Teratology in Monopsyllus vison (Baker) 31
BENTON, ALLEN H. Peromyscopsylla hamifer hamijer (Rothschild): an Addition to
the Entomological Fauna of New York State 159
BERTHOLD, ROBERT, Jr. Behavior of the German Cockroach, Blatella germanica
(L.), in Response to Surface Textures 148
DAWSON, R. W. New and Little Known Species of Serica (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) X 161
FORBES, JAMES The Male Genitalia and Terminal Gastral Segments of Two Species
of the Primitive Ant Genus Myrmecia (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) 35
GRAY, P. H. H. Some Biometrics in Pieris and Colias (Lepidoptera: Pieridae) in
Quebec and Nova Scotia 12
GERTSCH, WILLIS J. A New Liphistiid Spider from China (Araneae: Liphistiidae) 114
GUPTA, A. P. Further Studies on the Internal Anatomy of the Meloidae. III. The
Digestive and Reproductive Systems as Bases for Tribal Designation of Pseudomeloe
miniaceoniacidata (Blanchard) (Coleoptera: Meloidae) 93
HOFFMAN, RICHARD L. and LINDA S. KNIGHT A New Genus and Species of
Spirostreptoid Millipeds from the Pacaraima Mountains, British Guiana 56
IVIE, WILTON Some Synonyms in American Spiders i 126
KELLY, ROBERT P. and DANIEL LUDWIG Distribution of Nitrogen During the
Embryonic Development of the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus 45
KELLY, RONALD J., DENNIS M. O’BRIAN, and FRANK F. KATZ The Incidence
and Burden of Hymenolepis diminuta Cysticercoids as a Function of the Age of the
Intermediate Host, Tribolium confusum 19
KISTNER, DAVID H. A Revision of the Termitophilous Tribe Termitodiscini (Coleop-
tera: Staphylinidae) Part I. The Genus Termitodiscus Wasmann; its Systematics,
Phyolgeny, and Behavior 204
KLOTS, ALEXANDER B. A Note on the Flight of Acrolophus morns (Grote)
(Lepidoptera: Acrolophidae) 18
KLOTS, ALEXANDER B. The Adaptive Feeding Habit of a Pine Caterpillar 43
KLOTS, ALEXANDER B. Larval Dimorphism and Other Characters of Heterocam pa
pulverea (Grote & Robinson) (Lepidoptera: Notodontidae) 62
KLOTS, ALEXANDER B. Two New Species of Crambus Fabricius from Western
North America (Lepidoptera: Pyralididae) _ 154
iii
LEONARD, MORTIMER D. Further Records of New Jersey Aphids (Homoptera:
Aphididae) 77
MULLER, JOSEPH Melanism in New Jersey Cat ocala Schrank (Lepidoptera:
Noctuidae) 195
OBRAZTSOV, NICHOLAS S. Genera Tortricoidarum Check List of Genera and Sub-
genera Belonging to the Families Tortricidae (Ceracidae, Chlidanotidae, Schoenotenidae
and Olethreutidae Included) and Phaloniidae 2
OBRAZTSOV, NICHOLAS S. Some Apocryphal Species of the Tortricinae (Lepidop-
tera: Tortricidae) 34
PECHUMAN, L. L. Observations on the Behavior of the Bee Anthidium manicatum
(L.) 68
POWELL, JERRY A. Apomyelois bistriatella : A Moth Which Feeds in an Ascomycete
Fungus (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) 190
RINDGE, FREDERICK H. A New Species of Nepytia from the Southern Rocky
Mountains (Lepidoptera: Geometridae) 74
ROUSELL, P. G. Activities of Respiratory Enzymes During the Metamorphosis of
the Face Fly, Musca autumnalis De Geer 119
ROZEN, JEROME G., Jr. The Immature Instars of the Cleptoparasitic Genus Dioxys
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) 236
ROZEN, JEROME G., Jr. and MARJORIE S. FAVREAU Biological Notes on Dioxys
pomonae pomonae and on its Host, Osmia nigrobarbata (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) 197
TORCHIO, PHILIP F., JEROME G. ROZEN, Jr., GEORGE E. BOHART, and MAR-
JORIE S. FAVREAU Biology of Dufourea and of its Cleptoparasite, Neopasites
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea) 132
YOUNG, ALLEN M. Observations of Epicordidia princeps (Hagen) (Odonata:
Corduliidae) at a Light 179
BOOK REVIEWS
BATRA, SUZANNE W. T. Insect Behaviour. Symposium No. 3, Royal Entomological
Society (P. T. Haskell, ed.) 100
HAGMANN, LYLE E. Handbook of the Mosquitoes of North America by Robert
Matheson 147
TREAT, A. E. The New Field Book of Freshwater Life by Elsie B. Klots 29
WYGODZINSKY, PEDRO Monograph of Cimicidae by Robert L. Usinger 30
PROCEEDINGS of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 101, 249
NEW MEMBERS 110
IV
'
7
Vol. LXXV
'Y IK I
MARCH 1967
No. 1
T
{
m
n
' , . | .
,.„ V- Vy> ;;- > W.& *
:
mmP,
h
Devoted to Entomology in General
U ■ l,i
7/
ky-
;>v
:£t'S\
•7; JS--- '
'b.vS \
- 5KV-A,>
r~r 'rC ; '•
Kb^-
v>cK
1 -Y
'/a ’T
v..; m
'{ s
3 -■
•A
■YKi,7^
k.‘ ■/' y
m/y
W-
X'isvl
v,v
■ m
> ‘.4=
'Art
V ■ \
XX\ V'\$
m
A(1 <k£m m
,. .1 ,\l\ :•
x3 wAwP'
■1;; • -l'l3 v': ■■''•
A
i. , ■
V N fv ■ ' 'l
N ■/■ ' \V
L\
v'm
rii
■I ,:r. tIM*
Iv-rS; ,| '
A N vV 1
V-K \ N
’A i'i"
The
\fd'
;• 'V
Ut
New York Entomological Society
;\
%£
Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
' \r tv
X/
/ •/
Reincorporated February 17, 1943
r A xa 1 m
iV t IL
(, X
-
z'1' S ( X I v
A 7 . I ... ; .,,'7 Ni. . <T V * K ... . ;■ // ;/|1
The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 pm., in the American Museum of Natural
History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y. ) \
m-
Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the
Treasurer.
v }
x.Xk.i-
Ya:
U;' A
>.
; ' K\:
X 'O
\f
> Vi;. ');Mi
' uvl .
:
%V
irff-
m
3X ‘ u '
X'M
XXXX .
X ■ ' i' ' ' '' 1
V
Officers for the Year 1967
' SA Ay. A. Y; Yj v *
President, Dr. Richard Fredrickson
College of the City of New York 10031
■VjYjYi 'V- / ' fl , Ay Y^YYa'^Y1'' Y I”;/ Y'.ft; •< i?'& W!
M
Nf l ■' M
i . ^ \\
Y-J A ill
7 7,AA)'.,r
A7
Vice-President, Dr. David Miller
.1 (V
m
j .( x
ftp, /
vN. I I I :
College of the City of New York 10031
i> ./?,]>■ /',
' ' - : i i / y / < 5 v; ■
Secretary, Mr. Howard Topoff
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
A
f
Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl
* ff ffik: \X/ff 1 / A
Treasurer, Mr. Raymond Brush
f \C r s YY
XXX, I
A i YL Y Y Y 7 A fY ■ Y \XX Y
230 E. 78th Street, New York 10021
m
X ■ 7
A
fN
\// 1 'Ak;",
I V ■, W i. H, ' , , , ,
P7\l
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
T
\
_!. +'/ _ y\ / f ~ ( .
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
\X
IV ' Y
Lfk ;
V
1-4' \- ' V\ -rM i
w
\<
i \f x' \ i-i Trustees
A «
A A p-' .dfr’.
v. ■ i- V
I'ffi'Ar;
x\
, 1 .1 I ; /7 v
X AS
Class of 1967
' v7‘
Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
Classy of 1968
Dr. Elsie Klots
■k
\ 7 <l. ' | -
dVi
M/ri i
A
A/
SA'i'l:
Mr. Robert Buckbee
XX
r.
m
V- /If,
Mr. Bernard Heineman
ViSfJk'
:y?, 7
ft r :
/jiy
7 . N’l, A
A 7i V
A
Mailed May 3, 1967
i,/1 ;
:JJ VA/-J1
i* X/L I ’xl'X' ii
(,
The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Allen Press
if)
Inc., 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas
A\
■/J
'di ; *a
'h A fl
i
LX
XX
m
i.frt'
Mtm\/
; i
SfV
SjiXA' *XX'X.''\XX
I „ ' /
\h\ A X
Journal of the
New York Entomological Society
Volume LXXV
May 3, 1967
No. 1
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss
Editor Lucy W. Clausen
College of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Columbia University
115 West 68th Street, N. Y. 10023
Associate Editor James Forbes
Fordham University, N. Y. 10458
Publication Committee
Dr. Kumar Krishna Dr. Asher Treat
Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky
CONTENTS
Genera Tortricoidarum Nicholas S. Obraztsov
Some Biometrics in Pieris and Colias (Lepidoptera : Pieridae) in Quebec and
Nova Scotia P. H. H. Gray
A Note on the Flight of Acroloplius morus (Grote) (Lepidoptera: Acrolophi-
dae) Alexander B. Klots
The Incidence and Burden of Hymenolepis diminuta Cysticercoids as a Func-
tion of the Age of the Intermediate Host, Tribolium confusum
Ronald J. Kelly, Dennis M. O’Brian and Frank F. Katz
Undescribed species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Diptera:
Tipulidae), XI Y Charles P. Alexander
Book Reviews
A Case of Teratology in Monopsyllus vison (Baker) Allen H. Benton
Some Apocryphal Species of the Tortricinae (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae)
Nicholas S. Obraztsov
The Male Genitalia and Terminal Gastral Segments of Two Species of the
Primitive Ant Genus Myrmecia (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) James Forbes
The Adaptive Feeding Habit of a Pine Caterpillar Alexander B. Klots
Distribution of Nitrogen During the Embryonic Development of the Mealworm
Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus Robert P. Kelly and Daniel Ludwig
Recent Publications
A New Genus and Species of Spirostreptoid Millipeds from the Pacaraima
Mountains, British Guiana Richard L. Hoffman and Linda S. Knight
Invitation to Membership
2
12
18
19
24
29
31
34
35
43
45
54
56
60
2
[Vol. LXXV
Genera Tortrieoidarum
Cheek list of genera and subgenera belonging to the families
Tortricidae (Ceracidae, Chlidanotidae, Schoenotenidae
and Olethreutidae included) and Plialoniidae1
By the late Nicholas S. Obraztsov2
Abstract: An alphabetical listing of the generic and subgeneric names in the families Tortrici-
dae and Phaloniidae is presented; it is complete up to approximately the end of 1964.
Ablabia Hubner, 1825
Acalla Hubner, 1825
Acanthothyspoda Lower, 1908
Accra Razowski, 1964
Acharneodes Meyrick, 1926
Acleris Hubner, 1825
Acornutia Obraztsov, 1943
Acroceuthes Meyrick, 1881
Acroclita Lederer, 1859
Acroplectis Meyrick, 1927
Acropolitis Meyrick, 1881
Adenoneura Walsingham, 1907
Adoxophyes Meyrick, 1881
Aenectra Doubledav, 1850
Aeolostoma Meyrick, 1910
Aesiocopa Zeller, 1877
Aethes Billberg, 1820
Aethesiodes Razowski, 1964
Ajfa Walker, 1863
Agapeta Hubner, 1822
Agapete Hubner, 1825
Agriophanes Meyrick, 1930
Ahmosia Heinrich, 1926
Aleimma Hubner, 1825
Alexiloga Meyrick, 1922
Allobrachygonia Fernald, 1908
Allodapella Diakonoff, 1948
Alloendothenia Oku, 1963
Allohermenias Diakonoff, 1953
Alypeta Turner, 1916
Alytopeta Fletcher, 1929
Alytopistis Meyrick, 1920
Amallectis Meyrick, 1917
Amboy na Razowski, 1964
Amelia Hiibner, 1825
Amniodes Meyrick, 1938
Amorbia Clemens, 1860
Amphisa Curtis, 1828
Amphysa Guenee, 1845
Anacron Kurentsov, 1950 (nomen nudum)
Anacrusis Zeller, 1877
Analdes Turner, 1916
Anaphorodes Diakonoff, 1959
Anathamna Meyrick, 1911
Anatropia Meyrick, 1881
Anchicremna Meyrick, 1926
Anchylopera Stephens, 1829
Ancylis Hubner, 1825
Ancyloides Kuznetsov, 1964
Ancylopera Agassiz, 1864
Aneuxanthis Le Marchand, 1933
Anisochorista Turner, 1926
Anisogonia Meyrick, 1881
Anisole pida Turner, 1945
Anisotaenia Stephens, 1852
Anisotenes Diakonoff, 1952
Anomalopteryx Kennel, 1900
(preocc. by Stein, 1874)
Anopina Obraztsov, 1962
Ano plocne phasia Real, 1953
Anthophallodes Diakonoff, 1960
Anthophrys Diakonoff, 1960
1 The present paper was completed by the author approximately until the end of 1964. It
is being published unchanged. The manuscript was prepared for publication by Dr. A.
Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Histone, Leiden, Netherlands.
2 Formerly Research Fellow, Department of Entomology, the American Museum of
Natural History. The work for the present paper was done under the auspices of the
National Science Foundation, GB-1805
March, 1967]
Obraztsov: Tortricidae Check List
3
Anthozela Meyrick, 1913
Antichlidas Meyrick, 1931
Anticlea Stephens, 1834
(preocc. by Stephens, 1831)
Antictenista Meyrick, 1927
Antigraptis Meyrick, 1930
Antiphrastis Meyrick, 1929
Antithesia Stephens, 1829
Apateta Turner, 1926
Aphania Hiibner, 1825
Aphelia Hiibner, 1825
Aphelia Stephens, 1829
(preocc. by Hiibner, 1825)
Aphrozestis Meyrick, 1931
Aphthonocosma Diakonoff, 1953
Apinoglossa Moschler, 1889
Aplastoceros Diakonoff, 1953
Apolobesia Diakonoff, 1954
Apolychrosis Amsel, 1962
Apotoforma Busck, 1932
Apotomis Hiibner, 1825
Apotomus Agassiz, 1846
Aprepodoxa Meyrick, 1937
Apura Turner, 1916
Arachniotes Diakonoff, 1952
Arce Joannis, 1919
Archactenis Diakonoff, 1960
Arckigraptis Razowski, 1964
Archimaga Meyrick, 1905
Archips Hiibner, 1822
Arctephora Diakonoff, 1953
Ardeutica Meyrick, 1913
Argyridea Waterhouse, 1902
Argyridia Stephens, 1852
Argyrolepia Stephens, 1829
Argyrolepis Agassiz, 1846
Argyroptera Duponchel, 1834
Argyrotaenia Stephens, 1852
Argyrotosa Curtis, 1831
Argyrotoxa Agassiz, 1846
Argyrotoza Stephens, 1829
Aristocosma Meyrick, 1881
Arizelana Diakonoff, 1953
Arotrophora Meyrick, 1881
Articolla Meyrick, 1907
Asaphistis Meyrick, 1909
Ascelodes (Meyrick) Fletcher, 1929
Ascerodes Meyrick, 1905
Aspidia Duponchel, 1834
Aspila Stephens, 1834
As pis Treitschke, 1829
(preocc. by Laurenti, 1768)
Astatia Hiibner, 1825
Asterolepis Razowski, 1964
Asthenia Hiibner, 1825
Asthenoptycha Meyrick, 1881
Astrosa Diakonoff, 1951
Atelodora Meyrick, 1881
Aterpia Guenee, 1845
Atteria Walker, 1863
Aastr otortrix Bradley, 1956
Automaema Turner, 1916
Axioprepes Turner, 1945
Bactra Stephens, 1834
Bactrostoma Diakonoff, 1960
Badebecia Heinrich, 1926
Balbis Walsingham, 1897
Balioxena Meyrick, 1912
Barbara Heinrich, 1923
Barnardiella Turner, 1925
Barygnathella Diakonoff, 1956
Bathrotoma Meyrick, 1881
Bathypluta Diakonoff, 1950
Batodes Guenee, 1845
Begunna Walker, 1863
Beryllophantis Meyrick, 1938
Bipenisia Razowski, 1960
Blastesthia Obraztsov, 1960
Bleszynskiella Razowski, 1960
Borboniella Diakonoff, 1957
Borneogena Diakonoff, 1941
Botropteryx Caradja, 1916
Brachiocera Diakonoff, 1959
Brachiolia Razowski, 1964
Brachycnephasia Real, 1953
Brachygonia Walsingham, 1900
(preocc. by Kirby, 1889)
Brachytaenia Stephens, 1852
Brachyvalva Diakonoff, 1960
Branchophantis Meyrick, 1938
Brevicornutia Razowski, 1960
Brevisociaria Obraztsov, 1943
Byrsoptera Lower, 1901
Cacocharis Walsingham, 1891
Cacochroea Lederer, 1859
Cacochroa Heinemann, 1870
Cacoecia Hiibner, 1825
Cacoecimorpha Obraztsov, 1954
4
New York Entomological Society
LVol. LXXV
Coenogenes Meyrick, 1937
(preocc. by Walsingham, 1887)
Caenognosis Walsingham, 1900
Callibryastis Meyrick, 1912
Callimosema Clemens, 1865
Calosetia Wilkinson, 1859
Campotenes Diakonoff, 1960
Camptrodoxa Meyrick, 1925
Cancanodes Meyrick, 1922
Capnostycha Meyrick, 1920
Capricornia Obraztsov, 1960
Capua Stephens, 1834
Carolella Busck, 1939
Carphomigma Diakonoff, 1953
Carpocampa Harris, 1841
Carpocapsa Treitschke, 1829
Cartella Guenee, 1845
Catamacta Meyrick, 1911
Catastega Clemens, 1861
Catoptria Guenee, 1845
(preocc. by Hiibner, 1825)
Celypa Pierce and Metcalfe, 1922
Celypha Hiibner, 1825
Celyphoides Obraztsov, 1960
Cenopis Zeller, 1875
Cerace Walker, 1863
Ceraceopsis Matsumura, 1931
Ceramea Diakonoff, 1951
Cerata Stephens, 1852
Ceratorrhyneta Kirby, 1878
Ceratoxanthis Razowski, 1960
Cerorrhyneta Zeller, 1877
Charlotta Forbes, 1923
Cheimaphasia Curtis, 1833
Cheimatophila Stephens, 1829
Cheimonophila Duponchel, 1838
Cheimophasia Agassiz, 1846
Chiloides Butler, 1881
Chimatophila Agassiz, 1846
Chimophasia Agassiz, 1846
Chimoptesis Powell, 1964
Chionotremma Diakonoff, 1952
Chlidanota Meyrick, 1906
Chlidonia Hiibner, 1825
Choanograptis Meyrick, 1938
Chochylis Duponchel, 1836
Choganhia Razowski, 1960
Choristenes Diakonoff, 1954
Choristis Turner, 1945
Choristoneura Lederer, 1859
Chresmarcha Meyrick, 1910
Chrosis Guenee, 1845
Chrysoxena Meyrick, 1912
Cirriaethes Razowski, 1962
Cirrilaspeyresia Razowski, 1961
Cirriphora Obraztsov, 1951
Clavigesta Obraztsov, 1946
Clepsis Guenee, 1845
Clepsodes Diakonoff, 1957
Cleptacaca Diakonoff, 1953
Clysia Hiibner, 1825
(preocc. by Leach, 1817)
Clysiana Fletcher, 1940
Cnephasia Curtis, 1826
Cnephasianella Benander, 1950
Cnephasiella Adamczewski, 1936
C occothera Meyrick, 1914
Coccyx Treitschke, 1829
Cochylichroa Obraztsov and Swatschek, 1958
Cochylidia Obraztsov, 1956
Cochylimorpha Razowski, 1959
Cochylis Treitschke, 1829
Coecaethes Obraztsov, 1943
Coeloptera Turner, 1945
Coelostathma Clemens, 1860
Collicularia Obraztsov, 1960
Collogenes Meyrick, 1931
Colocyttara Turner, 1925
Commophila Hiibner, 1825
Conchylis Sodoffsky, 1837
Coniostola Diakonoff, 1961
C opidostoma Diakonoff, 1954
Coptoloma Lederer, 1859
Cornicacoecia Obraztsov, 1954
Cornusaccula Diakonoff, 1960
C ornuticlava Diakonoff, 1960
Corticivora Clarke, 1951
/Coscinoptycha Meyrick, 1881, belongs to
Carposinidae/
Cosmiophrys Diakonoff, 1960
Cosmorrhyncha Meyrick, 1913
Crimnologa Meyrick, 1920
Crobylophora Kennel, 1910
(preocc. by Meyrick, 1881)
Crocidosenia Zeller, 1847
Crocidosoma Walker, 1863
Crocostola Diakonoff, 1953
Croesia Hiibner, 1825
Crusimetra Meyrick, 1912
Cryptaspasma Walsingham, 1900
March, 1967]
Obraztsov: Tortricidae Check List
5
Cryptocochylis Razowski, 1960
Cryptophasma Joannis, 1928
Cryptophlebia Walsingham, 1899
Ctenopseustis Meyrick, 1885
Curtella Stainton, 1859
Cydia Hiibner, 1825
Cymolomia Lederer, 1859
Cyphophanes Meyrick, 1937
Cryptoptila Meyrick, 1881
Cuspidata Diakonoff, 1960
Dapsilia Hiibner, 1825
Decodes Obraztsov, 1960
Deltinea Pastrana,
Deltobathra Meyrick, 1923
Demeijerella Diakonoff, 1954
Diactenis Meyrick, 1907
Diactora Diakonoff, 1960
Diadelomorpha Diakonoff, 1944
Diamphidia Obraztsov, 1961
Dicellitis Meyrick, 1908
Diceratura Djakonov, 1929
Dichelia Guenee, 1845
Dichelopa Lower, 1901
Dichromia Felder, 1875
Dichrorampha Guenee, 1845
Dichroramphodes Obraztsov, 1953
Dictyopteryx Stephens, 1829
Digitosa Diakonoff, 1960
Diluta South, 1884
Dinogenes Meyrick, 1934
Diphtheropyga Diakonoff, 1952
Diplonearcha Meyrick, 1914
Dipterina Meyrick, 1881
Ditula Stephens, 1829
Djakonovia Obraztsov, 1942
Dolichastis Meyrick, 1920
Dolophoca Stephens, 1835
Dolophora Stephens, 1834
Doloploca Hiibner, 1825
Dorithia Powell, 1964
Drachmobola Meyrick, 1907
Dndaa Walker, 1864
Durrantia Razowski, 1960
Eana Billberg, 1820
Ebisma Walker, 1866
Eboda Walker, 1866
Ecclitica Meyrick, 1923
Eccopsis Zeller, 1852
Eccoptocera Walsingham, 1907
Ecdytolopha Zeller, 1875
Eclectis Hiibner, 1825
Ecnomiomorpha Obraztsov, 1959
Elaeodina Meyrick, 1926
Electracma Meyrick, 1906
Eleuthodema Bradley, 1957
Emeralda Diakonoff, 1960
Enarmonia Hiibner, 1826
Enarmoniodes Ghesquiere, 1940
Endopisa Guenee, 1845
Endothenia Stephens, 1852
Enoditis Meyrick, 1912
Enyphantes (Hiibner, 1806) Fernald, 1908
Epagoge Hiibner, 1825
Epalxiphora Meyrick, 1881
Ephippiphora Duponchel, 1834
Epibactra Meyrick, 1909
(preocc. by Ragonot, 1894)
Epibactra Ragonot, 1894
Epiblema Hiibner, 1825
Epicharis Hiibner, 1825
(preocc. by Klug, 1807)
Epichorista Meyrick, 1909
Epichoristodes Diakonoff, 1960
Epicnephasia Danilevsky, 1963
Epinotia Hiibner, 1825
Epiphyas Turner, 1927
Epirrhoeca Meyrick, 1911
Episagma Hiibner, 1825
Episemus Dyar, 1901
Episimoides Diakonoff, 1957
Episimus Walsingham, 1891
Epitrichosma Lower, 1909
Epitymbia Meyrick, 1881
Eremas Turner, 1945
Ergasia Issiki and Stringer, 1932
Ericia Walker, 1866
(preocc. by Moquin-Tandon, 1848)
Ericiana Strand, 1910
Erinaea Meyrick, 1907
Eriopsela Guenee, 1845
Erminia Kirby and Spence, 1826
Ernarmonia Hiibner, 1825
Esia Heinrich, 1926
Ethelgoda Heinrich, 1926
Eucelia Hiibner, 1825
Eucelis Hiibner, 1825
Euchroma Duponchel, 1845
6
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Euchromia Stephens, 1819
(preocc. by Hiibner, 1819)
Eucoenogenes Meyrick, 1939
Eucosma Hiibner, 1823
Eucosmoides Obraztsov, 1946
Eucosmomorpha Obraztsov, 1951
Eude mis Hiibner, 1825
Eudemopsis Falkovich, 1962
Eugnosta Hiibner, 1825
Euledereria Fernald, 1908
Eule deria Fernald, 1908
Eulia Hiibner, 1825
Eumarozia Heinrich, 1926
Eupecilia Herrich-Schaffer, 1851
Eupoecilia Stephens, 1829
Eurydoxa Filipjev, 1930
Euryptychia Clemens, 1865
Eurythecta Meyrick, 1883
Elis pita Stephens, 1834
Eustenodes Razowski, 1960
Entrachia Hiibner, 1822
Euxanthis Hiibner, 1825
Euxanthoides Razowski, 1960
Euxanthus Matsumura, 1931
Evertia Matsumura, 1931
Evetria Hiibner, 1825
Evora Heinrich, 1926
Exapate Hiibner, 1825
Exart ema Clemens, 1860
Exentera Grote, 1877
Exenter ella Grote, 1883
Exoria Meyrick, 1882
(preocc. by Hiibner, 1825)
Falseuncaria Obraztsov and Swatschek, 1958
Foveifera Obraztsov, 1946
Froelichia Obraztsov, 1960
Fulvoclysia Obraztsov, 1941
Furcinnla Diakonoff, 1960
Gelophaula Meyrick, 1923
Gephyraspis Diakonoff, 1960
Gibberifera Obraztsov, 1946
Glyphidoptera Turner, 1916
Gly phipt era Duponchel, 1835
Glyphisia Stephens, 1829
Gnorismoneura Issiki and Stringer, 1932
Goboea Walker, 1866
Godana Walker, 1866
Goditha Heinrich, 1926
Goniotorna Meyrick, 1933
Grapholita Treitschke, 1829
Grapholitha Treitschke, 1830
Gravitarmata Obraztsov, 1946
Gretchena Heinrich, 1923
Gretchina Forbes, 1923
Griselda Heinrich, 1923
Gwendolina Heinrich, 1923
Gynandromorpha Turner, 1916
Gynandrosoma Dyar, 1904
Gynandrosoma Sharp, 1905
Gynoxypteron Speiser, 1902
Gypsonoma Meyrick, 1895
Gypsonomoides Obraztsov, 1946
Halonota Stephens, 1852
Hamuligera Obraztsov, 1946
Harmologa Meyrick, 1882
Harmosma Diakonoff, 1963
Hastula Milliere, 1857
Hedia Zeller, 1877
Hedulia Heinrich, 1926
Hedy a Hiibner, 1825
Heinrichia Busck, 1939
(preocc. by Stresemann, 1931)
Helictophanes Meyrick, 1881
Heligmocera Walsingham, 1891
Heliocosma Meyrick, 1881
Hememe Pierce and Metcalfe, 1935
Hemerosia Stephens, 1852
Hemimene Hiibner, 1825
Hendecaneura Walsingham, 1900
Hendecastema Walsingham, 1879
Hendecasticha Meyrick, 1881
Henricas Busck, 1943
Hermenias Meyrick, 1911
Herpystis Meyrick, 1911 (July)
Herpystis Meyrick, 1911 (November)
Heterochorista Diakonoff, 1952
Heterognomon Lederer, 1859
Heusimene Stephens, 1834
Hiceteria Diakonoff, 1953
Holocola Meyrick, 1881
Homalernis Meyrick, 1908
Homona Walker, 1863
Homonoides Diakonoff, 1960
Homonopsis Kuznetsov, 1964
Hopliteccopsis Diakonoff, 1963
Hulda Heinrich, 1926
Hydaranthes Meyrick, 1928
March, 19671
Obraztsov: Tortricidae Check List
7
Hylotropha Turner, 1946
Hvpermecia Guenee, 1845
Ilyperxena Meyrick, 1883
Hypostephanuncia Real, 1951
Hypostromatia Zeller, 1866
Hypsidracon Meyrick, 1934
Hysterophora Obraztsov, 1943
Hysterosia Stephens, 1852
Hystrichophora Walsingham, 1879
Hystrichoscelus Walsingham, 1900
Hystricophora Heinrich, 1923
Icelita Bradley, 1957
ldiogr aphis Lederer, 1859
Idiomorpha Turner, 1946
Idolatteria Walsingham, 1913
loditis Meyrick, 1938
loplocama Clemens, 1860
Irazona Razowski, 1964
lsochorista Meyrick, 1881
Isodemis Diakonoff, 1952
Isonomeutis Meyrick, 1888
Isotenes Meyrick, 1938
Isotrias Meyrick, 1895
Joplocama Walker, 1864
Kawabeia Obraztsov, 1965
Kennelia Rebel, 1901
Kenneliola Paclt, 1951
Kundrya Heinrich, 1923
Labidosa Diakonoff, 1960
Lambertiodes Diakonoff, 1959
Lamyrodes Meyrick, 1910
Lasithyris Meyrick, 1917
Laspeyresia Hiibner, 1825
(preocc. by “R. L.,” 1817)
Laspeyresinia Razowski, 1960
Lathronympha Meyrick, 1926
Latiunca Kurentsov, 1950
(genus without species)
Leguminivora Obraztsov, 1960
Leontochroma Walsingham, 1900
Lepidoptycha Dyar, 1901
Leptarthra Lower, 1902
Leptia Guenee, 1845
Leptochroptila Diakonoff, 1939
Leptogramma Stephens, 1829
Leptoris Clemens, 1865
Limma Hiibner, 1825
Lipoptycha Lederer, 1859
Lipoptychodes Obraztsov, 1953
Lipsotelus Walsingham, 1900
Lithographia Stephens, 1852
Lobesia Guenee, 1845
Lobesiodes Diakonoff, 1954
Lobophora Turner, 1946
Lomaschiza Lower, 1901
Lomaschizodes Diakonoff, 1954
Longicornutia Razowski, 1960
Lopas Hiibner, 1825
Lopharcha Diakonoff, 1941
Lophoderus Stephens, 1829
Lophoprora Meyrick, 1930
Lorita Busck, 1939
Loxopera Walsingham, 1900
Loxotaenia Harris, 1841
Loxoterma Busck, 1906
Lozopera Stephens, 1829
Lozotaenia Stephens, 1829
Lozotaeniodes Obraztsov, 1954
Mabilleodes Diakonoff, 1960
M acr aesthetic a Meyrick, 1932
Macrothyma Diakonoff, 1952
Alaorides Kirkaldy, 1910
M atsumuraeses Issiki, 1957
M egalodoris Meyrick, 1912
Megalomacha Diakonoff, 1960
Megasyca Diakonoff, 1959
M elanalopha Diakonoff, 1941
Melissopus Riley, 1881
Melliopus Packard, 1890
Mellisopus Fernald, 1882
Mellissopus Fernald, 1908
Melodes Guenee, 1845
Merit astis Meyrick, 1910
Merophyas Common, 1963
M esocallyntera Diakonoff, 1953
M esocalyptis Diakonoff, 1953
M etachorista Meyrick, 1938
M etamesia Diakonoff, 1960
Metaschistis Diakonoff, 1953
Metaselena Diakonoff, 1939
Meiaspasma Diakonoff, 1959
Metasphaeroeca Fernald, 1908
Metrernis Meyrick, 1906
Micro corses Walsingham, 1900
Alictoneura Meyrick, 1881
8
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Mimeoclysia Diakonoff, 1941
Mixodia Guenee, 1845
Mixo genes Zeller, 1877
M ochlopyga Diakonoff, 1959
Monilia Walker, 1866
M onosphragis Clemens, 1860
Mystogenes Meyrick, 1930
N annobactra Diakonoff, 1956
Nanthilda Blanchard, 1840
(is this a Tortricid?)
Neocaiyptis' Diakonoff, 1941
Neocochylis Razowski, 1960
N eosphaleroptera Real, 1953
Neotenes Diakonoff, 1960
Nephodesma Stephens, 1834
N ephodesme Hiibner, 1825
Nesoscopa Meyrick, 1926
N eurasthenia Pierce and Metcalfe, 1922
Neurospades Turner, 1945
Niasoma Busck, 1940
Nikolaia Diakonoff, 1953
Niphothixa Diakonoff, 1960
Norma Heinrich, 1923
No ter aula Meyrick, 1892
Notocelia Hiibner, 1825
Obrztsoviana Razowski, 1960
Ochetarcha Meyrick, 1924
Oenectra Guenee, 1845
Oenophthira Duponchel, 1845
Oestophyes Diakonoff, 1960
Ofatulena Heinrich, 1926
Oistophora Meyrick, 1881
Olethreutes Hiibner, (1806) 1822
Oligotenes Diakonoff, 1954
Olinda Lhomme, 1939
Olindia Guenee, 1845
Omiostola Meyrick, 1922
Onectra Wocke, 1861
Opadia Guenee, 1845
Oporinia Hiibner, 1825
Orchemia Guenee, 1845
Oriodryas Turner, 1925
Orthocomotis Dognin, 1905
Orthotaenia Stephens, 1829
Osthelderiella Obraztsov, 1961
Oxapate Stephens, 1835
Oxypteron Staudinger, 1871
Paedisca Treitschke, 1830
Palaeobia Meyrick, 1881
Palaeotoma Meyrick, 1881
Palla Billberg, 1820
(preocc. by Hiibner, 1819)
Palpocrinia Kennel, 1919
Pamene Rebel, 1901
Pammene Hiibner, 1825
Pamplusia Guenee, 1845
Panaphelix Walsingham, 1907
Pandemia Stephens, 1834
Pandemis Hiibner, 1825
Pandurista Meyrick, 1918
Panegyra Diakonoff, 1960
Panoplia Hiibner, 1825
Parabactra Meyrick, 1910
Paracely pha Obraztsov, 1960
Parachanda Meyrick, 1927
Parachorista Diakonoff, 1952
Paraclepsis Obraztsov, 1954
Paracochylis Razowski, 1960
Paradichelia Diakonoff, 1952
Paragrapha Sodoffsky, 1837
Parahysterosia Razowski, 1960
Paralipoptycha Obraztsov, 1958
Paralobesia Obraztsov, 1953
Paramesia Stephens, 1829
Paramesiodes Diakonoff, 1960
Paranepsia Turner, 1916
Parapammene Obraztsov, 1960
Parapandemis Obraztsov, 1954
Paraphyas Turner, 1927
Paraptila Meyrick, 1912
Pararrhaptica Walsingham, 1907
Paraselena Meyrick, 1910
Parastenodes Razowski, 1960
Parastranga Meyrick, 1910
Parasyndemis Obraztsov, 1954
Paratorna Meyrick, 1907
Paraxanthoides Razowski, 1960
Pardia Guenee, 1845
Parienia Berg, 1899
Pelatea Guenee, 1845
Pelo christa Lederer, 1859
Pendina Treitschke, 1829
Pentacitrotus Butler, 1881
Penthina Treitschke, 1830
Paraglyphis Common, 1963
Peribrosca Gistel, 1848
Peridaedala Meyrick, 1925
Periphoeba Bradley, 1957
March, 1967]
Obraztsov: Tortricidae Check List
9
Peronea Curtis, 1824
(preocc. by Rafinesque, 1815)
Petalea Walker, 1866
Peteliacma Meyrick, 1912
Petrova Heinrich, 1923
Phaecadophora Walsingham, 1900
Phaecasiophora Grote, 1873
Phaenacropista Diakonoff, 1941
Phalarocarpa Meyrick, 1937
Phalonia Hiibner, 1825
Phalonidia Le Marchand, 1933
Phanerophlebia Diakonoff, 1957
Phaneta Stephens, 1852
Pharmacis Hiibner, 1823
(preocc. by Hiibner, 1820, and Hiibner,
1823)
Phalonia Stephens, 1834
Phiaris Hiibner, 1825
Philalcea Stephens, 1835
Philedone Hiibner, 1825
Philedonides Obraztsov, 1954
Philocryptica Meyrick, 1923
Phlaeodes Guenee, 1845
Phloephila Duponchel, 1834
Phloiophila Duponchel, 1834
Phoxopteris Treitschke, 1829
Phoxopteryx Sodoffsky, 1837
Phricanthes Meyrick, 1881
Phthenolophus Busck, 1910
Phtheochroa Stephens, 1829
Phtheochroides Obraztsov, 1943
Phthinolophus Dyar, 1903
Phthoroblastis Lederer, 1859
Phylacophora Filipjev, 1931
Phylacteritis Meyrick, 1922
Picroxena Meyrick, 1921
Piercea Filipjev, 1930
Piliscophora Diakonoff, 1939
Pilophorica Diakonoff, 1960
Piniphila Falkovich, 1962
Planostocha Meyrick, 1912
Platynota Clemens, 1860
Platypeplum Walsingham, 1899
Plat ype plus Walsingham, 1887
Platysemaphora Diakonoff, 1960
Poecilochroma Stephens, 1829
Poedisca Guenee, 1845
Pogonozada Hampson, 1905
Polemograptis Meyrick, 1910
Polychrosis' Ragonot, 1894
Polydrachma Meyrick, 1928
Polylopha Lower, 1901
Polyortha Dognin, 1905
Pontoturania Obraztsov, 1943
Pristerognatha Obraztsov, 1960
Proactenis Diakonoff, 1941
Procalyptis Meyrick, 1910
Prochlidonia Razowski, 1960
Procoronis Meyrick, 1960
Procrica Diakonoff, 1960
Proeulia Clarke, 1962
Prohysterophora Razowski, 1961
Propedesis Walsingham, 1900
Propira Durrant, 1914
Propiromorpha Obraztsov, (1954) 1955
Proschistis Meyrick, 1907
Proselena Meyrick, 1881
Protarchella Diakonoff, 1956
Proteopteryx Walsingham, 1879
Proteoteras Riley, 1881
Prothelymna Meyrick, 1882
Protithona Meyrick, 1882
Protobactra Diakonoff, 1964
Protopterna Meyrick, 1908
Proty panthes Meyrick, 1933
P segmatica Meyrick, 1930
Pseudomelia Obraztsov, 1954
Pseudargyrotoza Obraztsov, 1954
Pseudatteria Walsingham, 1913
Pseudeboda Razowski, 1964
Pseudeucosma Obraztsov, 1946
Pseudeulia Obraztsov, 1954
Pseudexentera Heinrich, 1940
Pseudoclita Bradley, 1957
Pseudococcyx Agenjo, 1955
(invalid)
Pseudococcyx Swatschek, 1958
Pseudo galleria Ragonot, 1885
Pseudohedya Falkovich, 1962
P seudohermenias Obraztsov, 1960
Pseudo phiaris Obraztsov, 1961
Pseudotomia Stephens, 1829
Pseudotomoides Obraztsov, 1959
Pteridoporthis Meyrick, 1937
Pternidora Meyrick, 1911
Pternozyga Meyrick, 1908
Ptychamorbia Walsingham, 1891
Ptycholoma Stephens, 1829
Ptycholomoides Obraztsov, 1954
Pygolopha Lederer, 1859
10
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Pyrgotis Meyrick, 1881
Pyrodes Guenee, 1845
Pyrsarcha Meyrick, 1932
Raumatia Philpott, 1928
Retinia Guenee, 1845
Rhabdotenes Diakonoff, 1960
Rhacodia Hiibner, 1825
Rhapsodica Meyrick, 1927
Rhocodita Hiibner, 1826
Rhomboceros Meyrick, 1910
Rhopalotenes Diakonoff, 1960
Rhopalovalva Kuznetsov, 1964
Rhopobota Lederer, 1859
Rhyaciona Ragonot, 1894
Rhyacionia Hiibner, 1825
Rhythmologa Meyrick, 1926
Ricida Heinrich, 1926
Riculoides Pastrana, 1952
Roxana Stephens, 1834
Rudisociaria Falkovich, 1962
Saetotenes Diakonoff, 1960
Saliciphaga Falkovich, 1962
Salsolicola Kuznetsov, 1960
Saphenista Walsingham, 1914
Satronia Heinrich, 1926
Schoenotenes Meyrick, 1908
Sciaphila Treitschke, 1829
Scinifer Frolich, 1826
Sclerodisca Razowski, 1964
Scolioplecta Meyrick, 1881
Scyphoceros Turner, 1925
Scytalognatha Diakonoff, 1956
Selania Stephens, 1834
Selenodes Guenee, 1845
Semasia Stephens, 1829
Semnostola Diakonoff, 1959
Sereda Heinrich, 1923
Sericoris Treitschke, 1830
Serruligera Diakonoff, 1960
Siclobola Diakonoff, 1947
Siderea Stainton, 1859
Sideria Guenee, 1845
Sillybiphora Kuznetsov, 1964
Sinnsia Caradja, 1916
Sisona Snellen, 1901
Smicrotes Clemens, 1860
Sociosa Diakonoff, 1959
Sociosa Diakonoff, 1963
(preocc. by Diakonoff, 1959)
Sociphora Busck, 1920
Sonia Heinrich, 1923
Sorolopha Lower, 1901
Sparganothis Hiibner, 1825
Spargonothis Hiibner, 1826
Sparganothris Stephens, 1834
S par gany this Matsumura, 1931
Spatalistis Meyrick, 1907
Sperchia Walker, 1869
Sphaeroeca Meyrick, 1895
(preocc. by Lauterborn, 1894)
Sphaleroptera Guenee, 1845
Spheterista Meyrick, 1912
Spilonota Stephens, 1829
Spinobactra Diakonoff, 1963
Sporocelis Meyrick, 1907
Statherotis Meyrick, 1909
Steganoptera Herrich-Schaffer, 1851
Steganoptycha Stephens, 1829
Stenodes Guenee, 1845
Stenotenes Diakonoff, 1954
Steriphotis Meyrick, 1911
Stictea Guenee, 1845
Stigmonota Guenee, 1845
Strepsiceros Meyrick, 1881
(preocc. by Smith, 1908)
Strepsicrates Meyrick, 1888
Strobila Sodoffsky, 1837
Strophedra Herrich-Schaffer, 1853
Strophosoma Herrich-Schaffer, 1853
(preocc. by Billberg, 1820)
Snbargyrotaenia Obraztsov, 1961
Snbeana Obraztsov, 1962
Subepiblema Agenjo, 1955
(invalid)
Substenodes Razowski, 1960
Suleima Heinrich, 1923
Sycacantha Diakonoff, 1959
Syllomatia Common, 1963
Symphygas Common, 1963
Syndemis Hiibner, 1825
Syndemis Herrich-Schaffer, 1851
(preocc. by Hiibner, 1825)
Syngamoneura Mabille, 1900
Synnoma Walsingham, 1879
Synochoneura Obraztsov, 1955
Syntozyga Lower, 1901
Syricoris Treitschke, 1829
March, 1967]
Obraztsov: Tortricidae Check List
11
Taeniarchis Meyrick, 1931
Talponia Heinrich, 1926
Taniva Heinrich, 1926
Tanychaeta Common, 1963
Tapinodoxa Meyrick, 1931
Teleia Hiibner, 1825
Temnolopha Lower, 1901
T emplemania Busck, 1940
Tenuisaccula Diakonoff, 1960
Teras Treitschke, 1829
Teratodes Guenee, 1845
(preocc. by Brulle, 1835, and Koch, 1838)
Terthreutis Meyrick, 1918
Thiodia Hiibner, 1825
Thiodiodes Obraztsov, 1964
Thirates Treitschke, 1829
Thrincophora Meyrick, 1881
Thylacandra Diakonoff, 1963
Thyralia Walsingham, 1914
Thyraylia Walsingham, 1897
Tia Heinrich, 1926
Tmetocera Lederer, 1859
Topadesa Moore, 1888
Tortricodes Guenee, 1845
Tortricomorpha Amsel, 1955
(preocc. by Felder and Rogenhofer, 1861)
Tortrix Linne, 1757
Trachybatlira Meyrick, 1907
Trachybyrsis Meyrick, 1927
Trachyptila Turner, 1916
Trachysmia Guenee, 1845
Trachyschistis Meyrick, 1921
Tremophora Diakonoff, 1953
Trincophora Meyrick,
Tritopterna Meyrick, 1921
Trophocosta Razowski, 1964
Trycheris Guenee, 1845
Trychnophylla Turner, 1926
Trymalitis Meyrick, 1905
Tsinilla Heinrich, 1931
Tubula Diakonoff, 1960
Tymbarcha Meyrick, 1908
Ulodemis Meyrick, 1907
Vellonifer Razowski, 1964
Vialonga Diakonoff, 1960
Viettea Diakonoff, 1960
X anthosetia Stephens, 1829
Xeneda Diakonoff, 1960
Xenophylla Diakonoff, 1960
Xenotemna Powell, 1964
X enotenes Diakonoff, 1954
Xenothictis Meyrick, 1910
Zacorisca Meyrick, 1910
Zeiraphera Treitschke, 1829
Zelotherses Lederer, 1859
Zomaria Heinrich, 1926
Received for Publication August 10, 1966
12
I Vol. LXXV
Some Biometrics in Pieris and Colias (Lepidoptera: Pieridae)
in Quebec and Nova Scotia
P. H. H. Gray
R.R.2, Digby, Nova Scotia
Abstract: The radii of fore wings and the weights of whole air-dried specimens of adult
instars of wild and reared specimens of Pieris rapae, Colias philodice , and C. eury theme
have been compared. Correlations ( r ) of high orders of significance between these two
variables have been determined and shown graphically. The radii and weights of the
females of the two species of Colias , both wild and reared, exceeded those of the males by
less than 10%.
In 1953 (Lepid. News, 7: 47-8) the author published a short note pointing
out the existence of correlations between fore wing radii and total dry weights of
specimens of Pieris rapae L. reared from eggs in 1951 at Baie d’Urfe in the
Province of Quebec, Canada. The mean values for radii and weights of 28
butterflies that developed from eggs collected at random on leaves of Brassica
oleracea, and of 34 from eggs laid by one female, caught wild, were almost
identical. The ranges and means of the values quoted are shown by the graph
in Fig. 1. The radii of the fore wings of the ‘random’ set ranged from 36 to 52
mm., with the mean at 46 mm.; those of ‘single brood’ from 44 to 50 mm., also
with the mean at 46 mm. The weights of the same specimens ranged from
8.4 to 27.5 mg., and fron 15.0 to 26.3 mg., the mean values being 19.8 and
20.5 mg. respectively. The ranges of variation are thus shown to be more
extensive in the random group than in the specimens from the one female.
The correlations between radii and weights were found to be highly significant
(1953).
In 1960 49 males and 50 females of Colias philodice Gdt. were caught be-
tween 27 August and 23 September at Brighton (Digby County), Nova Scotia.
The radii of the fore wings of fresh specimens were measured to the nearest
0.5 mm., and, when air-dry, the specimens were weighed to the nearest 0.1
mg. The standard deviations of the means in the two sexes were very small;
in the males that of the radii was about 0.7 per cent, and of the weights 2.0 per
cent; in the females, radii about 0.7 per cent, and weights 1.9 per cent. The
correlations of these two characters, in each sex, are shown in the scatter
diagram in Fig. 2.
In order to simplify the presentation of the results of these analyses in
the diagram, each + (for male) and • (for female) represents the average of
five (in one set, four) measurements and weights of specimens taken in
the field in sequence of dates. The summated averages agreed almost exactly
with the summations of the separate values.
The correlation values (r) being positive and of a high order of significance
March, 1967]
Gray: Pieris and Colias Biometrics
13
52
50
_ 44
3 6
R
radii, mm
R
weights , mg
27.5
26.3
15.0 _
8.4
Fig. 1. Ranges of radii of fore wings and of weights of P. rapae, 1951. R, from random
eggs; S, from eggs laid by one random female. Means are shown by short cross-bars.
suggest that lengths (and possibly areas) of the wings vary directly with the
total weights of the insects. These characters have also been compared in
specimens reared from larvae derived from eggs laid by white form females,
one of philodice and one of C. eurytheme Bdv.
In 1960 a brood of larvae was reared from eggs laid by a white form female
of philodice caught in September. The butterfly was kept under glass in a
large earthenware flower pot, lighted and warmed by a 50 watt electric lamp.
Flower heads of Gaillardia dipped in a weak solution of sucrose provided food.
About 100 eggs were laid on the flower petals and on leaflets of Vicia cracca
(common vetch); all the plant stems were resting in water in a narrow-necked
bottle. The young larvae were transferred to fresh twigs of vetch as necessary,
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
2. C
brol
leans
is on
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
radii, mm
^relations between radii of fore wings and weights of C. philodice caught wild,
n line, males (r = -j- 0.9645) ; # and solid line, females (r = -f- 0.9869) .
of radii and weights are indicated by the dotted circles around the coordinate
he regression lines in Figs. 2, 3, and 4.)
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
5.
Gray: Pieris and Colias Biometrics
15
21
22
23 24
radii, mm
25
26
relations between radii of fore wings and weights of C. philodice reared from
i white form female. Males, r — 0.9721; females, r — + 0.9898.
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
i
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXV
✓ +
/
/ +
! J I I ! L-
21 22 23 24 25 26
radii, mm
•relations between radii of fore wings and weights of C. eurytheme reared
form female. Males, r — -f- 0.9845 ; females, r = -f- 0.9845.
March, 19671
Gray: Pieris and Colias Biometrics
17
after each new leaflet had been examined for ‘alien’ eggs. 32 larvae reached
the imago stage; 17 were males and 15 females (8 yellow and 7 white).
Standard deviations of the means of both radii and weights in both sexes
were low; for the radii about 1.0 to 1.25 per cent, for weights 2.7 and 4.1 per
cent, of males and females respectively. The correlations between radii and
weights were high, as shown in Fig. 3.
In 1961 a white form female of C. eury theme, caught wild, yielded 16 males
and 19 orange form females from larvae grown indoors on vetch. The standard
deviations of the characters under study, radii and weights, were less than 1.0
per cent for radii and below 2.5 per cent for weights. The correlations of these
characters were highly significant in both sexes (see Fig. 4).
In the three groups of Colias studied the females exceeded the males in mean
length of radii and in mean weights, but only by less than ten per cent; more
so in length of radius than in weight, as shown in the table below.
Excess values of females over those of males, in percentages
Radii
Weights
C. philodice, wild
9.3
7.7
C. philodice , reared
9.8
8.9
C. eurytheme, reared
9.4
8.2
Received for publication October 10, 1966
18
[Vol. lxxv
A Note on the Flight of Acrolophus morus (Grote)
(Lepidoptera: Acrolophidae)
Alexander B. Klots
City College of New York and American Museum of Natural History
Abstract: It is possible that in Connecticut and New York Acrolophus morus (Grote) is con-
sistently a diurnal flyer. This may be a matter of temperature adaptation of this, the north-
ernmost species of an essentially southern and tropical group, and an autumn flyer.
Twice only I have taken Acrolophus morns (Grote) in the Northeast. On
both occasions the individuals were netted while flying actively and normally
(not flushed from shelter) during the day. On 11 October 1953, a male was
taken about 2 P.M. near Canopus Lake, Putnam County, New York, flying
swiftly in a grassy area at the edge of a marsh. On 29 September 1966,
three specimens were seen at about 2:30 P.M. over my lawn in Putnam,
Windham County, Connecticut. The soil beneath the lawn is a very dry sand-
gravel. One specimen, probably a female, was relatively sluggish — perhaps
it had just eclosed. The other two, both males, were flying very fast and er-
ratically about and over it in curves. So fast and darting, in fact, was their
flight that at first I thought that they were small, dark skippers far out of season.
LTnfortunately the female disappeared while the males were being netted. In
the recent revision of Acrolophus by F. M. Hasbrouck (1964, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 114:632) a specimen of morus from Ithaca, New York is recorded as
taken in the daytime. It is suggested that diurnal flight is a characteristic of
this species, and that there may well be an adaptive correlation between this
and the fact that it flies in the autumn and is the northernmost species of its
family, at least in the East.
Received for publication December 15, 1966
March, 19671
19
The Incidence and Burden of Hymenolepis diminuta Cysticercoids
as a Function of the Age of the Intermediate Host,
Tribolium conjusum
Ronald J. Kelly1, Dennis M. O’Brian, and Frank F. Katz
Seton Hall University, New Jersey
Abstract: The incidence and size of the larval tapeworm burden in young, middle-aged,
and old confused flour beetles was studied. The influences of sex and length of starvation
period were also observed.
Virgin beetles from young parents were permitted to feed for 24 hours on whole gravid
proglottids and then returned to the medium for at least fourteen days prior to being
preserved, dissected, and examined for cysticercoids. A quantitative approach to feeding
eggs to the beetles was unsuccessful.
Old females generally had a significantly smaller burden and incidence of cysticercoids
when compared with young or middle-aged females, whereas middle-aged males generally
had a significantly higher incidence only when compared with young or old males.
Apparently an age resistance to the establishment of H. diminuta in T. conjusum occurs
in the females only.
INTRODUCTION
Since 1892, when Grassi and Rovelli first described the development of
Hymenolepis diminuta in the insect intermediate host, there have been various
investigations on hymenolepidids in insects. While there have been reports of
vertebrate host age effects on adult hymenolepidid incidence and burden
(Shorb, 1933; Hunninen, 1935), we have found no reports in the literature
with regard to the age of the intermediate host on the larval stage of the para-
site. Therefore, this study was undertaken with the intent of observing the
incidence and size of the cysticercoid burdens in beetles of specific ages. Since
host sex and length of starvation prior to exposure to the tapeworm’s eggs may
also influence the burden, these factors were also considered. The tapeworm
H. diminuta and the beetle Tribolium conjusum were selected since the former
requires, as part of its life cycle, an arthropod intermediate host and the latter
has been shown to serve well in this capacity.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
All stock cultures and experimental groups were raised under constant light
at a temperature of 25°C. and a relative humidity of 71% in a medium con-
sisting of 95% bleached Gold Medal Wondra® flour and 5% National Active
Dry® yeast. The use of yeast-fortified flour had been proposed by Lund and
Bushnell (1939). All stock and experimental beetles were put into fresh con-
tainers and medium every two weeks. Eggs randomly selected from a stock
1 Present address: The Squibb Institute for Medical Research, New Brunswick, N.J.
20
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
culture were used to establish a population of beetles of known ages. Eight to
eighteen days following oviposition of these beetles, eggs were collected and
individually placed in 12 X 35 mm patent lip vials containing approximately
5 mm of medium. In this manner, selection of the first eggs laid by the beetles
of known ages was avoided, since this selection may have detrimental effects
on the offspring as shown in Drosophila (O’Brian, Yablonsky, and Gillooly,
1964).
The adult beetles that developed from these eggs were maintained as virgins
in individual vials throughout the experiment. Three different age groups of
adults were used: those that were young (four to five weeks), middle-aged
(23 to 24 weeks), and old. Adult beetles were considered to be old at 47 to
51 weeks on the basis of parental age studies by Raychaudhuri and Butz
(1965) and personal communication with Raychaudhuri (1964).
Each age group was further subdivided into those starved five to six days
(Series I) and those starved seven to eight days (Series II). Following the
starvation period, all beetles were allowed to ingest an undetermined number
of eggs for a 24 hour interval by feeding on three or four freshly obtained
whole gravid segments of H . diminuta. The male Sprague-Dawley rats from
which the tapeworms were removed had been inoculated orally at five weeks
of age with three to five cysticercoids dissected from infected meal beetles,
Tenebrio molitor (Carolina Biological Supply Co.). The infections in the
rats were five to fifteen weeks post-inoculation. Only those Tribolium which
were observed to have fed on proglottids were used in the accumulation and
analysis of the data. After exposure to the proglottids, the beetles were returned
to vials containing fresh medium for a period of at least fourteen days prior
to being preserved in 10% formalin. The preserved beetles were dissected and
examined for cysticercoids.
The sex of the beetle was determined in the pupal stage by the method
described by Park (1934), in the adult stage by the method described by
Hinton (1942), and at the time of dissection.
RESULTS
Table 1 summarizes the incidence and size of the cysticercoid burdens in
beetles which fed on gravid proglottids. The significance of the differences
(P<0.05) between any two average numbers of cysticercoids was determined
by the “P’ test (Youden, 1951, p. 25) and the trend between any two incidences
of cysticercoids by the “Chi square” test (Hoel, 1960, pp. 157-163).
Since there was no difference in the incidence of cysticercoids between the
populations starved five to six or seven to eight days, the data was pooled for
analysis. Old females had a lower incidence when compared to young and
middle-aged females, whereas in the male population the incidence was higher
in the middle-aged group when compared to young and old beetles. With re-
March, 1967] Kelly, et al.: Hymenolepis diminuta Cysticercoids
21
Table 1. The burden and incidence of Hymenolepis diminuta cysticercoids in beetles of
known ages. Mean values are given with the standard errors.
No. of days starved
Series I, 5 to 6 days Series II, 7 to 8 days
No. No.
infected Per- infected
cent Per-
No. that in- No. that cent
Age
Sex
fed on
proglottids
fected
Average
± S.E.
fed on in-
proglottids fected
Average
± S.E.
Young:
4 to 5
Females
26/33
78.8
7.0 ± 1.62
34/41
82.9
10.6 ± 1.72
weeks
Males
28/39
71.8
6.5 ± 1.41
15/30
50.0
4.0 ± 1.14
Middle-aged:
23 to 24
Females
33/42
78.6
5.3 ± 0.81
35/42
83.3
7.0 ± 0.99
weeks
Males
24/30
80.0
7.7 ± 1.36
29/33
87.9
7.5 ± 1.39
Old:
47 to 51
Females
11/28
39.3
0.8 ± 0.28
21/38
55.3
5.9 ± 1.83
weeks
Males
34/64
53.2
5.0 ± 1.17
32/55
58.3
5.4 ± 1.57
spect to differences between the sexes, only old females had a lower incidence
than middle-aged males. All these differences were found to be significant em-
ploying the difference in proportions using a binomial distribution (Dixon and
Massey, 1957, pp. 232-233).
In Series I (five to six days starvation) the burden in old female beetles was
significantly smaller than that of young and middle-aged females, and males
of all ages. In Series II (seven to eight days starvation) the burden in old
females was significantly smaller when compared to young female beetles only.
Also, in this series, young males had a significantly lower burden when com-
pared to young females and middle-aged males.
When comparing both series, only old females starved seven to eight days
had a significantly greater burden than old females starved five to six days.
DISCUSSION
The lack of reports on the relationships of age and sex of intermediate hosts
to their cysticercoid burdens makes this paper unique. It should be noted,
preliminary results of this investigation have been reported in the form of an
abstract (Kelly et al., 1966).
Age resistance to the establishment of Hymenolepis nana has been studied
by Shorb (1933) in rats and mice and by Hunninen (1935) in mice only, and
both found that older animals had a greater resistance to the tapeworm than
younger animals.
In our study, middle-aged male Tribolium generally had a significantly
higher incidence of cysticercoids than young or old males, whereas old females
22
New York Entomological Society
LVol. LXXV
generally had a significantly lower incidence and burden than middle-aged or
young females. It seems, therefore, that an age resistance to the establishment
of H. diminuta cysticercoids occurred in female Tribolium. Moreover, starva-
tion affected the burden only in old females. This may indicate an increased
susceptibility in old females to the tapeworm eggs as marginal food reserves
are depleted.
Some work on the effects of age of the insect vector has been carried out with
respect to protozoan parasites. Terzian et al. (1956) found that older Aedes
aegypti mosquitoes were more resistant to Plasmodium gallinaceum than
younger mosquitoes. However, physiological factors also played a role since
particular diets resulted in aged mosquitoes being as susceptible to the parasites
as young mosquitoes.
In the literature, one finds contradictions regarding the role of the sex of
the intermediate host in its susceptibility to the parasites it transmits. Duke
(1930, 1933) considered his work on tsetse flies showed females to be more
susceptible than males to trypanosomes. However, according to Burtt (1946),
Duke’s (l.c.) data showed no significant differences.
With respect to helminths, it is of interest to note that a number of papers
have been published on the relationships of nematode parasites to changes in
sexual characteristics of insect hosts with some investigators reporting changes
occurring more frequently in one sex than the other. In his extensive review
of this subject, Wiilker (1964, p. 589) notes, “It can be said, generally that,
with regard to the gonads, the females are more changed, and with regard to
the external sex characters, the males are more changed. However, exact
investigations on the possible reasons for this difference and the opposite
behavior of internal and external characters do not exist as yet.”
In the investigation reported here, the beetles fed only on whole gravid
segments, and therefore, the number of eggs ingested per beetle cannot be
correlated with the cysticercoid burden. However, it should be pointed out that
quantitative feedings were tried during the course of this experiment but were
unsuccessful. Moreover, no reports have been observed in the literature where
quantitative feedings of H. diminuta eggs to beetles have been employed. At
the present time in this laboratory, successful feeding attempts have been
obtained and will be reported at a later date (Levine, et al.)
It appears from our work and that of others that there is a need for more
detailed studies on host-parasite relationships as presented and discussed in
this report.
Literature Cited
Burtt, E. 1946. The sex ratio of infected flies found in transmission-experiments with
Glossina morsitans and Trypanosoma rhodesiense. Ann. Trop. Med. & Parasitol. 40:
74-79.
Dixon, W. J., and F. J. Massey. 1957. Introduction to Statistical Analysis. McGraw-
Hill Book Co., Inc., N.Y., N.Y., pp. 232-233.
March, 1967] Kelly, et al.: Hymenolepis diminuta Cysticercoids
23
Duke, H. L. 1930. On the susceptibility of the two sexes of G. palpalis to infection with
T. gambiense and T. rhodesiense. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 24: 95-96.
. 1933. Relative susceptibility of the sexes of Glossina to infection with trypano-
somes. Ann Trop. Med. & Parasitol. 27 : 355-356.
Grassi, G. B., and G. Rovelli. 1892. Ricerche embriologiche sui cestodi. Atti Accad.
Gioenia, Catania. 4: 1-108. (Cited by Voge and Heyneman (1957), V. i).
Hinton, H. E. 1942. Secondary sexual characters of Tribolium. Nature. 149: 500-501.
Hoel, P. G. 1960. Elementary Statistics. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y.,
pp. 157-163.
Hunninen, A. V. 1935 Studies on the life history and host-parasite relations of Hymeno-
lepis fraterna ( H . nana var. fraterna STILES) in white mice. Amer. J. Hyg. 22:
414-443.
Kelly, R. J., D. M. O’Brian, and F. F. Katz. 1966. The incidence and burden of the
tapeworm, Hymenolepis diminuta, in the flour beetle, Tribolium confusum , as a
function of the age of the host. Bull. N. J. Acad. Sci. 11: 40. (Abstr.)
Levine, A. D., D. M. O’Brian, and F. F. Katz, (unpublished data).
Lund, H. O., and R. J. Bushnell. 1939. The relation of nutritional levels to the growth
of populations of Tribolium confusum Duval. II. Egg production in patent flour
and in patent flour supplemented with yeast, j. Econ. Entomol. 32: 640-642.
O’Brian, D. M., C. Yablonsky, and C. Gillooly. 1964. The effects of parental age on
egg production, hatchability of eggs, and survival of the offspring in Drosophila
melanogaster. Proc. of the Indiana Acad, of Sci. 74: 386-392.
Park, T. 1934. Observations on the general biology of the flour beetle, Tribolium con-
fusum. Quart. Rev. of Biol. 9: 36.
Raychaudituri, A. 1964. Personal communication.
Raychaltdhuri, A., and A. Butz. 1965. Aging. I. Effects of parental age on the life
cycle of T. confusum (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) . Ann. of the Entomol. Soc. of
Amer. 58: 535-542.
Shorb, D. A. 1933. Host-parasite relations of Hymenolepis fraterna in the rat and mouse.
Amer. J. Hyg. 18: 74-113.
Terzian, L. A., N. Stahler and F. Irreverre. 1956. The effects of aging, and the mod-
ifications of these effects, on the immunity of mosquitoes to malarial infection. J.
Immunol. 76: 308-313.
Voge, M., and D. Heyneman. 1957. Development of Hymenolepis nana and Hymenolepis
diminuta (Cestoda: Hymenolepididae) in the intermediate host Tribolium confusum.
U. Calif. Publ. Zool. 59: 549-580.
Wulker, W. 1964. Parasite-induced changes on internal and external sex characters in
insects. Exptl. Parasitol. 15: 561-597.
Youden, W. J. 1951. Statistical Methods for Chemists. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New
York, New York, p. 25.
Received for Publication October 20, 1966
24
I Vol. LXXV
Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya
Mountains (Diptera: Tipulidae), XIV1
Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts
Abstract: Six new species of Eriopterine crane flies are described, these being Trentepohlia
( Mongoma ) amphinipha n. sp., from Sikkim; T. ( M .) patens n. sp., Assam; T. ( Trente-
pohlia) infernalis n. sp., Sikkim; Gymnastes ( Gynmastes ) antieaniger n. sp., Sikkim;
G. ( G .) cyaneus nilgiricus n. subsp., South India; G. ( G .) latifuscus n. sp., Assam; and
G. ( G .) tridens n. sp., Thailand.
Part XIII of this series of papers was published in the Journal of the New
York Entomological Society, 74: 180-184, 1966. The species treated herewith
are from Assam and Sikkim where they were collected by Dr. Fernand Schmid
and from Northern Thailand, taken by the late Dr. Deed C. Thurman. A
subspecies from South India is included in order to complete the data, the
materials having been captured by Mr. P. Susai Nathan and by the late Stanley
W. Kemp. I express my sincere thanks and appreciation to all of the above
for the privilege of retaining the types of the novelties in my personal collec-
tion of these flies.
Trentepohlia ( Mongoma ) amphinipha n. sp.
Allied to tenera ; mesonotal praescutum and scutal lobes dark brown, paler laterally ;
femora brownish black, tips broadly snowy white, including about the outer tenth, tibial
bases more narrowly whitened, tarsi and the broad tips of tibiae white; a series of small
erect black setae at bases of all femora in both sexes; wings whitish subhyaline, without
distinct pattern; squama with a powerful black bristle.
male: Length about 7.5-8 mm; wing 7-7.3 mm.
female: Length about 9 mm; wing 7 mm.
Rostrum and labial palpi yellow, maxillary palpi brownish black. Antennae black, rela-
tively long; flagellar segments long-subcylindrical, exceeding their verticils. Head dark
brown, paler behind.
Pronotum brownish yellow, with long erect setae. Mesonotal praescutum dark brown,
humeri and lateral borders more yellowed; scutal lobes darkened, scutellum and medio-
tergite paler brown, yellowed laterally; mesonotal vestiture weak. Pleura brown, posterior
sclerites more yellowed. Halteres dark brown. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow;
femora brownish black, bases narrowly yellowed, tips broadly snowy white, including about
the outer tenth; tibiae brownish black, bases narrowly white, tips more broadly of this
color, including the outer fourth; tarsi white, terminal segment slightly darker; all femora
in both sexes with a few small erect blackened setae near base. Wings whitish subhyaline,
without distinct pattern, stigma barely indicated; veins brown. Margin of wing at base
with three or four long black setae, the squama with a single more powerful erect black
bristle. Venation: Rs longer than basal section of R$; Rz exceeding Rs+i; m-cu at or before
fork of M ; apical fusion of Cih and 1st A nearly as long as m-cu.
Abdominal tergites dark brown, including the hypopygium ; sternites obscure yellow.
holotype: 8, Lingtham, Sikkim, 4,600 feet, September 2, 1959 (Schmid).
Allotopotype, $ , with type. Paratopotypes, 7 $ $ , on three pins.
1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts.
March, 1967]
Alexander: Crane Flies
25
The only other regional member of the subgenus with unpatterned wings that
has the genua of the legs snowy white is Trentepohlia ( Mongoma ) subtenera
Alexander, of Assam, which differs especially in the coloration and trichiation
of the legs. In this species the modified erect setae on the paler brown femora
are restricted to the posterior legs and are more abundant, about ten in number.
Trentepohlia ( Mongoma ) patens n. sp.
General coloration of thorax yellow, the praescutum and scutal lobes patterned with light
brown; antennae of male relatively long, exceeding one-half the wings; femora yellow, tips
narrowly light brown ; wings whitened, veins light brown ; cell Cu open at wing margin,
cell 2nd A broad.
male: Length about 6.5 mm; wing 5.2 mm; antenna about 3.1 mm.
Rostrum yellow; palpi pale brown. Antennae of male elongate, exceeding one-half the
wings; scape and pedicel light yellow, flagellum brown; verticils and whitened vestiture of
the flagellum short. Front and anterior vertex silvery white, posterior vertex light brown,
the orbits narrowly light gray.
Cervical region and pronotum light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum yellow on sides, central
region of disk light brown, becoming obsolete before the suture ; posterior sclerites of notum
yellow, scutal lobes light brown, base of scutellum less evidently of this color. Pleura clear
light yellow. Halteres pale brown, base of stem narrowly light yellow. Legs with coxae
and trochanters light yellow; femora yellow, clearer basally, tip narrowly light brown;
tibiae and tarsi pale brown. Wings whitened, base and costal field more yellowed, stigmal
darkening very small to scarcely indicated; veins light brown, more yellowed in the bright-
ened fields. Venation: R2 just before fork of Ro+3+i- m-cu at fork of M; cell Cu open at
wing margin; cell 2nd A broad.
Abdominal tergites brown, sternites more yellowed, outer segments brown, including the
hypopygium.
holotype: S, Pynter, United Khasi and Jaintia Hills, Assam, 1,700 feet,
January 20, 1960 (Schmid).
The most similar species are Trentepohlia ( Mongoma ) jlava (Brunetti) and
T. (M.) horiana Alexander, which similarly have cell Cu of the wings open at
margin, differing in the coloration of the body and wings, including the dark-
ened veins. Attention is called to the elongate antennae and the unusually
broad cell 2nd A of the present fly.
Trentepohlia ( Trentepohlia ) infernalis n. sp.
Allied to ornatipennis; mesonotal praescutum and scutal lobes almost uniformly light
yellow, scutellum, postnotum and pleura dark brown ; halteres blackened ; legs yellow ;
wings relatively short and broad, anterior half and cells beyond cord chiefly brown, inter-
rupted by three small yellow areas along border from stigma to cell R*, posterior wing cells
more grayish with whitened markings.
male: Length about 5 mm; wing 4.8 mm.
female: Length about 5.2 mm; wing 5 mm.
Rostrum and labial palpi brownish yellow, maxillary palpi brown. Antennae brownish
yellow. Anterior vertex gray, posterior vertex and genae obscure yellow, occiput darkened.
Cervical region and pronotum brown. Mesonotal praescutum and scutal lobes almost
uniformly light yellow, scutellum and postnotum dark brown. Pleura dark brown. Flalteres
blackened, base of stem narrowly yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; remain-
26
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
der of legs light yellow, terminal tarsal segment slightly infuscated. Wings relatively short
and broad, as compared with related species ; anterior half and the cells beyond cord chiefly
brown, posterior cells grayish; a very restricted pale pattern that includes three small
yellow spots along border, one at end of So, the second in cell R3, third at wing tip, chiefly
in cell Ri ; more whitened marks in outer end of cell R and bases of R5 and M2] cells M , Cu
and Anals pale with brown washes in outer ends; veins brown, yellowed in the costal
ground areas. Venation: Rs a little longer than R»+ 3+4, Rs+ 4 shorter; petiole of cell R?,
subequal to or shorter than basal section of M i+2; apical fusion of veins Cui and 1st A
short; vein 2nd A highly arched before midlength.
Abdominal tergites dark brown, sternites brownish yellow, outer segments, especially the
genitalia, black.
holotype: 8, Lingtham, Sikkim, 6,500 feet, August 10, 1959 (Schmid). Allo-
type, 9, Nanga, Sikkim, 5,000 feet, August 4, 1959 (Schmid).
Other related Indian species include Trentepohlia ( Trentepohlia ) bellipennis
Alexander, T. ( T .) camillerii Alexander, and T. ( T .) ornatipennis Brunetti, all
readily told by the wing pattern, distinguished from the present fly by having
more pale color in the cells of the anterior half of the wing.
Gymnastes ( Gymnastes ) anticaniger n. sp.
General coloration polished black, the thoracic pleura with yellow areas on dorsopleural
and metapleural regions; anterior and middle femora uniformly black; wings whitened,
base more yellowed, disk with three unusually pale brown bands, the basal area broadly
involving cells M, Cu and 1st A; vein R3 simple, slightly oblique; abdomen black, the
extreme posterior borders of sternites light yellow.
male: Length about 4 mm; wing 4 mm.
female: Length about 5.5-6 mm; wing 4. 5-5. 5 mm.
Rostrum, palpi and antennae black; flagellar segments oval, the outer ones shorter, termi-
nal segment long. Head polished black.
Thorax polished black, with scarcely indicated more bluish tints on the praescutum ; dorso-
pleural and metapleural membranes yellowed. Halteres black, knob vaguely tinted with
yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters black ; fore femora uniformly black, tibiae brown,
tips passing into black, tarsi black ; middle femora black, bases vaguely paler, tibiae brown,
tips and the tarsi black ; posterior femora brownish yellow, the enlarged tips brownish
black, tibiae yellow, outer fourth black, tarsi black, the proximal third to half of basitarsi
yellow; legs with abundant dark flattened scales, setae inconspicuous on femora, more
evident on posterior tibiae and tarsi. Wings whitened, base more yellowed; disk with three
unusually pale brown bands, including the apex and a broad area at cord that are almost
contiguous in the medial field; third darkened area includes about the basal halves of cells M,
Cu and 1st A, with an incursion into cell R ; stigmal area indicated, partly obliterated by the
anterior half of vein R,; veins brown, yellow in the prearcular field. Venation: Vein R3
simple, slightly oblique, without a spur of R2; m-cu shortly beyond fork of M.
Abdomen black, extreme posterior borders of the sternites light yellow. Male hypo-
pygium having the apical margin of basistvle with a blackened flange. Inner dististyle
massive, unequally bidentate, the inner point longer.
holotype: S, Zomphuk, Sikkim, 6,500-8,000 feet, April 11, 1959 (Schmid).
Allotopotype, 9 . Paratopotypes, 2 9$, with the type.
Gymnastes ( Gymnastes ) anticaniger is related to species such as G. ( G .)
March, 1967]
Alexander: Crane Flies
27
cyaneus (Edwards) and a few others, differing evidently in the blackened fore
and middle femora and the unusually pale wing pattern.
Gymnastes ( Gymnastes ) cyaneus nilgiricus n. subsp.
Very close and generally similar to typical cyaneus (Edwards) ( violaceus Brunetti), dif-
fering in slight details of hypopygial structure. Male hypopygium with the arm of the inner
dististyle a dark flattened blade that is produced into a powerful spine. In cyaneus this arm
is slender, narrowed outwardly, near apex with a small conical tooth. Posterior border of
the sternite produced into a small cylindrical point. Typical cyaneus still is known to me
only from various stations in Ceylon. The degree of difference between the two is such
that they probably will be considered as representing distinct species.
holotype: 3 , mounted on slide, Cherangode, Nilgiri Hills, South India, 3,500
feet, October, 1950 (P. Susai Nathan). Paratopotypes, 2 3 3, 19, May 24,
1950 (Susai Nathan). Paratypes, 3, on slide, Cinchona, Anamalai Hills, 3,500
feet, May, 1959; 2 3 3, 1 9, pinned, May 24, 1950 (Susai Nathan); 1 3 , on
slide, Kukkali, Palni Hills, about 6,500 feet, August 29-30, 1922 (S. W.
Kemp); identified by Edwards as being cyaneus , received from him by
exchange.
Gymnastes ( Gymnastes ) latifuscus n. sp.
Allied to cyaneus ; general coloration polished black; wings whitened, with three broad
dark brown bands, including the apex and an area at cord, third marking a broad V-shaped
darkening in basal cells, the outer part crossing cells R and M to the origin of Rs; male
hypopygium with outer arm of inner dististyle bidentate.
male: Length about 4 mm; wing 3.7 mm.
female: Length about 4.3-4. 5 mm; wing 4.3-4. 7 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with scape brown, pedicel brownish yellow, flagellum
black ; flagellar segments long-oval, exceeding the verticils, with a further short dense white
pubescence. Head behind polished black, the broad anterior vertex vaguely gray.
Thorax polished black, dorsopleural region pale yellow. Halteres black, apex of knob
pale yellow. Legs with coxae black; trochanters obscure yellow; femora yellow basally, the
color obscured by darkened scales, with a broad black subterminal ring that is preceded by
a narrow clear yellow annulus, the extreme tip again yellow; fore and middle tibiae and
tarsi almost uniformly brownish black, posterior tibiae obscure yellow, tip broadly black,
preceded by a somewhat clearer yellow ring; tarsi black, the proximal two-thirds of basi-
tarsi pale yellow. All femora in male dilated at apex, the posterior pair more strongly so,
tibiae with outer fourth slightly enlarged. Wings with the restricted ground white, disk
with three broad dark brown bands, including the apex, a broader band at cord and a
conspicuous V-shaped area basad of cord sending a broad arm across cells R and M to the
origin of Rs ; ground areas narrow, particularly the one beyond the cord which is parallel-
sided and only about one-third as wide as the dark band at cord ; prearcular field and cell
2nd A except the extreme tip whitened; veins brown. Venation: R.i simple, longer than
R2+s+4, subequal to i?1+2; m-cu about its own length beyond the fork of M.
Abdomen black, in female, the cerci orange. Male hypopygium with outer arm of inner
dististyle conspicuously bidentate.
holotype: 3, Langkhe, Manipur, Assam, 5,000 feet, July 20, 1960 (Schmid).
Allotype, 9, Chattrik, Manipur, 1,500 feet, July 21, 1960 (Schmid). Paratopo-
types, 2 9 9, pinned with type.
The most similar species is Gymnastes ( Gymnastes ) cyaneus (Edwards)
28
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
which has the darkened wing pattern more restricted, the coloration of the legs
slightly different, and the dististyle of the male hypopygium simply bilobed,
the outer arm not bidentate as in the present fly.
Gymnastes ( Gymnastes ) tridens n. sp.
Allied to ornatipennis and cyaneus ; general coloration of head polished dark blue, meso-
notum more greenish black; pleura polished black, variegated by yellow; wings whitened,
with three major dark brown areas, including the broad apex and a more extensive band at
cord; third darkened area V-shaped, subbasal in position, chiefly in cells Cu and 1st A,
sending a spur across centers of cells R and M to base of Rs ; vein R-, oblique, as in ornati-
pennis; male hypopygium with inner branch of inner dististyle conspicuously tridentate.
male: Length about 5-5.3 mm; wing 4. 2-4.6 mm; antenna about 1.4-1. 5 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae with scape and pedicel brown, flagellum brownish
black; flagellar segments decreasing in size outwardly, verticils very small. Head large,
above polished dark blue.
Pronotum brownish black, lateral angles of scutellum and adjoining pretergites dull yel-
low. Mesonotal praescutum and scutum polished greenish black, posterior sclerites more
blackened; a yellowed area on posterior dorsal part of pleurotergite. Pleura polished black,
with a yellowed area on posterior sternopleurite above the meron ; dorsopleural region and
membrane above the coxae clear light yellow. Halteres brownish black, knob chiefly light
yellow to whitish yellow. Legs with coxae black; trochanters yellowed; femora dilated on
outer third, more accentuated on posterior pair, obscure yellow, the enlarged part brownish
black, on posterior legs the tip narrowly yellowed and with more darkened rings at and
before midlength, these produced by darkened scales; tibiae brownish yellow, tips darkened,
on posterior legs more yellowed, the slightly dilated outer fourth black; tarsi brownish
black, with almost the proximal half of the posterior pair clear yellow; legs with abundant
flattened scales and blackened setae, the latter longer and more numerous near ends of
segments. Wings whitened, conspicuously patterned with dark brown, including the broad
tip and a complete band at cord; a proximal area near bases of cells Cu and 1st A sends a
spur cephalad across the central parts of cells R and M to the origin of Rs; veins obscure
yellow, darker in the patterned areas. Venation: Sci ending opposite origin of Rs; Rj,
present, oblique, approaching to almost confluent with Ri+2 at tip; R2 faintly preserved in
some specimens, atrophied in others, including the holotype, on posterior portion fused with
base of Re, cell 1st M2 long and narrow, exceeding m-cu more than its own length
beyond the fork of M.
Abdomen, including hypopygium, dull brownish black. Male hypopygium with the disti-
style complex, especially the inner branch which is heavily blackened, conspicuously tri-
dentate, including a strong gently curved axial spine, a more basal slightly smaller recurved
spine, and a still smaller marginal point between the two.
holotype: 8, Doi Sutep, Thailand, February 7, 1953 (Deed C. Thurman).
Paratopotypes, 2 8 8 , pinned with type.
Gymnastes ( Gymnastes ) tridens is quite distinct from the two most nearly
related species, G. (G.) cyaneus (Edwards) and G. (G.) ornatipennis (de
Meijere), having the venation more as in latter species but the wing pattern
generally as in cyaneus , with the darkened V-shaped basal area as described.
The conformation of the inner dististyle of the hypopygium distinguishes it
from all other species.
Received eor Publication January 10, 1967
March, 1967]
29
BOOK REVIEWS
The New Field Book of Freshwater Life. Elsie B. Klots. G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New
York, 1966; 398 pp., 41/4" X 7*4", illus. ; $4.95.
This book should succeed worthily to the place in our affections long occupied by its
predecessor, The Field Book of Ponds and Streams by Ann Haven Morgan (Putnam, 1930).
Shorter by 50 pages, but a half inch longer and wider in page size, it contains more than
twice as many illustrations (over 700) and information regarding many more kinds of
plants and animals.
The general scheme of the book resembles the earlier work. There is an introductory
chapter briefly describing various kinds of freshwater environment and certain of the
limiting factors affecting their plant and animal inhabitants. A second chapter lists, defines,
and classifies a number of ecological and other technical terms. The remaining 14 chapters
deal successively with the various major groups, first the microorganisms including the
Protista, then the bryophytes and higher plants, and finally (Chapters 6 to 16) the animals.
The glossary has been omitted, but there is an adequate bibliography and an excellent index.
An appendix includes brief suggestions about collecting equipment and about the care and
preservation of specimens, and the text discussion of each group of organisms gives valuable
hints and directions for the collector. The geographical coverage is for America north of
Mexico.
The most noteworthy change is the inclusion of outline groupings intended for the ready
determination of the commoner freshwater organisms to taxonomic orders and families, and,
for some, to genera. These groupings are in some ways like binary keys, but without the
strictly formal and artificial use of couplets. Most of the groupings seem simple and practi-
cal, and even the one for the orders of aquatic insects (pp. 176-179) is probably as little
confusing as such a scheme can be. Only the use of the book in the field, by the amateur
for whom it is mainly intended, will tell whether the grouping plan will do what its author
expects of it. Conventional dichotomous keys to the genera of stonefly, mayfly, and odonate
nymphs are given in the appendix.
The eight color plates, including photographs of various types of freshwater environment
and both photographs and color drawings of characteristic occupants, appear as a group
following Chapter Two. The drawings throughout are of the excellence for which the artist,
SuZan Noguchi Swain, is well known. In a few instances the text references are not readily
correlated with the figure labels, as on pages 237-239, where the text refers to families
while the figure labels give only genera. Th type face is slightly larger than that used in
Dr. Morgan’s book, but there are six more lines to the page of text. The legibility is good,
and one hopes that the paper will better resist the yellowing with age that affects the
earlier volume.
No book as rich in detail as this one could be wholly free of errors, but the ones I have
noticed are mostly trivial and of little consequence for most readers. Probably no one will
be seriously misled by the term “pH concentration,” by the references (p. 174) to “psychodid
caterpillars,” or by the substitution of “ventral” for “vertebrals” in the diagram of the
turtle shells (Fig. 86), and I have often wondered why the type genus of the water mite
family Hydryphantidae is spelled as it is instead of more plausibly uHydrophantes'n (and
“Hydrophantidae”) as on pages 167 and 166.
Mrs. Klots writes with warmth and clarity as well as with scrupulous competence. For
little more than a penny a page, she and Mrs. Swain have given us a treasure. Their book
well deserves the wide circulation and abundant praise that it is certain to receive.
A. E. Treat
30
New York Entomological Society
I V ol . LXXV
Monograph of Cimicidae. Robert L. Usinger (with sections by Jacques Carayon, Norman
T. Davis, Norihiro Ueshima and Harlley E. McKean). The Thomas Say Foundation,
Entomological Society of America, 7, xi + 585 pp., illus., 1966.
This extremely useful work represents a truly collective effort. The general and taxonomic
sections written by Usinger, and which occupy the largest part of the work, are comple-
mented by chapters by other authors. The most noteworthy contributions are those on
“Traumatic insemination and the paragenital system” by J. Carayon, and “Cytology and
cytogenetics” by N. Ueshima. The structure of the spermalege (composed mainly of what
was known formerly as the “organ of Ribaga” and “organ of Berlese”) and cytological
data have been taken into account by Usinger for the construction of his system of the
cimicids.
The family is now divided into six subfamilies arranged in 22 genera and 74 species. The
Primiciminae, the most primitive subfamily is represented by two genera, both bat parasites:
Primicimex in Texas and Guatemala, and the recently discovered Chilean Bucimex. The
latter is somewhat transitional to the next subfamily. The Cimicinae which contains two
parasites of man, Cimex lectularius and Cimex hemipterus, has holarctic, eastern Asian,
and South American genera ; they occur on bats and birds. There are five precinctive
North American species of Cimex. The subfamily Cacodminae, with six genera, is restricted
to the Old World tropics. The African Leptocimex boueti will attack man, but this species,
like all others in the subfamily, is normally parasitic on bats. Afrocimicinae is a monotypical
African subfamily. Afroximex occurs on bats in caves; the males are unique in having
functional paragenital openings, viz. a distinctly developed spermalege, with frequent signs
of copulation. The monotypical Latrocimicinae is found on fishing bats on Trinidad and
in Brazil. The Haematosiphoninae is distributed over the Western hemisphere. Five of
the seven genera are monotypic, and all are parasites of birds. Ornithocoris pallidus is
found in Brazil and in the southeastern United States; the other North American genera
are Cimexopsis, Synxenoderus and Hesperocimex.
The careful descriptions or redescriptions of all subfamilies, genera and species are ac-
companied by excellent line drawings, mostly by the late Gordon Floyd Ferris, and by
Celeste Green. Keys are given not only for adults, but also for fifth and first instar nymphs,
and even for the eggs of some species. Abundant data on morphology, biology, host rela-
tionship, and even linguistics, are complemented by an extensive bibliography.
This is not only a synopsis of an important group of parasites, but also a readable and
at times fascinating book.
Pedro Wygodzinsky
March, 1967]
31
A Case of Teratology in Monopsyllus vison (Baker)
Allen H. Benton1
Abstract: A female Monopsyllus vison , collected in Essex County, New York, had parts
of three spermathecae, the three bulgae being fused at their bases. In addition, sternites
VII and VIII were quite unlike the normal form.
Teratology in fleas has been the subject of numerous papers, especially those
of Smit (1949a, 1949b, 1952, 1953) and Holland (1943, 1959). In male fleas,
abnormalities usually take the form of partial or complete castration, and/or
bizarre malformations of the sclerites. In females, abnormalities of the sperma-
theca are most frequently described, particularly the presence of two sperma-
thecae in those species which normally possess only one. This phenomenon
has been reported for at least eight species. In addition to the above cited
papers, such specimens have been noted by Ewing and Fox (1943); Stark
(1953); Sharma and Joshi (1961); Holland (1949); and Mead-Briggs (1964).
In a large collection of fleas from Whiteface Mountain, Essex County, New
York, one female Monopsyllus vison presents a most unusual appearance. This
specimen was taken from a red squirrel, Tamiasciurus kudsonicus , on August 27,
1962, by Charles Sloger.
The appearance of the terminalia is shown in Figure 1, contrasted with the
appearance of a normal female of this species from the same locality shown
in Figure 2. The spermatheca appears to be tripled, with the three bulgae
connected at their bases. The small object lying dorsad to the spermathecae
appears to be the third hilla, which may have become detached during clearing.
It could conceivably be a section of the bursa copulatrix, but this structure is
not usually evident in this species. Sternites VII and VIII are also totally unlike
those of normal specimens of this species.
Records of specimens with two more or less complete spermathecae fused
together are given by Holland (1943), Smit (1949a), and Mead-Briggs (1964).
I have seen no records of a specimen with three fused spermathecae.
The research project during which this specimen was collected was supported
by the Research Foundation of State University of New York and by the
Atmospheric Sciences Research Center of State University of New York. I am
grateful to Dr. G. P. Holland, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, who
kindly read the manuscript, and Mrs. Sandra Vandenberg, Instructional Re-
sources Center, State University College at Fredonia, who prepared the illus-
trations.
1 Dept. Biology, State University College, Fredonia, N. Y. 14063.
32
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Fig. 1. Terminalia of female Monopsyllus vison (Baker) collected at Whiteface Mountain,
Essex County, N. Y., August 27, 1962.
Fig. 2. Terminalia of normal female Monopsyllus vison (Baker) collected at Whiteface
Mountain, Essex County, N. Y., August 30, 1962.
Fig. 3. Fused spermathecae of female shown in Fig. 1. Detached segment at top appears
to be a disconnected hilla.
The specimen is in the collection of the Department of Biology, State Uni-
versity College at Fredonia.
Literature Cited
Ewing, H. E., and Irving Fox. 1943. The fleas of North America. U. S. Dept. Agr. Misc.
Publ. 500: 1-128.
Haas, Glenn E. 1965. Another specimen of Opisocrostris bruneri with two spermathecae.
J. Med. Ent. 2: 140.
Holland, G. P. 1943. A remarkable instance of retention of a double spermatheca in a
Dolichopsyllid flea, Opisocrostis bruneri (Baker). Canad. Ent. 75: 175-176.
Holland, G. P. 1949. The Siphonaptera of Canada. Canada Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 70:
1-306.
March, 1967]
Benton: Teratology in Flea
33
Holland, G. P. 1959. An unusual case of teratology in Siphonaptera. Canad. Entomologist
91: 703-709.
Mead-Briggs, A. R. 1964. Structural abnormalities in the spermathecal system of two
specimens of Spilopsyllus cuniculi (Dale) (Siphonaptera). Entom. Gazette 15: 35-38.
Sharma, M. I. D., and G. C. Joshi. 1961. An abnormal form of female rat flea, Xeno-
psylla cheopis Roths. Nature 191: 727.
Smit, F. G. A. M. 1949a. Monstrosities in Siphonaptera. Tijdschr. Ent. 90: 35-42.
Smit, F. G. A. M. 1949b. Monstrosities in Siphonaptera II. Ent. Ber. 12: 436-437.
Smit, F. G. A. M. 1952. Monstrosities in Siphonaptera III. Ent. Ber. 14: 182-187.
Smit, F. G. A. M. 1953. Monstrosities in Siphonaptera IV. Ent. Ber. 14: 393-400.
Stark, Harold. 1953. An unusual occurrence of three spermathecae in a specimen of
Hystrichopsylla dippiei (Siphonaptera). Pan.-Pacif. Ent. 29: 135-137.
Received for publication February 13, 1967
34
[Vol. LXXV
Some Apocryphal Species of the Tortricinae
(Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) 1
By the late Nicholas S. Obztarsov2
Abstract: Eleven species are transferred from the subfamily Tortricinae to other groups.
The following species have been erroneously assigned to the subfamily
Tortricinae but prove to belong to the groups indicated below.
Subfamily Sparganothidinae
“Epagoge” schausiana Walsingham, 1913, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Lepidoptera Hetero-
cera, 4: 211.
“ Epagoge ” spadicea Walsingham, 1913, op. cit., 4: 212.
“ Epagoge ” vinolenta Walsingham, 1913, op. cit., 4: 212.
“Ctenopseustis” flavicirrata Walsingham, 1914, op. cit., A: 253, pi. 7, fig. 27.
“Capua” lentiginosana Walsingham, 1879, Illustrations of typical specimens of Lepidoptera
Heterocera, 4: 22, pi. 65, fig. 5.
Subfamily Olethreutinae
“Sciaphila” indivisana Walker, 1864, List of the specimens of lepidopterous Insects, pt. 30,
p. 985. This is a new synonym of Zeiraphera diniana (Guenee).
Family Phaloniidae
“Tortrix” baboquavariana Kearfott, 1907, Canadian Ent., 39: 82.
“Tortrix” triplagata Walsingham, 1914, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Lepidoptera Hetero-
cera, 4: 282, pi. 8, fig. 22.
Cochylis fernaldana Walsingham, 1879, Illustrations of typical specimens of Lepidoptera
Heterocera, 4: 27, pi. 66, fig. 7. Placed erroneously by Meyrick (1912, p. 45) among
Cnephasia species but does not belong to the Tortricidae.
“Tortrix” desmatana Walsingham, 1914, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Lepidoptera Hetero-
cera, 4: 288, pi. 8, fig. 28.
Unascertained systematic position
“Tortrix” biocellata Walsingham, 1914, op. cit., 4: 278, pi. 8, fig. 18.
1 This manuscript was prepared for publication by Dr. A. Diakonoff, Rijksmuseum van
Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands.
2 Formerly Research Fellow, Department of Entomology, the American Museum of
Natural History. The work for the present paper was done under the auspices of the
National Science Foundation, Grant GB-1805.
Received for Publication August 10, 1966
March, 1967]
35
The Male Genitalia ancl Terminal Gastral Segments of Two
Speeies of the Primitive Ant Genus Myrmecia
( Hymenoptera : F ormicidae ) 1
James Forbes
Department of Biological Sciences, Fordiiam University, Bronx, N. Y. 10458
Abstract: This is the first study of the complete male terminalia for members of the sub-
family Myrmeciinae. Described and figured are the genitalic valves, terga IX and X,
sterna VIII and IX for M. tarsaia F. Smith and M. vindex F. Smith. The terminalia of
these species conform to the usual formicid plan, but there are significant differences in
each of the valves and in the terminal segments of these two species. The outer valves
have a dorsal, median projection, which is not present in males of other subfamilies
previously described. This projection is different for the two species. A sclerotized sliver,
which is present on the anteroventral region of the median surface of the inner valves,
varies in shape for each species. It has not been reported previously.
This is the first study of the complete male terminalia for members of the
formicid subfamily Myrmeciinae; the genitalic valves, the ninth and tenth
terga, the eighth sternum, and the ninth sternum are described and figured for
Myrmecia tarsata F. Smith and M. vindex F. Smith. The only other known
description of any of these segments is a diagram of the male genitalia of M.
pyrijormis by Emery (1911); however, at the time of his study this genus was
included in the subfamily Ponerinae.
It has been suggested that a comprehensive study of the terminalia of the
available males in this genus might aid in properly separating its species (Brown,
1953; Douglas and Brown, 1959). A beginning is made with this study, and the
observations reported for tarsata and vindex could be the base line for such a
survey. Descriptions and comparisons of the genitalic and terminal gastral
segments of male ants are continually revealing differences in these structures,
which will aid in the difficult taxonomy of these insects (Bernard, 1956;
Borgmeier, 1950 and 1955; Krafchick, 1959; Forbes and Brassel, 1962).
The M. tarsata and vindex males were alcohol-preserved specimens furnished
by Dr. Caryl P. Haskins of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, D.C. from
nests maintained by him. The terminalia were removed from the specimens
and dehydrated through 95 percent alcohol. The various segments and the
genitalic valves were separated and mounted in diaphane. The drawings were
made with the aid of a Bausch and Lomb trisimplex projection apparatus.
OBSERVATIONS
The genitalia of these two species of Myrmecia are composed of three pairs
of valves, the outer, the middle, and the inner, which are surrounded anteriorly
1 This study was supported, in part, by a Fordham University Faculty Fellowship granted
to the author.
36
New York Entomological Society
LVol. LXXV
Figs. 1-7. Terminal segments and male genitalic valves of Myrmecia tarsata. All illus-
trations drawn to the same scale. Fig. 1. Terga IX and X. Fig. 2. Sternum IX. Fig. 3.
Sternum VIII. Fig. 4. Lateral view of outer valve. Fig. 5. Median view of posterior end
March, 1967]
Forbes: Male Terminally of Myrmecia
37
by the basal ring. This is the typical formicid arrangement. The genitalia
are retracted into a genital cavity at the posterior end of the gaster. The
roof of this cavity is the anal segment which bears the pygostyles, and it
consists of the ninth and tenth terga. The eighth tergum, the last external,
dorsal segment, completely covers this anal segment; only the pygostyles
project beneath it. The floor of the cavity is the subgenital plate, the ninth
sternum. The posterior end of the ninth sternum may extend beyond the
posterior margin of the last external, ventral segment, the seventh sternum.
The eighth sternum lies between the seventh and the ninth sterna; it covers the
anterior end of the subgenital plate and, in turn, is completely covered by the
seventh sternum.
In previous reports on male ant genitalia (Forbes, 1952; Forbes and Brassel,
1962; Forbes and Hagopian, 1965) the terminology used was that of Snodgrass
in his 1941 paper. In his study and in the observations previously made on
male ant genitalia, the outer genitalic valve is separated into the basal portion,
the lamina parameralis, and the terminal portion, the paramere. Since in
Mymecia tarsata and M. vindex the outer valves are not divided either com-
pletely or incompletely into the two regions, the single designation, paramere,
is applied to this valve; this follows the 1957 revision of Snodgrass.
As the terminalia of these specimens were dissected from their surrounding
segments and as the genitalic valves were separated from each other, it was
noted that the intersegmental and connecting membranes were tough and
resisted separation. Also, it was noted that the body wall muscle fibers which
attach to these segments were large and strong. The tough membranes and
strong body wall muscles suggest primitive characteristics as does the tough,
hard integument of these ants.
Myrmecia tarsata
Ninth and Tenth Terga (Fig. 1). This dorsal, terminal segment bears the
pygostyles, which are of moderate length. Its posterior margin is indented
mediad of the pygostyles. The segment is weakly sclerotized throughout. The
pygostyles are slightly more sclerotized than the rest of the segment. The
boundaries of the lateral sclerites of the ninth tergum and of the anterior
margin of the tenth tergum are indistinctly marked. There are sensory hairs
on the pygostyles, and sensory pits are distributed along the lateral regions of
the segment; some of these pits have small hairs.
<-
of outer valve. Fig. 6. Median view of middle valve. Fig. 7. Median view of inner valve.
Abbreviations: Aa, aedeagal apodeme; C, cuspis volsellaris; D, digitus volsellaris; Dp,
dorsal median projection of outer valve; P, pygostyle; R, rectum; Ss, sclerotized sliver.
38
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 8-14. Terminal segments and male genitalic valves of Myrmecia vindex. All illus-
trations drawn to the same scale. Fig. 8. Terga IX and X. Fig. 9. Sternum IX. Fig. 10.
Sternum VIII. Fig. 11. Lateral view of outer valve. Fig. 12. Median view of posterior
end of outer valve. Fig. 13. Median view of middle valve. Fig. 14. Median view of inner
valve.
March, 19671
Forbes: Male Terminalia of Myrmecia
39
Eighth Sternum (Fig. 3). This segment is roughly square in shape; it is a
little wider than long, and its anterior and posterior margins are slightly indented.
It is moderately sclerotized throughout with a more strongly sclerotized border
along its anterior and lateral margins. The posterior margin is the least
sclerotized, and the mid-lateral areas show a slightly darker pigmentation. There
are patches of fine hairs on either side of the mid-line and along the posterior
margin.
Ninth Sternum (Fig. 2). This triangular or shield-shaped subgenital plate
has a bluntly pointed apex that is deflected ventrally. The segment is moderately
sclerotized with more strongly sclerotized anterior and anterolateral margins;
the slender, cranial apodeme is strongly sclerotized. Short hairs may be present
on the posterior third, and larger sensory hairs are around the apex.
Basal Ring or Lamina Annularis. This is a broad, prominent, ring-shaped
segment, which is moderately sclerotized throughout. Its dorsal, anterior margin
is broadly indented, while its posterior margin is slightly indented at the mid-
region. On the ventral surface, the mid-posterior indentation is deeper than
the mid-anterior indentation.
Outer Valves or Parameres (Figs. 4 and 5). These valves are large and
laterally convex. They almost encompass the middle and the inner valves. The
ventral, posterior end of each valve is spoon-shaped with its lateral wall higher
than the median wall. On the median wall there is a tooth-like projection.
Also, on this valve there is a dorsal, median projection, which is blunt in shape
and dorsoventrally flattened. The outer valve is moderately sclerotized. How-
ever, its posterior region including the dorsal, median projection is more
strongly sclerotized than the rest of the valve. There are numerous, sensory
pits on the posterior region, and long sensory hairs are attached to some of these
pits.
Midtile Valves or Volsellares (Fig. 6). These are the smallest and the
most strongly sclerotized valves of the three pairs. In arrangement and shape,
they are generally similar to reported descriptions for many ants. The anterior
or basal portion of each middle valve, the lamina volsellaris, is attached to the
ventral, median region of the outer valve, the paramere. A few sensory hairs
are found at the ventral, posterior end of the lamina volsellaris. The lateral
lobe, the cuspis volsellaris, is finger-shaped and short, but the median lobe,
the digitus volsellaris, is broad, flat, and distally hooked. Numerous, small
sensory pegs, the sensilla basiconica, are distributed over the dorsolateral area
of the digitus and on the apposing surface of the tip of the cuspis.
Inner Valves or Laminae Aedeagales (Fig. 7). These are laterally com-
pressed, moderately sclerotized valves, which are united dorsally by a less
sclerotized membrane, the spatha. The ventral, posterior end of each valve
projects downward and is toothed; sharp, tooth-like spines are situated on its
40
New York Entomological Society
[ VoLi LXXV
lateral face, and a few spines are located on the lateral, mid-posterior region.
The anterodorsal extension of the aedeagal apodeme is a fairly thick rod. The
median surface of the valve is quite smooth except for a low ridge along its
dorsal, posterior region, and a flat, wedge-shaped, sclerotized sliver on the
anterior region. The inner surface of the free, ventral margin is notched behind
the sclerotized sliver.
Myrmecia vindex
Ninth and Tenth Terga (Fig. 8). This dorsal, terminal segment has long,
slender pygostyles. Its posterior margin is deeply indented mediad of the
pygostyles. The pygostyles are somewhat more sclerotized than the rest of the
segment, which is weakly sclerotized. The boundaries of the lateral sclerites
of the ninth tergum and the anterior margin of the tenth tergum are indistinct.
Sensory hairs are located on the ends of the pygostyles and along the margins
of the indentations.
Eighth Sternum (Fig. 10). This segment is trapezoid-shaped; it is wider
at its posterior margin than at its anterior margin. The anterior margin is
broadly indented, while the posterior margin has a small indentation in the
mid-region. The segment is moderately sclerotized. However, the posterior
margin is weakly sclerotized, and the anterior and lateral margins are more
strongly sclerotized than the remainder of the segment. Some short hairs are
located on the lateral regions and along the posterior margin on either side of
the indentation.
Ninth Sternum (Fig. 9). The subgenital plate is shield-shaped with a rounded,
posterior margin on which are a few moderately long sensory hairs. The long,
slender cranial apodeme is flanked by less extended, lateral apodemes. The
segment is moderately sclerotized; the anterior and the anterolateral margins
are more strongly sclerotized. The posterior region is darker in color than the
central region.
Basal Ring or Lamina Annularis. In general shape, arrangement, and
sclerotization this segment in vindex conforms to the descriptions for tarsata.
While in tarsata the basal ring is uniform in width from front to back, in vindex
the anterior diameter is a little smaller than the posterior diameter so that this
segment tapers anteriorly.
Outer Valves or Parameres (Figs. 11 and 12). These are large, laterally
convex valves, which almost enclose the middle and the inner valves. The dorsal
surface of each valve curves ventrally and continues to the posterior end, which
is a blunt hook that is turned medially. There are slight variations in the length
and downward tilt of this posterior hook. The dorsal, median projection of this
valve arises just below the middle of the valve, and it is short and sharply
pointed. Some slight variations have been noted in the position and in the tilt
March, 1967]
Forbes: Male Terminalia of Myrmecia
41
of this dorsal projection. The outer valves are moderately sclerotized, and the
posterior end is slightly more sclerotized. There are only a few, long sensory
hairs on the posterior margin of this valve.
Middle Valves or Volsellares (Fig. 13). These valves are the smallest and
the most strongly sclerotized in this species. The lamina volsellaris of each
middle valve is attached to the ventral, median region of the outer valve. A
few, small sensory hairs are located on the ventral, posterior end of the lamina
volsellaris. The digitus volsellaris is board and sharply hooked. The cuspis
volsellaris is a relatively broad, finger-shaped lobe. Almost the entire lateral
surface of the digitus is covered with sensilla basiconica, while the cuspis has
these sensilla only on the distal end of its median surface.
Inner Valves or Laminae Aedeagales (Fig. 14). These laterally compressed
and moderately sclerotized valves are united dorsally by the less sclerotized
spatha. The ventral, posterior end of each valve is narrow and serrated and
projects downward. A few, sharply pointed spines are found on its lateral sur-
face. Scattered spines are also found on the lateral surface of the valve in the
posterior region, and a small cluster of spines projects from the middle, dorsal
area. The anterior extension of the aedeagal apodeme is a rod of moderate size.
The median surface of the valve is quite smooth except for a low ridge along the
dorsal, posterior region. The sclerotized sliver on the median, anteroventral
region is small and slightly bent. The inner face of the free, ventral margin
is indented behind the sclerotized sliver.
DISCUSSION
The terminalia of Myrmecia tarsata and vindex conform to the usual formicid
plan, but significant differences are described and figured for each of the geni-
talic valves and for the terminal, gastral segments in these two species.
The outer valves of members of this genus have a dorsal, median projection,
which has not been reported for other ants. Emery’s diagram (1911) of the
undissected genitalia of Myrmecia pyrijormis shows this to be a sharp, finger-
like projection. The descriptions of the Myrmecia male in Emery’s study and
also in the revisionary study of the subfamily Myrmeciinae by Clark (1951)
state that a median, dorsal, styliform appendage is present on the outer valve.
A dorsal projection is present on the outer valves of tarsata and vindex , but
it is not styliform; the shape varies with the species.
Emery’s diagram of the ventral view of the outer valve shows a separation
between the posterior and the anterior or basal portion of this valve. In this
paper the entire outer valve is called the paramere since no such separation is
seen in the outer valves of either tarsata or vindex.
The sclerotized sliver situated on the anterior region of the median surface
of the inner valve has not been previously reported in studies of male ant
genitalia. Its shape is different in both tarsata and vindex.
42
New York Entomological Society
LVol. LXXV
Literature Cited
Bernard, F. 1956. Revision des Leptothorax (Hymenopteres, Formicidae) d’Europe oc-
cidentale basee sur la biometrie et les genitalia males. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 81:
151-165.
Borgmeier, T. 1950. Estudos sobre Atta (Hym., Formicidae). Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz,
48: 239-246.
. 1955. Die Wanderameisen der Neotropischen Region (Hym., Formicidae). Editora
Vozes Limitada, Petroplis, R. J. Brasil, 3: 9-716.
Brown, W. L., Jr. 1953. Characters and synonymies among the genera of ants. I.
Breviora, no. 11, 13 pp.
Clark, J. 1951. The Formicidae of Australia. I. Subfamily Myrmeciinae. 230 pp. Com-
monwealth Scient. Industr. Res. Organ., Melbourne, Australia.
Douglas, A. and W. L. Brown, Jr. 1959. Myrmecia inquilina new species: the first para-
site among the lower ants. Insectes Sociaux, 6: 13-19.
Emery, C. 1911. In Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. Fasc., 118: 124 pp. (Ponerinae).
Forbes, J. 1952. The genitalia and terminal segments of the male carpenter ant, Campo-
notus pennsylvanicus De Geer (Formicidae, Hymenoptera) . Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
60: 157-171.
, and R. W. Brassel. 1962. The male genitalia and terminal segments of some
members of the Genus Polyergns (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
70: 79-87.
, and M. Hagopian. 1965. The male genitalia and terminal segments of the ponerine
ant Rhytidoponera metallica F. Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Jour. N. Y.
Ent. Soc., 73: 190-194.
Krafcilick, B. 1959. A comparative study of the male genitalia of North American ants
(Formicidae) with emphasis on generic differences. Dissertation, Univ. of Maryland,
78 pp. (Univ. Microfilms, Inc., Ann Arbor, Mich.).
Snodgrass, R. E. 1941. The male genitalia of Hymenoptera. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 99:
(14): 1-86 .
. 1957. A revised interpretation of the external reproductive organs of male insects.
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., 135 (6): 1-60.
Submitted for publication December 20, 1966
March, 19671
43
The Adaptive Feeding Habit of a Pine Caterpillar
Alexander B. Klots
American Museum of Natural History and City College or New York
Abstract: The characteristic feeding habit and position of mature larvae of Panthea furcilla
(Packard) (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae) on Pinus strobas is described and illustrated.
The larvae of Panthea jur cilia (Packard) (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae) in Con-
necticut appear to feed chiefly on the white pine ( Pinus strobus) although it
is possible that they feed on other available pines or on larch (Larix). The
needles of white pine are, however, very long and extremely thin and flexible.
If a last instar larva were to crawl out on a single needle its weight would make
the needle droop so that the larva would dangle very insecurely. Each needle
is, moreover, too long for a larva holding on to a twig with its anal prolegs to
be able to reach the tip, the most efficient point at which to begin feeding.
Fig. 1. Larva, Panthea furcilla (Packard) in last instar, in typical feeding position on
Pinus strobus. From a photograph of a specimen from Putnam, Windham Co., Conn.
44
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
These factors create a situation in which a normally feeding larva would be
faced with the alternatives of physical insecurity or inefficient feeding.
The older, heavier larvae of furcilla feed as follows. First, the posterior pro-
legs take and keep a secure hold on a twig or the firm base of a bundle of
needles. Next, the thoracic legs grasp a single needle and “walk” along it,
passing it to the rear. As a result the needle, forced backward and down, is
bent into a long bow beneath the larva (Fig. 1). When the entire needle is
thus bent down the larva begins eating the tip. A slight relaxation of the
thoracic legs permits the spring of the needle to force it forward as its tip is
eaten away. The larva continues eating until the whole needle has been consumed,
backing up a little along the twig to finish the most basal part. Thus, all of
the needle is eaten cleanly without the larva having to relinquish its secure
posterior hold.
The young larvae of furcilla and the small larvae of other pine feeding species
(e.g., Semiothisa , Geometridae) do not have this problem, since a single needle
is rigid enough to support their weight. It would be interesting to know how
the heavy larvae of such a species as the pine sphinx, Lapara , manage on white
pine. It would, furthermore, be very worthwhile to know what is done by other
species of Panthea that feed on pines with shorter, stiff needles, such as Pinus
resinosa, banksiana and rigida ; for it would be of considerable phyletic interest
if it could be shown that the adaptive feeding habit here described is limited
to the white pine feeding P. furcilla.
Received for publication February 20, 1967
March, 1967]
45
Distribution of Nitrogen During the Embryonic Development of
the Mealworm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus1
Robert P. Kelly2 and Daniel Ludwig
Department of Biological Sciences, Ford ham University
Abstract: During embryogenesis of the mealworm, total nitrogen remains constant at 1.27
mg./lOO eggs. Approximately 24% of the total was converted from water soluble to water
insoluble material. The utilization of albumin accounted for almost 50% of this material.
An increase in globulin accounted for 25% of the change in water insoluble protein, while
synthesis of scleroprotein accounted for 30%. The remaining materials were not defined by
the procedures employed.
The period of embryogenesis involves extensive changes in nitrogenous com-
pounds. Protein metabolism is important because it is involved in the formation
of structural elements and enzyme systems. Nitrogenous compounds may also
be used for energy metabolism (Needham 1931, 1942).
Farkas (1903) working on the silkworm, Bombyx mori ; Horowitz (1939),
on the gephyrean worm, Urechis caupo\ Trowbridge and Bodine (1940), on the
grasshopper, Melanoplus dijj event ialis ; and Rothstein (1952), on the Japanese
beetle, Popillia japonica, found no measureable change in total nitrogen content
during embryogenesis. This consistency indicates that proteins of the insect
embryo are constructed from nitrogenous substances present in the egg at the
beginning of development. During the embryonic period, proteins may be formed
by synthesis from low molecular weight precursors or by the transformation of
egg protein. This transformation may be direct or involve the catabolism of
egg proteins.
Several investigators have fractionated the nitrogenous compounds at various
stages of development to study transformations occurring during the develop-
mental period. These studies have yielded a small number of chemically ill-de-
fined fractions. Pigorini ( 1925) worked on changes in the distribution of nitro-
gen at several stages of embryogenesis in the silkworm, B. mori. His results
showed that the albumin and mucoprotein fractions decreased sharply during
the last seven days of embryogenesis. These changes were complementary to an
increase in the globulin fraction occurring during the same period. Horowitz
(1939) described the changes in protein, peptide, non-protein, and amino nitro-
gen during the development of the egg of U. caupo. He reported a 6.4% increase
in protein nitrogen due to shifts of material from the amino and peptide fractions.
1 Dissertation submitted by the senior author in partial fulfillment of the requirements for
the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the Department of Biology at Fordham University.
2 Present address: Department of Biology, St. Peter's College, Jersey City, N. J.
46
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
He explained this very slight increase by assuming that there is a continuous
breakdown of yolk proteins followed by resynthesis into the proteins of the em-
bryo. Ludwig and Rothstein (1952) noted that these changes might have been
greater if trichloroacetic acid (TCA) had not been used as a killing agent prior
to extraction. They studied the distribution of nitrogen during the embryonic
development of the Japanese beetle, P. japonica. Approximately 80% of the
total nitrogen of the newly laid egg was contained in the water soluble com-
pounds precipitated by tungstic acid. Most of this material was incorporated
into insoluble protein as development progressed. In their procedure, the egg
was extracted with an alcohol-ether solution followed by boiling water previous
to the separation of the tungstic acid precipitate. DelVecchio (1955) demon-
strated that this treatment can cause a shift of material into the insoluble frac-
ion. This apparently did not occur in the Japanese beetle egg.
Differences in various procedures do not allow for a clear comparison of
results. For this reason the following study of the nitrogenous composition of
the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor , was initiated. It includes frationations of the
egg on each day of development by three different procedures and allows for a
more meaningful interpretation of earlier work.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Newly emerged adults were collected from stock cultures maintained at 25°C.
on chick growing mash. The beetles were placed in bowls containing white
flour and maintained at 25 °C. A bottle of water plugged with moist cotton was
placed in each culture. Eggs were collected by sifting the flour at 24-hour
intervals from cultures of approximately 1 to 4 weeks of age. They were trans-
ferred to a humidifier containing a saturated solution of NaCl (relative humid-
ity 76%) and incubated at 25 °C. At the desired stage of development, 100 eggs
were removed, placed in a 15 ml. calibrated centrifuge tube, crushed with a
glass rod, and immediately vacuum desiccated. They were stored under vacuum
desiccation and tested within the following 24-hour period. All measurements
were made on samples of 100 individuals at the following stages of development;
newly laid, one, two, three, four, five, six, seven day eggs, and newly emerged
larvae plus chorions (day 8).
Three fractionation procedures were employed. In all cases, the samples were
removed from the vacuum desiccator and powdered with a glass rod previous
to subsequent fractionation. The nitrogen content of each fraction was de-
termined by the semimacro-Kjeldahl procedure described by Niederl and Niederl
(1938) as modified by Wagner (1940). All fractionation procedures were per-
formed at room temperature.
Using the method of Ludwig and Rothstein (1952), the nitrogenous com-
pounds were divided into four fractions: lipid nitrogen (Fraction A); water
March, 1967] Kelly and Ludwig: Nitrogen in Developing Mealworm
47
soluble nitrogen not precipitated by TCA (Fraction B); water soluble nitrogen
precipitated by TCA (Fraction C); and insoluble nitrogen (Fraction D).
The material was also fractionated by the method of DelVecchio ( 1955). This
procedure is similar to the above, however, the order of fractionation is
changed with the removal of water soluble materials preceding the lipid extrac-
tion. Furthermore, water at 25 °C. was employed in place of boiling water for
the aqueous extraction. Four fractions corresponding to the fractions of Ludwig
and Rothstein were obtained by this procedure.
A seven fraction technique was developed as an extension of the method of
DelVecchio. The water soluble material precipitated by TCA (DelVecchio
Fraction C) was separated into two fractions on the basis of heat coagulation.
The water insoluble material (DelVecchio Fractions A and D) was divided into
four fractions. In this procedure, 8 ml. of distilled water were added to a 15 ml.
centrifuge tube containing the powdered sample and the material was suspended
by stirring with a glass rod. The suspension was allowed to stand, with frequent
stirring, for ten minutes, centrifuged, and the supernate decanted into another
15 ml. centrifuge tube. This extraction was repeated and the supernate decanted
into a third 15 ml. centrifuge tube. The two tubes containing the water extract
were placed in a boiling water-bath for 30 minutes, centrifuged, and the super-
nates transferred into two 15 ml. centrifuge tubes. The precipitates were trans-
ferred quantitatively to a digestion flask and the nitrogen content determined as
Fraction A (water soluble nitrogen precipitated by boiling). Five ml. of 30%
TCA were added to each tube containing the supernates obtained after heat
coagulation of the water extracts. The contents of the tubes were stirred and
allowed to stand for 30 minutes, centrifuged, and the supernates decanted into
a 100 ml. digestion flask. The residues were washed with several ml. of 30%
TCA, centrifuged, and the supernates added to that already present in the
digestion flask. The nitrogen content was then determined as Fraction B (water
soluble nitrogen not precipitated by boiling or by TCA). The TCA precipitates
were transferred quantitatively to a digestion flask and the nitrogen content
determined as Fraction C (water soluble nitrogen precipitated by TCA).
Ten ml. of a 10% NaCl solution were added to the residue remaining after
the water extraction. The suspension was allowed to stand, with frequent
stirring, for 10 minutes, centrifuged, and the supernate decanted into a 100 ml.
digestion flask. This extraction was repeated and the supernate added to that
already present in the flask. The nitrogen content of this fraction was deter-
mined as Fraction D (water insoluble nitrogen extracted with 10% NaCl). Ten
ml. of a 0.1n NaOH solution were then added to the residue remaining after the
salt extraction. The suspension was allowed to stand, with frequent stirring, for
10 minutes, centrifuged, and the supernate decanted into a 100 ml. digestion
flask. The residue was resuspended in 10 ml. of 0.1n HC1 and allowed to stand
48
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXV
Table 1. Distribution of nitrogen during the embryogenesis of mealworm (technique of
Ludwig and Rothstein). Figures, expressed as per cent total nitrogen, are given
with standard
errors.
Age
No. of
trials
Fraction A
Fraction B
Fraction C
Fraction D
Newly laid eggs
10
8.6 ± 0.146
7.0 ± 0.122
7.4 ± 0.203
77.0 ± 0.142
1 day
8
8.4 ± 0.141
6.7 ± 0.208
7.0 ± 0.106
77.9 ± 0.356
2 day
8
7.8 ± 0.303
6.7 ± 0.208
6.8 ± 0.124
78.7 ± 0.153
3 day
8
7.0 ± 0.191
6.4 ± 0.207
6.6 ±; 0.166
80.0 ± 0.241
4 day
8
7.0 ± 0.148
6.8 ± 0.106
5.7 ± 0.140
80.5 ± 0.291
S day
8
7.1 ± 0.153
6.5 ± 0.202
5.7 ± 0.166
80.7 ± 0.280
6 day
8
6.7 ± 0.131
6.7 ± 0.138
5.8 ± 0.146
80.8 ± 0.134
7 day
8
6.7 ± 0.161
6.3 ± 0.115
6.0 ± 0.113
81.0 ± 0.197
Newly hatched larvae +
chorions (Day 8)
8
6.8 ± 0.181
5.7 ± 0.122
5.7 ± 0.130
81.8 ± 0.238
for 10 minutes, centrifuged, and the supernate added to that already present in
the digestion flask. The nitrogen content of this fraction was determined as
Fraction E (water insoluble nitrogen extracted with 0.1n NaOH or 0.1n HC1).
A solution consisting of 1 ml. distilled water, 4.5 ml. absolute ethanol, and
4.5 ml. absolute ethyl ether was mixed with the residue remaining after the
base-acid extraction and allowed to stand, with frequent stirring, for 30 minutes,
centrifuged, and the supernate decanted into a 100 ml. digestion flask. The
residue was suspended in another 10 ml. of alcohol-ether solution, centrifuged,
and the supernate added to that already present in the digestion flask. The
ether and most of the alcohol were evaporated, 25 ml. of distilled water added,
and the nitrogen content determined as Fraction F (water insoluble nitrogen
extracted with lipid solvents). The residue remaining after removal of the
alcohol-ether extraction was transferred quantitatively to a digestion flask and
its nitrogen content determined as Fraction G (insoluble nitrogen).
OBSERVATIONS
The nitrogen content per 100 eggs remained constant at 1.27 mg. during the
seven days of development. There was a decrease to 1.10 mg. at hatching, associ-
ated with the loss of chorion.
The nitrogen content for the fractions obtained by the technique of Ludwig
and Rothstein are given in Table 1. Each fraction is expressed as per cent total
nitrogen. Fraction A (lipid nitrogen) decreased from 8.6 to 6.8% through the
embryonic period with significant (95% level of confidence) decreases on the
third and sixth day. Fraction B (water soluble nitrogen precipitated by TCA)
remained relatively constant at approximately 6.8% during the first 6 days
with significant decreases to 6.3 during the seventh and to 5.7% on the eighth
March, 1967] Kelly and Ludwig: Nitrogen in Developing Mealworm
49
Table 2. Distribution of nitrogen during the embryogenesis of the mealworm (technique of
DelVecchio). Figures, expressed as per cent total nitrogen, are given with standard errors.
Age
No. of
trials
Fraction A
Fraction B
Fraction C
Fraction D
Newly laid eggs
5
3.4 ± 0.109
15.2 ± 0.208
65.1 ± 0.175
16.3 ± 0.183
1 day
3
3.4 ± 0.100
15.8 ± 0.329
60.9 ± 0.674
19.9 ± 0.177
2 day
4
3.5 ± 0.244
16.9 ± 0.274
56.2 ± 0.497
23.4 ± 0.270
3 day
5
3.5 ± 0.479
16.9 ± 0.625
49.2 ± 0.494
30.4 ± 0.455
4 day
3
3.2 ± 0.279
17.0 ± 0.229
48.1 ± 0.218
31.7 ± 0.278
5 day
4
3.4 ± 0.189
16.5 ± 0.075
44.0 ± 0.047
36.1 ± 0.084
6 day
3
3.2 ± 0.178
16.2 ± 0.328
43.0 ± 0.336
37.6 ± 0.123
7 day
3
3.4 ± 0.250
16.2 it 0.556
40.5 ± 0.379
39.9 ± 0.500
Newly hatched larvae +
chorions (Day 8)
3
3.5 ± 0.358
16.9 ± 0.201
39.6 + 1.151
40.0 ± 1.404
day. Fraction C (water soluble nitrogen precipitated by TCA) decreased from
7.4 to 5.7% with a significant decrease on the fourth day. Fraction D (insoluble
nitrogen) showed significant changes during the first three days of development,
increasing from 77.0 to 80.0%. This fraction was relatively constant from the
fourth to the seventh day, and on the eighth day, it increased significantly from
81.0 to 81.8%. This is the only fraction to show a net increase over the entire
embryonic period. The 4.8% increase is primarily due to shifts of material from
fractions A and C. The major changes occurred during the first three days of
development.
The nitrogen content, expressed as per cent total nitrogen, for the fractions
determined by the procedure of DelVecchio are given in Table 2. Fraction A
(lipid nitrogen), which makes up approximately 3.4%, and Fraction B (water
soluble nitrogen not precipitated by TCA), which makes up approximately 16%
of the total, show no significant changes during development. Fraction C
(water soluble nitrogen precipitated by TCA) decreased from 65.1 to 39.6%
with significant decreases on all but the fourth and eighth days. Fraction D
(insoluble nitrogen) increased from 16.3 to 40.0% with significant increases on
all but the fourth and eighth days. The increases in Fraction D are due entirely
to shifts of material from Fraction C.
The results obtained with the seven fraction technique, expressed as per cent
total nitrogen, are given in Table 3. Fraction A (water soluble nitrogen precipi-
tated by boiling) decreased during the entire period of development. Significant
decreases were found on the first, third, fourth, sixth and seventh days. Fraction
B (water soluble nitrogen not precipitated by boiling or by TCA) increased
slightly, but significantly during the first two days, and was relatively constant
for the remainder of the developmental period. Fraction C (water soluble nitro-
gen precipitated by TCA) showed significant decreases on the second, third,
50
New York Entomological Society
LVol. LXXV
Table 3. Distribution of nitrogen during the embryogenesis of the mealworm (seven fraction
technique). Figures, expressed as per cent total nitrogen, are given with standard errors.
Age
No. of
trials
Fraction A
Fraction B
Fraction C
Total
water soluble
nitrogen
Newly laid eggs
8
12.7 ± 0.167
14.6 ± 0.209
52.7 ± 0.472
80.0
1 day
8
8.6 ± 0.379
15.5 ± 0.121
52.8 ± 0.718
76.9
2 day
8
7.9 ± 0.056
16.0 ± 0.151
47.7 ± 0.321
71.6
3 day
8
6.0 ± 0.140
16.0 ± 0.176
41.9 ± 0.147
63.9
4 day
8
5.1 ± 0.202
15.6 ± 0.174
41.5 ± 0.234
62.2
5 day
8
4.6 ± 0.310
15.6 ± 0.286
40.4 ± 0.544
60.6
6 day
8
3.1 ± 0.147
15.7 ± 0.131
39.9 ± 0.382
58.7
7 day
Newly hatched larvae +
8
2.2 ± 0.096
15.7 ± 0.236
38.5 ± 0.229
56.4
chorions (Day 8)
8
2.1 ± 0.088
15.9 ± 0.063
37.8 ± 0.156
55.8
Age
Fraction D
Fraction E
Fraction F
Total water
insoluble
Fraction G nitrogen
Newly laid eggs
7.5 ± 0.118
7.7 ± 0.258
1.9 ± 0.113
2.9 ± 0.148
20.0
1 day
8.1 ± 0.220
9.9 ± 0.172
1.8 ± 0.101
3.3 ± 0.147
23.1
2 day
9.0 ± 0.110
13.1 ± 0.248
1.8 ± 0.058
4.5 ± 0.157
28.4
3 day
10.3 ± 0.189
16.5 ± 0.099
2.2 ± 0.070
7.1 ± 0.111
36.1
4 day
10.0 ± 0.110
17.5 ± 0.246
1.9 ± 0.048
8.4 ± 0.056
37.8
5 day
11.0 ± 0.383
18.1 ± 0.240
1.8 ± 0.181
8.5 ± 0.216
39.4
6 day
12.7 ± 0.318
18.3 ± 0.457
1.8 ± 0.112
8.5 ± 0.481
41.3
7 day
13.6 ± 0.190
18.8 ± 0.190
1.7 ± 0.031
9.5 ± 0.101
43.6
Newly hatched larvae
+ chorions (Day 8)
14.1 ± 1.240
18.4 ± 0.118
1.9 ± 0.045
9.8 ± 0.120
44.2
seventh and eighth days. The largest decrease occurred during the second and
third days. The sum of the water soluble fractions (A, B and C) decreased
from 80.0 for newly laid eggs to 55.8% on day 8. During the same period,
Fraction D (water insoluble nitrogen extracted with 10% NaCl) increased from
7.5 to 14.1% with significant increases on all but the fourth day. Fraction E
(water insoluble nitrogen extracted with 0.1n NaOH and 0.1n HC1) increased
significantly during each of the first four days and remained relatively constant
during the last four days. The major increase in this fraction occurred during the
first three days when it increased from 7.7 to 16.5%. Fraction F (water insoluble
nitrogen extracted with lipid solvents) remained constant at a level of approxi-
mately 1.9% throughout the embryonic period. Fraction G (insoluble nitrogen)
increased from 2.9 to 9.8% with significant increases on all but the fifth day,
while the total water insoluble nitrogen (sum of D, E, F and G) increased from
20.0 to 44.2%. The major shifts are from fractions A and C into fractions D, E,
and G. They occur primarily during the first three days.
March, 1967] Kelly and Ludwig: Nitrogen in Developing Mealworm
51
DISCUSSION
The consistency of the total nitrogen values reported in this paper is in agree-
ment with work done on other insects (Farkas 1903, on B. mori ; Trowbridge
and Bodine 1940, on M. dijjerentialis ; Rothstein 1952, on P. japonica).
A comparison of the results obtained in the present work on the egg of T.
molitor using the technique of Ludwig and Rothstein with the results of these
authors on the egg of P. japonica indicates essential differences in nitrogenous
composition. Ludwig and Rothstein observed large shifts in nitrogen during
development. Water soluble nitrogen precipitated by protein precipitating agents
(Fraction C) was found to decrease from 81.4% of the total in newly laid eggs
to 10.0% just before hatching. The insoluble nitrogen (Fraction D) increased
from 12.9 to 71.8% during the same period. Fraction C may contain certain
mucoids and intermediate products of protein hydrolysis, the latter are best
described as relatively low molecular weight polypeptides. In the present study,
only slight changes are shown in these fractions indicating, that in the mealworm,
the nitrogenous substances in the egg are of a more complex nature. With the
method of Ludwig and Rothstein this material is denatured during the fraction-
ation procedure, thereby obscuring changes in protein composition that might
otherwise be noted.
Employing the technique of DelVecchio ( 1955), water soluble proteins of a
more complex nature, such as albumins, are included in the water soluble extract,
and since these substances are precipitated by TCA, they are included in frac-
tion C. The differences in the sizes of fraction C obtained by the two procedures
clearly indicates that a large portion of the stored nitrogen in the egg of the
mealworm is in the form of relatively complex water soluble protein. Pigorini
(1925), in his work on the silkworm, B. mori , found that albumins comprised
approximately 40% of the nitrogenous reserve of the egg. Needham’s (1931)
review of embryonic nutrition indicates that albumins serve as one of the
primary nitrogenous reserves throughout the animal kindom. It appears that
the apparent absence of large quantities of albumin, and other heat or alcohol-
ether denatured proteins, in the egg of the Japanese beetle represents a rather
atypical case.
The seven fraction technique introduced in this paper gives a more compre-
hensive view of nitrogeneous composition and metabolism. Fraction A (water sol-
uble nitrogen coagulation by boiling), consisting entirely of albumins, is included
in fraction D by the technique of Ludwig and Rothstein, and in fraction C,
by that of DelVecchio. Fraction B (water soluble nitrogen not precipitated by
boiling or by TCA), corresponding to fraction B in both the technique of
Ludwig and Rothstein and that of DelVecchio, may contain amino, and other
non-protein nitrogenous compounds such as urea and ammonium salts. Fraction
C (water soluble nitrogen precipitated by TCA) may contain mucoids and
52
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
intermediate products of protein catabolism. This fraction, along with fraction
A, is equivalent to fraction C by the technique of DelVecchio. The intermediate
products of protein catabolism are probably equivalent to fraction C in the
technique of Ludwig and Rothstein, while more complex materials are probably
denatured, and are therefore included in fraction D by their procedure. Water
insoluble nitrogen extracted with 10% NaCl, fraction D by the seven fraction
technique, is primarily composed of globulins; however, some lipoproteins may
also be included. The globulins are contained in fraction D, by the technique of
Ludwig and Rothstein and that of DelVecchio, while the lipoprotein would
be included in fraction A by both procedures. Fraction E (water insoluble
nitrogen extracted with 0.1n NaOH or 0.1n HC1), which may contain nucleo-
proteins, and fraction G (insoluble nitrogen), containing scleroproteins, are in-
cluded in fraction D by the technique of Ludwig and Rothstein and that of
DelVecchio. Fraction F (water insoluble nitrogen extracted with lipid solvents)
may contain proteolipids. This material, along with the lipoprotein extracted
in fraction D by this procedure, is included in fraction A by the techniques of
Ludwig and Rothstein and of DelVecchio.
In the present study, it was found that approximately 24% of the total
nitrogen of the mealworm egg is converted from water soluble to water insoluble
material during embryogenesis. By employing the seven fraction technique it
was possible to show that the utilization of egg albumin accounted for almost
50% of this material, with the remainder supplied from fraction B. An increase
in globulin content accounts for approximately 25% of the increase in water
insoluble protein. The increase in fraction E which accounts for 45% of the
change in water insoluble nitrogen, may be due to synthesis of new nucleo-
proteins; however, the exact composition of this fraction is not known. The
synthesis of scleroprotein accounts for 30% of the increase in water insoluble
protein. These changes are similar to those reported by Pigorini ( 1925) for
the silkworm, B. mori. It appears, therefore, that these two organisms have the
same general pattern of protein metabolism during embryogenesis.
Literature Cited
DelVecchio, R. J. 1955. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen during growth and
metamorphosis of the housefly, Musca domestica (Linnaeus). J. N. Y. Ent. Soc.,
63: 141-52.
Farkas, K. 1903. Beitrage zur Energetik der Ontogenese. III. Ueber den Energieumsatz
des Seidenspinners wahrend der Entwicklung im Ei und wahrend der Metamorphose.
Arch. f.d. ges. Physiol., 98: 490-546.
Horowitz, N. H. 1939. The partition of nitrogen in the developing eggs of Urechis caupo.
J. Cell. Comp. Physiol., 14: 189-95.
Ludwig, D., and F. Rothstein. 1952. Changes in the distribution of nitrogen during the
embryonic development of the Japanese beetle ( PopilUa japonica Newman). Physiol.
Zook, 25: 263-68.
March, 1967] Kelly and Ludwig: Nitrogen in Developing Mealworm
53
Needham, J. 1931. Chemical embryology. London: Cambridge University Press.
. 1942. Biochemistry and morphogenesis. London: Cambridge University Press.
Niederl, J. B., and V. Niederl. 1938. Organic quantitative microanalysis. New York:
John Wiley and Sons.
Pigorini, L. 1925. Contributo alia conoscenza dei fenomeni chimica dell’ uova degli insetti
( B . mori) . Le sostanza proteiche. Ann. d. R. Staz. Bacol. Spec, di Padova,
44: 1-21.
Rothstein, F. 1952. Biochemical changes during the embryonic development of the Japa-
nese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman). Physiol. Zook, 25: 171-78.
Trowbridge, C., and J. H. Bodine. 1940. Nitrogen content and distribution in eggs of
Melanoplus differentialis during embryonic development. Biol. Bull., 79: 452-58.
Wagner, E. C. 1940. Titration of ammonia in presence of boric acid in the macro-, semi-
macro-, and micro-Kjeldahl procedures, using methyl red indicator and the color
matching end point. Ind. Eng. Chem., Anal. Ed., 12: 771-72.
Received for publication February 16, 1967
54
[Vol. LXXV
Recent Publications
Insect Pests of Farm, Garden and Orchard. Ralph H. Davidson and Leonard M. Peairs.
Wiley, New York, ed. 6, 479 pp. Illustrated, $18.00, 1966.
Introduction to Applied Entomology. L. H. Rolston and C. E. McCoy. Roland Press Co.,
N.Y., 208 pp. $5.00, 1966.
Studies in Agricultural Entomology and Plant Pathology. Scripta Hierosolymitana 18:
208, Edited Z. Avidov, 1966. Magnes Press, Hebrew Univ., Jerusalem.
Insecta. Prepared by the Commonwealth Institute of Entomology. Published by Zoological
Society of London, 428 pp., $18.50, 1966.
Centennial of Entomology in Canada, 1863-1963 (8 papers). Glenn B. Wiggins, ed. LTni-
versity of Toronto Press, Toronto, Canada, 104 pp. Illustrated, $5.00, 1966.
Insects and Their World. Harold Oldroyd. British Museum (Natural History), London,
ed. 2. Illustrated, 7s 6d (paper), 1966.
Insect Emhryogenesis : Macromolecular Synthesis During Early Development. Richard A.
Lockskin. Science 154: 775-776. 1966.
Mimicry — The Descriptive Way of Life. Miriam Rothschild. Natural History 76: 44-51,
illus., 1967.
Insect Behaviour. P. T. Haskell, ed. A Symposium (London) (8 papers). Published by
Royal Entomological Society, London. Illustrated, £2 5s, 121 pp., 1965.
Insect Physiology. Sir Vincent B. Wigglesworth. Methuen, London, ed. 6, 144 pp. Illus-
trated, $3.75, 1966 (Methuen’s Monographs on Biological Subjects).
Juvenile Hormone: Identification of an Active Compound from Balsam Fir ( Pyrrhocoris
apterus L.). W. S. Bowers, H. M. Foies, M. J. Thompson and C. E. Uebel. Science 154:
1020-1021, 1966.
Neuromuscular Transmitter Substance in Insect Visceral Muscle. B. E. Brown. Sci-
ence 155: 595-597, 1967.
The Neurochemistry of Arthropods. J. E. Treherne. Cambridge University Press, Cam-
bridge, England, 156 pp., 1966.
Report from Europe: Conference on Insect Endocrines. Victor K. McElhenny. Sci-
ence 154: 248-251, 1966.
Curare as a Neuromuscular Blocking Agent in Insects. Frances V. McCoun. Science
154: 1023-1024, 1966.
Internal Clocks and Insect Diapause. Perry L. Adkinson. Science 154: 234-241, 1966.
Electron Microscopy of Living Insects. R. F. W. Plase, T. L. Hayes, A. S. Camp and N.
M. Amer. Science 154: 1185-1186, 1966.
Insect Chemosterilants. Alexej B. Borkovec. Wiley, New York, 153 pp. Illustrated, $6.95,
1966 (Advances in Pest Control Research Series I).
Metabolism of Rotenone in Vitro by Tissue Homogenates from Mammals and
Insects. Jun-ichi Fukarni, Izaru Yamamoto and John E. Cassida. Science 155: 713—
716, 1967.
A Differential Anemometer for Measuring the Turning Tendency of Insects in Sta-
tionary Flight. Kenneth Roeder. Science 153: 1634-1636, 1966.
Mutations, Chromosomal Aberrations and Tumors in Insects Treated with Oncogenic
Virus. Walter J. Burdette and Jong Sik Yoon. Science 155: 340-341. 1967.
Sperinatophore Web Formation in a Pseudoscorpion. Peter Weygoldt. Science 153:
1647-1649. 1966.
Mongoose Throwing and Smashing Millipedes. Thomas Eisner and Joseph A. Davis.
Science 155: 577-579, illus. 1967.
Color Vision in the Adult Female Two-spotted Spider Mite. W. D. McEnroe and
Dronka Kazimierz. Science 154: 782-784. 1966.
March, 1967]
Recent Publications
55
Phase Polymorphism in the Grasshopper Melanoplus differ entialis. Hugh Dingle and
Jean B. Haskell. Science 155: 590-592, illus. 1967.
Stylet-Borne Virus: Active Probing by Aphids Not Required for Acquisition. Charles B.
Barnett, Jr. and Thomas P. Pirone. Science 154: 291. 1966.
Volatile Principle from Oak Leaves: Role in Sex Life of the Polyphemus Moth. Lynn M.
Reddiford and Carroll M. Williams. Science 155: 589-590. 1967.
Butterflies and Moths. Alfred Werner and Josef Bijok. The Viking Press, 126 pp., illus.,
$10.95. (Reviewed in Natural History 75: 59, 1966.)
Auditory System of Noctuid Moths. Kenneth D. Roeder. Science 154: 1515-1521, illus.
1966.
Biological Interrelationships of Moths and Yucca whipplei. Jerry A. Powell and Rich-
ard A. Mackie. University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 59 pp., $2.00
(paper).
The Genetics of Tribolium and Related Species. Alexander Sokoloff. Academic Press,
New York, illustrated, $8.50. (Advances in Genetics Series, Suppl. 1).
Lethal Effects of Synthetic Juvenile Hormone on Larvae of the Yellow Fever
Mosquito, Aedes aegypti. Andrew Spielman and Carroll M. Williams. Science 154:
1043-1044, 1966.
Comparative Ethology and Evolution of the Sand Wasps. Howard E. Evans. Harvey
University Press, 576 pp., 262 illustrations, $15.00, 1966.
Honey Bees: Do They Use the Distance Information Contained in Their Dance Maneuver?
Adrian M. Weiner. Science 155: 847-849, 1967.
Honey Bees: Do They Use the Direction Information Contained in Their Dance Maneuver?
Dennis L. Johnson. Science 155: 844-847, 1967.
56
[Vol. LXXV
A New Genus and Species of Spirostreptoid Millipeds
from the Paearaima Mountains, British Guiana1
Richard L. Hoffman and Linda S. Knight
Radford College, Virginia
Abstract : A new genus, Gonepityche and new species paearaimae of spirostrepsid
millipeds from the Paearaima mountains of British Guiana is described.
During the autumn of 1932, Mr. L. D. F. Vesey-Fitzgerald collected diverse
zoological materials during the course of his travels through British Guiana
and northern Brasil. Included were various Diplopoda which were recently
made available for study by Dr. G. Owen Evans of the British Museum (Natu-
ral History). Some of the specimens, originating in the little-known Paearaima
Mountains, have been treated separately in a recent paper (Hoffman, 1966);
the present report is concerned with a somewhat disjunct spirostreptoid — appar-
ently representing a previously undefined generic group — likewise from the
Paearaima region.
Insofar as the supply of available generic names is concerned, the South
American spirostreptids are afflicted with an embarrassment of riches, some
genera such as Nanostreptus and Urostreptus having already accumulated as
many as five or six junior synonymy! And so long as the systematics of this
group remains in a backward condition (owing chiefly to a scarcity of workers
on the Diplopoda), the proposal of new generic names for single species is a
somewhat hazardous undertaking. Yet we venture to add yet another mono-
typic genus to the roster because of the difficulties encountered in trying to
place its type species in any existing generic category.
Family Spirostreptidae
Gonepityche, new genus
Type species: G. paearaimae, n. sp., from British Guiana.
Diagnosis: A genus of moderately small, slender, spirostreptoids with the following charac-
teristics at least in the male sex: Antennae short and massive, articles 3-6 broader than
long, 5th and 6th with circular sensory pits on the outer distal ends.
Collum not lobed or produced ventrad, but the lateralmost ends strongly reflexed ventro-
mesad below the uppermost oblique ridge ; body segments smooth dorsally ; the two sub-
segments similar in diameter, separated by a narrow but distinct stricture, the latter crossed
by a large number of small but sharply defined costulations which on the lower sides con-
tinue posteriorly to caudal edge of metazonites as fine sharp ridges. Ozopores in normal
sequence and location, opening in the metazonite. Preanal segment rugulose dorsally,
medially produced into a short, blunt epiproct that covers only the basal half of paraprocts;
' A contribution from studies supported by a grant (GB 3098) from the National Science
Foundation.
March, 1967]
Hoffman and Knight: Spirostreptoid Millipeds
57
Fig. 1. Gonopods, seen from the front and slightly to one side to show the gonocoel
(dark area). Fig. 2. Right gonopod, aboral aspect. Fig. 3. Left side of first legpair of
male, oral aspect.
latter smooth and polished, the median elevated rims set off by prominent submarginal
grooves; hypoproct transversely elongated, not fused to preceding segment. Legs short,
not extending beyond sides of body ; 4th and 5th podomeres with ventral pads only on the
anteriormost legs. Coxae unmodified. First pair of legs of the usual form, but coxae
lacking the usual enlarged setae on the oral side, and prefemoral processes longer than
normal for the family and closely appressed to each other.
58
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Gonopods elongate, slender, the telocoxite distally modified into a broad, thin, semicircu-
lar lamella which is medially depressed ventrad over the end of the paragonocoel and thus
closing the distal end of the gonocoel like a lid or operculum ; telopodite with a short,
bisinuate spiniform process located well beyond gonocoel opening, distad of this process the
telopodite is abruptly twisted about 180°, beyond which it tapers evenly and without
modification to the slender, attenuated apex.
Gonepityche pacaraimae, new species
Figs. 1-3
Type specimen: Male holotype (Brit. Mus. [Nat. Hist.] 1966.7:8.1.) from the Pacaraima
Mountains, British Guiana; Nov. 12, 1932, L. D. F. Vesey-Fitzgerald, leg. (orig. no. 1147).
Diagnosis: With the characters of the genus.
Holotype: Adult male, length about 70 mm (broken in several pieces) ; maximum body
diameter, 3.9 mm, body thus about 19 times as long as broad and fairly typical in propor-
tion for the Spirostreptidae.
Coloration altered by long preservation, but apparently in life prozonites yellowish-white,
metazonites dark purplish-brown, becoming lighter ventrally. Antennae, legs, and sterna
yellowish ; front of head light yellowish-brown, darker above, with a dark transverse inter-
ocellarial bar.
Head of normal structure and appearance except lower half somewhat broader than usual,
essentially as wide as upper; surface evenly convex and smooth. Epicranial suture distinct
but short; no trace of interocellarial suture. Labrum, clypeus, and genae continuous, latter
not margined laterally. Ocellaria rather small, elongate reniform-triangular, separated by
a distance about 2.5 times their length, composed of six rows as follows: 8, 8, 7, 3, 2, 1 = 29.
Sides of head produced into an acutely angled ridge running caudad from elevated posterior
rim of antennal sockets. Clypeal setae 3-3, labral setae 9-9. Interantennal isthmus broad
(1.4 mm), almost half of the antennal length. Antennae short, massive, not extending
caudally beyond posterior edge of collum, length about 3.0 mm. 1st article large, hemi-
spherical, globose, articles 2-5 broader than long, abruptly clavate, distally twice as broad
as at base, slightly compressed; 6th article narrower than others, slightly longer than wide,
oval in cross-section; 7th article in the form of a short disk, with four sensory cones. 5th
and 6th articles each with a prominent, circular sensory pit on the outer distal end.
Collum narrowed toward ends, latter set off by an oblique ridge beginning at level of
ocellaria ; ends of collum below this ridge with about four much smaller grooves, and rather
abruptly turned inward at a distinct angle. Surface of collum smooth and polished. Second
segment with a distinct ventrolateral ridge similar to that of collum.
Body segments generally similar to each other, basically parallel-sided but metazonites
slightly greater in diameter than prozonites, the two subsegments separated by a very
prominent deep sulcus extending entirely around the pleuroterga, on the lower sides the
metazonites are ornamented with numerous transverse fine ridges extending from caudal
edge forward to the sulcus; higher on the body the ridges disappear, leaving only the very
anteriormost ends as a series of small but quite prominent light-colored “bridges” crossing
the sulcus throughout its course. Surface of both subsegments similar, the texture essentially
smooth and polished, but with a profusion of microscopic, elongate oval punctations.
Ozopores beginning at the 6th segment; pores moderately distinct, opening well behind
the sulcus in the metazonite.
Posterior end of body normal in appearance, last segment middorsallv pitted and wrinkled
more prominently than elsewhere on the body and produced into a short, bluntly triangular
epiproct covering only the bases of the paraprocts. Latter large, smooth, and convex, with
March, 1967]
Hoffman and Knight: Spirostreptoid Millipeds
59
a broad, deep depression setting off the prominently elevated mesial margins. Hypoproct
very broadly triangular in outline, not fused to the preceding segment.
Sterna completely smooth, without trace of transverse striation. Legs very short, com-
pletely invisible from above body when extended laterally ; podomeres virtually hairless
except for scattered macrosetae on the ventral sides of the distalmost, and several dorsally
located near the tarsal claws. Legs normal in structure, without modification except for
rather weakly developed eversible pads on the ventral sides of the 4th and 5th joints of legs
of the anterior half of the body. Tarsal claws about 2/3ds as long as tarsus on anterior
legs, but becoming much shorter posteriorly on the body.
Lower ends of 7th segment produced into small, rounded, posteriorly directed lobes
formed chiefly from the prozonite.
Gonopods composed on the normal elements (Figs. 1-2). Coxites without basal processes
on the median side, connected by a small but distinct subtriangular sternum, its lateral ends
prolonged beyond base of paracoxites. Gonocoel partly open as seen in an oblique anterior-
median aspect ; paragonocoel long, slender, distally enlarged and lobed both medially and
laterally, its terminal fourth set with numerous fine short setae. Telocoxite longer than
paragonocoel, slightly twisted caudolaterally, distally expanded into a large, semicircular
lamella, this structure medially depressed over end of paragonocoel which it covers like a
lid or operculum. Telopodite slender, simple in structure, with a short, curved femoral spine
originating some distance beyond origin of the exospermite region, beyond the femoral spine
there is a slight constriction and torsion, distad of which the telopodite terminates as a long,
attenuated, simple falcate blade curving behind the gonopod and partly around it on the
medial side. No trace of posterior gonopods evident.
First legs of the form shown in Figure 3; a narrow transverse sternum is evident, with the
usual enlarged coxae, the latter glabrous; prefemora with unusually long, contiguous
ventrally directed processes that fit into a deep concavity of the gnathochilarial mentum.
Discussion: Insofar as we are willing to guess at this time, the affinities (or
at least similarities) of this new form appear to lie with the several species of
Brasilostreptus. The community of shared traits includes small body size,
general pattern of the gonotelopodite, and superficial similarity of the 1st leg
pair of the males. Brasilostreptus has heretofore been monotypic with B.
gracilis Verhoeff, but the study of recently-acquired material suggests that
some further Brasilian species are referable thereto, and a revision of the genus
is now in progress. G. pacaraimae differs at least in the ornamentation of
the transverse suture, in the formation of the gonopod telocoxite, and in the
closely appressed prefemoral processes of the first pair of legs, from the species
now provisionally referred to Brasilostreptus.
Literature Cited
Hoffman, Richard L. 1966. Polydesmoid Diplopoda from the Pacaraima Mountains.
Journ. Zool. (Proc. Zool. Soc. London), 148: 540-553, figs. 1-5.
Received for Publication December 14, 1966
INVITATION TO MEMBERSHIP
The New York Entomological Society was founded in 1892 and incorporated the following
year. It holds a distinguished position among scientific and cultural organizations. The
Society’s Journal is one of the oldest of the leading entomological periodicals in the
United States. Members and subscribers are drawn from all parts of the world, and they
include distinguished professional naturalists, enthusiastic amateurs, and laymen for whom
insects are only one among many interests.
You are cordially invited to apply for membership in the Society or to subscribe to its
Journal which is published quarterly. Regular meetings are held at 8:00 P.M. on the first
and third Tuesdays of each month from October through May at the American Museum of
Natural History, the headquarters of the Society. A subject of general interest is discussed
at each meeting by an invited speaker. No special training in biology or entomology is
necessary for the enjoyment of these talks, most of which are illustrated. Candidates for
membership are proposed at a regular meeting and are voted upon at the following meeting.
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP AND YEARLY DUES
Active member : Full membership in the Society, entitled to vote and hold office;
with Journal subscription $9.00
Active member without Journal subscription 4.00
Sustaining member : Active member who voluntarily elects to pay $25.00 per year
in lieu of regular annual dues.
Life member: Active member who has attained age 45 and who pays the sum of
$100.00 in lieu of further annual dues.
Student member: Person interested in entomology who is still attending school;
with Journal subscription 5.00
(Student members are not entitled to vote or to hold office )
Student member without Journal subscription 2.00
Subscription to Journal without membership 8.00
APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Date
I wish to apply for membership (see classes above).
My entomological interests are:
If this is a student membership, please indicate school attending and present level.
Name
Address
(Zip Code must be included)
Send application to Secretary
Vol. LXXV
' A :
Devoted to Entomology in General
No. 2
i
t
? , X
-/ it /n (V \M\V
*
■ . fj\
/ )
) j A , , }■ Hi
i •; \
( \J
* rM!
' ' X' X i A ' k 1 . ' v f . /,
% ddmKX ", Jy V;
» | /'• vk,: *
d'Af d
m ■' :
'.lv 1 *
/ \
■nek d
The
f/\ /] dW\X
■ WiXv-m ,
" XYpCyHC
A‘ ...
• ■ . V f ^
y (
, -■' >
' / 1 /,. /! r, ‘ p i ly '
New York Entomological Society
A; CJ Id1 >,
. V'l
y,i,: ssmi
: n, v y\%H
■\ h
Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
Md
sG
l :
v
\
jIM 1 v)
c'Xxx'-
Reincorporated February 17, 1943
f- fe a?
T'- » V
;pdX :r
A y'
d 4 'X
Si/, -A • . 1
l i rS
V ' I-
v'XX d
XY..X
m '
jj
,, v/ , t / m fy
/• 1 1/ .- • ' /I'--. \ • V»H'T/ /’- \ K • ■■ n,i-/Tv - ( ..,/ -. 1 , ./ .// , 14 )
The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural
-*TV I
SV X
•ft '
History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.
'Ty ■ i rf M-' /_
dX
Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.
I’ y. , y - . \> , yyH c u x • xycyvxXxxxX'
Members of the Society will please remit' their annual dues, payable in January, to the
At
Treasurer.
I
r t . >1* V ■>( v
•A
1/ & V vv
T YdAXdUv)
\XX- V-r'- ;V4^
>1 :
V ' V
J I,
X'
i ii I
I A. it
1 ' l W . v, i . fyM'ti ' 1
Officers for ^ihe Year 1967
n ;
\ 1
President , Dr. Richard Fredrickson
: 8 v 1 I V /f Xi
iWh io ' < ' ' I
% ' X; X / 'X
• C
A / L '
College of the City of New York 10031
y\j Vice-President , Dr. David Miller
; ; |i 1, ; A ; 7
t ’Hx ' ' I \i\i '
V . ' C it l
n
\A
A. (
m
-i
College of the , City of New York 10031
li/f :
' ,N Vv
i rVV'
Secretary , Mr. Howard Topoff
.
< MS
A'
r\‘
A , X
/.
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
rt'.'Vt
v ( . '
Assistant Secretary , Mr. Albert Poelzl
>tr
U’-'A
j
230 E. 78th Street, New York 10021
Treasurer , Mr. Raymond Brush
Ml
■■ > i
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
( r
! 1 y !i .v , j 1 ../
Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
XXV'7
im
i y
. \v ' 14
miyt-y
’ Av' A> A
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
r> .
m-,
/..A. Ayy\
X;'kt fbd
y\\ ■ g"7\ J
/ A 1 1 1 1 ' i / NV
> Yr^i /
■ • | 1 1' s : 1 / -
'.A','
dyy
t SC id t f
'\
A A Ad
\l V < .h
V , \ \ '
A * V
,.x- A' V Jf • M .
\ i V A
.
1 -
l I
I . \ --Vt
Trustees
IV\ ivi 'I 1
■!) ' ii -
V'X'
Class of 1967
■h , A'it ui r > ,
Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
Class of 1968
Dr. Elsie Klots
vf ,'rU r ^
A1'
k vp> ■ u
■/
N .\.^A
iVi Vi
yVLv-'A - -Vi • M) y-. ;
i
1 J ' ' N 1 , : /
Mr. Robert Buckbee
^ \ K " ' iVA V'
Vv.l, 'v I k
ty ■; A
,IM\
/ \ ", k V
t \ X
' Ii
r.
\j « ■/ J 1 'y\ lAXit' ' y' 1 tl , f\ ' <
! a . \ - tX 'W'^: \ y f Xf
Air. Bernard Heineman
—
u, r-
Mailed June 29, 1967
\
. A )• \ ^ l \ -1 Vy. y \
The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Allen Press
Inc., 1041 /New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas.
. . , ,
i} i - Mw t ■ ' ' .
’ ■ kV .. Vk- h
k d v
1 /*.
if i it
Yd Xy
- w
: '~Y> f- :if\r A
ha ;
v ' / v A
W
4. kk P" ;v
u ' 7. Y w- ■’
% X >- To ®
i .A1
I . / V ' V I>,d
A X ' ^ >
d r -i. / 7
: „ \ .. TV I k
, . k:\vX AryHVA
\ i h. '! \ ■ ■< \ y A/-
Journal of the
New York Entomological Society
Volume LXXV June 29, 1967 No. 2
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss
Editor Lucy W. Clausen
College of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Columbia LTniversity
115 West 68th Street, N. Y. 10023
Associate Editor James Forbes
Fordham University, N. Y. 10458
Publication Committee
Dr. Kumar Krishna Dr. Asher Treat
Dr. Pedro Wvgodzinsky
CONTENTS
Larval Dimorphism and Other Characters of Heterocam pa pulverea (Grote and
Robinson) (Lepidoptera : Notodontidae) Alexander B. Klots 62
Observations on the Behavior of the Bee Anthidium manicatum (L.)
L. L. Pechuman 68
A New Species of ISepytia from the Southern Rocky Mountains (Lepidoptera:
Geometridae) Frederick H. Rindge 74
Further Records of New Jersey Aphids (Homoptera: Aphididae)
Mortimer D. Leonard 77
Further Studies on the Internal Anatomy of the Meloidae. III. The Digestive
and Reproductive Systems as Bases for Tribal Designation of Pseudomeloe
miniaceomaculata (Blanchard) (Coleoptera: Meloidae) A. P. Gupta 93
Book Review 100
Proceedings 101
New Members 110
Invitation to Membership 111
Larval Dimorphism and Other Characters of Heterocampa pulverea
(Grote & Rohinson) (Lepidoptera: Notodontidae)
Alexander B. Klots
American Museum of Natural History and City College of New York
Abstract: A group of sibling larvae of Heterocampa pulverea (Grote & Robinson) from
Connecticut showed a very distinct dimorphism of color and pattern with no appreciable
intergradation. Of 66 larvae reared to maturity 30 were green, 36 were brown. The
dimorphism was apparently not linked with rate of development, sex or any discernible
adult characteristic. The larvae of both morphs were highly, but differently, cryptic.
Possible adaptive advantages of the morphs are discussed. Dorsal thoracic tubercles in the
last larval instar, characteristic of this nominal species, are visible as vestiges in the pupa.
On August 1966 a batch of eggs was obtained from a 9 Heterocampa
pulverea at Putnam, Windham Co., Connecticut. The larvae from these were
reared on Quercus coccinea. Ten were given to another Lepidopterist, but 56
were reared to maturity by the writer, emerging 8-26 October 1966, indoors.
Tt was not until the larvae were in the 4th (penultimate) instar that it was
realized that a distinct color and pattern dimorphism existed, approximately
half being green and half brown. The two groups were then segregated and
reared separately. Records of both types in the last two instars were made
by color photography.
Table 1 shows the record of the adults that emerged, grouped by larval morph,
sex and the dates of emergence. The adults differ from each other in only
very minor details, well within the limits of variation of any series from the
region. These data show that the morphs, which must be genetically con-
trolled, are not linked with either sex or rate of development.
The larva of this species was first described by French (1880, p. 83) from
an Illinois specimen. Packard (1895, p. 249-250 & 282, PI. 33, fig. 8-8a) re-
printed French’s description, described a preserved specimen from Massachu-
setts, and gave 2 small outline drawings copied from figures of Doubleday of a
supposed synonym. Packard also refers to an unpublished colored sketch of
the larva by Abbot. The French and Packard descriptions are of green larvae
with a pattern not unlike the green morph described and figured here, but
differing greatly in some respects. Apparently the white dorsal areas char-
acteristic of both the green and the brown morphs of the present paper, and
the lateral white areas of the green one, were not present in the French and
Packard specimens, since French refers to these areas as “orange” or “purple,”
and Packard either does not state what their colors were or else refers to
them as “reddish.” Neither author mentions a brown larva. The Doubleday
figures are too small and simple to be of much value.
It is very likely that the larvae of pulverea show a considerable amount of
variation, predictably much more than would be expected in a sibling group
62
June, 1967]
Klots: Heterocampa Larval Dimorphism
63
Table 1. Sibling H. pulverea grouped by larval morph, sex and date of adult emergence.
Green
Brown
3
$
3
$
October
8
2
_
9
-
-
-
1
10
-
3
2
3
11
2
1
-
-
12
3
-
1
4
13
-
-
-
3
15
2
3
2
3
16
-
2
-
4
17
1
1
1
-
18
-
1
1
1
19
1
-
4
-
22
1
-
-
-
23
—
2
-
-
26
-
-
-
1
Totals
12
13
11
20
such as that described here. The extent of this in local populations, the amount
it is subject to regional variation, and the genetic factors responsible, will all
have to be worked out by many rearings of sibling groups and by genetic
crosses. At present H. pulverea (type locality, Pennsylvania) is considered a
northern subspecies of H. umbrata Walker (type locality St. John’s Bluff,
East Florida). It is more than likely that the relationship is a clinal one.
DESCRIPTIONS OF MATURE LARVAE
Green Morph (Fig. 1). Body bright green speckled with small, dark, purplish
fuscous dots which remain separate from each other, not coalescing to form
lines or scrawls. A distinct white spot around the base of each primary seta.
A white patch on either side of metathorax and 1st abdominal segment, running
dorso-caudad diagonally from leg base, sometimes barely reaching spiracle,
sometimes enclosing it and extending about one or two spiracle’s lengths above
it. On abdominal segment 3 a broad, white patch running dorsad from the
proleg base to join the white dorsal markings, occupying nearly all of the
lateral area of the segment. On abdominal segment 6 a similar white patch
running dorsad from the proleg base; this may join the white dorsal area or may
fail to do so, extending no more than about two spiracle’s lengths dorsad of
the spiracle. All three of these lateral white patches are very irregularly
crenately edged, and contain curved, red-brown dashes and scrawls which
differ greatly in extent in different individuals. Rarely there is a small, double
patch above each metathoracic leg, and another on the posterior part of ab-
dominal segment 7, largely ventrad of the line of the spiracle.
Dorsally the markings are complex and differ greatly from one individual
to another. The fundamental marking is a white dorsal stripe along the entire
64
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 1-2. Mature larvae, Heterocampa pulverea, lateral and slightly ventral aspect,
drawn from projections of 35 mm. photographs. The setae of both larvae are incompletely
shown. Fig. 1, green morph. Fig. 2, brown morph.
length of the body, which is more or less margined and marked internally by
dark red-brown scrawls, and differs greatly in width on different segments.
Prothorax: stripe unmarked, anteriorly as wide as space between prothoracic
tubercles, tapering posteriorly to half as wide, black-edged. Mesothorax and
metathorax: stripe narrow anteriorly, widening greatly posteriorly, usually
considerably marked internally, and sometimes nearly obliterated, by dark
scrawls. Abdomen, segment 1: stripe widening greatly posteriorly to slightly
more than half the width of the segment; rarely with any included dark mark-
ings, but often pale green mid-dorsally, the green area narrow anteriorly but
widening greatly posteriorly so as to leave only narrow, white, tapering edges
laterally which in extreme individuals may not reach the posterior edge of the
segment. Segment 2: white stripe becoming very broad posteriorly, containing
more or less green mid-dorsally. Segment 3: white stripe very broad, laterally
confluent with lateral white stripe, from dorsal view occupying all or nearly all
of the segment; subdorsally a few small, dark, paired dots and scrawls, especially
posteriorly. Segments 4 & 5: white stripe very broad anteriorly, narrowing
greatly in segment 4 and still more in segment 5 ; within it a broad, dark
scrawled, X-shaped saddle, centering about anterior edge of segment 5, that
may obliterate much of the white. Segments 6 & 7 : rarely almost solid green
June, 1967]
Klots: Heterocampa Larval Dimorphism
65
mid-dorsally with only indications of the white stripe laterally; sometimes with
only central portions green, and white stripe on either side of this broad and
confluent with lateral white stripe on segment 6. Segments 8, 9 & 10: mid-
dorsal area green, white stripe on either side of this broadest at anterior edge
of segment 8, narrowing to segment 9, broader at anterior edge of segment 9,
narrowing posteriorly; sometimes the green areas of the sides and the mid-dorsal
green are confluent along the anterior edge of segment 9, breaking the white
stripe.
Brown Morph (Fig. 2). Head, prothoracic tubercles, legs and seta bases as
in green morph. Body brown with only a faint greenish cast in recently enclosed
individuals. Laterally with no white bands or areas other than a few small
areas enclosed by dark scrawls. All brown areas with many irregular, dark
brown curved lines and scrawls and smaller, orange-brown dots and curved
lines. Dark scrawled markings heavier and coalescing to form a diagonal line
running dorso-caudad from base of 3d leg across metathorax and abdominal
segment 1 to join dark-scrawled border of dorsal markings. A similar, but less
complete, line of markings running dorso-cephalad from base of proleg on ab-
dominal segment 3. A similar, also less complete, diagonal line of dark markings
running dorso-cephalad from base of proleg on abdominal segment 6 to spiracle
on abdominal segment 5, and more or less continued cephalad across abdominal
segment 4. Abdominal segment 7 with dark-scrawled patch caudad and mostly
ventrad of spiracle, dorsally more or less joining lateral dark edging of dorsal
markings.
Dorsally, fundamental pattern like that of green morph, but with some dif-
ferent distribution of white. Prothorax: as in green morph. Mesothorax &
metathorax: also much as in green morph, but with less white, the dorsal areas
largely filled in with brown scrawled marks as in the most heavily marked green
individuals. A large, irregularly edged, diamond-shaped white area from pos-
terior part of metathorax back to about middle of abdominal segment 4, widest
in posterior part of abdominal segment 2 ; within this for most of its length
is a pair of narrow, irregular, closely subdorsal, dark lines. An almost solidly
brown saddle (in the same position as the dark-scrawled, X-shaped saddle of
the green morph), continuous with brown sides, on posterior half of 4th and
anterior half of 5th abdominal segments. A large, posterior white patch, be-
ginning narrowly at about middle of 5th abdominal segment and extending to
posterior end; on 8—1 0th abdominal segments this is more or less filled in
dorsally with brown scrawls and lines; within it, as in the anterior white patch,
is a pair of irregular, thin, dark, closely subdorsal lines for most of its length.
Despite the considerable amount of individual variation, the two morphs
in this group of siblings were very distinct, with no intermediate individuals.
The nearest to anything of the sort was in a few larvae of the brown morph
that had a greenish tone during the early last instar; and one individual of the
66
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
green morph that had the green areas much paler than usual and slightly
brownish tinged, but had the green morph pattern.
4th instar larvae
The larvae of this instar are easily recognizable by the ends of the prothoracic
tubercles, which have two distinct small, setiferous tubercles at the tips, in-
stead of being terminally smooth as in the 5th instar. On the face these larvae
have two thin fuscous lines on either side of the median light area instead of
the single line of the 5th instar. The white lateral patches, and to a lesser
degree the white dorsal patches, of the green larvae tend to be more obscured
by dark scrawls. The brown larvae frequently had considerable of a greenish
tinge, although their patterns were definitely of the brown morph.
PRE-PUPAL LARVAE
As the larvae stopped eating and entered the ground for pupation, drastic
color changes ensued. All fine details of the pattern disappeared. The brown
larvae turned a brilliant pink overall, the dark markings of the saddle on ab-
dominal segments 4 & 5 showing slightly darker. The green larvae, on the
other hand, changed to a darker green with the white areas of both the sides
and the dorsum very bright pink, making them very conspicuous looking objects.
All larvae then became pale and almost colorless just before eclosion to the
pupa. The pink larvae that had been brown did this at a uniform rate overall.
In the green larvae, however, the pink areas were the first to become color-
less, so that for a short time these larvae were green with pale, colorless areas.
Doubtless these color changes have some physiological significance, but they
can hardly have any protective value (as is the case in some other pre-pupal
color changes) since they normally take place underground.
DISCUSSION
The patterns of both of the larval morphs are decidedly, but differently,
procryptic, the brown larvae resembling crumpled, dead leaves with shadow
or edge patterns, and the green larvae resembling green leaf areas with pieces
missing. The larvae of both types are highly disruptive from the dorsal aspect,
and the green larvae are disruptive from lateral aspect as well. The white
lateral patches are so shaded as to appear almost protuberant and three dimen-
sional. A predator that had learned to recognize the appearance of one of the
morphs would be very unlikely, because of this, to react to the appearance of
the other one and might very well, in fact, be more likely to ignore the other
one if the two were close together. The dimorphism must function in this way
as a protective device per se, most valuable when the two morphs are com-
pletely different from each other, and still more valuable when each morph is
highly cryptic.
June, 1967]
Klots: Heterocampa Larval Dimorphism
67
The proportions of the morphs in this sibling group and their distinctness
from each other strongly suggest a single controlling genetic factor. The evi-
dence of French’s and Packard’s larval descriptions shows that there is much
more larval variation than this sibling group showed, and suggests that the
morphs may not always be as distinct from each other. For the time being
we suggest that the morphs have evolved, and are maintained, by visual
predator selection, but that this may well be strongly affected by all sorts of
pleiotropic effects of which nothing is known. Much further work is certainly
called for to determine the genetic status, possible pleiotropy and extent within
both H . pulverea and H . umbrata of larval dimorphism.
The pupae all showed vestiges of the prothoracic tubercles. Since these
tubercles appear to be present in the 5th instar of only the larvae of H . pulverea
and H. umbrata , their presence in the pupa can be used for identification, at
least of H. pulverea.
Identification of the material as H . pulverea was by comparison with the 2
type in the American Museum of Natural History. The material here reported
upon has been placed in the collection of this museum.
Literature Cited
French, G. H. 1880. Canadian Ent. 12: 83.
Packard, A. L. 1895. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. 8: 249-250 & 282, PI. 33, fig. 8-8a).
Received for publication March 16, 1967
Observations on the Behavior of the Bee Anthidium manicatum (L. )
L. L. Pechuman
Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y.
Abstract: Collection records of the Palaearctic bee Anthidium manicatum (L.), reported
by Jaycox in 1967 as being adventive in the United States, are brought up to date. New
flower host records are included. European literature on the aggressive behavior of the
male is briefly summarized. Observations on the behavior of A. manicatum in 1965 and
1966 show the male to be territorial and aggressive. The female works without hindrance
while other species of bees are struck and driven from the territory being patrolled by
the male. No bees showed any inclination to defend themselves against the attacking male
of A. manicatum. It is believed that A. manicatum is a rather unique subject for further
study, including distribution, behavior, nest building, flower preferences and genetics.
Jaycox ( 1967) reports the presence in the United States of the Old World
bee Anithidium manicatum (L.) (Megachilidae) based on specimens collected by
Dr. Roger A. Morse and the writer in 1963, 1964, and 1965. A. manicatum is
found throughout Europe, part of Asia, and North Africa. It is the only species
of Anthidium found in England. As mentioned by Jaycox, A. manicatum has
recently been found in the Canary Islands and in South America.
The specimens seen in 1963 were reared by Dr. Morse from a five inch deep,
one quarter inch diameter trap nest in a white pine block, placed in the field
early in 1963 near Ithaca, N.Y. The wooden block containing the nest was
removed from the field on 27 June 1963; on 20 August 1963, adults, 2 3 3 and
8 9$, emerged from the nest. All specimens collected by the writer in 1964
and 1965 were taken, as reported by Jaycox, from the flowers of Caryopteris X
clandonensis at Ludlowville, N.Y.
In 1966, A. manicatum was again found at Ludlowville, N.Y. visiting the
flowers of Caryopteris. Specimens were observed between August 28 and Oc-
tober 3 with peak abundance during the second week of September. It was
noted in 1964 and 1965 and again in 1966 that A. manicatum visited only the
flowers of Caryopteris although Chrysanthemum and Potentilla were interplanted
with the Caryopteris and were in bloom during the flight period of the bee.
Two species of Mentha in bloom nearby were attractive to other species of
wild bees but were not seen to be visited by A. manicatum.
Also in 1966, a total of 13$ 9 and 15 3 3 were taken on the Cornell Campus
at Ithaca on various dates between August 23 and September 2 by Jan
Nowakowski, Paul Minacci and George Strang from a bed solidly planted to
blue flowering salvia ( Salvia jarinacea ) . Dr. Nowakowski informs me that
none were taken from adjoining beds planted to white salvia (S. jarinacea)
and red salvia (S. splendens) . Also on the Cornell Campus, Dr. Nowakowski
took 3 9 9 and 1 3 from Lythrum salicaria on August 1 6 and a single 9 from
68
June, 1967]
Pechuman: Observations on Anttiidium manicatum
69
Solidago on September 12. Dr. Nowakowski noted aggressive actions against
other bees by the males of A. manicatum he collected from salvia.
It is of interest, although possibly of little significance, that during a three
year period all but one specimen of A. manicatum were collected on blue or
purple flowers and all but five specimens from the rather closely related families
Labiatae ( Salvia ) and Verbenaceae (Caryopteris) . Friese (1898) says A.
manicatum prefers Labiatae in Europe but there is no general agreement by
other workers on this. It also raises the question of why plants of Mentha
(Labiatae) in full bloom were ignored at Ludlowville.
Unfortunately no notes were made on the structure of the nest from which
specimens were reared by Dr. Morse in 1963. None have been found in trap
nests in subsequent years. Very likely the nest is made from soft flocculent
material scraped from plants as reported in Europe. Fabre refers to nests of
the group to which A. manicatum belongs as “ — quite the most elegant speci-
men of entomological nest building” and Friese calls them “wunderbaren
Nestbau.” In 1965 the writer observed a female stripping the pubescence from
the flower stem of a potted geranium (Pelargonium) , probably with the intent
of using it as nesting material.
No collections of adults have been made in New York before August. How-
ever, the specimens reared in August 1963 by Dr. Morse came from a trap nest
placed in the field early in 1963 and completed by June 27. This may indicate
that A. manicatum has two broods.
Green (1921) in England seems to have been the first to note the aggressive
habits of A. manicatum males when he reported it attacking Bombus.
Ward (1928), also in England, published detailed observations on attacks
by males of A. manicatum on bumble bees ( Bombus ) and hive bees (Apis).
He indicates that definite territories were marked out when he states, “ — males
patrolling patches of Red Dead Nettle at two spots and having the effect of
keeping other insects away; but a few yards away Bumble Bees feeding fairly
regularly at the Dead Nettle with little or no molestation.” He noted that
aggression declined when the sun was obscured by clouds. Ward also found
that some individuals of bumble bees and honey bees had their wings damaged
so they could not fly when struck by A. manicatum.
In spite of Ward’s detailed notes, Perkins (1928) regarded the attacks on
other bees as “an accidental occurrence.”
Sitowski (1947) in Poland reports that the male of A. manicatum , “ — hovers
in an area, or patrols where the female is working and kills or drives out all
competing intruders with ferocious attacks.” He states that not only is the
competing bee knocked to the ground but that the male A. manicatum may
continue its attack on the ground using its mandibles, and abdominal spines
on the last two abdominal segments, to disable or kill honey bees and bumble
bees.
70
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
The observations of Haas ( 1960) in Germany are similar to those of Ward.
He regards the territory established by the male as part of a behavior pattern
which involves swarming. The territory itself he believes to be sort of an
exclusive swarming area in which the male as Haas puts it, “swarms alone.”
The writer first observed the male of A. manicatum attacking other bees on
14 September 1965. An abstract of notes taken on that day follows:
14 September 1965 In addition to honey bees, bumble bees and a few other native bees,
two female Anthidium manicatum were present most of the day on Caryopteris flowers.
The females were distinguished by their very fast flight and by being easily disturbed
and alarmed; when disturbed by anything other than another bee they would leave the
area and not return for some time. The females were far from aggressive. If one started
to land on a flower and found it occupied by another bee, it would go to another flower.
A bumble bee once pushed a female from a flower; the female flew to a leaf where it
remained motionless for almost three minutes, then preened its legs and antennae for half
a minute and then flew to another Caryopteris flower on a different plant.
The male A. manicatum moved very rapidly. It would work a flower for a second or
two but it spent most of its time patrolling the largest Caryopteris plant. It was very
aggressive and would strike honey and bumble bees which were working flowers, knocking
them from the flowers. The male frequently would strike two or three bees in as many
seconds. On one occasion the writer frightened the male and it flew away for several
minutes. In its absence, two bumble bees and three honey bees moved to the Caryopteris
plant which had been patrolled by the male A. manicatum. On its return, the male im-
mediately struck all five bees almost faster than the eye could record, the whole episode
being over in five seconds or less with all five bees in flight.
Observations were made on two successive days in 1966. The area under
observation involved one large (56 in. high, covering an area of 18 sq. ft.)
Caryopteris and a group of smaller (42 in. high, covering an area of 14 sq. ft.)
Caryopteris plants separated by a pink flowering Chrysanthemum plant 23 in.
high, covering an area of 3.5 sq. ft. The notes made on these two days follow:
10 September 1966 One male and one female appeared at approximately 9 A.M. During
the day only one female was observed at any one time and apparently only one specimen
was involved. The first male to appear was very dark and is referred to as No. 1. A
second male with more extensive yellow markings appeared shortly on the smaller
Caryopteris and is referred to as No. 2. Male No. 1 spent most of its time patrolling the
large plant. Occasionally male No. 2 would extend his patrol of the smaller plant into
the patrol area of male No. 1. Male No. 1 would immediately drive No. 2 away. On one
occasion when No. 1 had pursued No. 2 to the outer side of the smaller plant, No. 2
turned and faced No. 1. Both males hovered about two inches apart, gradually descending
toward the ground; at about four inches from the ground hovering continued at essentially
one place for about half a minute; then No. 1 struck No. 2 head on knocking it to the
ground beneath the plant where it remained with wings partly outstretched and with the
apical third of the abdomen vibrating. Male No. 2 remained on the ground about three
minutes and then it flew away. It was not seen again.
Following this episode, male No. 1 rarely left the large Caryopteris all day. Occasionally
it would make a quick patrol of the group of small plants formerly patrolled by No. 2.
It had a regular route around and through the large plant and conducted its patrol by
hovering a second or two and then flying four to six inches. All bees except female A.
June, 1967]
Pechuman: Observations on Antiiidium manicatum
71
manicatum were driven away. Usually it would strike the center of the thorax, possibly
because this was the usual aspect exposed; it was seen once to strike a bumble bee head
on and once struck a bumble bee from below. Rarely a very small bee would manage
to visit a flower and be overlooked by the male but usually it would be struck as soon
as it tried to move to another flower. All bees, including the largest bumble bees, appeared
to be panic stricken when struck by the male A. manicatum ; none made any attempt to
fight back and only one, a large Xylocopa, was noted to require two strikes. Bumble
bees slowly flying by the plant were sometimes struck and immediately put on an amazing
burst of speed.
The male rarely bothered the female. Several times it landed on the dorsum of the
female giving the impression it was trying to mate. It could not be determined if mating
took place but the contact would sometimes last for eight to ten seconds. During contact
the female would keep working the flower but once the pair fell from the plant, separating
before they reached the ground.
A bumble bee was killed with cyanide and immediately pinned to a flower in a natural
position. The male A. manicatum did not strike it but circled it twice about one half inch
away ; from then on it was ignored by the male on his patrol except at rare intervals when
it would fly very close to the pinned bee. When the bumble bee was moved to another
flower, it continued to be ignored.
A bumble bee was quieted with DDVP and tied to a blossom while still moving its
wings. It was struck by the male as it was being tied but was ignored from that time
on except for a rare quick investigation. At the same time the male was striking all
intruding bees.
It was noted that during the heat of the day the male was extremely aggressive and
spent very little time on flowers and none resting. After 5 P.M. it made many stops
probing flowers although each stop was only of a few seconds duration. It also would
rest for five to eight seconds on foliage. At this time of day it was not quick to strike
intruders but it did strike them eventually. This may have been due to lower tempera-
ture, wearyness, or the need to secure some nectar to sustain itself.
11 September 1966. The activities of male No. 1 were about the same as noted on the
previous day. It now took over the smaller plants patrolled by No. 2 the day before
but about 75 percent of its time was still devoted to the large bush. Two females were
present most of the time. A second male appeared but was driven off and did not return.
When the male would land on the dorsum of the female, its behavior was quite different
than when striking an intruding bee. As it approached the female it would stretch out
its legs as for grasping and the female would be seized by them. When striking another
bee, the legs were kept tightly under the body and the approach was much faster.
Live bumble bees were attached by a long thread to the end of a stick. To the observer
they looked and behaved quite naturally but only occasionally would there be a glancing
strike by the male Anthidium whether the bumble bees were on a flower or flying. How-
ever, if a tethered live bumble bee was dangled two to four inches directly in front of the
hovering male, the male could be led for a foot or two but it would not strike. One live
bumble bee tied to a flower was closely investigated several times but not struck; most of
the time it was ignored.
The male would investigate anything that moved including dangling portions of old
flowers but did not strike such objects. It showed only slight aggression against flies and
butterflies and these did not show the fear of the male exhibited by the other bee species.
The strike against flies and butterflies was usually glancing rather than direct and these
insects would usually return to the same or a neighboring flower immediately.
By 6 P.M. the male was spending most of its time visiting flowers. As it approached the
flower it would drop its hind legs as does the female.
72
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Observations after September 1 1 were mostly a repetition of previous ob-
servations. The Caryopteris bloom was almost gone by the end of September.
The last A. manicatum noted was seen for a few moments on October 3 about
3 P.M. It was a male and appeared to be the same specimen observed on
September 10 and 11.
Observations made in 1965 and 1966 seem to indicate that the male of A.
manicatum is aggressively territorial. Possibly the easily disturbed timid female
needs protection when there is competition for pollen and nectar. Other bees
seem to fear the male of A. manicatum and never were observed to attempt to
defend themselves. Flies and butterflies, although occasionally knocked from
flowers, showed no such fear and usually returned to the same or a nearby
flower. The male was noted to be most aggressive in bright sunshine during
the heat of the day; it is less quick to respond to invasions of its territory as
the temperature drops later in the day. Although the male investigates all
movement within its territory it does not strike dangling leaves or flowers or
bees which are dead or whose movements are inhibited in any way.
It is suggested that further studies of Anthidium manicatum in New York
are likely to be rewarding. Currently it is not known outside of a limited
range in the towns of Ithaca and Lansing in Tompkins County and its pattern
of distribution as it spreads will be of interest. No native Anthidium is known
from New York and one wonders if A. manicatum will fit in some unoccupied
ecological niche or whether one or more of our native bees may be displaced by
this aggressive species. The present population of the species is probably the
result of the introduction of a limited number of individuals, possibly of a
single nest, so a study of the genetics of the population might be in order. It
is of interest in this connection that the color pattern of the males collected in
New York run the complete gamut of patterns described from Europe — from
mostly yellow with a few black markings to almost completely black. This
variation in color pattern is very convenient for the observation of specific
individuals.
The writer wishes to thank Dr. Roger A. Morse for providing information
on the specimens he reared from a trap nest. Acknowledgement is also due
Dr. Jan Nowakowski for information on the specimens collected by him and
by Mr. George Strang and Mr. Paul Minacci and additionally for translating
the paper by Sitowski. The writer also wishes to thank Dr. Morse and Dr.
Elbert Jaycox for reading the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Fabre, J. Henri. 1920. Bramble-bees and others. Dodd, Mead and Co., New York.
456 p.
Friese, Heinrich. 1898. Die Bienen Europa’s (Apidae europaeae). IV. Solitare Apiden.
C. Lampe, Innsbruck. 304 p.
Green, E. E. 1922. Note on the habits of the bee, Anthidium manicatum. Proc. Ent.
Soc. London 1921: lxxii— lxxiii.
June, 1967 I
Pechuman: Observations on Antitidium manicatum
73
Haas, Adolph. 1960. Vergleichende verhaltensstudien zum paarungsschwarm solitarer
Apiden. Zeit. Tierpsychol. 17(4): 402-416.
Jaycox, Elbert R. 1967. An adventive Anthidium in New York State (Hymenoptera:
Megachilidae) . J. Kansas Ent. Soc. 40(1): 124-126.
Perkins, R. C. L. 1928. A note on Mr. Ward’s observation on Anthidium manicatum.
Entomologist 61(787): 273.
Sitowski, Ludwik. 1947. [Anthidium, as an exterminator of bees and bumble-bees
gathering honey.] Roczn. Nauk. Roln. Lesn. 49: 434-437. In Polish with an
English summary.
Ward, J. Davis. 1928. An unrecorded habit of the male of the bee Anthidium manicatum
L. Entomologist 61(787): 267-272.
Received for publication March 27, 1967
A New Species of Nepytia from the Southern Rocky Mountains
(Lepidoptera: Geometridae)
Frederick H. Rindge
Department of Entomology, the American Museum or Natural History, New York
Abstract : Nepytia janetae, new species, is described from material collected in New
Mexico and eastern Arizona. The genitalia of both sexes are illustrated.
Recent collecting trips to the higher mountains of New Mexico by the
author and his family produced a nice series of a heretofore undescribed species
of the genus Nepytia Hulst. One additional specimen was found in the collec-
tion of the American Museum of Natural History, being from the White Moun-
tains of Arizona, ex collection of G. H. and J. L. Sperry. These moths are now
being described in order to make this name available.
The material was collected under the auspices of National Science Founda-
tion Grant numbers G-9037, G-25134, and GB-3856. This assistance is grate-
fully acknowledged.
Nepytia janetae, new species
Figures 1, 2
This species is allied to regulata Barnes and McDunnough, and may be distinguished
from it by its smaller size, paler color, and by the large discal spot filled with ground
color on each forewing.
male: Head with vertex and front creamy white, with variable number of yellow scales;
palpi slender, grayish brown; antennae with very long pectinations, up to 1.6 mm in length.
Thorax pale gray above, with elongate hair-like scales, and with grayish black scaling
anteriorly; beneath white. Abdomen pale gray, with a few scattered pale brown scales
above.
upper surface of wings: All wings rather thinly scaled; forewings with ground color pale
gray, with scattered black and yellowish scales, the latter concentrated along upper portion
of t. p. line and inner margin; t. a. and t. p. lines broad, black or grayish black, and
tending to be somewhat diffuse; t. a. line arising on costa one-third of distance from
base, outwardly dentate on veins and in cell, inwardly oblique from anal angle to inner
margin ; discal spot large, occupying most of width of cell, roughly triangular, filled with
yellowish ground color; t. p. line strongly inwardly dentate on veins, connected with
discal spot anteriorly along vein R5, and with broadening of t. p. line at junction of base
of discal spot, in some specimens with small spot of ground color at origin of vein Ms;
subterminal area with nebulous yellowish band distal of t. p. line in upper portion of
wing, and with weakly defined s. t. line, shaded distally by ground color; fringe con-
colorous with wing, with blackish gray spots at ends of veins. Hind wings white, with
scattered brownish black scales; extradiscal line weakly indicated, extending straight across
wing; discal dot weakly represented in some specimens; fringe like that of forewings.
under surface of wings: Forewings pale grayish white, with maculation of upper sur-
face weakly indicated; hind wings white, with faint extradiscal line.
length of fore wing : 15 to 18 mm; holotype, 17.5 mm.
female: Similar to male, but with maculation tending to be slightly heavier.
length of forewing: 15 to 18 mm; allotype, 17 mm.
74
June, 1967]
Rindge: New Species of Nepytia
75
Figs. 1 and 2. Genitalia of Nepytia janetae, new species. Fig. 1. Female, allotype.
Fig. 2. Male, paratype from type locality.
male genitalia: Gnathos with sides very slender, median spinose enlargement triangular
in outline; valves with apex of costa protruding from end of valve, and with outer margin
of valvula rounded; furca angled to right side, short, not attaining posterior margin of
transtilla, broad, with inner margin straight and outer margin rounded; aedeagus with
ventrolateral, sclerotized, posteriorly and asymmetrically bidentate area, and with slender,
elongate, posterior, sclerotized process.
female genitalia: Sterigma very broad, posterior margin evenly rounded, and with
V-shaped anterior process ventrad of posterior one-half of short ductus bursae; corpus
bursae with narrow posterior neck and anteriorly rather short and globular, with stellate
signum.
types: Holotype, male, Bursum Camp, 18 miles east of Alma, Catron
County, New Mexico, elevation 9000 feet, July 9, 1961 (F., P., and J.
Rindge); genitalia mounted on slide no. F.H.R. 10,650. Allotype, female,
76
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
same data, July 15, 1961; genitalia mounted on slide no. F.H.R. 13,774.
Paratypes: same data as types, various dates between July 7-16, 1961, 26
males and 21 females; Pine Camp, 2 miles northeast of Cloudcroft, Otero
County, New Mexico, elevation 8000 feet, July 3-5, 1964 (F., P., and M.
Rindge), five males; Bear Trap Camp, 28 miles southwest of Magdalena,
Socorro County, New Mexico, elevation 8500 feet, July 1-11, 1965 (F., P.,
and M. Rindge), seven males and five females; Alpine, Apache County, Ari-
zona, June 18, 1936 (G. FI. and J. L. Sperry), one male.
All the type material is in the collection of the American Museum of Natural
History.
remarks: This species flies with its close ally, regulata , at all of the known
localities for janetae. The new species can be separated from regulata by its
yellowish vertex, the much longer antennal pectinations in the male, by the
paler wing color, and by the very large discal spot of each forewing being
filled in with yellowish ground color.
The genitalia of the new species are similar to those of regulata. The males
of janetae can be recognized by the distinctive gnathos, the apex of the costa
extending above the surface of the valve, and by the straighter and broader
furca. The females structures are characterized by the broader, semicircular
sterigma, and by the narrower posterior portion of the corpus bursae.
This species is named for Janet, my oldest daughter, who helped collect the
topotypical series.
Received for publication March 17, 1967
Further Records of New Jersey Aphids
(Homoptera: Aphididae)
Mortimer D. Leonard
Collaborator, Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Abstract: Listed are 93 aphids arranged alphabetically by genera and by species under
each genus. Detailed records of the localities, dates, food plants and collectors are given
for each species and a list of 101 food plants on which the aphids have been collected is
included. Of the aphids 20 species and of the food plants 26 have not previously been
recorded from New Jersey. At present 227 aphids on 267 plants are known to occur in
New Jersey.
This is a third paper on the distribution and food plants of New Jersey
aphids. The previous paper entitled “Additional records of New Jersey aphids”
was published in the Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 72: 79-101, 1964. It increased the
number of aphids known to occur in New Jersey to a total of 207 on 241 food
plants.
The present paper, based largely on collections made during the past three
years, 1963-1965, records 93 aphids on 101 plants of which 20 aphids and
26 plants were not in the previous papers. At present 227 aphids on 267 plants
are known to occur in New Jersey.
During visits to Haddon field I have continued to operate a yellow water-pan
or Moericke Trap (in text as MT) in the back yard garden at 217 Rhoads
Ave. Starting with 1963 I used the inverted top of an old ash can about 22
inches in diameter placed on a standard which raised it about two and one-half
feet above the ground. This pan was exposed continuously in 1963 from 23
July to 30 November during which period about 2500 winged aphids were
taken from it. Nearly 25% of this total was collected during November and
a little over 40% during October, both of which months were unusually mild.
Because of the difficulty of identifying so many free-flying aphids only a few
of the records of these are here included. It is hoped at some later time more
complete records from the yellow water-pan can be published.
LIST OF APHIDS*
Acyrthosiphon dirhodum (Wlk.) — see Metopolophium.
* A cyrtho siphon pelargonii (Kaltenbach ) , Geranium Aphid. Maywood
(Hoffman, Florist), 5 Aug. 1965, a general heavy infestation of all plants of
Salmon Irene geraniums ( Pelargonium sp.) on stock in a greenhouse which
is open in the summer (Conlon coll.)
Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris), Pea Aphid. In November, 1961, L. W.
* Names preceded by an asterisk (*) are in addition to those in the previous two papers.
77
78
New York Entomological Society
I V ol. LXXV
Coles of the Japanese Beetle Laboratory, USDA, Moorestown, wrote me about
the status of parasites of this aphid in New Jersey. This was omitted from
“Additional Records.” He says: “The parasites of the pea aphid in New
Jersey that we are familiar with are Aphidius pisivorus C. F. Smith and Praon
simulans Provancher. We have observed them in all areas of New Jersey
every season for the past six years. A. pisivorus is very common and very
effective we feel. Praon can be found commonly but not nearly so as A.
pisivorus.'1'
Also omitted from “Additional Records” were any notes on the pea aphid
although it is given in the Plant List under alfalfa and red clover. The data
is as follows: “The pea aphid caused less damage than usual [to alfalfa]. In
some areas of southern counties populations reached 200-300 per sweep during
May but, in general, populations were much lighter.” (Summary of Insect
Conditions — 1957 in New Jersey in CEIR 8(1): 6, Jan. 3, 1958.) “Was far
less damaging than usual.” (Summary of Insect Conditions — 1958 in New
Jersey in CEIR 9(7): 189-190, 1958.) New Brunswick, 16, 20 May and
Beemerville, 6 May 1960 on alfalfa (Wave coll.), Middlebush, 8 June 1960 on
red clover (Wave coll.).
Acyrthosiphon porosum (Sanderson), Yellow Rose Aphid. McGuire Air
Force Base, 3 alatae, 2 “pupae,” 2 mature and 3 immature apterae, collected
from the buds of cultivated rose in mid-May 1965 (Quinden coll.). Second
record for New Jersey.
* Acyrthosiphon sibericum (Mordvilko). Haddonfield, 2 Sept. 1965 on
Urtica sp. (MDL and DLW coll. — ATO det.).
Although this aphid is recorded as fairly common in the Rocky Mountain
Region it is known elsewhere in the USA only by one collection in N. Y.
and 2 in Pa.
Acyrthosiphon solani (Kaltenbach) (placed by some in Aulacorthum) , Fox-
glove Aphid. New Brunswick, 23 June 1960, 1 mature aptera on Taraxacum
officinale (Wave coll.). Omitted from the previous paper.
Anoecia corni Fabricius. Haddonfield, 16-30 Sept., 9 alatae; 1-15 Oct., 2
alatae; 16-31, 4 alatae; — 1963 and 1-5 Nov. 1965, 2 alatae — all in MT (MDL
coll.).
Anuraphis viburnicola (Gillette) — see Ceruraphis viburnicola (Gillette).
Aphis coreopsidis Thomas. Whitesbog, 13 July 1961 on Nyssa sylvatica
(Marucci coll.) .
Aphis crataegifoliae Fitch — see Brachycaudus crataegifoliae Fitch.
Aphis fabae Scopoli, Bean Aphid. Moorestown, 12 April 1963 on Euonymus
europaeus (EAR coll.); 21 May 1963 on rhubarb plants in a garden heavily
infested, with leaves curled and crinkled (HWA coll.); 5 Sept. 1963 on cult,
nasturtiums (EAR coll.). Bordentown, 24 May 1963, abundant on Philadel-
phus sp. (Webber coll.). Ridgewood, 10, 18 June 1963 a few on Arctium
June, 1967]
Leonard: New Jersey Apeiids
79
minus (MDL coll.). Columbus, 1 Oct. 1963, 20 alatae from Arctium sp. (LW
Coles coll.). Haddonfield, 27 Aug. 1963, scarce on nasturtiums (MDL coll.).
Dr. Allen’s heavily infested rhubarb made me realize that I had seldom seen
records of this aphid on rhubarb. A search reveals it appears there are not many
in the United States. The files of Survey and Detection Operations, Plant
Pest Control Div., USDA have only the following: USDA Yearbook for
1908, p. 570 “caused serious injury to rhubarb in New Jersey”; Manhattan,
Kans., 1 July 1948 taken on rhubarb (R. C. Smith coll. — LMR det.); “Serious
damage caused to rhubarb on Mar. 20, 1948 in Arcadia.” (Calif. Truck Crop
Emergency Survey); Palmer in Aphids of the Rocky Mt. Region states that it
occurs on rhubarb. For New York there are only two records: Lockport, 1959
and Orient, L.Id, 1962. Amherst, Mass., 6 June 1960 on rhubarb.
Aphis gossypii Glover, Cotton or Melon Aphid. Whitesbog (Pemberton),
13 July 1961, 3 alatae, 3 apterae on Leucothoe racemosa and 9 apterae on
Rhododendron ( Azalea ) viscosa (Married coll. — JOP det. with query).
In litt. from Marucci — “ A phis gossypii apparently can live on ericaceous
plants. On 1 Sept. 1947 we found it colonizing blueberries in our screen-house
at Pemberton. The aphids were being attended by ants. We used these aphids
to try to transmit blueberry stunt disease and they lived quite well on blue-
berries. USNM made the determination.” Moorestown, 15 May 1963, abun-
dant on shoots of rose-of-sharon (MDL coll, in EAR’s garden); 13 June
1963, several mature apterae and some younger ones on Sophora japonica
(EAR coll, in his garden); 21 May 1965, 9 alatae on Aguilegia longissima
(HWA coll.) — these may be “drifts” since this aphid has been recorded from
Aguilegia only by Hall in Egypt; 21 May 1965, 8 alatae on tips of several
shoots of Forsythia sp. (HWA coll.) — these may be “drifts” since this aphid
has been recorded from Forsythia only in Japan; 9 alatae on buds of peony
(HWA coll.) — probably “drifts” since aphids were stuck to the buds and pre-
sumably no aphid has been recorded from peony. Haddonfield, 15 May 1963
a very few apterae on Campsis radicans (MDS); 19-26 Sept. 1964, an occa-
sional leaf on two rose-of-sharon shrubs with a single alate, one of these near
several very small pale young (MDL); mid-May 1965, a very small immature
on a tender tip of rose-of-sharon (MDL & DLW coll.). Trenton, 2 Sept. 1964,
the “small form” heavy on leaves of Catalpa sp. (Stinson coll.). Princeton, 17
Aug. 1964, heavy infestation on small twigs of several 4-5 foot trees of Sophora
japonica (Stinson coll.).
*1 Aphis incognita Hottes & Frison. Pemberton, 1948, an alate on sticky
board trap in blueberry field (Marucci coll. — LMR det. as “near incognita''1) .
This species has been recorded from Utah, Colorado, and Illinois from Sym-
phoricarpos.
Aphis oestlundi Gillette. Mt. Laurel, 25 May 1963 on Oenothera sp. (HWA
80
New York Entomological Society
LVol. LXXV
coll.). Indian Mills, 26 May 1963 on Oenothera sp. (HWA coll.). Moorestown,
17 Oct. 1963 on O. biennis (T. L. Ladd coll.).
Aphis pomi DeGeer, Apple Aphid. Bordentown, 27 May 1963 on crabapple
(Weber coll.). Somerville, 19 June 1963 on flowering crab (Stinson coll.).
Bridgeton, 7 Aug. 1964 on Jap flowering quince (W. Junghans coll.). Moores-
town, 21 May 1965 on Jap flowering crab, heavily infested (HWA coll.).
Aphis pseudohederae Theobald, Ivy Aphid. Haddonfield, 1963 — none could
be found during the season on the English ivy at 217 Rhoads Ave., until about
Sept. 1 when three or four occurred on as many tender tips; on 31 Oct. 4
small colonies ( 1 or 2 alatae in each) on vines in another similar situation; 2
Dec. a few were found including several alatae from which several atypical
Lysephlebius testae eipes (Cresson), det. Muesebeck, were reared; on 25 Sept.
1964 a few, including 3 or 4 alatae, on the tender tips of the English ivy on
the house at 217 Rhoads Ave. (MDL); 6 Nov. 1965 a very small colony on
the same vines attended by the ant, det. D. R. Smith, as Prenolepis imparis
(Say). Ridgewood, 28 Oct. 1965, a fair sized colony on a tender shoot of an
English ivy vine on a tree trunk, attended by the ant, det. by D. R. Smith as
Prenolepis imparis (Say), (MDL).
Aphis rumicis Linnaeus, Dock Aphid. Rancocus, 13 May 1963, a heavy
infestation on Rumex ads pus (B Puttier coll.). Moorestown, 17 May 1963 on
R. crispus (EAR coll.). Deerfield, 20 May 1963 on R. crispus (Buck coll.).
Mt. Laurel, 25 May 1963 on R. crispus (HWA coll.).
Aphis spiraecola Patch, Spiraea Aphid. Whitesbog (Pemberton), 13 July
1961, alatae (possibly “drifts”) on Aronia atropurpurea (Marucci coll. — JOP
det.) and 5 apterae on Lyonia ( Pieris ) mariana (Marucci coll.— JOP det.).
Haddonfield, 1963 — several plantings of Spiraea sp. in a garden only slightly
infested throughout the season. Shiloh (Perkins-deWilde Nursery), 15 May
1963, many on Pyracantha coccinea var. lalandi (Pope coll.). Moorestown, 21
May 1965, terminal growth of Spiraea prunifolia and of Pyracantha sp. mod-
erately infested (HWA coll.).
Aulacorthum solani (Kalt.)- — see Acyrthosiphon solani (Kalt.).
Brachycaudus crataegijoliae (Fitch), formerly Aphis. Old Bridge (Helka
Bros.), 12 Aug. 1964, heavy on leaves of Crataegus sp. (Driver coll.).
Brevicoryne brassicae (Linnaeus), Cabbage Aphid. “Observed generally
throughout the State on cabbage, broccoli, and other cole crops (Ins.-Dis.
Newsltr. in CEIR 14(33): 941, 14 Aug. 1964).
Calaphis betulaecolens (Fitch) group. Cherry Hill and Haddonfield, 1963
cn Betula lenta (MDL coll. — Richards det.).
Calaphis betulella Walsh. Haddonfield, 1961, 1 alate in MT (Gladys Tester-
man coll.); 1-15 Aug. 1963, 3 alatae in MT; 16-22 May 1965, 6 alatae in
MT; 24 Aug. 2 Sept. 1965, 1 alate in MT (all MDL).
Calaphis castaneae (Fitch). Medford Lakes, 6 June 1965, 1 alate and
June, 1967]
Leonard: New Jersey Aphids
81
several small apterae, the latter whitish with antennae black, on chestnut
(HWA coll.).
Capitophorus elaeagni (Del Guercio), Oleaster Thistle Aphid. Haddonfield,
all 1961, alatae in MT — May 15-25, 3; 1-15 June, 3 and Oct. 4 (Gladys Tester-
man coll.) ; 26-30 May 1961, 3 (MDL coll.) ; 1963 — 1-15 Oct., 4, 16-31, 3, Nov.
1-15, 32, 16-30, 21, all males (MDL coll.); 1-15 Nov. 1965, 3 alatae in MT
(MDL coll.). Riverton, 14 Oct. 1963 on Elaeagnus umbellata (EAR coll.).
Capitophorus glandulosus (Kaltenbach) . Haddonfield, 1963 — The small
patches of mugwort reported on during the past several seasons were abun-
dantly infested on 26 June but were only very slightly infested during July
and early August and none could be found from then on. Nov. 15 one ovipara
containing a single egg was blown into the MT and on Nov. 17 several eggs
were found on the underside of several lower leaves. None could be found
during 1964 nor in 1965 although during this latter year almost all of the
mugwort had been pulled out of the garden.
Capitophorus hippophaes (Walker), Polygonum Aphid. Wycoff, 14 Oct.
1960, very abundant on a small patch of Polygonum caespitosum var. longi-
setum (det. E. C. Leonard, USNM), (MDL & DDL coll.). Moorestown, 1
Aug. 1962, 1 alate in MT (EAR coll.). Haddonfield, 14 Sept. 1963, scarce
on Polygonum caespitosum (det. Shetler), (MDL coll.); by daily collecting in
MT throughout Oct. and Nov. 1963 at least 100 alatae were obtained, all males
(MDL coll.); 29 Aug. and 2 Sept. 1965, scarce on a large patch of P. pennsyl-
vanicum (det. Shetler), (MDL & DLW coll.).
Capitophorus ribis (L.) — see Cryptomyzus ribis (L.).
Cepegillettea myricae Patch. Medford Lakes, 27 Oct. 1963, several plants of
Comptonia ( Myrica ) peregrina var. asplenifolia growing in a woods lightly
infested (G. G. Rohwer coll.).
Chaitophorus sp. Haddonfield, 16-31 Nov. 1963, 1 alate in MT (MDL coll.
—ANT det.).
Chaitophorus populicola Thomas, Cloudy-winged Cottonwood Leaf Aphid.
Haddonfield, 1-15 June 1961, 1 alate in MT (Gladys Testerman coll.). Pitts-
grove, 11 Sept. 1963, heavily infested, scattered small aspens, Populus grandi-
dentata (C. W. Holsworth, Senior Forester, Parvin State Park coll.). Medford
Lakes, 3 June 1965, 1 “stray” alate on laurel (Quinden coll.).
Chaitophorus viminicola Hille Ris Lambers. Indian Mills, 20 May 1963 on
Salix sp. (HWA coll. — MacGillivray det.). Recorded elsewhere only from Iowa,
Illinois, and Pennsylvania.
*Chromaphis jugandicola (Kaltenbach), Walnut Aphid. Moorestown, 28
Aug. 1965, fairly common on a large English walnut (MDL & EAR coll.).
Cryptomyzus ribis (Linnaeus), (formerly in Capitophorus) . Currant aphid.
Moorestown, 26 May 1963 on currant (HWA coll.).
Dactynotus spp. The following collections were examined by Dr. Olive
82
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
who was unable to determine them specifically; Ridgewood, July 1963 on
Rudbeckia hirta (DDL coll.). Haddonfield, 1, 16 Oct. 1963 on Aster simplex
(Shetler det.), (MDL coll.); 1-15 Sept. 1963 in MT (MDL coll.); a number
of alatae from mid-Sept. to mid-Oct. 1963 in MT (MDL coll.). Moorestown,
26 Aug. 1963 on Rudbeckia sp. and many specimens on Rudbeckia sp., 30
June 1965 on Solid a go sp. (HWA coll.).
Dactynotus ( Dactynotus ) ambrosiae (Thomas), Brown Ambrosia Aphid.
Haddonfield, 20 Sept. 1963 and Ridgewood, 24 Oct. 1963 on Ambrosia trifida
(MDL coll.— ATO det.).
Dactynotus ( Lambersius ) anomalae (Hottes & Frison). The small patch
of hardy purple asters in the garden at 217 Rhoads Ave., Haddonfield was
moderately infested several times during the 1963 season but most of the
colonies dried up. Predators were often present but no parasites were observed.
The last collection was made 18-22 Oct. and soon after the plants were mostly
dead. No aphids were observed on these plants in 1964 and fairly early in
1965 all the plants were dug out.
Dactynotus ( Dactynotus ) chrysanthemi (Oestlund). Medford, 11 Sept.
1963 on Bidens coronata var. trichosperma (EAR coll.).
* Dactynotus ( Uromelan ) eupatorijoliae Tissot. Haddonfield, 27, 30 Sept.
1963, fairly common on a small patch of Eupatorium rugosum (Shetler det.),
(MDL coll.— ATO det.).
* Dactynotus ( Lambersius ) gravicornis (Patch). Haddonfield, 27, 30 Sept.
1963 on Solidago rugosa (MDL coll.— ATO det.).
* Dactynotus ( Dactynotus ) leonardi Olive. Ridgewood, July 1963 on Rud-
beckia hirta (paratypes) and Aug. 1964 on R. hirta (DDL coll. — ATO det.).
Dactynotus ( Dactynotus ) sonchellus (Monell). Indian Mills, 26 May 1963
on Lactuca sp. (HWA coll. — ATO det.).
* Dactynotus ( Uromelan ) taraxaci (Kaltenbach), Dark Dandelion Aphid.
Cherry Hill, 5 Nov. 1963, a number of dandelion plants, on leaves and some
of the stems, heavily infested with apterae in a back yard lawn and on Nov. 11
many more found, including two alates (DLW coll. — ATO det.).
Dactynotus ( Lambersius ) tissoti (Boudreaux). Haddonfield, 27, 30 Sept,
and 15 Oct. 1963 on Solidago rugosa (Shetler det.), (MDL coll. — ATO det.).
Dactynotus ( Uromelan ) tuataiae Olive — Correction to records in “Addi-
tional Records” — the data for this species should read as follows: Medford
Lakes, 2 Aug. 1962 (G. G. Rohwer coll.) and Moorestown 1 Aug. 1962 (HWA
coll.), both on Ambrosia art emisii folia.
Drepanaphis sp. Haddonfield, 16-31 Oct. 1963, 26 males in MT (MDL coll.
— CFS det. who writes “I cannot identify these at the present time.”).
Drepanaphis acerifolii Thomas, Painted Maple Aphid. Haddonfield, 15
Sept. 1963 on Acer rubrum var. trilobum (MDL coll. — CFS det.); 25 Sept.
1963 a large trilobum maple very heavily infested (MDL coll. — CFS det.); 4
June, 1967]
Leonard: New Jersey Aphids
83
Oct. many males, oviparae, nymphs and 16 Oct. 1963 males and oviparae on
trilobum maple; in MT, 1963 — Aug., 1 alate, 1-15 Sept., 1 alate, 15-30 Sept.,
5 alatae, 16-31 Oct., 26 alatae. Cherry Hill, 30 Sept. 1963 apterae on a trilobum
maple (MDL & DLW coll.— CFS coll.).
*Drepanaphis carolinensis Smith. Haddonfield, 15 Sept. 1963, 1 alate on
trilobum maple (MDL coll. — CFS det . ) ; 16-30 Sept. 1963, 4 alatae in MT
(MDS coll.— CFS det.).
Dr e panaphis parvus Smith. Haddonfield, 16-31 Oct., 1963, 2 alatae in MT
(MDL coll. — CFS det.). Second record for New Jersey.
*Drepanaphis simpsoni Smith. Haddonfield, 16-31 Oct., 2 alatae in MT
(MDL coll.— CFS det.).
Eriosoma crataegi Oestlund. Princeton Nurseries, Allentown Farm, 3 Aug.
1964 on Crataegus mollis (Stinson coll.). Dunellen, 18 Aug. 1964, heavy in-
festation on Crataegus sp. (Stinson coll.).
* Euceraphis lineata Baker. Ridgewood, 29 Oct. 1962 at Duck Pond, oviparae
on Betula alba (MDL & DDL coll. — Richards det.).
*Eulachnus rileyi (Williams). Haddonfield, 1963 in MT — 1-15 Oct., 1
alate, 2 Oct., 15 alatae, 3-15 Oct., 1 alate (MDL coll. — ANT det.).
*Georgiaphis ulmi (Wilson). Bound Brook, 31 May 1963 on leaves and bark
of Ulmus sp. (Weber coll. — CFS det.).
Hamamelistes spinosus Shimer, Spiny Bud-gall of Witchhazel. Terns River,
H. B. Scammell & Son, 10 June 1964 in corrugated leaves of white birch (Pope
coll.).
Lachnus salignus (Gmelin), Giant willow Aphid. Freehold, 5 Aug. 1963 on
Salix sp. (Pope coll.).
*Macrosiphonieila millejolii (deGeer). Indian Mills, 26 May 1963, several
on Achillea millefolium (HWA coll.).
Macro si phoniella sanborni (Gillette), Chrysanthemum Aphid. Haddonfield,
1963 — a small patch of chrysanthemums in a garden was uninfested until
about mid-Oct. when some colonies began to appear. Moorestown, 21 May
1965, “hardy'’ mums lightly infested (HWA coll.).
Macrosiphum spp. Haddonfield, 21 Oct. 1963 on Mentha spicata (MDL
coll. — ATO det.); alatae in MT — 1-15, 16-30 Sept, and 1-15 Oct. 1963 (MDL
coll. — ATO det.); a number of specimens were collected.
Macrosiphum dirhodum (Wlk.) — see Metopolophium dirhodum (Wlk.).
Macrosiphum euphorbiae (Thomas), Potato Aphid. Cherry Hill, 6 May
1962, 1 alate, several young on Euonymus europaeus (DLW coll.). Moores-
town, 2 Aug. 1962 on tomato in a garden (HWA coll.); 21 May 1965, a single
mature aptera among many Aphis fabae on rhubarb (HWA coll.). Medford
Lakes, 28 May 1963, heavy infestation on cult, roses (G. G. Rohwer coll.).
Medford, 31 May 1963 and 17 June 1964, light on tomato (Quinden coll.).
Mt. Laurel, 25 May and Indian Mills, 26 May 1963 on Apocynum cannabinum
84
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
(HWA coll.). Linwood, 29 April 1963 light on Tulipa sp. and Shiloh, 15 May
1963, heavy on cult, roses (Buck coll.). Haddonfield, 16-31 Aug., 1 alate and
1-15 Nov., 6 alatae 1963 in MT (MDL coll. — ATO det. ) ; 9-22 May 1965,
many alatae in MT (MDL coll. — JOP det.). McGuire Air Force Base, mid-
May 1965, several apterae on cult, rose (Quinden coll.).
POTATO APPIID ( Macrosiphum euphorbiae ) — NEW JERSEY — Survey at
25 sites in Cumberland, Salem, Gloucester, Burlington, Mercer, Monmouth, and
Middlesex counties revealed smaller number of eggs than in 1964; however,
percentage of viable eggs higher. Counts higher in Mercer, Monmouth, and
Cumberland counties. Table below gives total number of eggs found and per-
centage which were viable at time of survey, for last 9 years. (Ins.-Dis.
Newsltr.). (CEIR 15( 19): 447, 1965).
Comparison of Total Number of Eggs and Percentage of Viable Eggs
Year
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
Total No. Eggs
427
226
1522
178
713
411
745
1192
774
Percent Viable
65.6
53.1
54.7
74.7
25.2
74.2
78.3
45.6
73.6
Note: It should be pointed out that the egg surveys are made on plants of the
swamp rose (Rosa palustris).
Macrosiphum liriodendri Monell, Tuliptree Aphid. The following collections
were inadvertently omitted from “Additional Records”: Montclair, 27 May
1954 (Bartlett Tree Research Laboratories). New Brunswick, 10, 26 June
1962 (Wave coll. — CFS det.). Moorestown, 19 July 1962 (HWA coll.) and
29 July 1962 (det. W. Jones coll.). Oldwick, 8 Aug. 1960 (Wave coll.). West-
mont, 28 June 1962 (J. J. Earley of PPCD, USDA coll.).
The following collections were made 1963-1965, all on tuliptree unless other-
wise specified: Waterford, 26 May 1963, immatures on Magnolia virginiana
(HWA coll.— ATO det.). Summit, 22 June 1963, common on a very large
tree (MDL coll.). Moorestown, scarce, 31 July 1963 (EAR coll.) and 21 May
1965 (HWA coll.). Haddonfield, 24, 31 July, 19 Aug., 13 Sept., and 27 Aug.
1965, a small street shade tree lightly infested when examined on each of these
dates (MDL & DLW coll.), Medford Lakes, 6 June 1965, about 35 apterae
of various sizes on Magnolia virginiana (HWA coll.).
Macrosiphum rosae (Linnaeus), Rose Aphid. Haddonfield, no aphids could
be found on roses at 217 Rhoads Ave., except a few in mid-May, until late
Sept. 1963 when the tender shoots on one large bush became heavily infested;
several alatae in MT, 16-30 Sept. 1963 (MDL coll. — ATO det.); during May,
Aug., and in late Dec. 1965 no aphids could be found. Moorestown, 27 Dec.
1965 EAR collected 3 mature apterae and several young on a rose cutting
which had been taken indoors — the weather had been unseasonably mild.
'l'Masonaphis sp. Cooper Creek, Haddonfield, 2 Sept. 1965 alatae on
Boehmeria cylindrica (MDL & DLW coll. — MacGillivray det. who states “I
cannot place these in any species known to me.”).
June, 1967]
Leonard: New Jersey Aphids
85
Masonaphis ( Ericobium ) azaleae (Mason). Philip E. Marucci, Cranberry
and Blueberry Research Laboratory, N. J. Ag. Exp. Sta., New Lisbon wrote
me on 8 Oct. 1965 that Leon Coles’ statement in my “Additional Records” in
regard to light parasitism by Aphelinus sp. needs correction. Marucci says
“ Aphelinus is a very effective parasite of M. azaleae in the field. Last year
the ratio of mummified aphids to live aphids was 50 to 1 and this year it is
about 71 to 1.” Ben Puttier writes me, 11 Jan. 1966 that it was he who
originally identified this parasite as undoubtedly Aphelinus semijlavus How.
but that no specimens were preserved. A hyperparasite reared from this aphid
from Lebanon State Forest by Marucci was determined by Paul M. Marsh,
USNM, as Logocerus niger (How.). It has been recorded as parasitizing a
species of Aphidius.
Melanocallis caryaejoliae (Davis), Black Pecan Aphid. (Richards, Mem.
Ent. Soc. Can. 44: 102, 1965 places this in Tinocallis) . Moorestown, 1 Aug.
1962, 2 alatae in MT (EAR coll.).
*Metopolophium dirhodum (Walker), Rose Grass Aphid. (Has also been
placed in Acyrthosiphon and Macrosiphum) . Ridgewood, 28 Oct. (MDL coll.)
and Summit (MDL & DDL coll.), 29 Oct. 1965, rose bushes in the garden
had a number of leaves, each bearing on the underside a single (occasionally
two) alate, each with a number of newly born young nearby. This is the first
time these fall migrants have been noticed on roses in New Jersey (MacGilli-
vray det.).
Monellia caryae (Monell), American Walnut Aphid. (Richards, Mem. Ent.
Soc. Can. 44: 99, 1965, places this in Monelliopsis) . Ft. Lee, 2 July 1909 on
Juglans nigra (Gillette in Jour. Econ. Ent. 3(4): 367, 1910). Moorestown,
19 July, 1 Aug. 1962, 10 alatae in MT (EAR coll. — Bissell det.). Haddonfield,
29 Aug. 1965, fairly common on several large black walnut trees (MDL &
DLW coll. — Bissell det.).
Monellia caryaella Fitch. Moorestown, 23 May 1962, very scarce on large
Juglans nigra (MDL & EAR coll. — Richards det.).
Monellia costalis (Fitch), Black-margined Aphid. Haddonfield, 30 May 1947
on Carya sp. (MDL coll. — Bissell det.); 1-15 Sept. 1963, 1 alate in MT (MDL
coll. — Richards det.).
Monellia nigropunctata Granovsky. Haddonfield, 30 May 1947 on Carya sp.
(MDL coll. — Bissell det.).
Myzocallis alhamhra Davidson, Western Dusky-winged Oak Aphid. (Rich-
ards, Mem. Ent. Soc. Can. 44: 57, 1965 considers this as merely a melanistic
form of M. punctata (Monell). (This species was in the Plant List but not
in the Aphid List of “Additional Records”). Haddonfield, 30 May 1947,
“drift” alatae on chestnut (MDL coll.); 23-31 July, 1 alate, 16-31 Aug., 6
alatae and 1-5 Sept., 6 alatae — all 1963 in MT (MDL coll.). New Brunswick,
15 July 1960, a “drift” alate on Ulmus americana (Wave coll.). Moorestown,
1 Aug. 1962, 1 alate in MT (EAR coll.) and 26 Aug. 1965, 1 alate in MT
86
New York Entomological Society
I V ol. LXXV
(EAR coll.). Ridgewood, 18-22 June 1963, 1 alate in MT (MDL coll.). Sum-
mit, 22 June 1963 on Quercus rubra (MDL & DDL coll.).
Myzocallis bella (Walsh), Haddonfield, Aug. 1963, 3 alatae in MT (MDL
coll. — ANT det.).
* Myzocallis exultans Boudreaux & Tissot. Haddonfield, 15-17 Sept. 1963,
l alate mixed in with several M. jrisoni B & T on a small pin oak street tree
(MDL coll. — ANT det.); Aug. 1963, 3 alatae in MT (MDL coll. — ANT det.).
Medford Lakes, 3 June 1964, 1 “stray” alate on laurel (Quinden coll.).
* Myzocallis jrisoni Boudreaux & Tissot. Haddonfield, 15, 27 Sept. 1963,
alatae, nymphs, 3 oviparae from several small moderately infested pin oaks
(MDL coll. — ANT det.); 16-31 Aug., 4 alatae and 1-15 Sept. 1963, 4
alatae and 2 alatae, 24 Aug.-2 Sept. 1965 in AIT (MDL coll. — ANT det.);
25-28 Aug. 1965 several large colonies on a pin oak (MDL coll.).
Myzocallis melanocera Boudreaux & Tissot. Haddonfield, Aug. 1963, 2
alatae in MT (AIDL coll. — ANT det.).
Myzocallis multisetis Boudreaux & Tissot. Haddonfield, 1-15 1963, 2 alatae
in MT (MDL coll.— ANT det.).
Myzocallis punctata (Monell), Clear-winged Oak Aphid. Haddonfield, 16-
30 Sept. 1963, 1 alate in MT (MDL coll.).
Myzocallis tiliae (Linnaeus), Linden Aphid. Haddonfield, 16-31 Aug., 1
alate, 1-15 Sept., 2 alatae, and 1-15 Nov., 1 alate 1963 all in MT (MDL
coll.). Aloorestown, 28 Aug. 1965 scarce in a T ilia europaea (MDL & EAR
coll. ) .
Myzocallis ulmifolii (Monell), Elm Leaf Aphid, (Richards, Mem. Ent. Soc.
Can. 44: 104, 1965 places this in Tinocallis) . Princeton, 22 Sept. 1965 common
on Ulmus sp. (Weber coll.).
Myzocallis walshii (Monell). Cherry Hill, 30 Sept. 1963, a few leaves of a
large Quercus velutina lightly infested, alatae and nymphs present (MDL &
DLW coll. — ANT det.). Haddonfield, Aug. 1963, 2 alatae and 16-31 Oct.
1963, 2 alatae in AIT (MDL coll. — ANT det.).
Myzus cerasi (Fabricius), Black Cherry Aphid. Helmetta, 5 Aug. 1964,
light on leaves of Kwanzan cherry, Prunus sp. (Driver coll.). Moorestown, 21
Alay 1965, a cult, sour cherry, Prunus cerasus , lightly infested (HWA coll.).
*Myzus dianthi Schrank, Carnation Aphid. In my “Additional Records”
Myzus polaris Hille Ris Lambers is recorded from Weston, 5 April 1946 on
carnation (F. S. Smith coll., 1 slide in USNM). It has since been found that
this is the carnation aphid.
This aphid and/or Myzus persicae presumably occurs on carnations in New
Jersey but no collections (other than the above) have been made to substan-
tiate the presence of either. However, on 31 Dec. 1965 I visited a florist in
Barrington who had a large glass house of carnations. Unfortunately time did
not permit me to examine any of the plants but I was told by the production
June, 1967]
Leonard: New Jersey Aphids
87
foreman that small infestations of a small greenish aphid occasionally appeared
but were readily held in check by timely applications of an insecticide.
Myzus persicae (Sulzer), Green Peach Aphid. Moorestown, 19 Sept. 1962,
many on Cleome spinosa (MDL & EAR coll.); omitted from “Additional Rec-
ords.” Linwood, 4 June 1963, a heavy infestation on Anthurium sp. (Sohl
coll.). Mrs. Sohl writes that “the tips and flower stems of the new growth of
many plants growing in a greenhouse were heavily infested and that the leaves
and flowers were affected by slight crinkling and/or gnarling.” I can find no
previous record of any aphid on this plant. Haddonfield, 1963, alatae in MT;
23-31 July, 2; 1-15 Aug., 5; 16-31 Aug., 1; 1-15 Sept., 7; 16-30 Sept., 1;
1-15 Oct., 3; (MDL coll.); 24 Aug.-2 Sept. 1965, 25 alatae in MT (MDL
coll.).
New Jersey — “Heavy flight noted throughout State during past week. Con-
trol recommended for peppers and tomatoes.” (Ins.-Dis. Newsltr. in CEIR
15(32): 897, 6 Aug. 1965). New Jersey — “Increasingly important on broccoli
in southern area; controls recommended.” (Ins.-Dis. Newsltr. in CEIR 15(34):
968, 20 Aug. 1965).
Ridgewood, 27 Oct. 1965, the buds and stems moderately infested in a large
house of ’mums (Schweinfurth’s Florists), (MDL & DDL coll.). Barrington,
31 Dec. 1965, a large greenhouse of ’mums very lightly infested. The propaga-
tion foreman told me that occasional spraying readily held the aphids in check.
Summit, 30 Oct. 1965, a very few apterae on an indoor plant of Jerusalem
cherry (MDL coll.).
P. E. Marucci wrote me on 8 Oct. 1965 “I am sure Myzus persicae often
invades strawberries. Last year a very heavy infestation of peppers overflowed
into adjacent strawberries and the population was so high that the grower
found it necessary to spray for them.”
On 20 May 1965 E. A. Richmond found a number of plants of Duranta
repens moderately infested in the Mall, a large enclosed shopping center at
Cherry Hill. The writer and Dr. Richmond examined these plants together
on 28 Aug. At this time no aphids could be found but the leaves were rather
heavily infested with a whitefly. I find only one previous record of the oc-
currence in the USA of this aphid on this plant. In 1900 Gillette and Taylor
published Colorado Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 133 entitled “A few orchard plant
lice.” In the discussion of Myzus persicae a list of plants is given on which this
aphid had been found establishing colonies in the greenhouses (presumably at
Ft. Collins). One of the plants listed is Duranta plumieri (now re pens). It
has been reported elsewhere from Egypt and Israel.
N eoceruraphis viburnicola (Gillette), (formerly in Anuraphis) , Snowball
Aphid. Haddonfield, 13 Nov. 1963, 1 viviparous alate and several oviparae on
a large Viburnum opulus (MDL coll.). Moorestown, 21 May 1965, a Viburnum
sp. heavily infested with heavily parasitized aphids (HWA coll.); many para-
88
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
sites emerged within the next four days in a covered box and were identified
by Paul Marsh, USNM as Lysephlebius testaceipes (Cresson).
N eoprociphilus aceris (Monell). Chatham, 21 May 1963 on sugar maple,
woolly aphids (Weber coll.).
Ovatus crataegarius (Walker), Mint Aphid. Medford, 28 July 1963, 34-40
apterae; 18 May 1965, 3 alatae, several “pupae” and apterae; 6 June 1965,
several alatae and apterae, 4 of the latter obviously parasitized; a small dip-
terous larvae also present — all on mint and coll, by Quinden.
Periphyllus calif or niensis Shinji. Haddonfield, 9-15 May 1965, 540 alatae
in MT most of which came to the yellow pan in the first 4 days. The total
number of aphids in the pan during the week was 1336 of which this aphid
constituted about 40%. 16-22 May 1965, 15 alatae of this aphid in the MT
out of a total of 647 aphids. This species was described from California and
has been recorded elsewhere from Washington and Pennsylvania and once
before, with a query, in New Jersey. It is recorded as feeding on Japanese
maple.
Periphyllus negundinis Thomas, Boxelder Aphid. Moorestown, 24 Sept.
1963, scarce on a large boxelder (MDL & HWA coll.); 21 May 1965, a box-
elder heavily infested and leaves sticky with honeydew (HWA coll.).
Phyllaphis fagi (Linnaeus). Bound Brook, 31 May 1963 on beech (Weber
coll. — CFS det.). Haddonfield 1963 — the copper beech at 213 Rhoads Ave.
only very slightly infested when first observed on 28 June and continued so
until into Oct. at which time somewhat more were present and 9 alatae were
obtained; 1965 — in mid-May this tree was heavily infested and sticky with
honeydew; alatae scarce on leaves but infested leaves placed in a closed box
soon produced many alatae.
Rhopalosiphum maidis (Fitch), Corn Leaf Aphid. Bridgeton, 30 July 1963,
a heavy infestation on the stalks of corn (Sohl coll.).
Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae (Linnaeus), Waterlily Aphid. Saddle River, 17
June 1965, a heavy infestation on pond lilies in a greenhouse (Wm. Tricker,
Inc.), (Condon coll.), Chatsworth, 26 Sept. 1965 on Nuphar advena , a num-
ber of plants considerably infested (HWA coll.).
Rhopalosiphum serotinae Oestlund. Waterford, 26 May 1963 on Solidago
sp., 17 apterae (HWA coll.).
*Schizolachnus piniradiatae (Fabricius). Boonton, 22 July 1964 on Pinus
resinosa (Kegg coll.).
*Therioaphis maculata (Buckton), Spotted Alfalfa Aphid. In regard to the
first find of this aphid in New Jersey L. Donald DeBlois, Entomologist, Divi-
sion of Plant Industry, N. J. Dept. Agr. wrote me on May 6, 1965 as follows:
“The collections were made in the course of a survey for this insect during
the fall of 1964 in 95 alfalfa fields throughout New Jersey. Rough sorting of
the collections was done here and final identifications were made by Louise
June, 1967
Leonard: New Jersey Aphids
S9
Russell. The spotted alfalfa aphid collections were made by one of our in-
spectors, G. Robert Glass. One alate and one apterous viviparous female was
taken in Greenwich in Cumberland County on September 24, 1964. We will
be making extensive surveys throughout the State to determine the extent of
the infestation.’’
1965 — Cape May County: Woodbine 29 Nov., 7 apterae. Cumberland
County: Canton 23 Sept., 100 apterae; Greenwich 11 apterous viviparae, 1
ovipara; Jones Island 17 Nov., 4 apterae; Rhoadstown 23 Sept., 9 apterae;
Shiloh 23 Nov., 5 apterae. Gloucester County: Jefferson 10 Dec., 1 aptera;
Mullica Hill 23 Nov., 1 aptera; Pitman 23 Nov., 1 aptera. Salem County:
Alloway 21 Sept., 1 aptera; Centerton 20 Sept., 4 apterae; Elmer 20 Sept., 10
apterae; Hancock’s Bridge 23 Sept., 8 apterae. All collections were made on
alfalfa by G. R. Glass and submitted by L. D. DeBlois both of the N. J. Dept.
Agr. Trenton, N. J. Determinations by Louise M. Russell, Ent. Res., USDA,
Washington, D. C.
( Therioaphis trifolii (Monell), Yellow Clover Aphid. Ben Puttier wrote me
on 11 Jan. 1966 that he has taken Aphelinus semiflavus Howard from this
aphid in New Jersey.)
FOOD PLANT LIST*
Acer negundo (Boxelder)
Periphyllus negundinis
Acer rubrum var. trilobum
Dr e panaphis acerifolii
Dr e panaphis car olinensis
Acer saccharum (Sugar or Hard Maple)
Drepanaphis acerifolii
N eoprociphilus aceris
* Achillea millefolium (Common Yarrow)
Macro sip honiella millefolii
Alfalfa — see Medicago
Ambrosia trifida (Giant Ragweed)
Dactynotus ambrosiae
* Anthurium sp.
Myzus persicae
Apocynum cannabinum (Dogbane)
Macro sip hum euphorbiae
*Aquilegia longissima (Longspur Colum-
bine)
Aphis gossypii
Arctium sp. (Burdock)
Aphis fabae
Arctium minus (Common Burdock)
Aphis fabae
*Aronia atro purpurea
Aphis spiraecola
Artemisia vulgaris (Mugwort)
Capitopho ru s gland ulo sus
Aspen — see Poplus grandidentata
Aster novae-angliae (New England or
Hardy Purple Aster)
Dactynotus anomalae
■'-Aster simplex
Dactynotus sp.
* Azalea viscosa (Swamp Azalea)
? Aphis gossypii
Beech — see Fagus
Betula alba (European White Birch)
Eucer aphis lineata
Hamamelistes spinosa
Betula lenta (Black Birch)
C ala phis betulaecolens group
*Bidens coronata var. trichosperma
Dactynotus chrysanthemi
Birch — see Betula
Blackcved Susan— -see Rudbeckia hirta
Blueberry — see V accinium corymbosum
*Boehmeria cylindrica
Masonaphis sp.
Boxelder — see Acer negundo
Brassica oleracea var. botrytis (Broccoli)
Brevicoryne brassicae
* Plants marked with an asterisk (*) are additions to the two previous lists.
90
New York Entomological Society
[ Vol. LXXV
Myzus pevsicae
Brassica oleracea var. capitata (Cabbage)
Brevicoryne brassicae
Broccoli — see Brassica oleracea var. botry-
tis
Burdock — see Arctium
Cabbage — see Brassica oleracea var. capi-
tata
Camp sis ( Tecoma ) radicans (Trumpet
Creeper)
Aphis gossypii
Capsicum jrutescens (Redpepper)
Myzus persicae
Carnation — see Dianthus
Cary a sp. (Hickory)
Monellia costalis
Monellia nigro punctata
Castanea dentata (American Chestnut)
Calaphis castaneae
Catalpa sp.
A phis gossypii
C haenomeles sp. (Flowering Quince)
Aphis pomi
Cherry, Sour — see Prunus cerasus
Chestnut — see Castanea
Chinese Scholar Tree— see Soph ora japo-
nic a
Chrysanthemum sp.
Macro si phoniella sanborni
Myzus persicae
Cleome spinosa
Myzus persicae
Columbine — Aquilegia
C omptonia ( Myrica ) peregrina var. aspleni-
folia (Sweetfern)
Cepegillettea myricae
Corn — see Zea
Cowlily — see Nuphar advena
Crab, Flowering — Mains sp.
Crataegus sp. (Hawthorn)
Brachycaudus crataegif oliae
Eriosoma crataegi
* Crataegus mollis
Eriosoma crataegi
Currant — see Ribes
Dandelion — see Taraxacum
Dianthus caryophyllus (Carnation)
Myzus diant hi
Dock, Curled — see Rum ex c.rispus
Dogbane — see A pocynum
* Durant a repens (Golden Dewdrop)
Myzus persicae
Elaeagnus umbellata
Capitophorus elaeagni
Elm — see Ulmus
English Ivy — Hedera
Euonymus europaeus (European Spindle-
tree)
A phis jabae
M aero si ph u m euphorbiae
*Eupatorium rugosum (White Snakeroot)
Dactynotus eupatorif oliae
Evening Primrose — see Oenothera
Fagus sp. ( Beech)
Phyllaphis jagi
Fagus sylvatica var. purpurea (Copper or
Purple Beech)
Phyllaphis jagi
Firethorn — see Pyracantha
Quince, Flowering — see Chaenomeles
*F orsythia sp.
Aphis gossypii
Fragaria sp. (Strawberry)
Myzus persicae
Geranium — see Pelargonium
Golden Dewdrop — see Duranta
Goldenrod — see Solidago
Hawthorn — see Crataegus
Hedera helix (English Ivy)
Aphis pseudohederae
*H elianthus annuus (Common Sunflower)
Aphis helianthi
Hibiscus syriacus (Rose-of-Sharon)
Aphis gossypii
Hickory — see Carya
Ipomoea batatas (Sweet Potato)
Myzus persicae
Jerusalem Cherry— see Solanum pseudo-
capsicum
Juglans nigra (Black Walnut)
Monellia caryae
Monellia caryaella
* Juglans regia (English or Persian Walnut)
C hromaphis juglandicola
Lactuca sp. (Lettuce)
Dactynotus sonchellus
Lettuce— see Lactuca
*Leucothoe racemosa
Aphis gossipyi
Linden — see Tilia
Liriodendron tulipifera (Tuliptree)
Macro sip h um lirio den dri
June, 1967 I
Leonard: New Jersey Aphids
91
Ly coper sicon esculentum (Tomato)
Macro si phu m euphorbiae
Myzus persicae
Lyonia ( Pieris ) mariana (Stagger bush)
Aphis spiraecola
* Magnolia virginiana (Sweetbay)
Macrosiphum liriodendri
Mains sp. (Flowering Crab)
Aphis pomi
Maple, Hard or Sugar — see Acer saccharum
Medicago sativa (Alfalfa)
Acyrthosiphon pisum
Therioaphis maculata
Mentha sp. (Mint)
Ovatus crataegarius
Mentha spicata (Spearmint)
Macrosiphum sp.
Mint — see Mentha
Mockorange — see Philadelphus
Mugwort — see Artemisia vulgaris
Nasturtium — see Tropaeolum
*Nuphar advena (Cowlily)
Rhopalosiphum nymphaeae
Nyssa sylvatica (Tupelo)
Aphis coreopsidis
Oak — see Quercus
Oenothera sp. (Evening Primrose)
Aphis oestlundi
Oenothera biennis (Common Evening Prim-
rose)
Aphis oestlundi
* Pelargonium sp. (Geranium)
Acyrthosiphon pelargonii
Peonia sp.
Aphis gossypii
* Philadelphus sp. (Mockorange)
Aphis jabae
Pine — see Pinus
Pinkweed — see Polyonum pennsylvanicum
* Pinus resinosa (Red Pine)
Schizolachnus piniradiatae
* Polygonum cae spit o sum
Capit op horns hippo phaes
* Polygonum caespitosum var. longisetum
Capit ophorus hippo phaes
Polygonum pennsylvanicum (Pinkweed)
Capit ophorus hippo phaes
Populus grandidentata (Aspen)
Chait ophorus populicola
Primus sp. (Kwanzan Cherry)
Myzus cerasi
Primus cerasus (Sour Cherry)
Myzus cerasi
Pyracantha sp. (Firethorn)
Aphis spiraecola
Pyracantha coccinea var. lalandi (Laland
Firethorn)
Aphis spiraecola
Quercus palustris (Pin Oak)
Myzocallis exult ans
Myzocallis jrisoni
Quercus rubra (Red Oak)
Myzocallis alhambra
Quercus velutina (Black Oak)
Myzocallis walshii
Ragweed — see Ambrosia
Red Clover — see Trifolium pratense
Redpepper — see Capsicum
Rheum rhaponticum (Rhubarb)
Aphis fabae
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Rhubarb — see Rheum
Ribes sp. (Currant)
Cry ptomyzus ribis
Rosa sp. (Rose)
Acyrthosiphon porosum
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Macrosiphum rosae
M eto polo p hiu m dir hod u m
Rosa palustris (Swamp Rose)
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Rose of Sharon — see Hibiscus
Rudbeckia ( serotina ) hirta (Blackeyed
Susan)
Dactynotus sp.
Dac.tynotus leonardi
Rumex crispus (Curled Dock)
Aphis rumicis
Salix sp. (Willow)
? Chait ophor us viminicola
Lachnus salignus
Snakeroot — see Eupatorium rugosum
■'-Solanum pseudocapsicum (Jerusalem
Cherry)
Myzus persicae
Solidago sp. (Goldenrod)
Dactynotus sp.
Rhopalosiphum serotinae
Solidago rugosa
Dactynotus gravicornis
Dactynotus tissoti
*Sophora japonica (Chinese Scholar Tree)
92
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXV
Aphis gossypii
Spiderf lower — see Cleome
Spindle Tree, European — see Euonymus
Spiraea sp.
A phis spiraecola
* Spiraea prunifolia (Bridalwreath Spiraea)
Aphis spiraecola
Staggerbush — see Lyonia
Strawberry — see Fragaria
Sunflower — see Helianthus
Sweetbay — see Magnolia virginiana
Sweetfern — see Comptonia
Sweetpotato — see Ipomoea
Taraxacum officinalis (Common Dandelion)
Acyrt h o sip h o n sola n i
Dactynotus taraxaci
* Tilia europaea (European Linden)
Myzocallis tiliae
Tomato — see Ly coper sic on
Trifolium pratense (Red Clover)
Acyrt hosiphon pisum
Acknowledgments
As in the past a number of persons, in addition to the writer (MDL), made several
to a number of collections each. These included again: Drs. Harry W. Allen (HWA)
and E. Avery Richmond (EAR) of Moorestown, Gregory G. Rohwer of Medford, Marie
C. Quinden of Medford Lakes, Donald D. Leonard (DDL) of Ridgewood and David L.
Winters (DLW) of Haddonfield. Several members of the Staff of the Division of Plant
Industry, New Jersey Department of Agriculture collected — -Wm. F. Condon, Addison
Driver, Frank N. Pagliaro, Geo. L. Pope, Francis S. Stinson, W. A. Junghans, J. D. Kegg,
and Paul V. V. Weber as well as B. K. Buck and Irene H. Sohl of the Plant Pest Control
Division, A.R.S., U. S. Department of Agriculture.
Determinations, other than those by the author, were made by: Miss Louise M.
Russell (LMR), Ent. Res. Div., A.R.S., U.S.D.A.; Dr. A. Tom Olive (ATO), Wake Forest
College, Winston-Salem, N. Car.; Dr. Clyde F. Smith (CFS), North Carolina State
University, Raleigh, N. Car.; Prof. John O. Pepper (JOP), Pennsylvania State University,
University Park, Pa.; Prof. Theo. L. Bissell, University of Maryland, College Park, Mary-
land; and Dr. Archie N. Tissot (ANT), University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida. Dr.
Stanwyn G. Shetler, Dept. Botany, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C. kindly
made several determinations of plants.
To all of the above — those who collected and those who determined — I extend my
sincere thanks for their help.
Dr. John B. Schmitt has been kind enough to oversee the preparation of the final typescript
of this paper.
Tropaeolum sp. (Nasturtium)
Aphis fabae
Trumpet creeper — see Campsis
Tulipa sp.
Macrosiphum euphorbiae
Tulip Tree — see Liriodendron
Tupelo — see Nyssa
Ulmus sp. (Elm)
Georgia phis ulmi
Myzocallis ulmifolii
Urtica sp. (Nettle)
Acyrt ho sip h o n si be ric u m
V accinium corymbosum (cult. Highbush
Blueberry)
Aphis gossypii
Masonaphis azaleae
Viburnum sp.
N eoceruraphis viburnicola
Willow — see Salix
Yarrow — see Achillea
Zea mays (Corn)
Rhopalosi phum maidis
Received for Publication February 1, 1966
Further Studies on the Internal Anatomy of the Meloidae. III. The
Digestive and Reproduetive Systems as Bases for Tribal Designation
of Pseudomeloe miniace omaculata (Blanchard)*
(Coleoptera: Meloidae)
A. P. Gupta
Department oe Entomology and Economic Zoology
Rutgers-The State University, New Brunswick, New Jersey
Abstract: The digestive and reproductive systems of Pseudomeloe miniace omaculata
(Blanchard) has been described. On the basis of such internal anatomical features as V-
shaped folds in the stomodaeal intima, absence of a basal spermathecal diverticulum, a
tubular female accessory gland, an irregularly convoluted first pair and a recurved or
bent second pair of male accessory glands, this genus is placed in the tribe Eupomphini
of the subfamily Meloinae. The inclusion of Pseudomeloe in Eupomphini now extends the
distribution of this tribe to South America as well.
In 1928, Van Dyke defined the tribe Calospastini (= Eupomphini) and
stated that “the tribe is restricted to North America.” Gupta (1965) showed
that all the members of this tribe shared several internal anatomical features.
On examination, the South American blister beetle, P. miniace omaculata was
found to possess all the characteristic tribal features of Eupomphini, as defined
by the present writer (1965). The purpose of the present paper is to describe
the internal anatomy of this beetle, and to establish its inclusion in the tribe
Eupomphini. The beetles were collected and identified by Dr. Antonio Martinez,
Buenos Aires, Argentina, and were kindly made available to the author by
him.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
For technical details, the reader is referred to the earlier work (Gupta, 1965).
In the present paper, descriptions have been kept to the minimum, and are
meant to supplement the diagrams, and point out important features. In the
drawings of the reproductive systems, only the organs of one side have been
shown. In the drawing of the male reproductive system, the second pair of
accessory glands has been stippled to distinguish it from others. Phase con-
trast photomicrographs of the stomodaeal intima are included for the first
time in this series of papers. All photomicrographs were taken by Leitz dark
phase microscope at magnifications of 250X and 400X. For this purpose, the
intima was lightly stained in azocarmine.
DESCRIPTIONS
DIGESTIVE SYSTEM: EXTERNAL (Fig 1):
Esophagus much broadened posteriorly ; ventriculus with few remnants of transverse
wrinkles; lobes of pyloric valve barely visible externally; six malpighian tubules arising
* Paper of the Journal Series, Agricultural Experiment Station, Rutgers-The State Uni-
versity, New Brunswick, New Jersey, U.S.A.
93
94
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
POFL
CO
SPDU
Fig. 1. Lateral view of alimentary canal. Fig. 3. Female reproductive system, dorsal view.
Fig. 2. Internal view of stomodaeum. Fig. 4. Male reproductive system, ventral view.
Abbreviations Used in Figures
ACF accessory folds
CO colon
EJDU ejaculatory duct
FAG female accessory gland
IL ileum
1MAG . . first pair of male accessory gland
2MAG . second pair of male accessory gland
3MAG . third pair of male accessory gland
MAL malpighian tubules
OF esophagus
OV ovary
PFL lateral primary fold
PFMD .... median dorsal primary fold
PFMV .... median ventral primary fold
POFL posterior flexure
POIN . . . posterior intestine or rectum
PROV proventriculus
PY pylorus
PYL lobes of pyloric valve
SCLC sclerotized channel
SFDL dorsolateral secondary fold
SFVL .... ventrolateral secondary fold
SPCA spermathecal capsule
SPDU spermathecal duct
TE testis
TF tertiary fold
VA vagina
VD vas deferens
VF V-shaped fold
VS vesicula seminalis
June, 1967
Gupta: Meloidae Internal Anatomy
95
Fig. 5. Magnified view of stomodaeal intima showing emarginate thickenings provided
with microscopic spines (arrows).
Fig. 6. Magnified view of portion of median ventral primary fold showing stout spines.
96
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Fig. 7. Magnified view of portion of median primary fold and transverse corrugations
(arrows) .
Fig. 8. Magnified view of portion of sclerotized channel showing irregular rectangular
and polygonal patterns.
June, 1967]
Gupta: Meloidae Internal Anatomy
97
separately, their posterior attachment at inner bend of posterior flexure, basal swelling
absent. INTERNAL (Figs. 2, 5-10) : Stomodaeal intima with 4 primary, 4 V-shaped, 4
secondary and 8 tertiary folds, several irregularly arranged accessory folds present in
regions of esophagus and proventriculus ; transverse corrugations discontinuous; V-shaped
folds continued posteriorly into primary stomodaeal lobes and flanking sclerotized channels,
latter more sclerotized than those flanked by secondary and tertiary folds, latter flanking
sclerotized channels between secondary and V-shaped folds in proventricular region, surface
of stomodaeal intima with emarginate thickenings provided with microscopic spines, spines
on primary, V-shaped and secondary folds stout, spines also present on apices of
stomodaeal lobes, surface of sclerotized channels with irregular rectangular and polygonal
pattern without spines. Stomodaeal valve with 4 primary lobes, secondary and tertiary
lobes poorly developed.
REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM: FEMALE (Fig 3):
Spermathecal capsule robust, constricted near base, portion beyond constriction broadened,
rather wrinkled, tapering distally, portion below constriction rounded and smooth,
spermathecal duct short and curved; accessory gland tubular, elongate, tapering distally,
and with a short duct; vagina very short. MALE (Fig. 4): Testes rather large, spherical,
vas deferens narrow near testis, vesicula seminalis rather narrow; first pair of accessory
gland ovally or spherically coiled, second pair smallest and recurved distally, recurved
portion shorter than basal portion, third pair larger than second and convoluted; ejaculatory
duct slightly broader beyond middle, very strongly bowed and bent distally.
material examined i 7 specimens (in 8% formaldehyde), Pcia. de Buenos
Aires, Partido de Puan, Estacion Felipe Sola, 1-31-1966 (A. Martinez).
tribal designation: Fairmaire and Germain first established the genus
Pseudomeloe in 1863 (Borchmann, 1917). Beauregard (1890) grouped this
genus, among others, with Meloe, Megetra and Cysteodemus in the category
of “Meloites.” Later, Borchmann (1917) and Blackwelder (1945) also grouped
Pseudomeloe with several presently recognized eupomphine genera in the tribe
Meloini. Denier’s (1935) tribe Lyttini also consisted of Pseudomeloe and such
genera as Tetraonyx, Pyrota, Lytta, Meloe and several of the current eupomphine
genera. As far as is known, there is no mention of the inclusion of Pseudomeloe
in the tribe Calospastini (= Eupomphini), after this tribe was first established by
Van Dyke in 1928. He included Calospasta ( — Eupompha ), Tegrodera, Gynae-
comeloe, Cysteodemus, Megetra, Pleurospasta, Phodaga, Negalius, Cordylospasta
and Brachyspasta in this tribe. Gupta (1965) demonstrated that members of
this tribe, as constituted by Van Dyke, show such common features as V-
shaped folds in the stomodaeal intima, a spermathecal capsule without a basal
diverticulum, a tubular female accessory gland, an irregularly convoluted first
pair of male accessory glands, and a recurved or bent second pair. He further
stated that on the basis of the number of V-shaped folds, and tertiary intimal
folds, the tribe can be divided into 2 groups: one group with 3 V-shaped folds
and 6 tertiary folds ( Phodaga and Negalius ), and the other with 4 V-shaped
folds and 8 tertiary folds ( Eupompha , Tegrodera, Gynaecomeloe, Cysteodemus,
Megetra and Pleurospasta) . He did not study Cordylospasta and Brachyspasta.
98
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Fig. 10
Fig. 9. Magnified view of portion of V-shaped fold showing spines.
Magnified view of tip of one of the primary stomodaeal lobes showing spines.
June, 1967]
Gupta: Meloidae Internal Anatomy
99
Examination of the internal anatomy of Pseudomeloe revealed that it possesses
all the characteristic features of Eupoinphini, as defined by Gupta, and belongs
to the group with 4 V-shaped and 8 tertiary folds. Its inclusion is the tribe
Meloini cannot be justified since it does not possess a well-developed vesicular
spermathecal diverticulum, and a reduced 1st pair of male accessory glands,
features which are characteristic of the tribe Meloini. Similarly, the presence
of V-shaped folds and the absence of a well-developed spermathecal diverticulum
precludes its inclusion in Lyttini. The placement of Pseudomeloe in Epicautini,
Tetraonycini, and Pyrotini on the basis of V-shaped folds alone cannot be
justified inasmuch as it does not possess several of the important features of
these three tribes. That Pseudomeloe appropriately belongs to the Eupomphini
seems certain, and its inclusion in this tribe thus extends the latter’s distribu-
tion to South America was well.
Literature Cited
Beauregard, H. 1890. Les insectes vesicants. F. Alcan, Paris.
Blackwelder, R. E. 1945. Checklist of the Coleopterous insects of Mexico, Central
America, the West Indies, and South America. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. No. 185, pp.
481-488.
Borchmann, F. 1917. Meloidae, Cephaloidae. In Coleopterorum Catalogus. 69: 1-208,
W. Junk, Berlin.
Denier, P. C. L. 1935. Coleopterorum americanorum femiliae Meloidarum enumeratio
synonymica. Rev. Soc. Entomol. Argentina 7: 139-176.
Gupta, A. P. 1965. The digestive and reproductive systems of the Meloidae (Coleoptera)
and their significance in the classification of the family. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.
58(4) : 442-474.
Van Dyke, E. C. 1928. A reclassification of the genera of North American Meloidae
(Coleoptera). Univ. Calif. Pub. Entomol. 4: 395-474.
Received for publication April 10, 1967
BOOK REVIEW
Insect Behaviour. Symposium No. 3, Royal Entomological Society (P. T. Haskell, ed.).
Bartholomew Press, Dorking, 1966. 113 p., £2.50.
In this book are published the papers presented at the Third Symposium of the Royal
Entomological Society, held September 23-24, 1965 in London. The papers are: (1)
Orientation behaviour in insects and factors which influence it, by G. Birukow ; (2) The
role of rhythms in insect behaviour, by P. S. Corbet; (3) Flight behaviour, by P. T.
Haskell; (4) Feeding behaviour, by V. G. Dethier; (5) Sexual behaviour, by A. Manning;
(6) Insect communication, by J. D. Carthv ; (7) Behaviour of social insects, by E. O.
Wilson; (8) Some outstanding questions in insect behaviour, by J. S. Kennedy. The
discussion that took place at the symposium is published at the end of each paper.
These relatively brief, illustrated papers review much of the pertinent literature appear-
ing for the most part since 1955. They are of somewhat uneven quality, some papers
being better organized and better written than others. Some papers deal with their sub-
jects only on a relatively broad, elementary level but others present data and interpretations
not as well summarized elsewhere. The final paper, by J. S. Kennedy, is especially valuable
to the general reader because, in a few pages, it discusses in an interesting way the salient
problems in insect behavior. A thought-stimulating discussion follows this paper.
This hardcover book is aesthetically printed, with few typographical errors. It is
recommended for all persons interested in animal physiology, behavior, and ecology.
Suzanne W. T. Batra
Department of Entomology
The University of Kansas, Lawrence
100
Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society
(Meetings held in Room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History
unless otherwise indicated.)
Meeting of October 4, 1966
President Richard Fredrickson presided; 19 members and 3 guests were present. Dr.
Fredrickson reported on the status of the proposed merger with the Brooklyn Society.
At the special meeting, held on June 14th, 12 members were present and 68 affirmative
proxies had been received; thus, our Society has approved the merger. He was authorized
to proceed with the negotiations. The following were proposed for student membership:
Richard Arnold of Hinsdale, Illinois, and Mrs. Winifred B. Trakimas, Francis C. Ford,
and Dominick J. Pirone, three graduate students at Fordham University.
program. Summer Activities of Members. Richard Fredrickson described a short field
trip he had made to Blue Ridge, Va. Lucy Clausen spoke of the great increase in earwigs
in the Bronx. This was corroborated by Jacob Huberman and Edwin W. Teale. Dominick
Pirone reared some 2000 walking stick insects, and reported that from a 3 inch walking
stick a 13 inch gordian worm emerged. He also drew attention to the Britten Sanctuary
near Croton, N.Y. which has 127 acres available for collecting. David Kander described
the ravages of cherry tree borers, and Ann Birdsey of a web worm invasion in Brooklyn.
Aaron Nadler, a lawyer by profession and an active amateur entomologist, told of collecting
psocids and curating his own collection at the Museum. Edwin Teale made some brief
remarks about his 11,000 mile trip through England, Betty White about her trip to the
Grand Teton Mountains, and David Miller about his trip to Jamaica, W.I. Patricia Vaurie
commented on the effects of the severe drought around Easton, Pa. Excellent slides of
a variety of insects were shown by Albert Poelzl and on the emergence of a dragon fly
by Robert Buckbee. Mr. and Mrs. Sidney Hessel and Mr. and Mrs. Bernard Heineman
attended the meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society in Ottawa, Canada in early June.
Lucy Heineman, Sec.
Meeting of October 18, 1966
The meeting was called to order by President Fredrickson in Room 319; 24 members and
30 guests were present. The four student members proposed at the last meeting, Mrs.
Winifred B. Trakimas and Messrs. Richard Arnold, Francis C. Ford, and Dominick J.
Pirone, were elected to membership. Dr. L. L. Pechuman of the Department of Entomology,
Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. was proposed for life membership and Sergio Orminati
of City College was proposed for student membership.
program. Army Ants — A Study in Social Behavior. Dr. T. C. Schneirla of the Depart-
ment of Animal Behavior, American Museum of Natural History gave a brief resume of
his studies of the army ants made at the laboratory on Barro Colorado Island in the
Panama Canal over the past number of years. He told of the arrangements to have the
activities of these ants filmed by the Encyclopedia Britannica Films during March 1966.
This film, which has the same title as our program, is in color and has a running time
of 20 minutes. It is equipped with a sound track with an explanatory narrative and such
appropriate forest background sounds as those of ant birds. The main subjects of the
film are the bivouacs or temporary nests, the mass raids, and the emigrations of the
swarm-raider, Eciton burchelli, with supplementary scenes of emigrating and responding
101
102
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
to the queen involving the related species, E. harnatum. Reactions of the workers to
chemical trails and to the odor of their queen are shown both in field behavior and in
terms of simple laboratory and field tests. Mr. John Walker of E. B. F., the photographer
answered many questions about the technical problems in the forest filming.
Lucy Heineman, Sec.
Meeting of November 1, 1966
The meeting was called to order in Room 319 by President Fredrickson; 28 members and
8 guests were present. Dr. L. L. Pechuman was elected a life member and Mr. Sergio
Orminati a student member in the Society. Miss Alice Gray informed the group that the
Junior Society now has fourteen members and there are two applicants for the 1 5th and
final place. The Junior Society had a successful summer which included field trips and
a spelonking trip on which the expedition captured some cave insects.
program. The Insects of the Galapagos Islands. Dr. Robert L. Usinger, President of the
Entomological Society of America illustrated his talk with a map of the islands and slides.
(An abstract follows.)
Lucy Heineman, Sec.
THE INSECTS OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS
The Galapagos International Scientific Project was organized by the Extension Division
of the University of California at Berkeley under a grant from the National Science Founda-
tion. Transportation was arranged through the LInited States Maritime Commission, using
their ship, the “Golden Bear.” Financial assistance was provided by the National Science
Foundation and also by the Belvedere Foundation of San Francisco. Logistical support
was supplied by the United States Navy, Army and Air Force. The Associates in Tropical
Biogeography of the University of California provided funds for some personnel and
equipment. The Shell Oil Company provided funds for extra fuel for the “Golden Bear.”
The expedition was in the field for about two months — January, February and March
of 1964. Sixty scientists participated and another seventy or eighty persons visited the
islands soon after we arrived for the dedication of the Darwin Memorial Research Laboratory.
Entomological work spanned all of the life zones, from the strand through the lowland
cactus forests which are very arid up to the moist middle elevations and then to the
Miconia forest of the highlands and finally to the grass and fern zone at the top. This
whole span of zones was represented back of the laboratory on a trail that was used
intensively by the expedition. Other trips were taken to the other islands in the archipelago,
either by ship or by helicopter.
The composition of the insect fauna is characteristic of oceanic islands and in marked
contrast to a continental archipelago such as the British Isles. The British Isles have about
three times as many families, ten times as many genera and thirty-two times as many
species as the Galapagos, and it is significant that endemism in the Galapagos, although
high, consists mostly of single species in each genus. In contrast to this, the much older
Hawaiian fauna commonly has many species in each of the endemic genera showing adaptive
radiation and subspeciation on the various islands. In the Galapagos there is only in-
cipient subspeciation, a few groups such as the grasshoppers showing size and color
differences in the populations on each of the different islands. By comparison, other more
rapidly evolving groups such as the cacti and composite plants ( Scalesia ) and the iguanas,
tortoises and birds show clear-cut differences at the subspecies and even at the species
level between the various islands.
June, 1967]
Proceedings
103
A few of the special characteristics of Galapagos insects are the concealing coloration of
many of the Cerambycids and moths that rest on the lichen-covered rocks and tree trunks.
Lichens are a characteristic feature of the Galapagos landscape. Also there is a great
scarcity of aquatic insects because standing or running water is extremely rare. Only
the dragonflies have flourished with endemic as well as introduced species. Other interesting
aquatics include a few water beetles and an endemic mosquito in fresh water in the epiphytic
plants in the forest, related to the lowland salt marsh mosquito, and various insects associated
with the salt water lagoons.
Pollination was a subject of special interest to the entomologists on the expedition. Only
one bee, the Darwin carpenter bee, is found in the islands and evidence was obtained by
screening flowers of many native and introduced plants to indicate that the old endemic
Galapagos plants are mostly self-pollinated. It is only the introduced and more recent
plants that seem to require insect pollination and this coincides with the idea that the
carpenter bee was introduced after some of the early plants. Of course, sphinx moths and
some other insects and some of the birds no doubt play a role in pollination as well.
Interestingly enough, the carpenter bee brought with it its Meloid parasite, Cissites, and
this, too, has evolved into an endemic species.
In general, and despite Darwin’s observations made in September and October of 1835
when the dry season made a veritable desert of the islands, we found the insect fauna
to be relatively rich. February is the height of the rainy season and many of the islands
were green. Light collecting was especially productive with moths and Cerambycid beetles
comparing in numbers, though not in species, to light trap catches in mainland areas.
Darwin said that “Excepting Tierra del Fuego, I never saw so poor a country” and G. R.
Waterhouse, upon examining the insects which Darwin collected, reported that there was
nothing in their appearance which would have led him to imagine that they had come
from under the Equator. Beebe reported that his field work was the most arduous and
uncomfortable of any that he had experienced and Melville described the islands as vast
cinder heaps. Fortunately, due to the favorable season, we encountered none of these
difficulties and had a very productive entomological experience on the islands.
Robert L. Usinger
Meeting of November 15, 1966
Dr. Richard Fredrickson presided; 32 members and 9 guests were present. Mr. Orville
Steward of the Bayard Cutting Arboretum, Oakdale, Long Island was proposed for regular
membership and his son, Roger Steward, for student membership. Mrs. John Buck, the
wife of the speaker of the evening, was introduced. She has assisted her husband in much
of his scientific work, and she has accompanied him on expeditions.
program. Synchronous Flashing of Fireflies. Dr. John B. Buck, Chief of the Laboratory
of Physical Biology of the National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland illustrated
his talk with interesting slides and diagrams. Although his talk referred largely to fireflies
in the Orient, he drew many interesting comparisons between the oriental fireflies and
those of the United States. (An abstract follows.)
Lucy Heineman, Sec.
SYNCHRONOUS FLASHING OF FIREFLIES
Many observers have described long-lasting synchronous rhythmic flashing by huge
swarms of fireflies in riverbank trees in the tropical Orient, but neither mechanism nor
meaning have been explained. From observations of such trees in Sarawak and Thailand
104
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
in October, 1965*, photometric and cinematographic recordings of the flashing of indi-
viduals and populations, and study of captive specimens in the darkroom we established
that: (1) The tree fireflies all belong to undescribed species of Pteroptyx. (2) Synchrony
in Sarawak was disturbed by the concurrent presence of three species: In Thailand there
were two but one was in great excess, permitting impressive displays of synchrony. Only
males participate. (3) The period of the rhythm of flashing is about 560 msec, 95% of
the cycles falling within ± 5 msec of this figure. (4) Analysis of cinematographic records
of mass flashing indicates that the synchronizing individuals flash within less than ± 16
msec of each other. (5) In the buildup of synchrony in darkroom populations the co-
ordination between two individuals was shown to depend on visual feedback, to operate
over a range of less than 6 feet and to involve a progressive approach of the individual
flash times until coincidence occurred, after which the two rhythms were locked together.
(6) Since the coincidence is far closer than the minimal eye-lantern “reaction time” the
synchrony must depend on a regulating mechanism controlled by the results of the preceding
mass flash, rather than a direct individual-to-individual response. (7) The firefly trees
represent quasi-permanent congregations in which fireflies remain in the tree by day, and
are joined nightly by recruits from the surrounding swampland. (8) The tree congregations
are viewed as a mass-mating substitute for the pair courtships which are usual in roving-
type fireflies. Such congregations are made necessary by the impossibility of line-of-sight
signaling in the impenetrable Nypa-mangrove vegetation. Presumably the mated females
disperse back over the land for egg-laying. The synchronous flashing enhances the effec-
tiveness of the trees as mating beacons.
John B. Buck
Meeting of December 6, 1966
Dr. Richard Fredrickson presided; 25 members were present as were 13 guests. The
president appointed two committees: the auditing Committee consisting of Messrs. Albert
Poelzl, Kumar Krishna, and A. B. Klots; and the Nominating Committee consisting of
Messrs. David Miller, Robert L. Buckbee, and Bernard Heineman. Mr. Orville Steward
and Roger Steward were elected regular and student members respectively in the Society.
Dr. A. B. Klots told of an article by Miss Miriam Rothschild, the British entomologist,
that will appear in an early issue of Natural History. Miss Rothschild has been working
with larvae of the Monarch butterflies. They give off a volatile substance which, if
sniffed a great deal, puts one in the conscious state of feeling you have already experienced
this situation before and therefore you appear to be predicting the future, perhaps some-
what like L. S. D.
program. Sensory Codes and Feeding Behavior. Dr. Vincent Dethier, Professor of
Zoology at the University of Pennsylvania, described work done largely in Holland using
the tobacco horn-worm as the experimental animal. Excellent slides and diagrams were
used to illustrate the talk. (An abstract follows.)
Lucy Heineman, Sec.
SENSORY CODES AND FEEDING BEHAVIOR
The principal chemoreceptors of lepidopterous larvae are located on the maxillae and
antennae. The maxilla bears, in addition to numerous mechanoreceptors and some olfactory
* The American Philosophical Society and the National Geographic Society provided
travel grants for this investigation.
June, 1967]
Proceedings
105
receptors, two sensilla styloconica that are organs of taste. Each sensillum styloconicum
contains five bipolar neurons. The dendrites of four of these have been traced to the
tip of the sensillum where they are exposed to the air. There are indications that they
may subdivide and branch apically.
The sensilla styloconica respond to a wide variety of solutions, but the responses of
the two are not identical. Differences can be expressed in number of cells firing, fre-
quency of impulses per cell, and/or total frequency of all impulses per sensillum. In Pro-
toparce sexta the medial sensillum contains cells sensitive as follows: one to water and
salt, one to sucrose and glucose, one to acid. The lateral sensillum contains cells sensitive
as follows: one to water, one to salt, one to glucose, and possibly one to inositol. In Gal-
leria mellonella the medial sensillum contains a cell sensitive to water, one to salt, and
one to sucrose; the lateral sensillum has a water cell and a salt cell. In Philosamia cynthia
the medial sensillum has two cells sensitive to salt and one to glucose; the lateral sensillum
has one cell sensitive to water, one to salt, one to sucrose, and one to glucose.
In Protoparce the sap of plants fires a number of cells in each sensillum. Sap of accept-
able food plants appears to cause a higher frequency of firing in the cells of the medial
sensillum than in those of the lateral sensillum while the sap of unacceptable plants, in
general, causes a higher frequency of firing in the lateral sensillum. Some plants are ex-
ceptions to this rule. There is evidence from these findings that both “feeding stimulants”
and “deterrents” play a role in food-plant discrimination. The detailed information that
the caterpillar receives from its maxillary gustatory receptors allows for participation
by nutrients as well as token stimuli.
The third segment of the maxillary palpus bears olfactory receptors. In Hyalophora
gloveri complex responses were obtained to odors of wild cherry, potato, tomato, parsley,
cabbage, privet, and willow. Responses to benzaldehyde and salicylaldehyde showed a
long and pronounced after effect. Geraniol stimulated some cells while citronellal did not.
The three large sensilla basiconica on the antennae of caterpillars are olfactory organs.
One contains four bipolar neurons, one has five, and the other has seven. The dendrites of
these cells break up into fine arborizations upon entering the cuticular peg and are in
direct communication with the outside via a multitude of minute pores.
Records obtained with micro metal electrodes reveal a background activity in these
cells. This activity is depressed by air and may be either depressed or enhanced by odors.
Each cell responds to more than one odor but not in the same manner. Furthermore,
not all cells exhibit identical response patterns although there is some overlap. For the
caterpillar plant odors are obviously coded as complex patterns.
Food-plant discrimination cannot be explained solely in terms of acceptance or rejection
via the maxillary taste receptors but must also involve the wealth of olfactory information
provided by the antennae and maxillae.
Vincent Dethier
Meeting of December 20, 1966
President Fredrickson presided; 22 members and 13 guests were present. The president
announced that on the following afternoon there would be a meeting at the office of the
Society’s attorney at which time he, the secretary or assistant secretary, and the president
and secretary of the Brooklyn Society would sign the agreement merging the two societies.
The merger will have to be reviewed by the courts. Mr. Anthony J. W. Owston was pro-
posed as a regular member and Mr. Michael Boshes of City College as a student member.
Dr. Schmidt asked if anyone could advise him as to where he could get information about
106
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
a flea trap. Dr. Klots said that there was a picture of a medieval one in the article by Miss
Miriam Rothschild in a recent issue of The Scientific American. Dr. Edwin W. Teale
remarked that in the recent warm spell there were myriads of snow fleas at his home in
Connecticut.
program. Naturalists in South America. Mr. Heineman showed colored slides of a recent
trip to South America, and Mrs. Heineman described and commented on them.
Lucy Heineman, Sec.
Meeting of January 3, 1967 — The Annual Meeting
The meeting was called to order by Dr. David Miller in place of President Fredrickson
who was ill. The Vice-president was not able to be present because of a class. Dr. Miller
asked for nominations to elect a chairman for the evening; he was duly elected to conduct
the meeting for the evening. Nineteen members and seven guests were present. Mr.
Raymond Brush, the Treasurer, reported a favorable balance for the fiscal year, 1966.
In the absence of the Editor, the Associate Editor, Dr. Forbes, announced that the De-
cember 1966 issue of the Journal is expected very soon. He said more manuscripts would
be welcomed. The Nominating Committee, consisting of Messrs. Miller, Heineman, and
Buckbee, chairman, submitted the following slate for the coming year:
President — Dr. Richard Fredrickson
Vice-president — Dr. David Miller
Treasurer — Mr. Raymond Brush
Assistant Treasurer — Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
Secretary —
Assistant Secretary — Mr. Albert Poelzl
Trustees (to serve two years) — Dr. Elsie Klots, Mr. Bernard Heineman Publication Com-
mittee— Drs. Kumar Krishna, Asher Treat, Pedro Wygodzinsky. The chairman called for
nominations for the office of Secretary from the floor. He stated that Mrs. Heineman
has consented to continue for the month of January. No nominations were forthcoming
and the slate was elected as presented. Dr. Miller continued to chair the meeting as the
newly elected vice-president. Dr. Wygodzinsky announced that there are two vacancies
in the Entomology Department of the Museum. One is for a scientific assistant and the
other is for a technical artist. Both are for two years, and they are covered by grants.
Dr. Forbes exhibited a copy of the December 9 issue of Medical World News. The
cover is a picture of our member, Dr. Roman Vishniac, and the feature article is on Dr.
Vishniac’s remarkable photography. Many magazines have carried articles on Dr. Vishniac’s
photography, but this is the first time his photograph has appeared on a cover. Mr.
Anthony J. S. Owston and Mr. Michael Boshes were elected regular and student members,
respectively. Miss Ann Young of the City College of New York who has worked with
Mr. Topoff, our speaker of the evening, at the Southwest Research Station was intro-
duced. Mr. Nicholas Shoumatoff, a former president of the Society, was introduced. He
has now returned to the United States from a period of employment in England.
program. Behavioral and Physiological Studies in the Army Ant, ISeivamyrmex.
Mr. Howard Topoff, a student at City University and the Department of Animal Be-
havior of the Museum illustrated his interesting talk with charts and slides. (An abstract
follows.)
Lucy Heineman, Sec.
June, 1967]
Proceedings
107
BEHAVIORAL AND PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES IN THE ARMY ANT,
NEIVAMYRMEX
Social organization and behavior in the phyletic level that is characteristic of insects
is influenced predominantly by the intensity of stimuli originating from reproductive,
feeding, and reciprocal stimulative processes.
In the army ant genus Neivamyrmex qualitative differences in the intensity of raiding
during the nomadic and statary phases are also reflected quantitatively in the sharp in-
crease in oxygen consumption at the onset of the nomadic phase, followed by a marked
decrease as the statary phase is initiated.
Thresholds of responses to a given intensity of light as well as to the changing olfactory
stimuli which emanate from the brood, queen and workers, increase during the nomadic
phase and decrease during the statary.
The populational characteristics of three genera of doryline ants ( Neivamyrmex , Eciton,
and Aenictus) were compared with a discussion of the trophic factors that influence caste
determination in the army ants in particular, and in the social insects in general.
Howard R. Topoff
Meeting of January 17, 1967
President Richard Fredrickson presided; 22 members and 7 guests were present. Mr.
Howard R. Topoff of the City University of New York was proposed and duly elected
as Secretary of the Society, succeeding Mrs. Lucy Heineman. Dr. Jerry Vanderberg of the
Department of Preventive Medicine, New York University Medical School was proposed
for regular membership. Miss Betty White described a rare but delightful occasion she
had comparing a photograph of a parasitic wasp from the book “Living Insects Of the
World” with one that flew into her kitchen; they were identical.
program. Dr. Robert Traub, Research Professor at the University of Maryland School of
Medicine, presented two talks: Ecology of Scrub Typhus in Unusual Habitats in Paki-
stan and Examples of Convergent Evolution in Fleas. In the first talk Dr. Traub dis-
cussed the tremendous increase in interest in scrub typhus, especially in relation to suc-
cessful military efforts in tropical habitats. He reported on his interesting and perplexing
findings that this disease, which predominates in ecologically disturbed tropical environ-
ments, has recently been found infecting the small mammal populations of primary forests,
xerophytic forests, subalpine habitats in the Himalayas, and even in true alpine meadows
as high as 11,000 feet. In the second talk Dr. Traub discussed the convergence of adapta-
tions possessed by fleas, for attaching to their hosts. Particular mention was made of
the fact that fleas associated with birds and arboreal mammals usually possess longer and
more sharply pointed comb spines than fleas which parasitize ground-dwelling mammals.
Howard R. Topoff, Sec.
Meeting of February 7, 1967 was cancelled because of a heavy snowfall.
Meeting of February 21, 1967
Dr. Richard Fredrickson presided; 19 members and 2 guests were present. Dr. Jerry
Vanderberg was elected to regular membership. Dr. J. G. Butte of the State University
of New York at Farmingdale was proposed for regular membership. Dr. Asher Treat
108
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
called attention to the paper of Dr. Carol Williams, in the February 3 edition of Science,
noting that the female of the polvphemus moth will not produce a sex attractant pheromone
until she is stimulated bv an extract of oak leaves.
program. Trap-Nesting Wasps and Bees and Their Associates. Dr. Karl Krombein,
chairman, Department of Entomology of the Smithsonian Institute illustrated his talk
with slides. (An abstract follows.) [ Editor’s note : This whole project is reported in
detail in a book by Dr. Krombein, “Trap-Nesting Wasps and Bees: Life Histories, Nests,
and Associates,” Smithsonian Press, 579 pp., 29 pis., 1967.1
TRAP-NESTING WASPS AND BEES AND THEIR ASSOCIATES
The speakers discussed the field project he carried on from 1953 to 1964 investigating the
biology of solitary wasps and bees which can be induced to nest in wooden traps. The
traps were made from straight-grained pieces of white pine, each containing a boring 6"
long and %, Vt or 1/9" in diameter. The traps were made into bundles containing
one or two traps of each diameter. The bundles were placed in the field in situations where
populations of solitary wasps and bees were nesting in abandoned borings of other insects
in wood such as on dead branches and tree trunks, on sound oak branches bearing insect
galls, and on structural lumber. Nests were obtained from trap settings in western New
York, the area around Washington, D. C., coastal North Carolina, Archbold Biological
Station in Florida, and the Southwestern Research Station in Arizona. The nests were
opened in the laboratory to record the details of the nest architecture and to preserve
samples of the food stored for the larvae; periodic reexamination of the nests provided
information on the developmental stages of the wasps and bees, and their associated preda-
tors, parasites and symbionts. Nine new species and subspecies of wasps and bees were
described from these nests, as well as three new species of chalcid parasites, and two new
genera and 17 new species of parasitic mites. Life history data were obtained for 75 pre-
daceous wasps and 43 non-parasitic bees, and 83 associated parasites and predators (28
of them parasitic wasps or bees). Dr. Krombein illustrated his talk with a number of
Kodachrome and black and white transparencies showing the nest architecture of a number
of species, the life history of a typical vespid wasp, nesting behavior of the bee Osmia
lignaria, certain aspects of the competition between three species of Trypargilum for nesting
sites and spider prey, and examples of some of the mite, beetle, fly and wasp parasites
associated with the host wasps and bees.
Karl Krombein
Meeting of March 7, 1967
Dr. Fredrickson presided; 14 members and 7 guests were present. Dr. J. G. Butte of the
State University of New York at Farmingdale was elected a regular member, and Miss
Ann Young, a graduate student at the City University of New York, was proposed for
student membership. Miss Alice Gray of the Department of Entomology at the Museum
displayed toy insects made in Hong Kong.
program. Ecology of the Cave-Entrance Fauna. Professor Richard Graham of the
Department of Physiology of Rutgers University discussed ecological zonation in caves
with particular reference to the cave entrance as a persistent community.
Howard R. Topoff, Sec.
June, 1967]
Proceedings
109
Meeting of March 21, 1967
President Richard Fredrickson called the meeting to order; 23 members and guests were
present. Miss Ann Young of the City University of New York was elected to student
membership.
program. Mimicry in Butterflies. Dr. Michael G. Emsley, Assistant Curator of Insects of
the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences was the speaker of the evening. (An ab-
stract follows.)
Howard R. Topoff, Sec.
MIMICRY IN BUTTERFLIES
“At the close of the last century a confusingly large number of named forms of Heli-
conious erato and Heliconious melpomene were described, many of them as descrete species.
We now know that these two species show pronounce! geographic variation with mono-
morphic forms occupying Central America, South America west of the Andes, northern
South America, the valley systems of the eastern Andes, the Amazon Basin and south-
eastern Brazil. Where the monomorphic populations meet there is a high degree of poly-
morphism which has led to the large number of described forms. The most remarkable
feature of this situation is that erato and melpomene vary so greatly over their range they
maintain a mutually similar appearance everywhere they occur. The closeness of their
similarity makes a convincing case that mimicry in butterflies is a real phenomenon.
Unfortunately, though Dr. Brower and his co-workers have tried extremely hard to
obtain convincing, experimental proof of the values of what we call warning coloration and
its imitation by palatable mimics, the evidence is still far from complete. Any theory con-
cerned with the explanation of the color pattern of butterflies in relation to their predators
must also take into account that color is probably the prime factor in species recognition
and in the releasing of courtship behavior.”
Michael G. Emsley
NEW MEMBERS
The following persons have been elected to the Society since the membership list was
published in the June 1966 issue (vol. 74, pp. 112-115). The class of membership other
than regular member is designated by the letter in parentheses: L — Life, St. — Student.
(St) Arnold, Richard, 735 McKinley Lane, Hinsdale, Illinois 60521
Bartolone, Pat J., 1661 East 172nd Street, Bronx, N.Y. 10472
Benton, Allen, State LTniversity College, Fredonia, N.Y. 14063
(St) Boshes, Michael, Department of Animal Behavior, American Museum of Natural
History, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N.Y. 10024
Butte, J. G., State University of New York, Farmingdale, N.Y. 11735
Durden, Beatrice V., Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Penna. 15213
Emsley, Michael G., Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Penna. 19103
(St) Ford, Francis C., 650 Yonkers Avenue, Yonkers, N.Y. 10704
(St) Friedman, Kenneth, 33-05 90th Street, Jackson Heights, N.Y. 11372
(St) Kanter, David F., 154-04 25th Avenue, Flushing, N.Y. 11354
(St) Mesibov, Robert, 1905 Birge Terrace, Madison, Wisconsin 53705
Nadler, Aaron M., 101 Ocean Parkway, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11218
(St) Novak, John A., Kent State University, Kent, Ohio 44240
(St) Orminati, Sergio, 200 Eighth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10011
Owston, Anthony J. W., 345 East 56th Street, New York, N.Y. 10022
(L) Pechuman, L. L., Department of Entomology, Cornel University, Ithaca, N.Y. 14850
(St) Pirone, Dominick J., 120 Esplanade, Mt. Vernon, N.Y. 10553
Pogany, Margaret, Simon & Schuster, Inc., 630 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10020
Ruckes, Herbert, Jr., Biology Department, Manhattan Community College, New
York, N.Y.
Spear, Philip, National Pest Control Association, 250 West Jersey Street, Elizabeth,
N.J. 07202
Steward, Orville, c/o Bayard Cutting Arboretum, P.O. Box 66, Oakdale, N.Y. 11769
(St) Steward, Roger, c/o Bayard Cutting Arboretum, P.O. Box 66, Oakdale, N.Y. 11769
Stibick, J. N. L., Department of Entomology, Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana
47907
Stien, Harry, 12 Highland Drive, Ardsley, N.Y.
(St) Topoff, Howard R., Department of Animal Behavior, American Museum of Natural
History, 77th Street and Central Park West, New York, N.Y. 10024
(St) Trakimas, Winifred B., 137 Stratford Street, Roslyn Heights, N.Y. 11577
Vanderberg, Jerry, 333 East 14th Street, New York, N.Y. 10003
Watson, Kennith, 53 Kenefick Avenue, Buffalo, N.Y. 14220
(St) Young, Ann, 512 East 79th Street, New York, N.Y. 10021
110
INVITATION TO MEMBERSHIP
The New York Entomological Society was founded in 1892 and incorporated the following
year. It holds a distinguished position among scientific and cultural organizations. The
Society’s Journal is one of the oldest of the leading entomological periodicals in the
United States. Members and subscribers are drawn from all parts of the world, and they
include distinguished professional naturalists, enthusiastic amateurs, and laymen for whom
insects are only one among many interests.
You are cordially invited to apply for membership in the Society or to subscribe to its
Journal which is published quarterly. Regular meetings are held at 8:00 P.M. on the first
and third Tuesdays of each month from October through May at the American Museum of
Natural History, the headquarters of the Society. A subject of general interest is discussed
at each meeting by an invited speaker. No special training in biology or entomology is
necessary for the enjoyment of these talks, most of which are illustrated. Candidates for
membership are proposed at a regular meeting and are voted upon at the following meeting.
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP AND YEARLY DUES
Active member: Full membership in the Society, entitled to vote and hold office;
with Journal subscription $9.00
Active member without Journal subscription 4.00
Sustaining member: Active member who voluntarily elects to pay $25.00 per year
in lieu of regular annual dues.
Lije member: Active member who has attained age 45 and who pays the sum of
$100.00 in lieu of further annual dues.
Student member: Person interested in entomology who is still attending school;
with Journal subscription 5.00
(Student members are not entitled to vote or to hold office.)
Student member without Journal subscription 2.00
Subscription to Journal without membership 8.00
APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Date
I wish to apply for membership (see classes above).
My entomological interests are:
If this is a student membership, please indicate school attending and present level.
Name
Address
(Zip Code must be included)
Send application to Secretary —
iO(o
/ O
)
Devoted to Entomology in General
ii>v
f i mi\w}
QVViv;V/,,i K'A'
i '\ ’r
\ V v. , t:
i \ VV; AC
py
' i ) 1 1,
yyp\y
C:'kyA
yA
M
A!
/ \ \
\-
' 1 , n
" y f ■ :
'<■ ' a'-
j ■■ ‘li
’/
■ ,~'S\
■CP
> A i
U\ r, / ;
Am, ,
;
fl*
V\) L ,
j. tl V\
1 i 1 ./ X
t
Vi (
A
,+
\v\r
The 7/ V > Ai-hr :y ,7
v • - ' \ . r'7~ f ( v ,
New York Entomological Society
h\ ■ 7.
'jfcv
p •'f !
(\j 1 y
(r.(
TO
vM 'V
m
v
Organized June 29, 1892 — Incorporated February 25, 1893
\ I / Reincorporated February 17, 1943
s 1 i V
)r -> 1 I .
Ayhk
t
pc
A
i w
W
A
'PP I;
The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural
History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.
„/■ Q
[\ A
Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the
Treasurer. , 4 / : , , \ 1 ' P*
'< J/.vY' 4
!v7 A
'■P \
i -KP ' C
mp < P Ai
IP u
J I.',!
Officers for the Year 1967
'
President, Dr. Richard Fredrickson 4 ;
PC.
Vice-President, Dr. David Miller
College of the City of New York 10031
' ■ ■ i 1 | i/\ 'A' \-hx 'A" ' A r~ A ) • vV/
Vl ' • \ fkhl •• 1 .’I- ' v r:\AP
VI
College of the City of New York 10031
f \ r , . I , \ j t — ' j ' I • ; ■ 1 *, » ' I *■ ^ i "\ T 1 i IT . ■ , ”1 v
Secretary, Mr. Howard Topoff
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
7 At,
A
. : \ * "
K.-'v,
Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl
7#
77,
230 E. 78th Street, New York 10021
Treasurer, Mr. Raymond Brush
,v ; M
A A
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
■M
A , r
Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
I ■ - v > . ■ A\ v V '■ " VbVv \ V;
m
A\\'
_
f ii
pr
—
t , 4i , 1 1 U-lV ’ .,VvV : 1 7 1
711;
? m a. C \ ; p ^
Class of 1967
Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
Class) of 1968
•••. Pi - \ ■■ Wf 7 .1 '' A P-S.P 'h 1A
m
'iWM ?
X'r-P.
:Ty ,.yy 4 4y,
Tp 1
}'!y% , 4
V1 -PA. Jp-. P
' : <
■ i
•//- i -4 , V -
AAA
|. Vn. • , ' j
, 1 , ,A ,7 ' ' ’
Dr. Elsie Klots
/, i
i' (
) -4)1-':,
cV
M
Mr. Robert Buckbee
Mr. Bernard Heineman
''-N P
Mailed October 6, 1967
CP ’r ) ;
\. V ‘ T* 1 ' ' V'
V 4
C : \A\ 1
1
f 1
lie A $)A:
A' '7 ' 1
The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Allen Press
Inc., 104l Ne|w Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas.
I ) (T
p* I.
p-
Oi ,
v'V
s\i
7 v
\ \
r
it\
xwypt
,v;
'ff i7' f j\
T?\ i i ■■ m
4^7 ■ 7>
, a;
, , 1 v> P
Journal of the
New York Entomological Society
Volume LXXV October 6, 1967 No. 3
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss
Editor Lucy W. Clausen
College of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Columbia University
115 West 68th Street, N. Y. 10023
Associate Editor James Forbes
Fordham University, N. Y. 10458
Publication Committee
Dr. Kumar Krishna Dr. Asher Treat
Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky
CONTENTS
A New Liphistiid Spider from China (Aranae: Liphistiidae) Willis J. Gertsch 114
Activities of Respiratory Enzymes During the Metamorphosis of the Face Fly,
Musca autumnalis (De Geer) P. G. Rousell 119
Some Synonyms in American Spiders Wilton Ivie 126
Biology of Dufourea and of its Cleptoparasite, Neopasites (Hymenoptera :
Apoidea)
Philip F. Torchio, Jerome G. Rozen, Jr., George E. Bohart, and Marjorie S. Favreau 132
Behavior of the German Cockroach, Blattella germanica (L.)? in Response to
Surface Textures Robert Berthold, Jr. 148
Two New Species of Crambus (Fabricius) from Western North America (Lep-
idoptera: Pyralidae) Alexander B. Klots 154
Perobyscopsylla hamifer (Rothschild) : An Addition to the Entomological
Fauna of New York State Allen H. Benton 159
New and Little Known Species of Serica (Coleoptera: Scarahaeidae) X
R. W. Dawson 161
Observations of Epicordulia princeps (Hagen) (Odonata: Corduliidae) at
a Light Allen M. Young 179
Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya Mountains (Diptera:
Tipulidae), XV Charles P. Alexander 183
Book Review
147
A New Liphistiid Spider from China
( Araneae : Liphistiidae )
Willis J. Gertsch
The American Museum of Natural History, New York, N.Y.
Abstract: A new species of liphistiid spider, Heptathela bristowei, is described on the
basis of a female from Szechuan, China. In a discussion the author concludes that the
family Heptathelidae cannot be maintained and that the species with a posterior colulus
(. Heptathela ) be given only generic ranking.
Family Liphistiidae
This small family comprising our most generalized spiders was reviewed by
Bristowe (1932), who gave comparative data on the then known seven species
of Liphistius and two species of Heptathela. In 1939 Petrunkevitch raised the
latter genus to full family status on the basis of characters found in the internal
anatomy of a female of Heptathela sinensis Bishop and Crosby (1933). The
new family Heptathelidae was relegated to synonymy by Gertsch (1949, p.
265) but was recognized by Vachon (1958, p. 431), who contributed important
new information on the postembryonic development of Heptathela kimurai
Kishida.
The family Heptathelidae was based on the following principal features:
reduction of the posterior median spinnerets to a functionless vestige, a posterior
colulus; reduction of the number of ostia in the heart from five to four pairs;
loss of the endocheliceral venom glands. In Liphistius all eight spinnerets are
still retained, the heart has five pairs of ostia, and the venom glands, although
reduced in size, are still present. Such regressive changes as those credited to
Heptathela may have great systematic importance or almost none at all. It
should be mentioned that these internal differences are based on knowledge of
only half a dozen specimens of at most three or four species. Except for the
loss of the posterior median spinnerets, the genus Heptathela shows such close
correspondence to Liphistius that it seems undesirable to accord it more than
generic distinction.
An even more conservative position was taken by Schenkel (1953, p. 1)
when he described a species, that should now be listed as Liphistius schensiensis
Schenkel, under the following trinomial: Liphistius ( Heptathela ) sinensis
(Bishop and Crosby), var. schensiensis , n. var. Since his specimen had eight
spinnerets, instead of the seven credited to sinensis, he concluded that this
feature was not constant. Further, he saw no need to give even subgeneric
recognition to Heptathela (misspelled Heptathele) . Whereas it must be con-
ceded that the two genera are remarkably alike, it seems desirable to continue
to hold them separate on the basis of the differences in the posterior median
114
September, 1967]
Gertsch: New Lipiiistiid Spider
Figs. 1-3. Heptathela bristowei, n. sp., female. 1. Carapace and abdomen, dorsal view.
2. Abdomen, ventral view. 3. Epigynum, dorsal view.
spinnerets. Thus, Liphistius schensiensis Schenkel is the eighth species of its
genus and the species described below is the third for Heptathela.
No mention of the internal seminal receptacles of any female liphistiid was
made by Bristowe (1932) or any of the principal students who considered
the systematics and morphology of the group. This organ (for which I use
116
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
the term epigynum in its broadest connotation) is of the “haplogyne” type.
In the Atypoidea (Gertsch, 1949, p. 126, 1128, etc.), there are four primary
seminal receptacles. The epigynum of Liphistius malayanus Abraham was
illustrated by Schiapelli and Gerschman (1962, pi. 2, figs. 5-6) and shows the
four, rather small receptacles, flanking a central pouch, as well as a central
cluster of globular organs. The epigynum of Heptathela bristowei is of the
same general type and is similar to that of kimurai , the type of the genus.
Whereas most of the typical tarantulas (Ctenizoidea) have epigyna with a
single seminal receptacle on each side, a few exceptions have been illustrated by
Schiapelli and Gerschman (1962, pi. 4, figs. 1-3).
Heptathela bristowei, n. sp.
Figures 1-3
This interesting species is dedicated to Mr. W. S. Bristowe, colleague and eminent author
of “The World of Spiders,” and one who has contributed much to knowledge of the
biology and taxonomy of the liphistiid spiders.
diagnosis: This species resembles Heptathela sinensis Bishop and Crosby, from Tsinan,
Shantung, China, but is readily separated by the following features: The pars cephalica is
proportionately narrower in front and its greatest width is only four-fifths the distance
to the cervical groove, instead of having these ratios equal. The four median eyes, encircled
by the narrowly oval lateral eyes, are closer together. The cervical groove is considerably
larger and deeper. The fourth femora are provided below on the retrolateral margin
with a double row of short spinules, instead of eight spines. The tergal plates on the
abdomen are smaller in size and the first lung plate is of different form, as shown in the
figures.
female holotype: Total length, including chelicerae, 19.5 mm.
Carapace
Sternum
Labium
Maxilla
Abdomen
Length
7.0
3.5
1.0
3.0
10.0 mm.
Width
5.7
2.4
2.0
1.5
8.0 mm.
Carapace orange to reddish brown ; pars cephalica dusky and pars thoracica with dusky
streaks radiating from median groove ; eye tubercle black. Chelicerae dull reddish brown,
pale at base above. Sternum, labium and appendages quite uniform dull orange brown.
Abdomen gray; tergites dusky brown.
Dorsal view of carapace and abdomen as shown in fig. 1.
Structure typical, essentially like that of sinensis. Carapace quite smooth, bare except
for tiny setae lying flat on pars cephalica, a middle line of about six stout setae running
through and behind median eyes, a series of four setae on clypeal margin, with median
pair much longer, and a line of small setae margining carapace. Carapace broadly rounded
in front, sharply angled at corners, gently rounded on sides and truncated behind. Pars
cephalica strongly elevated, highest just behind eyes; cervical groove deep rounded de-
pression smaller than eye turret, situated back five-eighths of length; pars thoracica low,
convex, with transverse grooves.
Eyes all close together, set on rounded tubercle of typical height. Clypeus inclined
forward, narrow, equal to about radius of posterior median eye. Ratio of eyes: ALE :
AME : PLE : PME = 62 : 6 : 48 : 35. Front eye row slightly procurved; lateral eyes large,
narrowly oval, nearly touching in front ; median eyes minute, lying in front of posterior
September, 1967]
Gertsch: New Liphistiid Spider
117
median eyes. Posterior eye row moderately recurved; oval median eyes close together,
separated by one-fourth their narrow diameter, about as far at narrowest point from
larger oval lateral eyes. Median ocular quadrangle broader than long, narrowed in front,
with anterior eyes minute.
Sternum an elevated sclerite with steep sides, covered with coarse setae, without trace
of sigilla. Labium free, separated from sternum by deep, transverse groove, set with
black setae. Maxilla truncated at apex, with setae over most of surface and brush of
soft hairs along inside margin. Chelicera about 3 mm. long as seen from above, smooth at
base, expanded toward apex and set with coarse setae, rounded at apex above claw and
without rake; fang of median length, rather stout, lying in indistinct groove margined on
prolateral side by row of eight, close-set, black teeth, three of these larger, and on retro-
lateral side with thin brush of soft reddish hairs.
I
II
III
IV
Palpus
Femur
4.7
4.1
4.3
6.1
4.3 mm.
Patella
2.7
2.6
2.7
3.1
2.4 mm.
Tibia
3.0
2.7
2.7
4.2
3.0 mm.
Metatarsus
3.0
3.2
3.5
5.8
—
Tarsus
1.7
2.0
2.1
2.7
3.7 mm.
Total
15.1
14.6
15.3
21.9
13.4 mm.
leg formula: 4312. All legs short, clothed sparsely above with hairs and weak spines and
below and on sides with more numerous, stouter spines. First and second legs with rows
of stout ventral spines on tibiae, metatarsi and tarsi, those on anterior segments nearly
lateral in position. Femora with ventral hairs and weak spines; fourth femora with 20 or
more stout spinules below in double row near retrolateral edge. Pedipalp with stout sub-
lateral spines; tarsus set with even row of seven heavy spines on lateral margins; palpal
claw with single tooth at base. Paired claws of legs with two teeth near base ; unpaired
claws quite straight, unarmed below.
abdomen (figs. 1-2): Globose, covered evenly with tiny setae. Ten tergites visible on dorsum
with lateral measurements of these, in millimeters, from front to rear as follows: 3.5; 4.3;
4.2; 4.2; 3.3; 1.8; 1.1; 0.8; 0.7; 0.6; thus, sixth and succeeding tergal plates greatly
reduced in size ; each tergal plate with pair of prominent alveoli on caudal edge, bearing
long spines. First lung plate gradually produced behind to evenly rounded projection,
without special angles or evident grooving. Spinnerets of average size; posterior colulus
a small tubercle bearing three tiny setae.
epigynum (fig. 3): Consisting of four receptacles; lateral receptacle of each pair
larger than inner one.
type data: Female holotype from Wanhsien, Yen-Ching-Kao, Szechuan, China,
February, 1922 (W. Granger), in the American Museum of Natural History.
Literature Cited
Bishop, S. C. and Crosby, C. 1932. A New Species of the Spider Family Liphistiidae
from China. Peking Nat. Hist. Bull., 6, pp. 5-7, 7 figures.
Bristowe, U. S. 1932. The Liphistiid Spiders. With an appendix on their Internal
Anatomy by J. Millot. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 1016-1057, pi. I-VI, text figs.
1-11.
Gertsch, W. J. 1949. American Spiders. Van Nostrand, New York. Pp. v-xiii, 1-285,
pi. 1-32, PI. I-XXXII.
118
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Petrunkevitch, A. 1939. Catalogue of American Spiders. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts.
Sci., 33, pp. 133-338.
Schiapelli, R. D., and Gerschman de Pikelin, B. S. 1962. Importancia de las Espermate-
cas en la Sistematica de las Aranas del Suborden Mygalomorphae. Physis, 23, No.
64, pp. 69-75, 4 plates.
Schenkel, E. 1953. Chinesische Arachnoidea aus dem Museum Hoangho-Peiho in
Tienlsin. Bol. Mus. Nac., Rio de Janeiro, No. 119, pp. 1-108, 47 figs.
Vachon, M. 1958. Contribution a 1’Etude de Developpement Post-embryonnaire des
Araignees. Deuxieme note. Orthognathes. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 83, pp. 429-461.
Received for publication April 17, 1967
Activities of Respiratory Enzymes During the Metamorphosis
of the Face Fly, Musca autumnalis De Geer1
P. G. Rousell
St. Francis Xavier University, Antigonish, Nova Scotia, Canada
Abstract: The activities of alcohol, succinic, malic, glucose, glutamic, alpha-glycerophos-
phate, lactic, and isocitric dehydrogenases, the malic enzyme, and cytochrome oxidase were
determined during the metamorphosis of the face fly, Musca autumnalis .
Total alpha-glycerophosphate, alcohol, malic, and succinic dehydrogenases as well as the
malic enzyme exhibited U-shaped activity. Greatest activity was shown by the malic de-
hydrogenase. Isocitric dehydrogenase activity was high initially and remained high until the
2-day pupa, and thereafter showed a progressive decline. Glucose dehydrogenase activity
was low and remained fairly steady during the entire pupal stage. Alcohol dehydrogenase
decreased steadily during the first days of metamorphosis, reached a low value on the third
day, and then increased to reach its highest value in the adult stage. Succinic dehydrogenase
exhibited a similar pattern, but the level of activity was not as high as most of the other
dehydrogenases. Glutamic dehydrogenase showed low activity in the larval stage. It decreased
during the first several days of the pupal life and completely disappeared by the fourth day.
The activity of lactic dehydrogenase was very low throughout metamorphosis. Malic enzyme
exhibited high activity in the larva, prepupa, and again in the adult stage. Cytochrome
oxidase activity was also U-shaped during metamorphosis.
The 02 consumption of holometabolous insects follows a U-shaped curve dur-
ing metamorphosis. This phenomenon was first described by Krogh (1914) for
the mealworm, Tenebrio molitor, and subsequently has been confirmed by the
following investigators employing a variety of insect species: Clare, 1925; Fink,
1925; Bodine and Orr, 1925; Ludwig, 1931; Dobzhansky and Poulson, 1935;
Wolsky, 1938; Sacktor, 1951; Ito, 1954; Cotty, 1956; and Ludwig and Barsa,
1956.
Since the causative factors responsible for the U-shaped respiratory curve
are not fully understood, various explanations have been advanced. Krogh
(1914) and Fink (1925) believed the changes in C)2 consumption to be associated
with different degrees of tissue organization. The activity of cytochrome oxidase
has been investigated as a rate-limiting factor in respiratory metabolism. Wolsky
( 1938), Williams ( 1950), Ludwig (1953) and Diamantis (1962) found U-shaped
activity curves for cytochrome oxidase during the pupal stages of the fruit fly
Drosophila melanogaster , the moth' Platysamia cecropia , the Japanese beetle
Popillia japonic a, and the flour moth Ephestia kiihniella , respectively. A corre-
lation between succinic dehydrogenase activity and respiratory metabolism has
been described by Wolsky (1941) for Drosophila melanogaster , Ito (1954) for
Bombyx mori , Ludwig and Barsa (1955) for Popillia japonica and for Tenebrio
1 This investigation was financed by a research grant of the National Research Council
of Canada.
119
120
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
molitor (1958). Agrell (1949) described total dehydrogenase activity and the
activities of malic, citric, and glutamic dehydrogenases as U-shaped during the
metamorphosis of the blow fly, Calliphora erythrocephala. Ludwig and Barsa
(1958) found malic and succinic dehydrogenases and the malic enzyme activities
to be U-shaped during the metamorphosis of Tenebrio molitor. In 1959, they
found that with the house fly alcohol and alpha-glycerophosphate dehydro-
genases also followed U-shaped curves. Diamantis (1962) described similar
activity for alpha-glycerophosphate I and II, malic, isocitric and succinic de-
hydrogenases and the malic enzyme. His report of the U-shaped activity of
isocitric dehydrogenase is at variance with the findings of Ludwig and Barsa
(1959) for the house fly. They reported the isocitric dehydrogenase showed a
steady decrease during metamorphosis. Diamantis (1962) also found low glu-
tamic dehydrogenase activity at all stages, whereas Ludwig and Barsa (1959)
found that it disappeared early in the pupal stage.
In the present investigation a study was made of cytochrome oxidase and the
various dehydrogenases during the metamorphosis of the face fly Musca autum-
nalis.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
The insects used in this study were obtained from the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture Research Center, Beltsville, Maryland. They were reared
in screened cages measuring 30 X 30 X 30 inches. The temperature of the rear-
ing room was 25 ± 2°C and the relative humidity varied between 35-60 per
cent. The light source consisted of two 160-W General Electric F 40 CW fluo-
rescent lamps that gave a light intensity of approximately 150 ft-c measured at
the top of the cages. The optimum photoperiod was found to be 16 hours ex-
tending from 6 a.m. to 10 p.m.
A mixture of skimmed milk and 5 per cent sucrose solution in a 2:1 ratio was
placed daily in a petri dish containing a centrally located piece of absorbent
cotton which served as a resting place for the flies when they were feeding. Ap-
proximately 10 ml of citrated bovine blood was placed in a second dish and 3 ml
of 5 per cent maltose solution was also added to this receptacle. Fresh cow
dung was placed in a third dish to serve both as a source of food and as an
oviposition medium. Each day after being removed from the cages, the dishes
of manure were set aside for 48 hours and then examined for the presence of
larvae. If larvae were found, the manure was transferred to a porcelain tray
(15 X 10 X 3 inches) containing a large central mass of dung surrounded by a
fairly thick layer of vermiculite into which the larvae migrated just prior to
pupation. These trays were covered with a layer of cheesecloth and placed on
shelves in the rearing room. Following pupation, the insects were gently re-
moved to a small dish which was put in one of the rearing cages to await emer-
gence.
September, 1967] Rousell: Respiratory Enzymes of Face Fly
121
The activities of alcohol, succinic, malic, glucose, glutamic, alpha-glycerophos-
phate, lactic, and isocitric dehydrogenases and the malic enzyme were deter-
mined by the Thunberg method as given by Umbreit, Burris and Stauffer (1957,
p. 130). The insects were washed in an alcohol solution, according to the pro-
cedure followed by Cotty (1956) to remove surface bacteria before homogeniza-
tion. Insects were homogenized by means of a motor-driven glass homogenizer
for 1 minute in 0.03 M phosphate buffer, except in the case of isocitric dehydro-
genase, where veronal buffer was used since the phosphate ion interferes with
the activity of this enzyme. The buffers were adjusted to a pH of 7.4. A3 per
cent homogenate (1 ml) was incubated at 30°C for 30 minutes, and when NAD
or NADP was used, the homogenate was pre-incubated with 0.5 ml of 0.2 per cent
NAD or with 0.5 ml of 0.1 per cent NADP to oxidize the endogenous substrate.
The smaller concentration of NADP was used because the addition of larger
amounts did not increase enzyme activity. The homogenate was then placed in
the side arm cap of the Thunberg tube. In the body of the tube were placed
1 ml of 1/10,000 per cent methylene blue, 1 ml of substrate (0.004 M), and a
sufficient amount of buffer to bring the final volume to 6 ml. In measuring the
activity of malic dehydrogenase, 0.5 ml of 0.24 M KCN was added to prevent
inhibition by the oxalacetate formed (Green 1936). In determining the succinic
dehydrogenase activity, 0.5 ml of a mixture of 0.005 M CaCD and 0.005 Alcl3
was added. NADP was used in the studies of the malic enzyme and of isocitric
dehydrogenase. In the former determinations, 0.5 ml of 0.033 M MgS04, and
in the latter, 0.5 ml of 6 X 10~3 M MnCl2 was added. These supplementary solu-
tions were added before the final dilution of the homogenate. The tubes were
evacuated for five minutes and were then inverted to add the homogenate con-
tained in the side arm to the mixture in the main portion of the tube, thus bring-
ing the final concentration of homogenate to 0.5 per cent. Following this the
tubes were placed in a constant temperature bath at 30°C, and the time re-
quired for 90 per cent reduction of methylene blue to occur was determined by
visually matching the color with that of a standard tube. This standard con-
tained all of the components of the other tubes except that the methylene blue
was diluted to Vio the usual concentration and the homogenate had been previ-
ously inactivated by boiling. A control tube containing all the components of
the experimental tube except the substrate was used in each determination.
Activities of dehydrogenase enzymes were expressed as 1/time in minutes for
90 per cent decoloration of methylene blue. These activities were determined by
subtracting the rate of control from that of the experimental tube.
The activity of cytochrome oxidase, expressed as A log (CyFe++) / minute, was
determined during the same stages of metamorphosis and was measured on tissue
homogenates in a final concentration of 1 : 10,000. The insects were homogenized
in 0.03 M phosphate buffer which had a pH of 7.4. The spectrophotometric
method of Cooperstein and Lazarow (1951) was used to measure the cytochrome
oxidase activity.
122
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Table 1. Dehydrogenase activity expressed as 1/time in minutes for 90% decolorization of
methylene blue during the metamorphosis of the face fly, Musca autumnalis. Readings
were made at 30° C. (GPD is alpha-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase.)
Dehydrogenase
Stage
Malic
Glu-
cose
Alcohol
Lactic
Iso-
citric
Glu-
tamic
Suc-
cinic
GPD
I
GPD
II
Malic
Enzymes
Larva
0.375
0.006
0.055
0.024
0.345
0.008
0.019
0.061
0.005
0.120
Prepupa
0.328
0.004
0.050
0.022
0.316
0.006
0.016
0.050
0.006
0.114
Pupa, 1 day
0.280
0.004
0.040
0.018
0.322
0.006
0.008
0.020
0.008
0.105
Pupa, 2 day
0.252
0.006
0.031
0.015
0.282
0.003
0.008
0.011
0.010
0.082
Pupa, 3 day
0.228
0.010
0.022
0.009
0.230
0.002
0.005
0.005
0.010
0.060
Pupa, 4 day
0.230
0.009
0.038
0.006
0.218
0.005
0.004
0.012
0.096
Pupa, 5 day
0.260
0.006
0.046
0.010
0.202
0.009
0.018
0.012
0.104
Pupa, 6 day
0.345
0.005
0.058
0.005
0.180
0.012
0.029
0.025
0.110
Pupa, 7 day
Adult, just
0.425
0.005
0.062
0.007
0.156
0.024
0.058
0.032
0.112
emerged
0.785
0.002
0.069
0.007
0.131
0.030
0.074
0.035
0.130
OBSERVATIONS
The changes in the activities of the dehydrogenase enzymes during the metamor-
phosis of the face fly are shown in Table 1. Each value is an average of ten
determinations.
Total alpha-glycerophosphate, alcohol, malic, and succinic dehydrogenases as
well as the malic enzyme exhibited U-shaped activity. Greatest activity was
shown by the malic dehydrogenase with a considerable rise observed in the
newly emerged adult. Alpha-glycerophosphate dehydrogenase I (requiring NAD)
decreased steadily from the larval stage to the fourth day and then rose gradually
during the remainder of the pupal stage. Alpha-glycerophosphate II (not re-
quiring NAD) appeared at the first day of the pupal stage and it showed a
steady increase with the highest activity being detected in the adult fly. Isocitric
dehydrogenase activity was high initially and remained high until 2 -day pupa
and thereafter showed a progressive decline. Glucose dehydrogenase activity was
very low; it remained fairly steady during the entire pupal stage and decreased
slightly in the newly emerged adult. Alcohol dehydrogenase decreased steadily
during the first days of the metamorphosis, reaching a low value on the third
day, and then increased to reach its highest value in the adult stage. Succinic
dehydrogenase exhibited a similar pattern but the level of activity was not as
high as most of the other dehydrogenases. The activity of lactic dehydrogenase
was low throughout metamorphosis. Malic enzyme exhibited high activities in
the larva, prepupa and again in the adult stage. Glutamic dehydrogenase showed
low activity in the larval stage. It decreased during the first several days of
pupal life and completely disappeared by the fourth day.
Cytochrome oxidase activity was also U-shaped during metamorphosis as in-
dicated in Table 2. Each value here is also an average of at least ten determina-
tions. The larval and prepupal stages were characterized by high activity with a
September, 1967] Rousell: Respiratory Enzymes of Face Fly
123
Table 2. Cytochrome oxidase activity during the metamorphosis of Musca autumnalis.
Homogenate concentration is 1:10,000.
Stage
Enzyme Activity
A log [CyFe++] / min.
Minimum
Maximum
Average
Larva
0.051
0.103
0.084
Prepupa
0.043
0.088
0.061
Pupa, 1 day
0.024
0.042
0.032
Pupa, 2 day
0.014
0.038
0.021
Pupa, 3 day
0.009
0.022
0.014
Pupa, 4 day
0.008
0.017
0.010
Pupa, 5 day
0.027
0.048
0.041
Pupa, 6 day
0.052
0.089
0.076
Pupa, 7 day
0.112
0.151
0.127
Adult, newly emerged
0.124
0.221
0.178
progressive decrease until the fourth day and then a steady increase to a high
of 0.178.
DISCUSSION
The U-shaped activities of malic dehydrogenase and the malic enzyme agree
with the results reported for these enzymes during the metamorphosis of the
mealworm and of the house fly (Ludwig and Barsa, 1958 and 1959). These
findings also agree with those of Agrell (1949) for the blow fly, Calliphora
erythrocephala , and of Diamantis (1962) for the Mediterranean flour moth,
Ephestia kuhniella. Isocitric dehydrogenase activity in the face fly was slightly
lower than that found in the house fly (Ludwig and Barsa, 1959), but similar
in that it uniformly decreased during metamorphosis. This differs from the re-
sults reported by Agrell (1949) for the blow fly and Diamantis (1962) for the
Mediterranean flour moth, both of whom found that isocitric dehydrogenase ex-
hibited U-shaped activity. Isocitric dehydrogenase in the presence of NADP
and Mn++ catalyzes the oxidation of isocitrate through oxalosuccinate to alpha-
ketoglutarate. The high activity of malic dehydrogenase is similar to that re-
ported for the house fly by Ludwig and Barsa (1959) and for the flour moth by
Diamantis (1962). Malic dehydrogenase and the malic enzyme both catalyze
the oxidation of 1-malate. The end products with the malic enzyme are pyruvate
and C02? whereas with malic dehydrogenase the end product is oxaloacetate.
The high activities of malic dehydrogenase and the malic enzyme coupled with
the rather low rate for total lactic dehydrogenase adds additional support to the
belief that lactate does not accumulate in insects, but rather pyruvate is reduced
to malate which in turn is oxidized to oxaloacetate. The U-shaped activity curves
for alcohol and alpha-glycerophosphate I dehydrogenase agree with the results
obtained by Ludwig and Barsa ( 1959) with the house fly, but alpha-glycerophos-
phate II was found during all stages of metamorphosis in the face fly as con-
trasted with the house fly where it does not appear until near the end of the
124
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
pupal stage. The activity curve for succinic dehydrogenase corroborates re-
ported results of a number of other insects including Drosophila melanogaster
(Wolsky, 1941), Calliphora erythrocephala (Agrell, 1949), Musca domestica
(Ludwig and Barsa, 1959), Tenebrio molitor (Ludwig and Barsa, 1958), Ephestia
kuhniella (Diamantis, 1962). The low activity of this enzyme indicates that it
could be a determining factor in the U-shaped respiratory curve that is character-
istic of the metamorphosis of holometabolous insects.
The U-shaped pattern of cytochrome oxidase activity here reported for Musca
autumnalis agrees with what has been found in the fruit fly, D. melanogaster by
Wolsky (1938), in the house fly, M. domestica by Sacktor (1951), in the Japa-
nese beetle, P. japonica by Ludwig (1953), in the moth, Platysamia cecropia by
Williams (1950), and in the flour moth, Ephestia kuhniella by Diamantis (1912).
This would indicate that most of the oxidation during metamorphosis is medi-
ated through the cytochrome system.
Literature Cited
Agrell, I. P. S. 1949. Localization of some hydrogen-activating enzymes in insects during
metamorphosis. Nature, 164: 1039-1040.
Bodine, J. H., and P. R. Orr. 1925. Respiratory metabolism. Biol. Bull., 48: 1014.
Clare, M. R. 1925. A study of oxygen metabolism in Drosphila melanogaster. Biol. Bull.,
49: 440-460.
Cooperstein, S. J., and A. Lazarow. 1951. A microspectrophotometric method for the
determination of cytochrome oxidase. Jour. Biol. Chem., 189: 665-670.
Cotty, V. F. 1956. Respiratory metabolism of prepupae of the house fly, Musca domestica
L., and of their homogenates. Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst., 18: 253-262.
Diamantis, W. 1962. Activities of respiratory enzymes during the metamorphosis of the
Mediterranean flour moth, Ephestia kuhniella Zeller. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 70: 68-78.
Dobzhansky, T., and D. F. Poulson. 1953. Oxygen consumption of Drosophila pupae. II.
Drosophila pseudobscura. Z. Vergl. Physiol., 22: 473-478.
Fink, D. E. 1925. Metabolism during embryonic and metamorphic development of insects.
Jour. Gen. Physiol., 7: 527-543.
Green, D. E. 1936. The malic dehydrogenase of animal tissue. Biochem. J., 30: 2095-2110.
Ito, T. 1954. The physiology in the metamorphosis of Bombyx mori. I. Respiration.
Bull. Sericult. Exp. Sta. (Tokyo), 14: 263-278.
Krogh, A. 1914. On the rate of development and CO- production of chrysalides of Tenebrio
molitor at different temperatures. Z. allg. Physiol., 16: 178-190.
Ludwig, D. 1931. Studies on the metamorphosis of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica
Newman). I. Weight and metabolism changes. Jour. Exp. Zool., 60: 309-323.
. 1953. Cytochrome oxidase activity during diapause and metamorphosis of the
Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman). Jour. Gen. Physiol., 36: 751-757.
— and M. C. Barsa. 1955. The activity of succinic dehydrogenase during diapause
and metamorphosis of the Japanese beetle ( Popillia japonica Newman). Jour. N.Y.
Ent. Soc., 63: 161-165.
. 1956. Oxygen consumption of whole insects and insect homogenates. Biol. Bull.,
110: 77-82.
. 1958. Activity of dehydrogenase enzymes during the metamorphosis of the meal-
worm, Tenebrio molitor Linnaeus. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 49: 103-104.
September, 1967] Rousell: Respiratory Enzymes of Face Fly
125
. 1959. Activities of respiratory enzymes during the metamorphosis of the house
fly, Musca domestica Linnaeus. Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., 67: 151-156.
Sacktor, B. 1951. Some aspects of respiratory metabolism during metamorphosis of normal
and DDT-resistant house flies, Musca domestica L. Biol. Bull., 100: 229-243.
Umbreit, W. W., R. H. Burris, and J. F. Stauffer. 1957. Manometric techniques. A
manual describing methods applicable to the study of tissue metabolism. Minneapolis.
Williams, C. M. 1950. A hormonal-enzymatic mechanism for control of pupal diapause in
the Cecropia silkworm. Abstract of Communication to the XVIII Int. Physiol. Cong.
(Copenhagen), 517-518.
Wolsky, A. 1938. The effect of carbon monoxide on oxygen consumption of Drosophila
melanogaster pupae. Jour. Exp. Biol., 15: 225-234.
. 1941. Quantitative changes in the substrate-dehydrogenase system of Drosophila
pupae during metamorphosis. Science, 94: 48-49.
Received for publication April 3, 1967
Some Synonyms in American Spiders1
Wilton Ivie2
Abstract: New synonyms of one genus and twenty-four species, as well as twenty-one
new combinations and a few other notes pertaining to American spiders, most of them in
the family Linyphiidae, particularly the sub-family Erigoninae, are recorded.
The following notes, concerned with new synonymy and new combinations
in the nomenclature of American spiders, are presented herewith so that they
may become part of the published record. Many of these notes were accumulated
while examining the collections of The American Museum of Natural History,
the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard, Cornell University, Ithaca,
New York, and parts of the type collections of the University of Utah and
The United States National Museum. Cross references are given under the
respective genera and families for the names mentioned in the text. Under
the literature references, only those not included in Bonnet’s Bibliographia
Araneorum are cited.
Family CLUBIONIDAE
Genus PHRUROTIMPUS Chamberlin and Ivie, 1935.
Phrurotimpus alarms (Hentz), 1S47.
Phrurotimpus annulatus Chamberlin and Ivie, 1944.
New Synonym.
Phrurotimpus borealis (Emerton), 1911.
Phrurolithus utus Chamberlin and Ivie, 1933. Synonym.
Family SALTICIDAE
Genus LYSSOMANES Hentz, 1844.
Lyssomanes viridis (Walckenaer) , 1837.
7 'etragnatha lutea Walckenaer, 1841. New Synonym.
Family THERIDIIDAE
Genus DIPOENA Thorell, 1870.
PSELOTHORAX Chamberlin, 1948 (Erigonidae) . New Synonym.
Dipoena atopa (Chamberlin). New Combination.
Pselothorax atopus Chamberlin, 1948.
Dipoena daltoni Levi, 1953. New Synonym.
Family TETRAGNATHIDAE
Genus TETRAGNATHA Latreille, 1804.
T etragnatha lutea Walckenaer. See Lyssomanes viridis (Salticidae)
1 This paper was prepared as a phase of a project supported by funds from the National
Science Foundation (Grant GB-3880)
2 Research Fellow, Department of Entomology, The American Museum of Natural History,
New York.
126
September, 1967]
Ivie: American Spider Synonyms
127
Family LINYPHIIDAE
Sub-Family Erigoninae
Genus ACARTAUCHENIUS Simon, 1884.
Acartauchenius columbiensis Crosby. See Maso polita.
Genus CERATICELUS Simon, 1884.
Ceraticelus anomalus Gertsch and Ivie. See Idionella anomala.
Ceraticelus desertus Gertsch and Ivie. See Idionella deserta.
Ceraticelus jormosus (Banks). See Idionella jormosa.
Ceraticelus guttatus Chamberlin and Ivie. See Idionella anomala.
Ceraticelus micropalpus (Emerton).
Ceraticelus durus Chamberlin and Ivie, 1939. New Synonym.
Ceraticelus nesiotes Crosby. See Idionella nesiotes.
Ceraticelus parvulus (Fox). See Ceratinella parvula.
Ceraticelus rugosus Crosby. See Idionella rugosa.
Ceraticelus titivillitium Crosby and Bishop. See Idionella titivillitium.
Ceraticelus tuganus Chamberlin. See Idionella tugana.
Genus CERATINELLA Emerton, 1882.
Ceratinella brunnea Emerton, 1882.
Ceratinella placida Banks, 1892. New Synonym.
Ceratinella jormosa Banks. See Idionella jormosa.
Ceratinella parvula (Wm. Fox).
Erigone ( Ceratinella ) parvula Fox, 1891.
Ceratinella sphaerula Emerton, 1911. New Synonym.
Ceraticelus parvulus: Crosby and Bishop, 1925.
Genus CERATINOPS Banks, 1905.
Ceratinops obscura (Chamberlin and Ivie). New Combination.
Masonetta obscura Chamberlin and Ivie, 1944.
Genus CERATINOPSIS Emerton, 1882.
Ceratinopsis disparata (Dondale). New Combination.
Grammonota disparata Dondale, 1959. This species is very close to, if not
identical with, Ceratinopsis labradorensis Emerton, 1925.
Ceratinopsis tybeensis Chamberlin and Ivie. See Masonetta jloridana.
Genus CORNICULARIA Menge, 1868.
Cornicularia lepida Kulczynski, 1885. Kamchatka.
Cornicularia pacijica Emerton, 1923. New Synonym.
C ornicularia selma Chamberlin. See Scylaceus selma.
Genus EPERIGONE Crosby and Bishop, 1928.
Eperigone trilobata (Emerton).
Bathyphantes tristis Banks, 1892. Synonymy suggested by Hackman, 1954; con-
firmed by examination of type material.
Genus EPICERATICELUS Crosby and Bishop, 1931.
Epiceraticelus jluvialis Crosby and Bishop.
Scylaceus amylus Chamberlin, 1948. New Synonym.
Genus ERIDANTES Crosby and Bishop, 1933.
Eridantes erigonoides (Emerton).
Erigone percisa Keyserling, 1886. New Synonym.
Genus ERIGONE Audouin, 1827.
Erigone atra (Blackwall), 1833.
128
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Erigone praepulchra Keyserling, 1886. Synonym.
Erigone matei Keyserling. See 0 stearins melanopygius.
Erigone minutissima Keyserling. See Scylaceus pallidus.
Erigone nigrianus Keyserling. See 0 stearins melanopygius.
Erigone percisa Keyserling. See Eridantes erigonoides.
Erigone rostratula Keyserling. See Scylaceus pallidus.
Genus EULAIRA Chamberlin and Ivie, 1933.
Eulaira microtarsus (Emerton). See Hillhousia microtarsus.
Genus GONEATARA Bishop and Crosby, 1935.
Goneatara nasuta (Barrows). New Combination.
Souessa nasuta Barrows, 1943.
Genus GRAMMONOT A Emerton, 1882.
Grammonota disparata Dondale. See Ceratinopsis disparata.
Grammonota sclerata Ivie and Barrows. See Idionella sclerata.
Genus HILAIRA Simon, 1884.
Hilaira balia Crosby and Bishop, 1929. South America.
Microneta maculata Mello-Leitao, 1940. New Synonym.
Genus HILLHOUSIA F. P. -Cambridge, 1894.
Hillhousia microtarsus (Emerton). New Combination.
Tmeticus microtarsus Emerton, 1882.
Eulaira microtarsus: Chamberlin and Ivie, 1945.
Sciastes microtarsus Bishop and Crosby, 1938.
Genus IDIONELLA Banks, 1893. Type: jormosa.
Idionella anomala (Gertsch & Ivie). New Combination.
Ceraticelus anomalus Gertsch and Ivie, 1936. Male.
Ceraticelus guttatus Chamberlin and Ivie, 1939. Female. New Synonym.
Idionella deserta (Gertsch and Ivie). New Combination.
Ceraticelus desertus Gertsch and Ivie, 1936.
Idionella jormosa (Banks).
Ceratinella jormosa Banks, 1892.
Ceraticelus jormosus : Crosby and Bishop, 1925.
Idionella nesiotes (Crosby). New Combination.
Ceraticelus nesiotes Crosby, 1924.
Idionella rugosa (Crosby). New Combination.
Ceraticelus rugosus Crosby, 1905.
Idionella sclerata (Ivie and Barrows). New Combination.
Grammonota sclerata Ivie and Barrows, 1935.
Ceraticelus jormosus : Crosby, 1937 (in part; male, not female).
Idionella titivillitium (Crosby and Bishop). New Combination.
Ceraticelus titivillitium Crosby and Bishop, 1925.
Idionella tugana (Chamberlin). New Combination.
Ceraticelus tuganus Chamberlin, 1948.
Genus ISLANDIAN A Braendegaard, 1932.
Islandiana jalsijica (Keyserling). New Combination.
Erigone jalsijica Keyserling, 1886.
Tmeticus alatus Emerton, 1919. New Synonym.
Islandiana alata: Ivie, 1965.
Genus MASO Simon, 1884.
Maso polita Banks, 1896.
September, 1967]
Ivie: American Spider Synonyms
129
Acartauchenius columbiensis Crosby, 1905. New Synonym.
Genus MASONCUS Chamberlin, 1948.
Masoncus conspectus (Gertsch and Davis). New Combination.
Tapinocyba conspecta Gertsch and Davis, 1936.
Masoncus nogales Chamberlin, 1948. New Synonym.
Genus MASON ETTA Chamberlin and Ivie, 1939.
Masonetta floridana (Ivie and Barrows), 1935.
Ceratinopsis tybeensis Chamberlin and Ivie, 1944. New Synonym.
Masonetta obscura Chamberlin and Ivie. See Ceratinops obscura.
Genus OEDOTHORAX Bertkau, 1883.
Oedothorax melacra Chamberlin. See Ostearius melanopygius.
Genus OSTEARIUS J. E. Hull, 1911.
Ostearius melanopygius (O. P. Cambridge).
Linyphia melanopygia O. P. Cambridge, 1879.
Erigone matei Keyserling, 1886. New Synonym.
Erigone nigrianus Keyserling, 1886. New Synonym.
Oedothorax melacra Chamberlin, 1916. New Synonym.
Scolopembolus melacrus: Bishop and Crosby, 1938.
Genus PSELOTHORAX Chamberlin, 1948. See DIPOEN A, (Theridiidae) .
Pselothorax atopus Chamberlin. See Dipoena atopa, (Theridiidae).
Genus SCIASTES Bishop and Crosby, 1938.
Sciastes microtarsus (Emerton). See Hillhousia microtarsus.
Sciastes ogeechee Chamberlin and Ivie. See Souessoula parva.
Sciastes terrestris (Emerton). See Porrhomma terrestris (Linyphiinae)
Genus SCOLOPEMBOLUS Bishop and Crosby, 1938.
Scolopembolus melacrus (Chamberlin). See Ostearius melanopygius.
Genus SCYLACEUS Bishop and Crosby, 1938.
Scylaceus amylus Chamberlin. See Epiceraticelus fluvialis.
Scylaceus pallidus (Emerton), 1882.
Erigone minutissima Keyserling, 1886. New Synonym.
Erigone rostratula Keyserling, 1886. New Synonym.
Scylaceus pallas Chamberlin, 1948. New Synonym.
Scylaceus selma (Chamberlin). New Combination.
Cornicularia selma Chamberlin, 1948.
Genus SISICOTTUS Bishop and Crosby, 1938.
Sisicottus atypicus Chamberlin and Ivie. See Souessoula parva.
Genus SOUESSA Crosby and Bishop, 1936.
Souessa nasuta Barrows. See Goneatara nasuta.
Genus SOUESSOULA Crosby and Bishop, 1936.
Souessoula parva (Banks), 1899.
Sciastes ogeechee Chamberlin and Ivie, 1944, female. New Synonym.
Sisicottus atypicus Chamberlin and Ivie, 1944, male. New Synonym.
Genus T ACHYGYN A Chamberlin and Ivie, 1939.
Tachygyna gargopa (Crosby and Bishop). New Combination.
Microneta gargopa Crosby and Bishop, 1929.
Genus TAPINOCYBA Simon, 1884.
Tapinocyba conspecta Gertsch and Davis. See Masoncus conspectus.
Genus TMET1CUS Menge, 1886.
Tmeticus alatus Emerton. See Islandiana falsifica.
130
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Tmeticus microtarsus Emerton. See Hillhousia microtarsus.
Tmeticus terrestris Emerton. See Porrhomma terrestris (Linyphiinae) .
Sub-Family Linyphiinae
Genus ALLOMEN GEA Strand, 1912.
Allomengea pinnata (Emerton). New Combination.
Microneta pinnata Emerton, 1915.
Microneta plumosa: Emerton, 1915 (lapsus in caption of figure for M. pinnata.)
Linyphia ontariensis Emerton, 1925. New Synonym.
Helophora ontariensis : Blauvelt, 1936; Chamberlin and Ivie, 1947.
Allomengea scopigera (Grube).
Linyphia sitkaensis Keyserling, 1886. New Synonym.
Genus BATHYPHANTES Menge, 1866.
Bathyphantes pacificus Banks. See Liny phantes pacificus.
Bathyphantes tragicus Banks. See Liny phantes tragicus.
Bathy phantes tristis Banks. See Eperigone trilobata.
Genus LEPTHYPH ANTES Menge, 1866.
Lepthy phantes sabulosus (Keyserling), 1886.
Lepthy phantes appalachia Chamberlin and Ivie, 1944. New Synonym.
Type locality of sabulosus given as Salt Lake City, Utah; probably incorrect.
Genus L1NYPH ANTES Chamberlin and Ivie, 1942.
Linyphantes aeronautica (Petrunkevitch) . New Combination.
Microneta aeronautica Petrunkevitch, 1929.
Linyphantes orcinus (Emerton). New Combination.
Microneta orcina Emerton, 1917.
Linyphantes pacificus (Banks). New Combination.
Bathyphantes pacificus Banks, 1905.
Linyphantes tragicus (Banks). New Combination.
Bathyphantes tragicus Banks, 1898. Baja California.
Genus LINYPHIA Sundevall, 1804.
Linyphia melanopygia O. P. Cambridge. See Ostearius melanopygius (Erigoninae) .
Linyphia ontariensis Emerton. See Allomengea pinnata.
Linyphia sitkaensis Keyserling. See Allomengea scopigera.
Genus MICRONETA Menge, 1868.
Microneta aeronautica Petrunkevitch. See Linyphantes aeronautica.
Microneta gargopa Crosby and Bishop. See Tachygyna gargopa.
Microneta maculata Mello-Leitao. See H Hair a balia (Erigoninae)
Microneta orcina Emerton. See Linyphantes orcinus.
Microneta pinnata Emerton. See Allomengea pinnata.
Microneta plumosa Emerton. See Allomengea pinnata.
Genus PORRHOMMA Simon, 1884.
Porrhomma terrestris (Emerton). New Combination.
Tmeticus terrestris Emerton, 1882.
Sciastes terrestris: Bishop and Crosby, 1938 (Erigoninae).
Literature Cited
Barrows, W. M. 1943. A New Prairie Spider. Ohio Jour. Science, 43, p. 209.
Chamberlin, R. V. 1948. On Some Spiders of the Family Erigonidae. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer., 41, pp. 483-562, 163 figs.
September, 1967]
Ivie: American Spider Synonyms
131
Chamberlin, Ralph V., and Wilton Ivie. 1939. Studies on North American Spiders of
the Family Micryphantidae. Verh. VII Int. Kongr. Ent., 1, pp. 56-73, 59 figs.
. 1942. A Hundred New Species of American Spiders, Bull. Univ. Utah, Biol. Ser.,
7, No. 1, pp. 1-117, 231 figs.
. 1944. Spiders of the Georgia Region of North America. Ibid., 8, No. 5, pp.
1-267, 217 figs.
Dondale, C. D. 1959. Definition of the Genus Grammonota. Canadian Ent., 91, No.
4, pp. 232-242, 26 figs.
Hackman, Walter. 1954. The Spiders of Newfoundland. Acta Zool. Fennica, No. 79,
pp. 1-99, 121 figs., 5 maps.
Ivie, Wilton. 1965. The Spiders of the Genus Islandiana. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No.
2221, pp. 1-25, 53 figs.
Levi, Herbert W. 1953. Spiders of the Genus Dipoena from America North of Mexico.
Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1647, pp. 1-39, 121 figs.
Received for publication May 1, 1961
Biology of Dufourea and of its cleptoparasite, Neopasites
(Hymenoptera: Apoidea)
Philip F. Torchio,1 Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.,2 George E. Bohart,1
and Marjorie S. Favreau2
Abstract: The biologies of four species of Dufourea [ D . mulleri (Cockerell), D. mal-
acothricis Timberlake, D. pulchricornis (Cockerell), and D. trochantera Bohart] are de-
scribed and compared. The biology of the nomadine bee parasite, N eopasites, family
Anthophoridae, is also described. Two species of the parasite are associated with their
hosts [Neopasites ( Micropasites ) cressoni Crawford with D. mulleri, and an undescribed
species of the subgenus Neopasites with D. trochantera] . The suspected association of an
additional species, Neopasites ( Neopasites ) fulviventris (Cresson), on D. dentipes Bohart
and an undescribed Dufourea species is included. The subfamilies of Halictidae are com-
pared on the basis of biological features in a summary table.
The family Halictidae (composed of Halictinae, Nomiinae, and Dufoureinae)
is well represented in the biological literature. Most of the information, how-
ever, concerns halictines and nomiines. Previous biological studies of the
Dufoureinae have been restricted to six species within two Old World genera:
Rophites canus Evers (Enslin, 1921; Malyshev, 1925a), Rophites hartmanni
Friese (Malyshev, 1925a), R. quin ques pin osus Spinola (Stockhert, 1922),
Systropha planidens Giraud and S. curvicornis Scopoli (Malyshev, 1925b),
and S. punjabensis Batra and Michener (Batra and Michener, 1966). The
holarctic genus, Dufourea , has not been studied biologically, even though it
is widely distributed and contains the greatest number of species in the sub-
family. The biologies of four Dufourea species (D. mulleri (Cockerell), D.
malacothricis Timberlake, D. pulchricornis (Cockerell), and D. trochantera
Bohart) are reported.
The biology of the New World Neopasites (= Gnathopasites) is also de-
scribed. It and its Old World counterpart, Biastes, comprise the nomadine
tribe Biastini which are cleptoparasitic primarily on the Dufoureinae. Biastes
attacks the nests of Rophites, Systropha , and presumably the eucerine Tetra-
lonia (Popov, 1951), and Neopasites attacks those of Dufourea.
The literature search for this paper was made with the assistance of the
Bibliography of Apoid Biology under the direction of Dr. Charles D. Michener,
the University of Kansas, Lawrence.
Dufourea mulleri (Cockerell)
Description of Habitat: Bohart, Torchio, and Nabil Youssef studied the
biology of this species at Tubac, Santa Cruz County, Arizona, between April
1 Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., USDA, Logan, Utah, in cooperation
with Utah Agricultural Experiment Station.
2 Department of Entomology, the American Museum of Natural History, N. Y., N. Y.
132
September, 1967]
Torchio, et al.: Biology of Dufourea
133
Fig. 1. Nesting area of Dufourea mulleri (Cockerell) at 3 miles south-southwest of
Rodeo, Hidalgo County, New Mexico.
13 and 17, 1965. Torchio returned to this site on April 27, 1965, and found
nesting had been completed. On April 26, 1966, he revisited the nesting site
and discovered the nesting population greatly reduced over the previous year.
Rozen studied the species 3 miles S.S.W. of Rodeo, New Mexico (Fig. 1)
(actually in Cochise County, Arizona), between May 1 and 5, 1965. Rozen
and Favreau revisited this site between April 26 and May 5, 1966, at which'
time the species was more abundant and nested in various areas along the
road between this point and Apache, Arizona.
The Tubac site was located adjacent to a gravelly creek bottom which
carried water during short periods each year. Phacelia of two species, Les-
querella , Malacothrix, Acacia greggii Gray, a tall crucifer, and several grass
species were the predominant plants growing along the creek. The surrounding
area is typical of the Lower Sonoran. The Rodeo site, a recently disturbed,
nearly flat area, half a mile long, was adjacent to a highway running in a S.S.W.
direction through the wide San Simon Valley. The nest area was occupied
by low, sparsely scattered herbs, including the pollen plant, Phacelia popei
T. & G. var. arizonica (Gray) Voss, and a Lepidium species. The vegeta-
tion adjoining the nest area was dominated by Prosopis and other xerophilous
plants. The soil surface at both nesting sites was unshaded and ranged from
horizontal or nearly so near Rodeo to gently sloping (up to 15°) at Tubac.
At Tubac, nesting took place in two soil types. One had a 6 mm. layer
134
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
of dry, loose powder covering a hard-packed, sandstone-like layer composed
of brownish soil interspersed with' large gravel particles. The hard-packed
layer extended below the cell level and contained some moisture below 4.6 cm.
The second soil type was light brown, coarsely grained, and loosely packed
to 5 cm. below its surface. Large, extremely hard-packed clods found below
the surface layer were separated from each other by air spaces or narrow
bands of loosely-packed soil. The soil was dry until well below the cell level.
The nesting site near Rodeo was sandy and loosely packed from its surface
to a depth of 3-4 cm., below which it became hard-packed and pebble-free.
Moisture at the cell level varied from slight to moderate, depending upon the
depth. Soil temperatures recorded from this site at a depth of 10 cm. on
April 24, 1966, were: 9:30 a.m., 69°F; 10 a.m., 69°F; 12:30 p.m., 78°F;
3:15 p.m., 80°F. The time is Rocky Mountain Standard time and the day
was clear and warm.
Although nests were scattered over extensive areas at both locations, nest
concentrations also occurred. The most dense concentrations numbered V2 nest/
sq. ft. at Tubac and 4 nests/sq. ft. near Rodeo. Apparently, the species can
be regarded as weakly gregarious. Only a single female occupied a nest.
Nest Architecture
entrance hole: Some nest entrances occurred in flat, bare ground, but more
frequently they were at the lower edges of slight depressions or at the bases
of pebbles or rocks. Soil excavated from the nests was deposited on one side
of the entrance, forming an asymmetrical tumulus. The typical tumulus at
Tubac was heart-shaped and measured 33 mm. long by 27 mm. wide. A
weakly defined trail 4 mm. wide, 2 mm. deep, and 18 mm. long extended from
the entrance hole to near the apical angle of the tumulus. It was formed
as the female swept excavated soil away from the entrance while she backed
away repeatedly over the same terrain. At the terminus of the trail, the
excavated soil was kicked back and away with rapid, flicking leg movements.
The tumulus was continually reshaped and enlarged throughout the period of
nesting activity.
Entrances were generally kept closed at Tubac but remained open near
Rodeo. Possibly the divergent behavior at each location is simply a reflection
of adaptability to nesting in different soil types. At Tubac the very loose
surface powder tended to fill the entrance holes each time bees entered or left.
Returning foragers, however, were able to orient to their respective entrance
holes very successfully. They literally dove into the powdered layer, as do
some N omadopsis species, and rapidly moved soil about until they found and
entered their burrow. The soil near Rodeo was sufficiently granular and
hard-packed to allow the entrance holes to remain open. Entrances always
lacked turrets.
September, 1967]
Torchio, et al.: Biology of Dufourea
135
burrows: The main burrow, circular in cross section, was 3.5 mm. in diameter
and descended in a meandering fashion. There were no obvious constrictions
at or near the entrance hole. The burrow walls were not lined but, at least at
the Tubac site, they appeared darker in color and were more tightly packed
than the surrounding soil. Their permeability to water was equal to that of
the surrounding soil. A vestibule measuring 7 mm. in diameter was found in
one nest at Tubac. It was constructed as a pocket in the wall of the main
burrow 11 mm. below the soil surface. The main burrow was never plugged
and it terminated in a nearly horizontal cell.
Lateral burrows were originated along a 15 mm. zone about halfway down
the main burrow. The unlined laterals (as many as 9 per nest) radiated
horizontally from the main burrow for distances ranging from 5 to 38 mm.
Circular in cross section, they had the same diameter as the main burrow except
where they narrowed to 3 mm. just before joining the cell. Each lateral was
plugged tightly before a new one was excavated.
cells: The cells (Figs. 2-6), which were ovoid and broadly rounded distally,
were placed from 10 to 40 degrees from the horizontal with the anterior end
highest. Their length varied from 6.0 to 8.0 mm. and their width from 4.5
to 5.0 mm. They were carved from the surrounding soil and their inner sur-
faces had no apparent “built-in” wall. They were, however, lined with a dull
varnish that was nearly transparent upon drying. This lining, less than 0.05
mm. in thickness, filled the space between the sand grains and could not
be peeled from the walls of their cells. The lining permitted a moderately
rapid absorption of water when a droplet was placed on it. At the Rodeo site
a very thin layer of dull, extremely fine, silt-like material coated the depres-
sions between the grains of sand. Cells were located between 5 and 10 cm.
from the ground surface, with the uppermost cell being excavated first and
the lowermost cell last. Cells from previous years were not reconditioned and
reused.
The unlined cell cap was composed of a moderately packed soil plug which
had 3 indistinct spiral rings and a small central micropyle on its concave inner
face.
Although only one cell per lateral burrow was found at Tubac, two cells
(and in one case, three cells) in linear series were commonly found at the
end of the lateral burrows near Rodeo. The passage between these cells varied
in length from 2.0 to 5.0 mm., and was filled with rather loosely packed soil
between the firm rear wall of one cell and the firm cap of the other.
Provisioning and Development
D. mulleri provisioned its nests with pollen from two Phacelia species at
Tubac. One species produced blue pollen and the other, yellow. Since the pollen
balls were always either one color or the other, it appears that the bees visited
only one host plant species while provisioning a cell. Phacelia popei T. and G.
136
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
var. arizonica (Gray) Voss was the only pollen host near Rodeo. Its dry pollen
remained bluish in color while on the bee’s scopae but changed to lavender after it
was molded into the provisions. The color of the pollen ball faded to a light tan
by the time the first instar hatched from the egg.
Approximately three pollen loads were required to complete one pollen ball.
The first load, after being transported to the cell, was mixed with nectar and
shaped into a small but complete sphere. Each additional load was added to
the existing sphere until it became a moist but firm, homogeneous, spherical
ball, averaging about 3.5 mm. in diameter and ranging from 2.75 to 3.75 mm.
The ball was placed near, but not at, the posterior end of the cell (Fig. 2).
The pollen balls of this species resembled those of the panurgine genera
N omadopsis and Calliopsis in shape and consistency, but lacked a waterproof
covering.
The shiny, whitish, strongly arched egg (Fig. 2) was approximately 1.9
mm. long and rested on top of the provision in the sagittal plane of the cell.
Both ends were weakly attached to the provisions so that eggs were easily
displaced when cells were excavated. In contrast, the eggs of some bees (e.g.,
certain Panurginae) are attached securely by their posterior ends while the
anterior tip rises in the cell or merely touches the provision. In mulleri the
broader anterior tip of the egg faced the cell closure.
Immediately before the first instar hatched, the egg chorion adhered to the
embryo, so that the rather small head and body segmentation were visible
on the still strongly arched egg. After hatching, the larva fed and crawled
about on the provisions (Fig. 3). The first-stage larva, as well as subsequent
ones, was equipped with a pair of dorsolateral tubercles on most body seg-
ments, with a somewhat protruding venter on the ninth abdominal segment,
and with a posterodorsally directed tenth abdominal segment which could be
contracted and expanded somewhat. These modifications assisted the larva as
it crawled; by appressing the protruding ninth segment to the pollen ball and
the expanded tenth to the cell wall, the larva stationed the posterior part of
the body so that it could push its front part forward. While moving forward
and bending the anterior portion of its body up and down, the larva fed on
the pollen ball and left a wide, shallow groove in its wake. Because the feed-
ing larva circled its provisions in random directions, the ball remained nearly
spherical almost until it disappeared (Figs. 3-4).
After consuming the pollen ball, but before defecating, the larva began
spinning a cocoon which, when completed, tightly adhered to the cell walls.
When the outer layer of the cocoon was completed, the larva extruded long
semi-moist, pale yellow fecal pellets which were applied to the posterior one-
half to two-thirds of the cocoon in short strips more or less parallel to the
long axis of the cell. During or after the late stages of defecation, the larva
applied additional silk over the inner face of the outer cocoon layer and feces
September, 1967]
Torchio, et al.: Biology of Dufourea
137
Figs. 2-6. Cells of Dufourea mulleri (Cockerell): 2. With pollen ball and egg, side view.
3. With pollen ball and young larva, side view. 4. With nearly mature larva, side view. 5.
With postdefecating larva, cocoon, and feces, side view. 6. In linear series, top view.
Figs. 7-9. Eggs of Neopasites {Micro pasites) cressoni Crawford: 7. Embedded nearly
flush with cell wall, lateral view. 8. Embedded at an angle with cell wall, lateral view.
9. After hatching, showing semicircular split at anterior end, dorsal view.
until a complete inner cocoon layer was formed. This very thin inner layer
completely isolated the larva from its feces. Most of the fecal pellets, although
flattened into ribbons by the pressure of the larva, were still distinguishable.
The completed cocoon (Fig. 5) was composed of two layers and assumed the
same shape and dimensions as the cell. The parchment-like outer layer was
dull, light brown on both of its surfaces but somewhat darker across its anterior
face, where it was thicker. The inner layer was composed of a clear matrix
interspersed with silk strands. It was very thin and tightly appressed to the
inner face of the outer layer except where it incorporated and covered the fecal
cake. The exposed surface of this layer was glossy. The cocoon was not
138
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
supplied with a nipple, but individual thread-like silk strands were detected.
Soft and easily collapsed anteriorly, it was more rigid where the feces gave
it additional support.
After the cocoons were spun, cells were difficult to find because they no
longer broke open easily during excavation. Although the cocoons imparted
extra strength to the cells, the mature larvae may also have secreted a harden-
ing substance that permeated the soil adjacent to the cell. In any event, the
wall of a cell occupied by a cocoon seemed much tougher than that of a cell
containing an egg, an early instar, or an immature of Neopasites, which does
not spin a cocoon.
Adult Activity
D. mulleri and Neopasites cressoni Crawford began flying between 9:00 a.m.
and 9:30 a.m. M.S.T. on a warm clear day, and were still active at 2:30 p.m.
Males of D. mulleri , presumably in search of mates, were often seen flying swiftly
from host plant to host plant. Mating, observed only once, occurred near some
host plants and was completed in 5 seconds. The bees did not fly in copula
and mating was never observed at the nesting site.
Associates
Eurystylops (Strepsiptera) was discovered at Tubac as mature females in the
abdomens of adult bees and as first instar larvae on the eggs. In one area
of the same site, 90 percent of the bee cells contained dead first instars
and were infested with a mold complex, including the genus Rhizoctoniump
The biology of Neopasites cressoni , which attacked D. mulleri at both nest-
ing sites, is described near the end of this paper.
One burrow of D. mulleri possessed a unique feature in that it branched at
the 2.5 cm. level. The branch, 2.5 mm. in diameter, led to two somewhat
smaller cells containing a predefecating and a postdefecating larva belonging
to the panurgine genus Perdita. They may well have been Perdita sexmaculata
Cockerell, as this species was the only one abundant in the area at that time.
Although the Dujourea female was still provisioning its part of the nest
whereas the Perdita was not, it is impossible to say which had first started
the nest because some offspring of both females had become mature larvae.
Dujourea trochanter a Bohart
Description of Habitat
This species, which is closely related to D. mulleri , was discovered by Torchio
nesting gregariously at Newton Dam, Cache County, Utah, on May 27, 1966.
The nesting site was located on a 10-foot high, south-facing embankment inclined
about 55° from horizontal. The site was made available recently when two
Identified by G. M. Baker, Botany Dept., Utah State University.
September, 1967]
Torchio, et al.: Biology of Dufourea
139
roads converging near the nesting site were cut below the natural terrain of the
hillside leading to the reservoir. Nests were mostly confined to an unvegetated
10-foot wide area of the embankment, and most entrances were situated toward
the crest of the slope. A few nests were established at the top edge of the
embankment where the grade was almost horizontal.
Flowering plants growing in the vicinity of the nesting site were: Cirsium
lanceolatum (L.), Hill, Oenothera sp., Brassica sp., Sphaeralcea sp., Salix
sp., Penstemon sp., and Phacelia leucophila Torr. D. trochantera was utilizing
Phacelia leucophila as its pollen and nectar source.
The surface layer of the nesting site was composed of a fine, black powdered
soil, ranging from 5 to 10 mm. in depth. Below this the black, clay soil be-
came extremely hard-packed and contained numerous pebbles and rocks of
varying sizes. The soil was dry to below the cell level.
Nest Architecture
entrance hole: Entrance holes were inclined at 45° angles from the
horizontal regardless of the slope characteristics. All entrances, including those
on the horizontal surface, faced south to southwest and were kept open.
At times, however, winds disturbed the surface layer sufficiently to cause
closure of some nests. Returning females associated with these nests landed
near the plugged entrances and dug until the burrows were re-exposed.
Nesting females kicked excavated soil from the entrances of nests located
on steep slopes until indistinct tumuli were deposited below the nests as
long strips of soil. If entrances were located on the horizontal surface, each
nesting female dragged excavated soil from the nest repeatedly over the
same course until a trough or trail was formed. A typical tumulus measured
36 mm. long and 13 mm. wide. The trough was 3 mm. wide and extended
about half the length of the tumulus. No obvious constriction or expansion
of the burrow occurred at or near the entrance hole.
burrows: The unlined, unplugged main burrows were 3.5 mm. in diameter.
They descended to depths ranging from 3 to 5 cm. When unobstructed, they
spiraled downwards but were often forced to detour around pebbles and rocks.
In two of the 25 nests excavated, an unlined vestibule was placed as a
carved outpocket on a sharp turn of the main burrow. One of these measured
14 mm. wide by 9 mm. deep, and the second measured 7.5 mm. in diameter.
The lateral burrows were also unlined and of the same diameter as the
main burrow. They originated along the main burrow at different points and
meandered for distances of 4 to 42 mm., where they terminated at cells be-
tween 5 and 10 cm. below the surface. The laterals were tightly plugged after
the cells were capped. We were unable to determine whether the main burrow
terminated at a cell and was subsequently plugged for several centimeters
or whether it divided into two or more laterals that were eventually plugged.
140
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
cells: Cells of this species were remarkably similar in shape, form, and
manner of construction to those of D. mulleri. The cell lining differed from
that of D. mulleri in its somewhat greater impermeability to water.
The cell cap, 3 mm. in diameter and composed of a moderately well-packed
soil plug, was slightly concave. The unvarnished inner face had two to three
indistinct rings surrounding a central micropyle, while the flat outer face had
a smooth, unvarnished surface.
Most of the lateral burrows terminated at single cells, but others (about
25 percent) led to two cells in linear series. The cells were usually subhorizontal
but sometimes dipped to as much as 30° below the horizontal. The passages
between those cells in linear series were plugged with soil that varied from
loosely to tightly packed.
Provisioning and Development
The provisions of this species were similar to those of D. mulleri except for their
tan color and slightly smaller average size (2.85 to 3.25 mm.).
The eggs appeared to be slightly smaller than those of D. mulleri (1.8 mm.
long by 0.4 mm. wide) but the samples may have been too small for a reliable
comparison.
Embryonic development, hatching, and larval shape and mobility all ap-
peared to be identical with the same features in D. mulleri.
Cocoon formation and structure were quite similar to those of D. mulleri.
However, the following differences appeared to be consistent: (1) The outer
cocoon layer was somewhat thicker and darker brown toward the anterior
end, and there was a very thin, translucent zone about 2 mm. wide anterior
to the fecal cake; (2) the fecal pellets composing the fecal cake were more
completely fused into a single sheet.
Adult Activity
During warm, sunny weather, D. trochantera began flying at about 8:30 a.m.
M.S.T. By 1:30 p.m. almost all flight ceased. Pollen loads were acquired in from
5 to 18 minutes and the time spent within the nest between loads varied from 2.5
to 36 minutes. This variation in time spent in the field and within the nest
appeared to have no correlation with the time of day.
Associates
In the course of about 15 hours of observation at the nesting site, only two
adults of an undescribed species in the subgenus Neo pasties were seen. Sur-
prisingly, four of the approximately 40 host cells examined contained quiescent,
postdefecating larvae of the parasite. The limited biological information obtained
agreed with that of Neopasites cressoni discussed in a separate section below.
One cell of D. trochantera contained four dipterous larvae which were con-
suming the provision. Unfortunately, this cell was lost in transit from the field
to the laboratory.
September, 1967]
Torchio, et al.: Biology of Dufourea
141
In 1962 a series of Neopasites adults were collected at a D. trochantera site
on the Independence Lake Road, Sierra County, California, by M. E. Irwin.
We compared specimens from both the California and Utah sites and found
them to be distinct but undescribed species.
Dufourea malacothricis Timberlake
This species, smaller than D. mulleri , was collected from flowers of Mala-
cothrix near Rodeo between April 26 and May 5, 1966. It was somewhat less
common than D. mulleri , with which it flew, and only two nests were dis-
covered by Favreau and Rozen, one at the Rodeo site (described above) and
the other in an open area 3 miles north of Apache, Cochise County, Arizona.
Nest Architecture
entrance hole and burrow: The nest entrance and main burrow near
Rodeo remained opened and bore an asymmetrical tumulus. The main burrow
was 2.25 mm. in diameter and meandered a short distance before it was lost
in the excavation.
The second nest occurred on unshaded, nearly horizontal terrain with a
2 cm. -deep surface layer composed of rather loosely packed soil. The soil
below was compacted sand free of pebbles. The cells were 10 and 12 cm.
deep where the soil was moist. The unlined main burrow, 3.0 mm. in diameter,
descended in a meandering fashion to a number of unlined and completely
plugged lateral burrows of the same diameter. These laterals were horizontal
or somewhat descending and were 4.0 to 4.5 mm. long, although one extended
10 mm.
cells: Twelve cells were uncovered from the seven laterals associated with
the one nest. Two cells were placed singly and the other 10 were grouped
into linear series of two each. The distance between pairs in a series varied
from 1.0 to 2.0 mm. All cells were inclined from 10 to 15 degrees from the
horizontal with the rear of the cell lower than the front. They were identical
in shape to those of D. mulleri and had the same type of lining and con-
struction. The lining, however, was even less waterproof than that of D.
mulleri in that it almost immediately absorbed a droplet of water. Cells varied
from 5.0 to 5.5 mm. in length and from 3.5 to 4.0 mm. in maximum diameter.
They were closed with a spiral plug, as in the case of D. mulleri , and the
oldest cell was closest to the surface.
Provisioning and Development
The pollen balls of D. malacothricis differed from those of D. mulleri only in
being yellow and in having a smaller diameter (2.75 to 3.0 mm.). The smaller
eggs (1.75 mm. long) were identical in shape and placement with those of D.
mulleri , and developing larvae practiced the same feeding habits. Unfortunately,
no cocoons of this species were obtained.
142
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Associates
The one nest excavated was free of parasites and predators even though
N eopasites cressoni occurred in the area.
Du jourea pulchricornis ( Cockerell )
Description of Habitat
Bohart and Torchio found this species collecting pollen from Lesquerella
gordoni (A. Gray) Wats, on the edge of a dry creek bed 14 miles E. of Tucson,
Arizona, on April 12, 1965. One active nest was located on a small sandy strip
near the center of the gravelly creek bottom. The uneven surface of the strip
was sparsely covered with grass and about 10 percent of it was covered by
driftwood and other flotsam.
Nest Architecture
entrance hole: The nest was located near the base of several converging
grass plants but it was reasonably well exposed. The burrow entrance was
open, faced west, and angled into the soil surface. A small bell-shaped en-
largement surrounded the entrance to several millimeters below the surface
but it was probably an abnormal structure caused by the collapse of the
adjacent, loose, dry sand and its subsequent removal by the nesting bee.
A well established asymmetrical tumulus, continually reshaped and en-
larged by the nesting female, was present in front of the entrance hole. A
shallow trail, 4 mm. wide, extended 3 cm. from the entrance, whereupon it
made a 90° turn to the north and continued for an additional 8 mm. The
moraine on either side of the trail was quite wide (8 mm.) and contained
many pebbles and large sand particles. The trail and associated moraines of
the tumulus were formed in the manner described for D. mulleri.
burrows: The main difference between the burrow system of D. pulchricornis
and that of other species of Du jourea described here was the subdivision of
lateral burrows into sublaterals. Unfortunately, the only nest available for
study was incomplete and portions of the architecture were lost during excavation.
Nevertheless, architecture differed sufficiently to justify description here.
The main burrow was unlined, unplugged, and 3 mm. in diameter. It main-
tained about a 20° angle from horizontal for 10 mm., whereupon it made a
subhorizontal spiral and proceeded vertically. It branched into two lateral
burrows about 7 mm. below the surface, but one branch was soon lost. The
remaining lateral was difficult to follow because it was partially plugged
(possibly in the process of being completely plugged), but it eventually divided
into a number of plugged sublaterals radiating short distances from the lateral
burrow. Each sublateral terminated at a single cell. The four cells eventually
uncovered were 9 cm. below the surface and positioned 3 to 4 mm. apart.
cells: The cells were subspherical (5.75 mm. long and 5.0 mm. wide) and
varied in position from subhorizontal to a 70-degree inclination from horizontal
September, 1967]
Torchio, et al.: Biology of Dufourea
143
with the posterior portion lower. As in the other Dujourea studied, the cells
were carved from the substrate, but they lacked water-resistant walls as
determined by the droplet test.
The cell cap was composed of an unlined, tightly-packed soil plug 3.5 mm.
wide and 3.0 mm. long. The inner face of the plug was concave and possessed
three distinct rings surrounding a 1 mm. wide, central micropyle. The outer
face of the cell plug could be distinguished from the plugged sublateral burrow
only by its greater compaction.
Provisioning and Development
The pollen ball closely resembled that of D. mulleri in shape and diameter
but differed in being yellow and somewhat drier. In subhorizontal cells, the
pollen balls were positioned as were those of D. mulleri but they were at the
bottom of the more vertical cells.
Adult Activity
The female whose nest we studied completed three pollen-carrying trips
between 10:30 and 11:07 a.m., and began a fourth trip at 11:10 a.m. The
speed with which she collected pollen and deposited it into a cell was remark-
able, considering that the day was overcast and the air temperatures never
rose above 70 °F. From the above data, it appeared that each pollen ball
required at least four pollen loads for its completion.
Approximately 100 pollen-collecting females were observed between 8:30
and 9:30 a.m., but an hour’s search throughout the area yielded but one nest.
Consequently, D. pulchricornis was not gregarious under the conditions we
encountered.
Neopasites ( Micropasites ) cressoni Crawford
Flight Activity
This species of nomadine parasitic bee was encountered both at the Tubac site
and at the Rodeo site. The females, more abundant than the males, flew low over
the ground in a meandering fashion. They began flying as early in the day as
their hosts and continued after the hosts ceased. Their flight, suggestive of that of
Oreopasites and Holcopasites, was moderately slow and included frequent stops
at apparent nest entrances of the host bee. Several times, two, three, four, or
even five females hovered over a nest entrance, though such congregations
occurred only where the cuckoo bees were most numerous. They often landed on
flat, unshaded surfaces, probably to rest or sun themselves. Males were seen
several times at the Rodeo site; their flight was higher and seemed somewhat
faster than that of the females.
Mating was not observed, but one of us (Torchio) observed it in N. ( Neo-
pasites) fulviventris Cresson at Arroyo Seco, Monterey County, California, in
144
New York Entomological Society
I Vol. LXXV
1959. The males utilized a small, bare, powdered surface area as a gregarious
mating site. It was separated from the nesting area of its suspected host,
Dufourea dentipes Bohart, by about 21 meters. Males patrolled the area or
landed on it for long periods. Mating was observed in four instances, each
occurring on the ground. Copulation lasted from 3 to 10 seconds.
Oviposition
Over 30 eggs and egg chorions of N. cressoni were encountered in cellsvof
D. mulleri at the Rodeo site (by Rozen and Favreau), and all except one
were deposited in the cell wall, as is the case with the other nomadine parasitic
bees whose biology has been studied. Only once was an egg discovered
embedded in the provisions; as there were already six eggs in the wall of this
cell, we can only imagine that the female responsible for the seventh egg
might have been at a loss to know what to do with it.
It is not known how many eggs are normally deposited in a cell; usually
one or two were discovered though as many as eight were found in a single
cell. The last figure may be abnormally high, for the female Dufourea prob-
ably left the cell open, thereby giving numerous Neopasites access to the cell.
Frequently deep, rough scratches were observed in a cell which suggested that
the host female, upon finding the Neopasites eggs in the cell wall, dug them
out; Rozen has observed similar marks in the cell wall of N omadopsis in areas
infested with Oreopasites.
Eggs were deposited while the cells were being provisioned. The female
Neopasites made a groove in the cell wall and inserted the egg, so that it rested
with its exposed length flush with or a little higher than the cell wall (Fig. 7).
Occasionally the egg was tilted at a slight angle so that one end projected farther
than the other (Fig. 8). In all cases the lining of the cell abutted the egg,
so that there was never a crack between the cell lining and the egg. This fact
indicated that the female Neopasites cemented the crack with fine soil, and, in
certain cases, some cement-like material adhered to the exposed part of the
egg. The eggs seemed to be placed in almost any part of the cell though they
were not ordinarily found near the entrance.
The small eggs (Figs. 7-9) had an unusual appearance. About 0.6 mm.
long, they were elongate, with the exposed surface being somewhat flattened,
whereas the embedded part bowed out; they were thus rather boat-like in
shape. The exposed chorion was stiff, thick, opaque white with faint, trans-
verse corrugations. The chorion below the cell surface was thin, fragile, trans-
parent and without ridges. At hatching, the exposed chorion ruptured (Fig.
9) in a semicircular to nearly circular line at the anterior end of the egg and
the first-stage larva crawled out, leaving the chorion and attached door intact.
Like the egg, the first-stage larva was very small, being considerably less
than half the size of the Dufourea egg. The head was conspicuous, con-
September, 1967 I
Torchio, et al.: Biology of Dufourea
145
Table 1. The three subfamilies of Halictidae compared on the basis of
known biological differences.
T3
<d
in u
cd t!
<D •-
G 9.
G
*->
<D
<D CD
G
.3 cn
Subfamily £ ,a u u ’%
a
bC
G
o
<D
u
CD
s
s
c/1
cd
Id
CJ
G
o
.N
"C
o
dg
d
CD
■4->
S-i
<D
>
o
G
bJj
G
G3 G
CD d
O 'in
O
J— i
l+H
X3
CD Td
Q, cd
cd o
rG -H
1/1 G
G ^
la
O cn
S-l S-i
P-, IS
<D
a
cd
DG
G
O
+->
a
cd
<D
CD
a
cn
G
O
>
O
Jh
a
&
cd
-(-i
D
!— i
G
_o
"cn
>
O
Sh
a
G
O
CD <D
3 -
j§ S
bJO
3 >
2 s
■5 a
G
cd
cn
<D
J-l
a
G
O
O
CD
O
U
cd
cn
j-i
CD
-t-»
G
'£
Ja
<L>
>
o
CD
cd
S
,CD
T3
CD
N
CD
_>
u "G
o c
cn <D
cn
a £
; - Q.
£ 2i
cd
Qh
o
a-*
Qh
CD
CD
S
o
CO
Dufoureinae - - -) — - - -f + + + + + -
Halictinae + + -j — + — | — H — | — _____ -f-| — -f--| — +
Nomiinae + + +++- - _____ -] -|
stricted behind, and possessed elongate sharp-pointed mandibles. The tip of
the abdomen was a bilobed pygopod-like structure used for crawling. These
active larvae destroyed the host egg (or perhaps early stage larva) and also
their siblings so that only one parasite larva survived in a cell.
The older larvae of Neopasites (Rozen, 1966) appeared rather similar to
those of their host because of the elongate body form and because of the protrud-
ing ninth abdominal venter and the somewhat dorsally projecting terminal
segment. However, it lacked dorsolateral tubercles, and therefore could be
easily distinguished from its host. Like the host larva, it wandered over the
pollen ball and fed, after which it defecated. At least in some instances, not
all of the provisions were consumed. The feces were deposited on the wall
toward the lower rear of the cell. A cocoon was not spun; the rigid, quiescent
larva overwintered.
Although the undescribed Neopasites associated with D. trochanter a from
Utah was not observed as thoroughly as N . cressoni, its biology (as deduced
from the fecal pattern, shape of pollen residue, adult searching behavior) and
the gross appearance of the larvae did not appear to differ.
DISCUSSION
Two of us (Torchio and Bohart) have attempted to analyze the systematic
relationship of the three subfamilies of Halictidae on the basis of available
biological data (Table 1). Limited biological information on three genera
of Dufoureinae ( Rophites , Systropha , and Dufourea) indicates that this is
a homogeneous and distinctive taxon. Of the three subfamilies of Halictidae,
the adults of the Nomiinae are the least diverse structurally. Nevertheless, as
indicated in Table 1, the Dufoureinae are equally homogeneous biologically.
The Halictinae, with the most diverse biological characteristics, are, as adults,
comparable to Dufoureinae in structural diversity. The distinctiveness of the
146
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Dufoureinae is apparent from the number of biological characteristics by which
it differs from the other subfamilies (Table 1). On the basis of these char-
acteristics, it would appear that the Halictinae and Nomiinae are more related
to each other than either is to the Dufoureinae.
When the genus Dufourea is revised, the four species discussed in this paper
will probably be placed in two subgenera, D. malacothricis in one and the
other three species in another. Of this second group, D. mulleri and D. tro-
chanter a will be treated as closely related species and D. pulchricornis as a more
distinctive form. However, these two subgenera have a closer affinity to each
other than do more divergent subgenera as represented by such species as D.
spinijera (Viereck) or D. mama (Cresson).
If biological characteristics always verified species relationships based on
morphological features, one would expect D. malacothricis to demonstrate the
most unique nest architecture of the four species discussed. The nest of D.
pulchricornis , however, is the most distinctive since it is the only species with
sublaterals and unlined cells. As might be expected, the biologies of D. mulleri
and D. trochanter a are very similar.
Neopasites appears to be a specific parasite on Dufoureinae, but specificity
within the genus is incomplete (i.e., N. fulviventris on D. dentipes and an un-
described Dujourea species).4 Furthermore, at least two undescribed species of
Neopasites are known to parasitize one Dujourea species ( D . tr o chanter a) . Bio-
logical similarities within both the host and parasite genera may account for
this, although more information is obviously needed.
Literature Cited
Batra, S. W. T., and C. D. Michener. 1966. The nest and description of a new bee,
Systropha punjabensis from India (Hymenoptera: Halictidae). Jour. Kansas Ent.
Soc. 39: 650-658.
Enslin, E. 1921. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hymenopteren. 1. Biologie von Rhophites
canus Evers. Deut. Entomol. Z. 1921: 59-65.
Malyshev, S. 1925a. The nesting habits of Rhophites Spin. (Hymenoptera: Apoidea).
Revue Russe Entomol. 19: 105-110.
. 1925b. The nesting habits of spiral-horned bees of the genus Systropha Latr.
Rev. Russe Entomol. 19: 21-26.
Popov, V. V. 1951. The parasitic bees of the genus Ammobates Latr. (Hymenoptera,
Anthophoridae) . Trud. Zool. Inst. USSR, Moscow. 9: 895-949.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1966. The larvae of the Anthophoridae (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Part
2. The Nomadinae. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 2244: 1-38, 83 figs.
Stockert, E. 1922. Uber die Lebensweise von Rhophites 5-spinosus Spin. Deut. Entomol.
Z. 1922: 381-392.
Received for publication April 17, 1967
4R. M. Bohart, R. O. Schuster, and R. Brumley collected N. fulviventris adults at a
nesting site of Dufourea n. sp. on April 8, 1966, in Jacolitos Canyon, 3 miles south of
Coalinga, Fresno County, California.
BOOK REVIEW
Handbook of the Mosquitoes of North America. Robert Matheson. Second Edition:
Revised and Amplified (Facsimile of the Edition of 1944) Hafner Pub. Co. 272 pp.
text, 41 figures, 33 plates.
Matheson’s “Handbook” first appeared in 1944 and was at once recognized as invaluable
to students of North American mosquitoes. Unfortunately it has been out of print for many
years. This review describes the recently republished volume made available by the Hafner
Publishing Co.
Examination of the volume quickly disclosed that it is not a “new edition, revised and
amplified” but is just a reprinting of the first edition. The rapid accumulation of knowl-
edge in every scientific field makes it difficult to assess the current value of any text
over IS years old.
In general, Chapters I and II on anatomy and biology continue to be of value. Data
accumulated since 1944 on the behavior of mosquitoes (particularly adults) outdate the
sections on “Habits of Adults” and “Hibernation.” In the former section a considerable
amount of new information has been reported on swarming behavior and migratory flights.
In the latter section diapause is not mentioned.
Chapter III on “Mosquitoes in Relation to Human Welfare” is still excellent source
material. Advances in malaria eradication make the map and most of the data obsolete.
The section on “Human Encephalitis” is of historical value only.
Chapter IV, “The Problem of Mosquito Reduction,” is of value only in the area of
basic water management. Chemical control, with the exception of the use of fuel oil and
paris green, has changed completely. This is highlighted by the statement: “At present a
new and very effective preparation, known commercially as DDT, is being tried . . .”
Chapter V on collecting and preserving material is clearly and concisely presented and
still timely.
The systemic account of the mosquitoes of North America is excellent. The keys and
descriptive material are well done. Obviously, recent data on species distribution and
newly recognized species could not be anticipated. The illustrations and plates have lost
little in reprinting and are of good quality.
The disappointment in finding that this is just a reprinting rather than a revision
was somewhat mitigated by having the “Handbook” available again. This book is still a
“must” for students interested in mosquitoes.
Lyle E. Hagmann
Rutgers — The State University
147
Behavior of the German Cockroach, Blattella
germanica (L.), in Response to Surface Textures1
Robert Berthold, Jr.2
Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology
Rutgers — The State University
New Brunswick, New Jersey3
Abstract: Experiments were conducted to determine the influence of various horizontally
orientated textured surfaces on the congregating behavior of the German cockroach, Blattella
germanica (L.). Various grades of sandpaper and sheets of sandpaper with the sand removed
were used as testing surfaces. When these sheets were stacked in battery jars with spaces
between them for the cockroaches to congregate, and the jars contained no food or water,
the cockroaches showed a preference for the smoother surfaces. However, when food and
water were supplied to these same jars, strong preferences for a surface of any one texture
no longer existed. When, instead of being stacked, the textured surfaces were placed on the
same horizontal level and the food and water were added, this species showed a strong
tendency to congregate on the smoother surfaces.
The research reported in this paper deals with the behavioral responses of
the German cockroach Blattella germanica (L.) to the texture of the surfaces
upon which they congregate. In our studies, we are attempting to investigate
the influence or single environmental variables on the behavior of this species,
with our long-term goal being the collating of all related research. From this,
it is hoped to gain a better understanding of what environmental factors influence
the distribution and behavior of this species, and the interaction of these factors
in the “total” environment.
In our experimental designs, we have attempted to analyze group behavior.
We have chosen this line of investigation, instead of experimenting with single
cockroaches, due to the broad range of variation shown by individuals of this
species.
Many authors have explored the response of the German cockroach to
environmental factors. In testing attractiveness of food, Pettit (1940) found
that he was unable to duplicate the results of preference tests, finding that
almost any food substance seemed attractive to them at some time. He did
note, however, a preference for bananas, beer, milk, and bread over fresh fruits,
greens, and meats.
In response to light, members of this species are photonegative and seldom
1 Paper of the Journal Series, New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station, Rutgers — The
State University, Department of Entomology and Economic Zoology.
2 Now with the Department of Entomology, Pennsylvania State University, University
Park, Pennsylvania.
3 The author wishes to express his thanks to B. R. Wilson for his constructive criticism
offered throughout the course of this work.
148
September, 1967] Berthold: Cockroach (B. germanica) Response
149
venture forth during daylight; they are most active in early evening, less active
in late evening and early morning, and relatively inactive during the day
(Wille, 1920).
Ledoux (1945), in studying the gregariousness of the German cockroaches,
found them to be chemopositive to odors produced by others of this species.
To confirm this work, (Berthold and Wilson, 1967) placed adult German cock-
roaches in containers offering a choice of resting surfaces: those impregnated
with odors from prior German cockroach occupation, and new surfaces free
of cockroach odor. A statistically significant majority of the cockroaches tested
(82%) chose to congregate on the odorous surface.
Fletcher (1961), who studied the attractancy for cockroaches of 18 esters,
found that benzyl acetate exhibited some attractancy for male German cock-
roaches and that octyl acetate was attractive to both sexes; he also found that
the number of positive responses to these two compounds increased directly
with increased concentration.
In response to moisture, Gunn and Cosway (1938) found that dessicated
German cockroaches spend more time in regions of high moisture, but under
normal, nondessicated conditions, spend more time in low-moisture regions.
Roth and Willis (1952) further demonstrated that this hygro-selective ability
is lost when the 13th. antennal segments of the males and the 11th of the fe-
males are removed. Gunn (1935) also found that German cockroaches pre-
ferred a temperature around 35° C.
Ledoux (1945) observed the cockroach to be thigmopositive, resting and
hiding in places that provide contact above and below. Berthold and Wilson
(1967) further found that this selection of constricted spaces in which the
cockroaches rest can be highly selective; approximately 85% of those tested
chose to congregate in spaces 3/16 of an inch in height rather than in spaces
2, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8/16 of an inch in height.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Five grades of sandpaper (Behr-Manning, Mohawk Flint) were used: extra
fine, fine, medium, coarse, and extra course. To produce a sixth surface texture,
sheets of sandpaper were soaked in warm water to remove the sand particles
and allowed to air-dry. This surface was chosen rather than a material such
as glass in order to eliminate the possibility of introducing such other variables
as surface odor, light reflection, or heat conduction. Squares of these six sand-
papers (10-cm on a side) were then glued, textured side up, to 6-mm-thick
Masonite plaques of the same size.
The cockroaches iiwere exposed to the sandpaper surfaces as follows:
Dry-washed sand was poured into battery jars (23 cm high, 15 cm diameter)
with enough sand being added to produce uniformly flat bottoms in the jars. A
thin band of vaseline was applied around the inner openings of the jars to
150
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
prevent the cockroaches from escaping. A plaque with no sandpaper was then
slightly embedded (3 mm) in the sand, on top of which a plaque was placed,
textured side up. Three 4.5-mm spacers were then placed on top of the plaque,
and on top of the spacers a window glass plate (10 cm on a side) was placed.
The glass forces the cockroaches to walk on the surfaces being tested. The next
sandpaper-surfaced-plaque was then placed on top of the glass plate, and the
procedure — spacers, glass plate, textured surface — is repeated until each of
the six surfaces was present. A plain plaque was placed on top of the- last
glass plate.
Since we knew (Berthold and Wilson, 1967) that some type of behavior-
influencing gradient is present when the German cockroach is kept in battery
jars, a Latin square design (Steel and Torrie, 1960) was employed to de-
termine the vertical position of the six different surfaces in each of six
battery jars.
In the first series of tests, 20 adult male and 20 adult female cockroaches
were placed in each of the six jars for a 24-hour test period (10 hours of light,
14 hours of dark). In a replication of this test, new surfaces and clean glass
plates were used.
The second series of tests followed the same procedure except that the
cockroaches were given food and water.
Cockroaches on the surfaces were counted by the following method (Berthold
and Wilson, 1967): Squares of aluminum (20 cm sides) were folded down
the center to produce two rectangular sides (10 by 20 cm) at right angles to
each other. At the end of the testing period, these folded squares were gently
slipped down opposite corners of the stack of plaques and pressed together,
confining the cockroaches to whatever surface they are congregating at the
time. Carbon dioxide was then pumped into the jar to anesthetize the cock-
roaches. Next, the aluminum device was removed, the testing apparatus dis-
assembled, and the number of cockroaches on each surface recorded. Results
were analyzed by use of the F-test (Dixon and Massey, 1957).
The third series of tests which utilized a different type of testing device
placed all six differently textured surfaces on the same horizontal level and
with food and water. This device consists of a glass-bottomed rectangular glass
enclosure 56 cm long, 25 cm wide, and 10 cm high. A thin band of vaseline was
applied around its upper inside edges to prevent the cockroaches from escap-
ing. Six such enclosures were used. The six textured surfaces were placed
symetrically in each enclosure, and the overall arrangement was determined by
a Latin square design.
Three 4.5-mm wood spacers were then placed on top of each textured surface
to support a 10-cm-square window-glass plate. On top of the glass plates,
plain Masonite plaques were placed, and on top of each plaque a piece of dry
dog biscuit and a petri dish bottom containing water-soaked cotton were placed.
September, 1967] Berthold: Cockroach (B. germanica) Response
151
Table 1. German
cockroach
response to various
horizontally
orientated
surface
textures.
Surfaces*
Replications
a
b
c
d
e
f
Total
Surfaces stacked i
in battery jars with no food or water.
1
89
31
11
14
20
19
184
2
101
20
21
23
34
18
217
Total
190
51
32
37
54
37
401
Surfaces stacked
in battery jars with food and water.
1
37
25
39
32
60
6
199
2
71
21
27
35
34
35
233
Total
108
46
66
67
94
51
432
Surfaces on
same
horizontal level with food and water.
1
62
4
6
8
11
14
105
2
48
21
17
9
3
0
102
Total
110
25
23
17
18
14
207
* Key: a — sandless sandpaper; b — very fine sandpaper; c — fine sandpaper; d — medium
sandpaper; e— coarse sandpaper; f — very coarse sandpaper.
Adult cockroaches, 20 males and 20 females, were placed in each container and
left undisturbed for 24 hours (10 hours of light and 14 hours of dark).
The number of cockroaches on each surface at the end of the 24-hour period
was determined by placing an aluminum divider (much like a large ice cube
tray divider) in the enclosure dividing it into six cockroach-tight compart-
ments. The cockroaches are anesthetized by carbon dioxide pumped into the
enclosure; each textured-surface-complex was then disassembled and the num-
ber of cockroaches in it recorded. Results were analyzed by the chi-square
(y2) statistic (Steel and Torrie, 1960).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Results for the three series of tests are presented in Table 1.
Analysis of the results of the first series (battery jars with no food and
water) yield F-test values of 7.21 for the treatment effect and 0.61 for the
arrangement effect. With 1/9 degrees of freedom and interrelating in an F-
test table, the texture of surfaces in this series is shown to influence where this
species congregate; the margin of possible error is 2.5%. Preference for a plain
paper surface is indicated. The position of the surfaces in the jars apparently
has no effect (0.01% margin of error).
Analysis of the results on the second series of tests (food and water in-
cluded in the jars) indicates that the presence of food and water produces a
marked change in the behavior observed in the absence of these factors. F-test
152
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
analysis of these data yields values of 4.08 and 6.69 (1/9 degrees of freedom)
for the effects of type of surface and position of the surfaces, respectively.
Interrelation indicates that, statistically, there is only a weak chance (margin
of error greater than 10%) that surface textures under these conditions in-
fluence where this species congregates. Surface position in the jars apparently
does have an influence on where cockroaches congregate (margin of error 5%).
Analysis of the third series of tests (glass-enclosures with food and water)
indicates a tendency for this species of cockroach to congregate on the smoother-
textured surfaces. Chi-square (y2) analysis of the data (y = 220; 5 degrees
of freedom) indicates a probability of less than 0.05% that this is a random
distribution.
In nature, if the cockroach is to survive in its multi-factor environment, it
has to pattern its behavior. For example, the German cockroach is said to
be photonegative, which might be considered a primary response, but, if he is
prevented from obtaining water for a period of time, he will go into lighted
places to obtain it. Hence a “primary” response has been relegated to a
“secondary” status until the physiological need for water is satisfied.
The research reported in this paper may possibly fit into this concept, that
is, that behavioral responses vary in degree in accordance with the environ-
mental conditions then existing. In nature, water (also humidity) and food, plus
other factors such as temperature, light and lebido, are dominant factors in-
fluencing the behavior of this species. Gunn and Cosway (1938) observed
distinct cockroach behavior patterns associated with humidity, and there is
the possibility, though at the present time we have made no measurements,
that the presence of water in the battery-jar-tests produces a behavior-influenc-
ing gradient. If this is so, then in the jars containing no water, it would have
been negligible, and in the glass enclosures it would have been constant.
With the major behavior-influencing factors now held relatively constant,
other factors previously secondary may become primary. Such is the case with
surface texture, and it seems reasonable to postulate that the smoother surfaces
are more “comfortable” than the rougher ones for the congregating cockroaches.
Literature Cited
Berthold, R. Jr. and Wilson, B. R. 1967. The resting behavior of the German cockroach,
Blattella germanica (L.), Annals Ent. Soc. of America, 60(2) : 347-351.
Fletcher, L. W. 1961. A study of the behavior of four species of cockroaches in the
presence of chemicals. Ph.D. Thesis, Rutgers — The State University. 183 pp.
Dixon, W. J. and Massey, F. J. Jr. 1957. Introduction to statistical analysis. McGraw-
Hill Book Co., Inc., N.Y., N.Y.
Gunn, G L. 1935. Temperature and humidity relations of the cockroach III. Comparison
of temperature preference, and rates of desiccation and respiration of Periplaneta
americana , Blatta orientalis, and Blattella germanica. J. Exp. Biol. 12: 185-190.
— and Cosway, C. A. 1938. Temperature and humidity relations of the cockroach
V. Humidity preference. J. Exp. Biol. 15: 555-563.
September, 1967] Berthold: Cockroach (B. germanica) Response
153
Ledoux, A. 1945. Etude experimentale due gregarisme et de l’interratraction sociale chez
les Blattides. Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., ser. 7 11 : 75-104.
Pettit, L. C. 1940. The roach, Blattella germanica (Linn.) : Its embryogeny, life history,
and importance. Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell University. 121 pp.
Roth, L. M. and Willis, E. R. 1952. Possible hygroreceptors in Aedes aegypti (L.) and
Blattella germanica (L.). J. of Morphology, 91: 1-14.
Steel, R. G. D. and Torrie, J. H. 1960. Principles and procedures of statistics. McGraw-
Hill Book Co., Inc., N.Y., N.Y.
Willie, J. 1920. Biologie und Bekampfung der deutschen Schabe ( Phyllodromia germanica
L.). Monogr. Angew. Ent.: Nr. 5, Zeitschr. Angew. Ent., Bieheft I, Band 7.
Received for Publication May 26, 1967
Two New Species of Cr ambus Fabricius from
Western North America
( Lepidoptera : Pyralididae ) f
Alexander B. Klots* *
Abstract: Crambus bigelovi (type locality Pinedale, Wyoming) and C. harrisi (type
locality Guadalupe Mts., New Mexico) are described as new, characterized and differentiated
from related species. The male and female genitalia of both species are figured.
Crambus bigelovi, new species
forewing: Length, holotype $, 12 mm.; allotype $, 11 mm.; paratypes, 11, 12 and 12.8
mm. Outer margin slightly concave below apex. Ground color brown, lustrous, with a
somewhat brassy luster, especially costally and basally. Dark apical triangle narrow. Costal
edge brown, basally about half as wide as white discal stripe. White discal stripe entire,
tapering very gradually to a very sharp point, ending before subterminal line, dorsally
and terminally outlined by a narrow, dark brown line; with only a slight outward tooth,
or indication of a tooth, at fold. Postmedian area somewhat shaded with white, especially
in cells Mi-M3. Short, longitudinal, intervenous light streaks distad of cell only slightly
indicated, that in cell R5 the most prominent. A light shade between discal white streak and
subterminal line in cells R5 and Mi. Subterminal line bluntly angled at about vein Mi.
Terminal space with a pale area from about middle of cell Mi to about middle of cell M3.
Short, dark, intervenular marginal dashes in cells Mi-Cuib. A narrow, dark brown terminal
line. Fringe brown, subapically whitish basally. Hindwing pale brownish white, slightly
darker apically, fringe whitish. Palpi, head and thorax light brown, thorax whitish cen-
trally, collar and tegulae somewhat brassy lustrous.
male genitalia (Fig. 1): Uncus long, slender and mostly cylindrical in cross section,
blunt ended, with a series of short, dorsal spines on terminal third, otherwise with short,
fine setae. Gnathos heavy, straight, blunt ended, slightly exceeding uncus. Tegumen rela-
tively broad, laterally parallel sided. Vinculum broad, cephalically emarginate. Pseudosaccus
about half as long as cephalo-caudal width of vinculum. Cucullus of valva lightly sclerotized,
broad basally, tapering gradually to a blunt, dorsad-turned end. Costa of valva well
sclerotized, with a short, flattened, pointed process curving mesad and dorsad. Sacculus
of valva short, with a slender, pointed, recurved, heavily sclerotized process that is longer
than process of costa. Aedeagus longer than cephalo-caudal width of vinculum plus length
of valva, with a stout coecum penis and three cornuti of which the most basal is strongly
curved and longer than either of the others. (The paratype has an additional, short, slender
cornutus distad of the basal one.)
female genitalia (Fig. 2): Papillae anales bilobed, the dorsal lobe very lightly sclerotized,
the ventral lobe more heavily sclerotized and with a pronounced, but slender, apophysis
posterior. Eighth segment well sclerotized, lacking apophyses anteriores, ventrally joining
structures around ostium. Ostium with a strongly projecting sclerotized cup, open dorsally;
inside this, and considerably off-center dextrad, a rounded, projecting, heavily sclerotized
papilla covered with very small spines. Antrum entad from this heavily sclerotized and
covered with coarse sclerotized granulations. Ductus bursae strongly sclerotized, with a
f Publication of this article supported by N.S.F. Grant GB-6197x.
* Research Associate, American Museum of Natural History.
154
September, 1967]
Klots: New Crambus
155
number of sharp ridges in its walls which grow more pronounced entad, near cephalic end
strongly curved sinistro-dorsad, then dextro-ventrad. A curved, lightly sclerotized duct
between ental end of ductus bursae (at ductus seminalis) and corpus bursae, suddenly
enlarging in a short cervix bursae. Corpus bursae large, broadly ovoid, with two rather
lightly sclerotized signa, each a group of small scobinations. Seventh abdominal segment
undifferentiated.
type material: Holotype 8, Pinedale, Sublette Co., Wyoming, 8 July 1939,
leg. A. B. Klots. Paratype 8, Cooke City, Park Co., Montana, July 27, 1959,
leg. F., P. & B. Rindge. Allotype 9, Moran, Teton Co., Wyoming, July 19,
1938, leg. Grace H. & John L. Sperry. Paratype 9, Moran, Teton Co.,
Wyoming, July 26, 1938, leg. Grace H. & John L. Sperry. Paratype $, Lake
Creek Camp, Park Co., Wyoming, 13 mi. S. E. of Cooke City, Montana, 6900
ft. alt., July 24, 1959, leg. F., P. & B. Rindge. All type material in American
Museum of Natural History.
Crambus bigelovi appears to be more nearly related to C. praejectellus
Zincken than to any other species. Its discal white stripe is not as narrow,
or as widely separated by brown from the costal margin, as that of C. prae-
jectellus. It resembles praejectellus in having a pale shade between the end of
the discal white stripe and the subterminal line, and a white patch between
the subterminal line and the margin in the lower half of cell Mi, the whole of
cell M2 and the upper half of cell M3. It is much paler than C. praejectellus
oslarellus Haimbach, the subspecies that extends northward through Colorado,
and is very dark, richly colored and brassy -lustrous; in fact, bigelovi looks
more like the Eastern C. p. praejectellus, which extends from the Atlantic
coast westward into North Dakota. In the male genitalia C. praejectellus
has the cucullus much longer, relative to the costa and costal process, and
more strongly hooked dorsad. C. praejectellus has only two cornuti, the basal
one slender and curved like the basal one of bigelovi, and the terminal one
stout, with a heavy, ovoid base, like the terminal one of bigelovi, but lacks
the intermediate cornutus (or cornuti) of bigelovi. In the female genitalia
praejectellus has an only slightly protruding trough about the ostium, and
lacks the spined papilla within this; but has an area of scobination within
the ostium like that of bigelovi. If bigelovi and praejectellus are, indeed,
closely related, it may be significant that they are not sympatric.
Crambus bigelovi is named for David Bigelow of the Buffalo Museum of
Science, a collecting companion of the author’s in Wyoming in 1939.
Crambus harrisi, new species
forewing: Length, holotype 8, 11.8 mm.; allotype 9, 10.4 mm. Outer margin only
very slightly concave below apex. Ground color light brown, darkest dorsad of Cu stem
and Cuib, proximally somewhat brassy. Apical dark triangle narrow, curving to apex,
lighter, more yellow brown proximally. A narrow, white, subapical triangle on costa and
a similar one subapically on outer margin. White discal streak broad, entire, separated
156
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Fig. 1. Left lateral aspect, male genitalia, Crambus bigelovi, n. sp., showing ental as-
pect of right valva, and aedeagus removed and shown beneath. Drawn from holotype.
Fig. 2. Left lateral aspect, female genitalia, Crambus bigelovi, n. sp., with a single sper-
matophore in the bursa copulatrix. Drawn from allotype. Fig. 3. Left lateral aspect,
September, 1967]
Klots: New Crambus
157
from costa by brown only very narrowly basally, more broadly separated distally; tapering
gradually and symmetrically to a sharp point well inside subterminal line; with only a
slight indication of a projecting tooth at fold. Postmedial area yellowish brown somewhat
speckled with darker brown scales, lightest distad of terminal part of discal streak ; narrow,
shining, plumbeous streaks running distad from white discal streak in cells Rs, M3, Cuia
(inconspicuous) and Cuib (more conspicuous). Dorsal area below anal vein white or
whitish, but extreme dorsal margin brownish. Subterminal line shining, plumbeous, evenly
curved opposite end of discal streak. Terminal space speckled with dark brown and
whitish scales, with fine, black, intervenous dashes between subterminal line and margin
in cells Mi, M2, M3, Cuia and Cun>, the first and last of these the shortest. Fringe shining,
light brown, lighter basally, especially subapically. Terminal line dark brown, very thin,
widest subapically, but essentially complete to tornus. Hind wing light brownish, slightly
darker terminally and apically, fringe whitish. Palpi, head and thorax brown, slightly
lighter dorsally. Tegulae brassy. Frons rather flatly rounded.
male genitalia (Fig. 4) : Tegumen narrow, tapering ventrad. Uncus slender, tubular,
shorter than gnathos, with very short, fine setation. Gnathos broad basally, long, slender,
tubular, distally gradually tapered. Vinculum large and broad, deeply emarginate cephalically.
Pseudosaccus large, more than % as long as cephalocaudal width of vinculum, clavate.
Costa of valva long, well sclerotized, with a long, slender, tapering, dorsad and mesad
curving, free process that exceeds cucullus caudally. Cucullus broad basally, strongly taper-
ing and curved dorsad, with abundant, fine, setation on mesal face. Sacculus of valva
small and lightly sclerotized, with a short, flat, well sclerotized free process that curves
mesad terminally. Aedeagus thick, blunt, shorter than valva, somewhat curved ventrad,
a little more sclerotized ventro-distally ; with a small, slender, strongly curved basal cornutus
and a very short, heavily sclerotized distal one that arises from a short, discoid base.
female genitalia (Fig. 3) : Papillae anales bilobed, the ventral lobes well sclerotized and
tapering internally to pronounced, but slender, apophyses posteriores. Eighth segment
well sclerotized dorsally and laterally, but not ventrally, lacking apophyses anteriores.
Extending caudad from ostium is a well sclerotized trough, complete laterally and ven-
trally but open dorsally; from each dorso-caudal corner of this a sharp, slightly curved
spine projects caudad. Within this trough is a shorter, rounded, heavily sclerotized, scobinate
trough, also open dorsally; from the ventro-caudal edge of this extends a short tongue,
concave dorsally and convex ventrally, bearing many very small spines. Entad from
this the antrum is more lightly sclerotized, and then broadens to form a bulbous chamber
with many complex vermiculations in its wall. Ductus bursae entad of this lightly sclero-
tized and narrowing markedly to point of exit of ductus seminalis. A curved, very lightly
sclerotized duct between ental end of ductus bursae (at ductus seminalis) and corpus
bursae, suddenly enlarging in a short cervix bursae. Corpus bursae large, broadly ovoid,
with two rather lightly sclerotized signa, each a group of small scobinations. Eighth
abdominal segment undifferentiated.
type material: Holotype S and allotype 9, near Dark Canyon, Guadalupe
Mts., Eddy Co., New Mexico, July 23, 1959, leg. A. B. Klots. Paratype 3.
<r
female genitalia, Crambus harrisi, n. sp. a. Details of vermiculations in wall of antrum.
Drawn from allotype. Fig. 4. Left lateral aspect, male genitalia, Crambus harrisi, n. sp.,
showing ental aspect of right valva, and aedegus removed and shown beneath. Drawn
from holotype.
158
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Tlalpan, D. F., Mexico, July 15, 1901, with label “38512.” Holotype and allo-
type in American Museum of Natural History; paratype in U. S. National
Museum.
The holotype and allotype were taken during the day in a rather dry,
grassy area, characterized by scattered alligator barked juniper ( Juniperus
pachyphloea Torrey). “ Cr ambus ” bolterellus ” Fernald was taken in the same
spot. In a somewhat higher area, characterized by many Pinus scopulorum
Engelman intermixed with the juniper, Cr ambus cyrilellus Klots was taken
in some numbers. The paratype, although worn, is definitely conspecific, the
genitalia being diagnostic.
Crambus harrisi resembles C. cyrilellus Klots and C. leachellus Zincken
in general appearance, having the white discal streak entire, broad and nar-
rowly separated by brown from the costa. C. cyrilellus has a distinct white
patch in the lower part of cell Mi, the whole of cell M2 and the upper part of
cell M3 between the subterminal line and the outer margin; C. harrisi lacks
this. C. cyrilellus is much more lustrous, and has the short, intervenous dashes
running outward from the discal streak much more pronounced and lustrous.
The pale shade along the dorsal margin of the forewing of C. harrisi is not
present in C. leachellus. In the male genitalia, C. harrisi differs greatly from
C. cyrilellus (Klots, 1942, p. 6-8, fig. 7) which has the uncus blunt, thick
and bearing heavy spines; a very heavy, abruptly curving process of the
costa, and two thin, straight cornuti. In the male genitalia C. harrisi is also
very unlike C. leachellus (Klots, 1939, p. 58-59, fig. 2) which has the costal
process short, not nearly reaching the tip of the cucullus, and has an enormous,
coiled coecum penis and only one cornutus. In the female genitalia C. cyrilellus
has a large, almost flat, terminally toothed plate protruding strongly ventrad
of the ostium; and C. leachellus has the ostium protruding only slightly
caudad as a simple cup, and has a coiled ductus bursae many times the length
of the abdomen (Klots, 1939, fig. 8).
Crambus harrisi is named for Mr. Bruce Harris, in 1959 with the New
Mexico Department of Game and Fish, in appreciation of his help in locating
excellent collecting areas in the Guadalupe Mts.
Literature Cited
Klots, Alexander B. 1939. North American Crambus. Bull. Southern California Acad.
Sci., 39: 53-70.
. 1942. North American Crambus. American Museum Novitates, No. 1191, 17 pp.
Received for publication April 17, 1967
Peromyscopsylla hamifer hamifer (Rothschild) :
an Addition to the
Entomological Fauna of New York State 1
Allen H. Benton2
The most complete list of fleas of New York, that of Geary (1959), includes
43 species recorded from the state. Several species known to occur in nearby
states may be expected to occur in New York, and the total number of flea
species in the state should be about 50.
Collections of the New York State Museum and Science Service, made by
Dr. Paul Connor, have done much to clarify the distributional patterns of New
York fleas. The first new species for the state to be found in their collections
is a single male specimen of Peromyscopsylla hamifer hamifer (Rothschild)
taken from a lemming mouse, Syria ptomys coo peri, near Sevey, St. Lawrence
County, on August 18, 1965.
Since this species has been recorded from several other northeastern states
(Figure 1), it was expected that it would eventually be found in New York.
This specimen, however, was unusual in two respects. It was taken in late
summer, whereas all specimens previously reported from the eastern United
States were taken from September to May, and it was found on a lemming
mouse, whereas 24 of 33 specimens for which I have found data have been
taken from the meadow mouse, Micro tus pennsylvanicus.
Since Microtus is one of the most abundant of small mammals in the east,
it has seemed strange that P. hamifer has not appeared more frequently in
collections. The present record suggests the possibility that the flea may be a
parasite of lemming mice, with meadow mice only a secondary or accidental
host. Since lemming mice are very rarely collected in any numbers, and even
less commonly in the colder months, the apparent rarity of the species would be
explained if it were a parasite of this host. Further, if it is a flea which seldom
leaves the nest of the host, its apparent rarity is even easier to explain.
A comparable case is that of Conor hinopsylla stanfordi Stewart. The type
host of this flea is the red squirrel, Tamiasciurus hudsonicus , but despite the
abundance of this host and its frequent collection, specimens of the flea were
very rare in collections prior to 1950. Since that time, abundant evidence has
shown that this is a nest parasite of the flying squirrel, Glaucomys volans (and
possibly G. sabrinus as well), and large numbers can be collected by anyone
willing to take the trouble to examine nests of this squirrel.
1 1 am grateful to Dr. Robert Traub and Mr. G. H. E. Hopkins for information on
eastern North American specimens of this flea. My studies on eastern fleas have been
supported by the Research Foundation of State University of New York.
12 Dept. Biology, State University College, Fredonia, N.Y. 14063.
159
160
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Any collector who can examine winter nests of Synaptomys cooperi or of
Microtus pennsylvanicus may contribute to the solution of the problem of the
host relationship of this flea species.
Literature Cited
Geary, John M. 1959. The fleas of New York. Mem. 355, Cornell Univ. Agric. Exper.
Station. 104 pp.
Received for Publication May 24, 1967
New and Little Known Species of Serica
(Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) X1
R. W. Dawson
Washington State University
Abstract: In this paper twelve new species are described: adversa, alabama, aviceps,
barri, bruneri, diablo, floirdana, frosti, heteracantha, howdeni, pullata, sericeoides,
and one new subspecies: perigonia eremicola. Ten previously described species are figured:
alleni, anthracina, castanea, ensenada, mackenziei , oliveri, peregrina, pilifera, rossi, and
sericea. Four species names are reduced to synonymy: joaquinella to oliveri ; mendota to
pruinipennis ; michelbacheri to fimbriata; and searli to alleni. The spelling “ atricapilla ”
is corrected to atracapilla, and trociformis blatchleyi is given specific standing. Supple-
mentary distribution notes are given beyond those recorded in paper #IX of this series.
The present study is based upon the examination of about 3,000 specimens
of Serica. For the privilege of working over this material the writer is much
indebted to the following entomologists: Hugh Leech, Henry Howden, Bob
Woodruff, Paul Hurd, Saul Frommer, O. L. Cartwright, Ross Arnett, S. W.
Frost and William Barr. Appreciation is also expressed for the capable and
painstaking work of Miss Francoise S. Demogeot in making the accompanying
drawings.
Serica adversa n. sp.
male: Length 8 mm; width 4 mm. Scarcely, or not, distinguishable from sculptilis by
external characters.
Dark brown, bare and shining with conspicuous, fine, dense puncturation, a little fine hair
on the elytral margin, basal portion of the legs and under surface. Clypeus feebly tumid
below the middle, sides only moderately elevated, without clypeal notches, punctures fine and
very dense, becoming a little stronger and less crowded on the front. Antennal club about
equal to the dorso-ventral diameter of the eye. Elytral striae emphasized by about three
dense, confused rows of fine punctures. Only the narrow crests of the intervals free from
punctures.
The genital armature of the male (fig. 39) differs from that of sculptillis by being heavier,
stronger, with relatively longer, broader claspers, and a much thicker and differently shaped
apex of the stalk. In sculptilis the apex of the stalk is narrowed (dorso-ventrally) to a
remarkable degree. In adversa the right (longer) clasper is more strongly bowed than the
left, and more so than in sculptilis.
type: S. San Joaquin Mountains near Laguna, Orange Co., California, VII-
29-63, light trap. Deposited in the Canadian National Collection.
paratypes: 10 $ S same data, 1 S San Diego, IV-17-34.
The sculptilis complex is not easily disposed of, but apparently adversa will
prove to be a distinct species. There are several other puzzling forms.
1 Scientific Paper No. 2987 College of Agriculture, Washington State University, Pullman.
Project No. 9043.
161
162
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
S erica alabama n. sp.
Remarkably like sericea, but averaging a little smaller, and having the pronotum of the
female pruinose like that of the male, not shining as in sericea. The genital armature of
the male (fig. 13) has smaller, shorter claspers, which are much more curved or sinuate
in outline than in the sericea male. The distribution pattern, Ohio to Alabama, indicates a
distinct species.
type: 3. Raleigh, N.C., June 9, 1953, G. H. Nelson; deposited in the collection
of the California Academy of Sciences.
paratypes: Ohio: Hocking Company, 1; Ashland Company, 1; Athens Co.,
4; Adams Company, 3; Ross Company, 1. Georgia: Atlanta, 4; Kennesaw
Mountain, 3; Athens, 1. Tennessee: Grassy Cove, 1; Knoxville, 2. Kentucky:
Louisville, 1. Alabama: Hagler, 1; Ft. Payne, 2; Montgomery, 4; Verbena, 1.
North Carolina: Raleigh, 3.
Serica alleni Saylor New Synonymy
1939. Serica alleni Saylor, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., 29, pp. 454, 457.
1939. Serica searli Saylor, same paper, pp. 454, 459.
Specimens from a variety of localities suggest a radiating dine not readily
broken into valid subspecies. The form called searli by Saylor (fig. 20)
approaches porcula Casey, and is distinguishable from that species chiefly by
its coarser, heavier genital armature and more arcuate claspers. The form
designated as alleni (figs. 21, 22) is an average type. Figure 20 is from a
specimen taken at the same place, the same day as the holotype of searli , and
figures 21 and 22 are from a paratype of alleni given to me by Mr. Saylor.
Figure 23 is from a specimen taken by Henry Howden at Wofford Heights,
Ken Co., California, Vl-12-14, 1961, at light. A series of 19 specimens before
the writer shows various intergradations that make a separation into species
or subspecies most unreliable. Calling them all alleni is at present the best
solution.
Serica atricapilla Kirby Emendation
According to the International Code whenever possible the original spelling
must be used. Therefore atracapilla replaces atricapilla now widely used.
Serica aviceps n. sp.
male: Length 9 mm; width 5 mm. Color varying a little between the middle shades of
dull brown, faintly shining, not pruinose or “dusted,” with only a faint trace of iridescence.
Clypeal margins rather strongly and abruptly elevated with a shallow but well-marked
clypeal notch ; surface finely and evenly, densely punctured, the punctures continuing over
the front, almost concealing the clypeal suture. Antennal club slightly longer than the dorso-
ventral diameter of the eye. Puncturation of the pronotum fine, shallow and rather dense
especially toward the sides. Striae of elytra line-like, impressed and with a dense row of
punctures, intervals moderately convex, variable in width and puncturation. Elytral surface
microscopically shagreened and iridescent.
September, 1967]
Dawson: Species of Serica
163
Genital armature (figs. 29, 30) suggesting that of oliveri , but the right clasper is concave
and truncate subapically, then suddenly flexed toward the center in a “bird-head” like tip.
The left clasper, viewed ventrally, has only a suggestion of the double tip characteristic
of oliveri.
type: 8. Fresno, California, June 8, 1937. R. W. Dawson deposited in the
collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
paratypes: Fresno 1 $ ; Fowler 2 8 8,2 $ $ ; Wood Lake, Tulare Company
1 8 ; Sequoia N. P. 1 8 ; Vernalis 2 3 8; Visalia 1 8 ; Coalinga 1 8 .
Serica barri n. sp.
male: Length 7.5 mm; width 4 mm. However specimens taken the same day in the same
population are as small as 6 mm in length, and from less favorable locations, 5 mm. Color
a middle shade of brown dulled by a thin, light gray dust and a trace of fine, pale pubescence,
most evident on the bases of the front and middle legs and on the elytral margin. A lightly
sclerotized, delicate species from desert areas.
Antennal club of male 1.5 times the dorso-ventral diameter of the moderate-sized eye.
Antennal club of the female distinctly smaller, only a little longer than the eye measurement.
Clypeus very densely punctured, margins well elevated ; a fine clypeal notch, evident in some
specimens, obsolete in others. Elytral striae shallow with a single, irregular, dense row of
punctures; intervals feebly convex with a few scattered, small punctures near the striae.
The genital armature of the male (figs. 24, 25) somewhat resembling that of deserticola ,
but the upper margins of the claspers are elevated. On the right clasper the median ridge
connects with the elevated margin at the apex forming a slight hood. This is the most dis-
tinctive feature of the species. On the shorter, left clasper the median ridge extends into a
sub-falcate “beak,” the elevated margin ending with the beak.
type: 8. Sand Dunes, St. Anthony, Idaho, VII-5- 1 966 ; deposited in the
collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
paratypes: Same locality, 131 8 8,8 2 2; Arches Monument, Utah, June 19,
1949, C. P. Alexander, 2 8 8; Wadsworth, Story Co., Nevada, V-28-1939 1 8 ;
Kayenta, Arizona, VI-12-1933 1 8.
The southwestern specimens show more prominent or exaggerated char-
acters in the genital armature, but seem definitely to belong here.
Serica blatchleyi Dawson New Status
1910. Serica trogiformis blatchleyi (not Uhler). Coleoptera of Indiana, p. 958.
1932. Serica trociformis blatchleyi Dawson, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., XL, p. 545.
Early in my studies of the genus Serica , I thought that the character of the
genital armature of the male could be used as the final criterion in judging
species. It was at once evident that external characters often failed to dis-
tinguish unquestioned species ( atracapilla and elusa for example). Later it
became apparent that the genital armatures do not always differentiate recog-
nizably between obvious species ( sericea and tristis for example). Horrible
thought, maybe some perfectly distinct species cannot be recognized either way!
In this case I believe the larger, smooth, convex, shining pronotum of
164
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
trociformis Burmeister, and the smaller, pruinose, impressed pronotum of
blatchleyi Dawson indicate distinct species. Through the years I have never
seen specimens indicating either continuity of range, or intergradation of
characters.
Serica bruneri n. sp.
A small, relatively broad species; length 5-7 mm; width 3-4 mm. Color dark brown to
nearly black, thus bearing a superficial resemblance to anthracina LeConte. But it differs
from that species markedly by having much larger antennae, the club about twice the
dorso-ventral diameter of the eye, and about the same length as the 5-segmented stem. The
whole upper surface bears sparse, shaggy, semi-erect, light brown, more or less deciduous,
hairs which on the elytra tend to follow the sharp, line-like striae, but are not definitely
so limited. Intervals of elytra closely and strongly punctured. Pronotum and clypeus
similarly punctured. Clypeus broad, almost rectangular, slightly concave with well reflexed
anterior and lateral margins, no clypeal notch, and clypeal suture a minute line. Under
surface with sparse, brown hair, becoming very prominent on the anterior coxae and
femora and somewhat so on the middle and hind femora.
The genital armature of the male (fig. 3) resembles that of anthracina (fig. 6) but is
smaller and more slender. A striking difference is seen in the mid-ventral chitinous point
of the stalk, long in anthracina and holding the claspers almost straight ahead, short in
bruneri letting the claspers flex ventrally.
type: Near Blanca, Colorado, June 19, 1944, B. Rotger C. R., deposited in
the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
paratypes: 31 S $ taken in the area from Ft. Garland to Glanca and to the
Great Sanddunes National Monument in Colorado.
This species is dedicated to the memory of Professor Lawrence Bruner with
whom the writer, as a student, spent a never-to-be-forgotten summer collecting
insects in the type locality.
Serica diablo n. sp.
male: Length 7 mm; width 4 mm. Color dark castaneus, surface bare and shining, finely,
rather evenly and densely punctate. Clypeus finely and densely punctured, the punctures
separated by their own diameter or less, front less densely and finely punctured, the
intervals between the punctures of both minutely shagreened. Clypeal margins roundly
and strongly reflexed, broadly and moderately emarginate in front, lateral incisures
obsolete. The antennae of the male moderate in size, the club about as long as the stem
and equal to the dorso-ventral diameter of the eye.
Pronotal punctures of only moderate size, separated by one to two diameters, the
shagreen of the surface nearly obsolete, being largely confined to the punctures. Elytra
“corrugated,” the striae relatively broad and densely punctured, the intervals narrow and
largely impunctate.
The female very much like the male; antennae of the same size but with the club
narrower at its origin ; the posterior margin of the last sternite not emarginate and the
abdomen more fully rounded.
To more fully delineate the remarkable pattern of the right clasper of the genital armature,
two specimens were used in the drawings (figs. 17, 18). This clasper can rotate laterally
90° or more. The horn-like process can turn across the end of the armature and lock under
September, 1967]
Dawson: Species of Serica
165
the margin of the left clasper. The varying positions of the claspers greatly modify the
superficial appearance of the armature. The variation in the shape of the stalk in the three
figures is not to be taken seriously. It is due to several factors ; angle of view on an
asymmetrical object, distortion of a tubular structure in drying, and some actual variation
in the specimens. The drawings were made with great care by the aid of a check-
micrometer, so little is to be attributed to that source.
type: A mated pair bearing the label: Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa Co., Cali-
fornia, V-30-54, on Adenostoma jasciculatum , W. E. Ferguson, collector. The
type will be deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
paratypes: 32 8 8 and 34 $ $ with the same data as the type; Sequoia N.P.
1 8 ; Santa Barbara Co. 1 8 ; Santa Lucia Mountains 1 8 .
Serica jimbriata LeConte New Synonymy
1856. Serica jimbriata LeConte, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., (2) III, p. 275.
1947. Serica jimbriata Dawson, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., LV, pp. 229, 230, PI. XV.
1948. Serica michelbacheri Saylor, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4) XXIV, pp. 345,
346, PI. 14.
The holotype of michelbacheri has been examined and found to be a perfectly
typical specimen of jimbriata LeConte.
Serica floridana n. sp.
male: Length 7 mm; width 4 mm. Color light chestnut brown, glabrous, shining, no
bloom or iridescence. Clypeus plain, moderately punctured, margins rather strongly and
abruptly elevated, the front margin nearly straight and separated from the side margins
by narrow but deep and distinct notches. Punctures of the front strong along the suture
and grading off to an impunctate occiput. Eyes large and prominent, and antennal club
equal to the dorso-ventral diameter of the eye.
Pronotum with the sides nearly straight and parallel in the posterior 3/5, then rounded
to the width of the head through the eyes. Puncturation shallow, irregular, with the punctures
separated by one to three diameters. Elytra with strong striae emphasized by numerous
strong, deep punctures, the narrow crests of the intervals nearly impunctate.
Female easily recognized, eyes and antennal clubs smaller by 1/6 and last ventral
sternite almost straight across instead of emarginate medially.
The genital armature of the male shows several distinctive characters (figs. 4, 5) ; the
broad, asymmetrical stock with its apical portion abruptly narrowed, and the claspers
frequently flexed deeply against the ventral side and rotated to the left. The rim of the
left clasper is densely covered with minute, black setae or bristles, arising from punctures
which gives the surface a roughened appearance. This is an unusual character in the genus.
type: 8 . Interlachen, Florida, April 2, 1931, H. & A. Howden; deposited in
the Canadian National Collection.
paratypes: Florida, Interlachen, 11 8 8, Gainesville, 3 8 8. North Carolina:
Kill Devil Hills, Dare Co., May 1952, Arnett, 15 8 8,21 9 9. Alabama:
Mobile, 2 8 8, 1 9. Georgia: Baker Co., June, 1956, 1 8. Mississippi: Hatties-
burg, May 10, 1944, C. D. Michener, 1 8. New Jersey: Atsion, June 27,
1946, J. W. Green, 1 3.
166
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Serica frosti n. sp.
male: Length 7 mm; width 4 mm. Color light chestnut brown with a thin rainbow
iridescence, nearly devoid of pubescence except for some fine, brown hair on the front and
middle legs. Antennae of male with club longer than the diameter through the eye, the
proportion about 5.5 to 4.5. In the female both eyes and antennae are smaller, using the
same scale, the proportion is 4.5 to 4.3. The sexes can be readily separated by the size
of the antennal club. Clypeus rather coarsely and closely punctured; front margin strongly
elevated and broadly, feebly arcuate, the side margins less elevated thus suggesting the
position of a clypeal notch at the junction with the front margin. Pronotum with rather
coarse punctures separated by about two diameters, closer at the sides. Elytra with line-
like striae, rather deeply impressed and crowded with a confused row of fine punctures,
intervals convex and impunctate at the crest.
The male genital armature (fig. 38) somewhat resembles that of pusilla but the stalk is
longer and the claspers are always directed far ahead. This position is due to the mid-
ventral point of the stalk contacting the sclerotized base of the claspers, thus inhibiting a
downward flexure. This limitation of position does not occur in pusilla where the claspers
have great freedom of motion, and consequently assume many positions.
type: 8. Archbold Biological Station, Lake Placid, Florida, R. W. Dawson,
February 10, 1966; deposited in the collection of the California Academy of
Sciences.
paratypes: about 200 from the same locality, taken during February and March.
The writer is indebted to Dr. S. W. Frost for these specimens, attracted to
his light trap, and is dedicating the species to him. In his light-trap papers
this species is listed under the name Serica errans Blatchley (a synonym of
pusilla). Despite the local abundance of frosti, I know of no other records of
it, while pusilla and aspera , somewhat similar species, have rather wide distribu-
tions.
Serica heteracantha n. sp.
male: Length 8 mm; width 4.5 mm. Light golden brown, dulled by a gray pollen, most
noticeable on the elytra. Clypeus broad, especially apically, with very dense, fine punctures
separated by less than their own diameter; margins reflexed without a clypeal notch,
broadly arcuate medially; apical third of the disc slightly tumid medially, emphasizing the
transverse depression before the reflexed apical margin ; front with finer, much more sparse,
punctures, occiput becoming impunctate; intervals of elytra convex, separated by sharp
line-like striae, punctures fine and rather numerous, especially on the broader intervals.
Only the genital armature of the male (fig. 35) gives reliable evidence for separating
this species from the numerous similar California species. On this basis stygia is the only
known species which resembles it. The lateral view of the armature of stygia shows only
one strong medial tooth, in heteracantha this median tooth is small and accompanied by
a strong subapical tooth. Other angles of view show very striking differences between the
armatures of the two species, but the characters figured are constant and quite sufficient
for differentiating the two species.
type: 8. Jacumba, California, V-18-41, D. J. & J. N. Knull; deposited in
the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
paratypes: 10 8 8,5 $ $ bear the same data; 28$ Hurkey Cr., San Jacinto
Mountains, California.
September, 1967]
Dawson: Species of Serica
167
Serica howdeni n. sp.
male: Length 8 mm; width 4.8 mm. Dark brown, glabrous and shining, densely covered
with moderate-sized punctures; clypeal margins strongly reflexed and deeply but narrowly
notched between the anterior and lateral margins; the anterior margin nearly straight;
clypeal disc slightly depressed marginally and slightly tumid medially ; antennal club of male
nearly as long as the stem of the antenna; striae of elytra deep, with three to four confused
rows of strong, semi-confluent punctures; ventral surface of thorax strongly and densely
punctured, of abdomen less so.
The genital armature of this species (figs. 1, 2) shows several distinctive characters. Most
unusual is the deep, diagonal groove crossing the face of the right clasper. Next is the
minutely setulose upper portion of the left clasper. To more clearly indicate these characters,
drawings of both claspers from quite different angles are added.
type: $ . Tyler, Texas, March 2, 1953, S. E. Bennet, light trap, deposited in
the Canadian National Collection.
Serica oliveri Saylor New Synonymy
1939. Serica oliveri Saylor, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 41, pp. 56, 57.
Serica joaquinella Saylor, same pages as above.
Both of Saylor’s descriptions were based on single specimens; joaquinella on
an undersized, teneral specimen in poor condition. Both of his types and 30
good additional specimens are before the writer, which makes it clear that
joaquinella is a synonym. The outstanding, definitive character of the species,
the double tip of the left clasper (fig. 11), is not mentioned, and not shown
in Saylor’s drawings. In some positions of the left clasper the outer lobe of
the tip obscures the inner, unless you look for it. His statement: “The genitalia
of S. oliveri are most similar to those of S. solita ,” is misleading and confusing,
as is also his comparison of joaquinella to a bicolored anthracina , and its
armature to that of caliginosa.
Specimens examined from Antioch, Delhi, Fowler, Fresno and Merced,
California.
A considerable amount of variation occurs in the armature, especially in
the end of the right clasper (fig. 10).
Oliveri, due to its dark color, robust stature and strongly pruinose elytra
resembles pullata, here described as new, but the genitalia of the two species
are strikingly dissimilar (figs. 10, 11, 9, 12).
Serica peregrina Chapin and Maladera castanea (Arrow)
Two species of Serica-like beetles have been accidentally introduced into the
United States from Japan. They became established in New York and New
Jersey in the early 1920’s. Most abundant and best known is Maladera
castanea (Arrow) also called the Asiatic Garden Beetle (fig. 36). Early con-
fusion and disagreement about the scientific name caused it to be listed both
168
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
as Autos erica and Aserica. Less abundant, but definitely established, is Serica
peregrina Chapin (fig. 37).
With both species the genital armatures are so radically different from any
American species as to make them instantly recognizable.
Serica perigonia eremicola n. subsp.
When variants reach a confusing degree of development and are correlated with geo-
graphical distribution it seems desirable to designate them as subspecies. A well-known
entomologist has said (perhaps not seriously) : “A species is what the taxonomist thinks
it is, until he changes his mind.” So eremicola is a subspecies ! The greatly expanded
margin of the left clasper (figs. 7, 8) is its distinctive character. I believe that the finger-
like end (“appendix”) of the right clasper is the diagnostic character of the species perigonia.
type: S. Mexico, Baja, California, Norte, Arr. Santo Domingo, 5.7 miles, E.
Hamilton ranch dam site, 23-IV-1963, H. B. Leech & P. H. Arnaud, Jr.;
deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
paratypes: 29 3 S and 21 $ $ with the same data.
Serica pilifera Horn
1894. Serica pilifera Horn, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (2), IV, p. 397.
The identity of the type specimen, and the species, has long been in question.
A single female in the Horn collection was thought to be the holotype.
Since females in the genus Serica are difficult (sometimes impossible) to
identify with certainty, the species was left in doubt. A recent letter from Dr.
Leech helps to clarify both questions. He writes: “This male, which you
dissected some years ago, is from Santa Maria, Baja California, and is un-
doubtedly the true type. The lectotype label was put on by E. P. Van Duzee,
but not validated by publication. As you know, Horn returned the first set
of the Baja California material to the California Academy of Sciences, and
these beetles were saved by the late Miss Alice Eastwood after the 1906 earth-
quake, and before the fire which destroyed our general collections. It is only
because Mr. Cresson believed all types to have been lost in the fire, that the
Philadelphia Academy claimed to have the types, based on the duplicates which
Horn retained when he studied our Baja California specimens.”
Drawings made from this lectotype male are here presented (figs. 28, 31).
Due to the age and condition of this specimen it is difficult to compare it with
fresh material in high condition. L. W. Saylor compared a single recently
collected male with the pilifera type (before I dissected it) and named it as a
new species, ensenada. He says: “Related to pilifera Horn, from Santa Maria,
and differs mainly by the more strongly reflexed clypeal apex, the absence of
the lateral clypeal notch, and much more densely pilose surface.” After
comparing the two types, I fail to see a significant difference in these char-
acters.
September, 19671
Dawson: Species of Serica
169
The genital armatures of the two types differ markedly in degree but not
in basic pattern. In both forms the stalk of the armature is asymmetrical,
distinctly longer on the left side and shorted on the right, so that the claspers
are flexed toward the short side. A part of the apparent variation is due to the
position of the claspers, which can be strongly flexed laterally and also apically.
The most important characteristics in the armature of ensenada (figs. 26, 27)
as compared to that of pilijera (figs. 28, 31) are the long, stream-lined, left
clasper, and the blunt apex of the stalk on the left side. In Horn’s type of
pilijera the left clasper is broad and abruptly abbreviated in the terminal
third, and the left side of the stalk is semi-falcate in outline.
Six typical males and six females are at hand from “3 miles above Rosario,”
which would be two-thirds of the way down the Baja peninsula. Three addi-
tional specimens are at hand which are somewhat intermediate between the
two types, but are referred to pilijera by the writer due to the features just noted.
Serica ensenada Saylor
1948. Serica ensenada Saylor, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., (4), XXIV, p. 346, PL
14, fig. 1.
Saylor’s holotype was used in making the accompanying figures (26, 27).
The status of his species can best be determined when more material is available.
See notes above under pilijera.
Serica porcula Casey
1884. Serica porcula Casey, Contr. to Desc. and Syst. Coleopterology of N. A.
II, p. 177.
1947. Serica porcula Dawson, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc. LV, pp. 231-232, PI. XVII.
Typical porcula occurs from the Mojave Desert in California across Arizona
and New Mexico, and northward with scattered records from desert areas in
Colorado to southeastern Wyoming. Specimens from all this area show little
variation in the form of the genital armature. See my plate recorded above.
An allied species complex in California presents a very different situation,
discussed under adversa and alleni early in this paper.
Serica pruinipennis Saylor
1935. Serica pruinosa Saylor, Jour. Ent. & Zook, pp. 1, 2.
1936. Serica pruinipennis Saylor, Jour. Ent. Zook, 28, p. 4. New name
1939. Serica mendota Saylor, Jour. Wash Acad. Sci., 29, 454 and 457-458.
New Synonymy
1952. Serica pruinipennis Dawson, Jour. N.Y. Ent. Soc., LX, p. 73, PI. XIII.
When Mr. Saylor described pruinosa ( pruinipennis ) he overlooked the partial
“4th leaf” in the antennal club. Later when working on a good series of
specimens from Mendota, California he discovered it, and was thus led to
170
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
describe a new species, “ mendota .” The abbreviated lamella of the antennal
club is a remarkable character otherwise unknown in the nearly 100 species
of North American Serica. At its maximum development, occurring in the
males, this 4th lamella reaches nearly half the length of the lamellate club, and
at its minimum development, occurring in the females, may be reduced to a
mere vestige, easily overlooked.
Serica pullata n. sp.
male: Length 8 mm; width 4.3 mm. Color piceous black dulled by a gray bloom. Bare
above, sparsely clothed with short, ferruginuous hair beneath, becoming longer and con-
spicuous on the front and middle legs.
Antennae ferruginuous, club longer than the diameter of the eye, the proportion about
as 4 to 3. Club of female antennae shorter, about equal to the diameter of the eye. Clypeus
finely and densely punctured, front more coarsely and sparsely punctured, grading off
to an impunctate occiput. Surface in the punctate areas minutely shagreened. Clypeal
margin clear around strongly elevated, nearly straight in front and without a trace of
lateral notches. Pronotum with fine, close but irregular puncturation, and shagreened surface,
but dulled by the opaque, gray bloom. Elytra with fine striae just wide enough for a
single row of fine punctures, intervals relatively wide, feebly convex and nearly impunctate,
surface dull.
Genital armature large for the size of the beetle, plain and generalized in design (figs.
9, 12). With the aid of the genital armature this species is easily separated from oliveri ,
(figs. 10, 11) without it the similarity is baffling and the determination unreliable.
type: 8 . Desert Springs, L. A. Co., California, May 19, 1954. On Acampto-
pappus , P. D. Hurd.
paratypes: Desert Springs, May and June, 6 8 8, 6 2 2. Hesperia, California,
May 20, 1948, G. P. Mackenzie, 1 8,4 $ 2.
Serica sericeoides n. sp.
If a series of specimens were at hand, one might be able to point out tangible, external
characters for differentiating sericeoides (figs. 14, IS) from sericea (fig. 16), but with
only a single male of sericeoides for comparison that is not feasible. The male genital
armature shows good characters: the terminal portion of the stalk is thinner and more
delicate, the claspers relatively short and straight with sharp, laterally divergent tips.
These characters indicate an undescribed species.
type: 8. Jackson Co., Alabama, June 19, 1934, H. P. Loding; deposited in
the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
Serica texana LeConte
Described in 1856, it took nearly a century to match his type with1 a single
male from Lee County, Texas, previously recorded by the writer. Thus texana
has been one of the rarest sericas in collections. Now Henry Howden sends
me specimens from Texas as follows: Bastrop State Park, April 6-7, 1959,
16 8 8, 5 $ 2, Fredericksburg, April 18, 1959, 3 8 8,2 2 2. These localities
are reasonably close to the type locality.
September, 19671
Dawson: Species of Serica
171
Additions to the previously published state lists of Serica in Jour. N.Y. Ent.
Soc., LX(2), pp. 74-77:
Alabama: alabama, floridana.
Arizona: barri.
California: adversa, aviceps, diablo, heteracantha, pul lata, rossi,
delete the following formerly listed: joaquinella, mendota.
Colorado: porcula, bruneri.
Connecticut: imitans.
Florida: floridana, frosti.
Georgia: floridana, alabama.
Idaho: barri.
Kentucky: alabama.
Louisiana: texana, contort a, delete: atratula monita.
Maryland: castanea.
Massachusetts: perigrina.
Mississippi: vespertina accola, floridana.
New Jersey: floridana, perigrina.
North Carolina: floridana, alabama.
Nevada: barri.
Ohio: alabama.
Pennsylvania: castanea.
South Carolina: castanea , opposita.
Tennessee: alabama.
Texas: aspera, howdeni, parallela.
Utah: barri.
Virginia: Carolina.
MEXICO
Baja California: laguna , watsoni, fimbriata , prava , perigonia eremicola.
delete: michelbacheri, sculptilis.
Received for Publication June 8, 1967
172
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
3
Figs. 1-6. 1,2. howdeni; 3.bruneri; 4,5. floridana; 6. anthracina.
September, 1967]
Dawson: Species of Serica
173
Figs. 7-12. 7, 8. perigonia eremicola ; 9, 12. pullata; 10, 11. oliveri.
174
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 13-19. 13.alabama; 14, 15. sericeoides ; 16 . sericea; 17-19. diablo.
Figs. 20-25. 20— 23. alleni ; 24,25. barri.
176
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 26-31. 26, 27. ensenada; 28,31. pilijera\ 29, 30. aviceps.
September, 19671
Dawson: Species of Serica
177
Figs. 32-37. 32-34. rossi; 35. heteracantha ; 36. castanea; 37 . perigrina.
178
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 38-43. 38. frosti ; 39. arlversa ; 40,43. mackenziei ; 41, 42. serensia.
Observations of Epicordulia princeps (Hagen) (Odonata:
Corduliidae) at a Light
Allen M. Young
Department of Zoology, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois
Abstract: The occurrence of Epicordulia princeps (Hagen), a crespuscular dragonfly
common to the central and northeastern United States, at a street light was studied on
successive evenings from June 18 to July 4, 1966 (11:00 pm to 1:30 am — CST) in Chicago,
Illinois. Both sexes were usually present with males always predominating. Curiously, the
dragonflies repeatedly aggregated (loosely) on a certain portion of the illuminated surface
(of stone wall) throughout the study period. Dragonflies arrived and departed singly with
either process usually being accomplished, for all individuals present, within 20 minutes. It
was not clear if the dragonflies, when attracted to the light, were actually foraging or
whether perched (resting) on nearby trees and other suitable resting sites. An anomalous
behavior of curving the abdomen upwards when perched on the wall was observed.
Corbet (1963), summarizing a large number of published studies, describes
two general activity patterns in dragonflies: (1) regular flight activity from
mid-morning through late afternoon (i.e., during the non-extreme daylight
hours), and (2) regular flight activity at sunrise and sunset (eocrespuscular
activity). Under the latter, crespuscular dragonflies are those which fly only at
sunset, although probably the majority of these are also active at sunrise but
have not yet been observed (due to a general deficit of extensive dawn studies)
and for this reason, they are better known than eocrespuscular forms (Corbet,
1963). Generally, these dragonflies, the majority of which are tropical, possess
extremely large compound eyes and dark bodies, are strong, rapid fliers and
forest-dwelling (Williamson, 1923). Some crespuscular dragonflies are at-
tracted to lights after sunset (Corbet, 1963).
Epicordulia princeps (Hagen) is a crespuscular dragonfly common to the
central and northeastern United States with a flying season from early May
through mid-September (as recorded in Ohio) (Needham and Westfall, 1955).
The only other known species of the genus is regina , restricted to the south-
eastern United States and easily distinguished from princeps by wing markings
(Needham and Westfall, 1955). There are apparently no published accounts
of either species being attracted to lights after sunset and this paper reports
some observations delegating such behavior to princeps.
OBSERVATIONS
On the evening of June 18, 1966, 4 individuals of princeps were seen resting
on a stone wall illuminated by a street light, 8 feet away, on The University of
Chicago campus. The wall, off-white in color, was 10 feet high and had a
roughly-textured surface. Using a step ladder, the insects were easily picked
up by hand and in this way, sex was determined quickly by examining genitalia.
179
180
New York Entomological Society
I'Vol. LXXV
Table 1. Occurrence of E. princeps on successive evenings in 1966.
Date
Females
Males
Total
June 18
1
3
4
June 19
0
5
5
June 20
0
0
0
June 21
2
6
8
June 22
2
5
7
June 23
1
6
7
June 24
1
4
5
June 25
1
3
4
June 26
0
0
0
June 27
0
0
0
June 28
2
6
8
June 29
2
6
8
June 30
1
5
6
July 1
1
4
5
July 2
0
5
5
J uly 3
1
2
3
July 4
0
3
3
The dragonflies were then returned to their approximate positions on the wall
and thereafter left undisturbed (but observed) for the remainder of the evening.
This preliminary observation was made at 11:25 pm (CST) and no more dragon-
flies arrived after that, with observation lasting until 2:18 am. However, the 4
individuals had flown away before this time. For successive evenings there-
after, the illuminated section of wall was examined for princeps for a period
of 2V2 hours, from 11:00 pm to 1:30 am, and the observed maximum frequencies
are tabulated by sex in Table 1. In addition, on each evening, the times of arrival
and departure were recorded for the dragonflies.
DISCUSSION
Evenings prior to the final observation date (July 4) for which no entries
were made, were not cases of bad weather but simply instances of non-
appearance. In addition, routine searches were made at other nearby illuminated
areas but princeps never appeared. After July 4, the dragonfly did not appear
at the study site for 24 consecutive evenings and after this, observations were
terminated altogether. General climatic conditions had not changed very much
after July 4. For some unknown reason, males always predominated (Table 1).
After the first 2 evenings of observation, it became evident that the dragonflies
tended to aggregate in a loose fashion within a certain area (with usually
5-8 inches to nearest neighbor) of about 10 square feet on the wall, and on
the second evening, a faint crayon line was drawn to define this “preferred”
area of illumination. On future evenings, all individuals perched within this
circumscribed area. The reason for this repeated preference of a certain por-
tion of the larger general area of illumination is not clear. Careful examination
of the preferred area during daylight revealed nothing unusual. The dragonflies
September, 1967] Young: Epicordulia (Odonata) Observations
181
Fig. 1. Unusual position of the abdomen observed in both sexes of E. princeps.
were always positioned vertically on the wall with the anterior end upwards.
Furthermore, the dragonflies never appeared to be disturbed when picked up
(one at a time) for sex identification, for they always retained the motionless,
resting position (wings held vertically to the long axis of the body) when re-
turned. In reference to usual departure, most individuals left the wall (flew
away) within 20 minutes, usually between 1:00-1:30 am and never before
12:40 am nor later than 1:55 am. Arrival was similar to departure — individuals
arrived singly and almost invariably between 11:00-11:40 pm.
It is interesting to note that both sexes were seen together with the absence
of the usual breeding behavior exhibited by most dragonflies whenever both
sexes are present at breeding sites during daylight hours. Corbet (1963)
mentions that some dragonflies may fly in small groups comprised of both
sexes when hunting food (as witnessed during daylight). Wright (1944) re-
ports that in princeps , both sexes may fly together during daylight. Group
hunting for food raises an interesting question concerning the observations
presented here: were the dragonflies perched on a nearby tree or some similar
resting site and merely attracted to the light or were they actually foraging during
these late hours? Corbet (1963) mentions the likelihood of some crespuscular
dragonflies flying well after sunset. Assuming that at least some of the same
individuals were present on more than one evening, a priori , it seems unlikely
that they always chose the same resting area every night and were therefore
always attracted to the same light source. Rather, it is conceivable that the
aerial region surrounding this light source was particularly attractive for for-
aging and that princeps was attracted to the light while in flight rather than at
182
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
rest. Foraging within close proximity of the attracting light source could have
been enhanced by the following existing conditions: (1) intense attraction of
other aerial insects to the light source, (2) abundance of small shrubs of many
types near the light source which may have supported many aerial insects, and
(3) small, shallow pools of water behind the wall which usually had minute
aerial insects flying above them. This suggestion of foraging after dark is diffi-
cult to prove but nonetheless warrants mentioning. While the particular light
source attractive to princeps was no different than other street lights in the
area, possibly the surrounding, immediate conditions had something to do
with the observed preference for it.
It was also observed that all individuals of princeps on any evening had
their abdomens curved steeply upwards away from the wall, as schematically
depicted in Figure 1. Extensive survey of dragonfly literature failed to uncover
any previous observation of this curious behavior. Abdomens were held in this
position throughout the perching period and its purpose (if any) is not at all
clear.
Literature Cited
Corbet, P. S. 1963. A Biology of Dragonflies. Quadrangle Books, Inc., Chicago, Illinois.
Needham, J. G. and Westfall, M. J. 1955. A Manual of the Dragonflies of North America.
University of California Press, Berkeley, California.
Williamson, E. B. 1923. Notes on American species of Triacanthagyna and Gynacantha
(Odonata). Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 9: 1-80.
Wright, M. 1944. Some Random Observations on Dragonfly Habits with Notes on
their Predaceousness on Bees. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 19: 295-301.
Received for Publication May 26, 1967
Undescribed Species of Crane Flies from the Himalaya Mountains
(Diptera: Tipulidae), XV1
Charles P. Alexander
Amherst, Massachusetts
Abstract: Six new species of Eriopterine crane flies are described, these being Gnophomyia
( Gnophomyia ) diacaena n. sp., from Assam; Gonomyia ( Lipophleps ) pentacantha n. sp.,
Kumaon; Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) bistyla n. sp., Assam; T. (C.) fulvicolor n. sp.,
Assam; T. (C.) fuscolimbata n. sp., Assam; and T. ( C .) simplicistyla n. sp., Assam.
Part XIV of this series of papers was published in the Journal of the New
York Entomological Society , 75: 24-28, 1967. All specimens were taken by
Dr. Fernand Schmid to whom my very sincere thanks are extended for this
extraordinarily rich series of crane flies.
Gnophomyia ( Gnophomyia ) diacaena n. sp.
Allied to eupetes ; head and thorax brownish black, sparsely pruinose; antennae of male
elongate, about one-half the wing; femora obscure yellow, tips blackened; wings very
weakly darkened, R2+ 3+4 subequal to R\+2 or a little longer than R2+3, m-cn about its own
length beyond fork of M ; male hypopygium with two small acute spines at near midlength
of the gonapophyses.
male: Length about 5 mm; wing 5.8 mm; antenna about 3 mm.
Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae elongate, about one-half the wing, black throughout;
flagellar segments elongate, nearly cylindrical, longest verticils unilaterally arranged, slightly
shorter than the segments, with other smaller verticils and abundant still shorter setae ;
terminal segment about three-fourths the penultimate. Head brownish black.
Thoracic dorsum almost uniform dull black, sparsely pruinose, lateral angles of pronotal
scutum yellowed. Pleura dull leaden black, dorsopleural region, posterior pleurites and
extreme dorsal pleurotergite vaguely yellowed. Halteres blackened, base of stem narrowly
yellow. Legs with fore coxae brownish black, remaining coxae yellowed, base of middle pair
darkened; trochanters yellow; femora obscure yellow, slightly darker on upper surface,
tips blackened; tibiae and basitarsi brownish yellow, tips narrowly darkened, outer tarsal
segments dark brown. Wings very weakly darkened, without stigma, base more yellowed;
veins brown. Macrotrichia on longitudinal veins beyond general level of origin of Rs,
lacking on if, present on outer ends of Cih, 2nd A , and more than the outer half of 1st A.
Venation: Sci ending shortly before level of vein R2; Rs in direct longitudinal alignment
with Ro, r-m at its fork; R2+ 3 a little shorter than Ri+2; cell 1st M2 long and narrow, sub-
equal to distal section of M3; m-cu its own length beyond fork of M.
Abdomen brown, hypopygium brownish black. Male hypopygium with the outer
dististyle a yellow broad-based spine, inner style at apex expanded into a small oval blade,
setae subterminal. Aedeagus relatively short, gonapophyses longer, each appearing as a
long slender rod that narrows very gradually into a spine, inner margin at near midlength
with two small acute points.
1 Contribution from the Entomological Laboratory, University of Massachusetts.
183
184
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
holotype: S, Luanglong Khunou, Manipur, Assam, 2,500 feet, May 28,
1960 (Schmid).
The most similar described species is Gnophomyia ( Gnophomyia ) eupetes
Alexander, of Sikkim, differing most evidently in hypopygial structures, as the
bispinous gonapophyses.
Gonomyia ( Lipophleps ) pentacantha n. sp.
male: Length about 2.8 mm; wing 3.3 mm.
Characters as in nissoriana , differing in the hypopygial structure. Inner dististyles of the
two sides asymmetrical, one with the elongate rod about as in nissoriana , terminating in a
short blackened spine and with a very long nearly apical seta ; style of the opposite side
with the rod much shorter, entirely pale, without the elongate seta. Phallosome distinctive,
stout, broadened outwardly, on either side with a strong curved arm or rod, directed
cephalad and then laterad, at apex more expanded and bearing five strong pale spines, with
interpolated much longer yellow setae. In nissoriana the arms are more evenly curved and
more slender, with long setae but lacking the five major spines, as described.
Closely related to Gonomyia ( Lipophleps ) nissoriana Alexander (Philippine Jour. Sci.
61: 142-143, pi. 1, fig. 21 (venation), pi. 2, fig. 32 ( $ hypopygium) ; (1936), described
from the Khasi Hills, Assam, now known from Kumaon, Nepal, Kameng, and South India.
I earlier had considered the present material as representing nissoriana but from the
hypopygial structure it evidently is distinct.
holotype: S, Tapoban, Pauri Garhwal, Kumaon, 7,300 feet, July 28, 1958
(Schmid).
Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) bislyla n. sp.
General coloration of thorax dark brown to black, praescutum with three stripes, pleura
with a major light gray area; wings light brown, unpatterned; male hypopygium with
two dististyles or profound branches.
male: Length, excluding rostrum, about 5.5-6 mm; wing 5.2-6 mm; rostrum about 4-4.5 mm.
Rostrum elongate, black. Antennae black throughout. Head gray, posterior vertex more
infuscated medially; no corniculus.
Cervical region brownish black; pronotum dull orange brown. Mesonotal praescutum dull
gray with three stripes, the lateral pair darker, borders clearer gray; posterior sclerites of
notum brownish black, sparsely pruinose, parascutella and posterior callosities of scutal
lobes obscure yellow. Pleura black, ventrally with a large light gray area that includes most
of the sternopleurite, metapleura and meron more obscure gray; dorsopleural membrane
light brown. Halteres light yellow. Legs with fore coxae brown, remaining pairs orange
yellow; trochanters dark brown; remainder of legs brown. Wings light brown, prearcular
and costal fields a trifle more yellowed; veins pale brown, brownish yellow in the brightened
areas; no darkened pattern. Venation: R5 deflected strongly caudad, especially in the
holotype, terminating at wing tip; M3+i shorter than Mi. No supernumerary crossvein in
cell R5 as occurs in some specimens of fuscolimbata.
Abdomen dark brown, ninth segment paler. Male hypopygium generally as in fuscolim-
bata, differing in details. Basistyle without a modified tubercle, as found in various species.
Two dististyles or profound branches; beak of outer branch narrow, inner branch only
moderately curved, at extreme outer lateral area with an elongate-oval blade or style,
its tip obtuse.
holotype: 3, Bilo La, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 6,000
feet, June 10, 1961 (Schmid). Paratopotype, 8, pinned with type.
September, 1967]
Alexander: Crane Flies
185
The most similar species is Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) fuscolimbata n. sp.,
from the high mountains of Manipur, Assam, which is most readily separated
by the patterned wings. The hypopygia of the two species are generally similar
but differ in details, especially of the dististyles.
Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) fulvicolor n. sp.
General coloration of thorax fulvous cinnamon, pleura obscure yellow; rostrum about
one-fourth longer than the body or wing; wings weakly tinged with brown, prearcular
and costal fields light yellow; abdomen fulvous, posterior borders of tergites narrowly
brown; interbase large, irregular in outline; dististyle single, terminal, large, on outer
margin before midlength with a darkened knob, the long beak yellow, slender; arms of
phallosome long.
male: Length, excluding rostrum, about 5 mm; wing 4.8 mm; rostrum about 6.5 mm.
Rostrum dark brown, longer than the wing or remainder of body. Antennae with scape
and pedicel light yellow, flagellum brownish black. Head grayish white, including the
posterior orbits, posterior vertex narrowly brown; anterior vertex subequal in width to
the diameter of the antennal pedicel.
Cervical region and pronotum brownish yellow. Mesonotal praescutum and scutum fulvous
cinnamon without well-defined pattern; scutellum pale brown, posterior border and para-
scutella yellow; postnotum fulvous yellow, central part of mediotergite vaguely darkened.
Pleura obscure yellow. Halteres yellow. Legs with coxae and trochanters yellow; re-
mainder of legs obscure yellow, appearing brownish yellow from the abundant brown
bifid setae. Wings weakly tinged with brown, prearcular and costal fields light yellow;
veins pale brown. Macrotrichia on both sections of R5 and sparsely on Rs, lacking on
anterior branch of Rs; trichia on distal section of M 1+2 and sparsely on Ms. Venation: Sci
ending shortly beyond origin of Rs, anterior branch of the latter long, exceeding Rs ; vein
R-, deflected strongly caudad, ending at wing tip; m-cu at fork of M.
Abdomen fulvous, the posterior borders of tergites narrowly brown, hypopygium yellowed.
Male hypopygium with basistyle provided with long black setae, especially along mesal
face and as a loose pencil on margin, this not on a basal tubercle as in mesorhyncha and
some others. Interbase large, its outline irregular. Dististyle single, terminal, outer margin
before midlength with an obtuse darkened slightly corrugated knob; slightly more than
outer half of style a long straight yellow blade, the sides parallel, tip obtuse. Arms of
phallosome long, sinuous.
holotype: S, Khaorum, Manipur, Assam, 3,750 feet, August 28, 1960
(Schmid).
Various other regional species, including Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) lutei-
basis Alexander, T. ( C .) mesorhyncha Alexander, T. (C.) monostyla Alexander,
and T. (C.) tuberijera Alexander, are generally similar to the present fly,
differing evidently in details of coloration and in hypopygial structure, in-
cluding the basistyle, interbase and dististyle.
Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) fuscolimbata n. sp.
Size medium (wing over 5 mm) ; mesonotal praescutum light brown medially, the sides
broadly darker brown, the color continued caudad onto the scutal lobes, pleura striped
186
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
black and yellow ; halteres light yellow ; legs brownish yellow, appearing darker because of
abundant black setae; wings pale brown with darkened seams over several of the veins,
anterior branch of Rs long; male hvpopygium with outer dististyle a strongly curved hook;
arms of aedeagus short.
male: Length, excluding rostrum, about 5 mm; wing 5.4 mm; rostrum about 4 mm.
female: Length, excluding rostrum, about 6.5-7 mm; wing 5. 2-5. 6 mm; rostrum about
3. 5-3.8 mm.
Rostrum brownish black. Antennae black; pedicel very large, flagellum short. Head in
front brownish gray, more infuscated behind; anterior vertex broad, about two and one-
half times the diameter of scape.
Cervical region brownish black, pronotum brown. Mesonotal praescutum with central
region light brown, more laterally dark brown, this pattern continued caudad across the
suture over the scutal lobes, lateral praescutal borders obscure yellow; scutellum and post-
notum brownish black. Pleura with a broad black dorsal stripe, more ventrally whitish
yellow, including the dorsal sternopleurite and posterior pleurites, ventral sternopleurite
grayish brown. Halteres light yellow. Legs with fore coxae dark brown basally, tips
yellowed, mid-coxae less darkened basally, hind coxae yellow; trochanters brownish black;
remainder of legs brownish yellow but appearing darker from the abundant vestiture. Wings
tinged with brown, base more yellowed; costal border and seams over various veins slightly
darker than the ground, the centers of the cells on either side of the cord paler; veins brown,
the more basal ones yellowed. Macrotrichia on Rs and both branches, very abundant on
Ro, with fewer on Mz and outer two sections of M i+2. Venation: Sc-i ending opposite origin
of Rs, in cases to near midlength ; anterior branch of Rs long, from two and one-half to
three times Rs ; cell 1st M 2 large, subequal in length to distal section of M i+2; m-cu shortly
beyond fork of M, in cases to about one-third its length. In the paratype an adventitious
crossvein in cell R-,; in the holotype with such a vein in the left wing only, in the allotype
lacking such veins.
Abdomen dark brown, including the male hypopygium, genital segment of female more
yellowed. Male hypopygium with two dististyles, the large outer style very strongly curved
into a semicircle, narrowed very gradually to the acute tips; inner style extended into a
paddlelike blade, its outer margin bearing a slender lobe. Arms of aedeagus short, slender,
divergent.
holotype: 8, Hkayam Bourn, Manipur, Assam, 7,500 feet, June 20, 1960
(Schmid). Allotype, 2, Chingsao, Manipur, 3,800 feet, June 13, 1960 (Schmid).
Paratype, 9, Sirhoi Kashong, Manipur, 7,500 feet, June 10, 1960 (Schmid).
Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) fuscolimbata differs from all other regional
species in the conspicuously patterned wings. It is more like T. (C.) capnitis
Alexander, of Thailand, which differs in the coloration of the body and in the
details of venation, as the short anterior branch of Rs which is less than twice
Rs itself.
Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) simplicistyla n. sp.
General coloration of head gray; thorax blackened, heavily pruinose; halteres yellow;
wings subhyaline, unpatterned, cell M2 open by atrophy of m ; male hypopygium with
mesal face of basistyle produced into a lobe that bears eight powerful black bristles;
dististyle single, a narrow yellow blade, curved gently to the obtuse tip, outer margin with
a small erect spur; arms of phallosome very short, slightly divergent.
male: Length, excluding rostrum, about 6 mm; wing 4.8 mm.
September, 1967]
Alexander: Crane Flies
187
Rostrum broken. Antennae black, scape pruinose. Head above light gray, center of
posterior vertex broadly brownish gray.
Cervical region brownish black, prothorax paler. Mesonotum with praescutal disk
blackish, sides broadly light gray; scutal lobes similarly blackened, posterior callosities
yellowed ; remainder of notum light gray, posterior part of mediotergite vaguely darkened.
Pleura blackened, sparsely pruinose; dorospleural membrane dark brown, paler anteriorly.
Halteres yellow. Legs with coxae dark brown, tips narrowly yellowed; trochanters
brown; remainder of legs medium brown, outer tarsal segments darker. Wings subhyaline,
unpatterned; veins brown. Distal sections of veins R$ and M i+2 with sparse trichia, more
crowded outwardly. Venation: Sci ending shortly beyond origin of Rs; anterior branch
of Rs relatively long, a little shorter than basal section of R-,, one-half longer than Rs; cell
M2 open by atrophy of m; m-cu before fork of M.
Abdomen brownish black, pruinose. Male hypopygium with posterior tergal border
convexly rounded. Mesal face of basistyle with a conspicuous lobe provided with eight
powerful black setae, with three similar bristles more distally on face of style. Blade
of interbase very narrow, simple. Dististyle single, subterminal, appearing as a very gently
curved yellow blade that narrows gradually to the obtuse tip, on outer margin at near two-
fifths the length with a small erect to slightly reclinate spur. Phallosome with central mass
protruding caudad, arms of aedeagus very short, slightly divergent.
holotype: S, Nakhu, Kameng, North East Frontier Agency, Assam, 4,800
feet, July 3, 1961 (Schmid).
Other regional species that have the dististyle single and with the same general
conformation as in the present fly include Toxorhina ( Ceratocheilus ) meso-
rhyncha Alexander, T. (C.) tuberijera Alexander, and some others, having cell
1st M2 of the wings closed and with the hypopygial details distinct. T. (C.)
monostyla Alexander has cell M2 of the wings open, as in the present species, but
with the hypopygial structure quite distinct.
Received for Publication May 17, 1967
INVITATION TO MEMBERSHIP
The New York Entomological Society was founded in 1892 and incorporated the following
year. It holds a distinguished position among scientific and cultural organizations. The
Society’s Journal is one of the oldest of the leading entomological periodicals in the
United States. Members and subscribers are drawn from all parts of the world, and they
include distinguished professional naturalists, enthusiastic amateurs, and laymen for whom
insects are only one among many interests.
You are cordially invited to apply for membership in the Society or to subscribe to its
Journal which is published quarterly. Regular meetings are held at 8:00 P.M. on the first
and third Tuesdays of each month from October through May at the American Museum of
Natural History, the headquarters of the Society. A subject of general interest is discussed
at each meeting by an invited speaker. No special training in biology or entomology is
necessary for the enjoyment of these talks, most of which are illustrated. Candidates for
membership are proposed at a regular meeting and are voted upon at the following meeting.
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP AND YEARLY DUES
Active member : Full membership in the Society, entitled to vote and hold office;
with Journal subscription $9.00
Active member without Journal subscription 4.00
Sustaining member : Active member who voluntarily elects to pay $25.00 per year
in lieu of regular annual dues.
Life member : Active member who has attained age 45 and who pays the sum of
$100.00 in lieu of further annual dues.
Student member : Person interested in entomology who is still attending school;
with Journal subscription 5.00
(Student members are not entitled to vote or to hold office.)
Student member without Journal subscription 2.00
Subscription to Journal without membership 8.00
APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Date
I wish to apply for membership (see classes above).
My entomological interests are:
If this is a student membership, please indicate school attending and present level.
Name
Address
(Zip Code must be included)
— Send application to Secretary
70 LA 13
V .1; A
ki ■ ri i
\ ' , (
if, . I? k r ' / j
\ 1 , ■ 1 1 / if
* 1 1
" H'1
.V, Wi ^
\7f
i HA' 1
V \l
i
rj '
Ax
7 > b ' ■
■ . t r \ , v
IV
1 I:
7 1,’
(-> ) 7w 7a,
Voi. lxxv
1 ■ i- i -r v ' •
DECEMBER 1967
i&f r /, \
r -«W
1 1 X \ vV A
-
i'HB ws
777 1 A 77 < ■ '!■; ' ' ■
I J^r w , . ’> //r^ A •, 7 . / ,\ . I
iIiH j \’ Vv A i j, \ n ( y Mi-rt
^ v, mk
,'5, •' -J
l - ,
1 j * \
ms.i'l v > yr 1 £ e N\. >'• , . yi »aj .
7f f ' : ; 7 || ■.
A ,f J A A . ' V)7 7] ■
IW/ sm
5 , ;^T7V"' jAL
A A! a ;:P
* YA ! 7 M
i i !>' 7 , 75 ('A/ I
l \f 7 , J.. ..y
VVj l
7 mm ;
;' M .'
|\ '|,.| ,A 1/
7 . ... MN,.
w 7-7. a '-y
7 ( 1 ./
— 1 '/ 1 r- , v y; / ^ i ' » \ ! ' v ; i j ., _ v - v
Devoted to Entomology in General
iv oV ' l Vi*, t
' -jF
Va ■' " 'il- J ' .7 . \» ,1 , M- -
^ ' ■ V i 7 •• /vi 1 ' ; ; .)/;■• :
: 1 1| i ' ||
4
-A
u ' !\
' I ! l> v? /
y
r, A.
' 7r
- \ i,
• Sv'.-lV'.
J/'A\
7
1 1
X-
..H7
1 b ) ,rr 1 1 V
BS
,7 ('V,
VV.H1?
' ' '■ , !' ' ]
I ‘ . i. • ' f \ i H i v, _ ' V
« .i
8 I#'
• V ‘fri v ' i:
r ,
M/'k , .U'i h
AM
A'':' i "
■ I
/
The
-N>.
New York Entomological Society
Organized June 29, 1892 — -Incorporated February 25, 1893
Reincorporated February 17, 1943
vV
_ i
/,
The meetings of the Society are held on the first and third Tuesday of each month (except
June, July, August and September) at 8 p.m., in the American Museum of Natural
History, 79th St., & Central Park W., New York 24, N. Y.
Annual dues for Active Members, $4.00; including subscription to the Journal, $9.00.
Members of the Society will please remit their annual dues, payable in January, to the
Treasurer.
-\ ■(
Officers for the Year 1967
President, Dr. Richard Fredrickson
Vice-President, Dr. David Miller
College of the City of New York 10031
College of the City of New York 10031
Secretary, Mr. Howard Topoff
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
Assistant Secretary, Mr. Albert Poelzl
230 E. 78th Street, New York 10021
Treasurer, Mr. Raymond Brush
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
- ..y . 1 / ,( ' , .. y .■ . •. \ " vyyy : . ~ y' ",y I /y / e
Assistant Treasurer, Mrs. Patricia Vaurie i
American Museum of Natural History, New York 10024
ft
K
jV-;
Trustees
; v’ , r
Class of 1967
Dr. Jerome Rozen, Jr.
Class of 1968
M:
Dr. Elsie Klots
ii
Mr. Robert Buckbee
I' i t v V /C
Mr. Bernard Heineman
/• j-
Mailed December 22, 1967
-K !
The Journal of the New York Entomological Society is published quarterly for the Society by Allen Press
Ipc., 1041 New Hampshire, Lawrence, Kansas. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas.
y y
\
K
Journal of the
New York Entomological Society
Volume LXXV December 22, 1967 No. 4
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor Emeritus Harry B. Weiss
Editor Lucy W. Clausen
College of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Columbia University
115 West 68th Street, N. Y. 10023
Associate Editor James Forbes
Fordham University, N. Y. 10458
Publication Committee
Dr. Kumar Krishna Dr. Asher Treat
Dr. Pedro Wygodzinsky
CONTENTS
Apomyelois bistriatella : A Moth Which Feeds in an Ascomycete Fungus
(Lepidoptera : Pyralidae) Jerry A. Powell 190
Melanism in New Jersey Catocala Schrank (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)
Joseph Muller 195
Biological Notes on Dioxys pomonae pomonae and on its Host, Osmia nigro-
barbata (Hymenoptera : Megachilidae)
Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. and Marjorie S. Favreau 197
A Revision of the Termitophilous Tribe Termitodiscini (Coleoptera: Staph-
ylinidae) Part I. The Genus Termitodiscus Wasmann: its Systematics,
Phylogeny, and Behavior David H. Kistner 204
The Immature Instars of the Cleptoparasitic Genus Dioxys (Hymenoptera:
Megachilidae) Jerome G. Rozen, Jr. 236
Proceedings 249
Index to scientific names 251
Index to authors ... iii
Apomyelois bistriatella: A Motli Which Feeds in an Ascomycete Fungus
(Lepidoptera: Pyralidae)
Jerry A. Powell1
University of California, Berkeley
Abstract: A. bistriatella (Phycitinae) , a moth formerly recorded in the eastern United States,
has been found to occupy diverse situations in California, feeding in the larval stage on
stromata of Hypoxylon occidentale (Xylariaceae) . The moth was not recovered in extensive
sampling of Polyporaceae, while records indicate that other species and perhaps other genera
of Xylariaceae are used.
During the past several years a large number of collections of wood-rot
fungi from the western United States and Mexico have been processed for
insect material. Early phases of the program were conducted primarily by
J. F. Lawrence, now of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni-
versity, who surveyed primarily for Ciidae (Coleoptera). In the last three
years an increasing emphasis has been placed on moths, the larvae of which
inhabit these fungi. An analysis of host ranges of the Microlepidoptera
(Oecophoridae, Oinophilidae, Tineidae) has been prepared (Lawrence and
Powell, 1967). A summary of all productive fungus species involved in our
collections is given in that paper.
Although Polyporaceae (Basidiomyceteae) comprised about 90 per cent of
the 480 lots processed, an assortment of other wood-rot fungi was included.
Thus, several Thelephoraceae species including some 20 collections and a
few lots of Agaricaceae, where these had developed somewhat hardened
sporophores, were involved. All of these are members of the Basidieomyceteae,
and the only other fungus involved was Hypoxylon occidentale Ellis and Ever-
hart,2 ( Ascomyceteae: Xylariaceae ) . The sporophores, or stromata, of this spe-
cies are carbonous appearing, hemispherical, about 2 to 4 cm in diameter
(Plate I) and are commonly seen on recently killed Quercus agrifolia through-
out the coastal foothills of California. Although several species of Tineidae
and Oecophoridae were reared from this fungus, it was concluded that it is
only an incidental host because the stromata are hard and dry during several
months each year. None of the ciidae use H. occidentale.
1 Research conducted in part as a by-product of National Science Foundation grant
project GB-4014.
L> Hypoxylon occidentale has been treated as a synonym of H. thouarsianum (Lev.), a
widespread Neotropical and Nearctic species described from the Galapagos Islands (Miller,
1961). For the present discussion the name occidentale will be used for the California-Oregon
segregate.
190
December, 19671
Powell: Fungus-Feeding Moth
191
Upper: Apomyelois bistriatella (Hulst), female (left) and male (right) from Lone Pine,
California, reared from Hypoxylon. Actual size: $ 23.5 mm, $ 21.0 mm, wing expanse.
Lower: Stromata of Hypoxylon occidentale (Ascomvceteae, Xylariaceae) on bark of
Quercus agrifolia from Berkeley, California, showing frass exudations due to feeding of the
moth larvae. The 2 cm scale applies to both lower photos.
In the fall of 1961 a collection of Hypoxylon occidentale produced two adults
of a large phycitid moth. It was assumed that these individuals had only an
incidential association with Hypoxylon , perhaps using it as a scavenger or for
a pupation site, since Heinrich (1956) lists no American Phycitinae as fungus
feeders. However, subsequent collections of this moth, Apomyelois bistriatella
(Hulst), indicate that Hypoxylon is a normal host for the larvae. Moreover,
Apomyelois was not encountered in any other of the wood-rot fungi which we
processed, indicating that the moth is specific to Hypoxylon.
Apomyelois bistriatella (Hulst)
Dioryctria bistriatella Hulst, 1887, Ent. Americana, 3:136.
Apomyelois bistriatella ; Heinrich, 1956, U. S. Natl. Mus., Bull. 207:43. (tax-
onomy) .
The genus Apomyelois was proposed by Heinrich (1956) to accommodate
the single, widespread but poorly known species, bistriatella Hulst, originally
described from Washington, D. C. Heinrich had material of the species repre-
192
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
senting several widely scattered stations in the eastern United States and
Canada. There was no information on the biology of this moth. Records in
the California Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley, show this
species to be widespread ecologically and geographically on the West Coast.
adult: The moths are rather large, relative to many Phycitinae, having a wing-
spread of 20 to 24 mm. The forewing is dark gray, dusted with whitish, espe-
cially on the costal half, and is crossed by two white lines, one at the basal one-
third, and a less distinct, somewhat sinuate one beyond the end of the cell
(Plate I). Western specimens compare well with Heinrich’s characterization
of the species, both in external features and in genitalia form of both sexes.
A pair of 60-year-old specimens from Ottawa, Canada, and Massachusetts,
sent to me from the U. S. National Museum are paler and have less well defined
markings, especially in the terminal area of the forewing. However, these dif-
ferences probably are a function of the age of the eastern specimens. The
eastern male has a more deeply cleft gnathos (possibly the slide upon which
Heinrich’s figure was based) than California examples (four preparations
examined). If any of these differences are to be considered sufficient to
warrant proposal of a nomenclature designation of the west coast race, this
will have to be shown through comparison with typical material in series.
The series from Inyo County, California, shows considerable variation in wing
color and in size.
biology: The life history of this insect is not clearly defined, and it may
vary with climatic condition. In eastern areas flight records are available
for May, June and July in the north and for March in Florida. Records of
field collected adults in the California Insect Survey suggest that the species
is multivoltine, the flight perhaps varying with weather conditions and growth
of the host. In coastal areas of California the moths have been taken in late
April, July, September, and October, and the larvae in May and October
producing adults in June and November. At 3500 feet elevation in the Sierra
Nevada adults have been collected in June and August.
Stromata of Hypoxylon appear in fall after the first rains and grow then and
during winter. At this time they are relatively soft, having a consistency similar
to damp charcoal, and can be crushed between one’s fingers. Even in late
spring, well after winter rains have ceased, visible moisture can be squeezed
from sporophores situated in damp areas. During the dry season, however, the
stromata harden and desiccate. In summer at most localities where Quercus
agri folia serves as a host the hemispherical sporophores are so hard they usually
can neither be dislodged nor crushed by hand. Nonetheless, the entostroma is
somewhat softer in texture and it appears that at least the larger larvae are
able to feed at nearly any time of the year.
Neither eggs nor young larvae have been observed. Larger larvae fed in
irregular galleries, usually beneath the thin, crust-like, perithecia-bearing sur-
December, 19671
Powell: Fungus-Feeding Moth
193
face layer. Often the galleries were somewhat blotch-like, not extending through
the whole depth of the entostroma. At times side tunnels radiated outward or
more deeply towards the substrate. No evidence of a direct opening to the
exterior was noted, and the burrows became filled with frass. The frass some-
times extrudes irregularly from the surface of the stromata (Plate I). In the
field, the thin surface layer often later collapses or is broken away by external
agencies, resulting in a characteristic shallow hollowed out area around the
apex of the dome of the stroma. I have noted these evidences of larval feeding
at a number of California stations in addition to those from which the moths
were reared.
No larvae were found to burrow into the bark subtending the Hypoxylon,
although they may sometimes wander under normal conditions and seek out
crevices, insect burrows, etc. for pupation. In the laboratory pupation usually
took place in the burrows, either just under the thin, ectostromal layer and
parallel to it, or occasionally in a deeper gallery, perpendicular to the surface.
Some individuals formed the loose silken cocoons amongst debris in the rear-
ing container, between Hypoxylon pieces, etc. One individual pupated in an
abandoned cerambycid gallery some 4 cm from the emergence hole of the
beetle. This exit was also successfully used by the moth upon emergence.
geographical distribution: Available records show a disjunct range, in
eastern North America from Ontario and Wisconsin to the District of Columbia
and Iowa, in Florida (Heinrich, 1956) and in California. The diverse ecological
situations occupied by the species in California are not representative of
austral or boreal distributional patterns typical of many insects. Probably
Apomyelois bistriatella occurs over much of temperate North America at in-
termediate elevations.
Specimens of Hypoxylon collected from Populus at Lone Pine were not
submitted for identification, having been assumed to be H. occidentale. For
H. thouarsianum , including occidentale , however, Miller (1961) states that
Celtis , Piersea and Quercus are known hosts. Thus it may be that the Inyo
County fungus was a different species. The range of H. thouarsianum in the
eastern United States does not extend north of North Carolina (Miller, 1961),
indicating that at least one additional host is involved.
Hypoxylon species with relatively bulky stromata (as opposed to species
with little or no development of entostromal tissue) may be generally used.
In addition, I have seen herbarium specimens of Daldinea , a related genus of
Xylariaceae, with evidences of lepidopterous feeding, suggesting the possibility
that Apomyelois uses ascomycetes other than Hypoxylon.
California material examined: Contra Costa Co.: Pleasant Hill, 1 2 IX-
15-58 (W. E. Ferguson); Orinda, 1 $ X-ll-61, at 15 watt blacklight (P. A.
Opler) ; Walnut Creek, 1 $ VIII-5-65, 1 2 VIII-23-66 (J. Powell). Inyo Co.:
5 mi. W. Lone Pine 25 S S , 33 2 2 VI-13-65, r. f. Hypoxylon on poplar, emgd.
194
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
VII-6 to VIII-1-65 (J. T. Doyen Collr; JAP 65 G5). Marin Co.: 1 mi. SE
Inverness, 15,1$ X-8-61, r. f. Hypoxylon occidentale on Quercus agrifolia,
emgd. XI-7 and XI-20-61 (C. W. O’Brien collr.; JFL 979); Inverness, 1 5
IX-8-62, at light (C. A. Toschi). Santa Barbara Co.: Prisoner’s Harbor,
Santa Cruz Island, 2 $ $ V-l-66, r. f. Hypoxylon occidentale on Quercus agrifolia,
emgd. VI-7 and VI-13-66 (J. Powell, A. Slater, J. Wolf collrs.; JAP 66E4);
Central Valley, Santa Cruz Is., 1 5 IV-28-66, at light (J. Powell). Sonoma Co.:
Hacienda, 1 $ VII-9-61 (C. Slobodchikoff). Tuolumne Co.: Twain Harte,
1 $ VI-19-59, 1 $ VIII-18-60 (M. Lundgren).
Specimens are deposited in the collections of the California Insect Survey
and U. S. National Museum.
Acknowledgments: Thanks are extended J. F. Lawrence, Museum of Comparative
Zoology, who provided some of the early data for this study, and to J. T. Doyen and C.
W. O’Brien, University of California, Berkeley for field collections. Further field and
laboratory observations were made by P. A. Rude, A. J. Slater, and J. Wolf, assistants
with the National Science Foundation project (GB-4014) which supported part of the
study. Identifications of the Hypoxylon were provided by I. I. Tavares, University of
California, Berkeley, Herbarium. Specimens of the moth were examined by W. D. Duck-
worth, U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., and acknowledgment is also made for
use of comparative material which was sent from that institution.
Literature Cited
Heinrich, C. 1956. American moths of the subfamily Phycitinae. U. S. Natl. Mus., Bull.
207 : 581 pp.
Lawrence, J. F. and J. A. Powell. 1967. Host relationships in North American fungus
feeding moths (Oecophoridae, Oinophilidae, Tineidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zook,
Harvard, in press.
Miller, J. H. 1961. A monograph of the world species of Hypoxylon. LTniv. Georgia Press,
Athens; xii + U8 pp.
Received for Publication June 5, 1967
An Information Desk for Scientists and Technologists
The Library of Congress with the support of the National Science Founda-
tion has set up a National Referral Center for Science & Technology (Library
of Congress, Washington, D.C. 20540). The Referral Center is designed to pro-
vide a single place for advice on where and how to obtain information of any
facet of the physical, biological, social, or engineering sciences. It serves as
the intermediary to direct persons or organizations seeking information on
specific topics to those who can furnish the information, and there is no charge.
The Center does not provide technical details nor bibliographic assistance.
Melanism in New Jersey Catocala Schrank (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae)
Joseph Muller
Lebanon, New Jersey
Abstract: Brief discussions, counts, and descriptions are given of reared melanic forms of
Catocala micronympha Guen. and C. minuta W. H. Edwards.
In the Spring of 1966, seventy-five Catocala micronympha were reared from
eggs laid by 4 females obtained in July, 1965 at black lights in Lebanon, New
Jersey. The female parents were all more or less brownish black or melanic. All
but 6 of these reared individuals were more or less melanic. They may be
characterized best by comparison with the 9 figures of C. micronympha given
by Barnes and McDunnough (1918, Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., n. ser.,
Vol. Ill, part 1, PL 9, figs. 22-30). Of the specimens figured there, one is a
brownish black form, gisela Meyer, and the other 8 are brown and grey with a
complete absence of black. Among the reared specimens 6 are of the gisela
form, and several are like gisela but have the white sordid rather than clear.
Twelve specimens resemble the form hero Henry Edwards, but have the wing
bases greyish rather than brownish and the apices of the fore wings black rather
than brown. Forty-two specimens are all black with only a faint whitish sub-
terminal line; and the remainder of the specimens are more or less evenly grey-
black. Dr. A. E. Brower of Augusta, Maine has commented (in litt.) that
gisela is a genetic form of C. micronympha known long before any appreciable
melanism appeared in the genus, and that now we have melanic specimens of
gisela.
Thirty-one specimens of C. minuta W. H. Edwards were reared from pupae,
also collected in Lebanon. Compared with the forms figured by Barnes and
McDunnough (loc. cit. figs. 1-6) 20 specimens resemble fig. 5, which is mostly
dark brown, but are darker and show no brown; and 11 specimens resemble f.
parvula W. H. Edwards (fig. 2) but have the brown replaced by blackish grey,
and the inner margin black.
In 1960 I described the melanic f. broweri of C. connubialis pulverulent a
Brower from Lebanon (Jour. Lepid. Soc., 14: 177). Until 2 years ago this was
the commonest form at Lebanon. Since then, however, both broweri and the
nominate form, pulverulenta , have almost disappeared from this area, being
replaced by C. micronympha which was first seen here about five years ago.
This region of New Jersey Hunterdon County, is mostly farm land with
hilly areas of deciduous woods. Industries are 30-60 miles distant. Many
melanic forms of various species of Lepidoptera, especially of Catocala , have
been taken here, which indicates that air pollution extends this far. However,
melanic forms of Catocala are also numerous in northern New Jersey where
195
196
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
there are mountains and continuous, dense woods mixed with huge hemlocks
and pines. In the latter case it is thought that the Lepidoptera have become
adapted to their surroundings, and that industrial air pollution does not extend
this far.
On the other hand, no melanic forms of Catocala have been collected in the
dense pine woods of the pine barrens of southern New Jersey, although many
nights have been spent there sugar-baiting and light-collecting.
During the last 6 seasons many different ways have been tried to mate the
normal and melanic forms. Most of the females mated do lay eggs, but these
have always collapsed and failed to hatch.
Received for Publication December 16, 1966
Insect Attractants
Two acrylic auto paints have been reported to be effective attractants for
sap beetles in Science, 156: 946-947 (May 19, 1967).
Biological Notes on Dioxys pomonae pomonae and on its
Host, Osmia nigrobarbata
( Hymenoptera : Megachilidae )
Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.1 and Marjorie S. Favreau1
Abstract: Biological observations on the parasitic bee Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell
are presented covering the following points: searching habits of female, oviposition, elimina-
tion of immatures of the host, feeding habits, and cocoon. Additional observations, including
nest structure, are given for the host bee Osmia nigrobarbata Cockerell.
With the exception of a paper by Micheli (1936), apparently nothing was
known heretofore concerning the biology of the cleptoparasitic bee genus Dioxys
beyond the host associations of some of the species (Hurd, 1958; Jaycox, 1966).
For this reason, we present the following observations concerning Dioxys
pomonae pomonae Cockerell, a North American representative of this dis-
tinctive Holarctic genus. Brief notes are also given on the biology of the host
bee, Osmia ( Acanthosmioides ) nigrobarbata Cockerell. An accompanying
paper (Rozen, 1967) describes the immature stages of D. pomonae pomonae.
We would like to thank the following people for identifications of adults
associated with this study: Dr. Paul D. Hurd, Jr., University of California,
Berkeley; Dr. Elbert R. Jaycox, University of Illinois, Urbana; and Dr. Charles
D. Michener, the University of Kansas, Lawrence. The literature search was
aided by the Bibliography of Apoid Biology under Dr. Michener’s supervision.
This study was carried out at the Southwestern Research Station of The Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History, Portal, Arizona.
description of nesting area: All observations were made at 3 miles north
of Apache, Cochise County, Arizona, between April 28 and May 5, 1966. The
Osmia burrows were widely scattered over nearly horizontal ground sparsely
covered by low vegetation consisting of Malacothrix , Gaillardia, Phacelia , a
number of grasses, and other low-growing plants (Fig. 1). Several possible
hosts of Dioxys were active including Osmia ( Acanthosmioides ) nigrobarbata
Cockerell (determined C. D. Michener) and Anthidium emarginatum (Say)
(determined E. R. Jaycox). Both the Osmia and Anthidium collected pollen
from Astragalus. Three species of Dioxys flew in the area: D. productus
subruber (Cockerell), D. pomonae pomonae Cockerell, and D. pacificus paci-
jicus Cockerel] (all identified by P. D. Hurd). Females of D. pomonae pomonae
were seen both entering and waiting by the burrows of Osmia nigrobarbata ,
and a female was reared from an Osmia cell. The hosts of the other species are
not known.
1 Dept. Ent., Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
197
198
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Fig. 1. Nesting area of Osmia nigrobarbata Cockerell.
observations on the biology of Osmia nigrobarbata: Nests of this species
were widely scattered and entrances were usually found at the bases of low
plants or at the edge of shallow depressions. The burrows entered the ground
at a slight angle from the horizontal and each tumulus was piled on one side
of the entrance. Burrows were open and their direction was unpredictable, for
some turned sharply to the side or downward. They were short, measuring only
a few inches long, and the cells were situated within two or three inches of the
surface. Some cells were encountered barely below the loose, dry surface layer
of soil.
The nearly horizontal cells are constructed from a mastic of plant tissue.
The source of this material is unknown, but because it was uniform for all cells
encountered, it must be gathered from a particular plant. At first bright green,
its color fades, so that cells several months old are nearly brown. The cell
wall, approximately 0. 5-1.0 mm thick, is quite hard; the inside cell dimensions
are approximately 8.0 mm long and 5.0 mm in maximum diameter. The cell
closure consists of the same plant material as that of the wall and is nearly
flat on the inside and concave on the outside.
The arrangement of the cells is extremely variable. Some single cells were
found which were probably the beginning of a nest series; the other cells were
December, 1967] Rozen and Favreau: Parasite Bee (Dioxys) Biology
199
Fig. 2. Nests of Osmia nigrobarbata Cockerell. Swellings represent individual cells.
Fig. 3. Opened cell of Osmia nigrobarbata Cockerell showing food loaf and egg, from side.
arranged in a basically linear series that branched in an infinite number of
ways (Fig. 2). Cells in the series were all interconnected so that four or five
cells could often be removed from the ground without their separating. Each
cell was a complete unit in that the rear end (or side) of one cell was not the
200
New York Entomological Society
[Vol, LXXV
Figs. 4, 5. Cell of Osmia nigrobarbata Cockerell, with front end removed. 4. Freshly
deposited egg of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell adhering to anterior end of the Osmia
egg. 5. Same cell, viewed from above, just before Dioxys egg hatched. Notice chorion
adhering closely to the Dioxys embryo.
December, 1967] Rozen and Favreau: Parasite Bee (Dioxys) Biology
201
cap of the previous cell. Hence in a series, individual cells could be broken off
without any of the cells being damaged. The strings of cells lay approximately
horizontally in the ground.
Only one female was responsible for a cell series, and each cell was constructed,
provisioned, and closed before the next one was started.
Provisions of nectar and pollen were formed into a large, elongate, moist loaf
(Fig. 3) occupying most of the cell. All eggs were uniformly placed on top of
the provisions, forward of the center, in the sagittal plane of the cell. The eggs
were laid either on the surface of provisions or with the rear of the egg slightly
embedded. The anterior end rested on or, perhaps more frequently, projected
into the lumen of the cell and pointed toward the cell closure.
The mature larva of Osmia spins a well-developed cocoon which consists of
a loosely woven, tan outer layer and a tough (leathery), polished (on the inner
surface) inner layer that is almost black. The cocoon lacks a nipple at the
anterior end.
biological notes on Dioxys : The females of D. pomonae pomonae and
pacijicus pacificus fly slowly close to the surface of the ground and stop briefly
at spots that presumably have certain characteristics of the nest entrances of
the hosts. The flight appears “deliberate” and unhurried. Occasionally a female
suddenly flies swiftly a short distance and then again starts her slow searching.
Although the path meanders, it tends to lead in one direction, so that the female
travels a considerable distance. As the Osmia nests were widely scattered over
a number of acres, this behavior pattern of D. pomonae pomonae appears to be
functional. In contrast, the meanderings of such parasitic bees as Oreo-
pasites, Holcopasites, and Neopasites carry the bee back and forth over a
limited area; this restricted search pattern appears to be an adaptation to the
gregarious nesting habits of host species. Now and then, the Dioxys females
land on the ground and clean their wings and antennae as do females of the
nomadine genera. Once, after finding a burrow of Osmia , a female of D.
pomonae pomonae examined the entrance, then retreated a few inches, and sat
on a twig where it waited, as if for the departure of the host female. Several
other times a female was noticed entering an Osmia burrow but came out within
a half a minute.
Over 470 cells of Osmia were opened during our search for the immatures
of Dioxys , with the result that we found seven larvae and two eggs of the para-
site. One egg (Fig. 4) adhered loosely to the anterior end of the host egg. A
small slit in the cell wall above the posterior end of the Dioxys egg apparently
marked the spot through which the egg was inserted into the sealed cell. The
other egg was partly embedded lengthwise in the under surface of the pollen-
nectar mass so that somewhat more than half of it was visible. The chorion is
shiny and translucent white. Resembling the host egg in almost all respects,
the egg of Dioxys is somewhat smaller: length, 1.5-1. 8 mm, width, 0.6 mm.
202
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 6, 7. Cells of Osmia nigrobarbata Cockerell. 6. Same cell as in Figs. 4 and S.
First instar Dioxys with its large head next to Osmia egg, which has been recently killed.
7. Intermediate stage larva of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell.
December, 1967] Rozen and Favreau: Parasite Bee (Dioxys) Biology 203
Each of the Dioxys larvae was found in a cell with a dead egg, first instar, or
second instar of Osmia. The host is killed with the sharp mandibles which are
present during the first three larval stages (Rozen, 1967). One first instar
larva was discovered on the underside of the pollen-nectar loaf, whereas the
other larvae, presumably second instars, rested on the side or top part of the
food. The egg found adhering to the Osmia egg hatched in the laboratory, and
the first instar immediately killed the host egg (Figs. 4-6). However, at least
the first and second instars were active and, if touched with forceps, opened
their jaws widely and actively moved the anterior part of their bodies from side
to side. These actions, plus the large, sharp-pointed mandibles of the first three
instars, suggest that the host may be eliminated by the second or third instar
as well as the first. Never more than one Dioxys was found in a cell; the female
Dioxys probably deposits only a single egg in a nest. In contrast, females of
many of the Nomadinae lay more than one egg per cell.
As with most other bee larvae, the duration of the feeding period is short,
lasting for two to three weeks. The larva, while feeding, moves about on the
provisions (Fig. 7). Four larval instars were observed (but see Rozen, 1967).
The fourth instar begins to defecate before it finishes feeding; the feces are
extruded as elongate semisolid pellets.
The thin outer layer of the cocoon is composed of very loose strands of silk
to which some of the fecal pellets adhere. Defecation is completed before the
next layer is deposited. The second layer, black in color, is comparable to
the inner, leathery layer of the Osmia cocoon but is thicker and imparts a
greater rigidity to the finished case. The innermost face of the one Dioxys
cocoon examined consisted of yet another layer, at least toward the anterior end
of the cocoon. Loose and light brown, it formed a cellophane-like coating even
though some individual silk strands were detected. Except toward the rear
where the inner layer adhered more or less closely to the rigid layer, the inner
face did not possess the polished, nearly black surface of the Osmia cocoon. The
cocoon of D. pomonae pomonae possessed a distinct nipple at the anterior end,
so that the shape of the cocoon was identical to that of Dioxys cincta (Jurine)
(Micheli, 1936, Fig. 6).
Literature Cited
Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1958. American bees of the genus Dioxys Lepeletier and Serville
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae) . Univ. California Publ. Ent., 14: 275-302.
Jaycox, E. R. 1966. Observations on Dioxys productus productus (Cresson) as a para-
site of Anthidium utahense Swenk (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Pan-Pacific Ent.,
42: 18-20.
Micheli, L. 1936. Note biologiche e morfologiche sugli imenotteri (VI Serie). Atti Soc.
Italiana Sci. Nat. e Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat., 75: 5-16.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1967. The immature instars of the cleptoparasitic genus Dioxys
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Jour. New York Ent. Soc., LXXV(4): 236-248.
Received for Publication June 13, 1967
A Revision of the Termitophilous Tribe Termitodiscini
( Coleoptera : Staphylinidae )
Part I. The Genus Termitodiscus Wasmann ;
its Systematics, Phylogeny, and Behavior1
David H. Kistner
Department of Biological Sciences
Chico State College
Chico, California 95926
Abstract: The genus Termitodiscus Wasmann is redescribed, illustrated, and a key differ-
entiating this genus from the other two genera of the tribe is provided. All of the previously
described species of the genus are redescribed and new characters illustrated. Six new species
are herein described, T. eoatoni from South Africa, T. emersoni from the Congo Republic,
T. krishnai from Burma, T. latericius from South Africa, T. sheasbyi from Southwest
Africa and T. vansomereni from Kenya. Distribution maps are presented which show
the distribution of all species. Diagrams are presented showing the relationships among
the species using both the phylogenetic and the phenetic approach. A summary of the host
relationships is presented showing 100% host specificity to species of Odontotermes of the
species now known. Observations on the behavior and distribution of selected species within
the nests are presented which support the interpretation of the species as integrated termite
guests whose principal adaptation to life within the nest is that of avoidance. The relation-
ship of the tribe Termitodiscini with the Mvrmedoniini is documented and discussed.
INTRODUCTION AND TAXONOMIC HISTORY
The termitophilous tribe Termitodiscini was reorganized as a tribe of the
subfamily Aleocharinae by Seevers (1957) to contain the genera Termitodiscus
Wasmann, T ermitogerrus Bernhauer, and Discoxenus Wasmann. Prior to Seevers’
revision, the group had been recognized as a separate subfamily of the Staph-
ylinidae. I here concur with Seevers’ judgment that there is no character or group
of characters which could separate them absolutely as a subfamily distinct from
the Aleocharinae. I shall show that the group probably arose from some free-
living or loosely integrated termitophile of the aleocharine tribe Myrmedoniini.
Seevers did not attempt to revise the species due to the paucity of material avail-
able. Since that time, a lot of new material has been collected due to the field
efforts of Dr. William Coaton and his colleagues of the Plant Protection Research
Institute, Pretoria; Dr. Alfred E. Emerson, University of Chicago; Dr. Kumar
Krishna, American Museum of Natural History, New York; Dr. A. de Barros
Machado and his colleagues, Museu do Dundo, and myself. Most of the new ma-
terial belongs to the genus Termitodiscus, so that this revision is confined to that
1 This study was financed in part by the National Science Foundation (Grant GB-3396).
Some of the data reported herein were collected during the tenure of a post doctoral fellow-
ship of the John Simon Guggenheim Foundation.
204
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
205
genus and revision of the other two genera will be deferred until a reasonable
amount of new material becomes available. The careful study of new material has
revealed characteristics which make it necessary that the key to the genera
provided by Seevers be revised and this is done here. While collecting Termi-
todiscus in the field, various observations were made on their behavior, par-
ticularly in relation to their termite hosts, which bear on the integration of the
termitophiles into the termite colonies. These observations and their interpre-
tation are presented in this paper. The remainder is organized into the follow-
ing sections: (1) Methods and materials; (2) Key to the genera of the tribe;
(3) Redescription of the genus; (4) Key to species; (5) Descriptions of the
species; (6) Relationships of the species; (7) Behavorial observations; (8)
Host specificity; (9) Relationship of the tribe to the aleocharine tribe Myrme-
doniini; (10) Acknowledgments; (11) Literature cited.
METHODS AND MATERIALS
Most of the routine methods used in my laboratory have been described several
times, most recently by Koblick and Kistner, 1965, and Kistner, 1966. The
only major change has been the substitution of a Nikon F camera with 55 mm,
50 mm, 35 mm, and 28 mm lenses plus bellows and extension tubes for the
Exacta equipment used in the past. For ultra close-up photos of minute insects,
this has proven superior because the corners are not chopped off the pictures
and the lenses are easier to reverse to eliminate spherical aberration.
The special techniques involved in the computer analysis of the relationships
between the species are discussed later. The programs themselves are not
included as most laboratories have developed their own and our programs
are changed just about every time we use them. Current print-outs in Fortran
II will be sent to anyone requesting them.
The field techniques used vary according to the way in which the Odonto-
termes hosts make their nests. Some species such as Odontotermes taprobanes
Walker and Odontotermes culturarum Sjoestedt make well defined nests of which
the bulk is located above the level of the surrounding ground. The queens are
usually located at or near the ground level with the fungus gardens arranged
in semispherical layers above the royal cell. The fungus gardens immediately
above the royal cell usually yield the most specimens of Termito discus, but
the other fungus combs may yield T ermitodiscus or other species of associated
insects. We try to keep the layers separate as we dig in, but individual idio-
syncracies of the nests prevent absolute accuracy. The fungus gardens are
removed and taken back to the laboratory or other dwelling where the fungus
is carefully pulverized over a yellow plastic tray. The yellow contrasts well
with the termites and the termitophiles and permits the investigator to see the
termitophiles and to aspirate them up or to pick them up with a camel’s hair
brush. It takes about 4 to 5 times as long to sort through the fungus gardens of
206
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
. IB ■
Figs. 1-2. Overall appearance of dorsal surface of beetle: 1. T ermito discus braunsi Was-
mann; 2. T. escherichi Wasmann, Cotype. Scale arbitrary, see descriptions for measurements.
a productive nest than to dig it up, so it pays to at least assay the fungus in
the field before taking it back. Unless collecting is extremely poor in general,
I usually abandon a nest if I don’t see at least a few specimens of termitophiles
during the field assay.
Other species of termites such as Odontotermes montanus Harris or Odonto-
termes transvaalensis Sjoestedt build nests which are completely or almost
completely submerged under the ground, often with little evidence on the
surface of their position. Working with such nests can be extremely productive
but is often extremely frustrating because a sizable investment of time and
labor has to be made before one can tell if there are any termitophiles there
or not, or even if the nest is there or not. The procedure we used and which
is also used by Dr. Coaton and his colleagues is to dig a trench about 4 feet wide,
6 feet long and 4 feet deep to the side of where you think the nest is. Then dig
in toward the nest from the side until you (hopefully) hit it. If you dig in
from the top, you eventually fall into the nest which complicates the sorting
process and partially destroys the ecological data. After you reach the fungus
gardens, the fungus is gathered and sorted as above. I might add that I have
dug until I could not throw the dirt out of the hole over my head and still not
reached the nest, so I usually keep an open mind about abandoning a hole if
nothing shows up quickly. A gung-ho attitude of, “I’m going to find that nest if
December, 1967]
Kistner:
Termitophile Revision
207
iK'n
Figs. 3-9. Antennae and mouthparts: Termitodiscus escherichi Wasmann: 3. 10-segmented
antenna; 8. Maxilla; 9. Labrum and mentum. T. angolae Seevers: 6. Mandible. T. machadoi
Seevers: 4. 9-segmented antenna; S. Labrum; 7. Mandible. Scale arbitrary, photos were
taken at 100 X magnification.
it kills me,” (my original attitude) just will not make economic sense in the long
run. It is thus more productive to abandon a potentially dry hole while the
investment in time and labor is still minimal and put that time and labor into
another potential nest. The judgment necessary to make that decision came
hard for us and is still based on so many subjective factors that finding the
nests and then the termitophiles is still in the realm of art rather than science.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE TRIBE
1. Mesocoxae widely separated; antennae 9, 10, or 11 segmented, short, very slightly
visible from above; antennae segments other than 1 and 2 compressed and in-
crassate
2
208
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 10-13. Termitodiscus escherichi Wasmann: 10. Prosternum and mesothoracic peri-
tremes; 11. Abdominal segment VIII; 12. Abdominal segment IX and spermatheca. T.
transvaalensis Silvestri: 13. Abdominal segment IX and spermatheca. Scale arbitrary, photos
taken at 100 X magnification.
Mesocoxae narrowly separated; antennae 11 -segmented, elongated, easily visible from
above; antennal segments 3-11 with the sides meeting each other and covering the
petiolar connections Discoxenus Wasmann
2. Antennae 9 or 10-segmented ; antero-lateral margin of pronotum slightly flared;
mesosternum slightly declivous in middle Termitodiscus Wasmann
Antenna 11-segmented ; antero-lateral margin of pronotum not flared; mesosternum
almost vertical at the middle and thus scarcely visible from below
Termitogerrus Bernhauer
December, 19671
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
209
Figs. 14-16. Legs of Termito discus transvaalensis Silvestri; 14. Proleg; IS. Mesoleg;
16. Metaleg. Scale arbitrary but equal for all legs; photos taken at 100 X magnification.
note: Termito germs seems to be confined to Central and West Africa as careful searches of
Macrotermes nests in South Africa and the Orient have not revealed this genus so far.
Discoxenus has only shown up in Odontotermes nests from the Orient in spite of careful
searches of Odontotermes nests in Africa. The revision of these two genera will be delayed
until there are far more new specimens available for study.
210
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
REDESCRIPTION OF THE GENUS
Genus Termitodiscus Wasmann
Termitodiscus Wasmann 1899, Deutsch. Entomol. Zeitschr., 1899: 147; 1912, Zeitschr.
Wissensch. Zool., 101: 92; 1916, Zool. Jahrb. System., 39: 179; Cameron, 1932, Fauna of
Brit. India, Staph., 3: 317; Silvestri, 1947, Arch. Zool. Ital., 31: 125; Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana
Zool., 40: 259; 1965, Publ. cult. Companh. Diam. Angola, 69: 129. Type species: Termito-
discus heimi Wasmann ( Blackwelder, 1952: 377).
Overall body shape limuloid, broad and flat as in figs. 1 and 2. Head broad and short, sub-
triangular in form with the foramen magnum totally ventral in position. Eyes present,
well developed and forward and laterally directed. Antennae inserted between the eyes with
grooves developed on the genae for the reception of the large basal antennal segments.
Submentum and gula extremely short. Antennae 9 or 10-segmented, shaped as in fig. 3
and 4. Labrum short, shaped as in fig. 5. Mandibular shape somewhat variable by species
but the form is relatively constant, two extremes shown in figs. 6 and 7, note the one central
and one apical tooth with the short stubby prostheca (barely visible in the photographs
below the central tooth). Maxillae shaped as in fig. 8, palpi 4-segmented. Labium and
mentum extremely small, shaped as in fig. 9, palpi 3-segmented.
Pronotum semi-circular in shape (figs. 1 and 2) such that there is no distinction between
anterior and lateral margins which are henceforth referred to as the anterolateral margins.
Prosternum small, carinate in the middle, shaped as in fig. 10. Mesothoracic peritremes
reduced in size but present and shaped as in fig. 10. Mesosternum and metasternum both
short, metasternum somewhat shorter than the mesosternum. Mesothoracic coxal cavities
relatively widely separated by a smooth mesothoracic and metathoracic process. Leg axis
short compared to the width of the body. Proleg shaped as in fig. 14, with a large coxa but
without flanges on the femur to accept the tibia in repose. Mesoleg shaped as in fig. 15,
without femoral flanges. Metaleg shaped as in fig. 16, without well developed femoral
flanges. Tarsal formula 4-5-5.
Abdomen flattened, overall shape tapering gradually from segment III to segment IX.
Apparent differences as in figs. 1 and 2 due to relative telescoping of segments. Segment II
represented by a very reduced tergite only. Segments III-VII entire with 2 pairs of para-
tergites each. Segment VIII represented by the tergite and sternite only which may or may
not be pointed as a secondary sexual character, shaped as in fig. 11. Abdominal segment
IX trilobed with 2 lateral portions and split median portion, shaped in the female as in
figs. 12 and 13. The male has longer asymmetrical projections from the anterior border of the
venter. Median lobe of the male genitalia variable by species. Lateral lobe of the male
genitalia somewhat variable by species but always of the same general form as in figs. 17
and 18.
KEY TO SPECIES OF TERMITODISCUS
1. Pronotum with an even covering of setae 2
Pronotum without setae or with at most a single row along the posterior border 7
2. Antennae with 9 segments 3
Antennae with 10 segments 4
3. Male genitalia shaped as in fig. 27, with a median spine sheasbyi n. sp.
Male genitalia shaped as in fig. 23, without a median spine machadoi Seevers
4. Size very small, pronotum length 0.33-0.38 mm 5
Size larger, pronotum length 0.47-0.55 mm 6
5. Pronotal setae rather sparse, male genitalia shaped as in fig. 24 .... krishnai n. sp.
Pronotal setae dense, male genitalia unknown minutus Cameron
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
211
6. Male genitalia shaped as in fig. 25, with a lateral ventral spine on each side
heimi Wasmann
Male genitalia shaped as in fig. 22, without latral ventral spines on each side
escherichi Wasmann
Male genitalis unknown but most probably unlike either heimi or escherichi , from
colonies of Odontotermes ( Hypoternies ) obscuriceps Wasmann in Ceylon (see
description) butteli Wasmann
7. Elytra and abdomen with setae having bifurcated tips 8
Elytra and abdomen with setae having straight tips 11
8. Size small; pronotum length, 0.36-0.41 mm 9
Size larger; pronotum length, 0.47-0.55 mm 10
9. Sternites with 2 macrochaetae at each lateral edge; male genitalia shaped as in fig.
19 angolae Seevers
Sternites without macrochaetae except for sternite VII which has 1 on each side; male
genitalia shaped as in fig. 28 splendidus Wasmann
10. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 33 emersoni n. sp.
Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 38 vansomereni n. sp.
11. Pronotum with a single row of very fine setae along posterior border
transvaalensis Silvestri
Pronotum without any setae whatsoever 12
12. Abdominal tergites III-VII with no macrochaetae, male genitalia shaped as in fig.
21 eoatoni n. sp.
Abdominal tergites III-VII with some macrochaetae 13
13. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites III-VII, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4; male genitalia shaped
as in fig. 26 latericius n. sp.
Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites III-VII, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6; male genitalia shaped
as in fig. 20 braunsi Wasmann
DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES
Termito discus angolae Seevers
Figs. 6, 19, 44
Termitodiscus angolae Seevers, 1965, Publ. cult. Comph. Diam. Angola, 69: 134, figs. 6 and
7. Museu do Dundo (Angola: Dundo, R. Capemba, ex fungus gardens of Odontotermes
nolaensis Sjoestedt, April, 1962, Coll. Machado and Sanjinje).
Most closely related to T. emersoni n. sp. from which it is distinguished by its smaller size
and the shape of the male genitalia. Related to T. splendidus Wasmann through its similar
size, but separable therefrom by the abdominal chaetotaxy.
Color light yellowish brown throughout with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum
and elytra a little lighter than the rest of the body. Dorsal surface of the head and pronotum
smooth and shiny without setae of any kind but with fine punctures evenly but sparsely
scattered about. Dorsal surface of the elytra and abdomen with an even covering of yellow,
recumbent, short, stiff setae with bifurcated tips. No tergal macrochaetotaxy. Sternites
III-VII with a double row of black macrochaetae on each lateral edge. Sternite VIII with
the one row of black macrochaetae on each lateral edge and with the mesial row toward the
middle. Apex of tergite VIII pointed in the female. Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped
as in fig. 19. Antennae 9-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.33 mm; elytra length, 0.18 mm; pronotum width, 0.51.
Number measured, 1.
212
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 17-21. Male genitalia: Lateral lobes: 17. Termitodiscus escherichi Wasmann; 18.
T. vansomereni n. sp. Median lobes: 19. T. angolae Seevers; 20. T. braunsi Wasmann;
21. T. coatoni n. sp. Scale is equal to 0.25 mm.
material examined: 3 specimens of the type series (C.N.H.M., D.K.). Dis-
tribution shown in fig. 44.
Termitodiscus braunsi Wasmann
Figs. 1, 20, 31, 43
Termitodiscus braunsi Wasmann, 1912, Zeitschr. Wiss Zool., 101: 94 — Naturhistorisch
Museum, Maastricht (Republic of South Africa: Orange Free State, Bothaville, with
Odontotermes transvaalensis Sjoestedt) ; Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana Zool., 40: 262 (key, list).
Most closely related to T. latericius n. sp. from which it is distinguished by the 9-seg-
December, 1967 I
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
213
merited antennae, abdominal macrochaetotaxy, and the shape of the male genitalia and
spermatheca.
Color light reddish brown throughout with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum and
elytra still lighter, approaching yellowish brown. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal
surface of the head and pronotum without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the elytra
and abdomen with an even covering of yellow, erect setae with straight nonbifurcated tips.
Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VII as follows: II, 0; III, 6; IV, 6; V, 6; VI, 6;
VII, 6. Tergite VIII with two rows of 4 macrochaetae each. Sternites III-VII with a row
of two setae on each side. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 31. Median lobe of the male genitalia
shaped as in fig. 20. Antennae 9-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.47-0.52 mm; elytra length, 0.23-0.24 mm; pronotum
width, 0.80-0.85 mm. Number measured, 10.
material examined: Republic of South Africa: Orange Free State, 1, Holo-
type, T. braunsi Wasmann, det. E. Wasmann, Bothaville, Coll. Brauns, bearing
label, “ Termes rubricola Wasmann,” (N.H.M.). Transvaal: 8, 36 mi. ex Pre-
toria-Warmbad, 18 February 1963, Coll. J. Sheasby, T-12 (N.C.I., D.K.); 1
(coll.), 34 mi. ex Pretoria-Pienaars River, 8 March 1963, Coll. J. Sheasby, T-37,
(N.C.I.); 3, Rooikop, Rus de Winter, 30 June 1963, Coll. J. Sheasby, T-102
(N.C.I., D.K.); 7, 32 miles ex Pretoria-Pienaars River, 7 August 1963, Coll.
J. L. Sheasby, T-132 (N.C.I., D.K.); 4, 30 mi. ex Pretoria-Pienaars River, 8
January 1964, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, T-238 (N.C.I., D.K.); 1, Rooikop, Rus
de Winter, 19 March 1964, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, T-325 (N.C.I.) 2, 7 miles ex
Pienaars River — Rus de Winter, 20 May 1964, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, T-345
(N.C.I. , D.K.) ; 7, Rooikop, Rus de Winter, 10 March 1965, Coll. J. L. Sheasby,
T-379 (N.C.I., D.K.); 1, 30.5 mi. ex Pretoria-Warmbad, 17 March 1966,
ex fungus gardens, Coll. W. Coaton, J. L. Sheasby, and D. Kistner, No. 1438
(D.K.).
notes: All of the hosts of the Transvaal specimens listed above were identified as Odonto-
termes transvaalensis Sjoestedt by Dr. W. G. H. Coaton. The accession numbers of the
termites, should future workers wish to check the hosts are as follows (in the same order
as the data above) : S-6, S-16, S-22, S-30, S-56, TM. 13360, TM. 14169, & unaccessioned,
all in the National Isoptera Collection of South Africa. The last numbered 1439, nest T-160,
in the collection of D. Kistner. The distribution of the species is shown in fig. 43.
Termitodiscus butteli Wasmann
Fig. 44
Termitodiscus butteli Wasmann, 1916, Zool. Jahrb. System., 39: 181, pi. 4, fig. 10, pi. 5,
fig. 10a, Naturhistorisch Museum, Maastricht (Ceylon: Peradeniya, ex fungus gardens of
Odontotermes ( Hypotermes ) obscuriceps Wasmann, Coll, by von Buttel-Reepen, December
1911) ; Seevers 1957, Fieldiana Zool., 40: 262 (key and list).
Closely related to T. escherichi Wasmann and T. heimi Wasmann from which it is dis-
tinguishable only by its smaller size (1.4 mm vs. 1 .6—1 .9 mm). See notes below.
Color yellowish brown throughout, yellower toward the antero-lateral edge of the pronotum
than elsewhere. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and elytra smooth and shiny with
214
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal surface of the head without setae
of any kind. Dorsal surface of the pronotum, elytra, and abdomen with an even covering
of fine yellow, recumbent, short, stiff setae with bifurcated tips. Macrochaetotaxy of
abdominal tergites II-VII: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0. Macrochaetotaxy of sternites and abdominal
segment VIII unknown. Male genitalia and female spermatheca unknown. Antennae 10-
segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.45-0.46 mm; elytra length, 0.22-0.23 mm; pronotum
width, 0.85-0.92 mm. Number measured, 2.
material examined: Type and cotype (N.H.M.); 1 cotype (B.M.N.H.).
The distribution is shown in fig. 44.
notes: Because dissection material was not available, sufficient characters are not known
to distinguish this species from either T. heimi or T. escherichi. The overall size difference
was taken from the original description, but actual measurements made are all on the
low side of the range for T. escherichi. I found and dissected one nest of O. obscuriceps in
Kandy, Ceylon, but unfortunately did not get any specimens. No new material of this
species has been collected since the original capture. The clustering program on the basis
of the characters available show that it is very closely related to heimi and escherichi (1.000
correlation) and I do not believe that new material will greatly alter the association although
it would undoubtedly lower the coefficient of relationship. Because heimi and escherichi
are now well known, it should be easy to place this species, once material from O. obscuriceps
colonies from reasonably close to Peradeniya is available.
Termitodiscus coatoni n. sp.
Figs. 21, 32, 43
Most closely related to T. transvaalensis Silvestri from which it is distinguished by the
absence of a row of fine setae on the posterior edge of the pronotum, its 9-segmented antennae,
its abdominal macrochaetotaxy, and the shape of the male genitalia and spermatheca.
Color reddish brown throughout with the antero-lateral edge of the pronotum lighter
than the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal
surface of the head and pronotum without any setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the elytra
and abdomen with an even covering of yellow setae with nonbifurcated straight tips. Macro-
chaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII as follows: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2. Macrochaetotaxy of
abdominal sternites III— VIII as follows: III, 2; IV, 2; V, 2; VI, 4; VII, 4; VIII, 6, all
lateral except for the mesial 2 on VIII. Female tergite VIII evenly rounded on posterior
edge. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 32. Median lobe of male genitalia shaped as in fig. 21.
Antennae 9-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.48-0.51 mm; elytra length, 0.21-0.25 mm; pronotum
width, 0.80-0.85 mm. Number measured, 10.
holotype: 1 male, No. 12515, South Africa, Transvaal, Rooikop, Rus de
Winter, 19 March 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby No. T-47. In the National Collection
of Insects, South Africa.
paratypes: South Africa: Transvaal: 20, same data as holotype (N.C.I.,
D.K.) ; 4, 14 mi. ex Pretoria-Pienaars River Dam, 9 August 1960, Coll. W. G. H.
Coaton, TM7433 (N.C.I., D.K.); 6, Pretoria West, 14 August 1963, Coll. Rorke
No. T-145 (N.C.I., D.K.).
December, 19671
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
215
notes: The hosts of all the captures were determined as Odontotermes badius (Haviland)
by Dr. W. G. H. Coaton. The accession numbers of the termites are S-18, TM7433, and S-32
respectively and the specimens are in the National Collection of Isoptera, South Africa.
The distribution of the species is shown in fig. 43.
Termitodiscus emersoni n. sp.
Figs. 33, 44
Most closely related to T. angolae Seevers from which it is distinguished by its larger size.
Also related to T. vansomereni n. sp. from which it is distinguished by the shape of the
female spermatheca.
Color reddish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum lighter
than the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal
surface of the head and pronotum without any setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the
elytra and abdomen with an even covering of fine, yellow, recumbent, stiff, short setae with
bifurcated tips. No macrochaetae on abdominal tergites II-VIII. Macrochaetotaxy of
abdomenal sternites III-VIII, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, all lateral in position. Spermatheca shaped as
in fig. 33. Male unknown. Antennae 9-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.47 mm; elytra length, 0.24-0.25 mm; pronotum width,
0.80-0.85 mm. Number measured, 2.
holotype: 1 female, No. 12228, Congo Republic, Kivu, Keyberg, 25 April
1948, Coll. Alfred E. Emerson. In the collection of the author.
paratype: 1 female, same data as the holotype (D.K.).
notes: The host colony was identified as Odontotermes patruus Sjoestedt by Dr. A. E.
Emerson. Specimens of the host colony are in the Emerson collection of the American
Museum of Natural History, New York. The distribution of the species is shown in fig. 44.
Termitodiscus escherichi Wasmann
Figs. 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 17, 22, 44
Termitodiscus escherichi Wasmann, 1911, Termitenleben auf Ceylon: 231 Naturhistorisch
Museum, Maastricht (Ceylon, Perandeniya, with Odontotermes redemanni Wasmann) ; 1912,
Zeitschr. wissensch Zook, 101: 94 (no additional data added) ; 1916, Zook Jahrb. Syst., 39:
181, pi. 4, fig. 9, pi. 5, fig. 9a (key) ; Cameron, 1932, Fauna Brit, India, Staphyk, 3: 318
(key); Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana Zook, 40: 260 (key).
Termitodiscus escherichi var. picea Wasmann, 1916, Zook Jahrb. Syst., 39: 181 Natur-
historisch Museum, Maastricht (Ceylon, Peradeniya, with Odontotermes ceylonicus Wasmann,
8 January 1912, Coll. H. von. Buttel-Reepen) ; Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana Zook, 40: 260
(synonymized variety).
Most closely related to T. heimi Wasmann from which it is distinguished by the lack of
ventral spines on the median lobe of the male genitalia and presence of 2 more macrochaetae
on the sternites of each of abdominal segments VI, VII, and VIII, as well as the shape of
the median lobe of the male genitalia.
Color light reddish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum
lighter than the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum,
and elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal
surface of the head without any setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the pronotum, elytra,
and abdomen with an even covering of fine, yellow, recumbent, stiff, short setae with
216
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 22-26. Median lobes of male genitalia: 22. Termitodiscus escherichi Wasmann;
23. T. machadoi Seevers; 24. T. krishnai n. sp.; 25. T. heimi Wasmann; 26. T. latericius
n. sp. Scale is equal to 0.25 mm and applies to all figures except fig. 23. Fig. 23 after Seevers
(1965).
bifurcated tips. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II— VIII : 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 4. Macro-
chaetotaxy of abdominal sternites III— VIII : 2, 2, 4, 6, 6, 4. Median lobe of male genitalia
without ventral spines, shaped as in fig. 22. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 12. Antennae 10-
segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.45-0.50 mm; elytra length 0.22-0.25 mm; pronotum
width, 0.90-1.00 mm. Number measured, 15.
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
217
material examined: Ceylon i Holotype and Cotype, T. escherichi Wasmann,
det. E. Wasmann, Peradeniya, with Odontotermes redemanni Wasmann
(N.H.M.); Holotype, T. escherichi var. picea Wasmann, det. E. Wasmann,
Peradeniya, with Odontotermes ceylonicus Wasmann (N.H.M.); 161, Sigiriya,
ex fungus gardens of nest T 22, 25 August 1960, Coll. D. H. and A. C. Kistner
(D.K.) ; 2, Sigiriya, ex fungus gardens of nest T24, 25 August 1960, Coll. D. H.
and A. C. Kistner (D.K.) ; 2, Sigiriya, ex fungus gardens of nest T23, 24 August
1960, Coll. D. H. and A. C. Kistner (D.K.); 4, Sigiriya, ex fungus gardens
of nest T21, 24 August 1960, Coll. D. H. and A. C. Kistner (D.K.). The dis-
tribution of the species is shown in fig. 44.
notes: The termite hosts of our Sigiriya captures were identified as Odontotermes taprobanes
Walker by Dr. A. E. Emerson who stated that O. redemanni Wasmann is a synonym of
that species. The specimens of the hosts are deposited in the Emerson collection of the
American Museum of Natural History, New York. The royal cells of the above colonies
were all located, opened, and were devoid of termitophiles.
Termitodiscus heimi Wasmann
Figs. 25, 34, 44
Termitodiscus heimi Wasmann, 1899, Deutsches Entomol. Zeitschr. 1899: 147, pi. 1, fig. la-f;
Naturhistorisch Museum, Maastricht (India: Ahmednagar District, Wallon, and Sangamner
with Odontotermes obesus Rambur and Odontotermes wallonensis Wasmann) ; 1912,
Zeitschr. wissensch. Zook, 101: 93, pi. 5, fig. 4; 1916, Zool. Jahrb. Syst., 39: 181, pi. 4,
fig. 8a-b, pi. 5, fig. 8c; Cameron, 1932, Fauna Brit. India, Staphyl., 3: 318 (key); Silvestri,
1947, Arch. Zool. Ital., 31: 127, fig. 1 (1-7); Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana Zook, 40: 260 (key).
Termitodiscus heimi var. vicinior Silvestri, 1947, Arch. Zook Ital., 31: 127, fig. 2, (India:
Barkuda Island, with Odontotermes sp.) ; Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana Zook, 40: 260 (synonymized
variety) .
Most closely related to T. escherichi Wasmann from which it is distinguished by the
presence of ventral spines on the median lobe of the male genitalia and the presence of 2
less macrochaetae on the sternites of each of abdominal segments VI, VII, and VIII, as well
as the shape of the median lobe of the male genitalia.
Color light reddish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum
lighter than the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum,
and elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal
surface of the head without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the pronotum, elytra, and
abdomen with an even covering of fine, yellow, recumbent, stiff, short setae with bifurcated
tips. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II— VIII, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2. Macrochaetotaxy
of abdominal sternites III-VIII: 2, 2, 4, 4, 4, 2, all on the lateral edges. Median lobe of the
male genitalia with 2 ventral spines, 1 on each side, shaped as in fig. 25. Spermatheca
shaped as in fig. 34. Antennae 10-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.50-0.55 mm; elytra length, 0.25-0.26 mm; pronotum
width, 0.95-1.07 mm. Number measured, 10.
material examined: India! Holotype and 1 cotype, Ahmednagar District,
Wallon, with Odontotermes obesus Rambur (N.H.M.); 11, Bombay Province,
Wallon, Coll. J. B. Heim, with Odontotermes obesus (D.K.); 4, Bombay
218
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Province, Khandala, ex fungus gardens to nest T20, 21 August 1960, Coll. D. H.
and A. C. Kistner (D.K.); 11, Khandala, with Odontotermes obesus , 1913, Coll.
J. Assmuth (D.K.). The distribution is shown in fig. 44.
notes: Host colony T20 was determined as Odontotermes obesus Rambur by Dr. A. E.
Emerson and the termite specimens are deposited in the Emerson Collection of the American
Museum of Natural History, New York. No specimens were found in the royal cell of
this nest either.
Termitodiscus krishnai n. sp.
Figs. 24, 35, 44
Most closely related to T . minutus Cameron from which it is presently distinguishable only
by the more sparse setae on the pronotum, elytra, and abdomen of T. krishnai. When dis-
section material of T. minutus is available other characters will undoubtedly emerge.
Color yellowish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum lighter
than the rest of the body. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and elytra smooth and
shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal surface of the head
without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the pronotum, elytra, and abdomen with an
even covering of fine, yellow, recumbent, stiff, short setae with bifurcated tips. Macro-
chaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal
sternites III— VIII, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2. Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in fig. 24.
Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 35. Antennae 10-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.33-0.38 mm; elytra length, 0.17-0.18 mm; pronotum
width, 0.63-0.64 mm. Number measured, 2.
holotype: 1 male, No. 12518, Burma, 21 mi. ex Mandalay, 23 October 1961,
Coll. K. Krishna. In the collection of the author.
paratype: 1 female, same data as the holotype (D.K.).
notes: The host of the above specimens was identified as Odontotermes hainanensis (Light)
by Dr. Kumar Krishna. The specimens of the host are deposited in the American Museum
of Natural History, New York. The distribution of the species is shown in fig. 44.
Termitodiscus latericius n. sp.
Figs. 26, 36, 44
Most closely related to T . braunsi Wasmann from which it is distinguished by its 10-
segmented antennae, the tergal macrochaetotaxy, the shape of the spermatheca, and the
median lobe of the male genitalia.
Color reddish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum lighter
than the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal
surface of the head and pronotum without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the elytra
and abdomen with an even covering of long yellow setae with non-bifurcated tips which are
not recumbent but not erect either. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII: 0, 4,
4, 4, 4, 4, 2. Sternites III-VII with 2 macrochaetae on each lateral edge. Sternite VIII with
1 macrochaeta on the lateral edge and 1 about half way toward the middle on each side.
Tergite VIII with the posterior edge pointed. Median lobe of the male gentalia shaped as in
fig. 26. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 36. Antennae 10-segmented.
December, 19671
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
219
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.47-0.55 mm; elytra length, 0.22-0.25 mm; pronotum
width, 0.70-0.85 mm. Number measured, 10.
holotype: 1 male, No. 12506, Republic of South Africa, Transvaal, 33 mi ex
Pretoria-Pienaars River, 22 February 1965, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T378. In
the National Collection of Insects, South Africa.
paratypes: Republic of South Africa, Transvaal: 10, Pretoria, Waverly, 20
February 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T17 (N.C.I., D.K.); 4, Pretoria,
Derdepoort, 4 March 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T31 (N.C.I., D.K.); 5,
Derdepoort, 9 July 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T110 (N.C.I., D.K.); 1,
Derdepoort, 20 January 1964, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T258 (N.C.I.); 2, 9
mi ex Pretoria-Pienaars River, 2 March 1964, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T306
(N.C.I., D.K.); 1, Derdepoort, 6 March 1964, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T313
(N.C.I.).
notes: The host colonies of all the above specimens were determined as Odontotermes
latericius (Haviland) by Dr. W. G. H. Coaton. The host specimens are in the South
African National Collection of Isoptera under the following accession numbers: S-7, S-14,
S-23, S-59, S-65, S-66, unaccessioned (T378). The distribution of the species is shown in
fig. 44.
Termitodiscus machadoi Seevers
Figs. 4, 5, 7, 23, 44
Termitodiscus machadoi Seevers, 1965, Publ. Cult. Comph. Diam. Angola 69: 136, figs. 8, 9,
Museu do Dundo, Angola (Angola, Dundo, R. Capemba, 23 March 1962, from nest of
Odontotermes interveniens Sjoestedt, Coll. A. De Barros Machado).
Most closely related to T. sheasbyi n. sp. from which it is distinguished by its slightly
smaller size and the absence of ventral spines from the median lobe of the male genitalia
as well as by the shape of the median lobe of the genitalia.
Color reddish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum
lighter than the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head,
pronotum, and elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely
scattered about. Dorsal surface of the head without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface
of the pronotum, elytra and abdomen with an even covering of fine, yellow, recumbent,
stiff, short setae with bifurcated tips. No macrochaetae on either sternites or tergites.
Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in fig. 23. Spermatheca unknown. An-
tennae 9-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.41-0.43 mm; elytra length, 0.30-0.22 mm; pro-
notum width, 0.76-0.80 mm. Number measured, 3.
material examined: 6 paratypes (F.M.N.H., D.K.). The distribution of the
species is shown in fig. 44.
Termitodiscus minutus Cameron
Fig. 44
Termitodiscus minutus Cameron, 1926, Trans. Entomol. Soc. London, 74: 171 — British
Museum (N.H.), London (India: Dehra Dun, in nest of termites, Coll. M. Cameron);
1932, Fauna Brit. India, Staphyl., 3: 319 (key); Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana Zook, 40:
262 (key, list) .
220
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 27-30. Median lobes of male genitalia: 27. Termitodiscus sheasbyi n. sp.; 28. T.
splendidus Wasmann ; 29. T. transvaalensis Silvestri; 30. T. vansomereni n. sp. Scale is
equal to 0.25 mm.
Most closely related to T. krishnai n. sp. from which it is presently distinguishable
only by the presence of more setae with bifurcated tips on the pronotum, elytra, and
abdomen. In this regard, it is also closely related to T. escherichi and T. heimi from
which it is distinguished by its much smaller size. When dissectable material is
ultimately available, more definitive characters are almost certain to be found as
the range of the host of T. krishnai does not extend to Dehra Dun.
Color yellowish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum
lighter than the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head,
pronotum, and elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely
scattered about. Dorsal surface of the head without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface
of the pronotum, elytra, and abdomen with an even covering of fine, yellow, re-
cumbent, stiff, short setae with bifurcated tips. No macrochaetae on any of the
tergites. Macrochaetotaxy of the sternites unknown. Male genitalia and spermatheca
unknown. Antennae 10-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.33 mm; elytra length, 0.18 mm; pronotum width,
0.66-0.70 mm. Number measured, 2.
material examined: Holotype plus 1, India, Uttar Pradesh, Dehra Dun, 19
March 1924, Coll. M. Cameron, from the nest of a termite (B.M.N.H.).
notes: A search of the termite collection of the British Museum (N.H.) by Mr. W. A.
Sands did not yield any Odontotermes bearing data corresponding to the type label. If there
is any sample of the termites associated with these specimens, they might be at the Forest
Research Institute at Dehra Dun, but other than that possibility, only further collections
are likely to yield the host data. The distribution of the species is shown in fig. 44.
December, 19671
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
221
\
1
Figs. 31-38. Spermathecae: 31. Termitodiscus braunsi Wasmann; 32. T. coatoni n. sp.;
33. T. emersoni n. sp.; 34. T. heirni Wasmann; 35. T. krishnai n. sp. ; 36. T. latericius
n. sp.; 37. T. transvaalensis Silvestri; 38. T. vansomereni n. sp. Scale is equal to 0.25.
Termitodiscus sheasbyi n. sp.
Figs. 27, 44
Most closely related to T. machadoi Seevers from which it is distinguished by its slightly
larger size and the presence of a ventral spine from the median lobe of the male genitalia
as well as by the shape of the median lobe of the male genitalia.
Color reddish brown throughout with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum lighter
than the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal
surface of the head without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the pronotum, elytra, and
222
New York Entomological Society
IVol. LXXV
abdomen with an even covering of fine, yellow, recumbent, stiff, short setae with bifurcated
tips. No tergites with macrochaetae. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal sternites III— VIII : 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 8. Median lobe of the male genitalia with a spine on the median ventral posterior
border, shaped as in fig. 27. Female unknown. Antennae 9-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.45 mm; elytra length, 0.18 mm; pronotum width,
0.75-0.90 mm. Number measured, 3.
holotype: 1 male, No. 12503, South West Africa, 30 miles ex Tsumeb-
Tsinsabis (15°, 45-59' S., 17°, 45-59' E.), 26 September 1966, Coll. J. L.
Sheasby, No. T502, ex fungus gardens. In the National Collection of Insects,
South Africa.
paratypes: 2 males, same data as holotype (N.C.I., D.K.).
notes: The host of the above species was determined as Odontotermes (c.f.) latericius
(Haviland) by Dr. VV. G. H. Coaton. The sample bears the accession number TM. 20457
and is in the National Isoptera Collection, South Africa. The distribution of the species
is shown in fig. 44.
Termitodiscus splendidus Wasmann
Figs. 28, 43
Termitodiscus splendidus Wasmann, 1899, Deutsch. Entolmol. Zeitschr. 1899: 401. Natur-
historisch Museum, Maastricht (Republic of South Africa: Natal, Shivyre, with Odontotermes
vulgaris Haviland, Coll. Haviland); 1912, Zeitschr. wissensch. Zook, 101: 94, pi. 5, fig.
5; Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana Zool., 40: 26 2 (key, list). The (c.f.) designation given in the
determination was used to indicate morphological similarity to latericius from South Africa.
The nest however was constructed differently.
Not very closely related to any other species but bears similarity to T. vansomereni, T.
emersoni, and T. angolae by having setae with bifurcated tips on the elytra, but dis-
tinguishable by its smaller size, the abdominal macrochaetotaxy and the shape of the male
genitalia. Related to the sheasbyi-machadoi group through its size, macrochaetotaxy of the
abdomen, and the antennal segmentation but separable therefrom by the lack of setae on
the pronotum as well as genitalic characters.
Color light reddish brown throughout with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum just
about the same color as the rest of the body. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and
elytra smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal
surface of the head and pronotum without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the elytra
and abdomen with an even covering of fine, yellow, recumbent, stiff, short setae with
bifurcated tips. No tergites with macrochaetae. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal sternites
III— VIII : 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2. Median lobe of the male genitalia small, shaped as in fig. 28.
Spermatheca unknown, as the female dissected lacked a spermatheca for some inexplicable
reason. Antennae 9-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.36-0.41 mm; elytra length, 0.17-0.19 mm; pronotum
width 0.67-0.70 mm. Number measured, 2.
material examined: Holotype and 2 cotypes on a single pin, top specimen
herewith designated hololectotype, Natal (Shivyre), November 1898, Coll. G. D.
Haviland, with Odontotermes vulgaris Haviland (N.H.M.) ; 2, same locality, host
and collector, 16 February 1898 (D.K.).
notes: The distribution of the species is shown in fig. 43.
December, 1967 I
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
223
Termito discus transvaalensis Silvestri
Figs. 13-16, 29, 37, 43
Termito discus transvaalensis Silvestri, 1947, Arch. Zool. Ital., 31: 129, fig. 3, (Transvaal,
ex nest of Odontotermes angustatus Rambur, Coll. C. Fuller) ; Seevers, 1957, Fieldiana Zool.,
40: 262 (key, list) .
Not very closely related to any other species. Closely related to T. vansomereni through
its size and abdominal macrochaetotaxy, but separable therefrom by its straight-tipped setae
and its 10-segmented antennae. Closely related to T. laterieius n. sp. but separable there-
from by the macrochaetotaxy of the abdominal tergites. Separable from all species by the
presence of a row of fine setae with straight tips at the posterior edge of the pronotum as
well as the shape of the male genitalia.
Color reddish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum lighter than
the rest of the body, approaching yellow. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and elytra
smooth and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal surface
of the head without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the pronotum generally without
setae, but bearing one row of fine, short yellow setae at the posterior border. Dorsal surface
of the elytra and abdomen with an even covering of fine yellow setae with straight, non-
bifurcated tips. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal tergites II-VIII: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 2. Macro-
chaetotaxy of abdominal sternites III-VIII: 6, 6, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4. Median lobe of male genitalia
shaped as in fig. 29. Spermatheca shaped as in fig. 13. One aberrent spermatheca was
shaped as in fig. 37, whereas other members of the same population matched fig. 13. Antennae
10-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.47-0.51 mm; elytra length, 0.24-0.26 mm; pronotum
width, 0.80-0.87 mm. Number measured, 10.
material examined: South Africa: Transvaal: 3, 3 mi. ex Morgenson-
Standerton, 10 September 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T160 (N.C.I., D.K.) ; 5,
3 mi. ex Morgenson-Standerton, 10 September 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No.
T161 (N.C.I., D.K.); 1, 10 mi. ex Morgenson-Standerton, 11 September 1963,
Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T167 (N.C.I.); 2, 13 mi. ex Morgenson-Ermelo, 12
September 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T168 (N.C.I., D.K.). Cape Province:
11, 6 mi. ex Sterkstroom-Tarka, 8 October 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby, No. T206
(N.C.I., D.K.); 13, 10 mi. ex Cala-Indwe, 7 October 1963, Coll. J. L. Sheasby,
No. T202 (N.C.I., D.K.) .
notes: The hosts of all of the above specimens were determined as Odontotermes angustatus
(Rambur) by Dr. W. G. H. Coaton. The hosts bear the accession numbers S-37, S-40, S-41,
TM 13045, TM 13059, and are in the National Collection of Isoptera, South Afirca. The
distribution of the species is shown in fig. 43.
Termitodiscus vansomereni n. sp.
Figs. 18, 30, 38, 44
Most closely related to T. emersoni n. sp. and T. angolae Seevers from which it is dis-
tinguished by its larger size, the abdominal macrochaetotaxy and the shape of the male
genitalia. Closely similar to O. transvaalensis Silvestri from which it is distinguished by the
presence of setae with bifurcated tips.
Color light reddish brown throughout, with the antero-lateral edges of the pronotum
lighter than the rest of the body. Dorsal surface of the head, pronotum, and elytra smooth
224
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Figs. 39-40. Setae on elytra: 39. Straight tipped setae, Termitodiscus transvaalensis
Silvestri; 40. Bifurcated tipped setae, T. escherichi Wasmann. Scale is arbitrary, photos were
taken at 440 X .
and shiny with fine punctures evenly but sparsely scattered about. Dorsal surface of the
head and pronotum without setae of any kind. Dorsal surface of the elytra and abdomen
with an even covering of fine, yellow, recumbent, stiff, short setae with bifurcated tips.
Tergites with no macrochaetae. Macrochaetotaxy of abdominal sternites III— VIII : 6, 6, 6,
6, 6, 6,. Median lobe of the male genitalia shaped as in fig. 30. Spermatheca shaped as in
fig. 38. Antennae 9-segmented.
measurements: Pronotum length, 0.50-0.53 mm; elytra length, 0.26-0.30 mm; pronotum
width, 0.85-0.95 mm. Number measured, 10.
holotype: 1 male, No. 12224, Kenya, Karen, 18 June 1966, ex fungus gardens
of nest T185, Coll. G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren, No. 1559. In the Collec-
tion of D. H. Kistner.
paratypes: 54, same data as the holotype (D.K.).
notes: The host of the above specimens was determined as Odontotermes montanus Harris
by Mr. W. A. Sands. The termite sample is in the collection of the British Museum (Natural
History), London. This nest was being raided by Dorylus ( Doryhis ) helvolus L. at the time
of excavation. The distribution of the species is shown in fig. 44.
RELATIONSHIPS OF THE SPECIES AND HOST SPECIFICITY
In the early days of describing species, various authors made a big point
about the relative size of the last joint of the antennae in relation to the length
of the rest of the segments as well as the absolute length of the entire specimen.
Careful slide preparations have revealed that this is an almost useless character
as the size of the terminal segment is always proportionate to the rest of the
antenna. Figures 3 and 4 show this well, even though the number of antennal
segments vary. The length of the entire specimen is another useless character
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
225
as the abdomen is able to be telescoped a great deal. Hence both of these char-
acters were dropped.
In searching for new characteristics, microscopic examination revealed the
following: Not all the species had 10-segmented antennae as was previously
supposed. I first discovered this on T. machadoi. I then remembered that
Silvestri had shown a 10-segmented antenna on both T. transvaalensis and T.
heimi. This worried me as I have never known Silvestri to be wrong on a ques-
tion of fact. Sure enough, both of the species studied by Silvestri had 10-seg-
mented antennae. I then surveyed the antennae of all the species and could
find no correlation of the antennal segmentation with any other character.
Hence this character is here interpreted as a species specific character, and
a new genus is not erected on this basis. Selection has obviously been working
to compress the antennae of this beast, so a segment has been lost now and
then on what appears to be a hit or miss basis. I believe that the segment has
been lost between segment 3 and 5 and on one species, T. vansomereni, one
can see what appears to be a fine line of fusion on the third segment.
Close study of the setae revealed that there are two types. One type is a
perfectly ordinary kind with straight pointed tips as shown in fig. 39. The
other type has bifurcated tips as shown in fig. 40. The difference between the
setae was noted by Seevers ( 1957, p. 260) as being feebly notched. He inter-
preted this as being only in the Indian species which was not true. Among
the species described at that time, T. splendidus also had such setae.
Using traditional phylogenetic methods, it is possible to construct a phylogeny
of the species groups as shown in fig. 4. Group A consisting of T. braunsi, T.
latericius, T. coatoni, and T. transvaalensis would be interpreted as the most
primitive species because they have setae with straight tips which is the usual
situation in the Staphylinidae and particularly true in the primitive groups.
Where deviations have occurred as in Phyllodinarda (see Kistner 1965), the
deviations are of a different nature than for Termito discus and can therefore be
assumed to be of independent origin. Of the four species, T. transvaalensis is
probably the most primitive as it still has a short row of setae on the pronotum
whereas the others lack pronotal setae entirely. Again, the complete absence
of setae on the pronotum of a Staphylinid is an unusual condition and is there-
fore interpreted as being a derivative condition. This view is reinforced by
the fact that groups C, D, and E have pronotal setae, albeit modified, and
modified setae had to be derived from some pre-existing setae, hence I am
supposing that the common ancestor had to have setae, most likely unmodified
setae on its pronotum. None of the presently known species quite fills the bill,
but T. transvaalensis comes closest. T. latericius is more closely related to
T. transvaalensis in that it has 10-segmented antennae whereas the other species
( T . braunsi and T. coatoni) have 9-segmented antennae.
Groups B, C, D, and E are all related in having setae with bifurcated tips.
226
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Group A Group B
Group C Group D Group E
no pronotal
setae
small
genitalia
small
size
9 segmented
antennae
setae with
bifurcated tips
10 segmented
antennae
large
genitalia
large or
intermediate
size
setae with
straight tips
Fig. 41. Proposed phytogeny of species groups of T ermitodiscus using traditional methods.
Group A includes T. braunsi, T. latericius, T. eoatoni, and T. transvaalensis. Group B
includes T. angolae, T . emersoni, T. vansomereni, and T. splendidus. Group C includes T.
machadoi and T. sheasbyi. Group D includes T. krishnai and T. minutus. Group E includes
T. butteli, T. escherichi, and T. heimi.
Slide preparations of most of the species revealed that the bifurcated tips are
all of the same type. T. minutus and T. butteli were not so examined but the
dry preparations revealed no differences.
Group B has no pronotal setae, but the elytra and abdomen have the bifurcated
setae. All the members of this group (T. angolae , T. emersoni, T. splendidus ,
and T. vansomereni) have 9-segmented antennae which would link them to
part of group A, and also to group C.
Group C has setae with bifurcated tips on the pronotum as well as the elytra
and abdomen. A careful examination of the diagram (fig. 41) will reveal that we
are assuming that the common ancestor of B, C, D, and E had setae on all three
regions, that this became bifurcated, and then was lost on the pronotums of
group B. Thus group C would be more primitive than group B.
Groups D and E share with group C the property of having setae with
bifurcated tips but differ in having 10-segmented antennae. Hence I interpret
that groups D and E were split off earlier in the evolution of the groups before
segment reduction. Groups D and E are very closely related to one another
but differ in size and in the size of the genitalia (where known).
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
227
It is obvious from the foregoing that I did not use characters such as the
macrochaetotaxy of the abdomen or the various characters of the male genitalia
(other than gross size) in the construction of the phylogenetic tree. These
characters, while useful for discriminating species, are presently of no use in
determining phylogenies, as there is no way of determining or guessing the
primitive and derivative states of such characters. Should an ancestral type
be found in nature, it might be possible to judge this in the future, but this is
not so at present.
Computer methods were then used to see if a more precise statement of the
relationships of the species could be constructed. To do this, it was necessary
to develop a list of unit characters following the general outline of Sokal and
Sneath (1963). After eliminating characteristics which were redundant or
invariant, the following list of 31 characters was used and coded 0 for absence,
1 for presence, and 3 for no comparison. The no comparisons arose when a male
character was listed and the species was known only from a female or the ma-
terial studied could not be dissected to yield the desired comparison.
LIST OF CHARACTERS USED FOR NUMERICAL ANALYSIS
1. Pronotum with setae with bifurcated tips
2. Elytra with setae with bifurcated tips
3. Abdomen with setae with bifurcated tips
4. Tergite VIII of male pointed
5. Male genitalia small
6. Pronotum with posterior edge with 1 row of straight tipped
setae.
7. Ten antennal segments
8. Male genitalia with median spines
9. Tergite VIII of female pointed
10. Pronotum length, 0.47-0.55 mm
1 1 . Pronotum length, 0.43-0.45 mm
12. Pronotum length, 0.33-0.41 mm
13. Elytra length, 0.25-0.30 mm
14. Pronotum width twice pronotum length
15. No macrochaetae on tergites II-VII
16. Tergal macrochaetotaxy (II-VII) 0, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6
17. Tergal macrochaetotaxy (II-VIII) 0, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4
18. No macrochaetae, sternite III
19. 2 macrochaetae, sternite III
20. No macrochaetae, sternite IV
21. 2 macrochaetae, sternite IV
22. No macrochaetae, sternite V
23. 2 macrochaetae, sternite V
228
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
24. 4 macrochaetae, sternite V
25. No macrochaetae, sternite VI
26. 2 macrochaetae, sternite VI
27. 4 macrochaetae, sternite VI
28. No macrochaetae, sternite VII
29. 2 macrochaetae, sternite VII
30. 4 macrochaetae, sternite VII
3 1 . Pronotum with setae of any type
The distribution of these characteristics in the 15 species is given in Table 1.
These data were then loaded into an IBM 1620 computer with a program to
produce the simple matching coefficients described by Sokal and Michener
(1958). The output of this program was then used to cluster the data using
the weighted pair-group method described by Sokal and Sneath (1963).
The results of these analyses are presented in fig. 42. Only the matrix values
where the groups join are indicated. The perfect correlation between T. butteli
and T. heimi (and for that matter between T. butteli and T. escherichi also)
is due to the large number of no comparisons in the original data. It is also
probable that the correlation between T. krishnai and T. minutus will not be as
high when dissection material of T. minutus is available.
It will be noted that there are some major discrepancies between the phylo-
genetic diagram and fig. 42. The most serious discrepancies are the clustering
of T. vansomereni with T. transvaalensis , and the clustering of T. splendidus
with the cluster T. sheasbyi-T. machadoi. Less serious but still important is
the clustering of T. latericius to T. braunsi rather than to T. transvaalensis .
All of these are due to a weighting of size and chaetotaxy factors as equal to
kinds of setae and antennal segmentation.
Table 1. Distribution of unit characters in Termitodiscus species. Characters are
arranged sequentially from left to right.
Species
No.
Species name
Characters
01 T. angolae Seevers
02 T. braunsi Wasmann
03 T. butteli Wasmann
04 T. coatoni n. sp.
05 T. emersoni n. sp.
06 T. escherichi Wasmann
07 T. heimi Wasmann
08 T. krishnai n. sp.
09 T. latericius n. sp.
10 T. machadoi Seevers
11 T. minutus Cameron
12 T. sheasbyi n. sp.
13 T. splendidus Wasmann
14 T. transvaalensis Silvestri
15 T. vansomereni n. sp.
0111100010010010001010100100100
0001100011001001001010100100100
1113301331001110033333333333331
0001100001001010001010100010010
0113300301001010001010100100100
1111001011001110001010010000001
1111001111001110001010010010011
1111101010010110010101000100011
0000101011001000101010100100100
1 1 10100000100110010101001001001
1113301300010110033333333333331
1 1 10100101000110010101001001001
0110100000010010010101001001000
0000 11100100 1010000000000000000
01 1 1100001001010000000000000000
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
229
vansomereni 15
transvaalensis 14
coatoni 4
latericius 9
braunsi 2
emersoni 5
angolae I
splendidus 13
sheasbyi 12
machadoi 10
krishnai 8
minutus II
butteli 3
heimi 7
escherichi 6
Coefficient of Association
Fig. 42. Diagram of the phenetic relationships between the species of Termito discus.
The realtionships diagrammed in fig. 42 are probably less accurate as a
phylogenetic scheme than the relationships shown in fig. 41. However, the
information in fig. 42 is very useful as purely taxonomic information. It took
only 45 minutes to put the problem through the computer and that 45 minutes
saved hours of time in constructing the keys to species.
As the species are known now, there is complete host specificity. The host
information is summarized in Table 2. If we make the assumption that the
rates of evolution of the termites and termitophiles are about the same and
that there were no accidental host changes in evolutionary history, both hand-
some assumptions, then we should expect that the termites would be related to
each other in the same manner as the termitophiles. Thus we would expect
Odontotermes heimi and Odontotermes taprobanes to be more closely related
to each other than to Odontotermes hainanensis . We would expect the species
O. latericius from S. W. Africa that is the host of T. sheasbyi to be more closely
related to O. interveniens than to O. latericius from South Africa. It will be
230
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Table 2. Host relationships of Termito discus.
Termitophile
Host
T. angolae Seevers
Odontotermes nolaensis Sjoestedt
T. braunsi Wasmann
Odontotermes transvaalensis Sjoestedt
T. butteli Wasmann
Odontotermes ( Hypotermes ) obscuriceps Wasmann
T. eoatoni n. sp.
Odontotermes badius Haviland
T . emersoni n. sp.
Odontotermes patruus Sjoestedt
T. escherichi Wasmann
Odontotermes taprobanes Walker
T. heimi Wasmann
Odontotermes obesus Rambur
T. krishnai n. sp.
Odontotermes hainanensis Light
T. laterieius n. sp.
Odontotermes laterieius Haviland
T. machadoi Seevers
Odontotermes interveniens Sjoestedt
T. minutus Cameron
not known
T. sheasbyi n. sp.
Odontotermes laterieius Haviland
T. splendidus Wasmann
Odontotermes vulgaris Haviland
T. transvaalensis Silvestri
Odontotermes angustatus Rambur
T. vansomereni n. sp.
Odontotermes montanus Harris
interesting to see whether either of the arrangements given here corresponds
with the relationships between the species of Odontotermes , when this genus is
revised.
BEHAVIORAL OBSERVATIONS
Two species were studied closely in the field, T. heimi and T. escherichi ,
especially to see what transpired when the termitophile came into contact with
the termite host. To do this, living specimens of the termitophiles and their
hosts were placed in petri dishes with moist filter paper on the bottoms and
some pieces of fungus gardens. The termitophiles and termites were observed
after a couple of hours had elapsed to give them time to accommodate to the
container.
The chief behavorial adaptation of the termitophile appeared to be avoidance.
The termitophile is small in relation to the size of the termite workers or soldiers,
it has good eyesight whereas the termite does not, and it is fast on its feet
whereas the termite is slow and clumsy. In every termitophile-termite encounter,
the termitophile was able to maneuver out of range of the mandibles before the
termite was even aware of its existence. We maneuvered some termites into
position with a camel’s hair brush and then tried to prevent the termitophile from
escaping with another camel’s hair brush, but in every instance, the beetle was
able to crawl under or around the termite without getting caught or even attract-
ing attention. We were thus unable to acquire any insight into the possible
adaptive function of the limuloid body shape.
These same observations were confirmed in a limited way on T. braunsi in
South Africa. However, future studies should be directed to see if there is any
difference in the behavior of those forms with setae with bifurcated tips and
those with straight tips.
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
231
Fig. 43. Distribution of certain South African species of Termito discus.
232
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
butteli
★ emersoni
latericius
minutus
Fig. 44. Distribution of certain species of Termito discus.
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitophile Revision
233
Observations in the field of T. heimi and T. escherichi revealed that both
species ate the fungus in the fungus gardens. Subsequent gut smears confirmed
this.
The above observations should be combined with another field observation
before any conclusions are drawn. Invariably, the most Termitodiscus were
found in the fungus gardens immediately adjacent to the royal cell. These are
the fungus gardens which contain the most eggs and young termites and hence
there is more termite activity.
Termite activity decreases in the more peripheral fungus gardens and one
seldom finds termitophiles in these. Termitophiles were never taken in the
royal cells of Odontotermes.
Because of their association with the termites in areas of high termite activity,
their perfect host specificity, and the fact that no accidental capture of Ter-
mitodiscus outside the termite nest has ever been made, I am interpreting the
genus as integrated termitophiles whose principal adaptation to the termite
hosts is avoidance of direct contact.
Wasmann (1895 and elsewhere) erected the category of “trutztypus” or
defensive forms and placed the genus Termitodiscus in that category in 1912
and 1916 based on the morphology alone. There is no evidence that the ter-
mitophiles lead a harried existence in the nest. The avoidance of the termites
under observation never led to a confrontation even when we tried to manipulate
one. What seems to prevail is a kind of wary but completely dependent co-
existence on the part of the termitophile and an unawareness on the part of the
termites.
RELATIONSHIP OF THE TRIBE TO OTHER ALEOCHARINAE
The closest free-living aleocharine tribe to the Termitodiscini is the tribe
Myrmedoniini. The following characters link the two tribes: (1) Nature of the
teeth on the mandibles; (2) Structure of the legs; (3) Tarsal formula; (4)
Structure of the prosternum; (5) The tri-lobed nature of the ninth abdominal
segment.
The only termitophilous tribe that is close to the Termitodiscini is the sub-
tribe Termitondina of the Myrmedoniini which may share common origins. More
material of the Termitondina will be necessary before these relationships can
be checked.
The relationship of the Termitodiscini to the Myrmedoniini does not destroy
the tribal status of the Termitodiscini; it merely gives some idea of what the
ancestral type must have been like.
Acknowledgments
A study like this is only possible with the cooperation and active interest of many people.
For help in my field work, I cheerfully thank Dr. W. G. H. Coaton, Plant Protection Research
Institute, Pretoria, South Africa; Dr. R. Lawrence and his son, Natal Museum, Pieter-
234
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
maritzburg, South Africa; Mr. G. R. Cunningham-Van Someren, Karen, Kenya; Dr. T.
Fletcher, Institute for the Study of Malaria and Arthropod-borne Diseases, Amani, Tanzania;
and Dr. Joseph De Sa, Bombay, India. Thanks are also given to my wife, Alzada Carlisle
Kistner, for hours and hours of fungus sorting in the field.
For providing specimens collected by themselves and colleagues, I wish to thank par-
ticularly, Dr. W. G. H. Coaton. He and his colleagues, particularly Mr. J. L. Sheasby, have
amassed a termitophile collection over the past six years for the Republic of South Africa
and its dependency, Southwest Africa which is without equal for any other area of the
world. For other specimens, I thank Dr. Alfred E. Emerson, University of Chicago, Dr.
Kumar Krishna, American Museum of Natural History, and Mr. G. R. Cunningham-Van
Someren.
I am also grateful to individuals for providing facilities and space during type study
trips and also for cordial hospitality while in their institutions. These are Professor J. K. A.
Van Boven, Universite de Louvain, Belgium, also Curator of the Wasmann Collection at
the Naturhistorisch Museum, Maastricht (N.H.M.) ; Mr. P. Basilewsky, Chef de la Section
d’Entomologie, Musee Royal de l’Afrique Centrale Tervuren (M.R.A.C.) ; Mr. J. Balfour-
Browne, British Museum (Natural History), London (B.M.N.H.), and Dr. Rupert L.
Wenzel, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago (F.M.N.H.). The initials given above
indicate the institution wherein specimens cited are deposited. Specimens deposited in the
collection of the author are indicated (D.K.) while those in the National Collection of
Insects, Pretoria, South Africa are indicated (N.C.I.).
Termite host identifications are all credited in the text but I am extremely grateful to
Dr. W. G. H. Coaton, Dr. A. E. Emerson, Dr. Kumar Krishna, and Mr. W. A. Sands, Termite
Research Unit at the British Museum (Natural History) for taking the time to make the
determinations.
Thanks are given to Mr. William Lane of the Computer Center and Division of Engineer-
ing, Chico State College, for helpful suggestions and patient instruction on the IBM 1620
computer. Thanks are also given to Mr. Herbert Jacobson and Mr. Robert Banfill for help
on the programming necessary for the numerical analyses and for help in debugging (no pun
intended) the programs after modification.
I am very grateful to Mr. R. Gary Malin and Mr. David Harwood of Chico State College
for assistance in the mounting, labelling, dissecting, and other operations necessary in this
kind of work.
Literature Cited
Blackwelder, Richard E. 1952. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae.
U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 200: IV + 484 p.
Cameron, Malcolm. 1926. New species of Staphylinidae from India. Part II. Trans.
Entomol. Soc. London, 1925 (1926): 341-372.
— . 1932. The fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Staphylinidae,
3: 443 p. London.
Kistner, David H. 1965. A revision of the species of the genus Phyllodinarda Wasmann
with notes on their behavior ( Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) . Pan-Pacific Entomol.,
41(2) : 121-132.
— . 1966. A revision of the African species of the Aleocharine tribe Dorylomimini
( Coleoptera: Staphylinidae) . II. The genera Dorylominus, Dorylonannus, Dorylogaster,
Dorylobactrus, and Mimanomma, with notes on their behavior. Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer., 59(2) : 320-340.
— . 1967. The biology of termitophiles. In Krishna, Kumar and F. W. Lechleitner,
The Biology of Termites, Chapter 32. Academic Press, N.Y. (In press).
December, 1967]
Kistner: Termitopiiile Revision
235
Koblick, T. A., and D. H. Kistner. 1965. A revision of the species of the genus Myrmechusa
from tropical Africa with notes on their behavior and their relationship to the Pygo-
stenini (Coleoptera:Staphylinidae) . Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 58(1): 28-44.
Seevers, Charles H. 1957. A monograph on the termitophilous Staphvlinidae (Coleoptera) .
Fieldiana: Zool., 40: 1-334.
. 1965. New termitophilous Aleocharinae from Angola (Coleoptera:Staphylinidae) .
Publ. Cult. Comph. Diam. Angola, Lisbon, 69: 129-138.
Silvestri, Filippo. 1947. Contributo alia conoscenza dei Termitodiscinae e Cephaloplectinae
(Staphylinidae, Coleoptera) termitofili. Arch. Zool. Ital., 31: 123-149.
Sokal, R. R., and C. D. Michener. 1958. A statistical method for evaluating systematic
relationships. Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull., 38: 1409-1438.
Sokal, R. R., and P. H. A. Sneath. 1963. Principles of Numerical Taxonomy. Freeman
& Co., San Francisco, XVIII + 360 pp.
Wasmann, Erich. 1895. Die Myrmecophilen und Termitophilen. Compt. Rend. Ill Congr.
Internat. Zool. Leyden., 1896: 410-440.
— . 1899. Neue Termitophilen und Myrmekophilen aus Indien. Deutsch. Entomol.
Zeitschr., 1899: 145-169. 2 plates.
. 1911. Termitophile Coleopteren aus Ceylon. In Escherich, Termitenleben auf
Ceylon: 231-232.
. 1912. Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Termitophilen und Myrmekophilen. Zeitschr.
Wissenschaft. Zool., 101: 70-115. Plates V-VII.
— — — . 1916. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer Forschungsreise nach Ostindien, V. Ter-
mitophile und myrmecophile Coleopteren, gesammelt von Herrn Prof. Dr. V.
Buttel-Reepen, 1911-1912. Zool. Jahrb. System., 39: 169-210. Plates 4 and 5.
Received eor Publication July 13, 1967
The Immature Instars of the Cleptoparasitic Genus
Dioxys (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae)
Jerome G. Rozen, Jr.1
Abstract: The last-stage larva of Dioxys pomonae pomonae and D. productus productus? are
described taxonomically and compared with the previously published account of the larva
of D. cincta (Jurine). The three other larval instars and the pupa of D. pomonae pomonae
are also described and the adaptive significance of some of the anatomical features of the
larvae are discussed. A preliminary key is presented to distinguish among the genera of
parasitic megachilid bees on the basis of the last larval instar.
The purposes of this paper are ( 1 ) to describe taxonomically the immature
instars of the parasitic bee genus Dioxys and (2) to compare the external
anatomy of the four larval instars of Dioxys pomonae pomonae. At the end,
a key is given that may help in the identification of mature larvae of parasitic
Megachilidae.
Cleptoparasitism (social parasitism) has evolved in at least three separate
cases in the family Megachilidae. Coelioxys, usually a parasite of Megachile
but also associated with Centris , Anthophora , and probably others, obviously
arose from a Megachile- like ancestor. Stelis, sensu lato (including Euaspis and
Parevaspis) and Dioxys (and related genera) presumably evolved from separate
lineages in the Anthidiini. Most Stelis, sensu lato, apparently attack mega-
chilids, although some (and perhaps all) species of the subgenus Odonto-
stelis attack Euglossa (Friese, 1925; Bennett, 1966). The biology and larvae
of Stelis are sufficiently diverse to raise the question whether this genus is
monophyletic (Rozen, 1966). Insofar as known, all members of the Dioxys
complex parasitize the Megachilinae (Hurd, 1958; Jaycox, 1966), but our lack
of knowledge of their immature stages and biology does not permit us to specu-
late on the origin of parasitism in this group. I hope that data recorded here,
as well as biological information presented in the accompanying report (Rozen
and Favreau, 1967) will eventually be used for this purpose.
The number of larval instars in bees has been open to question because of the
difficulty in rearing these animals. However, Hackwell and Stephen (1966)
claim on the basis of carefully accumulated data that the halictid Nomia
melanderi Cockerell has five instars. These men observed that the egg chorion
encased the entire first instar except for most or all of the head capsule and that
the first and second instars were similar in size. The first and second instars
moved their mandibles back and forth and occasionally consumed liquid and
pollen grains. Rozen (1964) stated that the embryo of the anthophorid
1 Chairman and Curator, Dept. Ent., Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.
236
December, 1967] Rozen: Immature Instars of Dioxys 237
Figs. 1-8. Mature larva of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell. 1. Predefecating larva,
lateral view (setae not shown). 2. Spiracle. 3-5. Right mandible, dorsal, inner, and ventral
views, respectively. 6. Head, front view. 7. Labium, with mandibles removed, showing
hypopharyngeal lobes, front view. 8. Head, lateral view. Scale refers to Fig. 1.
Svastra obliqua obliqua (Say) ingested liquid just before the chorion was
cast off; shortly after eclosion a transparent embryonic cuticle was shed. The
“first instar” of N omia melanderi and the late “embryo” of Svastra obliqua
obliqua are probably the same stage. If this is true, then the cryptic early
stage may be a widespread phenomenon among bees, as N omia and Svastra
belong to separate families and as this stage has also apparently been observed
238
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
in the Panurginae (Rozen, 1967). Whether it represents the first instar, per-
haps especially adapted to the task of ingesting fluid prior to casting off the
chorion, or whether it is a late embryo can be determined only by further studies.
In the case of Dioxys pomonae pomonae four distinct larval instars were observed.
The early cryptic stage was not noticed though it may have been present. For
the purpose of this paper, the “first instar” is the first actively moving stage,
to which the chorion no longer adheres.
The specimens of Dioxys productus productus? described below were kindly
made available by Dr. Elbert R. Jaycox, University of Illinois, Urbana. Dr. Paul
D. Hurd, Jr., University of California, Berkeley, identified the adult Dioxys.
The literature search was facilitated by the Bibliography of Apoid Biology
directed by Dr. Charles D. Michener, the University of Kansas, Lawrence.
Mrs. Marjorie Favreau ably assisted me in the field investigations and laboratory
work which culminated in this study. My wife, Barbara, helped prepare the
scientific illustrations, and Mrs. Rose Ismay carefully typed the manuscript.
MATURE LARVAE
Only a single account of an immature of this genus occurs in the literature;
Micheli (1936) provided a useful description of the mature, fourth-stage larva
of the European Dioxys cincta (Jurine), the type of the genus. Grandi (1934)
reported on an unknown bee larva associated with Chalicodoma muraria (Fa-
bricius), and although Michener (1953a) tentatively assigned it to Dioxys ,
the hairy mandible identifies it as a Coelioxys. I am describing here the mature
larvae of two other species of Dioxys , D. pomonae pomonae and D. productus
productus? .
The three known species have a number of features that may prove diagnostic
for the genus. Unlike mature larvae of other megachilids, which are heavily
pilose, those of Dioxys possess only widely scattered setae on the postcephalic
region. The setae, sparse on the thorax, are even sparser on the abdominal seg-
ments. The bidentate mandibles (Figs. 3-5, 11-13) of the three species lack the
apical concavity and cusp of other members of the family (except for some Stelis,
Rozen, 1966) and differ from those of other Anthidiini (except some Stelis ,
ibid., and Trachusa, Michener, 1953a) in that there are no small teeth on the
margin between the apical teeth; of the three forms, only D. pomonae pomonae
(Figs. 3-5) has such teeth on the upper and lower mandibular edges. The
antennae of D. cincta apparently are not abnormally large for a megachilid
but those of D. pomonae pomonae (Fig. 8) are distinctly greater in size than
those of members of other genera. The antennae of D. productus productus?
(Fig. 15), however, are the largest of any bee larva that I have seen. Antennal
size therefore is helpful, both for species separation and, in some cases, for
identification of the genus.
December, 1967]
Rozen: Immature Instars of Dioxys
239
Figs. 9-15. Mature larva of Dioxys productus productus (Cresson) ? 9. Larva, lateral
view (setae not shown). 10. Spiracle. 11-13. Right mandible, dorsal, inner, and ventral
views. 14, 15. Head, frontal and lateral views. Scale refers to Fig. 1.
In other respects, the fourth instar of Dioxys seems to possess the features of
other members of the family. Whether the distinctive characters mentioned
above warrant placing the genus in a separate tribe as contemplated by Michener
(1944) after studying the adults, is open to question. In general the larvae
of megachilids appear so similar that it is difficult to imagine that larval features
will be of much assistance in arranging the higher classification of the family.
Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell
Figures 1-8
head: (Figs. 6-8) Integument with numerous scattered long setae and without spicules;
antennae, labrum, pleurostomal ridges, hypostomal ridges, mandibles, cardines, stipites, palpi,
240
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
and base of prementum conspicuously pigmented. Tentorium complete and well developed;
posterior pits conspicuous and normal in position; posterior thickening of head capsule and
hvpostomal ridge well developed ; pleurostomal ridge and lateral arms of epistomal ridge
moderately developed but not so sharply defined as hypostomal ridge; epistomal ridge fading
just mesiad of anterior tentorial pits; longitudinal thickening of head capsule, cleavage lines,
and parietal bands not evident; head constricted behind as in D. productus productus? but
dorsolateral angles of capsule less produced. Antennal papilla elongate, apparently more
so than that of D. cincta (Micheli, 1936) but papilla distinctly smaller than that of D.
productus productus? ; papilla slightly shorter than three times basal diameter; each papilla
arising from inconspicuous prominence; these prominences distinctly less pronounced than those
of D. productus productus? . Labrum without tubercles and with apical margin emarginate
medially. Mandible (Figs. 3-5) without conspicuous setae, more elongate than that of D.
cincta (Micheli, 1936), and apically bidentate with ventral tooth longer; margin between
apical teeth smooth (i.e., nonserrate) ; dorsal apical edge with small but distinct teeth;
ventral apical edge with inconspicuous serrations; apical concavity and cusp not present.
Maxilla with basal part somewhat enlarged and with apex produced adorally; galea absent;
palpus elongate but shorter and narrower than antennal papilla; cardo and stipes sclerotic.
Labrum projecting, divided into prementum and postmentum and bearing salivary opening
at apex; salivary opening a transverse slit with projecting lips; labial palpi perhaps slightly
more slender than maxillary palpi; hypopharynx (Fig. 7) with prominent lobe on each side
of maxilla.
body: Form (Fig. 1) moderately robust; most body segments divided dorsally into low
cephalic annulet and elevated caudal annulet on postdefecating larva; annulations on
predefecating form indistinct; caudal annulets on postdefecating form low medially so that
larva appears to have paired transverse dorsolateral tubercles; middorsal tubercles absent;
lateral tubercles (below spiracles) well developed (at least on postdefecating form). In-
tegument soft ; scattered setae (not shown in illustration) found on caudal annulets, lateral
tubercles, and venter; these setae approximately as dense as those of D. productus productus? ,
but much sparser than those of host Osmia nigrobarbata and other megachilids. Spiracular
atrium (Fig. 2) large, with ridges; atrium projecting somewhat above body wall and with
rim ; peritreme present but narrow so that opening appears large ; primary tracheal opening
without distinct collar; subatrium normally long. Tenth abdominal segment moderate in
length and with anus situated dorsally.
material studied: One postdefecating larva, 3 miles north of Apache, Cochise
County, Arizona, April 30 through May 4, 1966; larva preserved October 14,
1966; from nest of Osmia nigrobarbata Cockerell (J. G. Rozen and M. Favreau) ;
two predefecating mature larvae, same data except preserved at time of collection.
Dioxys productus productus (Cresson) ?
Figures 9-15
These larvae were discussed by Jaycox (1966).
head: (Figs. 14, 15) As described for D. pomonae pomonae except for following: Dorso-
lateral angles of head produced, apparently as in D. cincta (Micheli, 1936), and more so
than in D. pomonae pomonae. Antennal papilla enormously elongate, being a little over
three times longer than basal diameter; each papilla arising from restricted but pronounced
prominence. Mandible (Figs. 11-13) like that of D. pomonae pomonae except dorsal and
ventral apical edges without teeth or serrations.
December, 1967]
Rozen: Immature Instars of Dioxys
241
Figs. 16-22. First instar of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell. 16. Larva, lateral
view. 17. Spiracle. 18-20. Head, frontal, lateral, and ventral views, respectively. 21, 22.
Right mandible, dorsal and inner views. Scale refers to Fig. 16.
242
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
body: (Fig. 9) As described for D. pomonae pomonae except spiracular subatrium short
(Fig. 10).
material studied: One mature larva, Smithfield, Cache County, Utah, June 30,
1962, from Anthidium nest in small plastic tube; fixed July 2, 1962 (E. R.
Jaycox) ; one mature larva, same locality, June 31, 1961 ; from nest of Anthidium ;
fixed July 19, 1962 (E. R. Jaycox).
OTHER INSTARS
None of the other immature instars of this genus has been described before;
all of the following belong to Dioxys pomonae pomonae.
First-Stage Larva of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell
Figures 16-22
head: (Figs. 18-20) Head hypognathous, not prognathous as in Coelioxys. Integument
slightly pigmented and, unlike that of host, with scattered long setae. Tentorium complete,
including thin dorsal arms; posterior tentorial pits normal in position; posterior thickening
of head capsule and hvpostomal ridge slender but evident ; pleurostomal ridge weak except
at mandibular articulations; epistomal ridge scarcely evident, both mesiad and laterad of
anterior tentorial pits; these pits well developed; longitudinal thickening of head capsule
faint; cleavage lines and parietal bands not evident; head somewhat constricted behind;
genal area, unlike that of Coelioxys, not produced anteroventrally into long tubercle-like
projection. Antennal papilla greatly elongate, length about four times basal diameter; each
papilla arising from conspicuous prominence. Labrum without tubercles and with apical
margin emarginate medially and with sensilla. Mandible (Figs. 21, 22) elongate, without
conspicuous setae, and with apex simple, tapering, curved, and pigmented. Maxilla with
basal part greatly enlarged and sclerotized (Fig. 19); apical part directed adorally; palpus
elongate; galea absent. Labium, unlike that of other bee larvae, not extending ventrally so
far as maxillae; labium recessed, not divided into prementum and postmentum, and ap-
parently somewhat sclerotized though not so strongly sclerotized as that of first instar of
Coelioxys ; salivary opening a small transverse slit; palpi shorter than maxillary palpi, about
as long as basal diameter.
body: Form (Fig. 16) moderately slender and straight; some body segments possibly with
intrasegmental lines; middorsal tubercles absent; distinct lateral tubercles (i.e., “ventral
lateral tubercles” of Odontostelis , Rozen, 1966) conspicuous on most segments. Integument
with scattered setae (in contrast with integument of first instar of host which lacks setae) ;
setae on anterior part of body longer than those on posterior part; on most abdominal
segments setae situated on posterior part of segment dorsally, at apices of lateral tubercles,
and widely scattered on venter; integument finely spiculate in numerous areas, including
most of the tenth abdominal segment. Spiracles moderately large except for second pair which
are distinctly smaller than others; atrium (Fig. 17) not projecting above body wall, with a
peritreme, and slightly wider than deep; atrial wall apparently with indistinct ridges;
primary tracheal opening apparently without collar. Tenth abdominal segment without large
lobes or other modifications; anus slightly dorsal in position.
material studied: One first-stage larva, 3 miles north of Apache, Cochise
County, Arizona, April 30, 1966; from nest of Osmia nigrobarbata (J. G. Rozen
and M. Favreau).
December, 1967]
Rozen: Immature Instars of Dioxys
243
Figs. 23-29. Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell. 23. Right mandible of second instar,
dorsal view. 24. Second instar, lateral view. 25. Head of second instar, lateral view.
26. Head of third instar, lateral view. 27, 28. Right mandible of third instar, dorsal and
inner views. 29. Third instar, lateral view. Scales refer to Figs. 24 and 29, respectively.
244
New York Entomological Society [Vol. LXXV
Figs. 30, 31. Pupa of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell, lateral and dorsal views.
Second-Stage Larva of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell
Figures 23-25
head: (Fig. 25) As described for first instar except for following: Posterior thickening of
head capsule, hypostomal ridges, pleurostomal ridges, epistomal ridge, and longitudinal
thickening of head capsule slightly more evident. Mandible (Fig. 23) not quite so slender
and slightly shorter in relation to size of head.
body: (Fig. 24) As described for first instar.
material studied: One second-stage larva, 3 miles north of Apache, Cochise
County, Arizona, April 30, 1966; from nest of Osmia nigrobarbata (J. G. Rozen
and M. Favreau).
Third-Stage Larva of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell
Figures 26-29
head: (Fig. 26) As described for first instar except for following: Internal ridges of head
capsule more distinct than those of second instar. Mandible (Figs. 27, 28) stouter than
that of either first or second instar and shorter in relation to size of head. Both dorsal and
ventral subapical inner edges faintly and indistinctly dentate.
body: (Fig. 29) As described for first instar.
material studied: One third-stage larva, 3 miles north of Apache, Cochise
County, Arizona, May 4, 1966; from nest of Osmia nigrobarbata (J. G. Rozen
and M. Favreau).
December, 1967]
Rozen: Immature Instars of Dioxys
245
Pupa of Dioxys pomonae pomonae Cockerell
Figures 30-31
Length, 6.75 mm; body curved so that tip of tongue almost touching tip of metasoma.
head: Scape and frons without tubercles; vertex without tubercles except for low mounds
of ocelli; scattered small, unpigmented setae occurring mesiad of upper inner orbits but
not above level of anterior ocellus; setae less abundant than those on head of Stelis
bilineolata (Rozen, 1966).
mesosoma: Lateral angles of pronotum somewhat produced; posterior lobes not produced;
mesepisternum, mesoscutum, mesoscutellum, and axillae without tubercles and not produced;
metanotum produced as distinct median rounded tubercle; slightly pigmented setae present on
mesoscutum and mesoscutellum but not on axillae ; these setae fewer than those of Stelis
bilineolata and somewhat longer than those of head; tegula not produced; wing without
tubercles; fore tibia with apical tubercle; mid and hind tibia each with somewhat smaller
apical tubercle ; other leg segments without distinct tubercles.
metasoma: Terga I-VI with apical bands of short, unpigmented setae rising from minute
tubercles; sterna without tubercles or setae; terminal spine absent.
material studied : One live female pupa, 3 miles north of Apache, Cochise
County, Arizona, larva collected May, 1966, pupated approximately September
1, 1966; from cell of Osmia nigrobarbata Cockerell (J. G. Rozen and M.
Favreau).
DISCUSSION
The larvae of most nonparasitic bees superficially seem to change merely in
size as they develop. Indeed, the four instars exist in the same environment,
and their behavior, concerned primarily with feeding, is quite uniform. It
would be surprising, therefore, if marked differences occurred from one instar
to the next. A number of workers have noticed, however, changes with respect
to the various tubercles on the postcephalic region in some groups. The tubercles
seem to be associated with the feeding habits of the larva; the changes are
presumably adaptations to the modifications in the shape, consistency, and size
of the pollen mass as it is being consumed. Conspicuous changes also appear
in the larvae of cocoon-spinning bees; such features as long palpi, projecting
labiomaxillary region, and protruding salivary lips, that appear in the later
instars are adaptations to cocoon spinning.
More pronounced differences among instars have been noted with certain
parasitic bees, such as the Nomadinae. The mode of parasitism in this group
indicates that the first instar kills the egg or larva of the host and subsequent
instars consume the pollen-nectar mixture. The first instar is equipped with a
pigmented, more or less prognathous head capsule and greatly elongate, sickle-
shaped mandibles with which it destroys the host’s offspring. The tip of the
abdomen, at least in some cases, is modified into a pygopod-like structure
enabling the larva to move about in search of its prey. Not only is the host’s
egg or larva eliminated but also sibling larvae, for a female nomadine often lays
more than one egg in a cell. The second and subsequent instars are much more
246
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
“normal,” lacking most of the specialized modifications of the first stage. This
pattern of parasitism seems to be the most common in the Apoidea and has
arisen de novo a number of times.
Another mode of parasitism occurs in the subgenus Odontostelis (Bennett,
1966) and apparently in Sphecodes ; the adult cuckoo bee removes the host
egg or young larva before depositing her own egg, and the first instar hatches
as a “normal” type.
In Dioxys still another pattern of parasitism seems to be represented: the
host’s offspring may be killed by the first, second or third instar of the cuckoo
bee. Not only the first instar but also the second and third possess large
sickle-shaped mandibles, and at least the first and second instars display an
aggressive behavior when touched with forceps (Rozen and Favreau, 1967).
None of the instars has an obvious pygopod-like structure for pushing itself
around the cell or on the pollen mass. These facts suggest that the larva, be-
cause of a slow mobility, may pass through several stages before it encounters
and eliminates the host larva. Also, the egg of Dioxys is apparently inserted
through the cell wall, probably after the cell is closed. Hence parasitism of a
cell may take place over a considerable period of time. The first three instars
of Dioxys are equipped to kill eggs of other Dioxys when and if they are in-
troduced into an already parasitized cell. The ability of the intermediate instar
to eliminate host and siblings may also be found in Coelioxys (Michener, 1953b)
and in those Stelis which have apically simple mandibles in the last larval stage
(Rozen, 1966).
The changes that occur from one larval instar to the next in Dioxys pomonae
pomonae involve the change in body size and form (Figs. 1, 16, 24, 29); the
width of the head capsule of the four instars is as follows: first, 0.65 mm (one
datum); second, 0.875 mm (one datum); third, 0.95 mm (one datum); fourth,
1.10-1.13 mm (three data). The antennae become relatively smaller with
each instar though they are still large even in the fourth instar. The mandibles
become shorter in relation to head size and the denticles on the upper and lower
subapical edges first appear in the third stage. However, the dorsal apical
tooth is a feature solely of the last instar as are the projecting enlarged labium,
the division of the labium into a prementum and a postmentum, the protruding
salivary lips, and the annulations of the spiracular subatria. The basal part of
the maxilla is greatly enlarged in the first instar, a condition that holds for
the second and third stages and persists to some extent in the last larval instar.
The internal ridges of the head, including the stipites and the cardines, appear
to become successively more pronounced with each instar.
In other respects the larval instars of D. pomonae pomonae are remarkably
similar. Even the setae which become shorter in relation to the body size, from
instar to instar, maintain the same general distribution on the body through
all instars. Indeed, the overall constancy of the external anatomical features is
December, 1967]
Rozen: Immature Instars of Dioxys
247
a more surprising result of the study than are the changes that take place in the
development of the larva.
Key to Some Genera of Cleptoparasitic Megachilidae, Based on the Mature Larvae
Although this key is based only on the few species that I have examined, it may be
of some value in separating the genera of megachilid cuckoo bees. Mature megachilid
larvae, as a group, can be recognized because of the setae found on the postcephalic
region; only the anthophorid genus Allodape and its relatives also bear conspicuous setae.
1. Mandible with more than four conspicuous setae on outer surface (Michener, 1953a,
Figs. 160-161) ; gena, at least usually, produced into downward-pointing tubercle
immediately behind posterior mandibular articulation (Michener, 1953b, Fig. 26)
Coelioxys (two species)
Mandible with at most one or two inconspicuous setae (Figs. 3, 5, 11, 13) ; gena with-
out tubercle (Figs. 8, 15) 2
2. Body setae widely scattered and few; dorsal body setae restricted to caudal annulets
on middle segments; vertex depressed medially; basal part of maxilla somewhat
enlarged (Figs. 8, 15) Dioxys (two species)
Body setae abundant; dorsal body setae numerous on both the caudal and cephalic
annulets of middle segments; vertex not abnormally depressed medially; basal part
of maxilla normal in size (Rozen, 1966, Figs. 5, 10) Stelis (three species)
Literature Cited
Bennett, F. D. 1966. Notes on the biology of Stelis ( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola),
a parasite of Euglossa cordata (Linnaeus) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Megachilidae).
Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 74: 72-79.
Friese, H. 1925. Neue neotropische Bienenarten, zugleich II. Nachtrag zur Bienenfauna
von Costa Rica (Hym.). Stettin, Ent. Ztg., 86: 1-41.
Grandi, G. 1934. Contributi alia conoscenza degli imenotteri melliferi e predatori. XIII.
Boll. 1st. Ent. Univ. Bologna, 7: 1-144.
Hackwell, G. A. and W. P. Stephen. 1966. Eclosion and duration of larval develop-
ment in the alkali bee, Nomia melanderi Cockerell (Hymenoptera: Apoidea). Pan-
Pacific Ent., 42: 196-200.
Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1958. American bees of the genus Dioxys Lepeletier and Serville
(Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Univ. California Publ. Ent., 14: 275-302.
Jaycox, E. R. 1966. Observations on Dioxys productus productus (Cresson) as a parasite
of Anthidium utahense Swenk (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Pan-Pacific Ent.,
42: 18-20.
Micheli, L. 1936. Note biologiche e morfologiche sugli imenotteri (VI Serie). Atti
Soc. Italiana Sci. Nat. e Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat., 75: 5-16.
Michener, C. D. 1944. Comparative external morphology, phylogeny, and a classification
of the bees (Hymenoptera). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 82: 151-326.
-. 1953a. Comparative morphological and systematic studies of bee larvae with a
key to the families of hymenopterous larvae. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bulk, 35: 987-1102.
-. 1953b. The biology of a leafcutter bee ( Megachile brevis ) and its associates.
Ibid., 35: 1659-1748.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. 1964. The biology of Svastra obliqua obliqua (Say), with a taxonomic
description of its larvae (Apoidea, Anthophoridae) . Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 2170,
pp. 1-13.
248
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
. 1966. Taxonomic descriptions of the immature stages of the parasitic bee, Stelis
( Odontostelis ) bilineolata (Spinola) (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Megachilidae) . Jour.
New York Ent. Soc., 74: 92-94.
. 1967. Review of the biology of panurgine bees with observations on North
American forms (Hymenoptera, Andrenidae). Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 2297, pp. 1-44.
Rozen, J. G., Jr. and Marjorie S. Favreau. 1967. Biological notes on Dioxys pomonae
pomonae and on its host, Osmia nigrobarbata (Hymenoptera, Megachilidae). Jour.
New York Ent. Soc., LXXV(4): 197-203.
Received for Publication June 13, 1967
Exchange Opportunities in Eastern Europe
The National Academy of Sciences invites applications from American sci-
entists who wish to visit Poland, Romania, and Yugoslavia for varying periods
during the 1967-68 academic year. Through arrangements with the academies of
these countries, the NAS will be able to select Americans for one-month survey
visits or for research visits of from 3 to 12 months.
Applicants for all programs must be U.S. citizens and have a doctoral degree
or its equivalent in physical, biological, or behavioral sciences, mathematics, or
engineering sciences. Applicants should specify which country they wish to
visit since combined visits to two or more cannot be conveniently arranged.
Participants will receive transportation to and from the foreign country. Those
making research visits of 3 months or longer will receive grants to offset the
loss of salary. Those making visits of 5 months or longer may also receive support
for travel of dependents. Allowances from the receiving academy vary accord-
ing to individual programs. Full information and applications may be obtained
from the National Academy of Sciences, Office of the Foreign Secretary (USSR/
EE), Washington, D.C. 20418.
Proceedings of the New York Entomological Society
(Meetings held in Room 129 of the American Museum of Natural History
unless otherwise indicated.)
Meeting of April 4, 1967
Dr. Fredrickson presided; 23 members and 7 guests were present. Dr. Pinter of Harvard
University, an expert on spiders, was introduced as a guest.
program. Entomological Wanderings in Africa. Dr. Jerome Rozen, Chairman of the
Department of Entomology at the Museum, described his recent trip to Africa where he
searched for nests and immature stages of bees. The trip included short visits to Egypt and
Nairobi, and a more extensive excursion in South Africa. He described the terrain in these
areas, and commented on the flora, the fauna, and some points of interest along the way. His
talk was illustrated with many colored slides.
Howard R. Topoff, Sec.
Meeting of April 18, 1967
President Fredrickson presided; 15 members and 4 guests were present. Dr. Alexander Klots
reported for the Auditing Committee, stating that the records of the Society for 1966 were
examined, and the accounts were found to be accurate and complete. The report was accepted,
and the Committee was thanked. Dr. Michael Emsley of the Philadelphia Academy of
Natural Science was proposed for active membership in the Society. Mrs. Betty Slater, wife
of the speaker of the evening, was introduced.
program. Zoogeography, Classification, and Evolution of the Chinch Bugs. Dr.
James A. Slater, Chairman of the Department of Zoology and Entomology, University of
Connecticut, gave a resume of the classification of chinch bugs and indicated their general
importance. He spoke about the zoogeography and the evolution of these insects. He pointed
out that there is a close relationship between the chinch bug fauna in South America and
that in Africa; this opened a discussion of continental drift. Dr. Slater’s talk was illustrated
with slides.
Howard R. Topoff, Sec.
Meeting of May 2, 1967
President Fredrickson called the meeting to order; 21 members and 7 guests were present.
Dr. Michael Emsley of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences was elected to active
membership, and Dr. Allen Benton of the State University College at Fredonia, New York
was proposed for membership.
program. Coding of Chemical Informtaion by Insects. Dr. Edward S. Hodgson of the
Department of Zoology, Columbia University, illustrated his talk with slides. (An abstract
follows.)
Howard R. Topoff, Sec.
CODING OF CHEMICAL INFORMATION BY INSECTS
Recent developments in studies of the chemical senses of insects were described. The
electron microscope has shown that sensory structures typically have pores which allow
249
250
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
chemical stimuli direct access to receptor neurons. Electrical events in receptor excitation are
best studied in sensilla on mouthparts of flies. Four taste receptor types have been identified:
receptors for cations, anions, sugars, and water. Only the anion receptor mediates rejection
responses under all conditions. Sensitivity of the chemoreceptors is affected by internal
hormonal state as well as by external stimuli.
E. S. Hodgson
Meeting of May 16, 1967
The meeting was called to order by Vice-president David Miller in the absence of the Presi-
dent; 16 members and 7 guests were present. Dr. Allen Benton of the State University College
at Fredonia, New York was elected to membership. Dr. James Forbes, the Society’s delegate
to the 11th Annual Conference of Biological Editors which was held at the Barbizon-Plaza
Hotel, May 7-9, presented his report. Some of the problems and the topics considered by
the Biological Editors this year were what constitutes primary publication, costs of printing
journals, the use of key words in the titles of articles for properly designating their contents,
and unreferred publications. He feels that the participation in these meetings over the past
years has improved the quality of our Journal. He thanked the members for the oppor-
tunity to represent them.
program. Of Mice, Malaria, and Mosquitoes. Dr. Jerome Vanderberg of the Department
of Preventative Medicine of the New York University Medical School illustrated his talk
with slides. (An abstract follows.)
Howard R. Topoff, Sec.
OF MICE, MALARIA, AND MOSQUITOES
Studies in the Department of Preventative Medicine during the past several years have
been aimed at developing a model system of mammalian malaria which could be easily
maintained and studied in the laboratory. The rodent malarial parasite, Plasmodium berghei,
is a suitable organism in this regard, and the parasite can be transmitted through the mosquito,
Anopheles stephensi , under controlled conditions. An important factor determining the success
of this transmission is the temperature at which infected mosquitoes are kept. An inbred
strain of mice from the Jackson Memorial Laboratory (Strain A/J) is a highly susceptible
host for this parasite. By utilizing this system it has been possible to perform studies on
basic physiology and morphogenesis of the malarial parasite, and in the applied area attempts
have been made to develop a vaccine for malaria.
J. Vanderberg
December, 1967]
Index to Volume LXXV
251
INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF
ANIMALS AND PLANTS
VOLUME LXXV
Generic names begin with capital letters. New genera, subspecies, and varieties are printed
in italics. This index does not include the genera and subgenera of the Tortricidae and
Phaloniidae, pp. 2-11; the aphids and their food plants, pp. 72-92; synonyms in American
spiders, pp. 126-131.
Acacia greggii, 133
Acamptopappus, 170
Acrolophus morus, 18
Adenostoma fasciculatum, 165
Aedes aegypti, 22
Aenictus, 107
Anopheles stephensi, 250
Anthidium emarginatum, 197
manicatum, 68
Anthophora, 236
Apomyelois bistriatella, 190
Aserica, 168
Astragalus, 197
Autoserica, 168
Biastes, 132
Blatella germanica, 148
Bombus, 69
Bombyx mori, 45, 119
Brachyspasta, 97
Brasilostreptus gracilis, 59
Brassica, 139
oleracea, 12
Calliopsis, 136
Calliphora erythrocephala, 119
Calospasta, 97
Capua lentiginosana, 34
Caryopteris clandonensis, 68
Catocala connubialis pulverulenta, 195
c. p. broweri, 195
micronympha, 195
m. gisela, 195
m. hero, 195
minuta, 195
Celtis, 193
Centris, 236
Chalicodoma muraria, 238
Chrysanthemum, 68
Cirsium lanceolatum, 139
Cochylis fernaldana, 34
Coelioxys, 236
Colias eurytheme, 12
philodice, 12
Conorhinopsylla stanfordi, 159
Cordylospasta, 97
Crambus bigelovi, 154
bolterellus, 158
cyrilellus, 158
harrisi, 154
leachellus, 158
praefectellus, 155
oslarellus, 155
Ctenopseustis flavicirrata, 34
Cysteodemus, 97
Daldinea, 193
Dioxys cincta, 203, 236
pacificus pacificus, 197
pomonae pomonae, 197, 236
productus productus?, 236
subruber, 197
Discoxenus, 204
Dorylus helvolus, 224
Drosophila, 20
melanogaster, 119
Dufourea dentipes, 132
malacothricis, 132
maura, 146
mulleri, 132
pulchricornis, 132
spinifera, 146
trochantera, 132
Eciton, 107
burchelli, 101
hamatum, 102
Epagoge schausiana, 34
spadicea, 34
vinolenta, 34
252
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Ephestia kiihniella, 119
Lythrum salicaria, 68
Epicordulia princeps, 179
Lytta, 97
regina, 179
Euaspis, 236
Macrotermes, 209
Euglossa, 236
Malacothrix, 133, 197
Eupompha, 97
Maladera castanea, 167
Eurvstylops, 138
Megachile, 236
Megetra, 97
Gaillardia, 13, 197
Melanoplus differentialis, 45
Galleria mellonella, 105
Meloe, 97
Glaucomys sabrinus, 159
Mentha, 68
volans, 159
Microtus pennsylvanicus, 159
Gnophomyia (Gnophomyia) diacaena, 183
Monopsyllus vison, 31
eupetes, 184
Musca autumnalis, 119
Gonepityche pacaraimae, 56
Myrmecia pyriformis, 35
Gonomyia (Lipophleps) pentacantha, 183
tarsata, 35
nissoriana, 184
vindex, 35
Gvmnastes (Gymnastes) anticaniger, 24
cyaneus, 26
Nanostreptus, 56
nUgiricus , 24
Negalius, 97
latifusciis, 24
Neivamyrmex, 106
ornatipennis, 28
Neopasites, 201
tridens, 24
(Micropasites) cressoni, 132
Gynaecomeloe, 97
(Neopasites) fulviventris, 13
Nepytia janetae , 74
Heliconious erato, 109
regulata, 76
melpomene, 109
Nomadopsis, 134
Heptathela bristowei , 114
Nomia melanderi, 236
kimurai, 114
sinensis, 114
Oenothera, 139
Heterocampa pulverea, 62
Odontostelis, 236
umbrata, 63
Odontotermes, 204
Holcopasites, 143, 201
angustatus, 223
Hyalophora gloveri, 105
badius, 215
Hvmenolepsis diminuta, 19
ceylonicus, 215
nana, 21
culturarum, 205
Hypoxylon occidentale, 190
hainanensis, 218
thouarsianum, 190
interveniens, 219
latericius, 222
Juniperus pachyphloea, 158
montanus, 206
nolaensis, 211
Lapara, 44
obesus, 217
Larix, 43
obscuriceps, 211
Lepidium, 132
patruus, 215
Lesquerella, 133
redemanni, 215
gordoni, 142
taprobanes, 205
Liphistius, 114
transvaalensis, 206
malayanus, 115
vulgaris, 222
schensiensis, 114
wallonensis, 217
sinensis schensiensis, 114
Oreopasites, 143, 201
December, 19671
Index to Volume LXXV
253
Osmia lignaria, 108
nigrobarbata, 197, 240
Panthea furcilla, 43
Parevaspis, 236
Pelargonium, 69
Penstemon, 139
Perdita sexmaculata, 138
Peromyscopsylla h. hamifer, 159
Phacelia, 197
popei arizonica, 133
leucophila, 139
Philosamia cynthia, 105
Phodaga, 97
Pieris rapae, 12
Piersea, 193
Pinus banksiana, 44
resinosa, 44
rigida, 44
scopulorum, 158
strobus, 43
Plasmodium berghei, 250
gallinaceum, 22
Platysamia cecropia, 119
Pleurospasta, 97
Popillia japonica, 45, 119
Populus, 193
Potentilla, 68
Prosopis, 133
Protoparce sexta, 105
Pseudomeloe miniaceomaculata, 93
Pteroptyx, 104
Pyrota, 97
Quercus agrifolia, 190
coccinea, 62
Rhizoctonium, 138
Rophites canus, 132
hartmanni, 132
quinquespinosus, 132
Salix, 139
Salvia farinacea, 68
splendens, 68
Sciaphila indivisana, 34
Semiothisa, 44
Serica adversa , 161
alabama , 161
alleni, 161
anthracina, 161
atracapilla, 161
atricapilla, 161
aspera, 171
atratula monita, 171
aviceps, 161
barri, 161
blatchleyi, 163
bruneri, 161
caliginosa, 167
Carolina, 171
castanea, 161
contorta, 171
diablo, 161
elusa, 163
ensenada, 161
errans, 166
fimbriata, 161
floirdana, 161
frosti, 161
heteracantha , 161
howdeni, 161
imitans, 1 7 1
joaquinella, 161
laguna, 171
mackenziei, 161
mendota, 161
michelbacheri, 161
oliveri, 161
peregrina, 161
perigonia eremicola, 161
pilifera, 161
porcula, 161
prava, 171
pruinipennis, 161
pullata, 161
rossi, 161
searli, 161
sericea, 161
sericeoides, 161
sculptilis, 161
solita, 167
stygia, 161
texana, 1 7 1
tristis, 163
trociformis blatchleyi, 161
vespertina accola, 171
watsoni, 171
Solidago, 69
Sphaeralcea, 139
254
New York Entomological Society
[Vol. LXXV
Sphecodes, 246
Stelis, 236
bilineolata, 245
Svastra obliqua obliqua, 236
Synaptomys cooperi, 159
Systropha curvicornis, 132
planidens, 132
punjabensis, 132
Tortrix baboquavariana, 34
biocellata, 34
desmatana, 34
triplagata, 34
Toxorhina (Ceratocheilus) bistyla , 183
capnitis, 186
fulvicolor, 183
juscolimbata, 183
simplicistyla, 183
Tamiasciurus hudsonicus, 31, 159
Tegrodera, 97
Tenebrio molitor, 20, 45, 119
Termitodiscus angolae, 207
braunsi, 206
butteli, 211
coatoni, 204
emersoni, 204
escherichi, 206
heimi, 210
krishnai , 204
later icus , 204
machadoi, 207
minutus, 210
sheasbyi, 204
splendidus, 211
transvaalensis, 209
vansomereni, 204
vicinior, 217
Termitogerrus, 204
Tetralonia, 132
Tetraonyx, 97
luteibasis, 185
mesorhyncha, 185
monostyla, 185
tuberifera, 185
Trachusa, 238
Trentepohlia (Mongoma) amphinipha, 24
flava, 25
horiana, 25
patens, 24
subtenera, 25
(Trentepohlia) bellipennis, 26
camillerii, 26
injernalis, 24
ornatipennis, 26
Tribolium confusum, 19
Trypargilum, 108
Urechis caupo, 45
Urostreptus, 56
Vicia cracca, 13
Xylocopa, 71
INVITATION TO MEMBERSHIP
The New York Entomological Society was founded in 1892 and incorporated the following
year. It holds a distinguished position among scientific and cultural organizations. The
Society’s Journal is one of the oldest of the leading entomological periodicals in the
United States. Members and subscribers are drawn from all parts of the world, and they
include distinguished professional naturalists, enthusiastic amateurs, and laymen for whom
insects are only one among many interests.
You are cordially invited to apply for membership in the Society or to subscribe to its
Journal which is published quarterly. Regular meetings are held at 8:00 P.M. on the first
and third Tuesdays of each month from October through May at the American Museum of
Natural History, the headquarters of the Society. A subject of general interest is discussed
at each meeting by an invited speaker. No special training in biology or entomology is
necessary for the enjoyment of these talks, most of which are illustrated. Candidates for
membership are proposed at a regular meeting and are voted upon at the following meeting.
CLASSES OF MEMBERSHIP AND YEARLY DUES
Active member : Full membership in the Society, entitled to vote and hold office;
with Journal subscription $9.00
Active member without Journal subscription 4.00
Sustaining member : Active member who voluntarily elects to pay $25.00 per year
in lieu of regular annual dues.
Life member-. Active member who has attained age 45 and who pays the sum of
$100.00 in lieu of further annual dues.
Student member : Person interested in entomology who is still attending school;
with Journal subscription 5.00
(Student members are not entitled to vote or to hold office.)
Student member without Journal subscription 2.00
Subscription to Journal without membership 8.00
APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
Date
I wish to apply for membership (see classes above).
My entomological interests are:
If this is a student membership, please indicate school attending and present level.
Name
Address
(Zip Code must be included)
— Send application to Secretary
JOURNAL of the
NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
|W/- A ; > l-t w ,/,V i 1 A- ». K A A A .l^~r . '» ' i A- v ■
The JOURNAL of the NEW YORK ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY is de-
voted to the advancement and dissemination of knowledge pertaining to insects
and their related forms.
INSTRUCTION TO AUTHORS
CORRESPONDENCE Submit manuscript in duplicate (original and one car-
bon) to Dr. L. W. Clausen, Editor, 115 West 68th Street, New York, N. Y.
10023. Send material by registered mail in flat form. The JOURNAL cannot
assume responsibility for manuscripts lost in transit.
Wx-% , \ / v
j a1 ■ s' , : a
GENERAL POLICY Manuscript submitted must be unpublished, origihal
research not being considered for publication elsewhere. Upon acceptance and
publication by the JOURNAL it must not be published again in any form with-
out the consent of the Author and the Editor. Each manuscript will be reviewed
by one or more referees whose anonymity is preserved so that criticism may be
frank and objective.
/./■ 1 ' ■" ■ ~ ' , , /- / K'. " - . , " . y. ( v' ■" f j ' ' ] " • '
Manuscript, if accepted, will be published in order of receipt unless the cost of
printing is borne by the author, in which case publication can be scheduled for
the next issue.
FORM OF MANUSCRIPT Manuscripts (text, figures, footnotes, etc.) must
be typewritten, double or triple spaced with wide margins and on paper 8% X 11
inches suitable for ink correction. Proofread manuscripts carefully before they
are submitted. Consult the STYLE MANUAL FOR BIOLOGICAL JOUR-
NALS for details concerning acceptable form. The JOURNAL reserves the
privilege of editing manuscripts to make them conform or of returning them to
authors for revision.
W: y
^ r x r
Ati'
\( ; fe'. * ,
A 7 r :
(7'v ' ' P> ■:
1 i \ i 1 1 y
/' 7.
\ A ‘ 7
V . fe<
, yl1 l/.r- f ,
%
r\' \ ■ /'
y; 1 C ]|r ■- • J
a 1 w ■ y ,i 1 ,
•,l\
:' r L o'f'V v
fifefe "\H
v’ W
■:%
•;U
V,
7
yi
1 1 v
V,i it if
))
,. i; c,vr';
" i.1.5
7 A | ;i
) ‘J, I .
flifrrv
7/- 7
fern
,:v
M .1
jjw0; ; i
/V \'i' in’- }'
.?tv<
5. ?
ABSTRACT Each manuscript must be accompanied by an abstract, type-
written on a separate sheet. This abstract may replace the author’s summary.
-I
It should be brief (not more than 3% of the original) and written in complete
sentences. A copy of a guide is obtainable from the Editor.
7#
>7
j ; M t * ! • -• k 1 rf 1 , v ■ y ■" ' \
ILLUSTRATIONS These must be clear and suitable for reproduction. Photo-
graphs must be glossy prints. Indicate the magnification on the illustrations or
state it in the legends. All lines and figures must be able to withstand reduction
if reduction is necessary. When published, illustrations may not exceed 4%" X
694". The legend is not part of the illustration; these are to be arranged and
typed on a separate sheet and each identified by the figure number. Illustra-
tions, charts and tables will be charged to the author. Pack all illustrations care-
fully with stiff cardboard to prevent damage in transit.
A- : 7
\
REPRINTS of articles will be furnished contributors when ordered in advance.
A table showing cost of reprints and an order blank will be sent with the
proof. All subscriptions and orders for back issues should be sent to the N. Y. (
Entomological Society, The American Museum of Natural History, New York,
N. Y. 10024. The SOCIETY has a complete file of back issues in stock. The
SOCIETY will not be responsible for lost Journals unless immediately notified
of change of address. We do not exchange publications.
JU7
w
7 /7
■ v - '■ 7 ; } 1 : 7 ' 7 ■
Terms for subscriptions — $8.00 per year, net to the Society, in advance.
Single copies, as issued — -$2.00 each.
Please make all checks, money-orders or drafts payable to the NEW YORK
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
AV
hi
• > i \ t<\
Sj)
n rT
,'i
v i
i i
' A" A ' \ \ h ; <
(c 7 7\'
'7,7( /,j j
7. >\y 7
j. ,■ ■ 7' 1 ■
.A, |J’i
/ i n y ; 7 ,>/ 1.
m
,y i./
i.
/,’V; ( /f.7
\ / .J; A .
■ \ ) 1
yi i j)
-tyr 1 7 <
r -fe
1 fe\ ' :
r /•
j fV
A 1 / A ' ' ~ ,1 /,
fid i f
fe! 7 '|) .
;\f fe’7
1 |
' (/\ y
i
\o /
■7,7
t '\ ' ■ . (J. >■
■\ / !
7 {^\ •)'<
777 . ' "7.
■ ' feNlv, t
' i y
■ Jr.y
h
j 1 7,
( I \ ''ir i i n
si-'/V. ( > / /A
j/1 ■
\3j >7 -i ■ ■
) V) \I :
■; m ' i
ML-
• s I \\
7
I-
yyy
wwij
y ‘k
r
Hr r'
Pt r, -u,
% , :\ x>\
i ■ -
•// few
■ 777"
I? / ’
■> .,17,1
a j I y/'4-
y "
’i'Sftt, %
jy'
4 «at *
V W&0 #
C)Cl
wy
Wm
#$Ef
'■ VffiSH
IIIH-'JII!
V '*7;fc..lu
■' /v^YF
‘&'J ■-• 1
Vj
x
&?m % # % vv Mf?
V WK3? ,
,0'"
$w
& ,-
0 fliP'-Tlb1
-M??=
■“9 '•u l-i . I o, ••' ’ll ,J ■£ " I
$W*s^$0
</ <j,)
•Q... "
"3
tSlf
'O
NV
■V -*&***' -
Xi\
»i$?LL ,W
it.v .... ^Jtejsil
J*
>r
Iffafehrfc
,$^r\
fi-Vt
'YYs|f
,>.V
:PdI
KdF
‘V*
<4
'V"‘
✓
oLfti: II
0,
!| ' i l
^ W ' CjS
am St >',» Jsfl * IZ'I «'•■, } /'t'Viii j
> 'rP <N A* v2*T£/J JA
A VI rtf -A b
A
xj
°X
Xk
,AV” ‘ O’
* 0*tmk j
fefeiV A ctlil
A’/#4^\A;
<t' k
A
v
" v ,
V
S&5T i«i
iff?
4 WaJAJ*W 4> 4i IWOT A
^> J ,;-4x ‘^7^^ ^
**£*£■*& 4'
VJ B^Umf — fft,\ « ^
*
'- . A.#i
>h* i-r. ^"‘
/>* XsSESJS-^ a ^
,6>
.A
A 4V
r iisgL f, A&&V.
a*® fD—vffist
rfSaav-r AMI,
(-k ¥ ’*4»3*£^ *\u
hr J x A
O, <y
^ A si:
z/
$j|!/ r v|p| x
<f, ■AAllA>'v ,\y
<4
■A°
s
sy
S>
*
%
<c
Oj
SA-
4 --hA
Kf^SCh
fe?
x)
%
/jA-,
fKllil r
y&WJ A>
|A#/ A? '
cA
<4
faw y " aa
a, A
au‘ o y-
% AUAtA- ^ __ <o . A-
y Xs A. v sti "s--
A .c^S <p^ -A
X ^
3? XX > v5i rO Vi
a si <s ii &■-*■ \\A, j! 3 * 5
|W Vi^/,
Ap/4. ,
x %>
A
£AipAA. \SV
iprsD r vjml
ft Q
4!%%-/t- t A*"! f|
Uo V^jcscJ!
j- ' . vAi A-'^i f/
me t Wiy^ilA.c; t-A-iy ^
P*,
! I'll
O
A
A |m*i{ iPW XjwoVi
Y' \ljp|
> 4a A ,A |k
Aa s^SAg?A xj
M AlW A to
il^tgiR,- ^f-r-X-i -- \s"^i. t,|)
r \;i'pl
4„ XSaastP
/Ailiiaa?.' JAc-U. \ihri
t'C
-Z f
if • J
|y:|4 < jfp
i#?v|i
r\ A
\?VS i3-sa\
XpX&Vd r.Tl55°’lrC-/
-A A
#■% l?’
4 AA a^A. * p -KWa^-f wA’*, ^ ,f«0 f0)
Vt “"D- .A 'O-*-
"V v //A?# / ^ r
4 |^UrA4l|lll x r